Bibliotheque botanique EMILE BURNAT l'a(alovelyn, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S., Vice-President. Swan- sea: Printed by E. Griffiths, High Street, 1841. [pp. 8, 8vo.] Mr. Dillwyn's paper is "On the effects of the last winter on the Shrubberies at Sketty Hall, with some occasional remarks on other Shrubberies in the Neighbourhood." GuTCH (J. W. G.). A List of Plants met with in the Neigh- bourhood of Swansea, Glamorganshire. Phytologist for 1844 (vol. i., 104, 118, 141, 180). . Additions to the List of Plants met with in the Neigh- bourhood of Swansea. By T. B. Flower and Edwin Lees, Esqrs. Phytologist for 1844 (vol. i., 377-380). Westcombe (T.). Localities of a few Plants lately observed (in Glamorganshire, in addition to Gutch's list). Phytologist for 1844 (vol. i., 780). More (A. G.). See under Pembroke. Storrie (John). Tlie Flora of Cardif; a descriptive list of the indigenous plants found in the district of the Cardiff Naturalists' Society, with a list of the other British and exotic species found on Cardiff Ballast Hills, pp.129. Cardiff Naturalists' Society: (Car- diff;) London (printed), 1886, 8vo. Monmouthshire. Clark (J. H.). The Flora of Monmouthshire. Usk: Printed at "The County Observer" Office. 12mo, pp. i-xliv. No date, but circa 1868, or possibly a little earlier. This was subsequently re- printed in " Sketches of Monmouthshire," by the same author (Usk, 1868). iSVg list of Topographical Works, &c., supra. Reader (H. P.). Monmouthshire cryptograms [sic] . Journ. Bot., 1882, 120. . New Records for Monmouth. Journ. Bot., 1886, 368-70. DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO- AFRICANARUM. AUCTORE R. SCHLECHTEK. DECAS VII. (Continued from' vol. xxxv. p. 433.) 61. Oxalis gracilipes, sp. n. Herba perennis, tenella, 8-13 cm. alta ; caule (vel potius stipite) gracili teretiusculo aphyllo, basi squamato, nudo, puberulo ; foliis ad apicem caule fasciculatis graciliter petiolatis, trifoliolatis, petiolo filiformi, teretiusculo, puberulo, foliolis 2-3-plo longiore, foliolis linearibus, apice breviter excisis, subtus puberulis, superne giabris, 0-7-1 cm. longis ; pedi- cellis subfiliformibus, teretibus puberulis, dimidio superiore minute bibracteolatis, sub anthesi foliis fere sequilongis vel paulo breviori- bus ; calycis segmentis lineari-lanceolatis subacutis, densius cano- 24 DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. pubei'ulis. 0*4 cm. longis ; corolla 1-2-1 -5 cm. longa, infundibularis, tiibo e basi ampliato, lobis rotundatis obovatis, glaberrima ; ovario villoso, loculis 2-ovulatis ; stylis dimidio inferiore villosis, dimidio superiore glabris. In regione aiistro-occidentali : In arenosis sub fructibus in monte Pakbuibberg, Jul. ]896; L. C. Leipoldt, No. 294. Approaching O. stenucarpa Schltr. and O. brachycarpa Scliltr., differing fiom the former by tbe much shorter fruit; from the latter by much denser indument, shorter tube to the corolla, and the styles. I have not seen tubers. The flowers are white, with a salphur-yeliow tube. 62. Oxalis Leipoldtii, sp. n. Herba pereunis, gracilis, fere spi- thanitea ; caule stricto vel subtiexiioso, simplici, teretiusculo, glandu- loso-puberulo, foliato; foliis omuibus sessUibus, trifoliolatis, foliolis subcTequilongis linearibus vel cuneato oblongis, glanduloso-puberulis, intus ghibris, 0-3-0-5 cm. longis ; pedicellls axillaribus, erecto- patentibus filiformibus, glanduloso-puberulis sub anthesi 1-5-2 cm. longis, post anthesin eloiigatis, usque ad 4*5 cm. longis ; bracteolis uullis; calyce dense glanduloso-puberulo, 0-2-0'3 cm. loiigo, seg- mentis lineari-lanceolatis acutis ; corolla alte infundibular!, 1-5- 1-6 cm. longo, tubo apicem versus paulo dilatato, illo 0. piDpurata Thbg. simili, glaberrimo, segmentis rotundatis basin versus an- gustatis, glabris ; stylis basi hispidulis, dimidio superiore glaber- rimis, ovario strigoso ; capsula rotundata, strigosa, calycem baud excedente ; seminibus oblongis. In regione austro-occidentali : In collibus pone villam Clan- william, alt. c. 400 ped., Juuio 1897 ; L. C. Leipoldt. This species should be placed next to 0. viscosa E. Mey., from which it is separated by the slenderer pedicels, the want of the bracteolae, the longer and more cylindrical corolla-tube with a purplish limb. I have not seen tubers, but, judging from a few scales adhering to the roots, they most resemble those of 0. glabra Jacq. The stems appear to grow in tufts, like those of 0. multicaalis E. Mey. 63. Polygala Dodii, sp. n. Gracilis, adscendens, c. 20 cm. alta, e basi ramosa ; ramis tiliformibus tomentosulis foliatis ; foliis erecto-patentibus patulisve, linearibus acutis, basi apiceque paulo angustatis, utrinque molhter puberulis, 0-9-l'4 cm. longis, 0-1- 0-2 cm. latis; racemis terminaiibus laxe plurifloris; floribus pallide roseis, alis albiclis, ilUs F. Garcini DC. -paulo brevioribus, basi bibracteolatis ; braeteolis mox deciduis minutissimis ; pedicellis glabris, brevibus ; calycis foliolis suborbicularibus obtusis, cou- cavis, margine ciliatis, dorso glabris, 0-2 cm. longis, alis obliquis, subunguiculatis, late oblongis obtusis glabris, 0*6 cm. longis, medio fere 0*4 cm. latis ; petalis oblique oblongis dimidio superiore paulo dilatatis, apice inEequaliter obtuse bilobulatis, dimidio inferiore utrinque pilis reflexis pubsrulis, 0*6 cm. longis, infra apicem 0-2 cm. latis ; carina late unguiculata, lamina parva cucullata obtusa, appendice flabellato pectinato, 0-3 cm. longo, unguiculo piUs reflexis puberulo, 0-3 cm. longo, lamina intus glabra vix 0-2 cm. excedente; ovario glabro, stylo cylindrico stigmate 2 1abiato DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. ZO exeavato ; capsula obcordato-oblonga, alis paulo breviore, vix latiore ; seminibus dense sericeis. In regione anstro-occident:di : In lapidosis pone " Castle Rock," prope Capetown, 31 Jan. 1896 ; Capt. Wulley DocJ, No. 813. Qaite different from any described South African species ; perhaps nearest to F. puhifloya Burch., from Riversdale, and P. hispida Burch., from George and the south-eastern region, yet very distinct in its floral characters. The flowers resemble somewhat those of P. Gaycinl DC. The alse are whitish, the petals purplish, the appendage of the carina white. 64. Agathosma alpina, sp. n. Fruticulus erectus, ramosus, 30-40 cm. altus ; ramulis erectis vel suberectis, subteretibus, glabris, pallidis, foliatis ; foliis subsessilibus, coriaceis, oblongis obtusis apice pilis nonnullis, flexuosis ciliatis, ceterum glabris, glandulis impressis, pellucidis punctatis, superne lucidis, 0*5- 0*7 cm. longis, medio fere 2-2*5 mm. latis, 1-nerviis ; floribus ad apices ramulorum in caput semiglobosum agglomeratis, breviter pedicellatis, vel subsessilibus ; bracteis late ovatis acuminatis erubescentibus, ciliatis; calyce c. 0*2 cm. longo, campanulato, segmentis oblongis obtusis margine ciliatis, tubo longioribus; petalis erecto-patentibus, calycem duplo vel plus duplo superantibus, ungue gracillimo glabro, lamina obovato-oblonga obtusa utrinque glabra, ungui breviore ; staminibus sterilibus erectis, linearibus obtusis, basin versus angustatis, dimidio inferiore pilosis, apice glandula coronatis, calycem paulo excedentibus; staminibus fertilibus erectis, filamentis filiformibus, glabris, antheris parvulis rotundato-oblongis ; stylo filiformi villoso, apice glabrato ; ovarii cornubus pilosis. In regione austro-occidentali : In saxosis montis " Matroosberg," in ditione Worcester, alt. c. 7000 ped., Dec. 1895 ; Dr. R. Marloth, No. 2259. The capitate inflorescence brings our plant near to A. lancifoUa E. & Z. The leaves and floral characters at once distinguish it from that species. In the dried specimens the colour of the flowers is pink. 65. Berardia velutina, sp. n. Fruticulus gracilis, erectus, ramosus, 30-40 cm. altus; ramis velutinis teretibus, dense foliatis; foliis lanceolatis acutis, sessilibus erectis, dorso margineque molliter villosis, intus glabris, 0-4-0-6 cm. longis, infra medium 1-5-2 mm. latis ; floribus in capitulis globosis, plurifloribus, terminalibus, 0*5 cm. diametientibus ; bracteis lineari-lanceolatis calloso-apicu- latis, villosis, flori vulgo aequilongis ; bracteolis bracteis valde similibus ; calyce dense villoso, c. 1*5 cm. longo, segmentis linearibus calloso-apiculatis, plumoso- villosis, acutis, intus glabris, tubo ffiquilongis ; petalis oblongis obtusis, segmentis calycis aequi- longis, dorso medio villosis, intus glabris ; filamentis subulatis brevibus ad basin segmentorum insertis, antheris oblongis obtusis, baud exsertis, petalorum dimidium paulo excedentibus ; stylis glabris, erecto-patentibus filiformibus, 0*1 cm. longis; ovario vil- loso, loculis 2-ovulatis. In regione austro-occidentali: In paludibus montis "Matroos- berg," in ditione Worcester, alt. c. 5000 ped., Dec. 1895 ; Dr. R. Marloth, No. 2255. 26 DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. In general appearance resembling B. Dregeana Sond., but well distinguished from that species by its included stamens. If Sonder is right in saying that the cells of the ovary are always 1-ovuled, my plant forms the type of a new subgenus, differing from all the other species in the 2-ovuled ovary-cells. 66. Othonna patula, sp. n. Suffrutex, humilis decumbens vel adscendens, 10-20 cm. altus ; ramis radicantibus, foliatis ; foliis carnosis semiteretibus mucronulatis, basin versus angustatis, glabris, 1*5-2 cm. longis, medio fere c 0*3 cm. latis, internodia multo excedentibiis, ad basin ramulorum ; pedunculis terminalibus simplicibus vel l-ramosis, monocephalis, teretibus glabra; capitulis florum patulis ; involucro c. 1 cm. diametiente, 0-8 cm. longo, foliolis 7-8 lanceolatis vel oblongis, acutis vel obtusis, plerumque membranaceo-marginatis glabris, usque ad basin liberis ; floribus radii c. 12, e basi tubulosa ligulatis, apice breviter 3-lobulata vel obtusa, 0-9 cm. longis, ligula medio fere 2-5-3 mm. lata; floribus disci tubulosis glabris, tertia parte basilari angustatis, apicem versus paulo ampliatis, 0*4 cm. longis, fauce 0-1 cm. diametro, lobis erectis brevibus ovato-triangulis subacutis ; antheris anguste linearibus obtusiusculis, 0*2 cm. longis, loborum apices subattingentibus, filamentis filiformibus glabris, antheris brevioribus ; stylo filiformi glabro, brachiis 0*1 cm. longis, antherarum apices attingentibus ; acheniis oblongis glabris, apice annulo circumdatis ; pappi setis numerosis asperis. In regione austro-orientali : In saxosis montium prope Queens - town, alt. c. 4000 ped., Febr. 1894 ; E. F.. Galpiu, No. 1811. Belonging to the group '^ Caniosce,'' nearest to 0. crassifolia Harv. and 0. sedlfolia DC., differing from both by the rooting branches and the achenes. 67. Felicia amelloides, sp. n. Fruticulus erectus, ramosus, l|-2-pedalis ; ramulis erectis, dense foliatis, strigoso-puberulis ; foliis oppositis, parvulis, lineari-subulatis obtusis, textura crassi- usculis, sparsim pilosis, 0'4-0-6 cm. longis, internodia excedentibus ; florum capitulis terminalibus, solitariis, c. 2*5 cm. diametientibus, pedunculo puberulo 1-5-2 cm. longo; involucri foliolis subuni- foliatis linearibus acutis, pilosis, margine nunc anguste subhyalino- marginatis, brevissime ciliatis, 0*6 cm. longis ; floribus radii c. 12, e basi filiformi-tubulosa ligulatis, 4-nerviis, apice minute 3-dentatis, c. 1 cm. longis, 0'3-0*4 cm. latis, fertilibus; floribus disci tubulosis, 0-4 cm. longis, tubo apicem versus sensim ampliato, dimidio inferiore hispidulo, dimidio superiore glabro, lobis erectis minutis ; antheris anguste linearibus, filamentis filiformibus glabris, antheris longi- oribus ; stylo filiformi glabro, brachiis in floribus disci antherarum apices attingentibus, anguste liueari-filiformibus apice paulo dihi- tatis, in floribus radii exsertis subfiliformibus ; achaeniis compressis oblongis, puberulis ; pappi setis asperis numerosis, c. 0-4 cm. longis. In regione austro-orientali : In saxosis in cacumine montis "Mont aux Sources" in terra "Orange Free State," alt. c. 9500 ped., Jan. 1896; J. Thode. Near F. barhata Schltr. [Aster harhatus Harv.), with larger heads, longer and wider blue rays, more thickly-set leaves, and DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 27 more shrubby habit. Only known to me from Mr. Thode's collection. 68. Thesium polyanthnm, sp. n. Suffrutex adscendens, ramosissimus, semipedalis ; ramulis subflexuosis, divaricatis, plus minus flexuosis, angulatis, remote foliatis ; foliis minutis lineari- lanceolatis acutis vel mucronulatis, glabris, fere 0-2 cm. longis ; floribus ad apices ramulorum paucis, corymbulosis ; bracteis ovato- lanceolatis acutis, margine vulgo minutissime ciliato-serrulatis, glabris, flori aequilongis vel parum brevioribus, bracteolis linearibus carinatis, tubum vix excedentibus ; perigonio c. 0-2 cm, longo, extus glabro, segmentis erecto-patentibus ovatis acutis apice incrassatis, intas paliidis margine minute ciliolatis, 0-1 cm. longis, basi medio fascicule pilorura ad antlieras tendentium ornatis ; staminibus erectis infra basin segmentorum insertis, filamentis subfiliformibus, 0*5 mm. longis, antheris rotundatis 0*5 cm. longis ; stylo e basi conico subcylindrico, glabro, dimidium antherarum attingente ; fructu subpyriformi, 0-4 cm. longo, medio fere 0*2 cm. diametiente, nervis primariis basi tantum visis, ceterum l^evi. In regione austro-occidentali : Juxta vias prope Kommetjes, in peninsula Capensi, Sept. 1896; Capt. Wolley Dod, No. 1551. Allied to 2\ conjmbidigenim Sond., but much stronger-growing and decumbent (not erect), with larger flowers, and a very different fruit ; also much more divaricately bninched. The tips of the green perianth-segments are brownish outside, the whole flower whitish within. 69. Eriospermum patentifiorum, sp. n. Gracillimum, erectum, flexuosum, 80-40 cm. altum ; foliis sub anthesi jam emarcidis ignotis; scapo basi vagina obtusa circumdato, glaberrimo stricto vel subflexuoso, tereti, glaberrimo ; racemo elongato laxe multifloro ; bracteis minutis patentibus, c. 0-1 cm. longis; pedi- cellis patentibus, filiformibus, gracillimis, inferioribus c. 2-5 cm., superioribus c. 1 cm. longis ; perianthii segmentis lineari-oblongis obtusis, basin versus paulo angustatis, utrinque glabris, niveis dorso vittfB purpurascente pictis, 0-6 cm. longis ; dimidio superiore c. 0-2 cm. latis; staminibus basi segmentorum affixis, anguste linearibus apice attenuatis, vix 0-4 cm. excedentibus, glabris, antheris oblongis obtusis, 0*5 mm. longis ; ovario subgioboso, glabro, stylo filiformi, glabro, apices segmentorum attingente. In regione austro-occidentali: In collibus prope villam Clan- william, alt. c. 300 ped., April 1897, L. C. Levpoldt. If this species had not been so distinct, I would not have dared to describe it without having the leaves ; however, seeing that it could always easily be recognized by the inflorescence, I thought i& best to publish it, so as to direct upon it the attention of any col- lector who might happen to come to Clanwilliam. Of course, as long as the leaf is unknown, the position of the plant must remain doubtful. 70. Bulbine flexuosa, sp. n. Gracilis, erecta, 10-15 cm. alta; tubere late ovoideo basi prsemorso, in radice napiforme divaricatas producto, c. 1*5 cm. alto; foliis sub anthesi nondum bene evolutis, 28 NEW PLANTS FROM SOMALI-LAND. filiformibus acutis glabris ; scapo basi vaginis membranaceis brevi- bus basibus foliorum emarcidorum circumdato, valde flexnoso ; ra- ceme laxiusculo elongate pluriflorOjCylindrico, bracteis minutis mem- branaceis obtusis, 0'l-0-2 cm. longis; pedicellis erecto-patentibus liliformibus glabris, inferioribus usque ad 1-5 cm. longis, superiori- bus sensim miuoribus ; perianthii segments ovato-oblongis, obtusis, 1-nerviis, 0*4 cm. longis, medio fere c. 2*2 cm. latis ; staminibus erecto-patentibus angaste linearibus dimidio superiore subfiliformi- bus, supra medium pilis patentibus barbatis, apice glabris, c. 2 cm. longis, antheris lineari-oblongis obtusis, 0-1 cm. longis ; ovario sub- globoso, glabro ; stylo filiformi, glabro, c. 2-5 mm. longo, antheras superante. In regione austro-occidentali : In collibus aridis prope villam Clanwilliam, alt. c. 300 ped., Maio 1897 ; L. C. Leipoldt. A very distinct species, somewhat allied to B. minima Baker, but well distinguished by the wiry twisted stem, which resembles that of Carpohjza and of Schizodium. Amongst my specimens there is only one bearing a small filiform glabrous leaf, although they have been well advanced ; this seems to prove that leaves appear when the plant is deflorate, as, for instance, is the case in B. favosa Roem. & Schult. NEW PLANTS FROM SOMALI-LAND. By a. B. Rendle, M.A., F.L.S. The following novelties are from the collection made last winter by Mrs. Lort Phillips and her friends in Somali-land, and presented to the British Museum : — Pentanopsis, gen. nov. Sepala 4 herbacea, subaequalia, per- sistentia, sed friictu baud accresceiitia. Corolla infundibuliformis, tubo tenui elongate, limbi lobis 4 valvatis, ellipticis, subpatentibus, margine et facie superiore puberuUs. AntheraB 4, infra faucem corollse sessiles, dorse affixae, anguste lanceolatae, basi integrae, longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Discus tumidus. Ovarium subcam- panulatum 2-leculare ; stylus filiformis cum apice bifida exserta, segmentis linearibus; evula in leculis numeresa, in placentis crassis septo affixis peltatim inserta. Capsula 2-locularis, eudecarpis corneo leculicide in valvis 2 oblengis dehiscente. Semina .... Frutex diffusus ramis teretibus, juvenilibus hispidulis. Folia parva opposita, sessilia, lineari-eblanceolata, basi angustata, uninervia. Stipulse interfoliaceae, membranaceae, mtegrae, cennatae, cum felii basi subindurato persistentes. Flores in dichasia 3-flora, interdum ad florem centralem reducta, subsessilia, axillaria dispesiti, albi ; bracteffi foliaceae. Terra somalensis. Species 1. Genus novum Fuibiacearum e tribu Hedyotidearum ad genus Neurocarpfnam R. Br. [Pentadem Benth.) accedente. After much consideration, I have decided to separate this plant from Bentham's Pentas, as, though resembling it in the general structure of the flower, it lacks all the striking characters of the NEW PLANTS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 29 older genus, namely, the marked inequality of one or more of the sepals, the terminal corymbose inflorescence, and the fimbriated stipules. The brown scale formed by the persistent leaf-base and the remains of the membranous stipule (which very soon becomes split down the middle) gives a characteristic appearance to the branches. As Mr. Hiern has pointed out to me, I have somewhat enlarged the scope of the genus by the inclusion of Neurocarpaa (Pentas) quadr angular is (Journ. Bot. 1896, 127), but I do not care to stretch it to include the plant now in question. Pentanopsis fragrans, species unica ; ramis subtenuibus, duris, cinerascentibus ; foliis anguste lineari-oblanceolata interdum lanceolata, basi valde angustatis, cum apice breviter mucronata, et faciebus marginibusque scabridulis ; florum pedicellis, ovario brevi- oribus, hoc sparse albiter scaberulo et cum vittis latis 4 e sepalorum basibus ortis inconspicue notato, sepalis viridibus late lanceolatis ad lineari-oblongas cum apice angustata, obtusis vel acutiusculis, margine scabridulis ; corolla fragrante, sepala quintuple excedente. Hab. Wagga Mountain, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips. Leaves 15-18 mm. long including stipules (4 mm.) by 2-5-3 mm. greatest breadth, margins narrowly revolute. Bracteoles foliaceous, 11 mm. long, including the stipular sheath (2 mm.), which surrounds the short flower-stalk (2 mm.). Flowers sweet-smelling, sepals 5-6 mm. long by 1-25-1-5 mm. wide, remaining in a withered con- dition in the fruit, but not enlarging. Corolla-tube about 2-5 cm. long, a little over 1 mm. in diameter below, widening to 2 mm. at the insertion of the stamens, lobes about 1 cm. long by half as broad, bearing very short rather thick hairs extending just into the mouth of the tube. Anthers 2 mm. long ; style-limbs 4 mm., ex- serted at mouth of tube. Ovary 2-5-3 mm. long. Capsule sparsely scabridulous, about 5 cm. long. Lortia, gen. nov. Cyathium crateriforme, lobis 5 sub- brevibus, squamiformibus, fimbriatis ; glandula unica, crassi- uscula, truncata, cyathium amplectens, in parte anteriore inter- rupta. Flores ^ numerosi, pedicellati, in fasciculos 5-lobis cyathii oppositos conferti. Perianthium 0. Stamen filamento brevi cum pedicello articulato ; antherarum loculi globosi distincti. Pollen breviter oblongum, longitudinaliter vittatum. Flos ? , et centralis solitarius, perianthio brevissimo lobato. Ovarium sessile, 3-loculare ; styli basi conuati, apice bifidi. Ovula in loculis solitaria. Herba, ut apparet, parva, crassiuscula ; folia sessilia, orbicularia, mucronata, marghie crispula. Cymse in foliorum supe- riorum axillis solitariaB, pedicillatae ; bractese oppositse cyathium singulum campanuliformiter includentes. Terra somalensis. Species 1. Genus novum Euphorbiacearum, e tribu Euphorhiacearum ad genus Monadenium Pax accedente. Described from a small specimen collected by Mrs. E. Lort Phillips (in honour of whom the genus is named) on Wagga Mountain. The inflorescences are very characteristic. Li the bud state they are nodding, when mature the upper part of the not very long stalk is bent horizontally. The bracts, which 30 NEW PLANTS FROM SOMALI-LAND. are connate above the middle behind, and spUt nearly to the base with overlapping edges in front, form a bell-shaped in- volucre with an entire edge, except for the short apiculus into which the midrib of each runs. They enclose the deep, bowl- shaped cyathium, the central member of a dichasium of which the two lateral branches are represented by insignificant rudiments. The cyathium closely resembles that of a Monadenium, but is more globular in form. The truncate gland has a swollen margin, and is interrupted in front, exposing the two anterior lobes of the involucre, which it slightly overtops. The bracteoles included in the involucre are narrower and shorter than its lobes, and much fimbriated. The genus is nearest to the East African Monadenium Pax (described and figured in Engler's Jahrhuch, xix. 126), which I have not seen. It differs in its simple axillary inflorescences, Mcmadenium having a much-branched dichasial arrangement ; while the bell- shaped involucre surrounding the cyathium contrasts strongly with the erect, stiff-looking, bicarinate structure of Mona- deniwn, which is also described as having no perianth in the female flower. Lortia erubescens, species unica ; foliis juveuilibus(?) crassi- usculis sessilibus orbicularibus mucronatis, cum margine crispulo, minute pubesceutibus, rubris cum venulis paUidis lineatis ; inflores- centic^ pedicello subvalido quam bracteas campanuliforme, paullo longiore ; cyathii lobis 5 subsequalibus, glabris, rhomboideis, fim- briatis, quam glandula vix brevioribus ; perianthio floris 2 incon- spicue lobato. Hab. Wagga Mountain, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips. Leaves 17 to 18 mm. long, and nearly as broad. Pedicel of in- florescence stout, a httle over 1 cm. long ; bracts 9 mm. long and broad. Cyathium 5 mm. high; lobes scarcely 2 mm.; gland 2-2-5 mm. high. Stamens 2 mm. long, including the anthers (•5 mm.) ; pollen shortly oblong, with longitudinal bands. Female flower scarcely 5 mm. long, including the pedicel (1*5 mm. long) ; perianth represented by a short shallow lobed cup round the base of the ovary ; a few very short scattered hairs on the base of the style and style-arms. Jatropha Phillipsese, sp. nov. Frutex velutino-pubescens, foliis petiolatis, e basi triangular! trilobis, vel interdum quinque- lobis cum lobis externis minoribus, lobis subpatentibus, obtusis vel rotundis, margine glanduloso-dentatis ; stipulis purpureis setaceo- dissectis, setulis apice glanduligeris ; dichasiis pubescentibus ; bracteis ovatis quam foha multoties minoribus, margine glanduloso- setuliferis; floribus breviter pedicellatis, sepalis S" late oblanceo- latis, basi connatis, pubescentibus, externis glanduloso-dentatis ; corolla campanulata, viride superne rubescente, lobis late spathu- latis ; glandulis disci subglobosis ; sepalis 2 in fructu persisten- tibus quam in mare majoribiis ; capsula oblonga, glabra, rugulosa ; seminibus glabris, carunculo bilobo, lobis planis crenulatis. Hab. Wagga Mountain, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips. Shoots thick, terete, striated, covered like the rest of the plant with a dense short white pubescence. Petioles on the lower leaves NEW PLANTS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 31 1-5 cm. long, with blades reaching 6 cm. long by 8 cm. broad ; upper leaves smaller, with petioles as short as -5 cm., and blades 3-5 by 4 cm. ; blade divided for two-thirds of its length ; setulse of stipules about 1 cm. long. Inflorescences axillary ; lower bract 14 mm. long, upper ones smaller. Ultimate bracteoles subtending male flower broadly ovate, closely glandular dentate, 1*5 mm. long, flower-stalk 1-5 mm. Calyx 3 mm. long. Corolla 5 mm. long, tube 2 mm. ; lobes with a very rounded apex ; 5 opaque white free wartlike glands above and alternating with the petals. Staminal column (includiug anthers) 4 mm. long. Female flowers present only in fruiting stage, calyx 5-6 mm. long, limbs ovate to obovately oblong, pubescent, glandular-dentate. Capsule 9 mm. long, seeds whitey-brown, oblong, 7 mm. long. Near J. Stuhlmanni Pax (in Engler's Jahrhuch, xxiii. 530), collected by Stuhlmann at Sansibar, which, however, differs in its longer-petioled leaves, with cordate base and acute lobes and smaller male flowers. Acidanthera Gunnisi, sp. nov. Graminea glabra, caule simplici subcompresso e bulbo globoso tenuiter reticulate ; foliis elongatis anguste-linearibus, acutis subrigidis ; spica laxa 3-4- flora ; spath^ valvis submembranaceis linearibus, interiore angus- tiore interdum lineari-lanceolata ; perianthii tubo longo tenui quam spatha plus duplo longiore, segmentis ovalibus, abrupte apiculatis, basi attenuatis, candidis vel saepius purpureo tinctis. Hab. Wagga Mountain, in moisture at 6500 ft., end of Feb- ruary, Mrs. E. Lort Phillips ; Dimoleh, Messrs. Gillett & Aylmer. Corm 1-5 cm. in diameter, scales rather finely reticulate, light brown. Stem stiflish, smooth, green, slender, reaching 8 dm. in length, 2-3 mm. wide. Leaves long and grass-like, from a long narrow membranous sheathing base ; with a prominent midrib and two often inconspicuous parallel veins ; the largest, near the base of the stem, generally three in number, reaching 8-5 dm. in length ; 2*5-4 mm. wide, becoming narrower above ; leaves on the upper part of stem shorter. Spathe-valves generally between 4 and 6 cm. long, about 3 mm. broad when folded, greenish tinged with red, the outer subtruncate. Perianth white, or more or less tinged with crimson ; tube 10-12 cm. long, 1-2 mm. in diameter, widening gradually above to 4 or 5 mm. at the mouth ; segments 3-4 cm. long by about 1*5 cm. broad; anthers l-2-l*5 cm. long, reaching about half way up the perianth limb. " Very sweetly scented." Near A. Candida Rendle (in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxx. 404), found by Dr. Gregory on the Athi plains south of Somali-land, but a much finer plant, with larger flowers, and distinguished by its very long narrow-linear grass-like leaves. Since going to press I have received living specimens of the flower from Mr. Gunnis, with whom it has bloomed at Sevenoaks. The perianth-segments are recurved, with a mucronate apex, white with a very pale rose-purple tinge ; the anthers are more deeply tinged with the same colour, a short narrow streak of which is also found at the mouth of the perianth-tube. 32 SHORT NOTES. West Gloucester and Monmouth Plants. — Fumaria paUidijlora Jord. Plentiful in an old hedgerow by the Severn-bank at Beachley, W. Glos. Recorded for v.-c. 34 with a ? m the last ed. of Top. Bot. — Geum rivals L., Saluv repens L., and Lastnea Thelypteris Presl. All in a marsh thicket in Shirenewton parish, Mon., growing with several other plants rare in the county. These three are not recorded for v.-c. 35 in Top. Bot. Mr. Ley, in the Flora of Herefordshire, records Lastrma Thelypteris as growing on the border of the counties of Hereford and Monmouth. — W. A. Shoolbred. Euphorbia prostrata Ait. in Hants. — Mr. R. Charles, of High- clift'e, sent me in August last a specimen of an undetermined plant found occurring as a weed in the Purewell nursery-gardens (Mr. M. Prichard), Christchurch, Hants. On my taking it to the British Museum it was identified by Messrs. Britten and Rendle as Fu- phorhia prostrata Ait. This species has not previously been noted in Great Britain. It is known in Europe only as an introduced plant : Toulon and Palermo (Ny man's Conspectus). Boissier (in DeCandolle's Prod. Syst. Nat.)^ Mr. Rendle kindly informs me, gives its distribution as "in subtropical and tropical America, from Louisiana and Texas to Brazil ; Guinea ; Sierra Leone ; Canary Islands ; Bourbon ; and Mauritius." In the Museum herbarium is a specimen from Madagascar; also some from Angola and Madeira. Mr. Prichard can only surmise that the seeds may have been introduced into his grounds with tomatoes from Teneriffe, or with waste from a Bournemouth fruiterer's shop. — William Whitwell. Sisymbrium strictissimum L. — I have to announce the appear- ance of this plant on the borders of both Lancashire and Cheshire, having been noticed by Mr. Henry Hyde, of Manchester, the past two seasons, between Stretford and Chorlton-cum-Hardy, on both banks of the River Mersey. Though of course a casual, the species will in all probability increase every succeeding year, and therefore it is worth putting on record. It may be known by its yellow flowers in racemes, cylindrical pods, spreading calyx, and lanceolate, un- divided leaves. The plant grows 3-4 ft. high, and, Mr. Hyde informs me, was quite conspicuous and well grown in the localities above cited. It flowers from May to July. I have specimens in my herbarium from several European localities ; indeed, it is widely spread, according to Nyman (Consp. Fl. Eur. 43), occurring in West and Central Germany, Switzerland, Dauphiny, North Italy, Carniola, Hungary, Transylvania ; and also in the Supplement by the same author (1889), Bavaria, Roumania, Bulgaria, Central Russia, and Sarepta (Becker) are mentioned (Suppl. Consp. Fl. Eur. 26). — J. Cosmo Melvill. Taraxacum l.^lvigatum DC. — This variety grows upon walls in the neighbourhood of Bath plentifully, and well marked by its ovate outer phyllaries, horned or gibbous inner ones, and pale brown achenes. Why is it not included in the London Catalogue? — S. T. Dunn. 33 NOTICES OF BOOKS. Memorials, Journal, and Botanical Correspondence of Charles Car dak Bahington, M.A., F.Ii.S., F.L.S., &c. Cambridge: Macmillan & Bowes, 1897. 8vo, ]Dp. xciv, 476 (two portraits). This admirably printed volume is fitly termed "Memorials." It contains the materials for a biography rather than the biography itself. Mrs. Babington, to whose loving ca.re the work is due, modestly refrains from placing her name on the title-page, and contents herself with signing her initials to the preface, and to the short " envoi" which follows the Journal. Her view has been to present under the three heads indicated in the title the various aspects of Babington's life ; and although we may regret that she did not see her way to embodying these in one narrative, we cannot but respect her preference for this mode of treating her subject. Taking these subjects in order, we find in the first place a memoir by Babington's intimate friend, Prof. J. E. B. Mayor, with notes giving much information as to the various botanists and others incidenta^lly mentioned therein. Prof. Mayor was so thoroughly in sympathy with Babington, not only in his learned and scientific tastes, but also in his sincere and earnest though limited views of religious truth, that his appreciation is justly entitled to the position which it occupies in the volume, giving as it does a comprehensive survey of the late botanist's life and character. One sentence — " a still career, all of one piece, has few landmarks " — seems to convey a better idea of Babington's life, as it appeared to the outside world, than its definition in the preface as "many-sided" and "varied in its interest"; but as to this more may be said when his Journal comes under consideration. Among the other memoirs, or " reminiscences," as they are termed, are two of more especial botanical interest — the sketch which ap- peared in this Journal for September, 1895, and one on Babington's work among British Rubi, by Mr. J. E. Bagnall, which has not, we believe, been previously published. The former of these is the only attempt which has been made to appreciate as a whole the work of the late Professor as it affected the English flora. The other reminiscences are of various kinds, and include letters of sympathy written at his death, which, however consoling to the recipient, can hardly be said to add to our knowledge. They end with a memorandum, hardly in place here, which Babington addressed to the Senate in 1881 against the proposed opening of the Botanic Garden on Sundays. The Journal, which is prefaced by a curious portrait of Babington at the age of seventeen — the admirable portait taken in later life was, through the kindness of Mrs. Babington, reproduced as a frontispiece to the last volume of this Journal — begins (after a short autobiographical notice) on Nov. 2, 1825, and ends Sept. 10, 1891. As a whole, and regarded from a literary standpoint, it cannot be said to have been worth printing. There are of course interesting notes of rambles taken with byegone botanists who did much to Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [Jan. 1898.] p 34 MEMORIALS, ETC., OF C. C. BABINGTON. increase our knowledge and promote the study of British botany— Borrer, Winch, George Johnston of Berwick (" one of the nicest men I have yet met with among the naturalists "), Henslow, Edward Forster,* John Ball— excursions in the days before railroads, when travelling was done by coach or gig. Notes of the plants collected on these expeditions are often given — sometimes in a form which causes regret that the proofs were not submitted to a botanist for revision, who would have suppressed certain temporary names which now appear for the first time. Perhaps the most readable entries are those recording Babington's visits to Ireland, in which his botanical, archcTological, and topographical notes are combined with comments on the work of that curiously futile body the Irish Church Missions, in which, throughout his life, he took a keen and practical interest. The notes on Iceland are also readable enough, but the proof-reader should not have allowed a Professor of Botany to write in one sentence — " mignionette and a small fuscAia." But it seems to us impossible to suppose that such entries as " June 20. My aunt Bedford went to Clevedon. I went by rail .... for a few days"; or " Sept. 22. To London and Cambridge by railway," can be of the faintest possible interest to any human being ; and the greater part of the Journal, which occupies 258 pages, consists of entries of this kind. The Journal, indeed, as we have hinted above, shows a distinctly limited range of interest : we find nothing to show that art or general literature had any special attraction for the writer, and very little, if anything, bearing upon other topics of importance, apart from those already mentioned. The "Botanical Correspondence" is the most interesting portion of the book, though even here we find trivialities which a less par- tial editor would have excluded. Babington was an excellent correspondent ; many whose names have since become familiar will recall with pleasure the kind and encouraging letters received in reply to those which, not without some trembling hesitation, they ventured to address to the author of the Manual. The letters begin with one addressed to Dr. (afterwards Sir) W. J. Hooker, dated Nov. 24, 1834 — a long and interesting one, like that which follows it. Euphorbia Characias, Viola imherhis, Leontodon palustre are the main subjects of the first letter; Erica Mackaijii, Crepis tectorum "of our English authors," Polygonum Fiaii, of the second. As is often the case, one gets a better idea of the man from his own letters than from his biographers or eulogists. It is refreshing to find him writing about a man who was supposed to have nearly destroyed Trichomanes at Killarney : — "The TricJwmajies hsLS been nearly extirpated by a rascal of a gardener. I wish I had him to duck in the lake : I would keep him under till he was just not dead, and then let him recover, and give him another dose"; and it is delightful to find one of the methods traditionally ascribed to the Inquisition commending itself to our Protestant Professor. And how human is this (to Borrer) : — " Have you seen Hooker's 4th edition ? He has given Christy credit for conjoint work with me. Nothing can be more incorrect. He was out with me on three days during seven weeks, on two of which he was under my THE KOYAL GARDENS, KEW, IN ALL SEASONS OF THE YEAR. 35 pilotage. When you are writing to Hooker you will perhaps inci- dentally mention that he had next to nothing to do with my work." But it is impossible to refrain from a growl at the constant mis- prints : Borrer is made to speak of '^ Aira caes2)itosa, variety Langa " (p. 287) ! It would be impossible to give anything like an adequate notice of the nearly 200 pages of letters which form the really valuable part of this volume. Nor have we any desire to do so ; our aim is rather to induce British botanists to obtain the book for themselves. They show conclusively that the keen observation and lively interest, which characterized Babington at the beginning of his career as a student of British plants, persisted to the end ; they show also his willingness to place his observations at the disposal of fellow-workers, and his readiness to help them in every way possible. We have already recorded our high estimate of Babington's botanical work, and our appreciation of his character ; it only remains to add that no one can read this book without forming a yet higher opinion of his life and labours. j^„^^ B^j^,^^^_ The Rri/al Gardens, Kew, in all Seasons of the Year, Edited by Mrs. S. GoLDNEY. Dawbarn & Ward [no date] . Price 2s. The publication of a work dealing with Kew Gardens without an impriiiuUur (or even a preface) from the Director, is in itself an occurrence sufficiently remarkable to deserve notice. Notwith- standing this omission, the publishers have produced a very pretty book. The photographs from which the numerous illustrations have been prepared were taken expressly for the work by Mr. J. W. Mills, who has brought together a charming series of pictures representing the Royal Gardens in their various aspects ; and we imagine the work will have a large sale, especially among foreign visitors, who, in the absence of any proper Guide to the Gardens, will find in this volume a useful souvenir of their visit. Unfortunately the pictures are not left to speak for themselves, as they are quite capable of doing. We presume Mrs. S. Goldney is responsible for the verses which introduce each month, and it is putting it mildly to say that Mrs. S. Goldney is not a poet. Nor does she seem to be an observer — at least, we never saw beeches behave like this at Kew (or anywhere else) : — " Have you seen the tall beeches that grow at Kew, Uplifting great pillars as sea-cliffs do, Shot over with colours of varied hue, And feet swathed in carpets of hyacinth blue ? For that's how the beech trees grow in Kew." At Kew, too, plants seem possessed of locomotive powers ; the bluebells "wander like a flood," the iris "crowds to the brim," the daffodils "clamber up the sloping side" of a hill: only the azaleas are stationary : — " Azaleas, azaleas, set in A verdant wood ; Azaleas, azaleas ablaze With colour stood." 36 LABORATORY PRACTICE FOR BEGINNERS IN BOTANY. Not only plants, but birds, the weather, moral reflections, members of the Royal Family, the sun-dial, and other things, receive attention from Mrs. S. Goldney's muse. Even the cry "All out!" forms the subject of a poem; it reminds Mrs. S. Goldney of tbe first intimation of that nature, which was addressed to Adam and Eve in another garden, of which she ''softly asks" — " Can Paradise have fairer been than this? " But the keepers are relentless, as in the earlier instance, a,nd Mrs. S. Goldney, still referring to Adam and Eve, says pathetically : — " Disconsolate — as they — we stand about The closing gates, when dies the last ' All out ! ' " This wailing about, however, is futile ; it would be better to hurry to the train. But is it not a strong plea for the earlier opening of the Gardens ? Laboratorij Practice for Be(iinuers in Botany. By W. A. Setohell, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. xiv, 199. New York : The Macmillan Co. 1897. Price 4s. 6d. net. We congratulate Dr. Setchell on this little handbook, intended for beginners " either in the higher grades of the primary schools, or in the secondary schools." With the aid of a lens and a knife, and a plentiful supply of specimens, it conducts us through a well- tirranged and useful course of practical study of the morphology and meaning of the morphology of the larger plants. Its scope is well described in the author's prefatory remarks : — " The writer has had the teachers particularly in mind in arranging the course of study. The seed is taken up first, because it is not only readily obtained, readily studied, and its meaning clear, but it is also one of the most convenient starting-points for a study of the life-history. After a few studies to show how the plants start upon an independent existence, typical stems, typical roots, and leaves are considered, both as to their structure and as to their usefulness to the i^lant. Then follows the study of the modification of these organs, especially in plants which store away nourishment, which protect themselves from grazing animals, which climb up above their neighbours for light and air; of plants which are robbers or huntsmen, taking their food from other plants or by capturing animals ; and, finally, a glance at the ditferent ways in which plants propagate their kind." The directions to the student are clear, and at the end of the book is an appendix for teichers, containing suggestions as to reading, supply of material, its preparation, and the like. We must, however, beg to differ from the author on one point, viz. the suitability of Mr. Grant Allen's Story of the Plants as a book of reference either for students or teachers. Dr. Setchell is Professor of Botany in the University of California, and therefore it is very natural that the plants selected for study should be those to be easily obtained in the United States of America. The teacher on this side the Atlantic will, however, be able without much difficulty to replace these, where necessary, by indigenous or commonly cultivated species. APR EUROPEAN AND N. AMERICAN BRYiNEAE. Oi European and N. American Bryincae (Mosses) described />]./ N. C. Kind- berg. Parti. LinkoepiDg, Sweden : Sablstroems Bookselling. 1897. " Subscribers are pleased to pay the sum to the publisher, when they have received this first part." This assertion, printed on the cover, has the appearance of a strong recommendation. Was it in- tended to be taken in a literal sense? and what is "the sum"? In the preface to the second portion of the book we read : — "As the continuation of this treatise, ready as manuscript, depends upon a sufficient number of subscribers (at least 50), the honored sub- scribers are requested to inform my publishers of their wishes. Prize: 8 Swedish crowns or ' kronor ' (=9 shillings, 9 reichsmark, 11 francs) for the first part, Pleurocarpous ; for the whole work 20 swed. crowns. The subscribers shall obtain also my ' Genera of european and northamerican Bryineae, synoptically disposed. The whole edition comprises only 200 copies. All can be printed before the fine of next year." From this it appears that the statement on the cover is open to misinterpretation, and that the pleasure of subscribers in paying the " prize " of " 20 swed. crowns " has yet to be ascertained. Let us regard it in the light of a pro23hecy, and politely hope that it may be adequately fulfilled. As a contribution to the autobiography of the author the fol- lowing extract is interesting: — "The author was beginning his bryological studies in Sweden already 1851 ; bryology was his speciality 1879. I have made longer travels for this purpose also in Norway" and other parts of Europe. " My collections have been augmented by contributions from many bryologists I wish to thank sincerely my friends and correspondents for valuable assistance, especially D:r Mueller, which had the bene- volence to examine the greater part of my new American species (more than 200), and Prof. Macoun, having sent about 7,000 speci- mens, collected in N. America in long travels during many years." This multitude of new species, published in Macoun and Kindberg's Catalogue of Canadian Mosses, aroused a storm of disapproval in the United States five years ago. The disapproval still prevails ; some of the species have been condemned as ill-founded, and as to the majority judgment is suspended. In the States Prof. Kindberg is branded as a spHtter of species. On this side of the Atlantic he has not given us much concern; but European bryologists will now have to reckon with his work, and determine how much of his system they are willing to accept or reject. The book consists of two portions. The first, comprising forty pages, contains the "Genera .... synoptically disposed"; the second, 152 pages, the pleurocarpous "Species .... synoptically described." The first "is an essay to define all here belonging genera of Bryineae and to dispose themselves in natural families with attention also to exotic genera and species. To clear their natural affinity I have often found that the common habit (' habitus ') of the plants indicates the place in the system ; it is also a ' criterium ' not to depreciate. To state ' a priori' the vegetable organs, of which 38 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. the characters are to be chosen, does not agree with nature." Characters, constant in one genus, are very variable in others. " Kecent bryologists have attached too great an importance to the organisation of the peristome." Hence the author has not pinned his faith too firmly to peristome-characters, but has endeavoured without bias to found his definitions upon the most constant characters afforded by each genus. In this way he has been enabled to burden or enrich bryology with twelve new genera. His generic system is an extension of that initiated by Bruch and Schimper in their Bryologia FAiropcca. The second part of the work "is an essay to revise and compare all hitherto Imown species and subspecies of Bryineae, found in Europe and N. America." "I believe that the greatest importance is to attache to the natural affinity of such species as could be joined to common types (subgenera or groups)." The meaning of this is obscure. Possibly "attache" is intended to be a passive infinitive. "It needs .... to select characters, peculiar and constant to each genus." "I have not described selected specimens in all their parts but generally omitted such characters, as evidently are too variable." "To facilitate the determination of sterile speci- mens .... I have accurately described the areolation of the leaves and the common habit of the vegetals. My descriptions are not transscribed from other authors but based on my own micro- scopical researches and studies in nature." Working upon these lines Prof. Kiudberg appears to have performed his task carefully and conscientiously. The English of his descriptions at least is clear ; but whether the descriptions themselves are sufficiently well defined to be of real use to a practical bryologist remains to be seen. All varieties, as well as the details of synonymy and biblio- graphy, are omitted; and the Sp^iaynacea are outside the scope of the work. . p BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, At a meeting of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, held on Nov. 30, the President, Mr. J. Cosmo Melvill, announced that the Council had awarded the Wilde gold medal of the Society for 1898 to Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, in recognition of his eminent services to all branches of botanical science. It is hoped that Sir Joseph will attend a meeting of the Society in March to receive the medal. Mr. H. E. Brown, of Chico, California, has issued a remarkable list of his collections. We are not quite sure whether this embodies the latest American researches into nomenclature, or whether the printer has been allowed to indulge his fancy without let or hin- drance ; but it may safely be said that no similar enumeration has been published since the celebrated Kew Seed-list for 1885. Among the genera we note "Paconia," "Nephai," "Thelaspi," "Painassia," "Onotheia," " Oilia," "Suireae," "Convolvus," " Sibine," "Mach- BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 39 aeraulhera," '' Peterospora," and the like ; " Drasera votnndifolia," " Arctiib occidentale " (which is somewhat elucidated by the pre- ceding "Arctub obiuui, Divaricatum ") appear among the species; and the recent American fashion of trinominals is followed and extended in such names as " Gathopsis calycina campanulacese,'' " Khus aromatica, Ait vartrilo Vata," " Trifohum pratense, Tragus, calycanthaceffi." '' Kymaplcuram, Greene" is apparently a new genus, but no species is described, nor is there any diagnosis. The synonymy of the author is somewhat striking: e.g. "409. Con- volvus arvensis, L., Solanum umbelliferum Esch" and "418. Dicentra panciflora, also Frilillaria." If Mr. H. E. Brown's speci- mens are as remarkable as their names, they should be worth acquiring. On December 4th the fortieth anniversary of Prof. C. Cramer's joining the staff of the Ziirich Polytechnikum was celebrated by a " Kommers," at which he was presented with an address. Sir Joseph Hooker's great work, the Flora of British India, is now complete, a general index, occupying over 300 pages, having lately been issued, with a short prefatory note on the work, from which we quote the following account of its scope : — " I must remind those who may use it," says Sir Joseph, " that it has no pretensions to give full characters of the genera and species contained in it. It aims at no more than being an attempt to sweep together and systematize within a reasonable time and compass a century of hitherto undigested materials scattered through a library of botanical books and monographs, and preserved in vast collections, many of which latter had laid unexamined for half a century in the cellars of the India House, and in public and private herbaria. It is a pioneer work, which, besides enabling botanists to name with some accuracy a host of Indian plants, may, I hope, serve two higher purposes — to facilitate the compilation of local Indian floras and monographs of the large Indian genera; and to enable the phyto- grapher to discuss the problems of the distribution of plants from the point of view of what is perhaps the richest, and is certainly the most varied botanical area on the surface of the globe, and one which, in a greater degree than any other, contains representatives of the floras of both the Eastern and Western Hemispheres." The index has evidently been compiled with much care, and is by no means, as happens in some cases, a mere running together of the partial indexes issued with each volume. A few omissions will be noted by those who have the Flora in constant use — e. g. Exacum anamalayanum Bedd., but this may be accounted for by its incorrect citation in the body of the work ; such genera as Dichomlra and Blinkworthia, indicated (iv. 180) as likely to occur, and therefore described, should, we think, have found a place. We are sorry that the incorrect spelling of Williighheia (" Willoughbeia"), for which no justification can be urged, and to which we called attention at the time of publication, should be retained; this is the more remarkable because a prefatory note assures us that the index has been collated with the Bidex Kewensis, in which the name is rightly entered as 40 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. '^ WillougJibeia Hook. f. spbalm. = Williujhheia Roxb." But these are trifles ; and we heartily congratulate Sir Joseph Hooker on having brought his work to a satisfactory conclusion. We under- stand that Sir Joseph will undertake the completion of Dr. Trimen's Flora of Ceylon ; the work could not be in abler hands. The last part (November, 1897) of the Transactions of the Natural Historu Society of Glasgow contains biographies of Prof. Thomas King (with portrait) and David Eobertson, of whom brief notices have appeared in this Journal. The contents of the part are largely botanical, and include papers on Coll and Tiree plants, by Mr. Symers M. Macvicar, and on the Algre of Lamlash Bay, by David Robertson ; Notes from Galloway by Mr. James M' Andrew, and on the Shape of Leaves by Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot. Mr. G. W. Dod, in an interesting paper on " The Constancy of the Bee," controverts from personal observation the view put forward by some naturalists that bees remain constant to one species of plant during a single excursion. Botanists who are working at the African Flora received a Vv'elcome, if unexpected, Christmas-box in the shape of the long- promised instalment of the Flora of Tropical Africa. We hope to notice this resumption of a very important work in our next issue. The first part of vol. vii. of the Flora Capensis has also just been issued. We learn with much satisfaction that our valued contributor Mr. Alfred Fryer has been elected an Associate of the Linnean Society. Mr. John Humphreys, F.L.S., publishes in the Bromsgrove Weekly Messenger for Dec. 11, 1897, a " Flora of Hartlebury Com- mon," Worcestershire, and notes on the flora of the Salwarpe and Droit wich Canal. The Annals of Botany (December) contains a not very pleasing portrait of the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, with a short appreciation by Dr. Dyer, who says, " The task is never an easy one for those of one generation in science to express in a few words the precise nature of the debt which they owe to their predecessors." Mr. J. Lloyd Williams has a paper on the motility of the antherozoids in Dictyota and Tao7iia, his observations concerning which were first announced in this Journal last year (p. 361). The first volume of a pretty Botanisches Bilderhnch filr Jung und Alt, by Franz Bley, has just been published by Gustav Schmidt, of Berlin. It contains twenty-four plates, each with nine separate figures ; these, although small, are mostly carefully executed and coloured, and convey an accurate notion of the plant. This volume contains the species most likely to be met with in the first half of the year ; the figures are not confined to phanerogams, but include some of the commoner fungi. The next publisher who is projecting a popular book on British wild flowers might do worse than arrange for the reproduction of these figures, many of which are, of course, plants common to the two countries. The descriptive text, by W. Berdrow, seems carefully done. The price of the book is 6 marks. Tab. 382. ^rh. ^ ''I -'4 # /i I f .'■ti'i;-, '^l«p^ E.MTmdall del. Fo s s ora"br oni a Mitt enii . TirbdalL. A ^ V/ .? /I' ( f / ^ li V/ "9 l.^y- -^r---'-- • 7 E.F..LmtorL del IR.Morganlitli. ^ 0 "WestiNe-wman intip. 1-4. Carex frigida. 5-7. C. loinervis. vStti.. var Sadleri. 8-10. C. "binervis. 41 THE BRITISH CAREX FRIGIDA. By Edward F. Linton, M.A. (Plate 382 a.) In Mr. Arthur Bennett's valuable paper on Carex in this Journal (1897, 259), I hoped to see some remarks on C.frlgida AIL, which was inserted in our British list some twenty-three years ago (see Journ. Bot. 1874, 339) ; and as this species is passed over in silence, I venture to place on record the result of my investigation into the Scottish plant. It is somewhat remarkable that no one has suc- ceeded with any certainty, since the late John Sadler's discovery in 1874, in gathering Allioni's plant, though Sadler reported it as growing in considerable quantity at one spot, and very conspicuous; the plants supposed to be it by different collectors having, I believe, usually been relegated to a form of C. binervis Sm. I gathered such a plant once above Loch Wharral, Forfarshire, where it was growing on a very steep wet rocky slope together with type C. binervis Sm. ; it appeared to be identical with specimens cultivated from Mr. Sadler's plant and circulated by Dr. Boswell-Syme, but was named '•narrow-fruited C. binervis'' by Mr. Arthur Bennett. I have had in cultivation the Scotch Cfrigida from the late Dr. F. B. White and also from the Edinburgh lioyal Botanic Gardens ; this latter (perhaps the former also) is identical with Boswell-Syme's plant, and is no doubt one of Sadler's original roots. It was not till last summer that I saw one of Sadler's own specimens, and satisfied myself that Boswell-Syme's plant and that from the Edinburgh Botanic Gardens were identical with it. I can now take these as the basis of the following comparison, and will call it C. frigid a Syme for the purposes of this paper. The plants of C. frigida Syme in the Edinburgh Botanic Gardens had become after fourteen or fifteen years a large dense tuft, evidently having no elongate stolons. In my own garden, after about seven years' cultivation, the plant is similarly close-set, having sent out no new rhizome this summer as much as half an inch long ; proving in fact to be tufted, not stoloniferous. C. frigida All. is described by Koch as '^radice stolonifera," and by Dr. P. Morthier as having " soiiche stolonifere rampante" ; and many specimens in my own herbarium and a fine series lent me by Mr. Charles Bailey testify to its having a creeping root with distinct stolons ; the specimens show them from one to three inches in length. Passing by two or three minor points which appeal to the eye, but look unsatisfactory on paper, e.g. the lower leaf-sheaths, I take next the male spikelet, which in C. frigida Syme has the glume obovate-oblong and generally obtuse or rounded, varying to sub- acute in the upper part of some of the spikelets. The glumes of the male spikelet in C. frigida All. are of a darker brown colour, lanceolate in shape, gradually acuminate, usually acute, though Journal of Botany. — Vol. 3G. [Feb. 1898.] e 42 THE BRITISH CAREX FRIGIDA. sometimes obtuse at the tip. The glumes of the female spikelet are very variable in both plants, and almost defy discrimination, but those of C. frtgida All. are longer and narrower on the whole. The perigynia of C. frtgida Syme are i-i in. in length when mature, usually about ^ in. or less, narrowly oval-lanceolate, tri- gonous, with several faint nerves and two more distinct greenish ones on or very near the two lateral angles ; the beaks under a lov^ power appear smooth. The perigynia of C.fr'ujida All. are i-J in. long, a trifle more or a trifle less, but commonly i in. or a little more, lanceolate, trigonous, with few faint nerves, and the two lateral nerves often indistinct and concolorous, but at times green and evident ; the beak under the same low power scabrid on its edges, and often appearing ciliate from the length of the serru- lations. The nut of C. frigida Syme is substipitate, J^ in. in length including the very short stipe (which measures about Jp in. in length), trigonous, oval-oblong, narrowed to the base, or it might be described as oblong-obovoid, obtuse above ; the base of the style is very commonly twice bent or at least waved, the upper part above the bend being erect. In C. frigida All. the nut is long-stipitate, 1 in. long including the stipe, or -^^ in. long without it, oval-oblong, compressed trigonous, narrowed rapidly above to a subobtuse point and more gradually below to the slender stipe, which measures about 2U in. Style straight from the base. SetUng on one side the differences between the male spike and the perigynia of the two plants now compared, as being distinctions more open to discussion, there remain two characters of unmistak- able importance, which are fully sufficient for my argument. A Carex is usually either tiifted, increasing so slowly as to form no fresh plant, but remaining one single tuft or tussock after several years ; or it is stoloniferous, sending out underground suckers which bear a barren rosette of leaves the first year, to become rooted detached plants as time goes on. My observations of the growing plant, which was still one dense tuft in the Edinburgh Botanic Gardens after several years, and is entirely without elongate stolons in my own garden, prove that C. frigida Syme is of the former sort. An examination of forty herbarium specimens which have the root- stock fairly represented give the proof that Koch's description [" radice stolonifera'') is correct; thirty-six of them showed part of an old stolon broken off or decayed at the end, or else a new stolon more or less developed. The absence of stolon from the other four specimens proves nothing ; as an inspection of a set of herbarium specimens of any other stolouiferous Carex (like C. fulva Good., C. teretiuscula Good., or even C. arenaria L.) would show. The fruit distinction is equally decisive against the identification of 0. frigida Syme with C. frigida Allioni. The nuts of allied Carices are usually somewhat alike ; and in the same species there is a remarkable uniformity of shape, size, and colouring of this part of the plant ; so much so that any marked difference in the nut is almost bound to point to specific difference. I have examined for the purpose of this comparison the fruit of a large number of speci- THE BRITISH CAREX FRIGIDA. 43 mens of C. frigida All. from different countries ; from Italy (2), from Styria (1), from the Tirol (5), Baden (1), Vosges (2), S.E. France (2), and Switzerland (5); and I have found the uniformity in the shape of the nut well exemplified. Whenever the nut was mature, the whole length came out | in., the nut without the stipe Jg- in., and the stipe gn i"- ^^ thereabouts. The stipe was most liable to variation, but the variation was small even here. In C. frigida Syme there was of course no series to examine, but a number of ripe fruits have been studied, with the result given above, nut -^q in. or very nearly, scarcely stipitate, the stipe being J-Q in. approximately. With such a remarkable divergence in the fruit, it is impossible to regard C. frigida Syme as the same species with C. frigida All. The wonder is how the confusion should ever have arisen. Is, then, C. frigida Syme a new species, or, if not, to what species must it be assigned ? I have already stated that supposed specimens of 0. frigida, gathered since Sadler's discovery, have usually been relegated to C. binervis Sm.; and as there seems to be no nearer alliance, at least in the British list, I proceed to give a comparison of the crucial points : — Eootstock Stem Glume of male spikelet Perigynia .... Nut C. frigida All. Stoloniferous. 8-20 in. Lanceolate, usually acute. -I in. long, lanceo- late, beak scabrid pi. m. \ in.long,long-stipi- tate, subobtuse above, more gradu- ally narrowed be- low to the slender stipe. G. frigida Syme. Tufted. 8-30 in. C. binervis Sm. Tufted. 10-36 in. Obovate-oblong, ob- Obov.-oblongor obl.- tuse or rounded. \ lanceolate, obtuse or rounded. -i in., narrowly oval-lanceolate, beak almost or quite smooth. V in., substipitate, oval-oblong, ob- tuse, narrowed be- low to the very short stipe. -I in., ovate-acumi- nate, beak smooth or nearly so. Jy in., substipitate, rather broadly oval- oblong, obtuse above, narrowed below to the very short stout stipe. It will be seen from the above comparative table that, while 0. frigida Syme differs from C. frigida All. in most of the characters mentioned, it agrees with C. binervis in every point except the peri- gynia, which are much narrower and also less markedly 2-nerved, and in the nut, which is also narrower. It is in fact either a species closely allied to C. binervis Sm. or else a variety of C. binervis, growing in alpine situations ; and since it maintains its distinctive features after years of cultivation, and comes true, as I have proved, from seed, it deserves to be maintained, whether as an allied species or a variety ; and I propose to call it C. Sadleri (or C. binervis Sm. E 2 44 FOSSOMBRONIA MITTENII. var. Sadleri would perhaps be better) in honour of the botanist who first brought it to light. Sir J. D. Hooker (Student's Flora, 3rd ed. p. 463) observes of C.fn'f/ida, ''a rare instance of an alpine Scotch plant not being Scandinavian"; a remark which may still be true, but not in reference to C. frif/ida Allioni. It is not unlikely that C. Sadleri will be found to be an endemic form. The description of 0. fru/ida by Dr. Boswell-Syme (quoted in Journ. Bot. 1875, 34, from ^^av^v. Boyal Bot. Soc. Edhib., with plate 159) is drawn from descriptions or specimens of C. frU/ida Allioni, some few particulars of Mr. Sadler's plant being appended. The former part ends with a quoted definition of the nut: — "nut brown, longly stipulate (sic), elliptical-trigonous, punctate." The only specimen in the Boswell Herbarium of Sadler's collecting is very immature ; and if, as is likely, Boswell had no better specimen by him when he wrote the account of it in the Journal of Botafiy (1. c), this may account for so acute an observer having made no remark on the discrepancy between the description of the nut of C.frigida Allioni and the nut of Sadler's plant. The fruit, however, must have been collected fairly ripe on some of the original speci- mens to account for the drawing of the nut in tab. 159. This represents a mature specimen ; but the artist has drawn it upside down, omitted the mucronate tip, and unduly sharpened the sub- stipitate base, which should be short, stout, and truncate. I would take this opportunity of thanking Mr. Charles Bailey for the loan of his fine series of C. J'rigida All. and continental C. hinervis Sm. Explanation of Plate 382a. — 1. C.frigida All,, rootstock. 2,3. Ditto, nut exposed. 4 a. Ditto, perigynium, immature. 4&. Ditto, mature. 5. C. hi- nervis Sm. var. Sadleri, rootstock. 6. Ditto, perigynium. 7. Ditto, nuts. 8. C. hinervis Sm., rootstock. 9. Ditto, perigynium. 10. Ditto, nuts. FOSSOMBRONIA MITTENII, n. sp. By Ella M. Tindall. (Plate 382 b.) Plant small, bright yellowish green, slightly larger and less delicate than Fossombronia cristata Lindbg., but smaller than F. pusilla L. Stem 4-5 mm. in length, ^ mm. in width, simple, prostrate, creeping, fragile. Rootlets numerous, of medium length, bright reddish purple in colour, giving the stem the appearance of being purple throughout. Leaves overlapping each other by about one-third of their breadth, more crenulate than lobed, much crisped, slightly angled, the breadth being greater than the height in the proportion of one to three-fourths, very pellucid, consisting of only one layer of cells throughout the leaf, the cells at the base being irregularly elongated and much larger than those at the edge of the FOSSOMBRONIA MITTENII. 45 leaf. Colesula large for the size of the plant, crenulate, widely open at the mouth, situated either singly or in pairs at the apex of the shoot. Spores large, -047 in diameter, yellowish brown, closely covered with darker brown papillae ; papillae very numerous, averaging about 110 on the face and edge of each spore, finely pointed, projecting like spines from the edge of the spore, so as to give it a spinulose appearance. FAaters narrow, of medium length, with two spiral threads, rarely three ; spiral threads loosely twisted. Probably monoicous ; all the plants examined bear fruit, but, being fully matured, there are no traces of antheridia. Habitat. Bank on the side of the road between Parracombe and Braunton, North Devon. Legit W. Mitten, Aug. 1875. Note. — Fossombronia Mittenii belongs to the group of Fossom- bronice characterized by the papillose markings on their spores ; in this division F. ccespitiformis De Not. and F. Uusnoti Corb. are the only hitherto recorded European species, F. papillata St. having been found in Queensland, F. Wrightii Aust. in Cuba, and F. verru- cosa Lindbg. in Algiers. In F. caspitiformis and F. Husnoti the papillcT are large, obtuse, comparatively far apart, and number from twenty to twenty-five on the face and edge of each spore. In F. iwpillata the papilla are smaller and more numerous than in the two previously mentioned species, numbering about eighty on the face of each spore. Compared with F. Mittenii, the plant in F. 2J(ipiil(ita is larger, the texture of the leaves coarser, the areo- lation closer and more rectangular, and the papillae on the spores larger, more obtuse, and less numerous. Fossombronia Wrif/htii is easily recognized by the dark crimson opaque spores, covered witli very dark rounded papillae, projecting only slightly from the surface of the spore ; the papillae are about equal in size and number to those in F. papillata. I have not been able to examine the type gathering of F. verrucosa Lindbg., but from Professor Lindberg's description it appears to differ from F. Mittenii in the less distinct and less finely pointed papillae, and the coarse three to four or five spiral threads in the elaters. (This species is not present in all the packets distributed as F. ccespitiformis De Not. in Eabenhorst's Hep. Eur. No. 439, gathered by Major Paris at Mouzaiaviiie, January, 1867. M. Corbiere failed to find any species but F. ccespitiformis in two packets, and I have been equally unsuccessful in a third.) Fossombronia Mittenii was found by Mr. Mitten in North Devon in the month of August, 1875, and was then laid aside with other gatherings for future identification. In working through his col- lection, which he kindly lent me during the past summer, I had the pleasure of identifying it as a new species, and with his permission I now publish it as Fossombro7iia Mittenii. 46 SOME PLANTS OBSERVED IN CO. WEXFORD, 1897. By the Rev. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S. These notes summarize the results of a short stay at Wexford, from June 8th to 17th. One day was lost owing to a chill caused by my getting wet through in a shelterless place, and having to wait a long time for the return train ; and another day's expedition to the Gorey neighbourhood was marred by my having no map of the district, and being misdirected by some of the natives. However, several rare or local species were obtained, including two additions to the Irish list. The marshes of the tidal Slaney will surely repay a more systematic examination ; the little that I saw of them con- vinced me of this. For their kind help in naming critical forms I beg to thank Messrs. Arthur Bennett, H. & J. Groves, Pfarrer Kuekenthal, and Prof, von Wettstein. Thalictrum dunense Dumortier. Coast south of Ardamine (near Gourtown) ; sparingly in two stations about a mile apart. Banunculus pscudo-fluitans Baker. In streams near Gorey ; I believe that I also saw it from the train in the Slaney (or its tributaries) in many places from Enniscorthy upwards. A hand- some, large-flowered plant, producing its floating leaves freely. " We have come to the conclusion that this name must go to this plant, and not to the form to which it has been applied by Hiern and, following him, by us" (H. d- J. Groves). — R. Drouetil Godron. Near Wexford, Rosslare, and Churchtown. — R. heterophyllus Weber. In the foregoing neighbourhoods, and near Gorey. Messrs. Groves have confirmed the naming of R. Baudotii, which I reported as plentiful near Wexford Harbour last year. — R. parviflonis L. In considerable quantity and certainly wild, on banks at Rosslare ; also on a bank near Rosslare Harbour Station, and about half-way between there and Churchtown. Pdpaver Argeinone L. Rather plentiful on sandy banks, Rosslare. Fumaria pallidijlora Jordan. In three distinct stations near Wexford, sparingly. — F. BorcBi Jordan. Roadsides near Gorey ; railway near Macmine Junction; rather common on banks, &c., to the east of Wexford ; near Churchtown. I had referred these to F. muralis, although some of the larger-flowered specimens reminded me of Borcci ; the correction is due to Messrs. Groves. Probably the Wexford plant reported by me (with some doubt) as F. muralis was the same thing, yastiirtium palustre DC. Damp hollow behind the sandhills near Carnsore Point ; scarce. Brassica Sinapioides Roth. [B. nigra Koch). I do not feel the slightest doubt that this is truly wild at Rosslare and near Church- town. ^ Lepidium hirtum Smith (L. Smithii Hooker). Quite common in this part of the county. Viula ericetorum Schrader (V, canina auct.). Near Gorey ; Churchtown ; Rosslare. SOME PLANTS OBSERVED IN CO. WEXFORD. 47 Polygala oxyjitera Keichb. Kosslare. A small-flowered plant, locally abundant on sandy, grassy slopes between Greenore Point and Churchtown, varying with pink and blue blossoms, appears to me to belong here, though tending towards P. serpyJlacea (which is frequent and typical in the district) ; it may be one of the named continental varieties. Mr. A. W. Bennett could not pronounce definitely upon the specimens sent to him. P. vulgaris was very luxuriant upon banks near Macmine Junction. Cerastium semidecandrwn L. Sandy ground, Rosslare ; C. tetran- drum was seen here in plenty. Arenaria serpijllifolia L. var. Lloydli (Jordan). Sandy coast between Greenore Point and Churchtown, abundant ; also a mile or more to the south of Ardamine. Sagina ciliata Fries. Sandy field near Rosslare House. Buda rubra Dumortier. Roadside near Rosslare Harbour, towards Churchtown. B. rupestris was noticed at one spot between Greenore Point and Churchtown, and is very fine on rocks at Carn- sore Point. Malva moschata L. Near Macmine Junction and Gorey. Linum. an gusti folium L. About Gorey. Geranium pyrenaicuni Burm. fil. Roadsides near Gorey and Wexford. Erodium. moscliatwn L'Heritier. Rosslare ; coast between Green- ore Point and Churchtown, close to a cottage garden. E. maritimum grows about Courtown, Wexford, Rosslare, and Churchtown. Trigonella purpiirascens Lamarck. Rosslare ; about half-way from Greenore Point to Churchtown ; near Lady's Island Lake. Very local indeed. Trifulium striatum L. Between Greenore Point and Church- town, in good quantity over about half an acre of rocky pasture, and more luxuriant than I remember to have seen it elsewhere ; also sparingly on the north shore of Wexford Harbour, perhaps a mile east of the town. — T. glomeratum L. Li two sandy pastures near Rosslare House ; in one of them it was quite plentiful. T.Jili- forme grew with it here, and also occurred at Carnsore Point. Lotus uliginosus Schkuhr. Near Churchtown. Primus Cerasus L. In roadside hedges near Churchtown and Gorey. Bubns plicatus L. Railway-bank near Macmine Castle. — B. Idrti- f alius Mueller & Wirtgen, var. danicus (Focke). About Churchtown and Wexford ; frequent. — B. leucostachys Schleicher, var. angmti- folius Rogers. Abundant to the south-east of Gorey, where I also saw a form of Pi. corylifolius which I believe to be var. cyclophyUus Lindeberg. The brambles were backward this season, and I could do little with them ; but I am sure that this part of Ireland is a good hunting-ground for the batologist. Callitriche hamidata Kuetzing. Frequent. The form C. pedun- culata DC. was found in a pool about 100 yards south of Rosslare Harbour Station ; although the pedicels are sometimes J in. long, many sessile fruits are present as well on the specimens. — C. oh- tusaiigula Le Gall. Pools and ditches near Rosslare, frequent; 48 SOME PLANTS OBSERVED IN CO. WEXFOED. ditches at Cliurcbtown. — C. truncata Gussone. Abundant and fruiting freely in a broad ditch which the railway crosses and in an adjoining pool, between Macmine Junction and Macmine Castle ; associated with C. stafjnalis and-C. hainiilata, and contrasting with them by its dark green colour, as well as by its not rising to the surface of the water. At first sight I took it to be a Nitella, and only on dragging out a handful did I become aware of its true nature. A very satisfactory restoration to the Irish list, Messrs. Groves having recently ascertained that the Glansiskin (Co. Cork) plant was C. luimuJata. I found the fruit to be sessile in all the specimens examined. (Enothera biennis L. An escape at Rosslare ; nearly, if not quite, naturalized. Sinyndum Olusatrum L. Rather frequent about the coast near Wexford, and in hedges near Churchtown; I doubt its being a true native. Antliriscus vulgaris Bernli. Much more abundant than I had supposed on sandy banks, &c., at and near Rosslare; certainly wild. Crithmum maritimum L. Carnsore Point. (Eiiantlie Lachenalii C. Gmelin. In a small marsh near Wexford Harbour, opposite (east of) the town. Fencedaniuii sativum Bentham & Hooker fil. Native at Rosslare, I fully believe. ValerianeUa olitoria Pollich, var. lasiocarpa Reichenbach. Abun- dant (apparently to the exclusion of the type) between Greenore Point and Carnsore Point ; Rosslare ; about Ardamine and Cour- town. Tanacetiim. vulgare L. Near Wexford ; Macmine Junction — ob- viously introduced. Petasites frag vans Presl. Near Churchtown; an escape. Crepis pahidosa Moench. Swampy meadows near Macmine Castle, in good quantity. Statice rarijiora Drejer. At the south-west corner of Wexford Harbour, very sparingly. Myosotis repens G. Don. Near Wexford. — M. collina Hoffmann. Churchtown ; Rosslare ; near Gorey. — ill. versicolor Reichenbach, var. pallida Brebisson. Mr. Bennett suggests this name for a peculiar forget-me-not with uniformly white flowers and pale (yellowish) herbage, which occurs in great quantity on sandy, grassy ground near the sea, north-east of Churchtown, the habit being stiffer and more strict than usual in M. versicolor. I have seen just the same plant on the Lizard coast, W. Cornwall. Euphrasia horealis Townsend. Common on the coast between Greenore Point and Churchtown. Salvia Verhenaca L. This is quite plentiful at Rosslare, and occurs in greater abundance than I ever saw before in some rough pastures bordering on the coast between Greenore Point and Churchtown. Lamium hybridum Villars. Sandy hedgebanks in a lane two or three miles east of Wexford ; not met with elsewhere. Plantago Coronopus L. Strong, apparently perennial forms, SOME PLANTS OBSERVED IN CO. WEXFORD. 49 with villous or woolly scapes and most variable leaf-cutting, occur at Greenore Point ; some of them evidently come very near to the var. ceratophyllon Rapin, if not exactly that. A triplex littoralis L. On a dyke-bank to the south of Wexford Harbour ; doubtless a survival from the reclamation of the " slob " lands. Hippophae rhamnoides L. Two good- sized patches were met with about half-way up the cliffs near Ardamine Church, two or three hundred yards apart. They look thoroughly spontaneous. Can the extensive thickets at Courtown have been derived from this source ? Or is the Ardamine growth due to berries brought by birds from Courtown? But for the information given in Cybele Hibernica, I do not think that anybody would have doubted its wildness in both places. Orchis pyramidally L. Sandy coast south of Ardamine ; also at Courtown and Rosslare, but very scarce. — 0. incarjiata L. Damp pastures, Churchtown, with Op/irys apifera, which also occurs near Ardamine. Habenaria bifolia E. Brown. Near Rosslare, sparingly. Sisyrinchium californicum Alton. I paid a special visit to the station discovered in 1896, and carefully examined the ground afresh. The plant grows over an area of about eight acres, as near as I can estimate, being confined to the wetter places ; it does not occur on the reclaimed lands, which indeed produce hardly anything of botanical interest. Except for the partial drainage caused by small ditches having been dug, the locality does not appear to have been interfered with ; stunted heather occurs on the driest parts of the peaty soil. Orchis incarnata, a peculiar form of 0. latifolia, and various Carices and Junci being more or less plentiful. My original opinion that the only source of introduction worth considering was the possibility of its having been purposely sown has been strength- ened ; and I do not now hesitate, in spite of the enormous priwd facie improbability of a purely W. American species being native in S.E. Ireland, to state my belief that we have here an instance of survival from an earlier flora, and not an adventitious plant. It remains to be seen whether S. californicum grows in other parts of the south coast ; its discovery elsewhere under similar conditions would, of course, greatly strengthen the theory now put forward. It appears to be quite hardy, and has done well on ordinary ground in my garden. Leucojum csstivum L. This attractive Irish novelty was obtained in a swamp by the river Slaney, a few hundred yards below Mac- mine Castle, growing under much the same conditions as in the Thames valley, and associated with the plants usually found in such situations ; I must have seen from sixty to eighty fine specimens in flower or fruit, and there was nothing in its surroundings to make me distrust its being truly wild. I believe that it will be found in other parts of these marshes, if anybody will take the trouble to search them thoroughly at the proper season. Lemna gibba L. In ditches at Churchtown. Fotamogeton densus L. Pool by the railway above Macmine 50 SOME PLANTS OBSERVED IN CO. WEXFORD. Junction, in small quantity. — P. interruptus Kit. Frequent about Macmine Junction, Wexford, Rosslare, Churchtown, and Courtown; always, I believe, the var. scoparius. Ruppia spiralis Hartnian. Abundant in a pool by the railway at the S.W. angle of Wexford Harbour. Zannicliellid hrachjstcmon J. Gay ? Ditch in a marsh east of Wexford (opposite the town). Plant very slender; stigmas large ; styles about one-third the length of the fruit. Also marked as seen at Churchtown. Eleocharis unigliimis Reichenbach. A peculiar plant with very dark (chocolate-brown) glumes grows in profusion in a damp pasture about midway between Macmine Castle and the Junction, and was also seen near Wexford and Rosslare. It may be Babington's E. Watsoni] but no ripe fruit was present. Carex disticha Hudson. Plentiful in the marshes near Macmine Castle ; also by the railway, in a swamp at the S.W. end of Wexford Harbour. — C. teretiuscula Good. Marshy meadow east of Wexford, near the Zannichellia station. — 0. Goodenovii J. Gay. A " has- socky" form, plentiful by the Slaney at Macmine Junction, is placed by Mr. Bennett under \n>v. J2incella. In a peaty marsh-dyke, about half a mile inland from Rosslare village, I came across an extra- ordinary-looking sedge with Goodenovii leaves and inflorescence, but forming elevated peaty tussocks about eighteen inches high and eight or nine in diameter, something like those commonly seen in C. stricta and C. paradoxa, but smaller. Mr. Bennett places this under Goodenovii. Pfarrer Kuekenthal commented on it thus :— ''I, too, have not seen 0. vulgaris so densely tussocky before. If C. caspitosa L. were present at the spot, one might think it a hybrid between that and C. vulgaris. But as C. ccEspitosa is absent from Ireland, probably we have here only a C. vidgaris Fr. y elatior Lang, forma caspitosa." Subsequently he wrote : — "I have already ven- tured to hint that the combination Carex cccspitosa x vidgaris has much in its favour ; much more than the determination as C. vul- garis. I also now find at the top of the ? glumes something that recalls C. caspntosa, viz. a slight white scarious border [Yes; but very slight. — E. S. M.] . But C. caspitosa would have to be found in the neighbourhood before [we could adopt this view] ." I am not satisfied that the plant is Goodenovii, pur et simple ; apparently it is sterile, but that may well be owing to immaturity. — 0. pendnla Hudson. In profusion in a swamp behind the sandhills, about a mile north of Courtown ; associated with this grew C. strigosa Hudson, more plentiful than I had ever seen it before. — C. vesi- caria L. Swamp by the Slaney below Macmine Castle, with Leiicojum. Avena puhescens Hudson. On the coast south, of Ardamine ; only noticed here. Poa trivialis L. var. ghibra Doell [KoeJeri Syme). Dry banks on the coast about half-way between Greenore Point and Churchtown. I did not see the type there. Festuca Mguros L. Near Wexford and Gorey. — F. arundinacea Schreber. Near Churchtown. THE CONYZAS OF MILLER's DICTIONARY (eD. 8). 51 Bromus sterilis L. Plentiful in sandy ground, Kosslare.— B. com- mutatus Schrader. Meadow about two miles south of Wexford ; evidently native. Chara fiaqilis L. In a small pond near the sea, south ot Arda- mine ; perhaps the var. delicatida, but barren, and too dirty to be worth collecting. C. canescens and C. connivens seem to be extremely local near Wexford ; I could only find them for about a hundred yards, in small quantity, whereas Tolypella ghmerata and Chara aspera were abundant over a considerable area. THE CONYZAS OF MILLER'S DICTIONARY (ed. 8). By James Britten, F.L.S. The plants referred to Co7iyza by the older writers have been relegated by more recent workers to many genera, and very few of the 'earlier species are retained in the genus as now understood. Mr. Hiern informs me that in the first edition of the Species Plantarum Linnseus had eleven species of Conyza, none of which are now retained therein ; they belong to Vernonia, Sericocarpus, Pluchea, Inula, and Neurola^ia. In the tenth edition of the Systema Natures, published in 1759, Linnaeus had two additional species, now referred to Venionia and Pluchea respectively ; in later publi- cations, posterior to Adanson, he had nine other species of Conyza, belonging to Venionia, Placus, Pterocaulon, and Phagmdon ; the whole of the Linnean species therefore disappear from Conyza. Miller, in the eighth edition of his Gardeners Dictionary (1768), enumerates eighteen species. Seven of these are identical in name with species described by Linnaeus ; the remaining eleven appear for the first time. Many of them are based on Houstoun's MSS. ; none appear to have been dealt with by subsequent writers, and they are not reduced in the hulex Kewensis. Recent papers in this Journal upon Houstoun's and Miller's plants have, I hope, made it clear that the material for determining these can only be found in the National Herbarium. From this material I have been able to identify with certainty nearly all of Miller's species, and I now propose to place on record the results of my investigations. I arrange Miller's names in alphabetical order for convenience of reference. Conyza Bacchaeis Mill. Diet. no. 16 = Pluchea hifrons DC. Miller cites Eupatorimn conyzoides Sinica, &c., of Plukenet (Amalth. 80, t. 393, f. 5) as a synonym, but a comparison with Plukenet's specimen in Herb. Sloane xciv. 94, shows that this is not the case. Miller himself was doubtful as to the synonym, for his label on his specimen in Herb. Banks begins "An ? Eupatorimn conyzoides Sinica,'' &c. Miller received the seeds from Campeachy, and grew the plant in Chelsea Garden. Conyza corymkosa Mill. Diet. no. <^=Vernonia farchonanthifolia Sch. Bip. ? Mr. Bennett has identified Miller's plant with DeCan- 52 THE CONYZAS OF MILLEr's DICTIONARY (ED. 8). dolle's Monosis tarchmantliifolia, but, in the absence of the type or other material, has added an expression of doubt. I think there is httle doubt as to the correctness of the identification, although it may be safer to retain the query. Houstoun's specimen in Herb. Banks (sent from Vera Cruz in 1731) bears the MS. description cited by Miller ; there is another specimen from Houstoun in Herb. Sloane ccxcii. 64. CoNYZA PEDUNCULATA Mill. Dict. no. 15. Miller's specimen of this is very poor ; it is a Baccharis, probably a somewhat abnormal form of B. rhcxioides H.B. K. It was grown in Chelsea Garden from seeds sent from Campeachy by Robert Millar. CoNYZA SALiciFOLius Mill. Dict. 110. 6 = Pluchea suhdecurrens Cass. ? This was identified by Mr. Bennett with an expression of doubt similar to that which he expressed as to G. conjmbosa. As in that case, the identification is probably correct, but it is safer to retain the query. The specimen in Herb. Banks is from Houstoun (Vera Cruz, 1731), and bears his descriptive phrase ; another example from him is in Herb. Sloane, ccxcii, 67. CoNYZA scandens Mill. Dict. no. 11 = Vernonia Schiedeana Less. Of this we have Miller's specimen from Houstoun (Vera Cruz) in Herb. Banks, and another example from Houstoun in Herb. Sloane ccxcii, 65. On the Banksian specimen is a note in Dryander's hand identifying Miller's plant v/ith C. tortiwsa L., followed by a note : " See Herb. Cliffort., where the specimen described by Linne is from Miller." The specimen in question is now (like the rest of the plants of the HorLus Cliffortianiwi) incorporated in the National Herbarium, and is undoubtedly identical with the plant from Herb. Miller. G. tortiDsa has always been obscure — "species mihi omnino obscura!" says DeCandolle, who places it among his " Conyz^ auctorum non satis not^ pler^que verisimiliter e genere excludendffi" ; and it may be worth while to clear up its hibtory so far as the material at our disposal will permit. Gonyza tortuosa (Linn. Hort. Cliff, p. 405) is founded on two plants. The first is cited from " Vaill. Act. 1719, p. 396"—?'.^. Hist. Acad. Sciences, 1719 (Paris, 1721), p. 300 (396 is a misprint). Vaillant's descriptive phrase runs, "Conyza madagascariensis, fruti- cosa, tortuoso caule, Corni folio. Tsi-mandats, Flacourt, Hist. 133, no. 71 " (1661). Flacourt gives no description, and the small figure on the folding plate facing page 144 (bearing the same number) apparently supplied the material for Vaillant's descriptive phrase. This plant must therefore remain obscure. The second plant, from which Linnaeus drew up his description, was sent him by Philip Miller. The type-specimen in the British Museum Herbarium, already referred to, is named in Miller's hand " Jacea Americana scandens lauri folio scabro floribus spicatis albis Houst. Vera Cruz." Houstoun gives a full description of the plant under this name in his " Plant^e circa Veram Crucem obser- vatse " (Houstoun MSS. p. 373), and a specimen from him in Herb. Banks (from Herb. Miller) agrees entirely with the Hort. CUffort. plant. There is a sketch of the same plant in the volume of THE CONYZAS OF MILLER's DICTIONARY (ed. 8). 63 Hoastoun's unpublished drawings (p. 46) under the name " Conyza scandens." It seems right to say that a descriptive label in Houstoun's hand identical with Philip Miller's phrase (save in the substitution of "Conyza" for "Jacea") — a substitution explained by Hous- toun's phrase in his MSS., " inter Conyzam et Jaceam videtur ambigere " — is attached in Herb. Banks to another Vera Cruz Vernonia, not far removed from V. scorpioides. This plant, how- ever, does not agree with Linnaeus' or Houstoun's description, and the label has no doubt been misplaced. A specimen from Houstoun with his descriptive phrase is found, as has already been stated, in Herb. Sloane ccxcii, f. 65, " ex Vera Cruce." Conyza spicata Mill. Diet. no. 14= Baccharis rhexioides H. B.K. Dryander has marked through Miller's name on Houstoun's speci- men (from Carthagena) in Herb. Banks, and has substituted '^ trinervia^' — a name by which, under another genus, specimens of B. rhexioides collected by Banks and Solander at Kio Janeiro in 1768 are described in Solander's MSS. William Wood (in Rees's CyclopcBdia) gave Miller's plant a new trivial name — cartliagenensis — which is not included in the Index Kewensis. Conyza symphytifolia Mill. Diet. no. 10 = Phichea odorata Cass. Houstoun's descriptive phrase — '* Conyza Symphyti folio flore luteo " — is attached to his specimen from Vera Cruz in Herb. Banks. A note on the synonymy of Pluchea odorata will be found at the end of this paper. Conyza tomentosus (tomeiitosis) Mill. Diet. no. 5 = Vernonia Beppeana Less. Houstoun's specimen from Vera Cruz in Herb. Banks has his MS. descriptive phrase cited by Miller, /. c. There is another Houstoun specimen in Herb. Sloane ccxcii, 67. Conyza trinervius {trinerviis) Mill. Diet. no. 12 = Baccharis rhexioides H. B. K. Miller's specimen from Carthagena (Robert Millar) bears his descriptive phrase in his own hand. Conyza uniflora Mill. Diet. no. lQ=yer7ionia remotiflora Rich. The specimen from Herb. Miller bears his descriptive phrase ; it is not localized, but was sent (according to the Dictionary) from Carthagena by Robert Millar. It was also found by Houstoun, as Miller cites it from his MSS. Conyza viscosa Mill. Diet. no. 8 (1768) = (7. lyrataB.. B. K. Nov. Gen. iv. 70 (1820). This is perhaps the most interesting of Miller's species, and is the only one which remains in Conyza, if that name is to be retained for the genus.* Mr. Hiern has kindly examined the various specimens of C. lyrata in the Kew Herbarium, and we have compared Miller's plant with those in the British Museum ; and there can be little doubt but that the two species are identical. We have Houstoun's specimens (from Vera Cruz, 1730) bearing his descriptive phrase, and in Herb. Sloane ccxcii, 67 ; and also a full * Mr. Hiern is of opinion that the name Conyza cannot be retained, and that Marsea of Adanson (Fam. ii. 122 (1763) ) must take its place. In that case the plant under consideration will stand as Marsea viscosa. 54 THE CONYZAS OF MILLER's DICTIONARY (eD. 8). description of the plant in Houstoun's MSS. Miller's plant having been so completely overlooked, it seems worth while to transcribe his description, and that of Houstoun. Miller's is as follows : — *'8. CoxVYZA [Viscosa) caule herbaceo, foliis ovatis serratis, villosis, floribns alaribus & terminalibus. Fleabane with an her- baceous stalk, oval, sawed, hairy leaves, and flowers proceeding from the sides, and at the end of the branches. Conyza odorata, BelUdis folio villosa & viscosa Hoiist. MSS. . . . "The eighth sort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, from whence it was sent me by the late Dr. Houstoun ; this is an annual plant, which grows in low moist places, where the water stands in winter ; it bath an herbaceous branching stalk, which rises about one foot high, garnished at each joint with one oval leaf, fitting close to the branches ; these are sawed on their edges, and covered with a white hairy down. The flowers are produced from the side of the branches on slender foot-stalks, each for the most part sustaining three flowers, which are white, and are succeeded by chaffy seeds, crowned with down ; the whole plant is viscous, and will stick to the fingers of those who handle it." Houstoun's MS. description runs thus : — "Conyza odorata Bellidis folio, villosa, et viscosa. Caules herbacei teretes, erecti, pedales vel bipedales, ramosi. Folia sub- rotunda, Bellidis minoris forma, sed profundius dentata, tenera, sine pediculis, vel certo ordine, caulem ramulosq. cingentia. In summis ramulis et caulibus proveniunt flores multi flosculosi, cali- cibus squamosis contenti, sed flosculis adeo exiguis compositi ut visum fere effugiant. His succedunt semina minutissima pappo instructa. Tota planta moUi tegitur lanugine, viscida quoq. est, et gratum spirat odorem. Solo pingui, qualis circa fimeta est, delectatur. Mense Junio 1730 florem fructumq. ferebat." Pluchea odorata Cass. [Conyza odorata L. Systema, ed. x. 1018, 1759). Under tbis name two species are included, which were first distinguished by Swartz (Prodr. 112 (1788)), who later (Fl. Ind. Occ. p. 1342 (1806) ) gave a fuller description, pointing out clearly the differences between them. Swartz bases his jmrpurascens on " C. major odorata s. Baccharis floribus purpureis nndis, Sloan. Cat. 124, h. [Hist.] i. t. 152, f. 1, male": a reference to Sloane's herbarium, in which the original drawing is preserved, justifies his criticism of the figure. DeCandolle, in placing the plant under Pluchea, follows Swartz in his determination of Sloane's plant, leaving Linnaeus's plant under Pluchea odorata, A reference, however, to the original definition shows that Linnaeus took Sloane's plant as the type of his Conyza odorata : the reference to Sloane's History stands first in his citations, and he describes the leaves as *' serratis subtomentosis acutis " — a character which, as Swartz points out {I.e. p. 1342), distinguishes his purpiirascens from the plant known as odorata. Linnaeus's other citation is "Plum. ic. 97." The plant figured by Plumier does not accord particularly well with purpiirascens, but the deeply NOTES ON THE FLORA OF LINCOLNSHIRE. 55 serrate leaves Ccinnot possibly represent those of the so-called odorata. A single detached leaf, however, is referred by Burman in his accompanying text (Z. c. p. 85) to a variety of the plant figured, and this probably belongs to the species known as odorata. Those who insist on the retention of the oldest trivial name" will thus be compelled to apply odorata to the plant hitherto known as purparascens, and to find a new title for that which up to now has been known by the latter name. Fortunately, however, Cassiui's description of the species when establishing the genus Pluchea makes it clear that under odorata he had in view the plant which all writers since Linnaeus have intended under that name. Plis action removes the necessity for so inconvenient a change, unless the priority of the trivial part of the name be insisted on. The plants will stand thus : — Pluchea odorata Cass, in Diet. Sci. Nat. xlii. 3 (1826), excl. syn. Conyza odorata Mill. Diet. ed. 8 (1768) et ahorum, non L. Pluchea purpurascens DC. Prodr. v. 452 (1836). Conyza odorata L. Syst. x. 1013 (1759) and Herb. ! [ph Hiern), non aliorum. Conyza purpurascens Sw. Prodr. 112 (1788). The following note on an obscure plant may be printed here. Baccharis arborea Linn. Mant. 284. ''Habitat . . . insulfe Johann^e sylvis. Koenig." DeCandolle (Prodr. v. 427j places this among his "non satis not«." Specimens in Herb. Banks from Johanna Island, Robertson, 1772, written up by Solander as B. arborea = Vernonia senegalensis Less. There is nothing in the original description to contradict this identification. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF LINCOLNSHIRE. By the Rev. E. Adrian Woodruffe-Peacock, F.L.S. As there is no finality in botanical matters, the species ebbing and flowing from natural and artificial causes, my friendly readers must look on these notes with the kindly eyes of those who forgive mistakes where earnest work has been attempted. My efforts during many years have been devoted not merely to compiling a bare list of species found in Lincolnshire (N. 54 and S. 53), but rather to collecting 100,000 notes on geological and drift dis- tribution, with the avowed object of learning why the flora of the two contiguous vice-counties differs as much as it does — practically why we have this flora at all. The relation of species to their geological environment in one part of the county is no sure guide as to what is certainly to be found on the same soil in another spot * J. A. Murray's warning on this head should not be overlooked : — " Cave, ne prae observantia nimia in antecessores ex eorum differentia specifica nomen triviale minus commodum emergat." Phil. Bot. Suppl. no. 16 (1792). 56 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF LINCOLNSHIRE. differing in humidity or dryness, porosity or impermeability, sub- soil, &c. With the object of finding out the ''why" of our flora in view, and with the Drift maps in hand, I have wandered over the whole county making notes of everything common or rare without distinction ; but more especially of the changes in the flora as the varying outcrops of the underlying strata appeared through the surface drift, or approached the surface as a subsoil, so as to affect the flora. A carefully selected series of soil samples have been taken, with full notes, in case it should be thought advisable to test our plant distribution by chemistry in the future. It is absolutely impossible in the limits of a short paper to jot down a tithe of the facts observed. They are practically valueless too from being drawn from so limited an area — 2,787.140 square miles. But many most interesting facts appear after this geological review. As a sample of these we may note that Trifolium ochro- leucon has only been found on the boulder clay. Potentilla argentea, which ranges widely in other counties, is confined to one limited spot on the Spilsby sandstone. Hemiaria glabra is the same on one confined spot on the Lincolnshire limestone. I use these geological names in the limited sense in which they are used on the Drift maps. Cnicns arvensis cannot grow on peat ; but on a thin bed of peat overlying Oxford clay it finds its most congenial home, and where the two are mixed in ploughing it becomes the dread of the farmer. Urtica dioica shows a like repugnance to peat, and if forced by circumstances to struggle on in such unpropitious surroundings slowly changes into the variety microphglla forma suhinermis — at least, so Mr. A. Bennett kindly named my specimens. Festuca in-atensis will only naturally flourish on soils rich in nitrogen, natural or artificial ; but it does not die away when sown as Alopecurus prntensis and DactijUs do, but, just existing, waits for the gradually accumulating fertility of the soil to start it into vigorous life. Poa annua is the nursing grass of rich soils, and Lollum perenne of the poorer. The latter species seizes on the ground after the passing annuals, and Cardmis, Cnicns, and Rume.v have had their short but fertility-bringing day. It retains its hold against all opposition till nitrogen has accumulated and better species of grass force it out ; even then clinging to every spot it can, where they cannot grow, as footpaths, gateways, slopes down to ponds, roadsides, &c. The following seems to be the recognisable order in which the species follow P. annua or L. perenne ; but the quality of the soil and moisture, and question whether there are the species seeding in the neighbourhood has much to do with it : — Poa pratensis, Cynosurus, Poa triviaUs, Ph. pratense, Arrhenathenim, Dactylis, and finally Alopecurus pratensis and Festuca pratensis. Arrlienatlierum and Dactylis are both shade grasses, and so only come when wood or hedge shade is found near ; the former always in limited quantities. F. elatior is never found naturally in our pastures and meadows. The best pasture species are seldom allowed to seed by stock, and how they multiply as rapidly as they do I have not yet discovered for certain. When we have a Geo-topographical Botany, fully up to our NOTES ON THE FLORA OF LINCOLNSHIRE. 57 present knowledge, it will bristle with facts interesting to the botanist and agriculturist alike. My notes only refer to the species in the ninth edition of TJie London Catalogue. It should be noted that the genera liuhus and Bosa are wholly excluded from this review. The species recorded for the county of Lincoln, excluding the exceptions named, reach the high total of 1108. Of these I regard nineteen to be mistakes, twenty-five as very doubtful, and fifteen as extinct now. If geological evidence is worth anything, about two hundred are truly alien to the soils of Lincolnshire, though many of them are native of Britain. For N. as many as 145 species are recorded, which hitherto have not been met with in S. ; and for S. 31, which have not been recorded in N. The varieties on record number 150, excluding anomalies and colour forms, some of which are very interesting. The hybrids are 16. By mistakes I mean species recorded in print which, on being traced to the specimens, were found mis-named, or for which there was practically other proof of error, as the incompetency or general carelessness of the author who is the first and only authority. I fear many from the doubtful list should be added to the mistakes. The mistakes are : — Cardamine iinpatiens, Viola lactea, Cerastiiuii alpinum, Hi/pericniii Androsamum, Medicago miniyna, Sednm roseum, Crithmum inaritimuin, CEnanthe pirn pbiello ides, (E. silaifolia, Pyrola rotundi/olia, Sibthorpia, lllecehriim, Suceda fruticosa, Orchis purpurea, Aceras anthropopJiora, Asparagus ynaritimus, Allium sibiricum, Erio- caulo7i, and Eriopliorum latifolium. The doubtful species are : — Draba muralis, Thlaspi peifoliatiim , Cranibe, Dianthus glaucus, D. C(Bsius, Foenivuluin, Galiuin anglimim, Inula crithmoidcs, CrepisjMludosa, Mentha Pulegiuin, Thymus Cham/Edrgs, Calamintha parvijiora, Chemo- podium vulvar ia, C. hgbridum, C. iirbicum, C. botrgodes, Polygojiuiii viviparwn, Allium, Schcenoprasum, Juncus acutus, Elisma natans, Damasonium, Carex teretiusctda , Phegopteris calcarea, Eguisetum hgemale, and Lycopodium Selago. The following species are now almost certainly extinct in their former habitats. There is abundant evidence that they formerly flourished with us, either from localized specimens, or the records of absolutely trustworthy authorities : — Silene maritima, 8. quinque- vulnera, Lathgrus maritimus, Cicuta virosa, Senecio paludosus, S. pahistris, Sonchus palustris, Schollera, Hgpopitgs, Statice reticulata, Limosella, Utricidaria minor, Malaxis, Liparis, and Lycopodium. alpinum. These have all passed away before a changing environment. The list is being added to gradually but surely. I fear we have lost Frosei a anglica, Peucedanum palustre, and others, in the last few years. The only hybrids of any special interest are : — Cnicus lanceo- latus X pratensis. — Mr. Arthur Bennett, to whom I desire to return most sincere thanks for many kindnesses and much help, agrees with me about it. The only specimen there is is in the County Herbarium. CampamUa latifolia X TracheUum. — Specimens in County and Bennett Herbaria; the best in Mr. Bennett's. Carex distansx fulva, in County Herbarium. Journal of Botany.— Vol, 86. [Feb. 1898.] F 58 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF LINCOLNSHIRE. Of interesting varieties we have Sonchus arvensis L. glabra, an absolutely glabrous form. "It quite simulates S. maritimus," as Mr. Bennett says. In County and Bennett Herbaria. No one need attempt to solve the mysteries of plant distribution in Lincolnshire without some knowledge of our recent geological changes. The artificial boundary chosen by Watson for the N. and S. vice-counties, the river Witham from the Wash to Lincoln and the Fossdyke from that city to the spot where it touches the border of Nottingham, is a great natural boundary which existed before the Ice Age. The boulder clay outcropping from below the recent river gravel deposits of the Trent valley proves that it changed its course in late geological times. The line of its ancient gravels prove it to have flowed along the present course of the Witham from Lincoln. Yet it can hardly be supposed to have definitely taken its present course till historical times, as even now it has to be prevented from passing ofi:' some part of its flood-water through the Lincoln gap and along the Witham channel by a bank at Spalford in Notts. The wide gap cut by water in the limestone hill at Lincoln proves the width and power of the ancient stream that flowed unembanked as the boundary between the N. and S. vice- counties. At some time previous to the great ice age too, the whole of the cretaceous strata and the Kimeridge clay of the upper oolite were denuded down to the Oxford clay of the middle oolite throughout the great Lincolnshire fenland. The recent deposits lying on this Oxford clay floor, in order from the lowest upward, are boulder clay, gravelly sand, ancient peat, a.lluvium, and, in a few stops in N., modern peat. The soils of the grea,t fenland are silt with a fringe of old peat as the land rises to the upper ground. The sea-coast of N., from the mouth of the Humber to that of the Wash, are fringed with blown sea-washed sands where silt is not deposited. There is no such sand-band in S. As soon as the shore is banked up with sand silt brought down by the fen rivers is deposited by the spring tides, and the "fifty" or saltmarsh flora is the result in S. ; and at the mouth of the Humber, and along the northern shore of the Wash in N. Sandy-shore species found in N. for which there is no proper habitat in S.: — Thalictrum. dimense ; Ranimciiliis Baudotii and varie- ties— sand-loving, I suppose, or I cannot understand its absence from S. ; Glaucium JJavum, an erratic uncertain species with us ; Cakile maritima, Cerastkim tetrandum, Sagina maritima, Lathyrus luanthmis, Eryngiiim maritimum ; Senecio vlscosiis, confined to a very limited area on the sand-band, — a new introduction perhaps ; Knjthraa pulchella, Volvulus Soldanella, Atriplex lacinata, Salsola, Hippopliae, FAiphorhia portlandica, confined to one stop; Ammophila arnndmacea, Festuca arenaria, and Elymus arenarins. Peat fen species found in N., for which there never was much habitat, and now is practically none in S. : — Lathyrus pahi'itris, Drosera anglica, D. internieclia, Peucedanum p)(ilustre, Se7iecio paliistris, Sonchus palustris, Potamogeton color atus, Cladium jamaicense, and Lastraa Thelypteris. Moorland and moorland pool-loving species, which cannot NOTES ON THE FLORA OF LINCOLNSHIRE. 59 always be discriminated from fen land species, found in N. and not yet recorded for S., suitable habitats being very restricted : — Hyperi- cum Elodes, SchoUera, Androyneda, Centunculus, Littorella if with us still ; Empetrmn, extinct, I fear ; Epipactis paluHtiis, Habeuaria bifoUa, Eleocharis midticaulis, Scirpus ccBspitosus, 8. Jiuitans, Ry)iclio- spora alba, Eriophorum vaginatuin, if not extinct ; Carex elongata, C. curta, C. Jilifonnis, if still with us ; Agrostis canina, Apera Spica- venti, Descliampsia discolor, Festuca mijuros, Lycopodiiim inundatum, L. clavatum, L. alpinum, Selaginella, Chara polgacantha. All now rare with us, bordering on disappearance or extinct. Lime-loving species in N. not yet found in S. : — Thalictriun coUinum, a species with a northern range, I imagine ; rare with us. Rammculus sardous, widely spread. Stellaria nemorum, northern type. Hypericum vwntanwn, in woods west of Brigg ; northern. Veronica montana, Ophrys muscifera, Maianthemum, if a native ; Col- chicum, north-west only. All rare and local. Some from the next list might be added. Other species for N. not yet recorded for S. : — Cerastium semi- deca7id7'um, Tri/oliumviaritimiim, Vicia lathyroides, Potentilla argcntea, Chrysospleniuni alternifoUum ; the other species is found in S. Selinum Carvifolia, a true native if there ever was one. Imda Conyza, Bidens cerniia, the other species is found in S. as well as N. Hypopitys, Lysimachia thyrsijiora, Orobanche major ^ a species I can- not understand. Clienopodium murale, Atriplex Bobingtonii, A. pedimculata, which has not been found for eleven seasons. Sali- cornia appressa, once found; sp. Herb. Bennett. Salix ijentandra, surely this must be for want of records ; it is so widely distributed in N. Epipactis media ; Crocus midijiorus, very rare, river-borne from Notts. (?). Juncus maritimiis, Potamogeton aculifolius, Scirpus TaberncEmontani, S. rufus ; Carex pidicaris, not found for many years ; C. distans, C. extensa, Spartina stricta, Melica nutans, Asplenium Trichomaues, Polystichuni lobatum,, P, angulare, Chara contraria, Tolypella glomerata, and Nitella opaca. Nearly all local and rare. Species recorded for S. and not for N. : — Viola stagnina, Linum, perenne, south-west only. Caucalis arvensis, practically confined to the southern silt, but with a wide range there. Hypoclmris fuaculata, on limestone only. Geniiana Amarella var. prcecox, the same. Antir- rhinum Orontium, north-west, very rare. Melampyrum cristatum, growing very rare indeed, only in south-west. S tacky s germanica, if with us still. Herniaria glabra, local but common. Beta mari- tima, if it is a true native. Thesium humifusum, on limestone ridge nearly to Lincoln. Euphorbia amygdaloides, in the extreme southern woods. Epipactis violacea, if the species is rightly named, on corn- brash only. Potamogeton decipiens, P. angu^tifolius, Hordeum sylvati- cum, and Tolypella prolifera ; mostly very rare and local. Species worth noting found in N. and S. : — Both varieties of Spergula. Bupleurum. tenuissimum, Carum segetum, not uncommon. Dipsacus pilosus, I do not understand the range of this species. Se7iecio paludosus, this, though found in S., is practically only a N. species. Pyrola minor, the only species we have ; it is growing 60 THE DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH MOSSES. rare and dying out. Cuscuta Epithyinuin, very rare. Lhnosella ; Utricularia viinor, extinct, I fear. Verbena, thinly but widely spread. SniteUaria minor, growing rarer. Teucrimn Scord'nun, extinct in N., if not in S. Hex, Frcuinus, Ulinus, Qnercns, Fcu/ns, Salix, Pimis, and Tajtis have all been found under the peat. The Hex was sub-fossihzed. Stratiotes is still widely distributed. S/iiranthes autuinnalis must be river-borne in seed, or its distribution is inexplicable, his fcctidusinia is very rare. FAeocharis acicidaris is the same. Notes on aliens N. and S. would form a long paper by them- selves. We are gaining faster than loosing, strong-growing new species taking the place of old ones. Clematis is an interesting one. Asparagus altilis has been with us three hundred years. The aliens confined to N. I can n ime here are Cyclamen, Teucrium Chamadrys, Mercurialis annua. Acorns, and Phegopteris Dryopteris, if it is one. Interesting S. aliens are Lim,nanthemum, Salvia pratensis, Viscum, and Cyperus longus. The County Herbarium is within a few species of being quite perfect: it contains many extinct and very rare plants, and anoma- lies and colour forms of all kinds, besides a widely selected series of type forms from N. and S. THE DISTBIBUTION OF BRITISH MOSSES. By E. Charles Horrell. For some time past it has seemed desirable that the comital distribution of the British Mosses should be worked out in the way that the distribution of the Flowering Plants was done by Watson. Up to the present the moss distribution has only been worked out, and that but incompletely, in the London Catalogue of British Mosses, ed. 2, for the eighteen Watsonian provinces. With the object of seeing how far the lists of Mosses already published would enable me to compile a census of the 112 Watsonian vice-counties, I have looked through most of the magazines, County Floras, Proceedings of Local Natural History Societies, the Botanical Ptecord Club's Reports, &c., in the library of the British Museum, and find that fairly good lists have been published for about fifty vice-counties. There are therefore about sixty-two vice-counties in Great Britain for which I can find no lists of the commoner mosses. From the following vice-counties I have found no satisfactory lists : — 4. N. Devon. 27. E. Norfolk. 43. Radnor. 5. S. Somerset. 28. W. Norfolk. 44. Caermarthen. 6. N. Somerset. 29. Cambridge. 45. Pembroke. 7. N. Wilts. 31. Hunts. 46. Cardigan. 10. I.ofAVight. 33. E.Gloucester. 47. Montgomery. 13. W. Sussex. 34. W. Gloucester. 50. Denbigh. 22. Berks. 41. Glamorgan. 51. Flint. 24. Bucks. 42. Brecon. 56. Notts. THE DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH MOSSES. 61 58. Chester. 82. Haddington. 98. Main Argyle. 60. W. Lancasliire. 83. Edinburgh. 99. Dumbarton. 6G. Durham. 84. Linlithgow. 100. Clyde Islands. 67. Northumberland. 86. Stirling. 101. Cantire. 68. Cheviotland. 87. West Perth. 102. South Ebudes. 69. Westmoreland & 88. Mid Perth. 104. North Ebudes. Lake Lancashire, . 89. East Perth. 105. West Ross. 74. Wigtou. 91. Kincardine. 106. East Ross. • 75. Ayr. 92. S. Aberdeen. 107. E. Sutherland. 76. Renfrew. 93. N. Aberdeen. 108. W. Sutherland 77. Lanark. 94. Banff. 109. Caithness. 78. Peebles. 95. Elgin, &c. 110. Hebrides. 79. Selkirk. 96. Easterness. 111. Orkney. 80. Roxburgh. 97. Westerness. 112. Shetland. 81. Berwick. It is obvious that one collector cannot investigate the moss flora of more than a few of these districts, and the aid of all bryologists is confidently asked in this work. It is not likely that I shall receive the lists which will enable me to compile the census in less than two or three years, but should much like to find a moss- student in each vice-county who would undertake during that time to prepare a list of his district. I have already received lists or offers of assistance from correspondents in the following vice-counties: — 5. S. Somerset. 34. W. Gloucester. 63. S.W. York. 6. N. Somerset. 40. Salop. 64. Mid-W. York. 9. Dorset. 42. Brecon. 65. N.W. York. 11. S. Hants. 43. Radnor. QQ. Durham. 14. E. Sussex. 48. Merioneth. 72. Dumfries. 17. Surrey. 49. Carnarvon. 73. Kirkcudbright, 18. S. Essex. 55. Leicester. 74. Wigton. 20. Herts. 57. Derby. 87. W. Perth. 25. E. Suffolk. 58. Chester. 97. Westerness. 26. W. Suffolk. 61. S.E. York. 98. Main Argyle. 32. Northampton. 62. N.E. York. 103. Mid Ebudes. 33. E. Gloucester. It would add very greatly to the value of the lists if voucher specimens were also sent, with notes of subsoil, altitude, &c. These specimens I would return as soon as they had been submitted to competent authorities, or would, if preferred, send other mosses in exchange. Mr. H. N. Dixon and Mr. E. M. Holmes have already kindly offered to aid me by examining any doubtful or critical species. I am using Mr. Dixon's '^ Handbook'^ Catalogue as the basis of this work, and would like to suggest that much help might be given me if each bryologist went through his herbarium and entered on the blank leaves of an interleaved copy of that Catalogue the numbers of the vice-counties from which he has specimens of each moss. This, even for a large collection, would not take very long, and would afford a very large mass of information for my purpose. Unfortunately many specimens in herbaria are not sufficiently 62 SHORT NOTES. accurately localized to enable one to be certain of the county or vice-county : e. g. Teesdale alone is of no use as a locality for county distribution, as the north bank of the Tees is in Durham, and the south in Yorkshire. Such doubtful localities should be altogether omitted. I shall have much pleasure in hearing from any bryologist who can help me in either of the ways suggested, and shall be glad to send a list of the 112 Watsonian vice-counties, with the boundaries in the cases where the county is subdivided, as given in Watson's Ci/hele, vol. iv. p. 139, 1859, to any one wishing it. I shall also have pleasure in sending to any one details of the moss-lists I am acquainted with for any particular vice-county. My address is — 44, Brompton Square, London, S.W. SHORT NOTES. Catharinea Hausknechtii (Jur. Mildej Broth, near Liverpool. — I have great pleasure in adding the above moss to the Liverpool florula (and I think also to the flora of the county), excellent fruiting specimens having been found on Warbreck Moor by my son, Harold Wheldon. It grew in deep, moist hollows, accompanied by Dicran- eUa heteromalla, Anisothecium ruhniw, Barhula hrevifolia, B. ungidcu- lata, Tortula aloides, and other common pelophilous species. — J. A. Wheldon. H-^grometer made with Erodium Awns. — I have found the awns of Erodium cicutariiini an excellent substitute for those of Stipa in the Darwin transpiration hygrometer. Erodium is very common in some parts of California. A piece of iron wire bent in the form of a tripod serves to support the awns in the crystallizing dishes better than the mechanical cross-bars that were supplied some time ago. The seed on the awn is easily attached to the tripod by a small bit of wax or paraffin with a hot needle. The tripod has the advantage that it may be instantly revolved to any position inside the dish without throwing the awn out of the axis of the vessel. The Erodium. awn carries its own pointer. On the whole, less dexterity is required in its manipulation, and it has been shown to be more sensitive to humidity than the longer awns of Stipa. — Walter R. Shaw in Bat. Gazette, November, 1897, p. 372. Cornwall and Devon Plantago forms. — After reading Mr. E.G. Baker's critical survey of the European forms and varieties of Plantago Coronopus L. (Proc. Dorset N. H. & A. F. C. xvii. 87), I have taken the opportunity of collecting for comparison a series of sea-side forms from Bude, N.E. Cornwall, and Braunton Bur- rows, N. Devon. At the former the species is plentiful on the rocks and shingle at the foot and on the downs at the top of the cliffs, showing great diversity in size and leaf-outline. The com- monest form has a perennial root and narrow pinnatifid leaves. An abundant simple-leaved form is the young state of this (first year or two) ; the very rare mature specimens with entire leaves SHORT NOTES. 63 may be var. integrata G. & G. The form hipinnatijida of Wirtgen, with bipinnatifid leaves from the first, is common and easily dis- tinguished, especially when the plants are young. Two forms occur with the rachis broad : (1) smooth fleshy plants corresponding to var. mantima G. & G. ; (2) those having ascending hairy leaves with broader pinnae (thus appearing to be coarsely serrate) — perhaps var. latifolia DO. A plant corresponding to var. pygmaa Lange is plentiful on the Bude Downs and at Braunton Burrows. With the exception of var. integrata G. & G., these forms are easily recognized. Two very distinct forms of P. ynaritima L. occur at Bude : (1) a large plant with simple root, and flat, linear-lanceolate leaves ; (2) one with many tufts of curved linear leaves at the ends of a branched rootstock, forming together a small compact cushion. But for their obtuse bracts they correspond respectively to speci- mens of P. serpentina Vill. and P. carinata Schrad., from the Mediterranean. A form of P. lanceolata L. with spreading teeth to its leaves, known on the Continent, but not hitherto, I believe, in England, occurs at the same place. — S. T. Dunn. Mentha Notes. — The following are M. E. Malinvaud's notes on specimens of British Mints recently submitted to and kindly examined by him : — Mentha rotundifolia L. Near Bossington, W. Somerset, Aug. 1893. " Groupe des liotundifolice legitimce. M. ineduanensis Desegl. et Dur. in Bull. Soc. roy. de hot. de Bel- gique, t. xvii. p. 310. Malvd. Menth. exsicc. No. 104. Saltem proxima." — M. si/h-estris L. By the Darent, near Eynsford, W. Kent, 27/8/1891, coll. J. Groves, comm. E. S. Marshall. " Foliis irregulariter dentatis. An proles hybrida ?" — M. sylvestris L. Near Westenhanger, E. Kent, 15/7/1893, legit E. S. Marshall. " Silvestres legitime. M. silvestris L. Stam. inch (suhfewina Schultz). M. viridis y canescens Fries, Gren. et Godr." — M. vlridis L. Marsh near Albury, S.W. Surrey, July, 1893. " Silvestris glabra. M. vi- ridis L. Stam. inch Cf. M. viridis var. y pijjerella Court, et Lej. Comp. flor. belg. — M. piperella Opiz." — M. sylvestris L. intermed. to M. viridis L. Northbrook, Surrey, Sept. 1894. " Rursum et accurate inquirenda ! Forme curieuse. Bractees velues comme dans le type silvestris; le reste est du M. viridis L., auquel je rattache la plante. Plante extraordinaire." — Meiitha sp. Among the sand dunes, Braunton Burrows, N. Devon, Aug. 1896. Totally procumbent. " ilf . aquatica var. hirsuta minor monocephala, for. reducta."^i¥. saliva L. Bramley Canal, S.W. Surrey, Sept. 1893. '^ Sativa, proles hybrida ex aquat. et arv. M. saliva L. p.p. Cf. M. aquatica var. verticillata, malt. auct. M. suhspicata, nonnull. ill. angusti/olia Schreb." — M. arvensis L. var. Nummularia Schreb. Corfe Mullen, Dorset, 28/9/1891, ex herb. E. F. Linton. " M. ar- vensis forma major. Cf. M. Hostii Bor. Fl. Centre (saltem proxima)." — The form from Braunton Burrows (M. hirsuta Huds.) has a very distinct appearance in consequence of its procumbent habit, the whole plant being tightly pressed upon the sand, and the leaves all in one plane. That it is merely a variation due to environment is suggested by its gradually passing into the typical form where there happens to be a tuft of rushes or other shelter. — S. T. Dunn. 64 NOTICES OF BOOKS, Die natiirUchen PfianzenfamiUen . . . von A. Engler und K. Prantl. i. Teil, 2 Abteilung [Alg^e] . Leipzig,: Engelmann. 1897. The volume devoted to Algae in Engler and Prantl's great work is now completed. The Coujugatm, Chlorophycem, and CharacecE are dealt with by Dr. Wille, the Phccophycew by Dr. Kjellman, and the lUiodopliycecti by the late Dr. Schmitz, edited by Dr. Haiiptfleisch and Prof. Falkenberg. The Conjugatm are divided as usual into the three natural orders — DesmidiacecE, ZygnemacecE, srnd MesocarjnicetE ; the ChlorophycecB into three groups — Protococcoide(B, Confervoidea;, and Siponem ; and a plan is given of the relation which the various natural orders of these groups bear to each other. In addition to the diagnosis of large genera, such as Ulva, (Edogonium, Caulerpa, &c., Dr. Wille has indicated the subdivisions into which the genus is divided, and given a type of each such subdivision. It is to be regretted that the genus Chlorodictyon has found its way into the natural order Cmderpacea, as it is well known to be a lichen ; Chlorodcsmis was shown to be but a state of Avrainvillea by Messrs. Murray and Boodle in this Journal for 1889. Among the genera of uncertain position placed at the end of Codiacem is J. E. Gray's Codiophyllum, which belongs to FloridecB, and was sunk by Dr. Agardh into Kiitzing's Tliamnoclonium . Dr. Kjellman, in his treatment of the Phaophycea, follows the system of classificatiou published by him in his Skandinavieus Ha fsidg flora, 1890, but in the reverse order. He divides them into two groups — PhcBosporciE and CyclosporecE. The former he subdivides into Zoogonicm and Acinet(E, Zoogonlca containing all the natural orders of Phaospurece except PtllopterldacetE, which is placed by itself in AclnetcE. Dr. Kjellman remarks on the impossibility of forming a correct estimate of the position of the natural orders in Phceosporew, owing to our lack of complete knowledge concerning the reproductive organs of many of the genera. Much investigation has yet to be done in this direction, though fresh light has been thrown lately on several species of EctocarjxwecB by the valuable work of M. Sauvageau, and on Taonia and Dlctyota by Mr. Lloyd Williams. Dr. Kjellman has omitted to mention the important link between Pucacc(B and LtnninariacecB which was discovered in 1892 by Miss Mitchell and Miss Whitting in the genus Splachnidimn. This genus had till then always been classed among FiicacecE, but the examination of its fruits showed that the supposed oogonia were in reality zoosporangia growing in conceptacles — a distinct connection between the PluEosporecB and CyclosporeiB of Dr. Kjellman. This announcement, published in the Phycologlcal Memoirs, received interesting confirmation a few months later from Mr. Laing of New Zealand, who published a note on Splachnidiuvi riigosiim Grev. in the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute. It may be noted in passing that the position of Splachnidimn as type of a new natural order — SplacJmldiacea — has not been recog- nized by Dr. De Toni in the volume on FucoidecE of his Sylloge DIE NATURLICHEN PFLANZENFAMILIEN : ALG/E. 65 Algariiiii, published in 1896. Many of the figures are original, and others are taken from works not easily accessible to many students. They add largely to the usefulness of this volume. The expounding of Prof. Schmitz's new classification of Rhodo- jjliycem has been awaited with interest. In 1889 he published the outlines of it, without explanation, in Flora, and it is only now that phycologists are in a position to criticise the new system in detail. The premature death of this able investigator — nearly three years ago — delayed the publication of his work, but his friend Dr. Hauptfleisch has completed it on the lines laid down by Dr. Schmitz, The FJiodomelecB are dealt with by Dr. Hauptfleisch and Prof. Falkenberg. The Fihodophi/ct'fC are divided into Bamjiales aud Floridea, the first containing three natural OTdevs—FhoduchcBtacea, Compsopogo- nacem, and Fhoreace/r. FloridecE is subdivided into four main groups, differing in the mode of development of the fertilized carpogonium. The system of classification hitherto followed was founded by Dr. Agardh on the formation of the mature cystocarp, without regard to its development. The practical difficulties of Dr. Schmitz's system are obvious, for but few plants can be easily obtained in such successive stages of development as to determine into which of these four divisions it falls. Until that point is decided, nothing but previous knowledge of the different genera can possibly be of any assistance. To a beginner in the systematic study of alg«, such a system is discouraging. In some cases the natural orders associated by Prof. Agardh still fall together, and many of them contain the same genera. The relationship of RhodomelacecB and CeramiacecR is recognized, and both orders are placed in the tbird of the four large groups, i. e. FJiodymeniales. Several genera hitherto regarded as belonging to lihodomelacece are banished to other orders, while Laurencia, Cladijinenia, and Coeloclouhim are included in UhodomehicecB. Some new genera are also created, and Harvey's Chondria reappears to take the place of Dr. Agardh's Choiidriopsis. In the diagnosis of Gatti/a on p. 499 an odd mistake occurs. The cystocarps are minutely described, and a few lines lower a remark is made to the effect that the position of the genus must remain uncertain, owing to the cystocarps being unknown ! In Grateloupiaccm J. E. Gray's Codiopkyllum, referred to above, is revived. It had been sunk by Dr. Agardh into Thamnociunimn Kiitz, but its one species is now separated off again on account of a difference in the cuticular structure. Such work as this of Prof. Schmitz has necessarily required an immense amount of minute examination of alga in various stages of development, and it seems a pity that similarity of vegetative or other characters does not play a larger part in the diagnoses of his main groups. The exclusive consideration of one part of any plant, even though it be of such importance as the development of the fruit, is somewhat unsatisfactory ; and it remains to be seen whether the new system is founded on a firm enough basis to stand entirely in its present form. FSB 66 LE FUMARIACEE ITALIANE. Le Fumariacee Italiane. Per Leopoldo Nicotra. Fireuzo, 1897. 8vo, pp. 78. Prezzo L. 3.50. This pamphlet is an elaboration of the Italian Fiimariace(B for the continuation of Parlatore's Flora Italiana, and follows on the general lines of that well-known work. The synonymy seems care- fully worked out both for the species and varieties, and figures are quoted in every case where these are obtainable. One or two points in connection with the work are of special interest to British botanists. The genus Corydalis is retained in preference to Scopoli's earlier Neckeria, nor do we find that Signor Nicotra thinks it necessary to make any reference to the older name. In the genus Fiunaria the divisions adopted are those indicated in Hammar's monograph, the Italian species falling under three series : — (1) "Flores angusti. Petala exteriora margine alato eorum apicem non attingente. Interiora a medio ad apicem sursum curvata. Achenia laevia aut subl^via." (2) "Flores ampli. Petala exteriora margine alato eorum apicem attingente. Interiora a medio ad apicem sursum curvata. Achenia magna, vulgo in- signiter tuberculata, carinato-compressa." (3) " Flores parvi. Petala exteriora marginibus latis, patulis, summum apicem at- tingentibus cincta. Interiora lata, parum curvata. Achenia parva, parum rugulosa vel etiam sublsevia." To the first series belong F. capreolata L., F. Reuterl Boiss., and F. muralis Sond., but not, be it noted, F. Bormi Jordan. F. pallidijiora Jordan becomes F. capreolata L. /S fiavescens Nicotra, the characters given for this variety being "floribus minoribus, pallide flavescentibus, laxis." F. confusa Jordan is F. muralis Sonder, ft serotina Nicotra, the characters given being " pedicellis brevioribus, acheniis rugulosis." To the second series belong F. Giissonii Boiss., F. bicolor Somm., F. agraria Lag., and F. Jiabellata Gasp. F. Borai Jordan is F. Gussonii Boiss. y Borcei Nicotra, with the following varietal character assigned: " elata, cirrhescens, potius viridis, racemis laxifloris, pedicelhs bracteas subaequantibus, floribus violaceis, acheniis basi angustatis." As members of the last series we have F. officinalis L., F. Wirtgeni Koch, F. VailUmtii Lois., F. Sckleicheri Soy. -Will., F. parvijiora Lamk., F. micrantha Lag., and F. Kraliki Jord. Signor JSicotra is doubtful whether the F. densiflora DC. Cat. Hort. Monsp. 113 (1813), is the plant we at present understand by that name ; he has therefore used the name F. micrantha Lag., which was published three years later. On the lines of this revision, the nomenclature, position, and sequence of the British species of Fwnaria would be as follows : — Series 1. — Fumari^e capreolata. F. capreolata L. fi jiavescens {= F. pallidijiora Jord.). F. muralis Sonder. F. muralis Sonder, /? serotina (= F. confusa Jord.). Series 2. — FuMARL^i: agrari^e. F. Gussonii Boiss. y Borai {= F. Borcei Jord.). darwin and after darwin. 67 Series 3. — Fumari^e officinales. F. officinalis L. F. Vaillantii Lois. F. 'parvijiora Lamk. F. micrantha Lag. (F. densijiora DC. p.p.?). 77 f "R Darwin and after Darwin. By the late Gr. J. Romanes. Part iii. Post-Darwinian Questions. Isolation and Physiological Se- lection. 8vo, pp. viii, 181. London: Longmans, Green & Co. 1897. Three only of the six chapters of this, the concluding volume of Mr. Romanes' last work, were in type at the time of his death. These, the first two and the last, deal with Isolation. For the selection and arrangement of the other three chapters the editor, Prof. Lloyd Morgan, is responsible. Their subject is physiological selection — in the opinion of the author a very important form of isolation. There are also three appendices ; the first embodies Mr. Gulick's criticism of Mr. Wallace's views on physiological selection ; the second is entitled an examination by Mr. Fletcher Moulton of Mr. AVallace's calculation touching the possibility of physiological selection ever acting alone ; the third is made up of some extracts from the author's note-books, and deals mainly with physiological selection and cross-infertility. The first two are inserted in accordance with the author's expressed injunctions. A portrait of the Rev. J. Gulick forms the frontispiece to the volume — a fitting compliment to a naturalist of whom the author says at the opening of the first chapter: "To his essays on the subject [of Isolation] I attribute a higher value than to any other work in the field of Darwinian thought since the date of Darwin's death." "Indeed I believe with Mr. Gulick that in the principle of Isolation we have a principle so fundamental and so universal, that even the great principle of Natural Selection lies less deep, and pervades a region of smaller extent." Along with Heredity and Variation, Isolation forms the tripod on which is reared the whole superstructure of organic evolution. Isolation is defined as the prevention of intercrossing between a separated section of a species or kind and the rest of that species or kind. Such separation may be due to geographical barriers, to migration, or to any other circumstances leading to exclusive breeding within the separated group. It is a genus with two species, Apogamy and Homof/aint/. These were, Romanes thought, new words coined by himself to describe indiscriminate and dis- criminate isolation respectively. They are, however, well known to botanists under quite a different meaning. The difterence between indiscriminate and discriminate isolation was pointed out by Mr. Gulick, who used the terms separate and segregate breeding to express the two forms. Indiscriminate isolation occurs, for instance, when a shepherd divides a flock of sheep without regard to their characters; but if he places all the white sheep in one field, and all the black sheep in another field, he is isolating one section from the other discriminately. 68 DIE bUMPF- UND WASSERPFLANZEN. The two most important forms of discriminate isolation are — first, Sexual Incompatibility, either partial or absolute, between different taxonomic groups, or Physiological Selection; and second, Natural Selection. The importance of indiscriminate selection depends on the fact, pointed out by Mr. Gulick, that no two portions of a species have exactly the same average character, and the initial differences by continually reacting upon each other, and on the environment, ensure increasing divergence as long as the individuals of the two groups are kept from intergenerating. That is to say, the originally indiscriminate selection becomes discriminate. Chapters I. and II. are devoted to a discussion of Isolation as a general pi-inciple. In the third we pass on to consider Physio- logical Selection, or "that form of isolation which arises in con- sequence of mutual infertility between the members of any group of organisms and those of all other similarly isolated groups occupying simultaneously the same area." The author summarizes the main points of this theory, and in the next chapter puts forward several kinds of evidence in its favour. These include evidence from geographical distribution. The production of numerous spe- cies in large areas, and the richness in species of dominant genera within those areas, points on which Darwin insisted, are shown to be capable of explanation by the working of physiological selection. Evidence from topographical distribution [i. c. distribution with reference to comparatively small areas), both of species and varieties, and from the working of prepotency, is also adduced, and is of special interest to botanists. The last chapter is an historical sketch entitled " A brief history of opinions on Isolation as a factor of organic evolution," and con- cludes with twelve "Articles," which declare that "Natural Selection has been the main, but not the exclusive means of modification," for "without isolation, or the prevention of inter- crossing, organic evolution is in no case possible. Therefore it is Isolation which has been the exclusive means of modification," or, more correctly, the universal condition to it; and finally, "where common areas and polytypic evolution are concerned, the most general and most efficient form of isolation has been the physio- logical." The volume is an eminently suggestive one, especially for botanists, for plants afford the best material for the kind of work which must establish or refute the articles laid down by Mr. Eomanes. ABE Die Sumpf- wul Wasserpjianzen. Ihre Beschreibuiir/, Kultiir mul Verwnidiing. Von Wilh. Monkemeyer. 8vo, pp. iv, 189, with 126 figures in the text. Berlin : Schmidt. 1897. The object of the present volume is to meet the want of a book dealing with water- and damp-loving plants — a want which has arisen from the increased use of aquaria, and also of aquatic and marsh-plants in landscape-gardening. The author is "Inspector" of the Botanic Garden of Leipzig University, and is therefore presumably in a position to speak with authority on points of ARTICLES INf JOURNALS. 69 cultivation. His book consists of an account of the genera and best-linown species which are either akeady in use or might with advantage be brought into use for horticuUural purposes. The arrangement adopted is that of Engler & Prantl's Pflanzeufamilien, from which also some illustrations have been borrowed. Many of the figures, which are chiefly to give an idea of the habit of the plant, are new, and on the whole good, especially those of Iris Fseudacorus on p. 89, and the Orchises on p. 93. We are glad to note in the accounts of individual genera and species that reference is made to their geographical distribution and the nature of their habitat. It must add greatly to the interest of plant-cultivation to know a little about the native homes of one's specimens. Herr Monkemeyer's book will doubtless prove a welcome addition to the library both of the amateur and professional horticulturist. A. B. E. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.- Annals of Botany (Dec). — J. C. Arthur, * Movements of Proto- plasm in Coenytic Hyphge.' — CO. Townsend, ' Correlation of growth under influence of injuries.' — J. B. Farmer, ' Structure of a hybrid Fern ' (Polypodiimi Schneideri {aureinn x vulgare var. elegantissimum) : 2 pL). — J. LI. Williams, ' Antherozoids of Dictyota and Taonia ' (1 pi.). — J. R. Green, * The supposed alcoholic enzyme in yeast.' — S. H. Vines, ' The proteolytic enzyme of Nepenthes.' — H. H. Dixon, ' Tensile strength of cell-walls.' — Id., ' Structure of C odium.' But. Centralblatt (1897, No. 44).— E. H. L. Krause, * Floristische Notizen.' — (No. 45). J. Erikson, Ra^iunculus Ulyricus. — (No. 46). J. Bornmiiller, Rhaimius Sagorskii (= R. orbiculata Bornm. olim). — (No. 47). F. G. Kohl, ' Die Protoplasmaverbindungen d. Spalt- offnungsschliesszellen ' (1 pi.). — (No. 48). A. J. Ewart, 'The relations of chloroplastid and cytoplasma.' — (Nos. 49, 50). J. Eriksson, ' Uebersicht d. Ergebnisse d. Getreiderostuntersuchung.' (No. 50). P. Knuth, ' Neue Beobachtungen liber fledermausbllitige Pflanzen.' — (1898, Nos. 1, 2). G. Amadei, ' Ueber Eiweisskorper in der FamiHe der Balsamineen.' — (No. 3). H. Eggers, ' Plant^e novffi Ecuadorienses ' (Poidsenia, n. g. (Artocarpese) ). — (Nos. 3, 4). A. Weberbauer, ' Beitrage zur Anatomie der Kapselfriichte.' — • (No. 4). F. 0. Newcombe, * Cellulose-Enzyme.' Bot. Gazette (17 Nov.). — A. P. Anderson, * Normal and diseased organs of Abies bahamea' (2 pL). — W. Fawcett, ' Pubhc gardens and plantations of Jamaica.' — G. J. Pierce, ' Variation in leaf arrangement in a Maple.' — (23 Dec). J. Donnell Smith, ' Un- described plants from Central America.' — E. B. Copeland, 'Relation * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. 70 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. of nutrient salts to turgor.' — W. W. Rowlee & K. M. Wiegand, Plants collected in North-west Greenland, 1896. — G. H. Sliull, ' Disguises in bud arrangement.' — A. H. Curtiss, ' Notes on Florida plants.' Bot. Notiser (liiift 6 : 15 Dec). — S. Murbeck, ' Om vegetativ embryobildning lies Hertalet Alcbemillor.' — B. Tolf, ' Forteckning ofver parasitsvampar, iakttagne i trakten kring Jonkiiping.' Bot. Zeitiuuj (16 Dec). — H. Solms-Laubach, ' Ueber die in den Kalksteinen des Culm von Glatziscb Falkenberg in Scblesien ent- haltenen Structur bietenden Pilanzenreste.' — (16 Jan.). A. Scboler, ' Das Verbalten der Nebenwurzeln in der verticalen Lage.' Bull, lie VHerb. Boissier (Oct.). — J. Freyn, ' Ueber neue uud bemerkenswertbe orientaliscbe Pflanzenarten.' — A. Chabert, ' Vil- lars sous la Terreur.' — N. Barbey, Bnjnm Haistii. — H. Scbiuz, ' Kenntnis der Moosflora der Hawaiinseln.' — Id., ' Kenntnis der Afrikanischen Flora.'— (Oct., Nov., Dec). H. Hallier, ' Bausteine zu einer Monographic der Convolvulaceen ' (7 pi.). — (Nov.). H. de Boissieu, ' Les Ericacees du Japon.' — R. Chodat, Stapjia (n. g. Palmellaceae : 1 pi.). — Id. & A. Lendner, ' Le diagramme des Cruciferes.' — Id. & M. Goldfuss, ' Culture des Cyanophycees ' (1 pi.). — A. Preda, 'Sac embryonnaire de quelques Narcissees.' — Id., 'Algues marines de Livourne' (map). — J. Briquet, Sphacele Urbani, sp. n. — R. Buser, Anacamptis pyramidaUs. — (Dec). E. Huth, ' Ranunculacese Japonicae.' Bull. Soc. Bot. France (Nov. : xliv., no. 7). — A. Chatin, Terfezia Ap)hroditis, sp. n. (1 pi.). — D. Clos, 'Les AnafjalUs annuels d'Europe.' — X. Gillot & P. Parmentier, ' Lamium album, cas teratologique ' (1 pi.). — Id., ^ Piumex palustris.' — A. Franchet, Botryddum simplex. — A. Battandier, 'Contribution a la Flore Atlantique.' — E. Perrot, 'Anatomic des Menyanthees ' (1 pi.)- — A. Cliabert, ' De Tunis a Tyout.' — P. Candargy, ' Flore de I'ile de Lesbos.' Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (30 Dec). — E. G. Britton, Revision of N. American Ophioglossums (2 pi.). — T. H. Kearney, 'Plants of Eastern Tennessee.' — A. Hollick, 'Affinities of Caulinites' (1 pi.). Erythea (24 Nov.). — K. Brandegee, 'Notes on Cactese.' — (26 Dec). C. Purdy, Iris Watsoniana, sp. n. — (3 Jan.). J. B. Davy, ' Flora of Honey Lake Valley.' Gardeners' Chronicle (27 Nov.). — Selaginella Grugeri Jenm., sp. n. — (27 Nov., 4 Dec). 0. Stapf, ' Botanical history of Pampas Grass and allies' {Cortaderia, gen. nov.). — (4 Dec). Fassijiora pruinosa Mast., Miltonia Binoti Cogn., Fendrobium barbatum. Cogn., spp. nn. — (11 Dec). Iponicea Perringiana Daumer, Cochlioda stricta Cogn., spp.nn. — (18 Dec). Marattia Burkei Baker, sp. n. (fig. 129). — (8 Jan.). Cypripedium Craicshawia O'Brien, sp.n. Journal de Botanique (1 Oct.). — C. Sauvageau, 'Algues du Golfe de Gascogne.' — A. De Coincy, ' Teucrium saxatile Lam.' — (16 Oct.). P. Van Tieghem, ' Une nouvelle sorte de Basigamie.' — (1, 16 Nov., 1 Dec). N. Patouillard, ' Flore mycologique de Tonkin.'— (1 Nov.). BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 71 X. Gillot, < Chelidonium majus var. laciniatum .' — (16 Nov.). J. Baagoe, ' Potamogeton undulatus Wolfg. (P. crispus x pralongm) ' (1 pL). — (1 Dec). E. Perrot, ' Sur le tissu conducteur sur- numeraire.' — (1 Jan.). A. De Coincy, ' Plantes nouvelles de la Flore d'Espagiie.' — M. Mirande, ' Malate et malophosphate de calcium dans les vegetaux.' . Hue, ' Les Piamalina a Eichard- mesnil.' Journ. Linn. Soc. (2 Dec). — Sir John Lubbock, * On Buds and Stipules' (concl.: 4 pL). Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Jan.). — K. Fritscli; * Zur Systematik der Gattung Sorhus/ — E. v. Wettstein, 'Die Innovations-Verhalt- nisse von Phaseolus cocdneus' (concl.). — E. Hackel, Poa Grimbiirgi, gp. 11. — F. Bubak, Pucdnia Sdrpi. — J. Eick, ' Zur Pilzkunde Vorarlbergs.' — C. Baenitz, ' Ueber seltene und neue Eubi und Eubus-Hybriden.' Trans. Linn. Soc. (Oct.). — D. T. Gwynne-Vaughan, ' Some points in the morphology and anatomy of NymphcBacece ' (2 pi.). — (Dec). W. 0. Worsdell, On ' Transfusion- Tissue ' (4 pL). BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. Our transatlantic friends have so accustomed us to well-printed and cheap books, often on good paper, that part i. of Mr. C. E. Orcutt's Pieview of the CactacecB comes upon us as a surprise. It is execrably printed in double columns on wretched paper, abounds in misprints, has no title-page, and contains exactly thirty pages of text — plus a prefatory note embodying certain corrections — and costs a dollar ! There is no clavis, and the species are arranged alphabetically, and numbered, the varieties (many of which are mere names, without description or reference) receiving a separate number. Several species are described. We have seldom seen a more unprepossessing publication. Messrs. Underwood & Earle's Preliminary List of Alabama Eimgi, issued by the Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station (April, 1897), is based on the Berkeley & Curtis's ''Notices of North American Fungi," on species collected by Judge Peters in Alabama, which were incorporated in the Eavenel exsiccati, and on the results obtained by recent workers in that field, chiefly by the authors of the list. It does not lay claim to completeness, and can hardly even be considered representative, so meagre are the records for some widely-distributed forms, as, for instance, the Mucorini, of which but two species have been found as yet. The authors state that they have followed largely the classification adopted by Schroter in Engler & Prantl's Pflanzenfamilien. They have followed his nomenclature also in substituting for the familiar Oystopus the older name Albugo. Under Polyporiis they have grouped — and who can blame them ? — all the species distributed by Saccardo and 72 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. others under Fomes, Pohjporas, Pob/stictus, Poria, and Favohis, and the species have been arranged under the different genera in alphabetical order. Such a method is no doubt convenient, but it is fatal to the sense of relationship or of sequence. The appendix contains useful and practical suggestions as to the best methods of collecting and preserving the larger fleshy fungi, and a synopsis of the genera and subgenera of the AijaricacecB. We may call their ;ittention to Mr. Arthur Lister's admirable method of making and retaining spore-impressions, as described by him in this Journal for 1877, p.' 369.— A. L. 8. We note with pleasure that Dr. George King, of the Calcutta Gardens, has received the decoration of Knight Commander of the Indian Empire. The first part has been issued of Icones Bogorienses, a new publication from the Buitenzorg Garden, under the editorship of Dr. Boerlage. It will appear at uncertain intervals, and each number will contain twenty-five plates of new or little-known species, with accompanying letterpress. The present instalment, which is mainly occupied with PolijpetalcB, contains plates and descriptions of Indovethia, a new genus of Vio/acetT, and of Gijmnato- rarpiis, a genus founded on Aitocarpns venosa Zoll. We are glad to learn that the new and greatly-enlarged edition of the well-known Cyhde Hihernica of Moore & More is now in the press, and will be published in a few months. The preparation of this second edition, which is founded on the papers of the late Alexander Goodman More, joint author with tbe late Dr. David Moore of the first edition, published in 1866, has engaged the editors for upwards of iwo years. We are informed that the work will present many new features, and embody the latest results of botanical exploration in Ireland. The editors are Nathaniel Colgan, M.R.I.A., and Reginald W. Scully, F.L.S., friends of the late A. G. More and contributors to this Journal. A full prospectus is to be issued shortly. The Messrs. Linton have issued the final fascicle of their Set of British Willows, which contains thirty-seven (instead of the stipu- lated twenty-five) numbers, bringing the total up to 112. In the note accompanying the specimens, the authors say: — "In the course of the last few years we have made some experiments in the cross-fertilization of Willow^s, and some of the most interesting results have been introduced into this fascicle. No. 88, S. Capren X lanata, No. 92, IS. cinerea x Myrsinites, and Nos. 99 and 100, -S'. lanata X repens, are examples selected which might occur in nature ; and these products of design may at any time become useful for comparison. No. 98, S. repens x viiiiiiudis, w^as made in this way, at a time when the hybrid was not known for Britain ; it has recently been detected by the Eev. E. S. Marshall in Suther- land. Besides these, Nos. 83 and 103, of which we could not procure satisfactory wild material, are supplied from plants which occurred spontaneously in the garden." RMorgan del, etlith. Ca.'rex diordorrlnza Fjhrl-hacrt. WegtjNewrQarL imp . 73 NOTES ON SOME BKITISH SEDGES. By the Eev. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate 383.) The Editor has asked me to write an account of Carex chordor- rliiza, lately found by Mr. Shoolbred and myself in the north of Scotland, and has assented to my adding remarks on some other native species. A short time ago, at Pfarrer G. Kiikenthal's invitation, I sent him a large number of sheets from my collection; his comments upon these, which I have tested and supplemented as far as lay in my power by consulting books of reference and by examining the rich material at Kew and at South Kensington, appear to me so important and so accurate as to deserve wider circulation. My best thanks are hereby given to Messrs. Britten, J. G. and E. G. Baker, 0. B. Clarke, and W. P. Hiern for their valuable help in directing me to various works and specimens ; but they should not in any way be held responsible for the views adopted, except where this is expressly stated. Carex chordorrhiza L. (ex Ehrhart). C.funiformis Clairvaux {teste Koch, Synopsis, ed. 2, p. 864). Boot (or rather, underground stem) far-creeping, stoloniferous, wiry, sulcate, about the thickness of coarse twine, sending up at intervals obliquely ascending leafy branches and flowering stems, which are few-leaved or even leafless, smooth, straight or somewhat curved, about 6-12 in. high. Leaves glabrous, smooth, striate, flat, bright green, about 1-1| line broad, mostly stiff and erect (rush-like), numerous on the barren shoots, falling considerably short of the inflorescence. Spikelets male above, crowded together in a compact ovate (or, in fruit, occasionally triangular) head about ^-f in. long. Glumes light yellowish brown, somewhat darker in the centre, with a hyaline white border, obtuse or subacute. Stvjmas 2. Perigijnium ovate, turgid, convex, shining, glabrous, yellowish with conspicuous brown ribs, rather truncate below, gradually narrowed into a smooth, obtusely bifid beak, which is broadly scarious at the tip and has more or less jagged inner edges. Nut oblong-lanceolate, abruptly truncate above (so as to form a decided ''shoulder"), pale yellow, dotted, with a slender beak almost equalling its length and usually projecting a little beyond the beak of the perigynium. This description is mainly taken from British dried material ; but I have also drawn upon other sources, as our specimens were in ripe fruit. Mr. Morgan's capital illustration does not show the remarkable root-character, for which there was no room on the plate, nor the curious beak of the fruit. The species is beautifully figured in Flora Danica, fasc. xiv. tab. 1408. This well-marked plant grows in very wet peat-bogs, half-buried among Sphagnum, in just such places as produce C. limosa, with which it is associated at Altnaharra. It is found, according to Nyman, from Iceland, through Lapland and Finland, to N. Kussia, Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [March, 1898.] g 74 NOTES OX SOME BKITISH SEDGES. thence southward and westward from Central Kussia through the Salzkammergut, Switzerland, and S.E. France to Spain; heing, therefore, not unlikely to occur in almost any part of the British Isles where suitable conditions prevail. It is easily overlooked, nnd should be detected elsewhere in tliis country, if searched for. There are specimens in the British Museum or at Kew from Iceland, Lapland, Fhimark, N.W. Russia, N.E. and N.W. Germany, Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Tirol, Salzburg, Bavaria, and France ; also from four stations in New York State, U.S.A. I find no obvious differences between them. The species was first published (1780) in Phytophylacium Eluliartiamim, a scarce work containing dried plants, accom- panied by short notes, in the following terms : — " 77. Chordorrhiza. Carex Chordorrhiza L. Upsalise." This, in the opinion of Messrs. Britten and Hiern, must stand as the true name ; the affixed specimen is quite characteristic. Ehr- liart, in the preface (dated October, 1779), dedicated his book " Cineribus Caroli a Linne " ; the natural inference being that the elder Linne had seen the sedge in question and given it that name. The second notice dates from 1781, in the Sujqjl. PL (Linn, fil.), p. 414 : — " (Jhurdorrhiza : Carex spica composita : spiculis andro- gynis approximatis superne masculis, capsulis compressis, radice repente filiformi. Chordorrhiza. EJirh. plujtoph. n. 77. Habitat in Suecia. Ehrhart.'' On one or two of the older botanists' labels I see that it is actually called " C. chordorrhiza, L." ; and there seems to be no good reason for crediting Ehrharb with a name which he never claimed to have originated. 0. MURicATA L. var. pseudo-divulsa Syme. A sheet of this plant from Hurtmoor, near Godalming, Surrey, not far distant from Frith Hill, the station for examples in Herb. Boswell-Syme col- lected by Mr. Beeby, and agreeing exactly with them, was sent to Herr Kiikenthal with the enquiry whether they were true var. virens Koch. His reply was: '' Carex LeersiiF. Schultz ((7. virejis Koch est inextricabilis !)." On looking up a type-specimen in Herb. Brit. Mus., I found the identification to be quite correct ; this was issued in F. Schultz and Winter's Herbarium Xormale, Phanerogamia Cent. 2, no. 173, labelled: " Carex Leersii, F. Schultz. Lieux pierreux sur les bords des vignes des cotes du muschelkalk et du calcaire tertiaire pres de Weissenburg en Alsace. Dec. et rec. F. Schultz. fl. 6 mai 1871, fr. 3 juin 1869. C. muricata Hoppe Car. Germ, et, pro parte, C. nmricata Lin. sp. 1382 ; C. canescens Leers herb., t. 14, f. 3." I append a translation from the original notice in Flora for 1870, vol. liii. pp. 455, 459 :— "Under C. muricata L., C. virens Lam. ^iwdi C. divulsa Good, were described as var. /3. and y. But, as F. Schultz has shown, various species were confounded under C. muricata, viz. C. con- tigua Hoppe {C. muricata Koch et auct.), C. muricata L. (Hoppe, C. Leersii F. Schultz, C. virens auct. nonnul. non Lam.), C. Paira>,i NOTES ON SOME BRITISH SEDGES. 75 F. Sclmltz (C. loliacea Sclik., non L.), C. divulsa Good, (and forma C. guestphalica F. Scb., Bonning. as a species), and C. Duricci F. Sch. [G. virens auct. nonuul., C. divulsa /3 virens Darieu). What C. virens Lam. was cannot be ascertained, and the existing specimen derived from Lamarck is in such bad condition that notiiing can be seen in it to afford any means of deciding" (p. 455). "The C. muricata Hoppe (non Koch, nee auctorum), i.e. C. canescens Leers (non Lin.), wliich grows near Weissenburg and near Neustadt, sometimes together with the everywhere common 0. contigua Hoppe [0. muricata Koch et auctorum), and which is so different from it that a non-botanist who helped me to collect it never once confused them, I have named C. Leersii, because I am now convinced that Linne understood both under the name 0. mu- ricata. According to the researches and drawings of my friend M. Paira, as well as my own observations, it differs from C. contigua Hoppe i7iter alia by the glume, which is much broader than long (in C. contigua it is much longer than broad), by the lowest bract, which is linear-lanceolate (in contigua it is ovate), by the shorter, broadly ovate perigynia, narrowed into a short beak (in C. contigua they are longer, and narrowed into a longer beak), and by the nut being sessile on the base of the perigynium (in C. contigua it is placed far above the base). " I have found C. Leersii in various places on the slopes of the Haardtgebirge towards the Rhine valley, e. g. in great abundance in woods on the Rothliegende and on the borders of the Vosges near Neustadt, on the borders of vineyards near Weissenburg. " The closeness or remoteness of the spikelets affords no con- stant character ; for I have found 0. contigua on Madeburg, in the Palatinate, with spikelets quite as distant as in C. Leersii and C. divulsa. I have called these C. contigua var. remota" (p. 459). I find the above distinctions to hold good in the var. 2-)seudo- divulsa of Surrey and Kent. This has the glumes mostly about half the length of the fruit, taken together ivith its beak, i. e. falling considerably short of the fruit alone; in our ^'tyi^e-muricata" (= (7. contigua) they are about as long as the fruit without its beak. In var. pseudo- divulsa the fruit is considerably smaller than in C. contigua Whether it should rank as a species or as a variety must remain for the present an open question, so far as I am concerned. C. ECHiNATA Murray, var. grypus (Schkuhr). My gathering of this, from the AUt Giubhas, near Kingshouse, Argyleshire, was assented to by Mr. Arthur Bennett, and agrees well with the figure in Hoppe's Caricologia Germanica. The roots which I took home in 1888 changed, however, into normal echinata the following year; Dr. Buchanan White also informed me that he did not think much of the Perthshire grypus. " Carex grypus Schk. nil nisi forma alpina obscurius colorata subreducta Caricis echinatas." — G. Kiikenthal. C. cuRTA Good. var. alpicola Wahlenberg. I sent Herr Kiiken- thal sheets of the plant which we have been so calling in Britain G 2 76 NOTES ON SOME BRITISH SEDGES. from the moorland between the Little Culrannoch and Glen Can- ness and from the Driesh, Clova, Forfarshire, as well as from the base of the Sow of Athole, Perthshire. These are good examples of our alpine form, with which I am quite familiar. He replied : " Hgec est C. canescens var. robustior Blytt.-;;-C'. alpicola Wahl. = C. Persounii Lang niulto gracilior, spiculis magis approximatis, minoribus subrotundis, foliis angastioribus diversa." On com- parison with Blytt's specimens in Fries's Herb. Normale at Kew and South Kensington, labelled " C. canescois, var. robusta," I find them to correspond exactly with the so-called alpicola of Britain; they come from " Norvegia Voss in alpe Graasiden, supra limitem Betulfe." 0. Boeckeler [Die Cijperaceen des Koniglichen Herbariums zu Berlin) gives as synonyms of C. alpicola Wahlenberg, Flora Lap- ponica, 232, C. Gebhardii Hoppe, non Schkuhr (Schkuhr's plant appears to be C. elo7ir/ata L., in part at least), C. Persoonii Sieber ("v. e/'), C. vittlis Fr. and C. vwcilenta Fr., &c. Nyman keeps C. macilenta as a distinct species, and places C vitilis under C. Persoonii as a subspecies. There is an authentic specimen of C. Persoonii in Herb. Gay at Kew, marked " Sieber misit, 1821 ". Sieber says on the label: '' curta. /3. bramiescens Persoon in alpibus tyrolensibus ad M. Glokner ; differt a C. ciirta." This agrees exactly with C. Gebhardii Hoppe, of which I have seen two authentic examples and the figure in Caricologia Germanica — an exceedingly good one. Fries identifies his C. vitilis with Wahlen- berg's alpicola and with " C. Gebhardi nonnull. nee Schkuhr." The figure of vitilis in Flora Danica evidently represents C. Per- soonii ; but I am somewhat doubtful whether the specimens of Fries in his Herb. Normale are quite the same thing — both at Kew and Brit. Mus. the material is poor and scanty, and I incline to believe that the plant is somewhat uncharacteristic C. Persoonii. Whether or no C. Persoonii and 0. vitilis are distinct, neither of them seems to have yet occurred in this country. C. ovALis Good. var. bragteata Syme. I have specimens under this name from Castle Moreton Common, Worcestershire, collected by Mr. Hanbury, and Cutt Mill Common, Puttenham, Surrey, gathered by me. " We should call these var. capitata Sonder." — G. K. The presence or absence of a foliaceous bract is apparently a character of no value in this species ; a specimen found near Tain (last August) by Mr. Shoolbred and myself has one spike bracteate, the other not. C. RiGiDA Good. var. inferalpina Laestadius. Herr Kiikenthal confirms plants so named from the Little Culrannoch {legit Han- bury) and from the great bog on Glas Maol above Canlochan Glen, Forfarshire ; they are, I think, inseparable from the specimens in Fries, Herb. Normale. C. limula Fries, to which (I believe) Mr. Bennett has lately been disposed to assign these gatherings, is considered by the German student to be C. rigida x vulgaris, and he has so named a sedge gathered by me on the high ground between Clova and Loch Lee ; but it does not appear whether he has seen a type-specimen of C. limula. 1 cannot believe that those who are NOTES ON SOME BRITISH SEDGES. 77 familiar with C. riglda in a living state will follow Prof. L. H. Bailey in combining it with C. Goodenowii ; these frequently grow together, and the intermediates may prove to be hybrids between the two. Goodenough's types of rujida at Kew illustrate the normal plant admirably. 0. AQUATiLis Wahlenberg. Specimens from the moorland above Corrie Kander (Glen Callater), S. Aberdeen, are placed by Herr Kiikenthal as var. epigeios Andersson ; their glumes are very dark brown. The plant distributed by Dr. Buchanan White under this name from the White Myre of Methven, Perthshire, labelled ''var. G. epigeios Laest. forma videtur sec. Almquist," he calls " Carex vulgaris Fr. y elatior Lang, 2. angustifolia m." — it is clearly a form of Goodenowii, and not of aquatilis. My Aberdeen- shire examples closely approach a Finmark plant of Th. M. Fries, labelled " var. epigeios Wahlb." 0. aquatilis X rigida. Four gatherings are so named : — (1) From the above-mentioned bog on Glas Maol ; (2) from the wet moorland above the head of Glen Fiagh, Clova; (3) from near the Little Culrannoch (with some doubt ; the specimens may be rigida, infer- alpina) ; (4) from the Clach Leathad range, Kingshouse, Argyle- shire. In the first three stations the supposed parents grow together abundantly ; in the fourth I did not observe C. aquatilis, but the sheet is, as my correspondent remarks, " C. aquatili propior quam posteriori" [rigidc€:\. They all seem to be partially, if not entirely, sterile. So far as I am aware, this hybrid was not pre- viously recorded from Britain. C. GooDENown J. Gay. I received through the Botanical Ex- change Club plants collected by Mr. J. E. Griffith near Holyhead in 1889, labelled "(7. ehjtroides Fries. See J. of B. 4/89." Herr Kiikenthal remarks : — ''Carex ehjtroides Fr. ex orig. longe aliena, nempe hybrida Carex gracilis x vulgaris. Haec est nil nisi forma elatior C. vulgaris." I believe that this opinion applies equally to a similar plant of Mr. Griffith's from Maelog Lake, Anglesey, 6/93, sent under the same title. British botanists call C. gracilis " C. acuta L.," following Fries, &c. C. Goode7iowii X rigida. I forwarded a sheet from the Allt Giubhas, near Kingshouse, Argyle (c. 2000 ft.), suggesting this name, and received the following note upon it: — " Very probably Carex rigida X vulgaris. The strong red-brown rhizome, the broader leaves, with involute margins, and the black spikelets point to G. rigida, while the laxer habit speaks for C. vulgaris." I have very little doubt of this identification being right ; the influence of rigida is unquestionable, but it is hardly pure rigida. C. PANicEA L. var. intermedia (Miegeville). There are specimens at Kew of Bordere's gathering from near Gavarnie, Hautes-Pyre- nees, at 1450 metres, collected in 1870 and 1875, and named as C. intermedia Miegeville, which exactly match my Fort William plant. " Hffic forma pulchra reducta Caricis panice^." — G. K. He remarks that K. Eichter refers C. intermedia to vulgaris Fries, as does Nyman ; but this appears to be an error. 78 NOTES ON SOME BRITISH SEDGES. C. pelia 0. F. Lang. On an Altnaharra sheet of mine, so named by Mr. Bennett in 1887 (though I beUeve that he has since altered his opinion) and endorsed by Mr. Beeby, Herr Kiikenthal writes : — " Carex jjelia is a hybrid between C. livida and C. panicea. I possess original specimens, which differ widely from the present plant. This decidedly belongs to C. panicea L. ; it is true that the fruit shows a certain amount of resemblance to C. lie Ida.'' Prof. Babiugton had written to me, in 1888: "I think your plant is far too near panicea.'" The Flora Danica plate of C. pelia suggests a hybrid origin ; but the only Scandinavian specimen that I have yet seen, labelled " C. pelia — panicea var. prope Cljristiania, 1852 in palude, J. Andersson," looks fertile, and is not very far removed, I think, from the Sutherlandshire form. C. livida should certainly occur in the north or north-east of Scotland. C. FRiGiDA Syme (non AUiooi). " Possibly a distinct species, between Carex frigida and Carex hinervis, of which latter it has the rhizome, leaves, and colour. It further differs from C. frigida by the large S' spikelet, and by the margins of the utricle not being toothed." — G. K. This is a valuable independent confirmation of the view taken by Rev. E. F. Linton (see Journ. Bot. 1898, pp. 41-44). My sheet is derived from Dr. Boswell's garden at Bahnuto. C. DisTANs L. A dwarf plant, parallel to C. extensa var. pumila Andersson, which occurred (the type being absent) on the coast of Inver Bay, near Tain, E. Ross, in 1891, is identified by Herr Kiikenthal as var. litoralis Andersson. C. FULVA Good. Whatever opinion may be held as to the proper name for the species which we have lately been so calling in this country, it is, I think, evident that 1714 and 1714 b of the London Catalogue, ed. 9, really represent only one plant, viz. the C. Hornschuchiana of Hoppe. I sent the whole of my mounted specimens to Herr Kiikenthal, who replied as follows : — *' Good- enough's figure represents a Carex fiava x Hornschuchiana; his descLiption gives only a single station for C.fulva. This leads me to express the supposition that C. fulva Good, is, after all, not identical with Carex Hornschuchiana, frequent in England as well [as with us] , but represents the hybrid /^m x Horiisch. Possibly Goodenougli combined C. Hornsch. with C. distans, a confusion which might easily take place." I have consulted Goodenough's original description in Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. (1791), pp. 177-8 and 210, tab. 20. Two specimens are there figured; the smaller (right- hand) one is C. fiava x Hornschuchiana for certain, the larger being probably that hybrid, but open to some doubt. Goodenough quotes for his plant Flora Danica, tab. 1049 (" C\ distans"), which Lange, in the Nomenclator Flora Danica;, refers to HornscJiuchiana ; if so, it is a very indifferent representation, the colouring being much too fulvous, as in C. xanthocarpa Degland. The very name '^ fulva" suggests fiava X Hornschuchiana, and is by no means apt for the true species, which has brown, not tawny or reddish glumes. The following extract from Goodenough's paper decidedly supports NOTES ON SOME BRITISH SEDGES. 79 that view : — '' This plant is scarcely removed from C. flava. How- ever, it differs from it in having the angles of the culm sharp and rough. The female spikes are remote, oblong and acute, not round ; the lowermost is supported by a long footstalk, half of which nearly appears above the vagina. Besides, it has scarcely ever more than two female spikes. The lowermost bractea is erect, and not divari- cated. The capsules are not divaricated, but patent, and are slightly divided at the summit. I regret that I have had no oppor- tunity of cultivating it." To my great disappointment, no authentic specimens of fidva are to be found in the Kew collection, though (oddly enough) a sheet of C. Jiava from Goodenough's herbarium contains two speci- mens of unmistakable _/?rti;a x Honischnchiana, which indeed would be well represented by his right-hand figure. However, plants labelled "0. fidva Good." by Fries!, Hoppe!, Traunsteiner !, Schultz !, Gay !, are, one and all, that hybrid. It seems to me that the balance of evidence is overwhelmingly in favour of our retaining G. Hornschuchiana Hoppe as the true specific name, and dropping C.fulva Good, altogether, as was done by Babington. C. Hornschuchiana X Oederi. Herr Klikenthal agrees with me in referring to this hybrid two gatherings (the name " Oederi''' being used in the sense indicated below) : viz. (1) from the shore of Loch Tulla, Inveroran, Argyleshire, 1889 ; and (2) from a wet moor near Loch Ussie, above Conan, E. Eoss. In the latter case the second parent was C. Oederi var. elatior Andersson. 0. FLAVA L. var. minor Town send. If the view here taken respecting C. Oederi is correct, this descriptive name for our com- monest English form can be retained, at least provisionally. I may as well say at once that the views regarding 0. flava and its European allies propounded by Prof. Bailey, and quoted in Journ. Bot. 1889, pp. 331-4, appear to me somewhat unconvincing (and in one instance, hereafter alluded to, distinctly misleading). C. Oederi Retz. Oeder's original plant is figured in Flora Danica, tab. 371 (1770), and erroneously referred by him to C. divisa Hudson. Herr Klikenthal says that it "certainly belongs to 0. Oederi" (i.e. sensu auctorum, non Bailey). A careful study of the plate has convinced me that he is right ; the drawing is indeed somewhat crude, especially as regards the important fruit-characters, but the habit, size and arraugement of spikelets, &c., fit that far better than our flava, minor. The stations given also point the same way : — " Locus. Copiose in convallibus collium aren^ mobilis (Dunen) insulae Sylt & Eyderstettensibus " — just the sort of locality which would produce C. Oederi of Koch, Syme, &c. It is curious that this species should so persistently have been assigned by most writers (Fries, Summa Veg. Scand., is an exception) to Ehrhart, whose mention of it, in Beitrdge zur NaturJmnde (1790), p. 83, is of the briefest: — "79. Carex Oederi Retz. Hannovera.'' The reference is to a plant in Decas 8 of some (probably published) collection, respecting which no information seems to be now ac- cessible. This is no better than a nomen nudum, in the absence of 80 NOTES ON SOME BRITISH SEDGES. plate, description, or accompanying voucher-specimen. But the matter is of no practical importance, Retz having given a diagnosis as early as 1779, in Florce Scandinavm Prodromns, p. 179 : — "1035. C. Ofderi, spicis subquaternis sessilibus capsulis globosis acutis. Fl. D. 371. P. ar." [Pascua arenosa] . " Obs. Synonyma ab 111. Oedero allata minime hue pertinent. FlavcB proxima, tamen distincta ; csespitose crescit, omnia minora, spicula mascula etiam sessili. Spica infima quidem bracteam habet, sed parvam. Capsule minime recnrvae. Prope Holmiam solo glareoso legi." This can, I believe, only cover C. (Jederi, auct. plurim., and does not tally with C.Jiava var. minor Townsend. My impression is that most of the specimens labelled " C. Oederi'' by the older botanists belong to this species ; but I am not at present in a position to prove it. However, I believe that the majority of authors were right, and that Mr. Bailey is wrong. In any case, var. ci/peroides Marsson cannot stand as a synonym for C. Oederi auct. In his Flora von Neu-rorpommerii, Pdlgenuncl Usedoni, Marsson arranges aggregate C. fiava thus : — "A. genuiiia. u vulgaris DoW. fS lepidocarpa (Tausch). y Marssoni (Auersw.). "B. Oederi (EWiYh.). a elatior (Anderss.). f3 vulgaris. y cyperoides Marss." Var. cyperoides is therefore only a portion, and that not even the normal form, of this major variety or subspecies, as he under- stands it. Var. elatior Andersson. Herr Kiikenthal refers to this (he is also responsible for the other varietal identifications) a specimen from ^Vest Morden, Dorset, sent me by Rev. R. P. Murray mixed with good C. lepidocarpa Tausch, as well as a gathering of mine (no. 763) from near Loch Ussie, E. Ross. Marsson characterizes it as " caule gracili stricto ^-1 pedali ; foliis angustissimis canalicu- lato-involutis caule brevioribus vel eum sequantibus." Var. cyperoides Marsson. Western shore of Longh Owel, Co. Westmeath, Ireland ; a strong, very tufted plant with broad, flat, mostly somewhat curved leaves. Var. cedocarpa Andersson. Glen Nevis, W. Inverness. This approaches y/(U'ft, minor. C. RosTRATA Stolvcs. In 1895 Mr. Shoolbred and I found a very robust form of this species (my no. 1478, approaching Mr. Praeger's Irish 0. rhynchopliysa) plentifully about Cong, both in Galway and Mayo; and a few days later I gathered exactly the same thing near Lough Drin, Co. Westmeath (my no. 1426), in the company of Messrs. Linton and our lamented host, Mr. H. C. Levinge. The second plant was referred by Mr. Bennett to C. ampullacea, forma planifolia Norman, Fl. Arct. Norvegiae. "An older name for this variety is var. latifolia Aschers." — G. K. It seems to me worthy of varietal distinction. NOTES ON SOME BRITISH SEDGES. 81 A narrow-leaved, peculiar plant, which is plentiful among Sphacpmni in Wybunbury Bog, Cheshire, and was sent by me to the Bot. Exch. Club in 1895, queried as C. involuta Bab., Herr Kiikenthal and Mr. Bennett agree in considering as only a form of C. rostrata. G. rostrata X vesicaria. Two of my plants, both totally sterile, are referred to this ; the first was collected in Glen Callater, S. Aberdeen, in 1886 ; the second (my no. 95) in a bog on Meall Ghaordie, Perthshire, at 2800 ft., in 1891 ; it was then referred to C. rostrata var. hninnescens Andersson by Mr. Bennett. I incline to believe that they are the suggested hybrid. Has not C, mvoUita Bab. the same origin, as Herr Kiikenthal surmises? C. VESICARIA L. Herr Kiikenthal places C. Grahami Boott, of which I was able to lay before him both well-matured wild speci- mens from Glen Fiagh, collected in 1893 by Mr. W. B. Boyd, and younger cultivated examples from Kew Gardens (1892), as a variety of C. vesicaria, rather than of 0. pulla Good. This confirms my own previous opinion, based upon observation of the living plant at Kew. He endorses my naming of a sedge from Meall Ghaordie (1891), and also determines a tall-growing sedge from the large bog on the east side of Ben More, Perthshire (1889), at 2700 ft. (my no. 492), as Grahami; these are somewhat immature, but agree quite closely with the Kew specimens already mentioned. Var. ALPiGENA Fries. Two gatherings, of 1888 and 1889 (the latter being my no. 493), from the large bog on the east side of Ben More, below Am Binnein, are so named, as well as a sheet from the Glen Lyon side of Meall-nan-Tarmachan, Perthshire, collected in 1891. These are practically identical with Swedish plants received from Herr Kiikenthal, collected in a muddy marsh at Storlien, Jemtland (alt. 600 metres), last year by Emil Warodell, though not so well advanced in fruit. I have carefully examined the authentic specimens of Fries, Herb. Normale, xviii. 71, in our two national herbaria, which do not agree well together. They are labelled " Jemtland, Syltoppen, &c. Leg. C. F. Backman. Exstat forma C. vesicarim 0. rotunda tcB prorsus respondens et sub C. pulla confunduntur specimina tarn e stirpe C. vesicaria quam C. ampullacecE." The British Museum plant looks to me like a tall-growing pulla, but is not very well developed. At Kew, however, the material is far more satisfactory ; there are two plants, the left-hand one (almost exactly agreeing with my no. 493) having heads of rather a light brown, with the fruit not very strongly ribbed ; in the right-hand one they are dark (blackish) brown with strongly ribbed perigynia ; both are about 15 in. high, the glumes having a broad hyaline tip. They show an evident approach towards Grahami, and should, I think, be classed under C. vesicaria rather than under 0. pulla, although forming one of the connecting links between the two. One specimen on the Glen Lyon sheet just mentioned is ex- tremely near to Fries, Herb. Normale plants, collected by Andersson and labelled " saxatills {dichroa) typica, spicis baud infuscatis i. e. 82 Watson's climatic zones. jniJla Good. Cave ne hue referas C. vesicariam alpigenam.'" How- ever, in the vesicaria-huudle at Kew there is another sheet of dichroa, issued in Andersson's Flora Lappotrlm Exsiccata (1865), on which is written :" 272. Carexi^cesicaria) dichroa. Lapp. Lul. [here follows a word which I could not decipher] . 1862. And." There are three culms present, which have the fruit distinctly ribbed ; they look intermediate between Grahami and alpigena, having a moderately long beak and slightly scarious-tipped glumes. On this evidence, I doubt whether dicliroa can really be separated from alpigejia. It may be added that typical C. pulla, brought from Ben Lawers in 1887, was grown in my garden at Witley for two years, and did not alter appreciably. In conclusion, I must apologize for the length to which this paper has run ; it seemed best not to omit any material particulars which were at my disposal. WATSON'S CLIMATIC ZONES. By Symers M. Macvicar. In Journ. Bot. 1894, p. 4, there is an article by Messrs. I. H. Burkill and J. C. Willis, entitled '' Botanical Notes from North Cardiganshire," in which altitudes are given of several species, among these being Pteris with an average of 1270 ft. on the south side of the hill. The authors mention that the average limit of this plant on the south side of the Grampians, as given by Watson, is 1500 ft., and on this account come to the conclusion that the arctic zone is nearer sea-level in Mid Wales than it is in the Highlands of Scotland. This, I think, is an error against which Watson tells us to be especially on our guard. Comparisons of altitudes of plants which ascend our hills for some distance are apt to lead to false inferences, unless the hills which are compared are of nearly equal height, and are under the same conditions ; by this latter is meant principally whether the hills arise from a table-land or long slope ; or are divided by glens to nearly sea-level, as is so frequently the case on the west coast ; and the presence or absence of such conditions should always be stated. The highest point in the district of Nortli Cardiganshire is given at 2460 ft., and that of the East Highlands, as given in Cyh. Brit., at 4295 ft. ; and although it is mentioned that the higher the hills are, the higher is the limit of the species, I think that the altitude of 2460 ft. is so low that it comes under the conditions which Watson gives as leading to an erroneous estimate when compared with those of a hill about 4000 ft., when within a few degrees of latitude. The authors also give Baber's heights for the Peak District of Buxton (1750 ft.)— the Lake District (3206 ft.)— with the extreme limit of Pteris at 1650 ft. in the former, and 1800 ft. in the latter; also Watson's in the East Highlands at 1900 ft., and Watson's climatic zones. " 83 their own in North Cardiganshire at 1500 ft. On this they remark: " We find that the Plinhmmon region is in this respect similar to the High Peak region, but dissimilar to the Lake region and the East Highlands": but, if this were the case, the Pteris ought to mount higher in North Cardiganshire with its higher hills than in the Peak District. The reason it does not do so is that the hills do not rise from a table-land in the former as they do in the latter. The expectation that as Pteris grows to 1900 ft. in the East High- lands, they should "get it possibly at 2300 ft., or at any rate 2000 ft. in Mid Wales," is founded, I think, on the same mis- apprehension. Again, it is stated : " Using Baker's test of the fruticose Eubi (exclusive of M. flssiis) to determine the top limit of the mid-agrarian zone, we find it to end about 750-850 ft. This is again lower than Watson's limit in the East Highlands.'' Watson gives the limit of R. fruticosus L. there at 250 or 300 yds. But in Journ. But. 1891, p. 48, there is an article by Mr. Baker on Eubi in Wales where one species is mentioned as occurring at 1000 ft. on the Llanberis side of Snowdon, and this does not appear to be even on the south side of the hill. This latter altitude, being taken from a higher hill, gives a fairer estimate of the climatic zone in Wales as compared with the East Highlands, and would seem in itself evidence that the hills given in North Cardiganshire are too low for this purpose, there not being three- quarters of a degree of difference of latitude between the two Welsh localities. If the authors' conclusions were followed out, it would entail different zones for every small hill or small group of hills, with the arctic zone to descend in proportion to the lowness of altitude of the hills, provided they have a few rocks and some exposure. It may be here remarked that altitudes of plants on the Snowdon range are much required. On the warm Atlantic coast in the latitude of the Grampians, cultivation stops at about 400 ft., the fruticose Eubi at 500 ft., and Pteris with an average of 1250 ft. on the south side of the hills ; but it would surely be a mistaken use of terms to say that the climatic zone is lower here than in the East Highland range of mountains, even allowing for the humidity of the west coast being more favourable for arctic plants than is the drier eastern side of the country. It is, I think, almost entirely a condition of the surface of the land, the hills alluded to on the west coast being only about 3000 ft. high, and devoid of table-land. This usually implies that one side at least of the hills will have steep rocks suitable for alpine plants down to a lower level than occurs in a table-land district such as the Grampians. Although Watson characterizes his zones by the presence or absence of certain plants, they are in reality "zones of temperature," as they are named by Baker in his Flora of the Lake District ; and I think that the term "ascending" is preferable to "climatic" as applied to them, because the hills of Britain are not of sufficient height to allow us to judge of the relation between plants and climate in the arctic zone, even limiting the relationship to the conditions as occur with us. The upper limit at which the majority 84 Watson's climatic zones. of plants are found in this zone is more a matter of soil and exposure than of temperature. A large number will ascend as high as there are suitable rocks, that is, usually, where there are moist ledges ; their limit being due to other conditions than that of temperature in this country. To say that "within certain limits they are influenced by the proximity of the summit of a mountain and prevented from approaching it" is misleading, unless it be taken to mean that there is no suitable ground for plant-growth near the summit, except for a small number of species. This is seen on Ben Lawers, in Perthshire, where at 3600 ft. alt. on one side of the hill there are moist ledges of rocks with many plants ; while at the same elevation on other parts of the hill there is the usual gravelly detritus of the tops, unsuitable except for very few species ; and it is to b3 noticed that they are the species which also reach the SLunmit, and are mostly plants with a considerable range of altitude, as Silene acaulis, Saxifraga stellaris, Festiica ovma, and Lycopodium Selago. The forty-six species given in Cijb. Brit. vol. iv. p. 323, which reach 3900 ft. and above, in the "upper limits of the Grampian Mountains," are almost all plants with a very con- siderable range of altitude, and which do not especially affect the summits. In fact, our rarest alpine plants are so often found grouped together at special spots, or in some particular corrie, that it would seem probable that their position is due to former geological conditions of a local nature rather than to general climate. The altitudinal distribution of plants in the southern part of Norway is the same in general as in this country; that is to say, most of the species which ascend our hills also ascend the hills in Norway, but they do this usually to a greater height in the latter, though in a higher latitude and with a lower average temperature. We see here that, in comparison tvitk our own, the conditions of the surface, as higher hills in Norway with their greater surface-room for plants, affecting the altitudinal distribution more than climate does. The so-called "trespasses" of plants from higher to lower alti- tudes at the side of waterfalls, whicli Watson considered to be due to a lower temperature caused by the cold spray of the water, is, I think, mamly the result of the site being favourable for plant- growth in general, being moist good holding ground ; as it is in such places that the lower ground plants are found to reach their highest point, except in the case of a dry-soil plant as Pteris ; and this would not be the case if the supposed coldness of such places affected them. It is interesting to note, in connection with this subject, that at a meeting of the Scottish Meteorological Society, in July, 1896, a communication was made by Mr. R. T. Omond, of the Ben Nevis Observatory, in which it was stated that the rate of change of temperature for height on Ben Nevis, as on the Swiss hill stations, was found to be one degree Fahrenheit for 270 ft. Watson, judging from the observations known at his time, and from those made by himself, gave 1° F. for 300 ft. ; but he mentioned that a difference of a tenth either way, 270 ft. to 330 ft., would be less than the variations at equal levels from local conditions. He inclined to the ON THE RUBI AND ROS^ OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. 85 view that 330 ft. was more nearly correct, and considered that the Centigrade scale of half a degree for 300 ft., which would represent the slower rate of decrease, would give more correct results than that of Fahrenheit ; but we now see that this would not be so. ON THE RUBI AND EOS^ OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS, By the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers, F.L.S., and F. A. Rogers. At the end of last June we spent ten days in Guernsey and a week in Jersey. Unfortunately we were unable to visit Alderney ; but we had a satisfactory day in Sark, under the guidance of Mr. Derrick, the President of the Botanical Section of the Guernsey Natural History Society. To him and to all the members of that Society, and especially to its Secretary, Mr. Royle, we are greatly indebted for advice and help ; as we are also to Mr. Lester, of Jersey. Although we cannot of course flatter ourselves that we have nearly mastered the Rubus and Rosa flora of the three islands we visited, we venture to hope that this paper will contain a useful contribution towards our knowledge of it ; and we hardly expect that further research will add very greatly to the number of the species now recorded. As may be gathered from the notes which follow, the genus Rosa is very indifferently represented in the islands ; but the Rubi are abundant and of considerable interest. Professor Babington's PrimiticB FIovce Sarnicm was published in 1839, before he had given any special study to the latter genus. Consequently we find him crediting the islands with only four species, and it is probably quite impossible now to ascertain what plants he referred to under the names he gives. Two out of the four, viz. R. villicaulis and R. Koehleri, we searched for in vain ; and his other two names, R. rhamnifolms and R.fruticosus, are confessedly used in an aggre- gate sense only. A few years ago, in a very hurried visit, the Rev. Augustin Ley was able to record two species of great interest from Jersey, R. Qiiestierii and R. Boraanus. And so the Rtibus list stood, so far as we could ascertain, at the time of our visit last summer. We saw in all about thirty distinct forms, as named in the following notes, besides five or six obscure ones which may prove too strictly local to require naming. These last, with one exception in Guernsey and one in Sark, occurred in Jersey, where, as might be expected, the close alliance with British forms is less marked than it is in the more western islands. In all the islands, however, the vast majority of the brambles seen are practically identical with our British forms. From Jersey we crossed to Brittany, and, after a few days at Dinan, made our way through Normandy to Dieppe and Boulogne. Our opportunities for studying the Rubi and Ros^ of N.W. France did not prove good ; but we have been encouraged to believe that a 86 ON THE RUBI AND ROSZE OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. very brief reference to the French species seen by us, in connection with the Channel Islands records, will not be thought out of place in this paper. No localities are given for France or for the islands but those in which we saw the plants in question growing ; except in the case of two Sark rose localities of Mr. Derrick's furnishing, of which we saw dried specimens. As on so many previous occasions, we are greatly indebted to Dr. Focke for his ready and valuable help in our efforts to name some of the obscurer Rubi. RUBI. SUBEEECTI. Rubus ajfi/nis Wh. & N. var. Briggsianus Rogers. Guernsey : in several places, especially at St. Sampson's, Petit Bot Bay, and Cobo. Jersey : in one spot near the Waterworks Valley. Exactly the British form described in Journ. Bot. 1894, 42. The only sub erect bramble seen by us in the islands. Rhamnifolii. Pi. iiicurvatus Bab. Jersey : St. Aubin's Bay. Not the typical ]3lant, but a form with leaflets thinner, more roundish, and with paler felt beneath, which is found in some quantity in at least three S. England counties. R. rhamnifolius Wh. & N. (sp. coll.). Guernsey: Fermain and Petit Bot Bays ; very near the ordinary British form {R. cardio- ])lujllus Lefv. & Muell.), if not identical with it. Jersey : Rozel and Pont Marquet ; small-leaved forms. Normandy : Bonsecours Hill, near Rouen, in plenty ; just the plant we are calling R. cardio- phglkis, ^^hicli (unlike the rare typical R. rhamnifolins) seems dispersed throughout Western Europe, and is one of our commonest and most constant forms. it. imlcherrimus Neum. Guernsey : Rather common, especially about St. Peter Port, Petit Bot Bay, and near Vale Castle. Jersey : Trinity Hill ; Waterworks Valley. Fi. dumnoniensis Bab. Guernsey : Petit Bot Bay, in good quantity ; and in one or two other localities. Sark : Near Dixcart Hotel, in plenty. Jersey : One of the most frequent brambles. Especially abundant at Gorey Bay, Val des Vaux, Waterworks Valley, and Pont Marquet. Usually identical with our luxuriant British form ; but a second form occurs in Sark, and at Petit Bot Bay, Guernsey (unknown thus far in Britain), with terminal leaflet subrotund and strongly cordate. Pi. rhombifolms Weihe. Guernsey: Fermain Bay. R. argentatus P. J. Muell. Guernsey : One of the most abundant brambles in the island ; generally distributed, but variable. Jersey : Fauvic ; Waterworks Valley ; Pont Marquet. Abundant in places, but apparently not so general as in Guernsey. Brittany : La Garaye, near Dinan. Normandy : Hill above La Bouille. Var. rohustus (P. J. Muell.). Here, rather than under the type, appear to belong forms that occur at Cobo, near St. Martin's Church, Fermain Bay, and St. Sampson's, in Guernsey, and near Coutances, in Normandy ; but the range of variation is considerable ON THE KUBI AND KOS^ OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. 87 and somewhat bewildering. A very handsome plant occnrring in good quantity in Waterworks Valley, Jersey, Dr. Focke thinks is his R. niacrostemon, though it differs from the German plant in its more luxuriant and diffuse panicle. It seems to go off from R. rohmtus towards R. danicus Focke, while on the whole best placed perhaps in the Discolor es group. DiSCOLOKES. R. rnsticanus Merc. Very common in the islands and on the French coast opposite them, and at least as variable as in England. SiLVATICI. R. macropliyUus Wh. & N. Jersey : Deep lane, Bouley Bay ; a shade form. Brittany : La Garaye, near Dinan. Normandy : Moulineux, wood border. Var. macropJujlloides Genev. Guernsey, rather frequent : St. Sampson's ; St. Martin's ; Fermain Bay. Sark : Very fine and remarkably abundant, apparently more so than all the other brambles in the island put together. Dr. Focke considers this "very near R. Schlecht end alii.'' It seems best to regard it as a strong and highly glandular form of that variety. In England thus far found only in Monmouthshire and South Devon with certainty, though a rather similar form has been gathered in West Gloucestershire and Salop. R. Qitestierii Lefv. & Muell. Jersey : Val des Vaux, the locality in which this species was discovered by the Eev. Augustin Ley several years ago. Elsewhere in the islands we searched for it in vain, though it is probably not confined to this one Jersey locality, as it seems remarkably abundant on the French coast. Brittany : La Garaye and near Lehon, in plenty. Normandy : Coutances and elsewhere ; Moulineux, abundant. R. Rprengelii Weihe. Guernsey : Fermain Bay. Jersey : Anne Port and Bouley Bay. Quite typical in both islands, R. micans Gren. & Godr. Jersey : Gorey and Anne Port. Brittany : La Garaye, abundant. Normandy : Certainly one of the commonest brambles, and usually identical with Genevier's own specimens of his adscitus and our typical S.W. England form. R. leiicostachys Schleich. As an aggregate species abundant in Guernsey and Jersey, though usually in an untypical form. Seen also on Sark. Brittany : What seems a form of this at La Garaye. Normandy : Moulineux. Var. angustifolius Rogers. Guernsey : Fermain Bay. Jersey : Pont Marquet ; Anne Port ; Rozel. Normandy : Moulineux. Nearly allied to R. leucostachys, and considered by Dr. Focke to be also "near R. argyronthiis Boul. & Luc." are plants which occur in some quantity at Norgeots, Guernsey, and at Bouley Bay, Jersey ; but these demand further study. R. ADENANTHus Boul. & Gillot. Dr. Focke has thus named a very handsome plant which grows in some quantity in Gorey Bay, Jersey. In general appearance it seems intermediate between R. leucostachys and R. radula Weihe, while also somewhat recalling 88 ON THE RUBI AND ROS^ OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. U. Gelertii K. Frid. and strong forms of Pi. micans Gren. & Godr. Nothing quite like it has yet been identified in Britain. It agrees well with M. Gillot's authentic French specimens lent by Mr. Gelert, of Copenhagen. Their label is as follows: — "Association rubologique, 1881. No. 429, Riibus adenanthus Boul. et Gill. Saone- et-Loire. Talus de la route d'Autun a St. Leger. Sous Beuvrai, en face da Nameau de Channay : sol granitique et sablonneux, alt. 800 m. 11 juillet, 1881. Coll. Gillot." The Gorey Bay locality is very sunny, and the soil, I believe, is granitic. The plant, as it grows there, may be thus described : — Stem bluntly angular and striate, of a dull purplish brown, rather thickly clothed with fine single and clustered hairs which nearly hide the numerous shortly stalked glands and few scattered pricklets. Prickles many, strong, subequal, patent or slightly declining, nearly confined to angles. Leaves 3-5-nate pedate, grey- or whitish-felted beneath, with com- pound incised toothing. Terminal leaflet obovate-acuminate, with rather narrow emarginate or subentire base. Panicle pyramidal- corymbose, with subracemose ultra-axillary top, short ascending cymose intermediate branches, and longer more strongly ascending racemose branches below ; the rachis and pedicels with many slender falcate and declining prickles, and patent hairs hiding the acicles and stalked glands. Calyx with sunken glands, and attenuate points ascending after fall of petals. Stamens rather short, but exceeding styles. No fruit seen. Egregii. R. BonEanus Geney. Guernsey: Lane above Glatney Esplanade, St. Peter Port ; a form with very few pricklets on faces of stem, and an abnormally prickly panicle. St. Sampson's; a plant which also seems to go best under this species. Jersey : General ; quite typical in some places, but variable in others. Fauvic, Les Marais, and Val des Vaux, in plenty ; Waterworks Valley ; Gorey ; Anne Port. First reported from Jersey by Rev. Augustin Ley. Fi. Borreri ^jell-Salt. Guernsey: Abundant and characteristic near Vale Castle, in quarries between St. Sampson's and L'Ancresse Common, and at Ville an Roi. Jersey : Bouley Bay. Radul^. R. radula Weihe, var. cmglicanus Rogers. Jersey : Waterworks Valley and Pont Marquet. In good quantity, and in all respects identical with the luxuriant form of this variety so common in the Bournemouth neighbourhood, in E. Dorset, and S.W. Hants. No other well-marked form of R. radula seen, though a plant found near Fauvic, in Jersey, looks as if it might be a weak state or form of this species. R. riidis Wh. & N. Guernsey : Fermain Bay. R. Bloxamii Lees. Guernsey : Widely distributed, and mostly quite characteristic. Petit Bot Bay ; La Valette and elsewhere about St. Peter Port ; St. Martin's ; Norgeots. Another handsome plant of this group, clearly allied to R. lomji- thyrsiger Lees, but with a much broader and more developed panicle ON THE RUBI AND ROS^ OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS. 89 than is found in that species, occurs in considerable quantity on the north coast of Jersey, between the churches of St. Mary and St. Lawrence, as well as in Waterworks Valley and in St. Aubin's Bay. But this remains unnamed at present. No members of the groups Koelderiani and Bellardiani were observed in the islands. CiESII. R. dumetorum Wh. & N., ferox Weihe. Generally distributed, but variable, as in Britain. Brittany : La Garaye, with white petals, as usually in England. Normandy: Near Coutances, with pink petals, as in Germany ; Lison. Var. diversifolius (Lindl.). Sark : Banks near the Dixcart Hotel, a weak form. Var. tuherculatus Bab. Jersey : Between Les Marais Railway Station and Fauvic, in some quantity. B. Gorylif alius Sm. (sp. coll.). Guernsey : Cobo ; near Vale Church. Sark. Jersey : Gorey ; Anne Port ; Grosnez. a. suhlustris (Lees). Jersey : Bouley Bay ; the type. b. cyclophyllus Lindeb. Guernsey : Fairly frequent. Jersey : Bouley Bay. B. Balfourianus Blox. Sark : Very characteristic, though weaker than the average plant. Jersey : Head of the Val des Vaux ; an exceedingly luxuriant form. B. caesiiis h. Guernsey: Rather frequent. Jersey: Les Marais; Corbiere. Not observed in great quantity. Normandy : Very general and variable. B. laciniatus Willd. Guernsey : Petit Bot Bay ; not quite the usual form. The only hybrid Rubi seen in the Channel Islands, as to the origin of which there seemed little room for doubt, are the fol- lowing : — B. rhamnifoUiis x leiwostachys. Jersey : Rozel. — jR. riisti- canus X tuherculatus. Jersey : Les Marais. A very brief notice of other Rubi observed in Britany or Normandy, though not in the Channel Islands, may be of interest here. B. suberectus Anders. Brittany: In the valley of the R. Ranee, near Dinan. A nearly unarmed but well-marked form of this species. B. erythrinus Genev. Brittany: La Garaye and elsewhere in the Dinan neighbourhood ; common. Clearly the same plant as the one we are naming B. erythrinus in England, though showing a tendency to a broader and so more nearly subrotund terminal leaflet. At La Garaye occurs in some quantity what seems to be B. erythrinus X micans, B. micans being abundant there also. The apparent absence of Bi. erythrinus from the Channel Islands is remarkable. B. oigoclados Muell. & Lefv. Apparently a form of this. Brit- tany : Near Dinan. Normandy : Near Coutances. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [March, 1898.] h 90 THE FIFTY YEARS LIMIT IN NOMENCLATURE. n. Babinrftonii Bell-Salt. Normandy: Border of Moulineux Forest. A weak form, thus named by Dr. Focke. Pi. vosaceus Wh. & N. (sp. coll.). Brittany : Near Dinan; a form near the British var. infecundas Rogers. li. Questierii X rusticanus. Normandy : Near Coutances. Ros^. Fiosa pwrpineUifoIia L. Guernsey : Grande Havre. Sark, Jersey : Frequent along the coast. B. ruhiijinosa L. Guernsey: Perrelle Bay. Ssivk, ^L'. Derrick I Jersey : Gorey. Perhaps doubtfully native. B. viicrantha Sm. Sark. Jersey : Pont Marquet. B. caniua L. Generally but thinly distributed in Guernsey and Jersey. No form seen but var. diunalis Bechst. Sark, Mr. Derrickl Brittany: Dinan neighbourhood; vars. lutetiana and dumalia, the latter in great quantity. Normandy : Var. lutetiana, La Bouille ; var. dumdlis, generally distributed. B. stylosa Desv. var. si/stijla (Bast.). Sark: Dixcart Bay, several fine bushes. Apparently not before recorded from the islands. Brittany : Near Dinan. Other roses seen in Normandy are — B. tomentosa Sm. var. scabriuscuhi (Sm.), or form near it. Moulineux. B. ohtusifolia Desv. La Bouille. B. arvensis Huds. Moulineux. THE FIFTY YEARS' LIMIT IN NOMENCLATURE. By the Editor. In the List number of the Botanisches Jahrhucli (xxiv. heft 4, pp. 492-502 (8 Feb. 1898) ) Prof. Engler has put into practice the rules for nomenclature to which he and his assistants last year subscribed their names."'' We had hoped that, considering the manifest diffi- culties in interpreting at least one of these rules, they would not be adopted until some opportunity had been given for their discussion. It is obvious that if Prof. Eugler's example were generally followed, the confusion which at present prevails in botanical nomenclature would be increased to an indefinite extent. What our transatlantic friends call "the Rochester Code" was drawn up by a committee of seven botanists from various centres, and sub- mitted to a more or less representative gathering of American botanists before their adoption and promulgation. The Berlin rules have not even received the adhesion of all the botanists of that city; they are put forward by Prof. Engler and his assistants on their sole authority. There is nothing to prevent any other botanical centre from promulgating a series of rules of its Notizblatt des Konigl. hot. Gart. Berlin, 1897, 248. THE FIFTY YEARS' LIMIT IN NOMENCLATURE. 91 own ; and if this were carried on to any considerable extent, the result may be imagined. On this point we are entirely in accord with M. Briquet, who writes : " Malgre la sympathie que nous eprouvons pour nos savants confreres du Musee de Berlin, nous voudrions voir leurs regies passees au crible d'une discussion generale apres quelques annees d'experience, et cela dans I'interet de la nomenclature elle-meme. Si chaque musee adopte nn code particulier, on pent prevoir, etant donne les divergences qui existent actaellement, que Ton ne tendra pas a se rapprocher de ruuiformite desiree." It is not, however, the rules in general, but one of them in par- ticular, to which the recent action of Prof. Engler has attracted our attention. The rule in question has been criticized unfavourably by M. Briquet, by Dr. Britton, and by ourselves, and it might have been hoped that this similar expression of opinion on the part of those who are not otherwise entirely in accord would have suggested the desirability of its reconsideration. Such, however, has nob been the case. It may be worth while to quote the rule and the objections that have been made concerning it : — " 2. Ein Gattungsname wird aber fallen gelassen, wenn derselbe wahrend 50 Jahre von dem Datum seiner Aufstellung an gerechnet, nicht in allgemeinen Gebrauch gewesen ist. Wurde derselbe jedoch als eine Folge der Beachtung der ' Lois de la nomenclature vom Jahre 1868 ' in der Bearbeitung von Monographieen oder in den grosseren Florenwerken wieder hervorgeholt, so soil er bei uns in Geltung bleiben."! M. Briquet's comment runs thus ; it will be observed that he considers the rule was directed primarily against another German botanist, and as he was in correspondence with Prof. Engler on the subject of the rules, he is likely to be well informed : — " 2. Get article constitue la grande innovation des botanistes berlinois. La limite prescriptive de cinquante ans a pour but d'eliminer de la nomenclature une serie de vieux vocables genSriques remis en vigueur recemment par M. 0. Kuntze et divers auteurs americains. Mais le principe de la prescription cinquantenaire est entoure de restrictions qui en rendent I'application delicate Nous considererions comme dangereux I'adoption dejinitive saus experience prealable du principe de la prescription, tel qu'il est enonce par les botanistes berlinois." | Dr. Britton wrote : — " The application of the ideas embodied in this paragraph would lead to great uncertainty in very many cases, and we do not believe that the Berlin botanists will long maintain them. How they can consistently decide on what is ' general use ' * Bull, de I'Herb. Boissier, 1897, 774. t i' 2. — The name of a genus is, however, allowed to lapse if it has not been in general use during fifty years, counted from the date of its establishment. If the name has, however, been revived in monographs or large floras as a result of following the ' Laws of Nomenclature of the Year 1868,' that name is to hold good." \ Bull, de I'Herb. Boissier, Sept. 1897, 775. H 2 92 THE FIFTY YEARS' LIMIT IN NOMENCLATURE. as compared with what we may term * special use,' is more than we can imagine ; and who is to determine what descriptive volmne is a ' monograph,' or what flora a ' large ' one, is equally difficult to understand ; and how are they to determine in many cases whether the author has or has not followed the Paris code of 1868 ? Or will calling a brochure a ' monograph ' make it one ? But it is to be remembered that these rules have been framed for the special use of Berlin botanists, and we shall be interested in observing the results.'"'' In our own remarks we urged the same difficulties : — " 2. — This rule seems to us open to serious objection. What is meant by ' general use ' ? How many citations are necessary to constitute such use, at what intervals of time, and by what class of author ? What is a ' monograph ' — is it of an order, a genus, or a species? and what flora is to be considered a 'large' one? How is it to be known in all cases whether the reviver of a name in such a work has so acted 'as a result of following the Laws of 1868 '?"f The application of the Berlin rules to which we would call attention consists in the adoption by Prof. Engler of the name Lannea for a genus of Anacardiace(s. Until quite recently this was generally known as Odina Roxb. ; and it is monographed under that name by Prof. Engler in the Monographice. Fhanerogamanim, iv. 263-27-4 (1883). During the last four years the Professor's views have undergone considerable variation, as the following will show. In 1892,]: the name Odina was still retained in a paper published in Bot. Jahrbucher, xv. 103-106, where several new species are described ; and also in the Uoclujehirg^flora des trop. Afrika, p. 288. In the same year, however, in Nat. FjianzenfamUien, iii. 5, 153. Prof. Engler — not without a protest — follows Otto Kuntze in his restoration of Calesiani (or, as both spell it, Calesium) of Adanson, and renames the above species under that genus. But in 1895 our author [Fjianzenwelt Ost Afrikas, Theil C, p. 241) returns to Odina, and adds a uew species under that name. He gives no reason for the desertion of Calesiam, but it may bo supposed that the Berlin Rules were in course of incubation, and that the Kuntzean method had fallen into disfavour. In 1898 the application of the new rules results in a further change ; and Lannea A. Rich, replaces both Calesiam (now restored to its original spelling) and Odina ; another early name, Haherlia, is also sunk. The reasons for this are supplied in the following note : — " Da die alteren Namen Calesiam und Haberlia nicht zur Geltung gekommen sind, so konuen sie vernachlassigt werden. Lannea A. Rich, wurde aber erst von Endlicher widerrechtlich zu Gunsten * Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, August, 1897, 416. t Journ. Bot. August, 1897, 304-5. I We gather this from internal evidence ; the volume is dated 1893. We are glad to note that since attention was called to this matter (Journ. Bot. 1894, 180) the dates of each part are given on the back of the title-page of each volume of the Jalirhilcher ; it would be useful if a complete list of dates for the earlier volumes were published. THE FIFTY YEARS* LIMIT IN NOMENCLATURE. 93 des ein Jalir jiingeren Namens Odina Roxb. zuriickgesetzt ; somit muss Lannea A. Rich, bleiben.'"'' Considering how recently Prof. Engler himself gave additional currency to Gahsiam by adding to it several new species, it is somewhat strange to learn on his authority that does not even "come under consideration"; and as the IS! at. Pfianzenfamilien takes rank as the most important modern contribution to our knowledge of systematic botany, it might have been well to ex- plain that the law which so excludes the name is a brand-new one "made in Germany," and only subscribed to by some of the botanists in Berlin. But it is pertinent to inquire how far the restoration of Lannea is in accordance with the rule in question. We confess that, assuming the fact to be as stated — and we are aware that Lannea dates from 1831, although the title-page of the volume in which it appears is dated 1830-33 — we should ourselves prefer the name Lannea to Odina. Yet not only has Lannea not been in general use during fifty years counted from the date of " its establishment," but, on the contrary, it has been allowed to lapse for more than half a century since it was established, being always during that period cited only as a synonym. Moreover, it is necessary to consider the second half of the rule, which modifies and governs the preceding. In no "monograph or large flora" has Lannea been more than mentioned as a synonym. On the other hand, Odina has been universally accepted in floras and monographs until recently, and in particular by Prof. Engler in his monograph of the order in 1883 and subsequently in Nat. Pfianzenfamilien in 1892. It would appear, therefore, that, according to the novel Berlin rule, Odina should be preferred to Lannea. At the xoresent time, therefore, this genus possesses three — or four, if we reckon the Kuntzean alteration of the spelling of Calesiain — names, each of which has received the sanction of a school of nomenclaturists. According to the "Rochester Code," Calesiam would be employed, and this name has been used by Mr. Hiern in the Welwitsch Catalogue (where four new species are referred to it) ; the Kuntzean school will call it Calesiwn; the mode of convenience favoured by Kew would retain Odina; while the Berlin practice, as we have seen, adopts Lannea. A new species, therefore, may be described under either of these names, according to the centre from which it is promulgated; and it will thus be necessary to look under each of these names to see whether any new species has appeared. On this point, however, there is no need to theorize, as Prof. Engler himself has supplied us with sufficient examples, inasmuch as he has transferred the whole of the species described by himself and others under Odina and Calesiam (or Calesium) to Lannea. One * " Since the older names Calesiam and HaberUa do not come under con- sideration, they may be neglected. Lannea A. Kich. was, however, formerly illegally set aside by Endlicher in favour of Odina Koxb., a younger name by a year ; Lannea A. Kich. must therefore remain," — Nat. Pjianzenfam., Nachtrage zu Teil ii.-iv. 213. 94 A NEW BKITISH FLORA. will suffice as an illustration — the plant he now calls Lannea Schweinfurthii: the synonymy of this is — Odina Schweinfurthii Engl. Mon. Phan. iv. 273 (1883). Calesium Schweinfurthii 0. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 151 (1891); Engl. in Nat. Pflanzenfam. iii. 5, 153 (1892). Lannea Schweinfurthii Engl. I.e. Naclitr. 214 (1897) ; Bot. Jahrb. xxiv. 498 (1898). In this last paper Mr. Hiern's new species of Calesimn are forth- with transferred to Lannea ; an application of the " Rochester Code" would restore these to Cahsiam — Dr. Kuntze would write Calesium — and would place Prof. Engler's last species under the same heading. Kew would, we imagine, settle the difficulty by retaining Odina. Nor can it be said that possibilities are exhausted. Nothing would be simpler than for the Professor of Botany at some other centre to call his assistants together and formulate a proposal that the time-limit should date from the beginning of the century — a proposal which we have heard broached, and for which something may be said. In that case, he will be able to transfer the whole of the species to Hahoiia — a name published by Dennstedt (Schliissel Hort. Malab. p. 30) in 1818, and based upon the same material as CaJesia))} Adans. It may be added that in his latest paper Prof. Engler has done scanty justice to his own synonymy, certain species published by him under Calesium. not being so cited. A NEW BRITISH FLORA. Our readers will learn with interest that a new British Flora is in preparation. For some time it has been understood that the Rev. E. F. Linton was accumulating material with a view to a work of the kind, but he was not willing that any public announce- ment should be made of the fact. Now however that he has to some extent got the matter in hand, we have his permission to announce that, although some time must elapse before it can be ready for publication, a new Flora has been definitely decided upon. The necessity for such an undertaking has long been apparent, not only to the field worker but to the student of books or herbaria. A comparison of the last edition of the London Catalogue with any of our existing floras will make this abundantly clear. Bentham's Randhook, admirable in its way, has never appealed to the critical botanist. Babington's Manual, which in its day revolutionized British botany, is in its latest edition seventeen years old, and it may be doubted whether any revision that was not to a great extent a le-writmg would brmg it into relation with the views of our present-day working botanists. Sir Joseph Hooker's Student's Flora is, and may possibly continue to be, the most generally useful of our floras, but it does not satisfy the student of critical forms. Although it might have been thought that the botany of these A NEW BRITISH FLORA. 95 islands had long since been completely investigated, not a year passes without the addition to our list of some well-distinguished species, to say nothing of the numerous forms which swell the enumeration of such genera as Piom, Riibiis, Hieraclum, and Salix. The investigations which have been made in these and many other genera — Carex and Potamogeton are ouly two out of many which might be mentioned — have long needed correlation ; and the con- tents of this Journal during the years since the last edition of Babington appeared bear ample testimony to the increase of our knowledge in many directions during that period. We understand that Mr. Linton will take the London Cataloijue as a basis for his Flora, and in this — which by no means implies a slavish adherence to that useful list — we think he will do wisely. He will, as far as possible, describe each species or variety anew from living material, and will aim at making especially clear the distinctive features of closely-allied forms. While undertaking the work himself throughout, save perhaps in one or two genera, he will submit his manuscript where necessary to those who have specially devoted themselves to certain groups : in this way the unity of the work will be preserved, while the co-operation of specialists — which has been promised — will be ensured. In some respects the Flora will be an advance bibliographically on any of its predecessors. A reference (with date) will be given for each species, as in the best continental floras — a feature, we believe, first attempted for England in Mi-. W. R. Clarke's " First Records of British Flowering Plants," published in this Joui-nal. The most recent continental works will be consulted. In a word, every care will be taken to make the new Flora thoroughly up to date ; and those who know Mr. Linton's work both in the field and in the study better than ourselves are convinced that, taking all things into consideration, he is the best qualified of our present-day British botanists to carry out the undertaking in a satisfactory manner. Mr. Linton's share in the preparation of the type-sets of brambles, willows, and hawkweeds which have been issued during the last few years must have enabled him to obtain considerable knowledge of these genera. We shall await with interest his dealing with the last of these, the number of which threatens to exceed either of the two others we have mentioned. At a time when continental Vcirieties are claimed as additions to our British list on the slightest possible pretext, and when mere states or extreme forms of a series shading into one another are considered in some quarters worthy of varietal or even of specific rank, it is most desirable that a sane and well-balanced effort should be made to distinguish between these and plants which have a just title to inclusion in our text-books ; and we believe Mr. Linton will carry out such an effort to the satisfaction of the field botanist and the student. Another reason for the issue of a new Flora is to be found in the withdrawal of Mr. Arthur Bennett from the continuation of the supplement to English Botany. It is to be feared that no one will 96 NOTES ON ASARUM. be found capable of carryiDg on this undertaking : and we confess that in our opinion it would be better that it should be allowed to lapse than entrusted to the care of any one who is not specially qualified for the task. It may be of interest to add here that Mr. G. S. Boulger has for some time been engaged in revising and bringing up to date that very useful and popular book, Johns' Flowers of the Field. If this is thoroughly done, it will form a useful introduction to Mr. Linton's more complete work : and in this aspect it is satisfactory to know that Mr. Boulger has also adopted the London Catalogue as his standard of nomenclature. Mr. Linton will be grateful for the offer of fresh specimens of interesting plants. His address is — Crymlyn, Bournemouth. NOTES ON ASARUM. By James Britten, F.L.S., and Edjiund G. Baker, F.L.S. The following remarks are the outcome of an inquiry addressed to one of us by Mr. W. W. Ashe, of Raleigh, N.C. Mr. Ashe, having printed a paper on " The Genus Asarum in Eastern America," in which he purposely ignored a Linn^ean name, be- thought himself that it might be well to have his species compared "with the Linn^an specimen," and forwarded material for that purpose. It seems to us that the inquiry should have been made before his paper was printed. At the present day most botanists of repute are aware of the importance of consulting types. This is notably the case in America, where the example set by Asa Gray is followed by such men as Dr. Britton, Dr. Greene, Prof. Trelease, Prof. Bailey, and others, who, on their visits to this country, never fail to con- sult the old material preserved in the National Herbarium on which so many of the earlier species of American plants are founded. At the same time there are others, and not only in America, who avowedly ignore the old material and start afresh. This plan, which undoubtedly saves trouble to the botanist who follows it in exactly the same proportion as it must increase the difficulties of more thorough workers who succeed him, finds favour with Mr. W. W. Ashe. Before quoting from Mr. Ashe's paper the passage in which he justifies this mode of proceeding, a question arises as to the paper itself. It is headed "Botanical Contributions from my Herbarium. No. I.," and a footnote says it was "issued Oct. 28, 1897, Raleigh, N.C." It bears no imprint either of publisher or printer, and consists of four octavo pages. There is no indication that it can be obtained anywhere, and no price is stated. Mr. E. P. Bickuell'^' refers to it as "a privately printed paper," and the question arises * Bull. Ton-ey Bot. Club, 1897, 536. NOTES ON ASARUM. 97 as to how far it can be regarded as a publication. There are nowadays so many botanical journals that it seems unwise to adopt a mode of printing which is, at least, eccentric ; and we venture to hope that Mr. Ashe's subsequent "Contributions" will be more suitably published, as well as less open to criticism from a botanical point of view. Mr. Ashe states his case as follows : — " The nomenclature of the Virgiuicum group presents some difficulty as to which species represents the original Asariun virr/inicum of Linnaeus. Plukenet's figure (Aim. 55, t. 78, f. 2) to which Linnaeus refers might represent any species of this group : it poorly figures A. macranthuui; somewhat h^iiQT A. minus \ and might have been intended to represent either A. Menimingeri or A. heterophylliim. The Grovonian [sic] description does not add any information. I have thought it preferable to follow the practice of several European botanists and ignore, in such a case of uncertainty, the Linnaean name, as it represents a group of at least four species rather than a single plant." If Mr. Ashe had taken the trouble to inquire as to specimens instead of publishing conclusions based on (what he considers) a doubtful figure and an imperfect description, he would have found that "the Linnean name," so far from representing "a group of at least four species," represents but one, and that there is no " un- certainty" whatever about it. Linnaeus bases his vin/inicuvi on the descriptive phrases em- ployed by Gronovius and Plukenet, and on the figure of the latter. In Gronovius's herbarium are three specimens, which vary some- what in appearance, as one has an old leaf persisting from the previous year, while the other two have younger leaves contemporary with the flowers. The large series of specimens which we have from Rugel show both old and new leaves on the same plant. In the Sloane Herbarium we have three specimens from Plukenet, two of which (Hb. Sloane xc, fol. 20, and cii, foL 154) are written up by himself, while the third (Hb. Sloane xcv, fol. 108) is referred by Sherard to Plukenet's figure. The specimen in vol. cii. looks at first sight somewhat different, as it has only young leaves. Mr. Ashe's view that Plukenet's figure may repre- sent any of four species seems to us in the face of this evidence absolutely untenable ; no one of his specimens is anything but virginicum, and although the figure is not (as sometimes happens) obviously drawn from any one specimen, there can be no doubt as to its correspondence with them. It is equally clear, from the specimens of his A. minus and of A. heterophyllum and A. Memmingeri which Mr. Ashe has been good enougli to send us, that the first of these — A, minus — is identical with A. virgiuicum L., although the flower is somewhat larger than in the type-specimens. A note may here be added on another Asarum, which, although first announced as a species in 1894, has already, by the careless liberality of American botanists, been enriched with a considerable synonymy, and cannot possibly maintain the name which they have 98 NOTES ON ASAltUM. SO far agreed to bestow upon it. Mr. Small describes tbis in Mem. Torr. Bofc. Club, iv. 150 (1893), as " Asariiin (/randijiorum (Micbx.) Small," and points out that the plant has been "practically un- noticed by botanists since Eugel's collection of 1841," alfcliough it is no doubt the "J. virginicum. /3 grondijioriwi Michx."''' of Duchartre in DC. Prod. xv. 1, 426 (1804). He cites as a synonym '' Homo- tropa macmnthuiii Shuttl. MSS. in dist. Rugel 1841." How this name may stand in distributed sets we cannot say, but it is certain that Shuttleworth named it in his own herbarium (now in Brit. Mus.) '' Asarum [Homotropa] macnmthum Shuttl. n. sp." This name had a very brief existence, for in the same year came the "List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta," f and Mr. Small, finding that Klotzsch had once had a r/randijiorum (conclusively identitied by Duchartre with A. anfoHam Michx.), and mindful of the latest American rule, "once a synonym, always a synonym," promptly invented a fresh name — ^' Asaritm inacranthum (Shuttlw.) Small." Herein he is followed by Dr. Britton (lib Flora, i. 593) and Mr. Ashe (Bot. Contrib. i. 2). But none of these gentlemen appear to have noticed that in avoiding Scylla they have plunged headlong into Chnrybdis, for Sir Joseph Hooker, in the Butanical Magazine for 1888 (t. 7022), had already appropriated macranthum for a Japanese species ; as this name has twice since been cited by Mr. Hemsley in two distinct publications, it would seem that English botanical literature is nnperfectly consulted by our trans- atlantic friends. What, then, is the species to be called ? We confess that the original name A. grandijiorum Small seems to us satisfactory; but as the plant is an American citizen, and may be expected to con- form to American ways, we suggest A. ShuttlewortJiii as a name likely to suit all parties. The synonymy of the two plants will run thus : — AsARUM MACRANTHUM Hook. f. Bot. Mag. t. 7022 (Oct. 1888); Hemsl. in Card. Chron. 3rd S. vii. 421 (1890), and in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxvj. 359 (1891); non Small. AsARUM ShUTTLEWORTHII. A. virginicum /3 (/randi/lonon "Michx." ex Duchartre in DC. Prodr. XV. 1, 426 (1864). A. grandiflomui (Michx.) Small in Mem. Torr. Club, iv. 150 (1893), non Kl. Ho)iwtropa macrantlnun Shuttl. ex Small, /. c. A. macranthum (Shuttlew.) Small in Mem. Torr. Club, v. 136 (1893-4); Britton, 111. Flora, i. 5,9,3} (1896) ; Ashe, Bot. Contrib. 1, p. 2 (1897). We may note in passing that the very considerable range in the size of the flowers of A. virginicum suggests a doubt as to whether * Mr, Small observes that the name grandiflorum does not occur in Michaux's Itlora, as Duchartre states, and suggests that Michaux named it in MS. We incline rather to think that Duchartre adapted the name from Michaux's phrase " flore maximo." t Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, v. (18U8-4). BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 99 Shuttleworth's plant may not after all be a large-flowered form of that species. Mr. Bicknell (Bull. Torr. Club, 1897, 530) says "there is little doubt that Salisbury's name, A. latifolium, is a synonym" of A. canndense. Even that little may disappear, for Salisbury — who had singularly lax views as to the laws of priority — cites A. cana- deme as identical with his plant. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. By James Britten, F.L.S., and G. S. Boulger, F.L.S,, F.G.S. First Supplement (1893-97). Five years having elapsed since the date to which we brought down our original work, it appears desirable to issue a supplement to include the names of botanists who have died between J anuary 1st, 1893, and December 31st, 1897, together with some which were accidentally omitted from the original Index. The present Supplement naturally follows the plan of the original work : serial sources of information previously consulted have now been examined down to the end of 1897, and few others require special mention. It may, however, be well to state explicitly that only deceased botanists are included in the list : this, by an over- sight, was nowhere stated in the original Index. The only work of importance in addition to those already cited in the Index is ' First Records of British Flowering Plants,' by W. A. Clarke, F.L.S. (1897); we refer to this as Clarke. It is proposed on the completion of the publication of the Supplement in the Journal of Botaiuj to reissue it separately in pamphlet form, together with one or two pages of minor corrections referring to the original work. The compilers will be glad to receive any assistance in drawing up these. Acton, Edward Hamilton (1862-95): b. Wrexham, 16th Nov. 1862; d. Cambridge, 15th Feb. 1895. B.A., Camb., 1885. Chemist and physiologist. ' Practical Physiology of Plants ' [with Francis Darwin] , 1894. R.S.C. ix. 10. ' Eagle,' March, 1895 ; Journ. Bot. 1895, 127. Alexander, William Thomas (1818-1872) : b. 23rd June, 1818; d. 31st May, 1872. Assistant- Surgeon, R.N. On H.M.S. 'Plover' in East Indies and China, 1845-6. Collected ferns, mosses, &c., on Chinese coast, Chusan, Hongkong, and Loochoo Islands. Fungi of Cloyne, 1852. Journ. Bot. 1848, 273 (erroneously T. Anderson) ; 1853, 236 ; 1857, 333, 353 ; 1894, 294, 299. R.S.C. i. 44. Phyt. iv. 727. Bentham, Fl. Hongk. pref. 11. Allom, Elizabeth Anne (fl. 1841). ^ Of Margate. 'The Sea- weed Collector .... illustrated with natural specimens from loo BIOGRAPHICAL IMDEX OJb' BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. the shores of Margate and Ramsgate,' 1841 ; reissued, 1845. Jacks. 218. Amherst, Countess (Sarah), {yiee Thynne) (d. 1838) : d. 27th May, 1838; m. (1) Other, 5th Earl of Plymouth ; (2) William, 2nd Baron (afterwards 1st Earl) Amherst, 1800. Travelled and collected in India, 1823-8. Wallich, PI. Asiat. Piar. i. 1. Amherstia Wall. Amos, William (H. 1801). Of Brotherstoft, near Boston, Lincoln- shire. Agriculturist. ' Minutes in Agriculture and Planting, illustrated with specimens of Natural Grasses,' 1801. Anderson, Frederick W. (1866-91): b. Wisbech, 22nd June, 1866; d. New York, 22i]d Dec. 1891. D.Sc, Montana, 1890. Went to America, 1881. Papers in BulL Torrey Club and Bot. Gazette. Bot. Gazette, 1892, 78 (portr.). Anderson, William (d. 1778) : d. at sea, 3rd Aug. 1778. On Cook's second voyage as surgeon's mate, and on third voyage as naturalist. MS. descriptions of birds and plants in Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. Plants from Australia, New Caledonia, Pacific Islands, &c., in Herb. Mus. Brit. Brown, Prodromus, 553. Diet. Nat. Biogr. i, 393. Andersonia Br. [Anderson, T. See Alexander, William Thomas.] Archer, William (1830-1897) : b. Enniscorthy, 6th May, 1830 ; d. Dublin, 14th Aug. 1897. Librarian E. Dublin See, 1876- 1895. F.R.S., 1875. Papers on Desmids in Proc. DubUn Nat. Hist. Soc. ih.-v. (1859-65). Journ. Bot. 1874. Desmids and Diatoms in Pritchard's ' History of Infusoria,' ed. 4, 1861. Jacks. 158; R.S.C. i. 86; vii. 42; ix. 62. Irish Naturalist, 1897, 253 (portr.). Atkinson, William (1765-1821): b. Dalton-in-Furness, Lane, 3rd May, 1765; d. Dalton, 8th Dec, 1821; bur. Dalton. Solicitor, of Dalton. Contributed to 3rd ed. of With. Arr. List of plants in 1805 ed. of West's 'Antiquities of Furness.' Babington, Charles Cardale (1808-95) : b. Ludlow, Shropshire, 23rd Nov. 1808 ; d. Cambridge, 22nd July, 1895 ; bur. Cherry Hinton, Cambridgeshire. B.A., Camb., 1830. M.A., 1833. F.L.S., 1830. F.R.S., 1851. Prof. Bot., Cambridge, 1861. ' Flora Bathoniensis,' 1834 ; Supplement, 1839. ' Primitiae Florae Sarnies, ' 1839. ' Manual of British Botany,' 1848 ; ed. 2, 1847 ; ed. 3, 1851 ; ed. 4, 1856 ; ed. 5, 1862 ; ed. 6, 1867 ; ed. 7, 1874; ed. 8, 1881. 'Flora of Cambridgeshire,' 1860. ' British Rubi,' 1869. In Iceland, 1846. Herbarium of nearly 50,000 sheets and library bequeathed to University of Cam- bridge. Pritz. 10, 11; Jacks. 517; R.S.C. i. 136-9; vii. 62; ix. 91. Journ. Bot. 1895, 257, with portr. 'Memorials,' with portr., 1897. Portr. by W. Vizard at St. John's Coll., Cam- bridge. Babhu/to)iia Lindl. = Bceclda. Baillie, Edmund John (1851-97): b. Hawarden, Cheshire, 4th May, 1851; d. Chester, 18th Oct. 1897. Seedsman. F.L.S., 1883. ' The City Flora ' in Proc. Chester Soc. Nat. Sci., 1878. Journ. Bot. 1897, 464. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 101 Balfour, Edward Green (d. 1889). Surgeon-General, Madras. ' Remarks on Gutta Percha,' Athenaeum, Nov. 22nd, 1865. ' Cyclopaedia of India ' (largely botanical), 1867. ' Timber-trees of India,' 1868 ; ed. 2, 1862 ; ed. 3, 1870. Jacks. 618 ; R.B.C. i. 170 ; Leopoldina, 1889, 220. Balfour, Thomas Alexander Goldie (1826-96) : b. Edinburgh, 1825; d. Edinburi^h, 10th March, 1896. Youngest brother of John Hutton Balfour. M.D., Edinb., 1861. F.B.S.E., 18G8 ; Pres., 1877-9. F.R.S.E., 1870. ' Dionasa muscipula,' Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed. xii., xiii. R.S.C. ix. 109 ; Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed. XX. 449. Bancroft, Joseph (1836-94) : b. Manchester, 1836 ; d. Brisbane, Queensland, 16th June, 1894. M.D., St. Andrew's, 1859. Practised in Nottingham, and from 1864 in Brisbane. Investi- gated properties of Buhoisia, Ahtonia, &c. ' Contribution to Pharmacy for Queensland,' 1886. Journ. Bot. 1894, 288; Gard. Chron. 1894, ii. 266. Barnard, Edward (1786-1861): b. 14th March, 1786; d. 13th Dec. 1861. F.L.S., 1818. "Devoted principally to horti- cultural pursuits." Sec. R. Hort. Soc. Proc. Linn. Soc. 1861-2, Ixxxv. R.S.C. i. 184. Bot. Reg. 1029. Barnardia Lindl. = Scilla. Bateman, James (1811-97) : b. Rodivale, Bury, Lane, 1811 ; d. Worthing, Sussex, 27th Nov. 1897. M.A., Oxon, 1845. F.R.S. F.L.S., 1833. * Orchidace^ of Mexico,' 1837-41. ' Odontoglossum,' 1864-74. ' Second Century of Orchidaceous PI.,' 1864-70. Pritz. 16; Jacks. 137-8, 368; Gard. Chron. 1871, 1614 (portr.); 1897, ii. 410; Orchid Review, 1897, 10; Alumn. Oxon. 1897, ii. 436. Batemannia Lindl. Baxter, William Hart (1826 ?-90): b. 1826?; d. Oxford, 19th June, 1890. Son of WilUam Baxter (1). Curator of Oxford Garden from 1864. Assisted Loudon (Hort. Brit. ed. 1850, &c.). Gard. Chron. 1890, 49, 797. Beckwith, William Edmund (1844-92) : b. Eaton Constantine, Salop, 1844; d. Shrewsbtiry, 22nd July, 1892; bur. Eaton Constantine. Ornithologist. Papers on Shropshire Plants in Journ. Bot. 1881-2. Plants in Herb. Mus. Brit. R.S.C. ix. 164. Beesley, Thomas (1818-96) : b. Banbury, Oxon, 28th March, 1818; d. Banbury, 16th May, 1896. Druggist. Geologist. Contrib. list of pi. to Alfred Beesley's 'History of Banbury,' 1841 ; assisted Mr. Drnce in ' Flora of Oxfordshire.' Herb, in possession of Mr. G. C. Druce. Pritz. 19; R.S.C. vii. 123; Pharm. Journ., Sept. 6, 1896; Journ. Bot. 1896, 440. Beever, Mary (c. 1800-83) : b. Ardwick, Manchester; d. Coniston, 31st Dec. 1883. Moved to Thwaite House, Coniston, 1827. Sent Gentiana Piieumonanthe to Baxter in 1836 ('Brit. Phsenog. Bot.' tt. 185-7); and ferns to Newman and E. J. Lowe. Cor- respondent of J. G. Baker ('Fl. Lake District') and of John Ruskin (' Hortus Inclusus '). W. G. Collingwood, ' John Beever's Practical Fly-fishing,' 1893, pref. Lastrea Filix-mas var. Bee- vorie Lowe. 102 BIOGRAPHECAL I.VDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. Beever, Susanna (1805-93): b. Manchester?, 27th Nov. 1805; d. Coiiiston, Lancashire, 29th Oct. 1893. Sister of preceding. Sent Fimliola to Baxter ('British Phaenog. Bot.' t. 188). Cor- respondent of Baker and Raskin (see preceding). NaturaUst, 1894, 290. Bellairs, Nona Maria Stevenson (d. 1897): d. Bournemouth, 14th May, 1897; bar. Bourneinoutli Cemetery. 'Hardy Ferns' (British), 18G5. ' Wayside Flora,' 18G6. Pritz. 20 ; Jacks. 520. Bennett, George (1804-93) : b. Plymouth, 31st Jan. 1804 : d. Sydney, 29th Sept. 1893. M.K.C.S., 1828. M.D., Glasgow. 1859. F.L.S., 1831. Practised in Sydney, 1836. Zoologist. Contrib. to Loudon's Mag. Nat. Hist., 1832 ; Journ. Bot. 1866-72. ' Wanderings in New South Wales,' 1834. 'Gather- ings of a Naturalist in Australasia,' 1860. Sent plants to Kew. .Jacks. 521; R.S.C. i. 273; vii. 138; ix. 190; Journ. Bot. 1894, 191 ; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1893-4, 27. Antiaris Bennettii Seem. Benson, Robson (d. 1894): d. Bath, 22ud Oct. 1894. F.L.S., 1870. General in Indian army. In India, 1839-77. In charge of Rangoon Gardens, 1865-9; of Madras Bot. Gardens, 1872-6. Discovered many orchids in Burmah. Proc. Linn. Soc. 1894-5, 30. Vanda Bciisoni Bateman. Bent, James Theodore (1852-97); b. Liverpool, 1852; d. Lon- don, 5th May, 1897. B.A., Oxon, 1875. Travelled and collected in Hadramaut, 1893-4; in Arabia Felix, 1894-5; and in Nubia and Socotra, 1895-6. Botanical results, Kew Bulletin, 1894, 328 ; 1895, 180. Plants at Kew. Kew Bull. 1897, 206; Allibone Supp. Bentham, Lady (Mary Sophia) [iice Fordyce) (1765 ?-1858) : b. London?, 1765 ? ; d. 18th May, 1858 ; m. 1796, General Sir Samuel Bentham. Daughter of Dr. George Fordyce. Mother of George Bentham. "A very good botanist," A. Gray, Letters, 188. Had a herbarium. Journ. Bot. 1894, 315. Bentley, Robert (1821-93) : b. Hitchin, Hertford, 1821; d. Earl's Court. London, 24th Dec. 1893 ; bur. Kensai Green Cemetery. M.R.C.S., 1847. F.L.S., 1849. Lecturer on Bot., London Hospital; Prof. Bot., King's Coll., London. 'Manual of Botany,' 1861; ed. 4, 1881. 'Eucalyptus,' 1874. 'Botany,' 1875. ' Medicinal Plants' (with H. Trimen), 1875-80. Pritz. 22; Jacks. 521; R.S.C. i. 282; ix. 192; Journ. Bot. 1894, 64; Pharm. Journ. 1893-4, 559; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1893-4, 28; Allibone Supp. Bidwell, Henry (1816-68) : b. Albrighton, Salop, 8th July, 1816 ; d. Albrighton, 13th March, 1868. Local Sec. Bot. Soc. London. M.D. F. Bot. Soc. Ed. Had a herbarium. Blomefield, Rev. Leonard, ne Jenyns (1800-93): b. London, 25th May, 1800; d. Bath, 1st Sept. 1893. M.A., Camb., 1825. F.L.S., 1822. F.G.S., 1835. Curate of Swaffham Bulbeck, Cambs., 1823 ; vicar, 1828-49. Founded Bath Nat. Hist. Club, 1855. ' Naturahsts' Pocket Almanack,' 1843-7, ' Bath Flora,' Proc. Bath Field Club, i. (1866), 23. Library and herbarium in more than 40 vols, presented to Bath Institution. R.S.C. SHORT NOIES. 103 vii. 198; ix. 269; 'Chapters in my Life,' 1889; Journ. Bot. 1893,320; Nature Notes, 1898, 193 ; Allibone Supp. ; Darwin's Life and Letters, i. 54 ; Gard. Cln'on. 1893, ii. 307. Photo, at Linn. Soc. (To be continued.) SHORT ?IOTES. The British Oarex feigida (p. 41). — In my notes on Carex in tiiis Jom-nal for 1897 (p. 259) 1 purposely took no notice of the Carex so named, as I was aware that Mr. E. F. Linton was occupied with the plant. But from the moment I saw the original specimens gathered by Sadler, I was convinced it was not the C. frigida of Allioni. Other and better authorities than myself still called it so, and I was contented to let it rest until Mr. Linton had concluded )iis work. I may now say I cannot consider it to be Allioni's plant, and Mr. Linton's name may well be accepted for it. It would indeed have been a very interesting distribution, if it had been the plant of Allioni. Unless Drejer's var. aJpina of C. binervis Sm. be the Scotch plant (I have not yet been able to see a type-specimen), I think it may be an endemic form. — Arthur Bennett. SiNAPis orientalis Murr. The forms of Sinajns arvensls L. with hispid pods, cotnmon in many parts of England and not separated by English botanists, were recognized as a species by Murray and Linnaeus, and are kept up as varieties by continental writers under tlie names var. villosa (Mer.) and var. orientalis (Murr.). — S. T. Dunn. Wandsworth Aliens. — It has been ascertained upon enquiry that the locality for aliens in the neighbourhood of Wandsworth Distillery, made famous nearly forty years ago by the researches of Irvine, Britten, and others, has been built over or turned into private gardens, so that any species that still lingered on have now probably disappeared. A little to the west of the steamboat-pier grows abundance of Sisi/mhrium ColnmncB Jacq. and a quantity of Riimex Patientia L. — S. T. Dunn. Ranunculus petiolaris. — I recently learned from Mr. Arthur Bennett that this name is preoccupied ; it was used by Bonpland, Humboldt, and Kunth in their Nova Genera et Species Plantarum, V. 45 (1821), when describing a Mexican buttercup, which their figure (no. 428) shows to be a totally different plant from mine. The West Highland Eaminculm published in this Journal for 1892, p. 289, under this title may bear the name of R. scoticus for those who, like myself, believe it to be specifically (or subspecifically) dis- tinct ; if it is regarded as a variety, I suppose that it can stand as R. Flammula L. var. petiolaris Lange, according to my original description in this Journal for 1888, p. 230.— Edward S. Marshall. Mastigophora Woodsii (Hook.) Nees in Inverness-shire. — I have found this hepatic in some quantity in Moidart, on the west coast of the above county. It grows in a ravine at 1200 ft. alt. ; also. 104 THE FLORA OF BERKSHIRE. though more sparingly, at 500 ft. At the upper station it has the larger form of Plewozia cochleariformis mixed with it, and close at hand are Herherta adiinca and Folijtrichum alpinum. I had pre- viously found it in 1892 on an adjoining mountain on the same watershed, but I do not know at what altitude. This species is given in the Lvndon Catalog/He of Mosses and HepaticcE, ed. 2, for Province 17, North Highlands (Ross, Sutherland, and Caithness), as well as for Ireland. In Wallace's Island Life, ed. 2, it is men- tioned on the authority of Mr. Mitten as being " found in Ireland and the Himalayas, but unknown in any part of Continental Europe," no reference being made to its occurrence in Britain. — Symers M. Mac VICAR. NOTICE OF BOOK. The Flora of Berkshire ; heing a Topographical and Historical Account of the Flowering Plants and Ferns found in the County; with short Biographical Notices of the Botanists who have contributed to Berkshire Botany during the last three Centuries. By George Claridge Druce, Hon. M.A. Oxon., sometime Sheriff of the City of Oxford, Curator of the Fielding Herbarium ; author of ' The Flora of Oxfordshire,' 'The Flora of Northampton- shire,' &c. Oxford : at the Clarendon Press. 8vo, pp. cc, 644. Price 16s. net. 1897 [1898] . It is difficult to believe that eleven years have passed since Mr. Druce published his Flora of Odfordshire. Such, however, is the case ; and no sooner was that work out of hand than its author, with characteristic enthusiasm, devoted himself to the investigation of the neighbouring county of Berks. The results of his ten years' work are now before the botanical public in the handsome volume which — in spite of the date "1897" on its title-page— has only been published during the last month. As an examination of the new Flora reveals many points which demand criticism, I am anxious at the outset to express my ad- miration for I he zeal and industry which Mr. Druce devotes to his botanical work. There is probably no British botanist whose leisure— which Mr. Druce tells us is in his case "scanty" — is moie ungrudgingly spent in collecting and examining plants ; and I doubt whether any local flora contains the results of more individual work than the book now before me. Not only in the field but in the study Mr. Druce pursues his botanical investigations with unwearying enthusiasm ; and his volume shows an acquaintance with botanical literature as extensive as his knowledge of the plants themselves. And yet — the truth must be told — this most recent addition to our county floras cannot be regarded as satisfactory. It is dis- tinctly inferior to the Flora of Oxfordshire, and that in a degree exactly proportionate to its greater pretentiousness. The Flora of Oxfordshire contained about 600 pages ; the Flora of Berkshire has THE FLORA OF BERKSHIRE. 105 800, of which at least a quarter might have been omitted, not only without detriment, but with x^ositive gain to its usefulness. Take the introduction. Mr. Druce thinks it necessary to give not only the plants characteristic of each geological formation, for which there is something to be said — why is " Kimmeridge " always spelt with only one m ? — but the flora of very numerous localities receives a separtite enumeration: thus p. Ixxx begins — " The Ken- net valley, in addition to the plants already mentioned, affords, among others, the following interesting species," the whole remain- ing portion of the page being occupied with names of plants. Nearly a hundred pages are taken up with biographical matter — some of it paraphrased from similar accounts in the Flora of Oxfordshire — connected with those who have contributed, however slightly, to a knowledge of Berkshire plants : this would make, with some few corrections, an admirable foundation for a history of British botany, but is absolutely out of place in a local flora. The space thus lavished might well have been occupied by some account of the mosses, fungi, and other cryptogams ; it is strange at this date to find that no information whatever is given about these components of the flora. Some connection, however, exists between these matters and the flora of the county ; but this cannot be said for a vast deal of the information given. Mr. Druce seems to think the book affords a fitting opportunity for introducing to the botanical world his views about nomenclature, whether of orders, genera, species, or varieties. This I consider a mistake. If his conclusions are worth printing, a local flora is emphatically not the place for them. What is the advantage, in a local flora, of substituting " Gunner- acese " for " Haloragacese " ? To make matters worse, Mr. Druce wastes space by quoting synonyms for his orders — sometimes with absurd results, as when he cites CassiacecB of Link (Handb. ii. 135) as synonymous with Legu.minoscB.'^^ Link places Cassiacece as Ordo iii. of his Subclass LeguminoscB, and, as might be expected from its name, the order does not contain a single British plant ! Of course this citation of synonyms occupies in the aggregate a considerable amount of space. Mr. Druce says he has given them (for the species) from various British books and the Index Kewensis, ' ' in order to make the work more useful to those readers whose botanical library is limited." Had he been content with this no great harm would have been done, but unfortunately this is far from being the case. Four out of the seven synonyms given under Buda rubra do not come under this rule ; nor do either of those cited for Stellaria uligijiosa. As a matter of fact, the Flora is made a pretext for foisting upon botanical literature a number of new names, both of species and varieties, which seem to be created mainly in order that Mr. Druce may have the pleasure of putting " mihi " after them. The treatment of the genus Stellaria exemplifies Mr. * On p. clxxxvii Mr. Druce speaks of the name ^^ Leguminiferce^^ as "so generally used" that he has " not attempted to replace" it ; yet throughout the body of the book he calls it Leguminosa. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [March, 1898.] i 106 THE FLORA OF BERKSHIRE. Druce's methods. He retains tins name, but at the end we find the following : — '* Ohs. Strictly speaking the generic name Alsine takes pre- cedence of SU'Ilaria, as it comes first in the Species Plantaruvi, and has been adopted in preference in the American Check-list." Now it is quite true that some American botanists have agreed that priority of place in a book entitles to precedence; but the suggestion is not so much as referred to in the Berlin rules, and is opposed both to general practice and common sense ; while the adoption of a name in " the American Check-list" is hardly con- vincing. Moreover, Mr. Druce does not himself follow this rule — either here or elsewhere — e. g. under Buda and other places. What he does is to increase synonymy by citing as " synonyms " names here published for the first time ! Thus under SteUaria palustrU we find '^Alsine palustr'ni, mihi, not of Kellogg"; under S. umhrosa Opiz (here retained as a species), " Alsine umbrosa mihi." Under S. aqiiatica is a mysterious synonym " Alsine aquatica, leges" ; this is corrected on p. cxcix to " Britton in Mem. Torr. Club, v. (1894) 356." "Leges," however, as an authority is found on p. 151, in the synonymy under Vicia gemella ; I could not imagine what was meant, but Mr. Druce kindly informs me that he had intended thus to signify that the names to which it was appended should stand, if the "laws" which insist on the retention of the old specific name are observed, but that on reconsideration he struck it out of his MS., so that its retention in one or two places is accidental. A considerable amount of space is wasted in useless repetitions, and unnecessary citations ; as well as over records of the casuals — often of the most trivial kind. Thus Couringia orientalis, which occurred twice by a railway and once by a racecourse, has five lines of synonymy and seven of gossip''' about the name : for C. austriaca, Mr. Druce not only gives this new name (it having hitherto been called Co7iringia), but kindly suggests another which may be employed in case Coiiringia be disallowed — all this about a plant which once occurred on some waste ground ! Does Mr. Druce seriously suppose that the botanists of the world will feel bound to consult the Flora uf Berkshire in order to feel sure that he has not in some obscure paragraph suggested a new name for some plant which once appeared on a rubbish-heap in that county ? I propose to give in a separate article an example of Mr. Druce's treatment of species and their nomenclature ; and now pass to a consideration of two or three of his numerous varieties. In a note in this Journal for 1897 (p. 145) I expressed a view which is indeed common among botanists as to the undesirability of raising to varietal rank plants which differ from the type in some trivial or even accidental character. Mr. Druce is an old offender in this matter, and it is to be regretted that in his new Flora he pursues what I cannot but feel to be a mistaken course * Mr. Druce says "this spelling appears to he a misprint for Conringia" — a somewhat excessively cautious statement, as may be seen by consultmg Mr. Jackson's note in Journ. Bot. 1888, 90. THE FLORA OF BERKSHIRE, 107 with greater enthusiasm than ever. The fact that in the last edition of the London Catalogue the great bulk of his then published varieties were ignored might have shown him that they were regarded by some as of doubtful value, nor can it be anticipated that those which now make their appearance will be more fortunate. In some cases Mr. Druce identifies, on evidence which cannot be con- sidered as sufficient, certain British plants with named continental varieties ; in others he has himself named for the first time forms which appear to him worthy of distinction. I propose to consider one or two examples of each. Malva vwschata. " Var. Ramondiana, Gren. and Godr. I.e. has all the leaves entire and dentate ; . . . specimens were sent to the Bot. Exch. Club in that year." Mr. Druce in the Exchange Club Eeport for 1895 (p. 471) certaiuly speaks of his plant confidently as Ramondiana, but Mr. E. G. Baker, who has made a special study of Malcacea, appends a cautious note: "This certainly must closely approach var. Ramondiana, but I only know this from the description, which is ' feuilles toutes entieies, dentees.' The upper leaves here are certainly l)bed." In other words, the plant does not agree with the description of the type, to which it is unhesi- tatingly referred by Mr. Druce, without any reference to Mr. Baker's qualified opinion. Helleborus viridis. "Our plant is the vSiV. occident((l is (Renter, Cat. Grain. 1868 (see Schifiu. Mon. Helleb. 138), as a species) Druce in Journ. Bot. (1890) 227.''' It appears to be the common western form, chiefly differing from the type in being glabrous." A reference to Schiffner, whose monograph would have been more conveniently cited as in Engler's But. Jahrbiich, xi. 92-122, shows a much more careful dealing with Renter's plant, which is retained as a subspecies, with a long diagnosis stating the numerous points in which it differs from typical viridis. Mr. Druce does noi; seem to have seen Renter's plant, nor does he tell us how far the British form agrees with it, save in being glabrous : are we, on his view of what it " appears to be," to identify our plant with Renter's ? If so, we will not in any case call it " var. occidentalis Druce"; for an earlier varietal name is "var. Smithianns A. Br. in sched." which was published by Dr. Schiffner (/. c. 118) in 1889. Iberis amara. " Var. raficaalis (Lej.) DC. Syst. ii. 399 (1821), differing in its smaller size and purplish flowers, occurs occasionally with the type. . . . Mr. Tufnail tells me it was quite a feature at the back of Streatley woods this summer." It does not seem to have occurred to Mr. Druce that a plant called " ruficaulis " would present other characters of differentiation than " smaller size and purplish flowers" ; but it is indeed surprising to find that one of these two characters, if such they can be called, exists neither in Lejeune's original description (Fl. Spa, ii. 58 (1811) nor in DeCandolle, /. c. Lejeune (who, by the way, distinctly calls it "var." and speaks of it as "la variete ") says specifically " fleurs blanches," and DeCandolle says nothing as to the flowers differing from the " flores albi " of typical amara. Everyone who knows the candytuft where it whitens the fields, knows also the purple-flowered 108 THK t'LOllA OF BEllKSHlRE. form which, as Mr. Druce says, "occurs occasionally with the type " ; but who would dream of naming it as a distinct variet) ? These three examples, taken literally at random, will suffice to show the evidence on which Mr. Druce would add new forms to our British lists. It is only fair to say that occasionally Mr. Druce enunciates a sound principle which it is to be regretted he has not more generally followed ; thus, after having identified six of the Jordanic species of Erophila, he says : " I cannot claim certainty for the foregoing determinations, as without type-specimens it is most difficult in such critical forms to be certain of the correct identifi- cation." In this case, however, one is tempted to ask why " type- specimens" were not consulted, as many of Jordan's species, authen- ticated by himself, are in the National Herbarium ; and still more why, in such uncertainty, more than a page should be devoted to general talk and quasi-determination of these " micro-species." The following are examples of the new varieties established by Mr. Druce in the present work : — Malva sijlvestrls. " Var. laslocarpa, mihi. The carpels are described in English Botany as being glabrous, but specimens have been found with hairy carpels at Abingdon. ... In other respects the plant does not appear to differ from the type." On this most variable of characters Mr. Druce does not hesitate to encumber our nomenclature with a new name. But this is not all. How is Mr. Druce's plant distinguished from the var. dasycarpa of Beck (Fl. Nieder-Oesterr. 538) (1890)— " Theilfruchte reichlich Kurzhaar g " — with which Rouy and Foucaud (Fl. France, iv. 34) (1837) unite in part var. eriocarpa Boiss. (Fl. Or. i. 819) ? These authors add other characters basides that of " carpelles poilus," which tend to confirm the distinctness of the plant as a variety. Incidentally one notices " var. micrantha Bromf. (Fl. Vectensis, 80) (1856). This was described by its author as having flowers only a quarter''' of the normal size, and of a deeper and more uniform purple colour." Bromfield gives other characters, but even the above hardly justify Mr. Druce in including this name in his book on the strength of *' plants with flowers about half the normal size." Vicia gemcUd Crantz. " Var. fmmssima mihi. Leaves narrow and acute. Hilum as in V. gemella. V. gracilis auct. var. not of Lois. E. tetraspenimm L. var. tenuifolium Fries, Fl. Suec. 23. E. tenuissiiniun Pers. Syn. ii. 309." I cite this note in full, because it presents examples of various (although not all) of the inconveniences to which Mr. Druce's method of dealing with names must give rise. The name tenuissima "mihi," is, I presume, taken from Persoon's Enmm tenuissimum. This is, of course, a doubtful species, but, so far as I have looked up the matter, the best-known authorities — e. g. DC. (Prod. ii. 367), Nyman (Conspect. 212), Boissier (Fl. Orient, ii. 496), Koch (Syn. ed. i. 198 (1838), ed. 3, i. 689 (1892), Willkomm & Lange (Prod. Fl. Hisp. ii. 307), and the hidex Kewensis — agree in referring it to V. gracilis Lois. I am curious to know on what ground Mr. " Scarcely a quarter " are Bromfield 's words. THE FLORA OF BEIIKSHIRE. 101) Druce places Persoon's plant as a variety of V. gemella. The diagnosis of the new variety consists in the narrowness and acuteness of the leaves, for the hiliim is "as in V. gemella'' (the type), and so did not require mendon : here again we have a slight and variable character adopted as the diagnosis of a variety. It is undoubtedly true that V. ge)nella has at times been mistaken for V. gracilis, though no one who had consulted Loiseleur's excellent figure could make such a mistake : at least one of the localities (Wolvercote) for V. gracilis given in the Flora of Ox-fonJshire belongs to V. gemella and (as Mr. Druoe informs me) to his var. tenuissima, and 1 suspect the plant needs confirmation as an Oxfordshire species. As to the "var. tenuifoUum. Fries Fl. Suec. 23" — it should be 109 — all that Fries says of it is " Var. tenuifolia, quas potius forma primaria " ; so that Mr. Druce's citation can only be based on inference. Many examples might be given of named varieties for which even less is to be said than for this vetch ; e.g. '' Scilla festal is Salisb. var. hracteata mihi ; in this form the bracts are often so much developed as to considerably exceed the flowers." This form, which is not uncommon, is referred to by Mr. Archer Briggs in his admirable Flora of Plymouth ; — he, however, thought it siifiicient to speak of it as "a plant with extremely long bracts, the longest more than three times as long as the flower" — a reference more in accordance both with modesty and common sense. This review is far too long, but it might be indefinitely extended. Mr. Newbould used to say of Pfeifier's Nomenclator that there was material for a paper in every entry : I do not think I exaggerate when I say that there is matter for criticism on every page of Mr. Druce's book. In conclusion, I am anxious to make it clear that, so far as the county flora is concerned, Mr. Druce has done his work well and thoroughly. I have already expressed my conviction that no similar undertaking has involved more field work, and that the author has spared neither time nor trouble in its compilation. It is when he strays from the lines of a local flora into general observations that he exposes himself to adverse criticism, and diminishes the gratitude which our field-botanists feel towards one who adds an important contribution to the knowledge of British plants. It has always been my hope that Mr. Druce may see his way to completing his botanical history of the West Tliames subprovince by publishing a flora of Buckinghamshire, for which it is understood he has already collected much material. If in doing this he will confine himself strictly to the matter in hand, the reviewer of his work will have a pleasanter task than has fallen to my lot on the present occasion. James Britten. no ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.- Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. (Jan.). — S. M. Macvicar, ' On the Flora of Tiree.' — J. W. H. Trail, ' Topographical Botany of Scotland.' Bot. Centralblatt (Nos. 5-8). — M. Britzelmayr, * Revision der Diagnosen von Hymenomyceten Arten.' — A. Weberbauer, ' Zur Anatomie der Kapselfriichte.' — (No. 7). B. Fedtschenko, Abies Scmenovii, sp. n. — (No. 8). F. Ludwig, 'Die pflauzlichen Varia- tionscurven und die Gauss'sche Wahrscheinlichkeitscurve.' Bot. Gazette (22 Jan.). — F. Noll, ' Juhus von Sachs ' (portr.). — C. F. Millspaugh, ' Euphorbias of Dr. Palmer's Durango Collection.' — J. Erikson, ' Research into Grain Rust.' — K. E. Golden & C. G. Ferris, 'Red Yeasts' (2 pi.). — T. Holm, ' Cijnodon or CaprioJa? ' — G. L. Clothier, ' Root propagation of Ipomcea leptophylla.' — J. Schneck, ^ AphyHon virginianum.' — C. Warnstorff, ' Bidens connatiis.'' Bot. Notiser (haft i. : 15 Feb. — S. Mm^beck, ' De nordeuropeiska formerna af slagtet Ar/rostis.' — M. Heeg, ' Uber einige Arten der Gattiuig Riccia.' — H. G. Simmons, 'Algologiska Notiser.' Bot. Zeitung (16 Feb.). — ' Ueber die Staubgriibchen an den Stammen mid Blattstielen der Cyathaeaceen und Marattiaceen.' Ball, de VHerh. Boissier (Jan.). — P. N. Williams, Rhodalsine (1 pL). — E. Fischer, ' Schweizerische Rostpilze.' — C. Miiller, ' Bryologia Serrae Itatiaiae ' (Brazil; Cladostomani, gen.nov.). — Id., ' Plants Hasslerianae.' — R. Chodat, ' Etudes de biologie lacustre.' — E. Autran, Nicolas AlbofT. — J. Briquet, FlmpineUa Bicknellii, sp. n. — P. Cheneyard, Anacamptis pi/ramidalis var. tanayeiisis. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (25 Jan.). — M. A. Howe, ' Anthocerotaceae of N. America ' (6 pL). — C. C. Curtis, ' Evolution of Assimilative Tissue in Sporophytes.' — A. M. Vail. ' Studies in Asclepiadaceae.' — J. K. Small, New species oi Erloyonuui ; Acanthoscyphus, gen. iiov. (Polygonaceas). Gardeners' Chronicle (29 Jan.). — Crassula coluninaris (fig. 23). — [I'l Feb.). Passifiora edulis (fig. 36). — (19 Feb.). 'The genus Asphodeline' (figs. 43-45). Didiera mirabilis (fig. 42). Journal de Botanique (16 Jan., 1 Feb.). — M. Mirande, ' Malate et malophosphate de calcium dans les vegetaux.' — (16 Jan.). — . Hue, ' Les Ramalina a Richardmesnil.' — G. Martel, ' Dia- gramme floral des Cruciferes et des Fumariacees.' — (1 Feb.). E. Bescherelle, Rhacopilum pacijicum. — L. Vidal, 'La cause des faisceaux dans le receptacle floral des Labiees.' Xuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. (Jan.). — A. Baldacci, ' Collezione botanica d' Albania' (concl.). — R.Bellini, 'Autografi dell' 'Ecphrasis' di Fabio Colonna.' — G. B. Traverso, ' Flora urbica Pavese.' — M. * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not ahvays be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. Ill Abbado, ' L'ibridisino nei vegetali.' — S. Sommier, ' Aggiunte alia florula di Capraia.' Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Feb.). — S. Murbeck, Alectorolophus asperidm, sp. n. — K. Fritscli, ' Ziir Systematik der Gattuag Sorbiis' (cent.). — M. Schulze, ' Die Orchideen Deutschlands,' etc. — F. Pl'eiffer B. v. Wellheim, ' Zur Fixiriing und Praeparation der Siiss- wasseralgeu.' — J. Rick, 'Zar Pilzlaiude Vorarlbergs ' (concL). — C Baenitz, ' Ueber selteue und neue Rubi und Rubus-Hybriden ' (concL). BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, <&c. The Journal of the Boijal Microscopical Society for December contains an important " Contribution to the Freshwater Algae of the South of England," by Messrs. W. & G. S. West. Many new species are described, and the paper is illustrated by two plates, which might have been printed on better paper, reproduced by photography from Mr. G. S. West's drawings. Mr. A. W. Bennett adds as an "appendix'' a page of localities for freshwater algae in Middlesex and Surrey, but we do not gather that these have been confirmed by the Messrs. West— a fact which should be remembered when the paper is quoted. The National Herbarium has lately acquired a set of the plants collected in the Transvaal by Dr. F. Wilms. There is a large number of new species, many of them very closely allied to plants already familiar. The naming leaves something to be desired: e.g. the specimen (No. 621) sent out as Cephalaria attenuala Roem. & Schultes is merely the well-known South African form of Scabiosa Columbaria ; and the "Ranunculus" (No. 4) is clearly a Knouitonia. No. 8773, a Mesembryanthemum, is issued with a specific name which is already occupied. M. Gaston Gautier has just issued a Elore des Pyrenees-Orientales (Paris: Klincksieck, 1898). It is a list with full localities of tlie plants of the region, preceded by an introduction by M. Ch. Flahault and a useful bibliography. There are no descriptions, but we notice certain varieties among the Hieracia which appear to be new, although they are unaccompanied by any attempt at diagnosis. The date only appears on the back of the cover, being absent from title-page, preface, or introduction. ^ We note that the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club now appears under new editorship ; Dr. Britton has been succeeded as editor-in-chief by Mr. L. M. Underwood. We regret that Mr. G. S. Sargent's admirable periodical Garden ayid Forest has been dis- continued owing to lack of support. The Standard of Feb. 2, in a leading article, states that " The late Professor Cardale Babington, of Cambridge, was reported to have experimented more widely in search of edible fungi than most men; but when consulted by one who thought it a pity the resources 112 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. of Nature should not be more fully utilised, his advice amounted to ' Better let them alone ! ' " We find no record of this trait of the Professor's character in the recently published Memorials. We have omitted to notice the Annual Report (the eighth), issued by the Missouri Botanical Garden, which is no longer marred by the extraneous and irrelevant matter which at one time disfigured these handsome volumes. It is entirely occupied with tlie botany of the Azores, including a special paper by M. Cardot on the mosses (noticed on p. 415 of this Journal for 1897), and a complete enumeration of the flora — the result of expeditions under- taken in 1891 and 1896 by Prof. Trelease, Mr. C. S. Brown, and of other collections made in the islands. The novelties are few and unimportant, but the large number of plates (sixty-six in all), mauy of them illustrating endemic and little-known species, give the enumeration a special value. In The Naturalist for February, Mr. J. Larder gives a list of Lincolnshire Mosses, " being part i. of Notes for a future Crypto- gam ic Flora of Lincolnshire." British botanists will be glad to know that Lord de Tabley's Flora of Cheshire is likely to be published. The MS. copy as left by the author was practically complete, and Mr. Spencer Moore is now looking through it, with a view to seeing the volume through the press. A HANDSOME and weighty (5 lb. 2^ oz.) volume forms the first instalment of a comprehensive work by Dr. A. T. de Rochebrune, entitled " Toxicolotjie Africaine : etude botanique, historique, ethno- graphique, chimique, physiologique, therapeutique, pharmacolo- gique, posologique, &c." (Paris: Doin). It contains 935 pages and 3-45 figures, many of them reproductions from all kinds of places, and extends from Raniuiculacea to Rosacece — the Rose alone occupies more than two hundred pages. It is a reprint from the Bulletin of the Societe d'Histoire Naturelle d'Autun — a fact which we think should have been mentioned somewhere in the work itself. The English extracts require revision. Mr. Bentham is represented as having said of Hexaluhus: " This African genus is both remarkable: for the transverse undulation and fods, of the petales especially when the bad is near opening ; it is probably characteristic of genus" (p. 435). The "November" number of the Kew Bulletin bears the Stationery Office date of October, and was issued in February ; the date at the foot of the first page of each number, on which we have been accustomed to rely, cannot therefore be taken as that of actual issue. In the interests of science we once more call upon those responsible to render it possible to ascertain when each number is published. On the present occasion the matter is of no importance, as sixty out of the sixty-four pages are devoted to a reprint of portions of the Report of the West India Royal Com- mission, issued in the autumn of 1896 ; so that neither science nor commerce can be said to have suffered from the delay of the "November" Bulletin. Journ. Bot. Tab 385. G. Lister piiix. Myoetozoa. 113 MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA AND DOMINICA. By Arthur Lister, F.L.S. (Plate 385.) I AM indebted to Mr. William Cran, Principal of Coke College, Antigua, for specimens of Mycetozoa gathered by him in the latter part of 1896 and in 1897 in the island of Antigua, with a small number obtained during a sbort visit to Dominica. They were sent to me in order that they might be represented in the British Museum Collection, and are interesting as being the first of the kind that have been recorded from Antigua, and almost the first from the West Indies. The species correspond for the most part with those inhabiting the Southern States of North America, including several that are common in this country. Many of the specimens add greatly to our knowledge of forms which have been rarely met with hitherto. Mr. Cran's attention has only recently been called to the group from accidentally meeting with a copy of the little Guide to the British Mycetozoa published by the Trustees of the British Museum, and he may be congratulated on securing so much valuable material in the intervals of close professional occupation. The following are the species he has collected, often represented by numerous gatherings : — 1. Ceratiomyxa mucida Schroeter. On rotten wood. The speci- mens from Antigua are graceful white forms of var. f3 fleamosa ; one from Dominica approaches form «, and is of a pinkish tinge. 2. Badhamia nitens Berk. On bark. A specimen from Antigua resembles our English form, with the marked exception that the spores are in clusters of four, instead of the usual arrangement of six to ten ; they lack the coarse warts on the outer third which are present on most, but not all, British gatherings. Another specimen from Dominica is typical, with spores in rather loose clusters of eight to twelve ; as in the Antigua gathering, they are scarcely more warted on one side than the other. There is a specimen in the British Museum Collection from Ceylon, No. 574, which I had placed in error under Badhamia decipiens in the Brit. Mus. Cat. Myc. p. 33, not at first noticing that the spores are in loose clusters of about six, which proves it to be B. nitens. It was our only example of this species obtained to my knowledge out of England before we received these from Mr. Cran. 3. Badhamia macrocarpa Eost. On dead wood, Antigua. A small form with slender buff- coloured stalks ; spores 11 /x diam. 4. Badhamia panicea Eost. On bark, Dominica. The sporangia are small, in groups of three or four ; the capillitium is more typical of the genus than is often found in this species, being entirely devoid of hyaline threads ; the spores are large, measuring 14 /x. 5. Physarum variabile Eex. On dead leaves, Antigua. The sporangia are branching plasmodiocarps, or subglobose with here and there an indication of a rudimentary stalk ; the colour varies Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [April, 1898.] k 114 MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA AND DOMINICA. on different leaves from ochraceous to greenish grey; the lime- knots of the capillitium are pale yellow or nearly white. I place the specimens under the above name, and give a figure (PL 385, fig. 2,, a, b, c) because they differ from Rex's type in the sessile and paler sporangia ; they have also rather smoother spores. Whether these differences amount to a specific distinction appears doubtful, even if further material should show their constancy. Mr. Cran's gatherings at six months' interval present precisely the same cha- racters, and it may be well to mark the form as var. /? sessile. 6. Physarum melleum Mass. On dead leaves, Antigua. There is considerable variety in Mr. Cran's numerous gatherings of this species. The sporangia are either palish olive-brown or yellow- orange ; the stalks are mostly pure white, some are white merging into orange above, and one beautiful growth has dull orange sporangia and yellowish-pink stalks ; the columella varies in length ; the lime-knots have exceptionally a yellow tinge, but are mixed with others of the usual white colour in the same sporangium. 7. Physarum tenerum Eex. On bark, Antigua. The general character is typical, with lemon-yellow sporangia and yellow stalks shading to brown at the base ; but in some cases the sporangia are nearly white, with darker stalks; the capilHtium and spores are alike in all. 8. Physarum compactum List. On dead leaves, Antigua. The stalks are pure white to the base, similar to the specimen from Dominica in the British Museum Collection (figured Brit. Mus. Cat. Myc, PI. X.b). 9. Physarum viride Pers. a luteum. On dead wood, Antigua. A fairly typical specimen. The capillitium consists of rather broad and rigid hyaline threads, with orange lime-knots. 10. Physarum Berkeleyi Rost. (PI. 385, fig. 3, a, b, c). On cocoa- nut lalm leaves, Antigua. Mr. Cran observes that in Antigua all dead exogenous wood is so rapidly excavated by white ants, that little sustenance remains for the growth of Mycetozoa, while palm branches are neglected by the ants, and supply rich ground for collecting. He has sent five gatherings of Phi/sarum Berkeleyi, collected at different times ; in all of them the sporangia are sub- globose, of a bright yellow colour, shading into rufous in the persistent base. Each gathering differs slightly from the others in the length and thickness of the translucent red-brown stalk, and in the number and size of the lime-knots in the capillitium ; in some these are small, from 5 to 15 /xdiam., in others large and branching, with comparatively few hyaline threads. I have been favoured by Prof. Penzig, of Genoa, with the inspection of six gatherings of this species, made by him in Java in 1896 ; they correspond with Mr. Cran's in all respects. These eleven examples are interestiug as throwing hght on specimens which have presented some difficulty. They fall in with a series including the slender type of P. Berkeleyi from Dr. Rex, from Philadelphia (figured Brit. Mus. Cat. Myc, PI. XII. b); p. oblatum Macbr. B.M. 107; P. Maydis Morgan, MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA AND DOMINICA. 115 B. M. slide ; P. auriscalpium Cke. (Brit. Mus. Cat. Myc. p. 61, PI. xxiii.B, provisionally placed under P. rubiginosum) ; P. suIjjJiu- reum (A. & S.) Sturgis;* Badhamia citrinella Cel. fil., kindly furnished me by Dr. Celakovsky ; the type of Badhamia decipiens in the Strassburg and Kew collections ; and with our own gatherings of P. Berkeleiji from Witley, Surrey, and Lyme Eegis, Dorset. On placing the sixteen camera-lucida drawings of these specimens side . by side, they make so complete and graduated a series that it is difficult to draw definite lines and say this belongs to one species and that to another. For practical purposes, however, it is neces- sary that certain centres should be recognized. In correspondence with Dr. Sturgis he suggests that Badhamia decipiens Berk. & Curt, should stand, as at first described by Berkeley, as a sessile form with true Badhaynia capillitium, and that Physarum auriscalpium Cke. should embrace the stalked or sometimes sessile forms with large branching lime-knots ; P. Berkeleyi Kost. would then include the more slender growths with abundant hyaline threads and small lime- knots. This suggestion appears from the material at our disposal to be a good one, and the three species would be defined as under : — Badhamia decipiens. Sporangia subglobose or plasmodiocarps, sessile, yellow or orange-yellow ; sporangium-wall smooth or rugose ; capillitium a coarse network of strands with broad expansions, charged throughout with orange lime-granules ; spores violet-brown, equally and minutely spinulose all over, 10-13 /x diam. Physarum auriscalpium. Sporangia subglobose, sessile or stipi- tate, varying in colour from orange-red to orauge-yellow ; sporangium- wall containiug clustered deposits of yellow lime-granules, sometimes with a cracked and squamulose outer layer; stalk red-brown or blackish-brown, translucent ; capillitium of large branching orange- yellow lime-knots connected by few hyaline threads ; spores rather dark violet-brown, minutely spinulose, 9-11 /x diam. Physarum Berkeleyi. Sporangia globose, hemispherical or sub- pyriform, stipitate, erect or nodding, yellow or grey with a yellow base, or iridescent from the absence of lime (when it is the form described by Berkeley as P. flavicomum) ; sporangium-wall mem- branous, smooth or rugose with innate clusters of lime-granules, often thickened and orange-red at the base, or destitute of lime and * Dr. Sturgis, of the Agric. Exp. Station, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A., has kindly sent me a specimen of the species he has described and figured as Phy- sarum sul])liureum Alb. & Schw. (Bot. Gazette, xviii. 187). In a former letter to me he says: "there can be little doubt that it is identical with the scanty specimen under that name in the Schweinitz Collection, and it is fair to presume that Schweinitz had sufficient grounds for considering his American specimen to be identical with that found in Europe." The original description of the stalk of the European type of P. sulphureum is as follows: — " Stipes e basi crassa in formam exacte conicam attenuatus, albus " (Albertini and Schweinitz, Conspectus Fungorum, p. 93, publ. 1805). This description is inapplicable to any member of the group we are dealing with, in which the stalk, when present, is translucent, and orange or red-brown ; the term " albus" implies that the conical stalk was charged with lime, as in P. nielleum Mass. Comparison shows that Dr. Sturgis's P. sulphureum is the same species as P. auriscalpium Cke., and, considering the uncertainty that attaches to the former name, he now proposes that P. auriscalpium Cke. should stand as repre- senting this American form. g. 2 116 MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA AND DOMINICA. colourless ; stalk slender subulate, or short and stout, red-brown or orange, translucent ; capillitium a network of slender hyaline threads with numerous flat expansions at the axils ; the lime-knots yellow, augular or branching, but varying in different gatherings with respect to size, shape, and number, as well as in the breadth of the connecting threads ; spores pale violet-brown, very minutely spinulose, 7-9 /x diam. I here interpose a reference to a species that is included under Badhamia decipiens in the Brit. Mus. Cat. Myc. p. 33, which must be separated from the group we have been considering ; the figures there given, PL iii. B,a,b,c, were drawn from a specimen from Fair- mount Park, Philadelphia, sent me by the late Dr. Rex as identical with one in the Schweinitz Collection under the name of Phijmruni reticulatum A. & S. (syn. CienJcowskia reticulanim Eost., an erroneous naming by Schweinitz which has led to a misunderstanding in America of the true character of CienkowsJda). Since the publi- cation of the British Museum Catalogue, evidence has now come to hand which proves the specific distinction between this and B. decijnens. In the specimens I have seen the spores differ from those of that species in being more distinctly warted on one side than the other, the capillitium is paler in colour, and often more truly that of a Pkysamm ; in these observations I am confirmed by Dr. Sturgis. The species is referred by Mr. Massee to Physarum r/yrosum Rost. (Mass. Monograph Mya-ogastres, -p. SOI) ; unfortunately the type-specimen under that name in the Strassburg Herbarium is a form of Fuligo septica. The name P. gyrosum could not therefore be adopted for the American species ; but it has been well described by Mr. Morgan under the name of Physarum Serpula, n. sp. in " Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio" (Journ. of Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. Aug. 1896, p. 101), so that at length it has obtained a definite position. 11. Physakum nutans Pers. var. y leucoph^um. On dead wood, Antigua. A very limited specimen. The dark stalk extends into the sporangium as a conical columella, from which radiate the scanty hyaline threads of the capillitium ; these are sparingly branched, and have broad flat expansions at the axils ; the lime-knots are long, narrow, and forked; the spores are pale violet, 8 /x diam. A conical dark columella is not uncommon in robust British speci- mens of var. 7 ; but the capillitium of this from Antigua is different from that met with in any of our English gatherings. It is in- teresting to compare the Antiguan example with eight specimens of P. nutans collected by Prof. Penzig in Java ; there are six in which the capillitium resembles that from Mr. Crau, having branching lime- knots sometimes running into a Badhaniia-like network, but much more profuse than in the Antigua form ; the stalks are long and slender, pure white, filled with refuse matter at the base, or dark below and pale above. One of the eight specimens is typical P. nutans var. /?, and another has an intermediate position between var. /3 and y. None of the Java sporangia have a columella. Although these Antigua and Java forms are striking, there appears to be no specific character to separate them from P. nutans. MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA AND DOMINICA. 117 12. Physarum calidris List. On fibrous tissue (palm leaves?), Antigua. There are four gatherings of this species. The sporangia are either smooth or rugose on red stalks ; they show variation in the capillitium from the Badhamia to the Physarum type such as are met with in England. 13. Physarum compressum Alb. & Schw. On dead leaves and sticks, Antigua. Two gatherings of the typical form, with com- pressed simple or lobed sporangia on grey stalks. 14. Physarum pallidum List. (syn. Diderma pallidum, Berk. & Curt.) (PI. 385, fig. 1, a, b, c ). On leaves, Antigua. Mr. Cran has sent five gatherings of this species. The sporangia vary in colour from reddish brown to buff, bright yellow or nearly white ; they are sessile on a narrow elongated base, either ovoid and somewhat angular, or flexuose terete plasmodiocarps ; the outer sporangium- wall is smooth, and densely charged with white lime on the inner side ; it is usually areolated more or less closely with pale lines, and along these lines it breaks and separates in reflexed lobes from the persistent membranous inner wall ; the capillitium consists of numerous white lime-knots connected by slender hyaline threads ; the spores are 8 fx diam., nearly smooth, pale violet-brown, resembling those of P. nutans. The species is represented in the Kew Collection by a specimen from South Carolina marked Diderma pallidum Berk. & Curt. No. 1972, and in the British Museum Collection by one from Eavenel under the same name ; there are other specimens also in the British Museum from South Carolina, Georgia, and Brisbane, marked " Physarum,'" ^' Bidyvmim Serpida,'' and ^'Aijgi- ordium valvatum." Diderma pallidum is mentioned by Berkeley in Grevillea, ii. 52, under "Notices of North American Fungi," and reference is made to the specimen No. 1972, but he does not describe it, and no previous record of the name can be traced. Although it is undoubtedly a distinct species, Eostafinski gave Diderma pallidum as a synonym for Physarum bivalve, one of its nearest allies ; from the crushed state of the herbarium specimens he would have had difficulty in making out the general characters, and the difference of the paler and smoother spores seems to have escaped his notice, as it did my own on the first examination of these specimens. There are specimens of P. bivalve from South Carolina in the British Museum, but Mr. Cran has not yet met with this species in Antigua. Prof. Penzig has collected both P. bivalve and P. pallidum in Java. 15. Physarum murinum List. var. /? ^neum, n. var. (PI. 385, fig. 4, a, b, c). On palm-leaf, Dominica. The single gathering consists of a few elUpsoid sporangia, and a number of branching or anasto- mosing plasmodiocarps. The species has hitherto been only obtained from Scotland, Sweden, and the United States ; and the Dominica specimen differs from all previous examples in several particulars. The general colour under a pocket-lens is dull bronze as compared with the usual pinkish brown ; the sporangium -wall is of two layers, contrasting with the single wall of former specimens ; the outer layer separates and folds back from the inner, especially in the 118 MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA AND DOMINICA. lower half, while remaining connected above ; it is semicartilaginous in substance, of a yellow-olive colour, and mottled with deposits of brownish lime-granules ; the inner layer is membranous ; where the spores and upper part of the wall have fallen away, the interior of the sporangium, as seen as an opaque object, shines like brass with iridescent reflections ; it is dotted over with pale papilla, w^hich in some cases may be points of attachment to the capilhtium. These striking differences from the type of P. murhuim might constitute a specific distinction, if further gatherings should confirm their con- stancy.^ The capilhtium, however, with its brown Hme-knots and pale violet-brown spores, are essentially typical of the species. The spores are small, measuring 7 /x, but they correspond with those of a stalked form of F. muriiiuui sent me by Mr. Robert Fries from near Upsala, in October, 1897. Until we have further in- formation, I propose to mark the Dominica specimen as Physaniui munmim var. (Eneum. 16. Physaeum cinereum Pers. Five specimens on bark and herbaceous stems, Antigua. They are the English form with pale spores. 17. Physarum conglomeratum Rost. On dried leaf, Antigua. The sporangia are browner, more irregular in shape, and more scattered than usual ; the vitreous structure of the sporangium-wall, though present, is also less pronounced ; the spores, measuring 7-8 [x, are more spinulose than in typical examples. It is an un- common form, but in shape it resembles a gathering from Lyme Regis. 18. FuLiGO sEPTicA Gmel. Antigua. A typical yellow sethalium. 19. FuLiGO ELLiPsospoRA List. On rind of papaw tree, Antigua. The specimen consists of two small sethalia with characteristic spores. 20. Physarella mirabilis Peck. On withered frond of cocoanut palm, Antigua. Two specimens ; one quite typical, the other with thick and irregular stalks. 21. Craterium leucocephalum Ditm. On dead leaves, Antigua. The sporangia are mottled red and white in the upper two-thirds, and have rather long red-orange stalks. 22. Chondrioderma spumarioides Rost. On bark, Antigua. A single good gathering. The sporangium-wall is cracked in areola, and the inner layer adheres closely to the outer. It varies slightly from the type in the very prominent white columella, and in the spores, which measure 10 /x, being rather darker and more spinulose. 23. Chondrioderma Michelii Rost. On dead leaves, Antigua. Two fine typical gatherings. 24. Chondrioderma rugosum Rex. On dead leaves, Dominica. This gathering is interesting as being the only one we are acquainted with, except the type obtained and named by the late Dr. Rex from North Carohna. The stalks are black, the clavate columella is white, with a narrow pale tawny base; the substance of the sporangium-wall and the slender capilhtium are the same as in MYCKTOZOA OF ANTIGUA AND DOMINICA. 119 Eex's gathering, from which the Dominica specimen differs in the size of the spores, that measure 14 fi as opposed to 9 /x. 25. DiACH^A ELEGANS Fr. On dead leaves, Antigua. The two gatherings of this species have the white stalks longer than the cylindrical sporangia, and almost smooth spores ; a typical form. 26. DiDYMiuM EFFUSUM Link. On dead leaves, &c., Antigua. There are three large gatherings of this species, which Mr. Gran says is most abundant in the island. The sporangia are subglobose and stalked, and the capillitium varies from almost black to colour- less, as it does in European specimens. 27. DiDYMiuM Clavus Eost. On dead leaves, Antigua. A single typical specimem with short dark stalks. 28. DiDYMiuM NiGRiPEs Fr. y xanthopus. On dead leaves, Antigua. A single gathering. The stalks are dark brown, shading upwards into dull orange ; the columella and capillitium colourless ; the spores are pale and measure 7 ft, which is small for the species. In comparing a series of English gatherings of var. xanthopus a great difference is observed in the depth of the colour of the spores ; specimens with dark and with pale spores are in about equal pro- portion. 29. Stemonitis fusca Eoth. On dead wood, &c., Antigua. There are several gatherings of this species. The spores are closely reticulated in all, and vary in size from 7 to 10 /x diam. 30. Stemonitis splendens Eost. On dead wood, Antigua. In one gathering the superficial net of the capillitium has the small mesh of Eostafinski's type from Texas, in another the mesh is broader ; the spores measure 6-7 />t diam. 31. Stemonitis herbatica Peck. There are two gatherings from Antigua, one on palm-leaf and the other on " decayed stumps of sandbox trees," and one from Dominica. The superficial net of the capillitium is similar to that of Peck's type ; the spores are greyish, 6-7 />o diam. 32. Stemonitis Smithh Macbr. On wood, Antigua. The six gatherings of this species differ from the usual type in the delicate surface net of the capillitium having a wider mesh ; the spores measure 5-5-5 fji. 33. Comatricha Persoonii Eost. On wood, Antigua. There are three gatherings. They are all of a small form with rather clavate sporangia of a pinkish colour, and take an intermediate position between the type and var. /3 tenerrima; the spores are nearly smooth, 6-7 jtt diam. 34. Comatricha typhoides Eost. On dead wood, Antigua. A typical form with dense intermediate capillitium ; the spores measure 5-6-5 /x, and have the widely scattered warts remarked on by Dr. Eex as characteristic of the species. 35. Comatricha longa Peck. On a slip of wood, Antigua. The specimen is in perfect condition. Mr. Cran writes : "I found it on a root hanging down like a goat's beard ; some of the sporangia must have been almost or quite two inches in length." 120 MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA AND DOMINICA. 36. Lamproderma arcyrionema Eost. On decayed leaves of cocoanut palm, Antigua. Two gatherings with stalks 1-8 mm. long; the capillitiiun is dark and much crisped. "It was quite lustrous," Mr. Cran writes, "when first seen, though almost black wath perhaps a slightly yellowish tinge ; under the microscope the enclosing membrane looked like polished silver." 37. Lamproderma irideum Mass. On dead leaves, Antigua. Two very typical specimens, though the dark branches of the capillitium are less pale than usual at their point of attachment to the apex of the columella ; the spores measure 7 /^, and are marked with the normal number of about eight warts across the hemisphere. 38. Cribraria tenella Schrad. There are two specimens from Antigua on dead wood, andone from Dominica. Inall,the sporangium- net is regular, with scarcely the rudiments of a cup ; the nodes of the net are round, seldom triangular, and without free rays. 39. Cribraria languescens Eex. Antigua. " The Plasmodium is dark reddish-brown, rising out of rotten wood in little cushions, as in Dictijdium umhilicatuw.'' We have three fine gatherings of this graceful species, which Mr. Cran finds is abundant in the island. They are similar to the types from Dr. Rex. Judgiug from the examples we have seen, its character appears to be, for a Cribraria, remarkably constant. We have no record of the species having before been obtained, except from three of the States of North America. 40. Cribraria violacea Rex. There are two gatherings on dead wood from Antigua of this delicate and beautiful species. The sporangia measure O'Ol mm. diam. I may mention that a frag- ment of ash-stick was sent by me from Lyme Regis to Miss A. L. Smith at the British Museum for the examination of a small fungus growing on it. The stick was kept moist under a glass shade for some weeks, when a fine grow^th of Cribraria violacea was found to have developed ; the sporangia are larger than those from Antigua, measuring 0-025 mm., but similar to those collected by Mr. Saunders in Buckinghamshire and by Dr. Rex from near Philadelphia. 41. DicTYDiuM umbilicatum Schrad. On dead wood, Antigua. This is the common form received from all parts of the world, and always singularly constant in character. The brown variety with a symmetrical cup (referred to in the Brit. Mus. Cat. Myc. p. 148), though less frequent, is also cosmopolitan, and is so little subject to variation that it deserves a varietal, if not a specific, distinction. I mark it as Ya,v. fuscum. 42. TuBULiNA sTiPiTATA Rost. On dead wood, Antigua. A single specimen of three shortly stipitate clusters. The spores measure 4 fjL diam. 48. HEMiTRicmA CLAVATA Rost. Two gatherings from Antigua on dead wood. The sporangia are of the usual form and colour ; the spores are exceptionally small, measuring 6 /x in one specimen, and 7 /x in the other. 44. Hemitrichia Serpula Rost, On dead wood, Antigua. The gatherings received of this species are interesting as illustrating the MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA AND DOMINICA. 121 variation that occurs in the spinose character of the capillitium, and also as showing the close connection that exists between the two genera Trichia and Heiidlrichia. In one specimen the capil- litium is strongly spinose, in another good development the threads are almost smooth, and although the Hemitriclda structure prevails, there are many free elaters of various lengths, some of them very short ; in this respect it corresponds with a specimen of H. Seiyida from New Zealand, referred to in the introduction to the Brit. Mus. Cat. Mycetozoa, p. 16. 45. Hemiteichia rubiformis List. On bark, Antigua. A typical specimen. 46. Arcyria ALBiDA Pers. On dead wood, Antigua. This variable species is well represented in Mr. Gran's gatherings. Some of the sporangia are ovoid, some cylindrical, and either solitary or in clusters of three or four on a combined stalk ; the colour varies from grey to buff and orange-yellow. The last might rank as var. jjomiformis, but the sporangia are shortly cylindrical. The capillitium is more or less spinose in different gatherings, but it is of precisely the same character in some of both the grey and orange-yellow sporangia. 47. Arcyria punicea Pers. This species is represented by five gatherings from Antigua, and one from Dominica. In the Dominica specimen and in two of those from Antigua the capillitium is of the usual English type ; in the others the threads are extremely slender, beset with sharp and rather distant spines — a form that has been collected before in hot climates. 48. Arcyria incarnata Pers. On dead wood, Antigua. An interesting slender form of the species ; the capillitium is unattached to the smooth, delicately membranous cup, and has numerous clavate free ends. 49. Arcyria insignis Cke. & Kalchb. On dead wood, Antigua. Mr. Cran has sent five gatherings of this minute form. The sporangia are in small scattered clusters, pale rosy red, and in- conspicuous from the slender capillitium spreading widely. Until recently the two specimens from the Cape in the Kew Herbarium were the only known examples of the species. In December, 1896, I received from Dr. Nyman, of Upsala, a fine specimen of a larger form than those referred to ; the unexpanded sporangia are cylindric, measuring 1-1-3 mm. in total height, of which the stalks are 0*3- 0-5 mm. ; it was obtained at St. Angelo, Brazil, by G. Malme, in January, 1893 ; though differing in the size of the sporangia, the character of the capillitium is precisely the same as in the Cape and Antigua gatherings. Among the Java specimens collected by Prof. Penzig there is one of A. ijisignis of the same form as the type in the Kew Herbarium ; it consists of six clusters of sporangia with expanded capillitium, on dead wood. With the exception of the Brazil specimen, none of the recorded examples retain their original form. It is satisfactory that the integrity of the species is now well established. 50. PERiCH^NACHRYSosPERMAList. On dead wood, Antigua. The five specimens of this species present the variation in the length of 122 EXPERIMENTS IN CKOSS-FERTILISATION OF SALICES. the spines on the capilHtium observed m our English gatherings ; in some the spines are scattered and longer than the diameter of the thread, in others they are minute and unusually crowded. 51. Perich^na VARIABILIS Eost. On dead wood, Antigua. Fine specimens of winding and anastomosing plasmodiocarps, which vary in colour from brown to olive-ochraceous ; the characteristic papil- lose inner wall is well marked. 52. Perich^na depressa Libert. Mr. Gran writes : " On fallen bark, often on the inner side and seeming to love the dark"; Antigua. There are four handsome gatherings, showing great diversity of colour in the sporangia ; in one they are pale ochre, with the outer wall strongly charged with crystalline deposits of lime ; the others vary from dull rosy red to deep purple-brown ; the profuse capillitium in the pale and red sporangia is remarkably firm and even in thickness ; that of the purple-brown sporangia is of the usual irregular and weak type ; the spores measure 9 /x. 53. Lycogala miniatum Pers. On dead wood, Antigua. The sethalia are small, with thin but characteristic cortex. Explanation of Plate 385. — 1. Pity sarum pallidum List. 2. Physarum variabile Eex, ^ sessile. 3. Physarum Berkeleyi Kost. 4. Physarum murinum List. /3 ceneum. a. Sporangia x 20. h. Capillitium and spores x 280. c. Spore X 600. Note. — Since the foregoing went to press, I find that Dr. Raci- borski has published in Hedivi/iia, xxxvii. 1898, pp. 50-55, an account of the Mycetozoa he had collected in Java in 1896-7. Among the species he enumerates is Physarum hogoriense Eacib., n. sp., the description of which so accurately applies to the specimens of P. pallidum received from Mr. Gran, that I cannot doubt it is the same species; in which case P. hogoriense must take precedence as its first published name under Physarum. EXPEEIMENTS IN GEOSS-FEETILISATION OF SALIGES. By Edward F. Linton, M.A. It not unfrequently happens that a suspected willow-hybrid has to be left in interminable doubt as to its origin, for want of con- vincing evidence. Such is the case of S. decipiens Hoffm. and S. acuminata Sm. ; they were described long ago ; their origin has been speculated on and guessed at, with no definite result ; but if either of these could be reproduced through cross-fertihsation by hand, a puzzling question would be settled. It occurred to me some years ago to make experiments among the willows growing in my garden, in the hope of obtaining hybrids about whose origin there could be no doubt. This was not so easy a matter as it seemed ; the process ife Hable to all sorts of mis- carriages ; failures have been far more numerous than successes ; EXPERIMENTS IN CROSS-J?ERTlLISATION OF SALICES. 123 still, in the course of the last five or six years, the Rev. Wm. R. Linton at Shirley and myself at Bournemouth have been able to produce a fair number of satisfactory hybrids ; and we are issuing some of the most interesting products in our Set of British Salices. For instance, S. viminalis L. ( ? ) was fertilised with pollen of S. r&pens L., and in due time a good growth of seedlings was estab- lished, some male, some female. All the sowing came true, and the plants retained in the garden are all fairly intermediate ; but there is great variety of expression, and the eye can easily detect differences in most of the individuals of the crop. None of the plants resemble the S. repens variety rosmarinifolia, E. B. tab. 1366, reproduced by Syme to represent what he calls S. rosmarinifolia var. angustifolia Wulf. ; but some agree pretty nearly with E. B. tab. 1365 {8. ros- marinifolia "Linn." Boswell-Syme) which Wimmer detected as representing S. viminalis — repens. An apparent failure has occasionally been converted by accident into a fortunate mistake, as when 8. Myrsinites was fertilized with ;S'. Arbuscula pollen, and a genuine undoubted example of S. Myrsinites X phylici/olia came out !* Two or three such cases have occurred, in which a much-desired hybrid was produced unintentionally. This intermediate plant of 8. Myrsinites x p/iyHcifolia ( $ ) has been of the greatest service, not only in supplying excellent material for the Set, but in exposing the claims of one or two pretenders. Of another hybrid supposed to be British, viz. 8. Lcvppoyium x repens, the only published plant has lately been withdrawn. Whether it is a British hybrid, or not, authentic plants have been growing at Bournemouth, made by design, and have served for the issue of specimens which may at any time prove very useful for comparison. Besides the production of some hybrids which are known to occur in nature, the Rev. W. R. Linton and myself have experi- mented in the direction of the probable, but not as yet recorded : and have found that some of these resist all our efforts so far, while some others have been made without difficulty. Three of these, which have been developed successfully, and which might be discovered in a limited range of country among the mountainous districts of Scotland, have been thought worthy of issue in the Set of British Salices, and a short account of each of them is subjoined. S. Caprea X LANATA, nov. liybr. Set of British Willows (1894, &c.). No. 88. Habit low, spreading or ascending ; leaves subentire, large, roundish ovate, very shortly acuminate, green above, glaucous grey below, very silky at first, then pi. m. glabrescent reticulate ; stipules large, usually present, very obliquely pointed or rouuded. Catkins large, handsome, resembling 8. lanata ; scales oblong- obovate to oblong-lanceolate, densely clothed with long silky hairs; nectaries square or oblong. 8. Caprea L. has been seen on Meall nan Tarmachan, Mid-Perth, at the 8. lanata elevation, and also is * The pollen of S. Arbuscula does not take at all readily. In this case of course the female S. Myrsinites catkin had been pre-fertilised with S. phylici- folia pollen, probably by bees, which are very busy among the willow flowers. 124 EXPERIMENTS IN CROSS-FERTILISATION OF SALICES. abundant at the mouth of the Doll, near Clova, Forfar, not far below the S. lauata level. The occurrence of the hybrid may therefore be looked for. At one time I regarded a foliage specimen of S. lanata in the Borrer Herbarium, Kew, as this hybrid ; it was labelled " Ex hb. J. H. Balfour 5 Salix . Glen Isla, Aug. 1837." A note is added by Borrer, " 5 Why not 5. lanata ? " A later hand has added, " Probably S. Caprea by its stipules, 1847." The specimen certainly has a look of both ; but, judged by aid of my own authentic specimens, it must be relegated to S. lanata L. S. ciNEREA X Myrsinites, nov. liybr. Set of British Willows, No. 92. Habit ascending; bark very dark, blackish brown; buds dark brown, pubescent ; 1. oblong or ovate-oblong, dull glaucous green beneath, green and shining above, crenate or crenate-serrate ; stipules broadly rounded below, ^-cordate, acuminate, subpersistent; catkins intermediate in size ; anthers reddish yellow. In the north parts of Scotland, where S. Myrsinites L. descends to a low level, this hybrid may well be looked for. As a young bush, my plant has as yet the habit of S. Myrsinites, to which parent the gloss of the upper side of the leaves, the point and persistence of the stipules, the colour of the buds and bark, and the reddish anthers are due. S. cinerea (the male parent) comes out in the larger broad-based stipules, and the larger leaves with their glaucous colouring beneath. S. LANATA X KEPENs, uov. hybr. Set of British Willows, No. 99, made at Bournemouth ; also No. 100, made at Shirley, S. Derby. Ascending, bark dark after the first season ; leaves oval-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, entire or faintly crenate, silky at first, but pi. m. glabrescent ; stipules rather small, lanceolate ; catkins large, fairly intermediate, scales oblong-obovate, very silky, discoloured; ovaries glabrous, shortly pedicelled ; nectaries much shorter than pedicels ; style long. The bushes on which this description is founded are both female, and were made by fertilising S. repeiis with pollen of *S'. lanata. Since S. herbacea x repens has been ascertained to be one of our British hybrids (Journ. Bot. 1897, 362), there is no antecedent im- possibility that would prevent the union in a native station of S. lanata and *S'. repens ; though the very local range of the former renders the discovery of the hybrid improbable. Such a hybrid might, however, be very easily passed over or laid on one side as doubtful, for in our plants there is little resemblance to either parent ; and, if found wild, they would prove a hard knot for any salicologist to untie. Some interesting observations have been made in the course of these investigations, and one of them may be fitly introduced here. As was said above, some combinations have so far resisted our efforts ; in some cases these attempts have been made in vain. Thus, though in theory every willow is supposed to be capable of crossing with each of the other species, experiment seems to show that some cross with greater readiness, others with reluctance, and others again obstinately refuse to enter into any alliance at all. And this throws a httle light (not much !) on the extreme rarity of a likely hybrid such as S. Caprea x cinerea, and the entire absence of some others which are looked for and not found. 125 A NOTE ON FKAGARIA. By James Bkitten, F.L.S. The treatment which Mr. Druce in his Flora of Berksliire (pp. 189, 190) metes out to our British Strawberries seems to me so likely to involve a hitherto sufficiently simple genus in confusion, and to introduce new and untenable names into our nomenclature, that I propose to deal with it at greater length than was possible in the review of his book (pp. 101-9). My remarks will incidentally show the light-heartedness with which accepted nomenclature is sometimes overturned, and the slender grounds on which new species are launched into being — even by those who, like Mr. Druce, spare neither time nor industry in the pursuit of botanical in- vestigation. Fbagaria bercheriensis. Under this name Mr. Druce proposes an addition to the known species of Fragarla. It is true that he expresses many doubts as to the position of the plant, but he gives it specific rank in the text of his Flora. It may be well to consider its claims to this position, and this I am the better able to do as the Rev. W. R. Linton has kindly lent me excellent specimens collected and authenticated by Mr. Druce. I propose in the first place to quote Mr. Druce's account of the plant, omitting the localities, and then to comment upon this and upon the specimens. The former runs thus : — " F. BERCHERIENSIS, Drucc, in Rep. Bot. Exch. Club (1894). 446. ? F. vesca x cliiloensis. — The plant has the large leaves with the open teeth and papyraceous texture of F. chiloensis, but the flowers and fruit are not larger than in normal F. vesca. The hairs on the stem are reflexed. Typical F. vesca grows in the ditches in the vicinity. The facies of the plant is fairly well represented in the plate of F. duinetorum, Jord., in Jordan and Fourreau's Icones (t. xxvi.) ad Flora Europce, but F. dumetorum belongs to the group of F. collina, which has an erect calyx appressed to the succulent receptacle ; in F. bercheriensis they are reflexed as in F. vesca, from which it is distinguished by its much larger leaves of a more papyraceous texture, with more open teeth, the upper surface of a darker green, the lower whitish in tint with very prominent leaf- veins ; the calyx somewhat resembles cliiloensis. From F. chiloensis it may be distinguished by its much smaller flowers and fruits. In the shade form of F. vesca, illustrated by the var. sylvatica in Herb. Ft. Ingricm, the plant is not so large nor are the leaves so markedly light in colour on the under surface, and the leaf cutting is more acute and the teeth closer together. The fact of its fruiting freely is not an absolute proof of its not being of hybrid origin. " Specimens were distributed through the But. Exch. Club in 1894 ; the editor, the Rev. W. R. Linton, reports that he has seen just the same plant in Norfolk and near Godalming in Surrey. Possibly our plant may be only an extreme form of F. vesca. Com- parative cultivation is needed before we can decide definitely if the 126 A NOTE ON FRAGARIA. plant I have provisionally called F. herclieriemis be of hybrid origin or a variety of F. vesca, or a subspecies bearing the same relation to F. vesca as F. dumetorum does to F. collina. Probably this plant is occasionally reported as F. elatioi\'' It will be observed that no less than five views are suggested as to the plant, which first appeared in print in 1895. It stands first as a species, then as a doubtful hybrid, then as possibly an extreme form of F. vesca, then as a possible variety of that species, and lastly as a possible subspecies. When Mr. Druce sent it to the Exchange Club, with a note which is embodied in the above extract,''' Mr. W. R. Linton remarked *' Cultivation alongside of type vesca would show if it possesses features justifying its taking position as a variety or species"; Mr. Druce has adopted this suggestion, but seems to have taken no steps to carry it out. It is difficult to see any justification for publishing the plant as a species, even if we ignore the specimens and base our conclusions upon Mr. Druce's account of it. He does not tell us that he has compared it with the series of specimens to be found in our public or private herbaria, notably with the very interesting series of forms from Duchesne in the Linnean Herbarium. There is no diagnosis of the plant beyond such as can be deduced from certain comparative and vague statements ; and when we look into these, they come to very little. Mr. Druce says it has the *'facies" of dumetorum, but, he adds, " F. dumetorum belongs to the group of F. collina,'' whereas his plant clearly goes with vesca in the im- portant character afforded by the calyx ; he might also have noted that the size of the flowers in no way suggests any collina form. " The calyx somewhat resembles F. chiloensis''; Mr. E. G. Baker, who has examined the plants with me, agrees in finding no such resemblance, nor can we see in what respect the calyx differs from that of typical vesca. The leaves certainly are large — one of them is larger than any vesca we have seen ; but we cannot see that they differ in colour, in toothing, or in texture, from numerous examples of vesca; and the locality — "a ditch bordering a plantation" (Bot. Exch. Club Report, p. 445) — seems sufficient to us to account for the unusual luxuriance of the specimens in all respects. Mr. Druce says " it may be distinguished from F. chiloensishy its much smaller flowers and fruits" ; it would be simpler to say that the flowers and fruits are those of typical vesca, for we cannot see the faintest sug- gestion of chiloensis in anything except the size of one or two of the leaves. Nor can we agree with Mr. Druce in suspecting that the plant "is occasionally reported as F. elatior'" ; the small flowers would prevent any such confusion. Mr. Linton's statement that he "has seen just the same plant elsewhere" must not be under- stood as supporting Mr. Druce in considering the plant specifically distinct. There can be little doubt that the plant is a luxuriant form of the common wild strawberry, due to its place of growth, * He then {I.e. 446) also drew attention to " the long coarser runners " as different from any he had seen in F. vesca, but Mr. Linton in his note disposed of this character, which is not now included in the description. A NOTE ON FRAGAEIA. 127 and quite unworthy of varietal, to say nothing of specific dis- tinction. Mr. Druce's next species stands thus : — "Fragaria muricata, Linn. Sp. PI. 495 (1753). Mill. Gard. Diet. ed. 8 (1768). The Hautboy Strawberry. '' F. moschata et dioica, Duchesne, Hist. Nat. Frais. 145 (1766). F. magna, Thuill. Fl. Par. ed. 2, 254 [1799] . F, elatior, Ehrh. Beitr. vii. 23 (1792)." There never has been any serious doubt as to what plant Linnaeus had in view when he printed the name muricata. Indeed, although I do not claim to have exhausted the literature, the only expression of uncertainty I have come across is that in the Index Kewensis, where the name stands ^^ muricata Linn. Sp. PI. 495 = elatior, vesca." It is a plant with a history, of which an interesting summary is given in the Gardeners Chronicle for 1887 (vol. ii. 164).''' The Plymouth Strawbekry. It was first found by Tradescant in a garden at Plymouth, whence it became known as "the Plymouth Strawberry" (see Johnson in Gerard's Herball, 998 (1633)). About this time it seems to have been well known in England ; Parkinson (Paradisus, 527-8 (1629) ) figures and describes it, and Merrett {Pinax, 39 (1666) ) records it from " Hidepark and Hampsted woods." Zanoni [Istoria Botaiiica, p. 95, t. 38 (1675) ) figures and describes it as "Fragaria Arborea con fiore herbaceo " ; in the later edition of this work (1742) the plate is reprinted (t. 78), and in the description (p. 115) the names from Ger. emac. and Park. Parad. are cited as synonyms. It was on Zanoni's figure and description and on the description in Morison's Historia (li. 186: " Fragaria major vesca fiore her- baceo") that Linnaeus based his F. muricata; and as Morison cites Zanoni, we are absolutely clear as to the plant intended by all three. No one has ever for a momeut supposed that this was any- thing but a monstrosity of F. vesca, and it is here that it is placed, with the above and much more synonymy, by Duchesne in his admirable Histoire des Fraisiers (1766). * The paper is accompanied by a cut, which the courtesy of the proprietors enables me to reproduce. 128 A note' on fragaria. This sufficiently disposes of Mr. Druce's attempt to replace F. elatior Ehrhart by F. muricata L. But there is ample evidence to show that, even apart from this, Linnaeus himself regarded his muricata as an obscure plant. In the second edition of the Species Plmitarum (p. 709) the descriptive phrase runs: " Fragaria caule erecto suffruticoso, foliis hirsutis. f." This mark he thus explains in the preface : " si ahquando contigerit uon sufficienter inspexisse plantam, vel specimen imperfectum obtinuisse, signo t hoc notavi, ut alii eandem accuratius examinent." Duchesne (/. c. 106) gives in a footnote the following extract from a letter which he had received from Linuffius : '^Fragarim miincatm tdini\m\\-m^QYT\in\xm. specimen vidi in Herbario amici ; cum vero ejus sufficientes notas nulio modo eruere poteram, hujus memini in Speciebus signo f adposito, quod indicat me non rite vidisse plantam ; sed earn allegasse ut alii in- citarentur in ejus examen et descriptiouem." A note on " the Plymouth Strawberry " may be added in passing. When Duchesne wrote in 1766, he said '*il paroit ne pas avoir aujourd'hui d'existence," and he owed his knowledge of it to a fragment of a dried specimen sent him from Bologna. The writer in the Gardeners' Chrunicle considered the last reference to its actual occurrence in cultivation, prior to its rediscovery in 1887 in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden (where it had been known for some years), to be that in Eay's Historia Flantarum, i. 609 (1686) — " Canta- brigiae in horto per aliquot annos colui." But in the Banksian Herbarium there is a specimen which shows that the plant existed in at least one garden in the eighteenth century. This was sent to Jacquin (who transmitted it to Banks) by Marsili, who was long in charge of the garden at Padua ; it bears the following note in Marsili's hand: "Fragaria muricata, Duchesne, Hist, des Frais. Mr. du-Chesne dans son histoire naturelle des Fraisiers, a Paris, 1766, 8°, se plaint que cette espece de Fraisier se soit perdue dans touts les Jardins d'Europe; mais elle s'est heuresement [sic] preservee par mes soius dans celui de Padoue." This must have been written towards the end of the century. The fruiting speci- men is a very good one, and shows the frilled calyx, "like unto a double ruffe" and the "many small harmlesse prickles" on the fruit, which Parkinson describes. To return to Mr. Druce's synonymy, it will be observed that he adds to F. muricata a reference to Mill. Gard. Diet. ed. 8 (1768). It is evident at a glance that Miller's plant and Linnaeus's are not identical, for Miller cites as a synonym of his muricata, " Fragaria fructu parvi pruni magnitudine" — a phrase which Linnaeus had cited under his "var. saliva'' of F. vesca, and which Ehrhart him- self cites, as he does also Miller's name, as representing his elatior. I cannot suggest what Mr. Druce intended by his reference to " F. moschata et dioica Duchesne, p. 115." I find no such combina- tion on the page quoted or elsewhere, nor is the name dioica included in Duchesne's list of his plants. Although Linnaeus's muricata cannot replace F. elatior Ehrhart, the latter must yield precedence to Duchesne's earlier F. moschata. This was pointed out some years since by Decaisne (Jardin Fruitier, TWO OLD AMERICAN TYPES. 129 ix. 36) : — " Les noms de Fragarla moschata (Ducb. 1766) et de F. magna (Tbuill. 1790) devraient prevaloir, suivant les lois d'anteriorite, sur celui de F. elatior, publie par Ebrbart (1792) ; mais ce dernier noin a ete generalement adopte, et j'ai cru devoir le conserver moi-meme, puisqu'il a ete cboisi dans cet ouvrage par Mme. Vilmorin." Tbe synonymy of tbe plant will run tbus : — F. MOSCHATA Dacbesne, Hist, de Frais. p. 145 (1766). Weston, Botanist, ii. 327 (1771). F. muricata Mill. Diet. ed. 8 (1768) non Linn. F. magna Tbuill. Fl. Paris, ed. 1 (1790), ex Decaisne ; ed. 2, 254 (1799). F. elatior Ebrb. Beitrage, vii. 23 (1792). TWO OLD AMEKICAN TYPES. By Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S. I. — Viola palmata L. Dr. E. L. Greene, in an interesting and instructive paper en- titled " Bibliograpbical Difficulties in Botany,"" wbicb was read before tbe Botanical Society of America at Toronto last year, instances among otber difficulties tbe case of Viola palmata L. He states tbat "not one among tbe botanists of tbe eigbteentb and nineteentb centuries, knowing our several palmated violets, could say positively wbicb one of tbese it was wbicb Linnfeus intended to designate by tbat specific name jjalmata. From tbe account wbicb be gives of it, by bibliograpbic citation and otber- wise, tbe problem is one of great difficulty." Dr. Greene goes on to say tbat some balf- dozen species, in certain of tbeir common forms, fall under tbe Linnean diagnosis of tins plant — tbat bis description covers V. asanfolia Pursb, V. triloba Scbweinitz, F. heterophylla Mubl., V. septemloba Le Conte, F. emarginata Le Conte, and F. atlantica Brit ton. Tbe difficulty wbicb Dr. Greene raises does not seem to us on tbis side of tbe Atlantic irremovable ; and I venture to attempt a solution of tbe problem. Tbe Linnean diagnosis in Sp. Plant, ed. 1, 933, runs as follows : — " Viola acaulis, foliis palmatis quinquelobis dentatis indivisisque. Viola foliis palmatis sinuatis, stolonum reniformibus. Gron. Virg. 182. Viola virginiana, platani fere foliis parvis & incanis. Pluk. Mant. 187. Viola alba, folio securis roman^ [Amazonise] effigie, floridana. Pluk. Amalt. 209 [208] , t. 447, f. 1 [9] . Habitat in Virginia." * Printed in the Catholic University Bulletin, Washington, vol. iv. pp. 62-75. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [April, 1898.] l 130 TWO OLD AMEEICAN TYPES. It might perhaps be impossible to ascertain what plant Linnaeus meant by his descriptive phrase, if there were no specimen in his herbarium. There is a specimen of Gronovius's plant in the National Herbarium, where there are also two gatherings from Plukenet of his plant. Dr. Greene assumes that Plukenet knew two forms — one glabrous, " typical V. atlmitica,'' and the other pubescent. He also lays stress on the view that Plukeuet's figure, t. 447, fig. 9 (erroneously cited by Dr. Greene as 114, fig. 7), represents a gla- brous plant, and that "had Linnaeus but given precedence to [this] , we should have been compelled to accept V. atlantica for the type of pahiiata." But Plukenet's plant in Herb. Sloane xcii, f. 125 is without doubt the type of the figure cited, so far as the four leaves are concerned, although the flower has been added; and this specimen is in part distinctly pubescent, while the petioles and peduncle in Plukenet's other specimen (Herb. Sloane Ixxxviii, 136) are pubescent throughout. Having carefully compared the Linnean, Gronovian, and Pluke- netian types, I find no difierence between them, except that one leaf in Plukenet's specimen (Hb. Sloane Ixxxviii, fol. 136) is almost entire ; this, however, is the case in other examples of palmata, e. g. in specimens from Bartram in Herb. Brinks. The lobing of the leaf of V. palmata, as shown in a very fine series from Rugel, is extremely variable. The plant figured by Dr. Britton as F. palmata in his Iliuntrated Flora well represents the species in question, except that the leaves in the types are not so much lobed. A comparison of our large series of specimens with Dr. Britton's figure and description of V. atlantica suggests the possibility that that plant may be only an extreme form of V. palmata, but I have not studied the genus sufficiently to justify me in forming a definite conclusion. II. HeLIOCAEPUS AMERICANA L. Mr. J. N. Rose has recently published (Contrib. U. S. Herb, vol. V. No. 3, pp. 125-129 (1897)) a revision of Heliocarpus, on which I propose to offer a few remarks. The author states in his introduction that "the type of the genus is H. americanus, one of the rarest species of all, although much material has been referred to it"; this, as he says, was based upon the figure (t. xvi.) and description in the Hortus Cliffortianus. The brief history of the genus is as follows : — Linnaeus (Gen. PI. ed. 1, p. 157 (1737) ) diagnoses it as Heliocarpos, referring to it Montia of Houstoun. The main figure in Hortus Clijf'ortianus (which is reproduced by Mr. Eose) was from a plant grown in Cliffort's garden ; the fruit was supplied by Miller, as is acknow- ledged by Linnaeus on the plate. The genus* was named from the character afforded by the fruit. There are in the Banksian Herbarium Houstoun's specimens from Vera Cruz, which are the type of Miller's description in Gard, * See also Critica Botaiiica, p. 97, where Linnaius instances Heliocarpus as coming under " nomina generica, quae characterem essentialem, vel iaciem plantas exhibent, optima sunt." TWO OLD AMERICAN TYPES. 131 Diet., where Houstoun's name Montia is cited as a synonym. A figure of the plant bearing the same name, as well as a fall description, is to be found in Houstoun's MSS., and another Houstoun specimen from Vera Cruz is in Herb. Sloane ccxcii, fol. 62. Mr. Britten agrees with me in considering that the fragments (consisting of fruits and one leaf) in Cliffort's herbarium are evidently a portion of the specimens sent by Houstoun, and were, as I have said, sent to Linnaeus by Miller. It is true that Linn^us (Hort. Cliff. 211) implies some doubt as to the identity of Houstoun's Montia with Hellocarpus r but there is no question as to the identity of the two. The figure of the plant (excluding the fruit) is from a plant (evidently young) in Cliffort's garden ; it may be noted that Miller grew it from seed sent by Houstoun in Chelsea Garden, where " the plant produced flowers and ripened seeds several years." Dr. K. Schumann unites several species with E. americana, among them H. tomentosus Turcz. I have carefully compared Linnseus's type specimens with Turczaninow's description, and with one of the plants on which he bases this, and cannot in any way separate them. Both are Mexican, H. tomentosus coming from Miradores and Oaxaca, while the typical americana is from Vera Cruz. The plants referred by Schumann to his H. americana var. tijpica have the lower surface of the leaf subglabrous, but both the Cliffortian and Houstounian specimens agree in having the leaves softly tomentose below, t and in this respect therefore these latter differ from the specimens which Dr. Schumann considers typical. In the light then of these facts a revision of the earlier species enumerated by Mr. Eose seems desirable. H. americanaI L. Sp. PI. i. 448 (1753) ; Miller, Gard. Diet, ed. 8 (1768). H. tomentosus Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. xxxi, pt. 1, 225 (1858). Hab. Vera Cruz, Houstoun ! Mirador, Linden, 857 ! Vera Cruz, Galeotti, 4155 ! 4162 ex Turcz. Orizaba, Botteri, 922 ! 882 ! Pringle, 6106 ! Cordova, Bourgeau, 1815 ! 1974 ! This plant differs from H. americanus L. var. tupicus K. Schum. by the leaves being densely stellately tomentose beneath. Bourgeau No. 1815 approaches H. nodifiorus Donnell Smith & Rose in general appearance, but the sepals are not appendiculate. Var. ScHUMANNi. Li. americanus L. var. typicus K. Schum. Fl. Bras. xii. pt. iii. 141, t. xxvin. Hab. Brazil : Prov. Minas Geraes, Prov. St. Paulo. Bolivia, Paraguay, West Indies, &c. The leaves are glabrous above, except the nerves, which are tomentellous, below they are subglabrous and green or cinereous, * " Hanc videtur Houstonus Montise nomine indigitasse in manuscriptis apud cl. Millerum visis." t Linnaeus states (Hort. Cliff. 211), " superficies utraque folii parum scabra, at viridis, concolor." \ The species being a tree, the specific name is rightly written as feminine by Linnaeus. L 2 132 TWO OLD AMERICAN TYPES. nerves sometimes hairy. Tiie inflorescence is copiously branched, the sepals exappendiculate, and the stipes longer than in the next species. H. PoPAYANENsis H. B. K. Nov. Gcn. v. 341 (1821). H. ameri- canus L. var. f3 Popaijanensis K. Schum. /. c. Hab. New Granada : Prov. Popayan, Triana ! Prov. Bogota, Trianal St. Martha, Fcf?i 7io//r ! Peru, Tarapoto, Spruce, ^oA^6^, has been referred here by Dr. Schumann. Bolivia, Mapiri, Bang, 1491, referred here by Mr. Rose. This plant differs from H. americana L. var. Schumcmni by the leaves, which are glabrous on neither surface ; below they are fuscous subtomentose, with the nerves and veins hirsute ; above in the original description they are said to be "adpresso pilosiusculis." They are subrotund and often trilobed. There is in the National Herbarium a type of Triwnfetta hirta Vahl, Symb. iii. 63, from St. Martha, collected by J. van Rohr. M. Triana has referred this to Heliocarpus Fopayanensis H.B.K., and I agree in the identification. Var. PuRDiEi. Foliis ovatis lobatis praecipue subtus molliter tomentosis basi cordatis, inflorescentia paniculata ramosa. Hab. New Granada, near Velez, Purdie, Herb. Kew. The leaves of the above variety are much more densely tomentose than in the type. Var. TRicHOPODA. H . tricJiopodus Turcz. /.. c. 226. Hab. Venezuela, near Galipan, Funck d Schliw, 150 ! (type). Columbia, Moritz, 210! Panama, Cuming, 1131! Sutton. Hages, 437 ! Venezuela, Fendler, 1277 ! Triana (Prod. Nov. Granat. 221) unites this with H. Popaya- nensu H. B. K. I think, however, it may take varietal rank. The differences being that in tricliopoda tlie stipe is longer, and the nerves of the leaves on the under side are not so hirsute. H. ARBOREscENs Seem. Bot. Herald, 86 (1852-57). Hab. Panama, Seemami ! This is reduced by Dr. Schumann to R. americana, but is con- sidered, correctly I think, by Mr. Rose as a distinct species. It more resembles the true H. americana than any other species, but the leaves have a long acuminate point, and the sepals are appendaged. H. APPENDicuLATA Turcz. /. c. 226. Hab. Mexico, Linden, 1605 ! Guatemala, Capt. Donnell Smith, No. 1723 ! Costa Rica, Talemania, Tonduz. This seems a good species — the leaves are discolorous, being reddish white below. The type is in very young fruit, and has a very short stipe ; tliis, however, doubtless lengthens, and I have compared the Guatemalan specimen, and have no reason to doubt its being correctly named, although it is in a late-fruiting stage. The remainder of Mr. Rose's species do not suggest matter for comment. 133 THE MOSSES OP SOUTH LANCASHIRE. By J. A. Wheldon. There does not appear to be any complete list in print of the mosses recorded for v.-c. 59. Few districts, however, have been so thoroughly and carefully worked by such a number of able bryologists, and therefore records are tolerably numerous. On the whole the vice-county is not a favourable one for mosses. There are no suitable habitats for the alpine species, and the uniformity of the geological features, and contiguity of large manufacturing towns with ever widening suburban districts, cause the number of species to be smaller than might be expected. One or two in- teresting "doughs" in the east, the sand-dunes in the west, and the remnants of a few extensive "mosses" between are chiefly instrumental in raising the list above the commonplace, and many of these places are doomed in the near future to fall into the hands of the jerry builder. I have compiled the following fairly representative catalogue of the species from the various local floras, from specimens in my collection, and from personal observations jotted down at intervals during a residence of seven years in the district. I have been obliged to omit many interesting notices of plants found near Tod- morden by Mr. Nowell, and near Warrington by Mr. Wilson, on account of the difficulty of determining on which side of the boundary lines they occurred. I have no doubt that many so omitted will subsequently prove to have been found on the Lanca- shire side. The majority of records given are the old ones from the Floras of Manchester and Liverpool. Unfortunately none of the editions of these publications deal with the vice-county }jer se, but embrace also portions of Cheshire, Derbyshire, and Yorkshire. The par- ticular county of any given locality is rarely stated, except in Mr. John Whitehead's excellent appendix on mosses in the Flora of Ashton-under-Lyne and District. And even this, like the works before mentioned, contains many such entries as " common on clay banks," " frequent," &c., which in a list dealing with more than one v.-c. are utterly useless for census purposes. Where I have found a plant still existing in a locality in the past seven years, I have added the sign !, but the absence of this mark does not in every case imply that I have searched there for it in vain. When a specimen from the locality exists in my herbarium the sign is doubled, thus !!. An asterisk precedes the names of plants now first recorded for the vice -county. The name of the finder follows that of the locality, and I have endeavoured to give the original discoverer as far as possible. I fear this has only been partially accomplished, especially in the Manchester district, from lack of available information. Many records from the Manchester flora by Mr. Grindon I have given on his authority, because I was unable to assign them to the true finder from the brief note in his introduction. I am responsible for all records not followed by a 134 THE MOSSES OF SOUTH LANCASHIRE. collector's name. The order of the species is that followed in Mr. Dixon's Handbook Catalogue of British Mosses. Sphagnum cijmhifolium Ehrh. Most Lancashire bogs, Marrat. — Var. congestum Schp. Rainford Moss, Skellon. Simmonswood Moss, Harrison. — S. subsecundmn var. contortum Schpr. Warbreck Moor, Marrat. (Now extinct, J. A. W.) Burnley, J. Whitehead (Dixon) — S. sqiiarrosum'Fevs. Eainford Moss, ii/ir/^ms. Middleton, Whitehead. — S. acutifoliuin Ehrh. Rainford Moss, Marrat. Sim- monswood Moss, Harrison. — 8. Jimhriatum Wils. Rainford and Parr Mosses, Marrat. Reddish, Whitehead. Warbreck Moor, Higgins & Marrat. (Extinct in latter place, J. A. W.). — S. cuspi- datum Ehrh. Rainford and Simmonswood Mosses, Harrison S Skellon. Crosby, Tudor. Walton, G asking ! Tetraphis j^ellucida Hedw. Knowsley ! ! Rainford and Bold, Higgins d Marrat. Skelmersdale, Gasking ! ! '■^'(Jathariupa unduJata W. & M. Ashton ! Roy ton ! Walton!! Common. — """Var. Haussknechtii Dixon. Walton ! ! As there is some doubt as toBrotherus's plant, this had better for the present go under Mr. Dixon's name, as my specimens do not exactly agree with the former. — C. crispa James. Rowley Moor, Nowell. Cheetham Hill and Prestwich Clough, Whitehead ! ! Polytrichum nanuin Neck. Wavertree, Harrison. Reddish, Grindo)t. — *P. alo ides Hedw. Ashtou-under-Lyne ! ! Frequent. — P. urnigerum L. Knowsley, Harrison. — P. jnliferum Schreb. South- port, Marrat \ Rainhill, Higgins. Warbreck Moor ! ! Common. — P. juniperinum W^illd. Knowsley and Rainford Mosses, Sansom. Rainhill, Higgins. Simmonswood Moss, Skellon ! ! Hightown ! ! *P. commune L. Near Bury ! ! Walton ! ! Common. — P. gracile Dicks. Ashton Moss and Cheetham Hill, Whitehead. Holden Clough ! ! Taunton ! ! Archidium alternifolium Schpr. Hyde Road, Manchester, Hunt. Pleuridiiun axillare Ldb. Ashton, Wliitehead. Burnley, Dear- den ! ! Hulme, Wilson. — P. alternifolium Rab. Near Liverpool, Taylor (in Hook. British Flora). — P. subulatum Rab. Roby, Har- riso7i. ^'Ditrichum homomallum Hpe. Clitheroe ! ! — D. flexicaule Hpe. Southport, Marrat. Crosby, Skellon ! (Swartzia rnontana Ldb. Rainford Moss, Skellon.) Requires confirmation. Seligeria recurvata B. & S. Bamford Wood, Whiteheadl ! Ash- worth Wood, Giindo7i. Brachyodus trichodes Fiirner. Bolton and Ainsworth, Sclwlefleld. "^'Ceratodon jmrpureus Brid. Ashton ! ! Walton ! ! Formby ! ! Southport ! ! Dicliodontium i^elluciduni Schp. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. — YsiV. fagimontanum Schp. Clifton Junction, Holt. ^'Dicranella heteromalla. Common. Walton ! ! Bardsley ! ! — Var. sericea Schp. Astley Chapel and Rochdale, Wood. Entwistle, near Bolton, Whiteluad. — D. cerviculata Schp. Broadgreen, Harri- son. Wavertree, Marrat. Ashton Moss, J. Whitehead ! ! Roch- dale, Whitehead. Simmonswood Moss ! ! — D. crispa Schp. Oldham THE MOSSES OF SOUTH LANCASHIRE. 135 and Sailors- shore, Whitehead. Prestwicb, Tetlow. Orford and other places near Warrington, Wilson. — D. secmula Ldb. Boggart Hole Clough, Kent. Sailors-shore, Perdval. — D. rufescens Schp. Blackburn, Wilson. Bolton, Scholejield \ I Mossley ! Sailors-shore and Prestwicb, Whitehead. Rainhill, Marrat. — *D. varia Schp. Frequent. Rochdale ! Walton ! ! Southport ! ! — *Var. temiifolia B. & S. Hightown ! ! — Var. callistoma Schp. Manchester, Holt. — Z). Schreberi Schp. Eochdale, Holt. Wavertree, Marrat. Near Bardsley ! ! — Var. elatum. Kersal Moor, Wild. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. Prestwicb, Hunt. Eochdale, Holt. Clifton, Schole- field ! ! — D. squarrosa Schp. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. Blindia acuta B. & S. Bamford Wood, Holt. — Var. trichodes Braith. Bamford Wood, Holt. Marsden, Tl hitehead. Entwistle, Scholejield. Astley Chapel, near Bury, Wood. Dicranoiceisia cinata Ldb. West Derby, Skelloii ! Smithdown Lane, Marrat. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. — D. crispula Ldb. Childwall, Harrison. Sefton and Garston, Sansom. Eochdale, Grindon. Campylopus fragilis B. & S. The form densus at Woolton, Marrat. — C. Jiexuosus Brid. Simmonswood Moss, Harrison ! Bam- ford Wood, Whitehead. — C. p)yriformisBYidi. Rainford Moss, iVI«;T«f. This was probably the plant recorded as Distichum capillaceum by Mr. Skellon ; Marrat. Dicranum Bonjeanii De Not. Simmonswood Moss, Harruoji. Knowsley, Marrat. Hightown ! ! — D. scopariinn Hedw. Common. Hightown ! ! Speke, Marrat. — [D . fuscescens Turn. Staly Brushes, Lanes., Wkiteheadl ! I have a specimen so labelled, but the Brushes are in Cheshire.) — D. Bergeri Bland. Eisley Moss, Wihon. Leucobryiim glaucum Schp. Simmonswood Moss, Sansoin ! ! Fissidens exilis Hedw. Daisy Nook, Whitehead ! ! Prestwicb, Hunt. Walton ! ! — "i^. viridulus AVahl. Walton ! ! — F. incurvus Starke. Ashton, Scholejield d Whitehead. Orford Park, Wilson. — F. pusillus Wils. Winwick, Wilson. — F. tamarindi/olius Wils. Ashton, Whitehead ! Clifton Junction, Hunt. — ^'F. bryoides Hedw. Common. Southport ! Walton ! ! Failsworth ! ! — F. crassipes Wils. Hulme, Wilson. — (F. osmundioides, Hedw. This, recorded in Dickinson's Flora of Liverpool, has never been confirmed.) — F. adiantoides Hedw. Formby, Marrat. Taunton, Whitehead ! Bam- ford Wood, Whitehead. — F. taxifolius Hedw. Not uncommon on the Lancashire side of the Mersey, Harrisonl ! Sefton, Sansom ! Grinimia apocarpa Hedw. Rare. Aigburth, Marrat. Fazac- kerley ! — Var. rivularis W. & M. Bolton, Rogers. — G. maritivia Turn. Dingle, Marrat. — G. p)idvinata Sm. Smithdown Lane, Marrat. Frequent. Rochdale ! ! &c. — G. tricliophyUa Grev. Aigburth and Garston, Marrat. — G. JJoniana Sm. Between Mosley Vale and Allerton, Marrat. Fiacomitriumfasciculare Brid. Smithdown Lane, Marrat. Aller- ton, Harrison. West Derby, Skellon. Garston, Sansom. I have been unable to find this. — R. acicidare var. denticulatum Wils. Near Bolton, Scholejield ! ! — R. heterostichum Brid. Aigburth and Smith- down Lane, Marrat. West Derby, Skellon. (Probably extinct. 136 THE MOSSES OF SOUTH LANCASHIRE. J.A.W.). — Pi.canesccns Brid. Ashwortli Wood, Grinclon. Gate- acre, Sansom. — Var. ericoides B. & S. Garston, Sansom. PtycJwmitriiim jyohqjhi/lliiin Fmnr. Walton, Skellon. Garston, Sansom. I have never succeeded in finding it. Extinct ? Acaidon muticwn C. M. Maghull and Kirby, Skellon ! Walton! ! "^'Phascum cuspidatum Schreb. Walton ! ! — Var. j^if^fof'um H. & T. Crosby, Mar rat. Pottia Heimii Fiirnr. Southport, Marrat ! ! — P. recta Mitten. Manchester, Hunt. — P. trwicatula Ldb. Daisy Nook, Whitehead ! Eochdale, Whitehead ! ! Walton ! ! Aintree ! ! Burscough ! ! — "P. intermedia, Fiirnr. Walton!! — P.Wihoni B. & S. Southport, WUd. Blackburn, Wood.— P. littoralis Mitt. Southport, Boswell ! ! Crossens ! ! — '^'P. minutula Fiirnr. Several places near Walton and Aintree ! ! Tortilla pusilla Mitt. Between Broadgreen and Roby, Harrison. — T. rigida Schrad. Blackburn and Burnley, Himt. — T. amhigua Angstr. Between Garston and Aigburth, Marrat. Clitheroe, Wilson. Blackburn and Burnley, Hunt. — T. aloides De Not. Blackburn, Hunt. Walton ! ! — '■ T. muralis Hedw. Common everywhere ! ! — *r. suhulata Hedw. Abundant from Crosby to Southport ! ! — (Var. suUnermis Wils. Near Warrington, Wilson.) — T. riiralis Ehrh. Southport ! ! Sand-hills both sides of Mersey, Marrat. — T. rurali- forinis Dixon. Southport, Hu7it ! ! Frequent on the sand-hills from Crosby to Southport ! ! — (T, papillosa Wils. Trees at Ashton, Whitehead ! ! These were on cut timber from Welshpool, Wales.) Barhiila rubella Mitt. Ashworth Wood, Grindon. Crosby to Southport ! ! Warbreck Moor ! ! — B. topharea Mitt. Southport, MarratW Newton Heath, L^^s. Kersal Moor and Clifton, White- head. Winwick Quarry, Wilson. Walton!! Hightown ! ! The latter apparently the ''forma luxuriajis," Braitli. — Var. aciitifolia Schpr. Manchester, D/\ TFoo^i. (Warrington, TF//sow.) Walton!! — B. fallax Hedw. Bardsley !! and Daisy Nook ! Whitehead. Pioy- ton ! ! Walton ! ! Aintree ! ! — B. rigidula Mitt. Brougbton, Wild. Garston, Harrison. Southport, iiIa/T«f. Bamford Wood, Grindon. — B. vinealis Brid. Southport!! MajTat, — B. Hornschuchiana Schultz. Newton, Wilson. Buvnley, Deardenl \ — B. rev olut a Bvid. Childwall, Harrison. CMton, Grindon. — B. convoluta'H.edw. South- port, Marrat. Bardsley ! ! Milnrow ! ! Hightown 1 ! — B. nngui- cidataliedw. Holden Clough, Tl /i/Y^'/imG^ ! ! Bardsley!! Walton!! Melling ! ! Leptodontium flexifolium Hpe. Manchester, Hobson. Weisia crispa Mitt. (Windle, Skellon. Doubtful.) Hulme, Wilson. — *TF. squarrosa CM. Walton!! — *TF. microstoma CM. Frequent about Walton ! ! — W. viridula Hedw. Bamford Wood and Oldham ! Whitehead. Walton ! ! Southport ! ! — Var. stenocarpa B. & S. Speke Hall, J. H. Lewis {Dixo7i). — W. tenuis C M. Park Lane, Brougliton, Holt d- Wild. — W. rupestris C M. Bamford Wood, Whitehead I \ — (TF. curvirostris CM. Cvosby, Dickinsoji. West Derby, Skellon. Gateacre, Harrison.) These require con- firmation. Trichostomum vuitabile Bruch. Dingle, Marrat. Still there, THE MOSSES OF SOUTH LANCASHIRE. 137 Gaskingl ! 1898. — Var. littorale. Southport, Cash ! ! Hall Koad ! ! — T. fiavo-virens'BvwQh.. Southport, Bun/ess d Holt. — T. tenidrostre var. Holiii Dixon, Bamford Wood, }]olt. Encalypta streptocarpa Hedw. Sand-hills on both sides of the Mersey, Skellon. Formby ! ! Hightown ! ! Zijgodon conoideiis H. & T. Manchester, Hobson. "^^Orthotnchum cupulatutn. Clitheroe ! — '''Var. nudum. Chat- burn ! ! — *0. saxatile Milde. Clitheroe ! ! Chatburn ! — 0. affine Schrad. Warbreck Moor and Speke, Marrat. Extinct there now ? Jackson's Boat, (irindon. — 0. diaphainuii Schrad. Bold, Higgins. Manchester, Barker. Chatburn ! ! Ulota crispa Brid. Rainhill, Higgins S Marrat. Schistostega osmimdacea Mohr. Between Tyldesley and Worsley, Evans. Splachnum ampullaceum L. Simmonswood and Rainford Mosses, Shepherd. Probably common on the Lancashire Mosses formerly, but very rare now. — S. sphcericum L. f. Chat Moss, Grindon. Tetrajjlodon mnioides B. & S. Eainford Moss, Skellon. Windle Moss, Higgins. Chat Moss ! ! Grindon. Disceliuni nudum Brid. Manchester, Caley ! ! Boggart Hole Clough, Haughton Dale, and Sailors-shore, WJiitehead. Bolton, Sims. Ephemerum serratmn Hpe. Liverpool Bot. Gardens, Skellon. Walton ! ! — Var. angustifolium B. & S. Fallow-field, Walton, with the type ! ! Physcomitrium pyriforme Brid. Between Wavertree and Broad- green, Harrison. Crosby and N. Liverpool, Skellon ! Taunton, Whitehead ! Walton ! ! "^Funaria fascicular is Schp. Rail banks, Walton ! ! — F. Temple- toni Sm. Clifton, Horse^eld. — *F. hygrometrica Sibth. Common. Very fine from Hightown to Southport ! ! Amhlyodon dealhatus P. B. Sand-hills from Crosby to South- port, Marrat ! ! Meesia trichoides Lpr. Southport, Marrat ! ! Sailors-shore, Fercival. Aulacomum palustre Schwgr. Formby and Simmonswood, Har- rison ! Taunton, Whitehead ! Formby ! ! — A. androgynum Schwgr. Bootle, Skellon. Now gone ? Walton, Fisher I \ CatosGopium nigritum. Brid. Southport, Higgins ! ! Formby, Scott ! ! Bartramia pomiformis Hedw. Aintree, Tudor I \ Broadgreen, Sansom. Childwall, Harrison. Walton ! ! Rapidly dying out. Philonotis fontana Brid. Ashton, Whitehead ! Simmonswood Moss, Skellon ! Formby ! ! Leptobryum pyriforme Wils. Formby, Higgins ! Clifton Junc- tion, Holt. Ashton ! ! Southport ! ! Walton ! ! Webera elongata Schwgr. Shawforth, Grindon. — W. cruda Schwgr. Bolton, Grindon. — W. nutans Hedw. Taunton, Whitehead. Rain- ford Moss, Skellon. Simmonswood Moss, Harrison ! Walton ! ! — W. annotina Schwgr. Clifton, Taunton ! ! and Bamford Wood, Whitehead. — W. carnea Schpr. Broadgreen, Harrison. Near Liver- pool, Skellon ! Sailors-shore, Percival. Clifton, Whitehead. Wal- 138 THE MOSSES OF SOUTH LANCASHIRE. ton ! ! Higbtown ! ! — W. albicans Schpr. Taunton, Whitehead ! ! Boggarts Hole Clougb, Whitehead \ ! Walton ! ! Southport ! ! Bryum pendulum Schpr. Taunton, Whitehead \\ Common on the sand-hills from Hightown to Southport ! ! — B. Warneiim Bland. Southport, Marrot d' Wilson ! ! Taunton, Whitehead d Scholejield. Birkdale, Wild ! ! — B. calophijllum E. Br. Southport, Marrat ! ! Taunton, Gordon d Whitehead. — B. Marratii Wils. Southport, Marrat ! ! Ainsdale, Marrat. — B. lacustre Brid. Taunton, Schim- per, Whitehead, d Gordon ! ! Freshfield, Ainsdale, and Southport ! ! Hunt. — B. inclinatum Bland. Crosby to Southport, on the sand- hills, Marrat ! ! Ashton-under-Lyne, Whitehead ! ! — B. tdiginosum B. & S. Soutbport ! ! Marrat d Wilson. Taunton and Prestwich, Hunt. Sailors-shore, Percival. Near Manchester, Wood. — B. pallens Swartz. Southport ! ! Marrat. Between Broadgreen and Eoby, Harrison. Taunton!! Boggarts Hole Clough, and Sailors- shore, Whitehead. Walton ! ! — B. turhinatum Schwgr. Scar Wheel, Broughton, Grindon. Clifton Junction, Wild. Ashton, Gordon d Wliitehead ! ! — B. bimum Schreb. Taunton and Clifton Junction, Whitehead. Litherland, Marrat. Olive Mount, Harrison. — B. pseudo-triquetrum Schwg. Croxteth Park, Harrison. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. Southport, Wild (Dixon). — Var. compactwii B. & S. Southport ! ! Wliitehead. — B. neodamense Itz. Southport, Wood.—B. affine Ldb. Orford, Wilson. Eccles and Old Trafford, Hunt. Taunton, Whitehead. — B. interwediwii Brid. Taunton, Whitehead ! Mancbester, Cash ! ! Soutbport ! ! Walton ! ! Eoch- dale ! ! — B. cccspiticium L. Bamford Wood and Stretford, White- head. Ince Blundell ! — "7). capillare L. Frequent on walls, &c., and banks ! ! Formby ! ! — B. Donianum Grev. Winwick Quarry, Grindon. — B. atropurpureiuii W. & M. Wavertree, Marrat. Cheet- ham Hill and Clifton Junction, Wliitehead. Sparingly near Wal- ton ! ! — --B. ar(jenteum L. Very common. Milnrow ! ! Taunton ! ! Walton!! — Var. lanatum^. & S. Southport, Wild. Formby, Lewis (Dixon). — B. roseum Schreb. Bootle, Skellon. Not there now, J. A. W. Hightown! ! Mnium affine Bland. Childwall and Firgrove, Harrison. Med- lock Vale and Eeddish, Wliitehead d Scholefield. Formby! — M. cuspidatum Hedw. Formby and Southport, Marrat. — M. rostratum Schrad. Formby, Harrison. Ainsdale, Marrat. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. Aintree and Fazackerly ! ! — M. undulatnm L. Formby, Marrat. And many other places. — *J/. homum L. Common from Manchester to Southport ! ! — M. serratum Schrad. Between Birk- dale and Ainsdale, Marrat. Bamford Wood, Holt. Clifton Junc- tion, Whitehead. — M. stellare Eeich. Between Birkdale and Ains- dale, Marrat. — M. pun eta turn Li. Firgrove, Harrison. Bamford AVood, Whitehead. Ashton ! ! — M. subglobosum B & S. Ashton and Eeddish, Whitehead ! ! Fontinalis antipijretica L. Bootle, Dickinson. Fazackerley, Harri- son. Waterhouses, Whitehead. — F. squamosa h. Blackley, Wliitehead. '^Leiicodon sciuroides Schwgr. Between Chatburn and Clitheroe ! ! Myrinia pulvinata Sclip. Jackson's Boat, Buxto7i. Now lost. Leskea polycarpa Ehrh. Jackson's Boat, Hunt. THE MOSSES OF SOUTH LANCASHIRE. 139 Heterocladium heteropterum B. & S. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. Bolton, Makin (Dixon). "^'Thuidium tamariscinum B. & S. Hightown and Formby ! ! Near Clitheroe ! ! Climacium dendroides W. & M. Formby, Marrat I Hightown ! ! Ainsdale ! Isothecium myiirum Bnd. Shawforth, Grmdon. Pleuropus sericeus Dixon. Aintree, Higgiiis d Marrat. Bootle ! ! Clitheroe and Chatburn ! Camptothecium lutescens B. & S. Crosby, Skellon. Kersal Moor, Holt. Brachythecluin glareosum B. & S. Kersal Moor, Holt. — B. sale- brosum B. & S. Crosby to Southport, Marrat. This is var. Milde- anum Schpr. ! ! — B. albicans B. & S. Crosby, Fisher 1 ! Southport, Marrat I ! Formby, Dickinson ! ! Abundant on the sand-hills ; fruiting freely. — *L\ rutabuluin B. & S. Very common throughout the district! ! — B. rivulare B. & S. Eeddish, Whitehead. Holden Clough ! ! — B. velutinum B. & S. Broadgreen, Harrison. Lither- land, Tudor ! ! Eeddish, Whitehead. Walton ! ! Southport ! ! — B. populeuni B. & S. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. CHtheroe ! ! — B. plumosum B. & S. Ashworth Wood, Grindon. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. B. pur am Dixon. Frequent! Formby c. ft., Marraf. Eurhijnchium pilifenim B. & S. Garston, Marrat. Ince Wood ! ! — ^E. crassinervium B. & S. Hightown ! ! — "^E. prcelongum B. & S. Very common. Fazackerley ! ! Clitheroe ! ! — E. Swartzii Hobk. Wmwick, Grindon. Walton ! ! — E. piimiluni Schp. Knowsley Park, Harrison. Winwick Quarry, Grindon. Bamford Wood, Holt. — E. mgosuroides Schp. Croxteth, Rarrisoji. Chtheroe!! — E. striatum B. & S. Broadgreen, Harrison. — "^'E. rusciforme Milde. Skelmersdale, G asking \ Reddish! — E. confertum M.Mq. Roby, Harrison. Walton ! ! Melling ! ! — E. megapolitanum Milde. Crosby, Harrison S Wilson. Birkdale ! ! * Plagiothecium depressum Dixon. Fazackerley ! ! — P. Borrerianum Spr. Bamford AVood, Whitehead. — --F. dejiticulatum B. & S. Ain- tree ! ! Linacre ! ! Common. — Var. obtusifoliiim H. & T. — Lark Hill, Skellon. — P. sglvaticum B. & S. Warbreck Moor, Marrat. Not there now ? P. undulatum B. & S. Gateacre, Hirrison. Sim- monswood Moss, Skellon. Warbreck Moor, Higgins S Marrat. Not in latter locality now. — P. pidchellum B. & S. Burnley, Dearden ! ! Amblystegium Sprucei B. & S. Southport, Wood. — (A. radicale P. B. Huyton, Higgins d Marrat.) Requires confirmation. — Var. serotinum Lindb. Southport, Rogers. — A. varium Ldb. Stretford, Hunt. — A. Jilicinum De Not. Olive Mount, Harrison. Dingle, Gasking ! Clitheroe ! A peculiar form of this plant occurs at Birkdale, which I described and figured in Science Gossip, January, 1896. I have since issued it under the MS. name of var. White- headii. Since then I have submitted specimens to Mr. Dixon, who, while admitting it to be a marked form, which has not been before described as a variety, suggests for the present it had better be placed under /orma prolixa De Not., " as, if not the same, it is too near to be really separable." With this decision I agree ; but 140 THE MOSSES OF SOUTH LANCASHIRE. should further observation of the specimens or the discovery of fruit show additional differences (and a few slight ones exist already), I should like it to bear the name I have suggested, in commemoration of many services freely rendered to bryologists by Mr. Whitehead. — A. serpens. Waterbouses, Whitehead. Croxteth, Harrison. Common!! — Var. depauperatuiii Boulay. Southport, Wood. Formby, Scott ! 1 Hall Eoad ! ! Hyiynum ripariwn L. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. Walton ! ! Common. — *Var. hmgifoliuin Schp. Walton ! ! — H. elodes Spr. Southport, Marrat d Wilson ! ! — //. chrijsophtjUum Brid. Newton Viaduct, G-rindon. Ashton, Gordon. Taunton, Whitehead ! ! Crune Lake ! ! — H. poiygamum Schp. Southport to Crosby, Harrison ! ! W^arbreck Moor, Marrat ! Taunton, Gordon. Kochdale, WJiite- head. — Yav. sta(j7iatumW lis. Newton Viaduct, W^ilson. Southport, Wild [Dixon). — H. stellatum Schreb. Waterbouses, Whitehead. Rainhill, Higgins. Southport ! ! where also a tall form of H. poiy- gamum occurs, simulating this species. — H. aduncum Hedw. War- breck Moor, Fisher. (I suspect this to have been a form of H. riparium., which grows there now and simulates this species.) — H. KiieiffiiSchi^. Ashton, Hunt. TsLrkBndge, Whitehead I I South- port, Marrat ! ! West Derby, Harrison. — H. Wilsoni Schpr. South- port ! ! Wilson. — H. lycopodioides Schwgr. Southport, Marrat ! ! — H. jiuitans L. CJiftou Junction, Whitelwad. Eainford Moss, Dicki7ison. Crosby, Skdlon. Southport!! — ''H. exannidatmn Gitmb. Birkdale ! ! — Var. stejiophyllum Hobk. Simmonswood Moss, Marrat. — H. uncinatam Hedw. Knowsley, Marrat. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. — H. revolvens Sw. Burnley, Whitehead d' Holt \ ! Southport, Marrat. — Var. Cossoni Een. Southport, Wild (Dixo7i). — H. coiiimutatiim Hedw. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. Aiotree, Marrat. Not in the latter locality now. — H. falcatum Brid. Clifton, Wild (Dixon). — -'H. cupressifornie L. Common. Abundant on the sand-hills ! ! — "Var. ericetorum B. & S. Simmonswood Moss ! ! — *Var. elatum B. & S. Hightown ! ! — (H. PatienticE Ldb. Hale, Marrat. Eequires confirmation, as it is doubtful whether the Hale referred to is in Lancashire or Cheshire.) — H. m(dluscum Hedw. Hightown, Marrat. Bamford Wood, Whitehead. Eochdale, Grin- don. Clitheroe ! ! — H. crista-castrensis L. Whitworth, Grindon. — H. palustre L. Bamford Wood and Eochdale, Whitehead. St. Helen's, Marrat. Clitheroe! — H. scorpioidesLi. Southi^oit, Marrat. — H. stramineum Dicks. Prestwich, Percival. Simmonswood, Marrat. — H. cordifolium Hedw. Eainhill, Higgins. Eeddish, White- head. Formby and Sefton, Skellon. Hightown ! — H. giganteum Schp. Birkdale, i\lrt/7Y/n ! — ■''H.cuspidatmnlj. Common. Fruiting at Walton and Bardsley ! ! — H. Schreheri Willd. Frequent ! Crosby, Harrison S Skellon. Hylocomium splendens B. & S. Southport, Marrat I Crosby, Dickinson ! Frequent. — H. loreum B. & S. Wavertree, Mcurat. — *il. squarrosum, B. & S. Clitheroe (in fruit)!! — *Z?. triquetrum B. & S. Formby ! Ince Bluudell ! I have to thank Messrs. Dixon, Horrell, and Gashing for sup- plying several records which I should have otherwise overlooked. 141 WAYFARING NOTES IN RHODESIA. By R. Feank Rand. A BUSINESS trip took me in December, 1897, as far as Salisbury, the capital of the Rhodesian territory. The route was by rail from Capetown to Bulawayo (1360 miles), thence onwards to Salisbury by coach, another 280 miles. There was rain, heavy tropical rain, almost every day, and such weather proves trying to a collector, for, satu- rated as the air is with moisture, one is apt, even with care, to lose a number of specimens. Mildew attacks the specimens even within one or two days, those with any succulence being the worst sufferers. One tries different methods. I found placing the succulent speci- mens between layers of absorbent cotton- wool fairly protective. It is handiest in the form of Gamgee tissue, and in this form the thin layer of gauze covering the wool prevents the cotton-fibres from clmging to the specimen. Free ventilation is of course essential, and I found sheets of corrugated paper, such as bottles are packed m, placed at very frequent intervals between the specimens when under pressure, gave good results. I was able to make no extended excursions, and the following notes merely refer to short walks in the neighbourhood of Bulawayo and of Salisbury, and to the strip of country along the coach road connecting the two towns. One crosses the limits of certain species in making this journey, as some of the trees noted in Bulawayo (Matabeleland province) were not discoverable in Salisbury (Mashonaland province), and the con- verse was likewise true. Round about Bulawayo the trees have been terribly hacked about by the natives in quest of wood for fuel and for hut-poles. The heaviest timber seen was in the valleys of the big rivers — the timber in the open country being mostly of medium size. Fairly open woodland was crossed from time to time, but no dense forest. As to species, the trees are very mixed, although here and there certain species are grouped to the exclusion of others. The willow, growing by the river-banks, was the only tree noticed likely to be familiar to an eye unused to any but English woodland. The spring tints of many of the trees are very fine, notably those called by the natives masasa, also another called machabel. Their leaves show all tints of green, yellow, and pink, many of the colours being such as were known a few years ago as "Liberty" shades. Certainly art here only hobbies after nature. Clumps of large granitic or gneissic boulders tumbled in heaps are a common landscape feature — the so-called kopjes. In the pockets of earth in the many crevices, large and small, among these rocks, growth is apt to be very luxuriant and of more tropical cast than in the surrounding country ; I suppose it is that the huge boulders absorb much of the sun's heat, conserving it and givmg it off to the soil around, and so acting in some sort as a natural forcing- house. Growth is also apt to be luxuriant upon old large ant (termite) heaps. Besides bringing up the deep soil to the surface and 142 WAYFARING NOTES IN RHODESIA. enriching it with their secretions, these creatures generate a large amount of heat, and upon a sharp cold morning one may distinctly feel a current of hot air ascending if the hand be placed over the top of one of the chimney -like vents which are raised upon the surface of the main mound. As to fertilization. Butterflies carry out some of this work, but I should judge the largest share is carried out by beetles, which are extraordinarily abundant and of many species. Ants too, I think, carry out a fair share, and in some Asclepiads their tastes appear to be specially catered for. As to colours. Varied as the flowers are in colour, there was nevertheless among such flowers as I saw blooming in December a noticeable preponderance of yellows and wdiites. Whether locusts have modified the flora of Africa to any extent is a question that must occur to one who sees them in swarm. They ravage year after year, and it is marvellous how so much escapes them. Certainly they swarm in the dry season, when flowering is mostly over. It is said they are apt to be less troublesome after a very wet rainy season. Possibly the thorns which are so prevalent in many African plants may serve as a protection against locusts, as well as against the huDger of ante- lopes and the like. In Ehodesia there are roughly only tAVO seasons, the wet and the dry ; the wet constituting summer, the dry winter. The rains come on by degrees, commencing usually about the end of October, the showers increasing in extent on until February, when they tail off again, ending about April. But there is great variation in this regard, some rainy seasons being much wetter than others. In April the nights are getting much cooler, and by May and June one may see a thin coating of ice upon water left standing out in a pail all night. The early spring flowers come up before the first rains. Some of the trees throw out their new foliage in advance of the rains, notably the masam, previously referred to. In so rapid a run through the country one can only get a very general impression, but members of the following natural orders were noticeably abundant : — LeguminoscB, Cucurbitacea, Malvncem, Convolvulacea, AsclepiadacecB, LiliacecB, AmaryllidecB, and Iridea. The Asclepiads showed an astonishing variety of forms. Fungi of many species were abundant. The journey from Bulawayo to Salisbury was made early in December, and on the road one saw large numbers of a species of Brunsvujia, its bulb large as a man's head, and standing partly out of the ground. Its leaves are arranged like an opened fan, the scape jutting out at one side, and crowned with a large umbel. Earlier in the year, when the flowers first appear, they are deep cherry-red in colour ; but in December the long, rigid, dried ovaries, crowned by the dried-up perianth as plume, form a globular mass of spokes often as much as two feet in diameter. Later on, the the upper portion of the ovaries is expanded flange-fashion, and so forms so many wind-vanes. Early in December, as I passed these plants, all sail was set, but the umbels were still firmly attached to WAYFARING NOTES IN RHODESIA. 143 the scape. Later in the month they were all detached, for a joint much like that between falling leaf and stem forms between the umbel and scape, and there is also some decay of the scape at the point of attachment. Once detached this globular mass careers over the veldt, carried at great speed before the wind, and some must travel many miles ere they become caught in some clump of grass or entangled in some bush, there to come to rest and break up. As the wind is mostly from an easterly direction at the time this migration takes place, it is interesting to speculate upon the probable effect of time upon the distribution of this plant, for one would expect it to be swept from sea to sea. The road from Bulawayo runs roughly north and south, and therefore across the track taken by these travellers. Here and there drainage trenches have been dug along the sides of the road, and in these trenches the globular masses were trapped by thousands. Many of the more delicate herbaceous plants seek the shade of some bush and scramble up among its branches, or nestle at its roots. Some close during the fierce heat and glare of noonday. One finds the same species varying greatly in size, according as conditions are favourable or not. Noticeable as this was, perhaps this is just as much the case at home among our English wild flowers. Many of the creeping herbaceous plants growing upon open sandy or thin soil form very pretty star-like and allied patterns as they radiate out upon the ground. The few epiphytic orchids I have seen have been in the forest belts of the large river-valleys. There are a good number of ground orchids, some of considerable beauty. A white one, which grows in the swamps, is very delicately scented; but they are mostly scentless. Great tracts of country are covered with Proteas of several species, as bush and undersized tree. Arums are common, cream-yellow, not white, as in Cape Colony ; the leaves are spotted. Giant candelabra-like Euphorbias are common. The grapple-plant was abundant near the bhashi river. No Mesembryanthemums and no heaths were noticed. The Kafirs of Rhodesia — both Matabeleland and Mashonaland provinces — do not cultivate flowers, so far as I could discover ; neither do they use the many beautiful wild ones which lie ready to hand for the decoration of their persons or their dwellmgs. And in this connection the absence of domestic pets may be noted — if one excepts the dog ; and to say a Kafir's dog has " a dog's life of it " conveys a fairly accurate impression. Travelling up by rail as one approached Khama's country, one saw from the carriage windows quantities of Bauhinia. Perhaps cut down by the construction men, as the rail was newly completed, it formed small stumpy bushes, and did not appear to be a climber ; the white, delicately-veined petals were very beautiful. In this country and to the northwards a long way, especially affecting barren places, one saw a Vellozia with tufts of leaves and lilac- coloured flowers springing out from its odd-looking stem. There was a delay of a few hours at Palapwe, Khama's capital, and here round about the railway- station — which is a few miles 144 WAYFARING NOTES IN RHODESIA. from the native town — a Stapelia was common ; also a short stunted globular- stemmed Euphoj-bia, the flowers springing from finger-like projections from the stem, the whole plant only some six inches or so in height ; shade-seeking. Another plant which hugged the roots of the stunted bush here- about was Decahelone, Mr. N. E. Brown thinks probably D. elegans Dene. The stems consisted of several I'hiphorbia -like rods, many- angled and beset with spines, the whole plant about a foot in height. The flower, large and campanulate in shape, springs by a very short stalk from close to the ground. The short limbs of the corolla are dull yellowish brown in colour, but the interior of the bell is of a deep maroon, colour, approaching black. On first catching sight of the flower it looks much like a hole in the ground. The odour of the flower is offensive, and suggestive of cheese. I was unfortu- nately not able to catch sight of the particular insect or insects for which this lure was spread. I have to express my thanks and the great obligations I am under to the officials of the Botanical Department of the British Museum, where my collection is deposited, as also to Mr. Hierii and to Mr. Spencer Moore. Mr. Rendle h;is favoured me with the following description of a new species of Moraa, which is conspicuous upon the veldt from the unusually dark maroon colour of tlie flower. Upon closer in- spection it shows an interesting feature. The circumference of each flower-stalk is covered for about an inch in extent by a layer of clear sticky matter, which proves an effective bar to any raiding of the flower by insects crawling up from below. Ants were the raiders against wliom this provisiou seemed to be aimed, if one might judge from the numbers of them trapped, for many of them were glued hopelessly fast to the flower-stalk, and some remain sticking even in the dried specimens. The sticky layer is confined to a definite area of the stalk, and is very adhesive, as is apparent still in the dried plant. Morsea Randii Rendle, sp. nov. Planta glabra rigida pro genere elatior, caulibus erecto-ascendentibus valde flexuosis ramosis, ramis ascendentibus ssepe unilateralibus, internodiis superioribus et pedunculis annulo viscido in parte superiore munitis ; foliis rigidis, infimis membranaceis brevioribus, caulem arete vaginantibus, superi- oribus accrescentibus mox linearibus, e basi latiore plicatis, sub apice angustata planis, in ramis florentibus iterum diminuentibus anguste-lauceolatis acuminatis ; pedunculis rigidis subpatentibus, spathis e basi lata lanceolatis, 2-3-floris; periauthio lurido-purpureo, Segmentis e basi in unguem brevem angustata oblanceolatis in mar- gine superiore valde crispulatis et lutescentibus ; antheris oblongis loculis parallelis ; ovario anguste elliptico basi angustato apice rostrato ; capsulo subgloboso, semiuibus rufescentibus. A fine plant, the stout spreading ascending shoots reaching nearly 3 ft. in length ; completely enveloped below the first branch by the leaves, which pass from the membranous sheaths at the base into two or three produced linear leaves 7^-10 in. long by 2-2f lines broad; spathes about 1^ in. long ; outermost leaf ovate, 7-10 lines BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OP BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 145 long. Inflorescence large, distichously branched and spreading, peduncles 1|~3 in., flowers with the ovary just clear of the point of the spathe ; perianth- segments 14 lines long by 3-6 lines broad, staminal tube 5 lines long, free portion of filament 1 line, anthers 2 lines ; bifid stigmas with their thread-like segments 5 lines long. Ovary ^ in. long. Capsule 5 lines each way, with a round slightly flattened apical area. Hab. Bulawayo, Jan. 1898, R. Frank Rand. Near M. glutbwsa Baker, found by Welwitsch in Huilla, with the plants of which district those obtained by Mr. Eand show consider- able afiinity. The new species is, however, a larger plant, with wider branching, more floriferous, inflorescence, and slightly larger flowers with broader perianth-segments. — A. B. R. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. By James Britten, F.L.S., and Gr. S. Boulger, F.L.S,, F.G.S. First Supplement (1893-97). (Continued from p. 103.) Bobart, Tilleman (fl. 1650-1720). Son of Jacob Bobart the elder. Friend of W. Sherard. Found Mentha sativa, R. Syn. ii. 124; Clarke, 57. Pult. i. 313; Nich. Illustr. i. 357, 366. 369 ; Diet. Nat. Biog. v. 285 ; Druce, Fl. Berks, cxxv. Bohun, Edmund (fl. 1700-2). Collected in South Carolina, 1700-2. Sent plants, &c., to Petiver. Mus. Pet. 79, 94. Bonavert (or Bonivert), Gideon (fl. 1696). " Plants gathered in Flanders at Breda and at the several camps wherein he was a Lieutenant in the Enghsh army, amongst which are mosses, grasses, fungi, &c.," H. S. Ixxxv. " Plants gathered in the fields and gardens of England, at Chelsea, &c.," many named by him in Latin, French, and English. H. S. Ixxxvi-^S Sent pi. from Ire- land to Plukenet, Aim. 284, 312, 344. H. S. xcvii., 74, 143; and from Deal to Petiver, Mus. Pet. no. 405. Bond, George (fl. 1826-80). Kew gardener. Drew 1700 plants for W. T. Alton, 1826-35. Gardener to Lord Powis at Walcot, 1835-80. Garden, 24 Jan. 1880, 75. Bosanquet, Rev. Edwin (1800 ?-72) : b. London, 1800 ? ; d. 30 Aug. 1872. M.A., Oxon, 1826. Rector of Forscote, Somerset, 1848-70. 'Plain and easy account of Brit. Ferns,' 1854; ed. 2, 1855. Jacks. 240; Alumn. Oxon. i. 134. Bossey, Francis (fl. 1820-60). M.D. Of Woolwich. 'Fungi which attack cereals,' Proc. Bot. Soc. Lond. 50. ' Kent Plants,' Ann. & Mag. ii. (1839), 272. Contributed to Gibson's Fl. of Essex. Bostock, John (1773-1846) : b. Liverpool, 1741 ; d. London, Aug. 1846. M.D., Edinb., 1798. Pres.G.S., 1826. V.-P.R.S., Journal OF Botany. — Vol.36. [April, 1898.] m 146 BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 1832. Of Liverpool till 1817. Friend of Roscoe. Found ErythrcBa latifoUa, Smith, Fl. Brit. iii. 1393 ; Clarke, 49. Smith Corr. ii. 328 ; Gent. Mag. 1846, ii. 65 ; Diet. Nat. Biog. V. 422. Boswell, Henry (1837-97) : b. Oxford, 27 Jan. 1837 ; d. Head- ington, Oxford, 4 Feb. 1897 ; bur. St. Sepulchre Cemetery, Oxford. Hon. M.A., Oxou, 1881. Bryologist. * London Cat. of Brit. Mosses' (with C. P. Hobkirk), 1877. Contrib. to Phytologist, 1860 ; to Journ. Bot. from 1872. Herbarium at Oxford Bot. Garden. R.S.C. i. 50; vii. 222; ix. 301; Journ. Bot. 1897, 132, with portr. ; Druce, Fl. Berks, clxxxi. Bourne, Edward (fl. 1794). 'Be plantarum irritabilitate,' Edinb., 1794. Pritz. 37. Brewer, James Alexander (fl. 1838-90) : d. Australia. Local Sec. Bot. Soc. Lond., 1839. ' Flora of Reigate,' 1856. ' Flora of Surrey,' 1863. Pritz. 40 ; Jacks. 258, 260 ; R.S.C. vii. 255. Brockbank, William (1830 9-96): b. 1830?; d. Didsbury, 25 Sept. 1896 ; bur. Friends' Meeting-house, Ashton-on-Mersey. F.L.S. F.G.S. Cultivated Primulas, Saxifrages, Narcissus, &c. Experimented on doubling and colouring flowers. Gard. Chron. 1896, ii. 409. Bromfeild, William (fl. 1757). 'An account of the English Nightshades, and their effects.' Londou, 1757. French trans- lation by his son, 1761. Brown, Robert (1842-95) : b. Campster, Caithness, 23 March, 1842 ; d. Streatham, Surrey, 26 Oct., 1895. Studied at Edinburgh, Leyden, Copenhagen. Ph.D., Rostock. Visited Jan Meyen, Spitzbergeu and Greenland, 1861. Botanist of Brit. Columbia Expedition, 1863-6. In Greenland, 1867. ' Florula Discoana,' Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed. ix. 430. ' Manual of Botany,' 1874. Jacks. 367, 53 ; R.S.C. i. 661 ; vii. 279 ; ix. 371 ; Journ. Bot. 1895, 384. Lecidea Campsteriana Lindsay. Browne, Edward (1644-1708) : b. Norwich, 1644 ; d. ISForthfleet, Kent, 28 Aug. 1708; bur. Northfleet. M.B., Camb., 1663. M.D., 1670. M.D., Oxon, 1667. F.R.S., 1667. F.R.C.P., 1675. P.R.C.P., 1704. Son of Sir Thomas. Travelled in Europe, 1664-73. ' Travels,' 1685. Diet. Nat. Biog. vii. 42 ; Munk, i. 375 ; Wadd. 26. Portr. engr. from one in Buchan Coll. Buchanan, John (1855-96) : b. Nuthill, Perth, 1855 ; d. British Central Africa, 9 March, 1896. Gardener at Drummond Gardens, Crieff. Agriculturist to Church of Scotland Mission, Blantyre, Nyassaland, 1876. Acting Vice-Consul, Nyassaland, 1888. C.M.G., 1890. Vice-Consul, 1893. Plants at Kew and Brit. Mus. Journ. Bot. 1896, 192; Kew Bulletin, 1896, 148. Albuca BucJianani Baker. Buffham, Thomas Hughes (1840-96): b. Long Sutton, Lin- colnshire, 24 Dec. 1840 ; d. Walthamstow, Essex, 9 Feb. 1896. A.L.S., 1891. Algologist. Contrib. algological papers to Journ. Quekett Microsc. Club. Algae at Brit. Mus. Journ. Bot. 1896, 170; R.S.C. ix. 395. Gonimophyllum Buffhami Batters, BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 147 Burnett, Stuart Moubray (1826 ?-93) : b. Kemnay, Aberdeensh., 1826?; d. Old Aberdeen, 23 Jan. 1893; bur. Old Macliar Churchyard, Aberdeen. Of Balbithan, Keithhall, Aberdeen. Had a herbarium. Contributed papers (unpublished) to Aber- deen Nat. Hist. Soc. Gard. Chron. 1893, i. 112. Burton, Esther. See Hopkins. Cantley, Nathaniel (d. 1887) : b. Thurso, Scotland; d. Tasmania, 1887. Kew gardener ; Assistant Director, Mauritius Garden ; Superintendent, Singapore Gardens, 1880 ; founded forest department there. Draaena Cantleiji Baker. Carrington, Benjamin (1827-93) : b. Lincoln, 18 Jan. 1827 ; d. Brighton, 18 Jan. 1893 ; bur. Carlton Hill Cemetery. M.D., Edin., 1851, F.R.S.E. Hepaticologist. 'Flora of the West Riding' (with L. C. Miall), 1862. ' British Hepatic^e,' 1874-5. Collection of Hepaticae at Owens Coll., Manchester. Jacks. 530 ; R.S.C. i. 799 ; vii. 339 ; ix. 453 ; Journ. Bot. 1893, 120. IladuJa Ccnringtonia Jack. Carson, Alexander (i850-96) : b. Stirling, 1850 ; d. Fwambo, Central Africa, 28 Feb. 1896. B.Sc, Glasgow, 1883; to Tanganyika, 1888. Sent plants to Kew. Kew Bulletin, 1896, 148. Glorlosa Carsoni Baker. Cattley, William (d. 1832). F.L.S., 1821. Horticulturist. Of Barnet. ' Botanices scientise callentissimus.' Patron of Lindley. Had large collection of drawings of plants. 'A new Psidiuui,' Trans. Hort. Soc. iv. 315. Gard. Chron. 1897 (i.), 93 ; Lindley, ' Digitalis,' pref. Cattleya Lindl. Chandler, Alfred (1804-96): b. Vauxhall, 31 Jan. 1804; d. East Dulwich, London, 10 Nov. 1896. Nurseryman and floral artist. ' Illustrations of Camelliae,' 1831 (with descriptions by William Beattie Booth). Pritz. 60 ; Jacks. 126 ; Journ. Bot. 1897, 32 ; Gard. Chron. 1896, 628. Clarke, R. Trevor (1813-97): d. Welton Place, Daventry, 11 April, 1897. Colonel. Horticulturist. Hybridized Cotton. Gard. Chron. 1865, 366; 1872, 799; Garden, 1897, i. 308. Clarke, — , Rev. (fl. 1729-34). Collected in Virginia (1729), Carolina, Antigua, Montserrat (1734), and Bermuda. Plants in Herb. Sloane, Ix. & Ixxxii. 240, 296, 297, 318. Cleghorn, Hugh Francis Clarke (1820-95) : b. Madras, 9 Aug. 1820; d. Stravithie, Fife, 19 May, 1895. M.D., Edin., 1841. LL.D., St. Andrews, 1868. F.B.S.E., 1837; Pres., 1868. F.L.S., 1851. Prof. Bot. Madras Univ., 1852. Conservator of Forests, Madras, 1856 ; Inspector-General, 1867 ; Glasgow, 1869. ' Hortus Madraspatensis,' 1853. ' Forests and Gardens of South India,' 1861. Index to Wight's Icones, Madras, 1856. Pritz. 63; Jacks. 532; R.S.C. i. 948; vii. 403 ; Journ. Bot. 1895, 256 ; Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed. xx. 439, with bibliog. ; Pharm. Journ. 1894-5, 1085. Cleghornia Wight = Baissea. Crewe, Rev. Henry Harpur. See Harpur-Crewe. Crotch, Rev. William Robert (1799-1877) : b. Oxford, 1799 ; d. Catherington, Hants, 8 May, 1877. M.A., Oxon, 1826. M 2 148 BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. Vicar of Catherington, 1872. Master of Grammar School, Taunton, 1854. Memb. Bot. Excli. Club, 1866. Somerset Fungi in Proc. Som. Arch^ol. Soc. v. (1854). Helped Leighton (Fl. Sbropsh.). K.S.C. ii. 99; Alumn. Oxon. Cunnack, James (1831-86) : b. Helston, Cornwall, 27 Dec. 1831 ; d. Helston, 11 May, 1886 ; bur. Helston Cemetery. Bookseller, of Helston. Had a large herbarium. Correspondent of Watson. Active Member of Bot. Exchange Club. Found Hypericum imdulatum. Journ. Bot. 1891, 98 ; Top. Bot. 542. Dale, Francis (fl. 1730) : b. Hoxton ? Relative of Samuel Dale. Travelled in East and West Indies, and sent plants to S. Dale from Bahamas. Journ. Bot. 1883, 227. Dale, Thomas (fl. 1700-30). M.D., ? Leyden, 1723. Prob. nephew of Samuel Dale. Sec. Botanical Society (London), 1726, and afterwards of Charlestown, S. Carolina. ' De Pareira brava,' Leyden, 1723. Pritz. 75 ; Jacks. 200 ; Diet. Nat. Biog. xiii. 386 ; Munk, ii. 362. Dalhousie, Lady. See Ramsay, Christina. Darwall, Rev. Lester or Leicester (1813-97) : d. Tenby, Pem- brokesh., 22 July, 1897. M.A., Camb., 1838. Incumbent of Crigglon. Had a salicetum. Contributed to Leefe's ' Sahctum Exsiccatum.' Sent Salix cuspidata to Borrer for E. B. S. 2961. Alumn. Oxon. Davis, John Ford (1773-1864) : b. Bath, 1773; d. Bath, 1 Jan. 1864. M.D., Ediub., 1797. L.R.C.P., 1808. Physician to Bath Hospital, 1817-34. ' Botany of Bath' in ' Historical . . . Account of Bath,' 1802. Babington, 'Flora Batlion.' pref. v. Munk, iii. 67-8; Diet. Nat. Biog. xiv. 168; Boasc. De Alwis, Harmanis (d. 1894) : b. Ceylon ; d. Ceylon, 10 June, 1894. At Ceylon Bot. Gardens, 1818-94. Assisted Moon in ' Cat. Ceylon Plants ' (1824). Draughtsman to Gardens, 1823-61 ; large series of his drawings there. Drew some plates for Wight's 'Icones.' Helped Thwaites with 'Enum. PI. Zeylaniae.' Journ. Bot. 1894, 255. Alwisia Lindl. = Eria. TcBniopthyllum, Alwisii Lindl. De Crespigny, Eyre Champion (1891-95) : b. Vevey, Switzer- land, 5 May, 1821 ; d. Beckenham, Kent, 15 Feb. 1895. M.D., Heidelberg. In India, 1845-62. Conservator of Forests and Superintendent Bot. Gard. Dapsoria, near Poonah, 1859. * New Loudon Flora,' 1877. Had a herbarium. Jacks. 256 : Journ. Bot. 1895, 127. De Tabley, Lord. See Warren, John Byrne Leicester. Dickson, Francis (1793-1866) : b. Edinburgh, 25 Dec. 1793 ; d. Chester, 3 March, 1866; bur. Chester Cemetery. Seeds- man at nurseryman at Chester, 1819. Correspondent of Loudon and T. A. Knight. Corr. Memb. Roy. Hort. Soc, 1825. Journ. Hort. x. (1866), 241. Donovan, Edward. See O'Donovan. Drummond-Hay, Henry Maurice, ne Drummond (1814-96) : b, 1814; d. Seggieden, Perth, 3 Jan. 1896; bur. Kinfauns, SHORT NOTES. 149 Perth. Colonel. Of Seggieden, Perth. Hon. Curator, Perth Museum. Contrib. hot. papers to Scottish Naturahst, 1872- 80. Ornithologist. R.S.C. vii. 927 ; x. 166 ; Journ. Bot. 1896, 133 ; Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. 1896, 73, with portr. Bhinanthiis Crista-gaUi var. Drummond-Hayi F. B. White. Duncannon, Thomas (fl. 1822-26). Gardener in Royal Bot. Garden, Edinburgh. Drew pi. at Kew for W. T. Alton, 1822-6. 'Garden,' 24 Jan. 1880, 75. Dymock, William (d. 1892) : d. Bombay, 29 April, 1892. Bombay Medical Staff, 1859. Surgeon-Major. Prof. Mat. Medica, Grant College, Bombay. Hanbury medallist, 1887. ' Materia Medica of Western India,' 1883 ; ed. 2, 1885. ' Phar- macographia Indica.' Pharm. Journ. 3rd ser. xxii. 993. (To be continued.) SHORT- NOTES. Chenopodium glomerulosum Rchb. — My attention was first drawn to a strange goosefoot growing abundantly on waste heaps at Twerton, N. Somerset, about two years ago. The same plant has been seen lately also at Tewkesbury; and, like C. opiiUfulium, which now seems always with us on waste heaps in the west, it is probable that this new form, w^hen attention has been directed to it, will be found to occur more frequently than at present appears to be the case. The reflection should be borne in mind that a plant found growing solely in waste ground and on rubbish-heaps need not necessarily be an alien ; for several indigenous species whose status is not questioned are only met with in similar situations. C. glo- merulosum is undoubtedly a segregate of the album group, to which a careful comparison of fruit and seed shows a very close affinity. But the habit, foliage, and inflorescence are characteristic. Usually a bushy, spreading plant of 2-2|- ft., the lower branches are often longer than the central axis. Stem stout, reddish, striate. Foliage dull, dark green. Leaves long-stalked, mostly entire or but slightly angled, elliptic in outline, blunt; a few irregularly angled and toothed. Inflorescence of densely aggregated glomerules, in shortly branched spiciform panicles ; leafy in bud, becoming more naked in fruit. The name has been confirmed by Prof. Sagorski. — James W. White. ToRTULA INTERMEDIA Berk. IN LEICESTERSHIRE.— WMlst botauizlng at Birstall the other afternoon, I came across a considerable quantity of Tortilla intermedia growing on a wall in that village. There does not appear to be any previous note for this moss in Leicestershire. It occurs in surrounding counties, and it may probably have been passed over in Leicestershire for T. ruralis, which it superficially resembles. Under the microscope it may be distinguished from the latter by the smaller areolation, the leaf-margin plane above, and the less denticulate arista. — A. B. Jackson. 150 p. BUBANI FLORA PYRENAEA. Scottish Localities for Euphrasia foulaensis Towns. — I lately looked through the Eyebrights of Mr. P. J. Hanbury's collection and of the Bos well- Syme Herbarium, and noticed among them vai'ious specimens which correspond with one or other of the northern forms recently so named by Prof. Wettstein for Mr. Shoolbred and myself; there are also one or two gatherings of mine winch apparently belong here. Mid-Perth (v.-c. 88) : Ben Lawers, August, 1887 !, above 3000 ft. ; these just match some of our Melvich plants. Small and immature specimens from near the summit of Am Binnein (Ben More), between 3500 and 3700 ft., thmhurij d' Marshall, July, 1889, are probably the same thing. S. Aberdeen (v.-c. 92) : Near the Falls of Corriemulzie, Braemar (very characteristic). Fox d Hanbury, July, 1885. The Derry, Braemar (mixed with E. gracilis Fries and £". c^rrm Fries), Hayihury, July, 1886. W. Sutherland (v.-c. 108) : Between Durness and Ehiconich, Fox S Hanbury, July, 1885. Caithness (v.-c. 109) : Cliffs at Downreay, Fox d- Hanbury, July, 1885. Orkney (v.-c. Ill) : Swanbister, W. Irvine Fortescue in Herb. Boswell-Syme — one dwarf plant, like the mainland form of exposed grassy cliffs, among a lot of F. burealis Townsend. Moul Head, Deerness (the same form), W. Irvine Fortescue in Herb. Hanbury. I suspect that E. ojjicinalis var. maritima Hooker comes under E. foulaensis; but there appear to be no authentic specimens in the General Herbarium at Kew, nor yet in the British Herbarium at South Kensington. There are examples in Herb. Hanbury of a beautiful plaut from cliffs at Downreay, Caithness, gathered in July, 1888 (associated with E. foulaensis), which I think may be E. foulaensis X latifolia. In habit these closely approach EJ. latifolia Pursh, but are much less hairy, with small bright violet-purple blossoms, the corolla-tube being included. Mr. Hanbury tells me that they occurred over nearly a mile, mostly in ones and twos — a fact which rather favours the suggested theory of their origin. — Edward S. Marshall. NOTICES OF BOOKS, P. BuBANi Flora Pyrenaea i^^^'i' Ordines Xaturales gradatiin digesta. Opus posthumum editum curante 0. Penzig. Mediolani, Hoephus edidit MDCCCIIIC. Vol. I. pp. hi. 551. 8vo. This work, upon which Bubani had been engaged during the chief and best part of his life, was practically ready for the press at his death in 1888. Prof. Penzig in his preface explains that, from various circumstances, it has not been possible to publish it until now. His share in the work is limited to certain corrections, bibliographical additions, &c., the book being in the main produced as it was left by its author in about 3000 folio pages of manuscript. "Whatever may be thought of the author's views of nomen- clature," says the preface, "every one must admire the vast erudition, the skill, and the scrupulous care" which Bubani has p. BUBANI FLORA PYRENAEA. 151 brought to bear upon his Flora. It is indeed widely different in almost every particular from the average work of the kind. It is written in Latin throughout ; the synonymy is of the most elaborate description ; and the notes upon each species show an acquaintance with botanical literature, both ancient and recent, which can hardly be exceeded. The space devoted to localities is but small, but his intimate acquaintance with the country enables the author to express succinctly and with precision the distribution of the species ; he usually, however, gives the exact localities of his own gatherings, with dates. He divides the Pyrenees into three botanical regions, the oceanic, the mediterranean, and the alpine, and in his preface discusses the comparative richness and other peculiarities of each. The De Candollean system of classification IS mainly followed, though in reversed order, beginning with Gymnosperms, and then taking the Mouochlamyde^e of Angio- sperms ; in this volume the CoroUiflorse are included only from FlumhaginecE to AsclepiadacecB ; lihamnacea (of which CelastrinecB and Aquifoliacem are considered tribes) is interposed between Oleacece and Acanthacece. In the forty-two natural orders included there are 177 genera and 642 species ; doubtful species and those which he does not regard as properly Pyrenean, though admitted by some authors, he places at the end of each family or genus, and they are not counted. In the acceptation of genera, Bubani regards habit and general aspect rather than technical characters. As the plan of the book was formed many years ago, the first draft of it having been finished nearly half a century before its publication, it does not deal with the highly critical species of certain modern botanists ; he defines a species as that in which concur distinct tangible and constant characters, and carries out his idea on a moderate scale, as can be judged when a comparison is made with Gautier's recently published catalogue of the flora of the eastern Pyrenees, which is only a part of the area covered by Bubani's Flora ; in Gautier's catalogue there is an aggregate of 574 species for the same portion of the vegetable kingdom. A leading feature in the work is the evidence of his research into the older books, and of his appreciation of the labours of the fathers of botany. His lucubrations have resulted in very curious and astounding developments ; our author, not content with citing the older botanists, such as Dioscorides, Mattioli, Theophrastus, Lonitzer, &c., and referring to the Bible, Homer, Virgil, &c., under many of the species, proceeds to use the names given by some of them, and relegates to synonymy Linnean and other names which have long been adopted by botanists. While following the method of binominal nomenclature, he combats the idea that Linnfeus invented this method, and shows that such names were given by several of the ante-Linnean writers, who, he claims, gave them in many instances not casually, but by set purpose. He exhibits a very limited admiration for Liunseus and his ways, and broadly states that the Species Plantariim of that master was a very bad book, and full of mistakes ; and he complains that Linnaeus in 152 p. BUBANI FLORA PYEENAEA. many cases unnecessarily and for the worse altered the names of Tournefort, Bauhm, and other of his predecessors, and that, while infringing the rules which he himself had. laid down, he substituted names of his own, inaccurate or wrongly chosen, both for genera and species ; for example, Cataria of Tournefort was called Xepeta by Linnaeus, although Nepeta was declared by Dioscorides to be synonymous with Mentha, and the true Xq^eta of Pliny is thought to be a Melissa [Calamintha) ; Bubani contends that therefore Xepeta was erroneously used by Linnaeus, and N. Cataria L. he accordingly calls C. tomentosa Gilib. The Ilhabarbarum of Ammann and Tournefort was changed by Linnaeus into Rheum ; and other such innovations are instanced and objected to. Bubani exercised a critical scrutiny into the correct application of ancient names, and does not scruple to discard them, however much sanctioned by modern adoption and usage, whenever he finds that errors are involved in using them. Thus he explains that no Glaux of Dioscorides or of any of the ancients, except Dodoens, was the plant now known to us by that name, and he therefore thought it a good opportunity to change the name into Vroedea, and in this way to avoid confusion and to commemorate John de Vroede, a Belgian correspondent of Dodoens. But he does not use or even cite for the genus the synonym Glaucuides Kupp. Fl. Jen. 21 (1718), non Micheh (1729). The following passages from a letter addressed by Dillenius to Linnaeus are transcribed in support of the author's action : — "I think the names of the ancients ought not rashly and pro- miscuously to be transferred to our new genera, or to those of the new world. The day may possibly come when the plants of Theophrastus and Dioscorides may be ascertained, and till this happens, we had better leave their names as we find them." "1 do not, like Burmau, blame you for introducing new names, but for the bad application of old ones." He shows that many excellent botanists have in former times changed names for good and sufficient reasons, and he claims the same liberty for himself. For the names of genera he refers with approval to the opinion of Cassini that in general meaningless names or those which do not indicate any character are the best, though he accepts diminutive names derived from a true comparison with well-known plants, and he has constructed such a name for Cicendia, which he deals with as follows : he says that Cicendia Adans. is one of the synonyms of Gentiana Tournef., and that Exacuin L., which some botanists use, is a synonym of Erythraa ; he therefore substitutes for it his new name Cicendiola. He also dismisses the name EnjthrcEa on the ground that it comprises some species with white flowers, and he calls it Libadion, a name which he finds used by Pliny, but which is unknown to modern science. For species he thinks that names should be expressive, and he selects for them the best rather than the oldest names, and does not countenance the principle of De CandoUe and of many later authors in prohibiting the alteration of the trivial name of a plant whenever the species is transferred from one genus to another. Bubani forcibly urges against such ELEMENTARY BOTANY. 153 an unnecessary and comparatively modern restriction — and many British authors would agree with him — that when the genus, which is the principal part of the name of a species is changed, a new thing is done and the name gone, and therefore the trivial part, which is quite secondary and subservient, can without any difficulty be re- formed; and he wisely points out that trivial names are frequently given with special reference to their generic allocation, and that such names when removed from the genus cease to be applicable, and it may not be possible to retain them without involving absurdity. There is one new species described — Onosma elegans; not the plant so named by C. Koch, which is synonymous with 0. sericeum Wi"''- W. p. HiEEN. Elementarij Botany. By Percy Groom, M.A., F.L.S. Crown 8vo, pp. X, 252; tt. 275. London: G. Bell & Sons. 1898. Price 3s. 6d. Botany without a microscope is the motto of this latest addition to the long list of elementary text-books. " Considerable experience as examiner in Botany as taught in schools" has convinced the author that "comparatively few learners have the advantage of seeing specimens with the aid of a compound microscope." There IS unfortunately some truth in this, though we are inclmed to think that Mr. Groom underestimates the number of those who enjoy the advantage. It is an age of examinations, and teachers are rapidly finding out that success in examinations can only be gained by the use of proper appliances in connection with their teaching. The superficial teaching of science was a result of superficial know- ledge on the part of the teacher, but happily there are technical institutes and similar foundations which admit pure science into their curriculum, and it is quite easy for elementary teachers to acquire in their spare evenings something more than a mere smattering of their subject. "Within the last month we have met no less than three teachers who, having realized the necessity of some use of the microscope in teaching botany, have given up one evening a week to remedy the deficiency. We believe that Mr. Groom writes for a rapidly diminishing number, and cannot agree with him when he further remarks : "In commencing the study of Botany a compound microscope is absolutely needless, and in the case of young beginners does more harm than good." Perhaps he has had more experience in examiniug beginners than in teaching them. This is one of the clearest and best of elementary text-books we have seen, and we have seen a good many ; but in looking through it we feel how often a microscope would help to make clear certain points. On p. 3, one of the chief characteristics of the root, the protection of its tip by a root-cap, is relegated to a footnote, as it '•can only be properly seen by the aid of a compound microscope." It can easily be seen m duckweed with a lens, and demonstrated in most roots without any difficulty with a low power of a cheap micro- scope, as also can the endogenous origin of the root-branches, and 154 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. the reason of their arrangement in regular longitudinal rows, hoth of which iDoints are insufficiently explained. Later in the book is an excellent short account of pollination, and the differences in structural mechanism between wind- and insect-pollinated flowers. A sight of the pollen and stigma of typical examples of each by aid of the microscope would forcibly drive home these differences. But nowadays a text- book plays a subordinate, though an important, part in the study of science. The teacher must always supplement, and generally finds it necessary to correct, thereby often seriously bewildering the student, and causing him to lose all faith iu what should be a useful guide. If he adopts Mr. Groom's work, he will find the second function unnecessary. The book deals entirely with the seed-plants, and is divided into three parts — General Morphology, Classification, and Physiology. We con- gratulate the author on the abundance and excellence of the figures ; a great many of them are new. Especially helpful are the large clear floral dissections and diagrams in the systematic portion ; our only fear is lest the student should think it unnecessary to refer to the flower; the teacher must insist with the author (p. 2) that he " have before him a specimen of the plant described," and " constantly examine and refer to it." The pictures of simple apparatus for illustrating points in physiology will enable the learner to repeat the experiments. The glossary at the end of the book will be useful ; as may also the forty-eight-paged catalogue of Messrs. Bell's educational works, though personally we should much prefer not having them bound up with the book. Finally, to assure him of our goodwill towards his book, we will tell Mr. Groom that we have already recommended it to several students. A. B. Rendle. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.- Annais of Botany (March). — D. H. Campbell, ' Development of flower and embryo in Lilcea ' (3 pi.). — W. & G. S. West, ' Observa- tions on the Conjugate ' (2 pi.). — H. M. AVard, 'A Violet Bacillus from the Thames ' (1 pi.). — A. H. Church, 'Polymorphy of Cutleria multijida ' (3 pL). — M. Dawson, ' On the structure of an ancient paper.' But. Centralblatt (Nos. 9, 10). — F. Ludwig, 'Die pflanzenlichen Variationscurven und die Gauss'che Wahrscheinlichkeitscurve.' — (No. 9). A. Weberbauer, ' Zur Anatomic der Kapselfriichte.' — (No. 10). E. H. L. Krause, ' Floristische Notizen : Graser.' — (Nos. 11, 12). F. G. Kohl, 'Ueber das Chlorophyll und seine Derivate.' — L. Kny, 'Vermogen Chlorophyllkorner im Lichte Sauerstoff aus zuscheiden ? ' * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 155 Bot. Gazette (15 Feb.). — J. M. Coulter, ' Life-bistory of Eanun- culus' (1 pi.).— J. E. Tilden, ' W. American Tbermal Algae ' (3 pi.). —J. W. Tourney, ' The Tree Opuntias of tbe U.S.' — C. Chamber- lain, 'Winter characters of certain sporangia' (1 pi.). Bull, de VHerb. Buissier (Feb.). — C. Miiller, ' Bryologia Serra3 Itatiatae ' (cont.). — R. Chodat, ' Etudes de biologic lacustre.' — (Feb. & March). H.Christ, ' Filices Insularum Philippinarum' (3 pi.). — (March). H. Hallier, ' Neue und bemerkenswerte Pflanzen aus den Malaiisch-papuanischen Inselmeer.' — T. de Heldreich, ' Flore de I'lle d'Egine.' — A. Chabert, ' Sur quelques Renoncules.' Bull. Torreij Bot. Club (12 Feb.).— D. T. MacDougal, 'Physiology of Tendrils.' —Id., ' The Mycorhizae oi A plectrum.' — T. F. Allen, 'Japanese Characeae.' — G.V.Nash, 'American Grasses' (Blepharo- neiiron, gen. no v. = Vilfa tricholepis Torr.). — F. E. Lloyd, Pseudo- tsuga mucronata (1 pL). — A. Le Jobs & M. A. Howe, ' Porella once more.' — E. P. Bicknell, Savastana Nashii, Chatochloa versicolur, spp. nn. (2 pi.). — G. N. Best, ' Fabroleskea, a new genus of Mosses.' Erythea (17 Feb.). — Rumex densifiorus Osterhont, sp. n. — A. Eastwood, ' Ferns of the Yosemite.' Gardeners' Chronicle (5 March). — W. Roberts, ' Early Herbals.' — (19 March). Isocline ohscurans Woodrow, Cirsium candidisdmum Dammer, spp. nn. — (2G March). H. N. Ridley, Livistona Woodfordi, sp. n. Journal de Botaniq\ie ("16 Dec. 1897"; received middle of March). — P. Parmentier, ' L'espece vegetale en classification.' — E. Malinvaud, 'Propriete scientifique.' Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrlft (March). — G. R. v. Beck, 'Die Sporen Yon MicrochcBte tenera undderenKeimung.' — E. Hackel, Odontelytrum, gen.nov. (Panice^e). — S. Murbeck, Alectorolophus asperukis (concL). — A. Nestler, ' Die Schleimzellen der Laubblatter der Malvaceen ' (1 pi.). — F. Pfeiffer & R. v. Wellheim, 'Zur Fixirung und Prapara- tion der Slisswasseralgen ' (concl.). — A. v. Degen, Alyssum Dorfieri, sp. n. — M. Schiilz, 'Die Orchideen Deutschlands,' &c. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. By the publication of part xviii. of bis British Moss- Flora (London: 303, Clapham Road. Jan. 1898. Pp. 37-64; plates 91-96. Price 6s.) Dr. Braithwaite has advanced another stage, and he has traversed some rough and difficult country on the way. The result of his recent operations is that he has nearly completed his treatment of the genus Amblystegiuni. This geuus, as amplified by Lindberg and others and adopted by Dr. Braithwaite, contains about three times the number of species that were allotted to it originally by Brucli and Schimper. The additions consist chiefly of some Hypnaceous subgenera of more or less aquatic habit which 156 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. exhibit a relationship to Amhlystegium riparium. There are in all forty-two species ; and these are grouped into six sections, of which two — Euauihlystegium and Caw})ijliadelphus, containing thirteen and five species respectively — were included in part xvii. In the present part comes the extremely difficult section Drepcmocladus or Har- pidium, to which Dr. Braithwaite attaches the anomalous Thiddium decipiens De Not. This section contains twelve species. Then follow Scorpidium with one species, Hijf/roJu/pnum or Limnoblum with six, and Calliergon with five, three of which have failed to secure accommodation in part xviii. Dr. Braithwaite is much to be con- gratulated upon the completion of one of the most troublesome portions of his undertaking. — A. G. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Feb. 3rd, Mr. W. C. Worsdell read a paper on " The Comparative Anatomy of certain Genera of the CijcadacecE.'" The chief points touched upon were : — In Cycas, the conduplicate vernation and arrangement of the bundles in the fleshy hypog^eal cotyledons, the secondary extrafascicular rings, the concentric cortical strands, and, in one species, the peculiar concentric structure of the leaf-traces, in the stem, and in the hypocotyl some curious concentric strands running obliquely out from the cylinder, and, in a small seedling, the secondary vascular cylinders lying outside the normal stele ; in the seedling of Stangerla paradoxa the small primary concentric bundles in the stalk common to the two cotyledons, which both higher up and lower down become collateral, and in the adult stem the occurrence of a secondary concentric strand in the periphery of the cortex, which appeared to be the remnant of a once normal system of nude strands ; and in Ceratozamia mexicana the vertical succession through the pith of a large stem of effete peduncular cylinders, the peduncles which successively terminate the stem being in turn pushed to one side and their basal region enclosed by a lateral shoot which continues the main vegetative axis. In conclusion the author endeavoured to show that certain characters in the vegetative structure of these plants showed them to be nearly allied to, or descended from, certain fossil fern-like plants, notably the Medulloseie, and these characters were : the extrafascicular zones in tlie stem of Cijcas, which really repre- sent the outer portion of the flattened concentric strands in the stem of the Medullosepe, the inner portion of which has died out ; and all the various concentric structures above-mentioned. For the type of structure prevailing in the ancestors of the Cycads would have been the concentric, whereas in their descendants it is the collateral. The significant outcome of this study is to form, in the vegetative characters of these plants, a connecting link, over and above that already aflbrded by the discovery of spermatozoids in Cycas and Ginkgo, between "flowering" and "flowerless" plants. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Feb. 17th, Mr. F. N. Williams, F.L.S., read a paper on Arenaria, one of the larger genera of Caryophyllacea, which now includes a considerable number of species. Alsine and others, usually included as sections of the genus, he thought should be regarded as distinct genera; Alsine BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 157 and Arenaria being distinguished by the same cardinal character which separates Lychnis from Silene. The genus under revision inchides species (of which 168 are enumerated) distributed chiefly throughout the north temperate zone, though in the New World a few occur in South America. A few species which extend toward the Tropics occur at considerable elevations on mountain-ranges, reaching, for instance, 19,000 ft. in the Himalayas of West Tibet. In this revision, for the formation of primary groups, the two associated characters relied on are the number of teeth formed by dehiscence of the ripe capsule, and the structure of the disk. An examination of several series of specimens, especially of those of the better known forms growing in situ, shows these two characters to be fairly constant, and suitable for the definition of primary groups, although in habit and aspect species of Alsine are not readily distinguished from those of Arenaria. The author's descrip- tions are confined to species recognized during the last fifty years (from 1848 to 1897 inclusive), the others being cited in their proper place by name and references. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on March 3rd, Mr. G. Claridge Druce read a paper on the occurrence of Carex helvola Blytt in Britain, in which he gave an account of his discovery ot this plant on Ben Lawers, Perthshire, in August, 1897. He found it growing in some abundance at an elevation of about 3200 ft. Prof. Blytt and Dr. Christ, to whom specimens had been submitted, both agreed in naming it C. helvola, which by many botanists is considered to be a hybrid. Prof. Blytt says that it grows with C. canescens and apiwoximata (lagopina), but he has never found ripe fruit. Dr. Christ says : " II me semble d'etre une ancienne hybride fixe et plus ou moins stable." Mr. Druce could readily believe that C. helvola was a hybrid of which C. canescens was one parent, but he had more difficulty in stating definitely the name of the other. From the close resemblance borne by C. helvola to C. Zalinii (an acknow- ledged hybrid of C. canescens, in one of its forms, with C. approxi- mata), this combination might well be the origin of the Ben Lawers plant, but against that was the fact that the presence of C. approximata in the Breadalbanes had never been proved. C. echinata, on the contrary, was plentiful there, but Mr. Druce could see no positive evidence of the occurrence of that species in the foliage or inflorescence. He would have expected the off- spring of two plants with nerved perigynia to have exhibited that character even in young specimens ; as is shown in C. pseiido- helvola, an acknowledged hybrid of C. canescens and norvegica. The foliage, too, was slightly glaucous, a character not possessed by C. echinata. Although the Ben Lawers plant was less luxuriant than Blytt's Norwegian specimens, Mr. Druce was unable to separate it specifically from that plant. A SECOND instalment of the Welwitsch Catalogue has just made its appearance, in which Mr. Hiern continues the enumeration of the phanerogams to the end of Rubiacea. Four new genera and a large number of new species are described in this part. 158 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. The second volume, which is in an advanced state of preparation, will contain the Monocotyledons, by Mr. Eendle ; the Vascular Cryptogams, by Mr. Carruthers ; the Mosses, by Mr. Gepp ; the Hepaticse, by Prof. Stephani ; the Marine Algae, by Miss Barton ; the Freshwater Alg®, by Messrs. W. & G. S. West ; the Fungi, by Miss Smith ; and the Lichens, by Prof. Wainio. The An7iales des Sciences XatureUes must be added to the number — happily decieasii]g — of those periodicals which are imperfectly or incorrectly dated. The last volume (iv.), both on title-page and wrapper, bears the date 1896, but at the foot of the front page of the latter we read : " Ce cahier a ete public en novembre 1897 " — a fact of which no indication is given in the volume itself, and of which, therefore, when bound, it will contain no record, unless the wrapper be retained. In the face of its notorious inaccuracy, would it not be well to discontinue the announcement which appears on each wrapper — "Les Amiales paraissant par cahiers mensuels"? The Journal of the Linnean Society exhibits in a less degree the same discrepancy between promise and performance ; thus, on the cover of the last number we read that "papers read in May and June are published on 1st November." Yet this number bears date Dec. 2, and contains only one paper, which was read on March 18 and June 17 ! The cover of the Journal de Botanique dated Feb. 1 announced: " Le numero du 16 Decembre 1897 paraitra pro- chainement"; it came to hand about the middle of March, duly dated "16 Decembre"! It would seem that the bad example so long set by the Kew Bulktin is finding numerous imitators. We are glad to announce that the Flora of Kent, under the joint authorship of Mr. F. J. Hanbury and the Rev. E. S. Marshall, is practically ready for press, and that a large portion of it is already in the printer's hands. A new part of Mr. Hanbury's British Hieracia has just been issued. M. John Briquet has issued a Mono[/raphie des Buplevres des Alpes-Maritimes (Bale: Georg, Nov. 1897) which is evidently a very careful study of the twelve species of Bupleurum found in the region mentioned. We regret to record the death of our contributor Mr. Thomas Kirk, of Wellington, New Zealand, of whom we hope to publish a fuller notice. Mrs. Earle's Potpourrifrom a Surrey Garden (Smith, Elder & Co. ; price 6s.) contains much miscellaneous chat on all kinds of subjects, from children to cookery, but is remarkable among the books of its class for its very interesting and appreciative notices of botanical artists and their work. Mrs. Earle's own collection of the less recent and (artistically at any rate) more valuable illustrated literature is evidently by no means inconsiderable, and she has supplemented her knowledge by frequent visits to the Botanical Department of the Natural History Museum, where she has been able to study at leisure the work, both published and unpublished, of the best botanical draughtsmen. We know of no book which BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 159 contains a more attractive account of these than this of Mrs. Earle's, and we hope she will pursue her researches and publish the results — perhaps apart from the domesticities which form a considerable percentage of this potpourri. There is, it seems to us, room for a book of this kind, but, should Mrs. Earle act on this suggestion, we would advise her to submit her proofs to some botanical friend, in order that certain slips which disfigure the present volume may be avoided in the future. Mrs. Rowan, to whose drawings of Australian plants we referred in this Journal for 1896 (p. 239), has published a book called A Flower- Hunter in Queensland and New Zealand. It can hardly be held to justify its title, for there is little about flowers beyond some rather gushing remarks in the preface as to the author's "love for the flora of Australia, at once so unique and so fasci- nating," and about " the delight of finding rare and even unknown specimens" (sic) — "those specimens hitherto unknown were named by the late Sir Frederick Miiller." Only one example of Mrs. Rowan's really clever coloured drawings of plants is reproduced : this is said to be "a specimen of Cochliospermam " {sic). As a book of travel the volume is fairly interesting, but as far as plants are concerned it is not enlightening. Nor do we learn anything as to the occurrence of certain unexpected additions to the Australian flora, to which we drew attention in our note already referred to. We have received the first number (Feb.) of The Cactus Journal, a new monthly, which is not to be limited in accordance with its title, but will "exclusively deal with Cacti, Euphorbias, Stapelias, Agaves, Aloes, Echeverias, Mesembryanthemums, and other succu- lent plants." Among other things it will contain "a Botanical List of all known Cacti and Succulent Plants, with their synonyms, native countries, discoveries, and other particulars, and a portion will be given in each number, until every genera [sic] , species, and variety known to botanists and horticulturists has been fully exhausted." Judging from the instalment of this list in the present number, ifc will hardly merit the term botanical : it begins thus — "Cereus Acutangulus, Brazil, Hort. Berol. " C. Alacroportanus, Brazil, Pfeiff. "C. Albispinus (s. Pilocereus Albispinus and Landbeckii), Chili, Salm. "0. Atroperpureus [sic] , West Indies. "C. Azurens [sic] , Chili, Parm." The editor says : " Those in italics should be classed with the genera in brackets, in our opinion"; but as he does not give his name, it is not easy to determine whether his views on classification are more worthy of consideration than his practice in spelling, which throughout the number is hardly in accordance with precedent. "Professor Luis Murillo," who, we gather from his advertisement on the cover, is a Vera Cruz dealer in cacti, contributes an exciting account of a night adventure in Mexico, when he was nearly suffocated by the "queer, and to a certain extent agreeable odour" 160 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. of ''a gigantic Cereus triangularis in fantastical shapes and shade" which " surrounded on every side" the house where he was sleeping; its "innumerable magnificent flowers of pure spotless white bedewed with watery pearls twinkled under the moon's gaze as so many bright diamonds." Mr. William Watson, of Kew, contributes "a note of welcome." The Committee of the Ceylon Planters' Association have resolved to perpetuate the memory of the late Director of the Eoyal Botanic Gardens at Peradeniya (Dr. Trimen) by the erection of a cenotaph at the Gardens in recognition of his valued services to the planting community, as well as to the colony generally, in his special depart- ments of botanical and scientific research. This will probably take the form of a tablet in a building erected as a memorial to Thwaites, and containing a memorial tablet to him. Sir George King retired on Feb. 28th from the posts of Super- intendent of the Pioyal Botanic Garden, Calcutta, and of Director of Cinchona Cultivation in Bengal. There is no need for us to remind our readers of the excellent work which Sir George has done in both these capacities ; and it is a satisfaction to know that he has been succeeded by Dr. Prain, who has for many years assisted Sir George in his work, and of whose thorough competence for the posts there can be no question. Dr. Otto Staff has been elected an Associate of the Linnean Society. We are quite sure that he is well worthy of the honour conferred, but we are surprised that the Council should be unable to find any British subject, either at home or abroad, who has sufficient claims to this distinction. We have received a list of the Flowering Plants of the Bromley District, which the Eev. J. J. Scargill has edited for the Bromley Naturalists' Society. It seems very carefully done, and contains 696 species, all of which, with the exception of about twenty-five, have been observed within five miles of Bromley townhall. There are, of course, a considerable number of introductions — it is curious to note among them three balsams [ImjKttiens Noli-tangere, I. biflora, and I. Pioijlei), all of which are entered as having been found by the Eavensbourne on the Cator estate. The absence of authorities for the Latin names gives the list a somewhat slipshod look, and is not compensated for by the addition of an "English name" to every species, even when introduced. Some of these would, we think, puzzle the most strenuous advocate of vernacular names to identify — e.g. the "Lance-leaved Turnip": this is assigned to Bmiias orientalis, which is stated to be well estabhshed in the neighbour- hood of Bromley. Mr. G. C. Druce asks any member of the Botanical Exchange Club who may have recently received in his parcel a sheet con- taining more than one specimen of Potamogeton fluitans to forward the others to Mr. A. Fryer, Chatteris, Cambridgeshire, as they were meant for him. Joiirn. Bot. Tab 386. G. Lister pinx. Mycetozoa. 161 NOTES ON MYCETOZOA. By Aethur Lister, F.L.S. (Plate 386.) Physarum didermoides Eost. var. liyidum, n. var. (PL 386, fig. 4). In searching for the various forms of Mycetozoa, we have until recently confined our attention very much to old stumps and fallen leaves in woods and gardens ; during the last year, however, Mr. Saunders, of Luton, and Mr. Crouch, of PuUoxhill, Beds, have found that straw-heaps that have lain long undisturbed yield species of the genera P/njsaruui. and Didymimn, often in vast abund- ance, and of special interest. In April, 1897, Mr. Saunders sent me a specimen presenting unusual characters, which he had gathered in a deserted stackyard on an exposed hill-top on the Dunstable Downs. A few days later my daughter and I visited the spot in his company, we found the wet straw beneath the dry superficial layer covered with the sporangia of Mycetozoa, principally of Didytnium effumm Link, and D. difforme Duby, but also with a large growth of the form we specially came in search of. Ii is a Physarum. with the following characters : — Plasmodium white ; sporangia subglobose or ovoid on a broad base, 0*5 to 0-6 mm. diam., sessile, crowded, grey, and somewhat rugose from deposits of lime, or purplish- iridescent from the absence of lime, exceptionally white with a densely calcareous wall ; they are either seated directly on the straw, or on a thick white hypothallus devoid of refuse matter, and sometimes extending beyond the sporangia in smooth white folds ; the sporangium- wall is generally single and membranous, with innate deposits of white lime granules, but in some parts of several gatherings it is double ; the outer layer is white and densely cal- careous, here and there separating fiom the membranous nnier layer ; the latter is usually colourless, but sometimes purplish and Avrinkled ; columella none ; capilhtium consisting of numerous white lime-knots, rounded or irregular in shape, connected by rather short, sparingly branched, hyaline threads; the spores measure 10 to 12 /x, and are very dark purple-brown, strongly but not very closely warted on two-thiris of the surface; over the remaining third the spore-wall is thinner and paler, and the warts more scattered (PI. 386, fig. 4). Other gatherings with precisely the same characters were obtained at GhaulEnd (the source of the April discovery) in June, 1897; at Barton, some miles distant; and at Nether Crawley, in October, 1897 ; in this last the spores, though very dark, are a shade browner, paler and more uniform in colour. The dark spores and characteristic capillitium suggested that in these gatherings we had a form of P. didermoides, but the sessile sporangia agreed with Rostafinski's description of P. lividmn. The typical form of P. didernwides'Rost. has erect ellipsoid sporangia with white membranous stalks rising from a well-developed white hypothallus, a capillitium with numerous rounded lime-knots, and purple-brown, almost black, spores. Rostafinski's description of Journal of Botany.— Vol. 36. [May, 1898.] n 162 NOTES ON MYCETOZOA. P. Uvidiim, in bis Monograph, p. 95, is as follows : — '' Sporangia irregularly shaped, hemispherical, depressed, sessile, greyish white or white ; colnmella none, or a central mass formed from the capillitium ; capillitium with numerous roundish snow-white lime- kiiots ; spores violet-black, with a thick strongly spinulose mem- brane." He then gives var. Ucheniformis " with the sporangia seated on a strongly developed hypothallus," quoting a gathermg from Bethlehem, S. Carolina, and var. couglobatum " without hypo- thallus." The essential points of difference between P. didermoides and P. lividum resolve themselves into the shape of the sporangia, and the presence or absence of a stalk. As indicating the difficulty Rostafinski felt in this distinction, he has marked a specimen from Ceylon (No. 135, Kew Coll.), which has sessile irregularly-shaped sporangia, as F. didermoides. In both English and American specimens of undoubted P. didermoides we meet with both ellipsoid and irregularly-shaped sporangia and stalked and sessile sporangia in the same development ; the characters which distinguish P. lividum seem therefore to fall to the ground. At the same time the extreme forms represented by gatherings in which no sessile spor- angia occur and those in which no stalked sporangia occur (as is the case with the Chaul End specimens) should be recorded as varieties, and I mark the latter as P. didermoides var. lividum. The type of P. lividum. var. licheniforme Rost. referred to above, is in Nees's herbarium at Strassburg, and was collected by Schweinitz at Bethlehem, S. Carolina ; the subglobose sporangia are seated on a white hypothallus. I have given it as a sessile form of P. dider- moides in Brit. Mus. Cat. Myc. p. 55. There is a specimen from Mr. F. L. Harvey, Orono, Maine, in the Brit. Mus. Coll. (B. M. 1595) which I mark P. didermoides var. lividum; the sporangia are globose ; it is the only example of the species we have met with in which the spores are identical with those of the gatherings from Chaul End. The unequal thickness of the spore-wall seems, how- ever, to be too inconstant to be an important character. Physarum didermoides Rost. On Oct. 19th, 1897, I received a good supply of this species from a large growth found on a heap of stable manure by Mr. C. Crouch at Mead Hook Farm, near Pullox- hill, Beds. The greater part is a fairly typical form with erect ellipsoid sporangia on white membranous stalks ; a considerable portion, however, consists of irregularly globose sessile sporangia seated on a white hypothallus ; the capillitium is of the normal form, with small rounded lime-knots connected by slender flexuose sparingly branched hyaline threads, and frequently with a large cen- tral mass of lime composed of confluent lime-knots ; the spores are very dark purple-brown, closely and regularly spinulose all over, 1-4 /x diam. (PL 386, fig. 5). On Nov. 16th, 1897, 1 had another fine gathering from Miss Agues Fry, from Failand, near Bristol ; it was part of an abundant growth on an old heap of stable manure in an open field. This specimen differs from that sent by Mr. Crouch in the larger size of the sporangia, which are irregularly ellipsoid, and all sessile on a profuse white hypothallus. The capillitium and spores are similar to the last and quite typical. The inner sporangium- NOTES ON MYCETOZOA 163 wall of the Mead Hook gathering is purplish and wrinkled into areolae ; that from Failand is more even, and paler in colour. Both of these developments differ from the Chaul End gatherings of the var. lividum in the more ellipsoid sporangia, the more abundant white hypothallus, and in the more rounded and smaller lime- knots ; the spores are also somewhat different in having the spines equally distributed over the uniformly dark surface. It is likely that this species and its varieties might often be found if stackyards were searched ; but the only British gatherings I had previously met with were one in Berkeley's herbarium from King's Cliff, and one from Hooker's herb, marked *' Purton" ; both these specimens are in the Kew Collection, and had been determined by Rostafinski as P. didenuoides. Physarum straminipes, n. sp. (PI. 886, fig. 2). On May 3rd, 1897, Mr. Saunders sent me a specimen of an unfamiliar Physarum gathered the day before at Chaul End, near Dunstable ; and on our visit to the spot on May 6th we found it in considerable abundance on the damp straw. It holds a position between P. compressuui and P. didermoides, but differs from both in so many points that it appears necessary, in order to avoid confusion, to mark it as a distinct species. The habitat is on straw, stable manure, and dead leaves. Plasmodium white ; sporangia greyish white, obovoid or wedge-shaped, averaging 0*7 mm. diam., single or clustered on longer or shorter stalks ; or sessile, subglobose, ellipsoid, or bolster- shaped on a broad base, crowded or rather scattered ; sporangium- wall membranous, with dense innate clusters of white lime-granules, colourless or purplish in the lower part ; stallis yellowish white or straw-coloured, membranous, or somewhat cartilaginous, often 2 mm. long, filiform or flattened, smooth, often branched and anastomosing, merging into a hypothallus of the same parchment- like structure, semitransparent, and quite free from refuse-matter ; columella none, or represented by a central mass of confluent lime- knots ; capillitium rigid and persistent, of rather large ovoid or rhomboidal lime-knots, connected by straight hyaline glass-like rods, flat and broad at the junction with the knots, or terete and flexuose where they spring from the sporangium-wall ; after the dispersion of the spores the capillitium retains the shape of the sporangia to a remarkable degree, giving the appearance, under a pocket-lens, of unbroken sporangia ; the spores, as seen with moderate magnification, are dark purple-brown, with a mottled appearance ; high magnification shows the spore-wall to be olive- brown, beset with crowded dark warts occupying broad irregular patches ; these are separated from each other by nearly smooth intervening spaces, having the effect of pale bands. Besides the gathering near Dunstable the species has been obtained at several stations within a radius of a few miles ; it was generally fojind on straw, but one gathering by Mr. Crouch at PuUoxhill was on dead leaves in a dry ditch. On March 11th, 1898, we found it in vast abundance on stable manure round sea-kale pots in my garden at Lyme Regis, Dorset. In all the gatherings the characters have been constant, both as regards the shape of the sporangia, the persistent N 2 164 NOTES ON MYCETOZOA. capillitium, and the mottled spores. I give the specific name strawi- nipes on account of the straw-colom^ed stalks ; these and the peculiar striicture of the spores constitute tha essential points of difference which distinguish this species from P. compressum, its nearest ally. Didymium Trochus, n. sp. (PI. 386, fig. 1). Among the interesting species which the search in straw-yards has yielded during the past year is a Didijmium which appears to he iindescribed, and has not been met with in any of the collections we have examined. It is allied to D. difforme Duby in possessing a convex egg-shell-like upper sporangium-wall rising from a broad base ; it has also a somewhat rigid and sparse capillitium. It differs from D. difforme in the sporangia being provided with a stalk, in the presence of a prominent columella, and in the warted spores. The prevailing shape of the sporangia is that of a peg-top (hence the specific name), but much diversity of form occurs, as will appear in the account given later. We first discovered the species, with both stalked and sessile sporangia, on straw at Chaul End, May 6th, 1897. On July 8th we received a further supply from Mr. Saunders, gathered in a stackyard at Barton. The sporangia were mostly top-shaped, but in some the stalks were very short. On Oct. 28tli Mr. C. Crouch sent us a large gathering which he had found on "a heap of turnips and haulm" at Kitchen End, near Ampthill. A part of the growth was in "buttercup yellow" plasmodium, some of which he sent with the ripe sporangia in a box packed with moss ; during the transit by post the plasmodium crawled on to the moss, and there formed sporangia. In this gathering the stalks are almost all well developed. In the same month we received from Mr. E. S. Salmon a small gathering on dead leaves, which he had obtained in April, 1897, in the grounds at Clevelands, Reigate ; the sporangia are sessile, and in this respect resemble many of those of our first gathering at Chaul End. The descrip- tion of the species is as follows : — Plasmodium bright yellow, among dead leaves, straw, &c. ; sporangia 0-7 to 1 mm. diam., pale ochre or white, hemispherical or top-shaped, stalked or sessile ; sporangium-wall of two layers, the outer brittle and shell-like, composed of closely compacted angular or stellate crystals of lime, forming a hemispherical cap fitting on to the yellow-brown thickened margin of the broad columella ; the inner layer membranous, entirely free from lime, usually adhering to the outer layer ; colu- mella ochraceous, smooth, convex, nearly as broad as the spor- angium, filled with large and beautifully stellate snow-white crystalline masses of lime, which also extend downwards into the interior of the stalk ; in many sporangia where the stalk is almost or entirely wanting the surface of the columella is beset with pro- jecting lobes filled with stellate crystals, and often attenuated upwards into the threads of the capillitium ; stalk yellowish brown, obconic or cylindrical, furrowed and wrinkled, often narrow at the point of attachment to the straw, and easily falling off"; capillitium colourless or purple-brown, not profuse, persistent, the threads either almost simple from a broad base, or branched above, or anastomosing and forming a loose network ; in the last case the threads are often NOTES ON MYCETOZOA. 165 interrupted by large vesicles containing crystals of lime ; spores brownish purple, ''9 to 10 [jl diam., strongly war ted, the warts unevenly distributed, often in close clusters of three_ or four with intervening smooth spaces, as seen with a ^L-mch objective. Badhamia ovispora Eacib. (PI. 386, fig. 3). I give a figure of this species, which was described in the Journal of Botany for September, 1897, p. 354, to illustrate the plasmodiocarp form it sometimes assumes, and the ellipsoid shape of the spores. Although the only other recorded gathering appears to be that by Raciborski in Poland, which established the type, it is probably not uncom- mon, to judge from the fact that it has been found in stackyards in three localities in the summer of last year. Physarum vernum Somm. Within the last three months we have received specimens representing several large growths of this species, on straw, from the neighbourhood of Luton and Ampthill. They are interesting as corresponding almost exactly with Sommer- felt's type from Christiania. The sporangia vary in shape and size ; those from Mr. Crouch, from Kitchen End, are mostly plas- modiocarps, measuring 0-6 to 1 mm. broad, and sometimes 18 mm. long ; the sporangium-wall is densely charged with lime, and in some parts consists of two layers, the outer separating from the inner. The capilhtium resembles that in Sommerfelt's type in having a true Badhamia character in some parts, and abundant hyaline threads in others ; the spores measure 9 to 10 fi, and are rather paler than the type, but are distinctly darker than in P. cinereiuu. Another specimen from Chigwell, Essex, has darker spores again; the sporangia are small, and closely resemble those of P. cinereum. I record these gatherings because of the indefinite boundaries of this newly-revived species (described Journ. Bot. June, 1897), and because we had not before obtained it with the characters of Sommerfelt's type so strongly marked, or in such abundance. DiACHCEA BULBiLLOSA (Berk.) Lister. Among the specimens of Mycetozoa collected in Java by Prof. Penzig in 1896-7, and kindly submitted to me for inspection, is a Diachcm which I have named as above. It was found in abundance, sometimes thousands of in- dividuals together, on dead leaves and stems in the Botanical Gar- dens at Buitenzorg and Tjibodas. The sporangia are globose and iridescent, on conical white stalks ; these are densely charged with lime, and extend into the sporangia to about half their height as columellaj ; the capillitium is a network of purple-brown threads spreading from the columella to the membranous sporangium-wall; in part of the gatherings the stalks are brown and narrow above, and expand below into a broad white base ; the lime they contain is in the shape of angular nodules. This latter form corresponds with the type of Didymium bidbillosum Berk. & Broome from Ceylon, published in Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 81 (Brit. Mus. Coll. No. 592 ; Berkeley's herb., Kew, No. 1514). It is referred to Brit. Mus. Cat. Myc. p. 91, under Diachoea elegans Fr. as differing from the usual type of that species in the globose heads and rougher spores. The occurrence of the form in such abundance in Java*, 166 NOTES OF A TOUR IN N. SCOTLAND. invariably with globose sporangia, and with violet-grey spores of the same colour as those of the Ceylon specimen and marked with similar scattered warts, confirms the integrity of the species ; it must, however, be transferred from the genus Didymium, in which Berkeley placed it, to Diachcea. The camera lucida drawings in the plate (PL 386, figs. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10), taken with a J-^-inch immersion lens, show the difference of spore-sculpture which distinguishes the five recorded species of Diachcea. Description of Plate 386. — 1. Didymium Trochus. 2. Physarum strami- nipes. 3. Badhamia ovispora. 4. Spore of Physarum didermoides var. lividum, collected at Chaul End, x 600. 5. Spore of P. didermoides, collected at Mead Hook Farm, x 600. 0. Spore oiDiachoea elegans x 600. 7. Spore of D. splen- dens X 600. 8. Spore of D. Thomasii x 600. 9. Spore of D. subsessilis x 600, referred to Journ. Bot. June, 1897, p. 213. 10. Spore of D. hulUllosa x 600. a, sporangia x 20 ; 6, capillitium and spores x 280 ; c, spore x 600 ; d, crystals of outer sporangium-wall x 280 ; e, crystals in the columella x 280. NOTES OF A TOUK IN N. SCOTLAND, 1897. By Rev.E. S.Marshall, M.A.,F.L.S.,&W. A. Shoolbred,M.R.C.S. The undermentioned plants were observed between July 14th and August 12th. A day was spent in working the coast of Thurso Bay, Caithness (109), via Scrabster to Holbura Head. We stayed a short time at Melvich, W. Sutherland (108), and passed five days at Betty Hill very pleasantly, Tongue and its neighbourhood after- wards occupying our attention for nearly a fortnight. The grand- looking corries on the east side of Ben Hope disappointed us ; but Ben Laoghal (about as fine a hill as there is in Scotland, though not of any great height) produced several things of considerable interest. A brief sojourn at Altnaharra, where we were nearly devoured by midges, enabled us to add Carex cJiordorrhiza to the British Flora, and we believe that this place is well worth exploring systematically. Thence we journeyed southward to Golspie, E. Suth- erland (107), and Tain, E. Ross (106) ; finally breaking our journey for a few hours at Dunphail, Inverness-shire, which is in Watson's v.-c. 95, Elgin. With the exception of the last two days, we had an almost unbroken spell of fine weather, and managed to collect a good many rare or critical species. Particular attention was paid to the forms of Hieracium and Euphrasia, in which this part of the country is decidedly rich. The sign "^^ denotes a new vice-comital record ; t an apparently new British plant. We are indebted for much kind help in determining doubtful specimens to Messrs. Arthur Bennett, Crepin, H. & J. Groves, Hanbury, Klikenthal, E. F. Linton, G. Nicholson, Rogers, and Prof. Wettstein. NOTES ON A TOUE IN N. SCOTLAND. 167 Thalictnim culliniun Wallroth. 108." Melness Sands, Tongue Bay, associated with T. dunense ; also on rocks at Ardsgionaich Poiut, at the N.W. end of the Bay. Kamuiculus Flammula L. var. radicans Nolte. 108. Sandy shore of Loch Naver, Altnaharra ; many of the specimens very charac- teristic, but shading off into the ordinary form, and some quite erect, though in other respects just like the prostrate, rooting state. — Fi. scoticus E. S. Marshall (A', j^etio/aris ejusdem, non Bonpland, Humboldt, & Kunth). 108. Lochan Hacoiu, near Tongue; Loch nan Uan, below Ben Klibreck, Altnaharra. Our recent observation of this plant in a wild state has confirmed us in the belief that it should be separated from Fi. Flammula as a good subspecies ; as Mr. Symers Macvicar has noticed, it appears to occur only on stony lake-margins over a subsoil of peat. — Ft. Steveni Andiz. 108. Rocky bay about a mile W. of Melvich. 109. Sparingly in a damp hollow on Holburn Head, together with a curious dwarf state of R. Flam- mula.— R. bulbosus L. 107. Sandhills, Brora; Golspie Links. 108. Melness Sands. — R. Ficaria L. 108. Ascends to 1800 ft. on Ben Laoghal. Caltha radicans Forster. 108. ''^ By the Ribigill Burn, above the bridge which crosses it about a mile from Tongue ; scarcely differing from C. palustris in leaf-characters — it may perhaps be the var. zetlandica Beeby, which we have not seen. Papaver duhium L. 107. Golspie. Neckeria claviculata N. E. Brown. 108. Tongue; only seen at one spot. Cardamine jlexuosa With. 107.* Dunrobin Glen, Golspie. Draba incana L. 107. The small state mentioned by Syme as growing near Tain is abundant on Golspie Links. Coclilearia officinalis L. 109. Very luxuriant in a gully on Holburn Head. A peculiar scurvy-grass grows on the coast of the Dornoch Firth, between Edderton and Tain, 106, with leaves much like C. anglica, but approaching C. aljjina in the pods, which are strongly reticulate when ripe. Prof. Hausskuecht suggests that this may be a hybrid ; if so, it is pretty sure to be C. groenlandica X officinalis ; but we did not notice the former thereabouts, and its seeds appear to be perfect ; the shape of the fruit is also against this view. — C. groenlandica L. 107.* Shores of Loch Fleet, near Golspie; much eaten down by rabbits. 108. S.E. shore of the Kyle of Tongue, on decomposing mica-schist. 109. Abundant and very dwarf in short turf, Holburn Head. Sisymbrium Thalianum J. Gay. 107.* Golspie; Biovsi [TJilaspi arvense is not uncommon at both these places). — [S. Sophia L. 107.* Shore at Golspie ; only one plant, evidently a mere casual.] Cakile maritima Scop. 107.* Coast between Brora and Golspie ; also by Loch Fleet. Helianthemum Chamacistus Miller. 107. Scarce and very local on cliffs half-way between Brora and Golspie. Viola ericetorum Schrader. 107.* Near Brora. — V. Curtisii Forster. 107.* Between Brora and Golspie ; the same form which is abundant on Dunnet Links, Caithness. 168 NOTES OF A TOUR IN N. SCOTLAND. Lychnis Githago Scop. 106. Cornfield near Edderton. Cerastium tetrandrum Curtis. 107. Golspie Links. A not un- common species on the sandy coasts of N. Scotland. — C. trivUde Link, var. alpinum Mertens & Koch. 108. In rills on Ben Hope, at 2500 ft. Stellaria media Cyr. var. Bonvaiia (Jordan). 106. Coast near Edderton. 107. Stony shore of Loch Fleet, near Golspie, in great plenty. Sagina maritima Don and S. nodosa Fenzl. 107.* Golspie Links. — S. procumbens L. var. spinosa S. Gibson. 107. Shore of Loch Fleet. Buda rubra Dumortier. 107.''' Plentiful on the railway near the head of Loch Fleet for about half a mile. — B. marina Dumortier. 107.'" Shores of Loch Fleet ; both type and var. neglecta. — B. media Dumortier. 107.* With the last. A strong, somewhat glandular form occurs near Edderton, 106. Hypericum pulchrum, L. var. procumbens Rostrup. 109.* Among grass and stunted heather near Holburn Head, the smaller speci- mens just matching Mr. Beeby's Shetland plant, but more luxuriant as a rule ; uniformly procumbent. [Malva moschata L. 108. The white-flowered form occurs sparingly by the Ribigill Burn, just below Tongue village, having probably been " seeded down " from gardens. M. sylvestris was seen at Golspie near houses, and looking like an outcast or escape.] Erodium, cicutarium L'Heritier, var. glandnlosum, Bosch. 107. Sandy ground near the N.W. end of Loch Fleet. Astragalus danicus Retz. 107. Sandy coast midway between Golspie and Brora. Lathyrus jjratensis L. A hairy form occurs at Kirtomy Bay, near Farr, 108, and is abundant on cliffs near Scrabster, 109. "Scarcely lanuginosa-villosa of Fries: rather between that and type." Ar. Bennett in litt. Bruuus Avium L. 95. Rocks and cliffs above the Divie, near Diuiphail— a plant with pecuHar leaf-serration, for which Mr. Nicholson could give no special name ; we judged it to be indi- genous. 107.* Dunrobin Glen, Golspie ; P. Fadus also grows there. Rubus villicaulis Koehler. 107.* About Golspie, not unfrequent. ~E. Selmeri Lindeberg. 106. Between Meikle Ferry and Tain.— R. hirtifolius Mueller & Wirtgen, var. danicus (Focke). 108. The most plentiful species around Tongue, where Mr. Hanbury collected it several years since. — R. mucronatus Bloxam. Plants from 106 (Edderton) and 107 (near Loch Fleet) with glandular-aciculate stems are named "forma aspera " by Mr. Rogers. The small and neat- leaved northern bramble so characteristic of N.E. Scotland occurs about Golspie, differing from the others only by its weaker armature. ~R. radula Weihe. 107.* Typical and frequent at Golspie.— R. Balfourianus Bloxam. 108.* A large patch of this was met with on the coast at Auchninver (below Coalbackie), near Tongue. It is not_ quite typical, having stamens about as long as the styles, not faUmg short of them ; but the very large petals, the leaves, and the barren -stems are quite characteristic. NOTES OF A TOUR IN N. SCOTLAND. 169 Rosa mollis X jiimpmellifolia . 108. The beautiful rose from near Betty Hill, for which M. Crepin had already suggested such an origin, he now decidedly confirms as this hybrid. There are three distinct colonies within a few hundred yards, all exactly resembling one another. B,. mollis grows at no great distance, but is much scarcer than R. tomentosa. — Pi. pmpiiiellifolia x tomentosa. 107. In the valley of the Brora river, about a mile above the village.— R. glaiica X pimp ine II if alia. 107.* By the river-side at Brora — a single bush. M. Crepin assents to our identification of it with R. hibeniica var. glabra Baker. — R, coriifulia Fries, var. Baherl (Deseglise). 107. Near the shore of Loch Fleet ; also frequent about Brora. "C'est une var. du R. corlifolia Fries faisant partie du Pi. Bakeri Desegl. Ce R. Bakeri peut avoir les pedicelles lisses ou un pen glanduleuses " (Crepin inlitt.). The strongly-hooked prickles are very characteristic of this fine rose, which is by no means uncommon on the coasts of E. Ross and E. Inverness, varying somewhat in armature, but well marked upon the whole. Cratmfus monogyna Jacq. 108. A form with curious deeply- incised broad leaf-segments was found in a precipitous birch-wood on the E. side of the Kyle of Tongue ; certainly native. Sedum anglicum Hudson. 107.* Coast near Golspie. Epilohium alsiiiefolium X palustre. 106. Rocky streamlet on the W. side of Ben Laoghal at 1700 ft., together with the parents. Circcea alpina L. 107.* Dunrobin Glen, Golspie. The C. inter- media Ehrhart, of Scotland, which grows near Dunphail, can hardly be a hybrid, as it is found abundantly in localities from which C. lutetiana appears to be altogether absent. Conium maciilatiim L. 107.* Brora ; Golspie — in the former station, at least, it appears to be truly wild. Carum Carvi L. The caraway now grows plentifully over quite half a mile of ground near Melvich, and looks quite indigenous ; but it occurs as an evident escape on other parts of the north coast, so that it may be merely naturalized here. ^gopodium Podagraria L. 107. Golspie; not native, we believe. Pimpiyiella Saxifraga L. 107.* Coast between Brora and Gol- spie. 108. Var. dlssecta With, was met with in limited quantity on Melness Sands, near Tongue, among a large quantity of another variety (also abundant on sandy ground at Farr Bay), which seems to approach P. nigra Willd., as defined by Koch, Syn. ed. 2, p. 446 {7iot the var. nigra of p. 316), though the pubescence is less marked than in that description ; it can certainly not be referred to the type, and tends towards P. major in habit. Ligiisticum scoticum L. 108. Rocky coast, Betty Hill. Caucalis Anthrisciis Hudson. 107. Golspie. Linncea horealis L. 107. In the middle of a pine-wood near Golspie. We had previously been informed of its occurrence there, and though it appears to be well known locally, it is not recorded from E. Sutherland in Top. Bot. Extremely scarce; only three or four plants were seen. Galium palustre L. We believe that all the plants seen by us in 106-8 were var. Witheringii (Smith). — G. Aparine L. 108. Mr. 170 NOTES OF A TOUR IN N. SCOTLAND. Bennett writes as follows about a plant which we found growing sparingly in shade on the coast below Coalbackie, near Tongue : — " This seems to be var. amjustifolium Meyer = G. infestum Waldst. & Kit. Norman records it from Arctic Norway." G. infestum is identified by Nyman with G. Vaillantii DC, which our specimens closely resemble in their narrow leaves and patent inflorescence ; but the flowers are white and the fruits few — perhaps not a fatal objection, as the plants are by no means luxuriant. A strong, prostrate, large -fruited form of G. Aparine abounds on the shingly beach at Thurso. Scabiosa ar>!emis L. 108. A beautiful form with white blossoms occurs in small quantity at Melness ; the type is abundant there, as well as about Farr Bay, near Betty Hill. Filago minima L. 107. Golspie Links ; plentiful near the head of Loch Fleet, on sandy ground and railway ballast. Achillea Millefolium L. var. lanata Koch (1837). 109. Scrabster; jusc Mr. Beeby's Shetland plant. Mr. Bennett suggests that this may be the same as var. villosum Hartman, Hand. Sk. Fl. ed. 1, p. 419 (1820). Artemisia vulgaris L. var. coarctata (Forselles). 108. Melness Sands. The clothing is much more woolly than in the common plant of S.E. England, but its habit does not differ appreciably. Probably this Sutherlandshire plant may be typical coarctata, which Nyman localizes as "Bait, litor." Arctium nemorosum Bab. 107.''' Coast between Brora and Golspie, scarce. "Query, whether of Lejeune ? But I believe it is, and that Lange, Konicke &c. are wrong in referring our plant lo intermedium'' ( Ar. Bennett, in Hit.). A. minus Bernh. was seen in two or three stations near Tongue. Centaurea ? 108. f A handsome knapweed was found in considerable quantity among the sandhills below Coalbackie, on the E. side of Tongue Bay, and quite sparingly near Melness, on the W. side, associated with C. nigra and great abundance of C. Scabiosa, which is also very plentiful on slopes S.E. of Farr. Bay. In its usual form this is a yard or more in height, few- (1-4, usually 2-) flowered, with long peduncles ; leaves of a light clear green, entire or somewhat obscurely crenate-dentate, the lowest with a blade about 4 in. long and 1^ in. or more in its greatest breadth, gradually narrowed into a petiole of almost its own length, which (as well as the midrib and principal nerves beneath) is more or less hispid with crisped white hairs. The uppermost leaves are subsessile. The heads differ but little from C. Scabiosa, of which it has the radiant florets, and which is certainly its nearest ally. At Melness it is accompanied by a smaller form, little more than a foot high, the leaves being lanceolate, darker green, and quite entire ; we do not think that these can be kept apart. The only example in the large general collection at Cromwell Road which at all closely approaches this Sutherlandshire plant is one from dry wood-borders, Leopoldsruhe, near Lienz (S.E. Tirol), on schistose soil at 2300- 2400 ft., legit Gander, 1871 ; it was sent out with a typical speci- men, and is labelled merely " C. Scabiosa, L." Koch remarks (Syn. NOTES OF A TOUR IN N. SCOTLAND. 171 ed. 2, p. 473) : "Variat . . . rarius foliis integris lanceolatis et superioribus tantum basi pinnatifidis." We believe that our Tongue Bay plants, if their characters are fairly well retained under culti- vation, will deserve to be at least varietally separated from C. Sca- hiosa; they flower a little later, and we had some difficulty in obtaining sufficiently advanced material. C. Cyanus grows in fields at Golspie. Hieracium holoserlceum Backhouse. 108. Eocky ground below Ben Hope, on the E. side, in no great quantity. — H. glohosum Backhouse. 108.* Eocks at the summit of the Lion Peak, Ben Laoghal ; W. side of Ben Klibreck, at 2000 ft. The leaves are longer than usual, probably owing to its being in shade ; Mr. Linton has observed the same peculiarity in plants growing above Loch Etachan, in the Cairngorms. Another alpine hawkweed, found sparingly at 1800 ft. on Ben Hope, is placed as an undescribed dark-styled variety of this by Messrs. Hanbury and Linton, who gathered it on the same mountain ten or twelve years since. — H. curvatmn Elfstrand. 108. Ben Laoghal ; locally abundant. — H. liyiguJatum Backhouse. 108. Eather plentiful on the N. side of Ben Laoghal, descending to 1000 ft. ; a few of the plants had yellow styles. — H. anglicum Fries, var. aciitifolium Backhouse. 108. Coast near Coalbackie — a few specimens, the type being common. Var. loitgibracteatum F. J. Hanbury is frequent in this district. — H. iricum Fries. The most abundant species on the N. coast of Scotland, according to our experience. It is often stylose in the Tongue neighbourhood. — H. Carenorum F. J. Hanbury. 108. We were fortunate in discovering two new stations for this fine plant, which had previously been gathered only in very small quantity to the AV. of Ben Hope ; viz. at Betty Hill and by streams near Coalbackie and Ehi-tongue. It is liable to be confounded with H. argenteum Fries, var. septentrionale, but presents good marks of divergence, especially in the clothing of the heads. The latter plant was gathered on the coast near Betty Hill, and on rocks by Talmin Bay, N.W. of Tongue. — H. proxinium F. J. Hanbury. 109. Abundant on low cliffs between Thurso and Scrabster. — H. caledo?iicum F. J. Hanbury. 107. Cliffs midway between Brora and Golspie ; too far advanced to be worth gathering, still we feel no doubt about its being this species. 108. Plentiful along the coast of Tongue Bay ; Kirtomy, near Farr. 109. Cliffs between Thurso and Scrabster. — H. ruhicundum F. J. Hanbury. 108. N. side of Ben Laoghal, at about 1200 ft. — Var. Bos- ivelli (Linton). 108. By streams near Melness and Tongue; locally abundant. — H. nitidum. Backhouse. 108. We saw this in several places near Tongue, but in no great quantity. — R. Sommerfeltii Lindeberg. 108.* Eocks by the path from Kinloch Lodge to Ben Hope, at 1500 ft. ; heads more floccose than usual. — H. scoticiim F. J. Hanbury. 108. Very plentiful on the steep grassy banks of the Kirtomy Burn, near Farr, and frequent in that neighbourhood ; the specimens collected inland were often decidedly glaucous. By a streamlet to the W. of Talmm Bay, near Tongue. — H. onosmoides Fries, var. buglossoides (Arvet-Touvet). 107." Cliffs midway between Brora and Golspie ; just the plant of E. Eoss. — H. stenolepis Linde- 172 NOTES OF A TOUR IN N. SCOTLAND. berg, var. angninutn W. K. Linton. 108.''' Sandhills at AucUninver, Tongue Bay; extremely scarce, having probably sprung from the seed of a larger colony on the inaccessible cliffs above. So far as we know, it had only been obtained before in Dumfriesshire. A single specimen of the type was found on rocks by the road, near Armadale. — H. rivale F. J. Hanbury. 108. Mr. Hanbury so names three gatherings from the N. side of Ben Laoghal, at 1200-1500 ft., and one from the coast of Tongue Bay, near Melness. — H. vnirorum L. var. crassiusculnni Almquist. 108. Rocks near the coast between Talmin Bay and Loch Fhasgaidh. — H. casium Fries. 108. N. side of Ben Laoghal, at 1200-1500 ft. Named by Mr. Hanbury ; the speci- mens agree very well indeed with No. 125 of Prof. Lindeberg's Hier. Exsicc. Scaud., from Stockholm, which he (C. J.L.) considers to be the true plant ; the only difference consists in our plants having rather more clothing on the heads and phyllaries and more ciliate leaves, which is evidently due to their being in a less advanced stage. — H. casio-muronim Lindeberg. 108.* Coast and stream- sides about Coalbackie, near Tongue ; ascending to fully 1500 ft. on Ben Laoghal. In this district the leaves are often spotted. — H. orariuni Lindeberg, Ysn.fulvum, F. J. Hanbury. 108. Melness Sands, Tongue Bay, in profusion over a small area ; this is a beautiful plant with deep orange-yellow blossoms and very yellow foliage. 109. Cliffs between Thurso and Scrabster— only a few specimens were found. — H. diuiceps F. J. Hanbury. 108. Eocky streamlet on the W. side of Ben Klibreck, at 1800 ft. — H. dissimile Lindeberg. 108.* Coast of Tongue Bay, near Melness. Mr. Linton considers this to be the typical plant, or at least very near it. — H. aiu/ustatum Lindeberg. 108.* Ben Klibreck, at 2000 ft. As Mr. Linton has pointed out to us, this plant agrees admirably with No. 128 of Hier. Scand. Exs. (var. elatum. Lindeberg). Mr. Hanbury's opinion was: "near H. c(Bsiuin," which is quite true. — H. zetlandiciDn Beeby. 108.* Sandy, grassy slopes about half a mile S.E. of Farr Bay, plentiful; a single plant was also collected at Kirtomy. While gathering this, which is a most interesting novelty for the British mainland, we were strongly reminded of the Shetland species ; and careful com- parison with an excellent series received from Mr. Beeby himself has convinced Mr. Hanbury that they cannot be kept apart. The Sutherlandshire form is superficially very unlike leafy-stemmed specimens from rocks by Roeness Voe (No. 1092), but closely approaches those from short turf above Sand Voe (Nos. 1044, 1084) and North Ross (No. 1083), Northmaven; its leaves, however, being larger and less hairy (which the difference of situation fully accounts for). The styles are livid, instead of nearly pure yellow; but there is very little difference in the heads, which are somewhat more hairy, glandular, and floccose, as might be expected. — H. dovrense Fries. 108.* Rocks on the N. side of Ben Laoghal, at 1000 ft. ; most rare. ''Good type — the best yet seen in Britain." Hanbury, in litt. Our specimens indeed match well with Hier. Scand. Exs. No. 39, from the Dovre-fjeld. — H. strictum Fries. 95. Ravine of the Divie, Dunphail ; frequent. 107.* Bank above the Brora river, half a mile above the village. 108. Stream-sides about Tongue and NOTES OF A TOUE IN N. SCOTLAND. 173 Coalbackie, in plenty ; W. coast of Tongue Bay. — H. reticulatiim Lindeberg. 108. By the Ribigill Burn, near Tongue. — H. augustum Lindeberg. 95.''' Kocky banks of the Divie, above Relugas House, Diinphaii. — H. cori/whosum Fries. 108. Stream-side near Kinloch Lodge, Tongue. — H. auratum Fries. 107." Brora, on banks above the river. 108. Plentiful on the E. side of Tongue Bay. — H. horeale Fries. 95.* Roadside near Relugas, Dunphail. Tragopogon pratense L. 108. Sands at Farr Bay, Melness, and Coalbackie ; the type. Pyrola viinor L. 108. Fir-wood near the School, Rhi-tongue — kindly pointed out to us by a gentleman of the neighbourhood. Moneses grandijiora Gray. 107. Balblair Wood, near Golspie. Primula scotic.a Hooker. 108. Coast near Talmin Bay. We have been informed that it extends as far west as Durness. Anagallis tenella L. 108.'" By Loch Mer, Betty Hill; also near Kinloch Lodge, Tongue. Erijthcca littoralis Fries. 107.'" Plentiful in damp grassy ground by Loch Fleet. Gentiana Amarella L. 106, 107. The peculiar plant which was first noticed by Mr. Beeby in Shetland and by Hanbury & Marshall on Keiss Links and Reay Links, in 1886, also grows in profusion over Golspie Links, as well as sparingly on blown sand near Tain, to the exclusion of the type. The flowers are uniformly of a greenish white. The name "forma multicaulis" given to it by Prof. Lange is not very descriptive, as (although frequently branched) it is often simple-stemmed ; we believe it to be a permanent variety, and hope to test this by raisiug it from seed. — G. haltica Murbeck, 108.'" Stony, hilly ground to the W. of Melvich ; scarce and stunted. Pneuinaria maritima Hill. 106. Shingly bank between Edderton and Meikle Ferry. 108. Kirtomy Bay, near Farr. Myosotis collina Hoffmann. 107.'" Sandy coast between Brora and Golspie. Sulanum Dulcamara L. 108.'" Among bushes near Betty Hill ; only one plant seen. [Hijoscyamus niger L. 107. Golspie ; a casual here, as is Ver- basGiim Thapsus L.] Scrophularianodosah. 107. Golspie. 108. Tongue. We mention this, as it appears to be uncommon in the extreme north of Scotland. Euphrasia. With one exception, the determinations were made by Prof. Wettstein. All our gatherings were also sent to Mr. Townsend ; but he was unable to examine them in detail before leaving England, and we are thus deprived of the advantage of his comments. Over thirty collections were made, none of which have been determined as E. Piostkoviana or E. gracilis ; these appear to be mainly replaced on the north coast by i?. hrevipila and E. scottica. — E. hrevipila Burnat & Gremli. An extremely common plant in N.Scotland; it varies greatly. 95. Dunphail. 108. Very plentiful about Tongue, ascendhig to fully 2000 ft. on Ben Hope and Ben Laoghal, where it is small and usually unbranched. On grassy slopes at Talmin Bay occurs a dwarf, compact, branching form, 1-2 in. high ; near Coalbackie, on wet pastures sloping down to 174 NOTES OF A TOUE IN N. SCOTLAND. a burn near the sea, a beautiful variation with very large and highly-coloured flowers abounds; and in meadows, &c., near Mel- ness a luxuriant form (often over a foot high) is plentiful — we believe this to be identical with the eyebright so conspicuous on Keay Links, 109, which was formerly referred to E. pratensis Fries. — E. borealis Townsend. 106. Sedgy swamp on the coast a little N. of Tain ; a tall state. 107. Grassy banks of the burn in the upper part of Dunrobin Glen, near Golspie. Hollows among the sandhills, Brora. 108. Altnaharra. — E. scottica Wettstein. 108. Altnaharra, abundant ; by Loch Mer, near Betty Hill ; plentiful near Tongue, especially along the coast about Melness and Talmin. On barren heathy gi-ound near Talmin we found it very small and slender, with bright violet-purple flowers ; usually they are whitish. — E. curta Fries, var. glahrescens Wettst. 106. Blown sand, E. of Tain, in great quantity ; this peculiar plant is not unlike the figure of E, curta in Fl. Danica, t. 1037, which Wettstein (Mon. Euphr.) says is a bad one. 107. Sandy ground between Brora and Golspie — small and compact, much resembling the Herb. Normale specimens at Kew, except that these are very hairy, and so exhibit a super- ficial likeness to dwarf plants of the following. — E. Jatifolia Pursh. 108. Extremely abundant on exposed grassy cliffs near Melvich, eglandular (also seen on cliffs near Betty Hill) ; on the E. side of Tongue Bay, glandular. — Forma grandijiora Wettst. Bank above the Naver, Betty Hill, in two conditions ; one of these scarcely differs from type, the other being taller and densely glandular. This well-marked subspecies appears to have been first noticed in 1886 (Hanbury & Marshall) ; it agrees very well with Fl. Danica, t. 2910. — E. foulaensis Townsend. Clearly this is quite common in the extreme north ; it difi'ers much in appearance, even in the same neighbourhood, being often only a bare inch in height and very fleshy, on grassy cliffs facing the north. All the gatherings placed here by Prof. Wettstein are distinguishable by the glabrescent bluntly-toothed leaves, small flowers with included tube, and especially by the full-grown capsules decidedly exceeding the sepals. 107. Damp grassy ground by Loch Fleet. 108. Melvich, in great quantity and very variable ; marsh by the Naver near Betty Hill, above the bridge ; E. side of Tongue Bay ; Ben Laoghal, from 1000 to 1500 ft., and Ben Hope, at 2000 ft.— these alpine plants closely resemble Mr. Townsend' s figure in Journ. Bot. for 1887. On Ben Hope and Ben Laoghal, where it grows mixed with E. brevipila, we gathered a few specimens intermediate in character, having the long capsules and glabrescence so noticeable in foulaensis, together wdth the larger flowers and stiff hairs of brevijnla, and an occasional gland ; these are almost certainly hybrids. 109. Cliffs between Thurso and Scrabster ; Holburu Head. Bartsia Odontites Hudson, var. litorcdis Keichenbach (Odontites litoralis Fries). 107.''' Damp submaritime pastures near Loch Fleet. 108.* Coast of Tongue Bay, near Melness. These agree well with continental specimens so named. Pihinanthus Crista-galli L. var. Drummond-Hayi B. White. 108. Ben Hope. NOTES OF A TOUR IN N. SCOTLAND. 176 Melampyrum pratense L. var. liians Druce. 95. Woods above the river, Dunphail. 108. Marshy ground by Loch Mer, near Betty Hill. A lovely plant when growing, but we can never manage to dry it satisfactorily. Thymus Serpyllum Fries, var. prostrata Hornemann. Apparently common on the N. coast, e. g. at Betty Hill and on both shores of Tongue Bay. Stachys palustris X sylvatica {S. amhigua Smith). 108. A garden weed at the Inn, Altnaharra. Plantago maritima L. var. minor Hooker & Arnott. 108. Cliffs near Betty Hill and Melvich. 109. Holburn Head. — P. Coronopus L. YdJi.pygiiKEa Lange. 108. Cliffs near Farr Bay. 109. Holburn Head. — Var. ceratophyllon Rapin. 108. Rocky cliffs above the Kyle of Tongue ; just like the Dorset plant in leaf-cutting, though (being within reach of the salt spray) decidedly less hairy. Atriplex Bahingtonii Woods. 107.* On shingle, Golspie and by Loch Fleet. 108. Tongue Ferry. — A. lacbiiata L. 107/'' Shore between Brora and Golspie — one fine plant. Sallcornia herhacea L. 107." Muddy shores of Loch Fleet. 108.* S. end of the Kyle of Tongue. SucBtia maritima Dumortier. 106. Mud-flats of the Dornoch Firth, near Meikle Ferry. 107.* Loch Fleet. In both cases only the var. procumhens Syme was observed. Salsola Kali L. 107. Sandy ground on the N. side of Loch Fleet ; very scarce. Betula pnhescens Ehrhart, var. parvifolia (Wimmer). 108. Common about Tongue ; particularly characteristic near Kinloch Lodge. Salix penta7idra L. 108. Near Tongue ; rare. — S. aiirita x cinerea. 108. Tongue, with S. purpurea. — S. repens X viminalis. 101. \ Gravelly bush-grown ground by the river about a mile above Brora ; a female plant, quite intermediate in character, the branches spreading and rooting at the base, then suberect, only about 1| ft. in height. Neither of the parents was seen, the seed having pro- bably been water-borne from higher up the valley. One of the handsomest willows that we have met with. — 8. purpurea L. 108. By the stream descending from Loch Craisg to the Kyle of Tongue, just above the road to Betty Hill ; only a few bushes, but apparently spontaneous. Juniperus communis L. 106. A curious low-growing form, fruiting very freely, was gathered half a mile S. of Edderton Station. 107.* Seen from the railway in two or three places between Lairg and Golspie ; we believe that we also found it on the outskirts of Balblair Wood, near Golspie. J. nana Willd. is common on the stony table-land at the E. base of Ben Hope, associated with Loiseleuria procumhens and Arctostaphylos alpina. Listera cordata R. Brown. 107. Balblair Wood, near Golspie; locally plentiful. 108. N. side of Ben Laoghal, at 800-1000 ft. Goodyera repens R. Brown. 106. Near Edderton. 107. Most abundant in pine-woods about Golspie. 108.* Wood close to Rhi- tongue School. 176 NOTES ON A TOUR IN N. SCOTLAND. Epipactis lattfolia Allioni. 108."^' Ardsgionaich Point and Mel- ness Sands ; also at Auclminver, below Coalbackie, Tongue Bay — quite rare. Three or four specimens of E. atrorahens Schultz were found growing on a cliff above the Naver, opposite Betty Hill. Allium ursinum L. 107. Dunrobin Glen. 108. Birch- woods, S.E. side of the Kyle of Tongue. Juncus balticus Willd. 108. Melness Sands ; very local, though it occurs in profusion over two or three acres. Sparganium affine Schnizlein. 108. Loch Fhasgaidh, N.W. of Tongue, &c. — S. minimum Fries. In a swamp near Loch Naver, Altnaharra. Potamogeton heterophijllus Schrebsr. 108. In the Mudal Water, Altnaharra, near its junction with Loch Naver. Ruppia rostellata Koch, var. Jiana Boswell. 106. Most abundant on the mud-flats between Edderton and Meikle Ferry. Zostera nana Roth. 106. With the last. 107." Plentiful and very fine, Loch Fleet. Scii'piis rnfus Schrader. 108. Coast of Tongue Bay, near Mel- ness ; scarce. Carex paniculata L. 106. Plentiful in a swamp on the coast a little N. of Tain ; the forma simplicior Anderssou. — C. Goodenowii J. Gay, var. juncella Fries. 108. Marshy meadows near Loch Naver, Altnaharra ; an unusually tall slender strict form. — C. / 108. In a nearly dry ditch close to the last-named, growing abun- dantly in rich peat-mud for about twenty-five yards, we came upon a handsome sedge which differed considerably in appearance from all that we had previously met with. Plant robust, 2-2| ft. high. Eoot stoloniferous, creeping, with many decayed leaves of former years at the base of the stem. Leaves rather glaucous, keeled, channelled (semicylindric). Perigynium pale green (yellowish when dry), faintly veined. Nut dull brown, sessile, round, lenticular- compressed, dotted, with a rather short but distinct beak. Female spikelets 2-3, sessile, f-l^ in. long, quite erect in ripe fruit; male 1-2, about as long, with pale linear-oblong glumes. We have not yet received any opinion on this from Mr. Bennett ; Herr Kiikenthal wrote : — '' Is very interesting. I recognize in it the hybrid gracilis X vulgaris [as we should say, acuta X (j-oodenowii] , in a form ap- proaching 0. gracilis. The flatter fruits, the blunter glumes, and above all the channelled stem-leaves remind me of C. vulgaris, while the habit is quite like gracilis. Some fruits are abnormal, owing to puncture by insects." On our objecting that we had failed to find C. acuta near, and that it was unknown in N. Scotland, he still maintained this opinion. We have dissected out several perigynia, and find the nuts well developed; they scarcely differ from those of Goodenowii, though the beak is rather longer. The fades certainly reminded us much of acuta on the spot ; but we are disposed to think that this is a well-marked variety of the former species. Rev. E. F. Linton thought it very near a sedge which he has gathered both in England and Ireland, but has not yet described. — C. panicea L. var. tumidula Laestadius. 108. Damp ground near Ardsgionaich Point, Melness ; by Loch Mer, Betty SUPPLEMENT TO WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FUNGI. 177 Hill (some of these specimens are not quite characteristic) ; identical with the plants of Fries, Herb. Normale, at Kew and British Museum, except in being smaller; it does not seem to us to be a very good variety. C. capillaris is luxuriant on wet slopes at Ardsgionaich Point ; even last summer, which was exceptionally dry, it often reached a height of 12-14 in. We cannot think such states worthy of varietal distinction ; no doubt the same objection may apply to several recognized dwarf "varieties," such as the following. — C. externa Good. var. pumila Andersson. 107.''' Damp pastures by Loch Fleet.— C. Oederi Eetz. 107. Near Loch Fleet. 108. S. side of the Kyle of Tongue. 109. Holburn Head, in moist hollows ; a very reduced state. Milium effusum L. 107. Dunrobin Glen. Agrostis palustris Hudson. Both var. maritima Meyer and var. coarctata (Hoffmann) were noticed between Edderton and Tain. Deschampsia discolor Roemer & Schultes. 108. Marshy ground bordering on Loch Naver, Altnaharra. Holcus mollis L. 107.''' Near Golspie. Avena pratensis L.''' was also seen here. Poa nemoralis L. var. Paniellii Hooker & Arnott. 95. Shaded rocks above the Divie, nearly opposite Relugas House, Dunphail. Festuca sijlvatica Vill. grows hard by. Glyceria maritima Mert. & Koch. 107.* Muddy shores, Loch Fleet. Bromus ramosus Hudson. 107. Dunrobin Glen. Ehjmus arenarius L. 108. Melness Sands ; locally abundant. Asplenium marimun L. 107. Cliffs between Brora and Golspie; scarce. 108. Coast of Tongue Bay, both on the E. and W. sides, but rarely. Equisetum arvense L. var. nemorosum Braun. 107. Fir-woods above Golspie. Isoetes echinospora Durieu. 108.* Loch Mer, Betty Hill ; Loch Fhasgaidh, W. of Talmin, near Tongue. Charafragilis Desvaux, var. delicatula Braun. 108. Loch Craisg and Loch Hacoin, near Tongue. SUPPLEMENT TO WELWITSCH'S AFRICAN FUNGI. By Annie Lorrain Smith. In preparing the enumeration of Welwitsch's African Fungi for the Catalogue of his plants now in course of publication, I have found a few new species not included in the paper, " Fungi Ango- lenses " by Welwitsch and Currey, published in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. pp. 270-294 (1868). These I now propose to describe. I have added notes on three species described in the paper. Hexagonia Welwitschii, u. sp. Pileus dimidiate or adnate at the back and circular or oval in form, about 6 x 9 cm., edge rather acute. Tissue bright brown, floccose, firm, 1 to 2 mm. thick, the surface of the pileus golden brown, velvety, zoned with Journal of Botany.— Vol. 36. [May, 1898.] o 178 SUPPLEMENT TO WELWITSCH's AFRICAN FUNGI. darker shades of brown, the zones more marked towards the base. Pores darker than the pileus, up to 8 mm. in depth, shillow towards the margin ; in the dunidiate form about 3 mm. in depth, irreguhirly hexagonal, 2x3-4 mm. in diameter, edges acute ; spores unknown. On rotten trunks on the sepulchres of negro chiefs, in woods between Condo and Quisoudo and near Quibinda, Pungo Andougo ; March, 1857. No. 370. ^cidium Diospyri, n. sp. ^cidia in small sparse groups on slightly discoloured spots, the cells of the leaf blackened and forming a hard ring round the cup, peridium about 160 /x in diameter, with a vei-y delicate whitish wall ; spores irregularly globose, 15-18 /x in diameter, very light yellow, epispore smooth, contents roughly granular. On the leaves of Diospyros mesiiiUformis Hochst., near Trombeta, Golungo Alto ; March, 1855. No. 208. Phyllosticta Tricalysise, n. sp. Forming rather large grey spots with a reddish-brown margin ; perithecia scattered, puncti- form, small, 150 to 200 x 120 /x; spores oblong-elliptical, colour- less, one-celled, 6x2 /x. On the upper side of the evergreen leaves of Tricalysia griseiflura at the back of the Presidium. Mata de Pungo, Pungo Andongo ; Nov., 1856. No. 6. Ascochyta Tiliacorae, n. sp. Forming small, black, sub- spherical stromatoid spots on the upper surface of the leaves ; peri- thecia closely grouped, lentiform ; spores elongate, 2-celled, colour- less, 12 to 15 X 3/x. On leaves of Tiliacora chrysobotri/s Welw. in the woods of Alta Queta, Golungo Alto ; Dec, 1855. No. 4. A. Spondiacearum, n. sp. Forming white spots with a dark- brown margin ; i)Grithecia scattered, small, lentiform ; spores elongate, 17 X 3 /a, colourless, 2-celled, one cell sometimes longer than the other. On leaves of Spondias Momhin L. at Mata de Quisuculo, Golungo Alto ; Feb., 1856. No. 173. Phyllachora repens Sacc. Syll. Fung. vol. ii. p. 597. Splmria lanaris Welw. Curr. Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. p. 283. On leaves of various species of Ficus, Golungo Alto. Nos. 74, 75, 76. On examining these specimens I find that the stroma is super- ficial, and often on both sides of the leaf ; it is formed of brown hyphffi and not, as described by Currey, from the tissue of the leaf. The spores are continuous, broadly oblong- obtuse, and measure 10-12 X 5-7 /x. Corda's original measurements for the spores of Sphmia repens, Ic, iv. p. 42, are 15 /x in length. I have, unfortu- nately, no opportunity of seeing his type specimen, but the drawing, I. c. fig. 123, leaves little doubt as to the identity of the two species. Isothea rhytismoides Welw. & Curr., I. c. p. 285 (on leaves of Ficus trachyphylla ; Huilla : No. 141) is also synonymous with P. repeyis. These different specimens form a graduated series, which, as far as SUPPLEMENT TO WELWITSCIl's AFEICAN FUNGI. 179 one may judge in the absence of type specimens, includes P. Flcuum Niessl. The specimens of this in Herb. Brit. Mus. are undoubtedly identical with P. repens ; the spore -measurements given by Niessl are somewhat smaller, but the habit and appearance of the plants are the same, and the tendency of the stroma to follow the veins of the leaf is characteristic throughout. P. iRREGULAKis. Isotkea irregularis Welw. & Curr. /. c. p. 285. The stromata of this species are thickly scattered over large portions of the leaf ; they are minute, black, shining, and seldom confluent ; as a rule, there is but one perithecium in each stroma. The spores are continuous, oblong-obtuse, 12-7/^, and are irregu- larly grouped in two rows in the ascus. On the leaves of a species of Ficits (cf. Herb. AVelw. No. 6335), Goluugo Alto; March, 1850. No. 2. P. MiNUTissiMA. Isothea minutisslma Welw. & Curr. /. c. The specimen in the Herb. Brit. Mas. is barren, but the description of the spores, 15 /x in length, and the habit, are those of Phyllachora. The stromata are smaller than those of P. graminis, its nearest ally. On the leaves of a species of Pennisetuvi (Marianga), Golungo Alto; Sept., 1855. No. 31. Dothidella Welwitschii, n. sp. Stroma broadly effused, black, covered by the withered and whitened epidermis ; perithecia small, crowded, irregularly oval; spores oblong-elliptical, 15 x 3/x, hyaline, with a slight yellow tinge. On the leaves of Tumhoa Bainesii Hook. f. near Cabo Negro, Mossamedes ; Sept., 1859. No. 206. D. Graphis, n. sp. Stromata gregarious, forming small, black, irregular, elongate spots, rather flat and punctuated by the peri- thecia ; perithecia scattered, small, hemispherical or lentiform ; asci ovate-oblong, 33-35 x 10-15 /x; spores colourless, fusiform, 1-septate, 15 x 2 /x. On the branches of a shrub without flowers or leaves, near Maianga do Povo, Loanda. March, 1854 ; No. 507. Microthyrium Millettise, n. sp. Perithecia scattered, about I mm. in diameter. Asci somewhat ovate, 55 x 35 //,, spores colourless, 2-celled, very large, 35-40 x 10-12 /x. Golungo Alto. On both surfaces of the leaves of Millettia Grifoniana Baill. On the Serra do Alto Queta, towards the river Luinha ; July, 1856. No. 223. Stilbum sericeum and c^spitosum (Welw. & Curr. I. c. p. 291) have been transferred by Saccardo to the genus Cilicipodium ; but on examining the specimens I find that they correspond more nearly with Stilbum. ExospoRiUM CELATUM. Sporiclesmium celatum Welw. & Curr. I. c. p. 292, tab. 17, fig. 15. The fungus forms small pustules on the under side of the leaf, which are covered over by the large stellate hairs ; it also causes black barren swellings on the corresponding parts of the upper surface. The spores are oblong, slightly tapering towards the obtuse extremities as figured by Currey ; they are brown, o 2 180 NEW OR RARE BRITISH FUNGI. usually 3 or 4-septate, 35-40 x 10 /x, with a short, thick, colourless pedicel. On the leaves of Croton Vracoiwpsis. Golungo Alto ; Oct., 1855. NEW OR RARE BRITISH FUNGI. By Annje Lorrain Smith. Mortierella repens, ii.sp. My- celium creeping, widely spread, spo- rangiopliores rising from the myce- lium, unbranclied, slender, slightly tapering, very variable in length ; spo- rangia globose, viirying in size from 20 /x in diameter, without any basal collar; spores few, from five upwards, globose, 11 /x in diameter. Collected by Mr. Jenkin on damp earth, Newport, Monmouth ; January, 1897. M. Bainieri Cost. var. nov. Jen- kini a. L. Sm. Sporangiophores about 1 mm. in height, branching in a sym- podial manner, tapering from 10 /x in width towards the base to 5 /x below the sporangium, not constricted, and without basal collar ; sporangia sphe- rical, about 25 /x in diameter ; spores numerous, exceedingly minute, ellipti- cal, 3 X 2 /x, colourless. Collected by Mr. Jenkin on damp earth at Newport; Jan. 1897. I was inclined to look upon this plant as a new species on account of the absence of basal collar and the exceeding minuteness of the spores, but the branching places it very close to M. Bainieri. I found also on some damp earth sent by Mr. Jenkin another form of M. Bainieri with a similar habit of growth, but altogether more robust than the above ; the sporangium has a distinct basal collar when the spores are scattered, and the elliptical spores measure 5-6 x 2-3 /x. Along with the sporangia there are very beautiful NEW OR RARE BRITISH FUNGI. 181 echinulate stylospores 15-20 /z in diameter, on slender stalks about 40 /z long. Stylospores have not hitherto been recorded for M. Bainieri, nor for M. candelahrum, a closely-allied species. Botrytis angularis A. L. Sm., n. sp. Oonidiophores imbranched, pale yellowish, the tip angularly swollen, and producing from the angles swollen bladder-like cells measuring 15 X 10 /x, the stalks continuing to grow and form other heads ; spores elliptical oblong, 10 X 6 /x, borne on very small projections on the swollen cells. On damp moss and earth, Mr. Jenkin, Newport, Mon.; Feb. 1897. This form of Botrytis bears some re- semblance to the species figured by Engler & Prantl as the conidial form of Peziza repanda in the Natilrlichen Pfianzenfamilien, Lief. 180, p. 183, but t^he angular form of the part that bears the bladder-like cells, and the size and shape of the spores, give it quite a distinctive specific character. Sporotrichum globuliferum Speg. Found by Mr. Pycraft on the flesh of dead birds from America, with which it was doubtless introduced. Hitherto recorded only as growing on dead Coleoptera in America. Sepedonium sepedonioides (Harz)A.L.S. This fungus was also found by Mr. Jenkin along with a culture of some other species on damp cardboard. It is evidently a form of the plant figured and described as Mono- sporium sepedonioides Harz, Hyphomycetes, p. 18, T. ii. fig. 3. The spores are globosO; coarsely warted, and are rather larger than those of the Harz species, varying from 10 to 15 /x in diameter. The mode of branching and the form and appearance of the spores place it wiidiOwhiQdlymSepcdoniiDu, as Saccardo has already suggested. The plant has not hitherto been recorded for Britain. iEciDiuM sp. Pseudoporidia forming small oblong or irregular groups, golden yellow, cylindrical, from |- to -|- mm. in diameter, the edges becoming torn ; spores globose, irregular, 12-17 /x, smooth, contents very granular. On the leaves of Siucda maritima, Shoreham, Sussex ; July, 1897. This may possibly be identical with ^^. SalicornicB DC, but the spores are smaller and smooth. The following fungi new to Britain were discovered by Mr. D. A. Boyd, Seamill, Ayrshire, who has allowed me to include them here : — PsEUDOPHAciDiuM CALLUNiE Karst. On dead branches of Calluna vulgaris. West Kilbride ; March, 1892. 182 SOME NEW CHAKACE^ RECORDS. Stictis STELLA.TA Wallr. On dead stems of Eupatorlum canna- binum. West Kilbride ; Nov. 1893. Thyrsidium Hedericolum Dur. & Mont. var. Carpini Sacc. On dead branch of Carpinus Betulus. West Kilbride ; Nov. 1895. OvuLARiA Bistorts Sacc. On Polygonum Bistorta. Kilmarnock; Aug. 1897. Kamularia Valerianae Sacc. On Valeriana officinalis. West Kil- bride ; July, 1897. SOME NEW CHARACE^ RECORDS. By the Rev. G. R. Bullock-Webster. I HAVE been devoting my spare time during the last two seasons to field-work amongst the Characece of our Cambridgeshire fenUxnds, with occasional visits into the neighbouring counties of Norfolk and Suilolk. The fens of North Cambridgeshire, abounding as they do in ditches, drains, lodes, and rivers, supply an almost unlimited hunting ground for all water-plants, but perhaps peculiarly for CharacecB, for the extremely fugitive character of some of the species seems to render it practically impossible to exhaust a locality ; a ditch or drain carefully searched through a whole season without yielding a single specimen of the order may likely enough another year produce a plentiful supply. This is peculiarly the case with the Tolypellas. Indeed, it w^ould, I think, be true to say that these are seldom found in the same spot two years in succession ; more- over, their growth and decay are so rapid that unless their temporary habitat be discovered during the fortnight or three weeks of their season, it becomes very difficult to detect them at all. West Norfolk seems to have been very little worked for the CJiaracecB, though it embraces a fenland area which well repays examination. So far, Messrs. Groves's census has only recorded three species from the vice-county — Chara vulgaris L., Chara fragilis var. Hedwigii Kuetz., and Tohjpella glomerata Leonh. To these I was able to add last summer Chara fragilis Desv. and C. hispida L., collected in ditches near the Little Ouse, in the parish of St. John's, Little Ouse, C. aspera Willd. in one of the meres in the Breck district, north of Thetford, C. j^ohjacantha Braun in Garboldisham Fen, and G. vulgaris var. longibracteata Kuetz. in the counterwash drain near Welney. But the more interesting West Norfolk yields were Nitella flexilis Agardli and N. mucronata Kuetz. from the Little Ouse, and Tolgpella 2rrolif era heonh., ^liich I collected in excellent condition in three separate stations — along the Norfolk bank of the Little Ouse, in a drain near Southery, and in a ditch near the counter- wash drain at Welney. I visited the neighbourhood of Lowestoft early in July, with a view to collecting specimens of Chara canescens from the ground where Messrs. Salmon had found it in 1896, and the locality of which they were kind enough to indicate to me. I was only able, after careful search, to discover one solitary specimen — an instance SOME NEW CHABACE^i: RECOKDS. 183 of Chara fugitiveness — but near by I came upon an abundant growth of Chara connive ns Braun, a new aod interesting record for East Suffolk. So far, C. connivens has had only three known stations in Great Britain. A few days later I visited the neighbourhood of Beccles, and found in Gilhngham Marsh, which lies in the extreme S.E. corner of East Norfolk, two or three very small specimens of Tolypella prolifera Leonh. But I think perhaps the most noteworthy discovery has been in the Waveney Fens, East Norfolk. In Mr. Borrer's herbarium at Kew is a specimen of Nitell'i tenuUsimci Kuetz., stated to have been collected at " Roydon fen Cambridge Oct. 1852." There is no Roj^dou Fen in Cambridgeshire, so far as I can ascertain (and I have consulted more tban one of our fen sages), but there is a Eoydon Fen in East Norfolk, near Diss. There are therefore only two interpretations of Mr. Borrer's label. If "Roydon fen" is to stand, then Norfolk must be substituted for Cambridge; or if "Cambridge" is correct, then for "Roydon" we must probably read "Bottisham," in which fen N. tenuissima has been known to grow since the early part of this century. Authorities have been rather in favour of the latter interpretation, I think. I visited Roydon Fen on August 18th, and made a careful search without result, so far as N. tenuisdnia was concerned. But a few weeks later (Sept. 27th), whilst collecting Charas in one of the fens lying two or three miles higher up the Waveney, I came upon some excellent specimens of this plant growing in the shallow turf-holes which it loves. It is possible, therefore, that Mr. Borrer found N. tenuissima in Roydon Fen, Norfolk, in the year 1852, and that this is only a rediscovery. On the other hand, it seems difficult to believe that, if Mr. Borrer discovered N. tenuissima in East Norfolk, he should not have communicated the fact to Prof. Babington, with whom he was in constant communication, as the recently published Journal of the Professor shows. Five editions of the Manual of British Botany were issued after 1852, and one of these at least previous to Mr. Borrer's death, yet in none of these editions is any reference made to N. tenuissima being found elsewhere than in "peaty ditches in the Fens of Cambridgeshire." Moreover, it is worthy of remark that Prof. Babington' s Journal records under Aug. 18th, 1852 : " Mr. Borrer .... having come yesterday, we went to Bottisham where he wanted to see Viola stagnina now in seed" (p. 164). This was the very year of his collecting his "Roydon fen Cambridgeshire" plant; and this spot which he visited with the Professor for Viola stagnina was also the very station for Nitella tenuissima, as is proved from the same Journal under July 16th, 1850: "Coleman, Newbould and I went to Bottisham fen, and found Viola stagnina in fruit in plenty also Chara tenuissima'' (p. 155). When Mr. Sanders, or rather Mr. C. H. Davis, discovered Nitella mucronata Kuetz. in the Ouse, near Bedford, in 1882, it was natural to look for its appearance in the same river as it passed through Cambridgeshire. Both last summer and in 1896 I made diligent search without success. Mr. Alfred Fryer's keen eye has 181 SOME COUNTY LISTS OF MOSSES. also been on the watch for many seasons with the same object. The discovery of the plant in West Norfolk led me to refer to my specimens of Nitellas collected in Cambridgeshire in 1895, and amon(,'st them I found Xitella mucrunata put away amongst some unidentified specimens. It was collected in a waterway leading into the Ouse just below Ely. Messrs. Groves, who have been good enough to verify all the gatherings which I have quoted, refer to this plant as larger than any British specimens which they had seen ; its size had deceived me into regarding it as N. opaca or N. flexilis, whilst the absence of fruit precluded me (I thought) from deciding between the two. I have one or two other new records still to mention — Chara fro (/ills var. capillacea Coss. & Germ., from the Haddenham Clay- pits near Ely, and rolypeUa prolifora Leonh., from the Canal at Oxford, both in 1896. These new records for 2\ prolifera con- siderdbly enlarge the area of distribution of that fickle plant. So far Sussex, Lincolnshire, Hunts, Cambs, and Northants have been its only recorded vice-counties; now we may add East Norfolk, West Norfolk, Oxfordshire, and, as Mr. Druce's Flora of Berkshire, just issued, records, a station from that county. Whilst speaking of Tolypc/la prolifera, I should like to mention the extraordinary crop of this plant which appeared last summer in the Old West River, near Stretham, Cambs. It came to perfection about June 25th, and then showed itself in a thick bed fringing the bank of the river, just below the surface of the water. It did not extend into the bed of the river, preferring the shallower water, where it produced somewhat short barren branchlets, and densely compacted fruiting heads. How far it extended I cannot say — I left it after tracing it for a mile or more. As regards .V. miicronata, its eventual discovery in the Great Ouse, in Cambridgeshire, was to be expected, but the record from West_ Norfolk brings it into an entirely mdependent locality. It was growing very sparingly, though the specimens are very luxuriant. I hope to be able to collect it in better fruiting state next season, but it is more than probable that no sign of its existence in any of our waters will be discernible. SOME COUNTY LISTS OF MOSSES. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. The herbarium of the late H. Boswell, which has recently passed into the possession of the Oxford University, contained the voucher specimens of mosses sent to him as referee (for Musci) of the Botanical Record Club. Mr. Boswell had drawn up from these specimens basis-lists for thirteen vice-counties, which were duly published in the Reports of the Botanical Record Club. A con- siderable number, however, remained, and these have been submitted to me for examination. They represent some twenty vice-counties, SOME COUNTY LISTS OF MOSSES. 185 additional to those referred to above ; some of these are very fairly represented, others very poorly. Some of the packets have evidently been examined, verified, and corrected where necessary, by Mr. Boswell ; others have clearly not been touched, and these I have examined. Of the counties or vice-counties represented, there are several for which lists of mosses have already been published ; some in the P/u/toIogist, the Journal of Botany, and similar publi- cations, others in the Transactions of local scientific societies. In other cases nothing has apparently been recorded, and it seems desirable that such lists should be published as a basis for future work. The Botanical Kecord Club has for several years ceased to publish Keports, and, this being the case, this Journal seems the most suitable medium for the publication of these lists. They have been arranged for publication by Mr. E. Charles Horrell, who has added to them a few additional records which were in his possession. North Essex (v.-c. 19). Collected by H. N. Dixon, unless otherwise noted. H. F. P. = H. F. Parsons. Some of these records were not sent to the Bot. Eecord Club, but are added by H. N. Dixon. In this list there are ninety-three species and three varieties : — Sphagnum cymhifolium. Ehrh. — rlgidum Schpr. — suhsecundum Nees. — acutifolium Ehrh. — cuspidatmn Ehrh. Catharinea undulata W. & M. — angustata Brid. Polytrichum nanum Neck. — aloides Hedw. — inliferum Schreb. — juniperinum Willd. — commune L. Pleuridium subulatum Rabenh. Ceratodon purpureus Brid. Dicranella heteromalla Schp. Dlcranoweisia cirrata Lindb. Campylopus pyrlformis Brid. Dicranum scopariwn Hedw. Leucobryum glaucum Schp. Fissidens viridulus Wahl. — m- ciirvus Starke. — hryoides Hedw. — taxifolius Hedw. Grimmia pulvinata Sm. (H.F.P.) — commutata Hiib. Phascum cuspidatum. Schreb. Pottia truncatula Lindb. — inter- media Fiirnr. — minutula Fiirnr. Tortula muralis Hedw. — suhulata Hedw. — mutica Ldb. — lavipila Schwgr. — ruralis Ehrh. — papulosa Wils. Barhula tophacea Mitt. — fallax Hedw. (H. F. P.) — cylindrica ^oh^.—revoluta Brid. (H.F.P.) — unyuiculata Hedw. Weisia viridula Hedw. Zyqodon viridissimns R. Br. (H. F. P.) Ortliotrichum LyelliiH.k T. — affine Schrad. — diapJumum Schrad. (H.F.P.) Ephemerum serratum Hpe. Pkyscomitrium pyri.forme Brid. Funaria hygrometrica Sibth. Aulacomninm androgynum Schwgr. — palustre Schwgr. Bartramia pomiformis Hedw. Lsptohryum pyriforme Wils. Webera carnea Schp. (H.F.P.) Bryum pallens Sw. — intermedium Brid. — ccespiticium L. (H.F.P.) — capUlare L. (H.F.P.) — ery- throcarpum Schwgr. — argen- teuni L. Milium cuspidatum Hedw. — ros- tratum Schrad. — undiilatum L. — Jiornum L. Fontinalis anlipyretica L. Neckera comp)lanata Hiibn. Honialia trichomanoides Brid. 186 SOME COUNTY LISTS OF MOSSES. Leucodon schiroides Scliwgr. Porotrichum alopecuruin Mitt. Leskea pulycarpa Ehrh. Anomodon vitiadosus H. & T. Thuidium tamariscinum B. & S. Isothecium myurum Brid. Pleurupus sericeus Dixon. Camptothecium lutescens B. & S. Brachytlieclum albicans B. & S. — rutahulum B. & S. (H. F. P.)— vehitimim B. & S. — purumDixon Eurhynchium piliferum^. & S. — pr(Blongum Hobkirk. (H. F. P.) — striatum B. & S. — ruscifonne Milde. — confer turn Milde. Plagiotheciuni denticidatum. B.&S. Amblystct/iu)n serpens B. & S. {R.F'.^.)—Jilicinum Be Not. Hypnum riparium L. — adimcum YSiV.Kneijfii Sclip. — fluitans L. — cupressiforvie L. — var. resupi- 7iatum Sclip. (H. F. P.) — var. ericetorum B. & S. — cuspidatuni Jj.—Schreberi Willd. Hylocouiium squarrosum. B. & S. — triquetruin B. & S. Denbighshire (v.-c. 50). Collected by H. F. Parsons, where no inifials are appended, and by J. Harbord Lewis (J.H. L.). This list contains sixty species and four varieties : — Sphagnum cymbifolium. Ehrh. — subsecundiwi Nees. — var. contor- tiim Schpr. — acutifoliuni Ehrh. Andreaa Plothii W. & M. Oliyotrichum incurvum Lindb. Polytrichum alpinum L. (Miss Ar- mitage). — piliferuni Schreb. — commune L. Ditrichum flexicaule var. densum Braithw. Dicranella rnfesccns Schp. Dicranoweisia cirrata Lindb. Campylopus Jiexuosus Brid. — -J'ra- gilis B. & S. Picraniim Bonjeani De Not.— /?<6-- cescens Turn. Leucohryum. glaucum Schp. Grimmia apocarpa var. ricularis W. & M. — piulvinata Sm. — imtens B. & S. — Doniana Sm. Pihacomitiium aciculare Brid. — fasciculare Brid. — heterostichum Brid. (Miss Armitage). — Janu- ginosum Brid. Ptycliomitriump)olyp)hyllum Flirnr. Barbula spadicea Mitt. Trichostomum tortuosum Dixon. EncaJypta streptocarpa Hedw. Zygodon Mougeotii B. & S. Orthotrichum anomalum var. saxa- tile Milde. Aulacomnmm pahistre Schwgr. Bartramia pomiformis Hedw. Philonuti< fontana Brid. — calcarea Schp. Breutelia arcuata Schp. Bryum bimiim Schreb. (J. H. L.) — capUlare L. Mnium rostratum Schrad. — undu- latum L. — Jiornum L. — puncta- tum L. (J. H. L.) Fontinalis antipyretica L. Neckera crispa Hedw. — complanata Hiibn. Leucodon sciuroides Schwgr. Porotriclium alopecurum. Mitt. Anomodon viticulosus H. & T. Thuidium tamariscinum B. & S. Climacium dendroides W. & M. Isothecium myuruui Brid. BracliytJiecimn rutabulum B. & S. (J. H. lj.)—populeum B. & S. Eurliynchium tenellum Milde (J. B..'Ij.). —rusci/orme Milde (J. H. 'L.).—confertum, Milde (J. H. L.) Plagiotheciuni Borrerianum Spr. (J. H. Ij.)—deuticulatum B. & S. (J.H.L.) — sylvaticum B. & S. (J.H.L.) — undulatum. B. & S. (J.H.L.) Hypnum uncinatum Hedw. — com- mutatum Hedw. Hylocomium loreum B. & S. — splendens B. & S. SOME COUNTY LISTS OF MOSSEi 187 Monmouth (v.-c. 35). Collected by Eev. A. Ley, unless otherwise stated, contains ninety-three species and seven varieties : — Sphagnum cymhifolium Ehrh. — yapillosmnlAvidih. — siibsecimdum var. contortiim Schp. — suhse- cundiim var. turgidum 0. M. — subsecimdum YSiV. obesum Schp. — acutifolium var. deflexum Schp, This list Cinclidotus fontinaloides P. Beauv. Zygodo7i Mougeotli B. & S. Aulacomnium palitstre Scliwgr. Bartraiiiia ithijphylla Brid. — po- miformis Hedw. — Hallerimia Hedw. intermedium Hof^m.—cusindatum Philonotis fontana Brid. var. plummum N. & H. Tetraphis pellucida Hedw. PoJytrichum namim Neck. — aloides Hedw. — urnigenim L. — jnni- perinmn Willd. Diphyscium foliosum Mohr. Pleurldium subulatum Rab. (Miss Armitage). Ditrichiim homomallum Hpe. Swartzia montana Lindb. Seligeria recurvata B. & S. Ceratodon purpureus Brid. Fihabdoweisia fugax B. & S. Dichodontium pellucidum Schp. Dicrmiclla varia Schp. Blindia acuta B. & S. Campylopus flexuosus Brid. Dicranum Bonjeaiii De Not. Fissidens virldulus Wahl. — incur- viis Starke. — bryoides Hedw. — taxifoliiis Hedw. Grlmmia trichophylla Grev. Rhacomitrium, ellipticum B. & S. — lanuglnosum Brid. Ptychomitrlum polyphylhim Fiirnr. Phascum cuspidatum Schreb. Pottia truncatula Lindb. — minu- tula Fiirnr. Tortula muralis var. rupestrisY^ils. — IcBvipUa Schwgr. Barbula fallax Hedw. — cylindrica Schp. — vinealis Brid. — sinuosa Braithw. — unguiculata Hedw. Weisia rupestris C. M. — verticillata Brid. Trichostomuyn crispulum Bruch. — mutabile Bruch. — nitidum Schp. Breutelia arcuata Schp. Webera elongata Schwgr. — cruda Schwgr. — carnea Schp. — albi- cans Schp. P'lagiobryum Zierii Lindb. Bryum inclinatum Bland. — paJlens Sw. — pseudotriquetrum Schwgr. — capillare L. Milium rostratum Schrad. — undu- latuni L. — serratum Schrad. — stellare Reich. Homalia trichomanoides Brid. Heterocladium heteropterum B. & S. Brachythecium rutabuliim B. & S. — velutinum B. & S. — plumo- sum B. & S. — illecebrum De Not. Hyocomium fiagellare B. & S. Eurhynchiuvi crassinervium B. & S. — prcBlongum Hobk. — Swartzii Hobk. — TeesdaJei Schp. — stria- tum B. & S. — rusciforme Milde. — confertum Milde. Plagiothecium pulchellum B. & S. — denticulatum B. & S. — syl- vaticum B. & S. Amhlystegium serptens B. & S. — — fiuviatile B. & S. Hypnum stellatum Schreb. — cliry- sophyllum Brid. — fiuitans L. — revolvens Sw.—cupressifonne var. resupinatum Schp. — Patientia Lindb. — molluscum Hedw. — palustre L. — cordi/olium Hedw. — cuspidatum L. — Schreberi Willd. Hylocomium loreum B. & S. 188 ANEMOP^GMA CAERERENSE. Pembrokeshire (v.-c. 45). Collected by H. F. Parsons or by Miss Armitage. Tins list con- tains fifty- one species : — Sphagnum subsecundum Nees. Catharinea undiiJata W. & M. Pohjtrichuin juniperinum Willd. — commune L. Fissidens adiantoides Hedw. — taxi- folius Hedw. Fihacomitrium aciculare Brid. Tortula jnisilla Mitt. — aloides De Not. — murcdis Hedw. (Miss Armitage). — laiipila Sch wgr. — intermedia Berk. — rurali- formis Dixon (Miss Armitage). Barhula rubella Mitt. — fallax Hedw. — vinealis Brid. (Miss Armitage) — unguiculata Hedw. — convoluta Hedw. Weisia viridula Hedw. Cindidotus fontinaloides P. Beau v. Encalypta vulgaris Hedw. — strep- tocarpa Hedw. Ortlwtrichum diaplianum Sclirad. Breutelia arcuata Schp. Webera carnea Schp. Brijiim ccBspiticium L. — capillare L. (Miss Armitage) — atropur- pnreum W. & M. (Miss Armi- tage)— argenteiim L. Mnium rostratuni Schrad. — Jior- num L. Neckera complanata Hiibn. Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt. Anomodon viticulosus H. & T. (Miss Armitage). Tliuidium tamariscinum B. & S. Camptothecium lutesccns B. & S. (Miss Armitage) Brachijtheciiim albicans B. & S. — rutabulum. B. & S. — purum Dixon (Miss Armitage). Eurhyjichium, prahmgum B. & S. — Swartzii Hobk. — tenellum Milde (Miss Armitage). — stria- tum B. & S. — murale Milde (Miss Armitage). — rusciforme Milde. — confertum Milde. Amblystegium Jilicinuiii De Not. Hgpnum stellatum Schrad. — cu- pressi/orme L. — scorpioides L. — cuspidatum L. ANEMOP^GMA GARRERENSE, sp. n. By Eleonora Armitage. Among the iDlants of a collection which I made in the "West Indies in 1895 and 1896 are specimens of a new Biguoniacea of the genus Anemopagma, which may be diagnosed as follows : — Anemopsegma carrerense, sp.n. A. racemoso Mart., valde affinis ; prophyllis ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis inter alia difi'ert. Frutex scandens. Rami teretes, striati, juniores sparse pubes- centes, dein cito internodiis diu nodis giabrescentes, ad nodos com- pressi. Folia opposita, foliolis 2 ovatis saBue breviter acuminads basi plicatis apice obtusis vel subacutis, 6 cm. longis, 3*5 cm. latis, utrinque saturate viridibus glabris ; petiolus supra compressis, sparse pilosus, ad 7 mm. longus ; cirrhus terminalis apice 3-hamatus. Inflore- scentia 3-6-flora, pedunculo ad 6 cm. longo, pedicellis 6 mm. longis ; prophylla ovata vel ovato-lanceolata, apice et basi acuta vel obtusa, 4 mm. longa ; bracteaB minutae subulatse. Calyx cam- THE NOMENCLATURE OF ARENARIA ULIGTNOSA. ] 89 panulatus, glaber, margine undulatus, 5 mm. longus. Corolla pallide citrina, 6 cm. longa, e tubo basali subrecto, 15 cm. longo, ampliata, ad staminum insertionem pnberula, uudiqiie pilis minutis glanduliferis dense conspersa, lobis latis emarginatis. Stamina inclusa, curvata, basi puberula. Ovarium oblongum. Discus conicus. Fructus compressus, utrinque bibullatus, ovalis, basi et apice acutus, 7'5 cm. longus, 3-7 cm. latus ; septum apice bicorne velutsi morsum. Semina, alis inclusis, 2*5 cm. lata, 2 cm. longa ; cotyledones basi et apice profunde emarginataB, 1-3 cm. latae, 8 mm. long^. Hab. Trinidad : Island of Carrera, in the Gulf of Paria, where the phmt climbs over shrubs to a height of 5 or 6 ft. Here I col- lected it in flower and fruit in April, 1896, and the Superintendent of the Botanic Garden, Mr. J. H. Hart, has since found it there, both in flower and fruit, in September ; without precise locality, Fendhr (No. 518 in Herb. Kew). Venezuela : near the mouth of the Orinoco, Bushy (in Herb. Coll. of Pharmacy, New York). I have sent seeds of the plant to the Royal Gardens, Kew, where they have germinated. I have to thank Mr. I. H. Burkill, F.L.S., for help in determining and diagnosing the plant for me. THE NOMENCLATURE OF ARENARIA ULIGINOSA. [Dr. B. L. Robinson publishes in the Botcmical Gazette for March last some notes on "New species and extended ranges of North American CaryophyllaceiB,'" in the course of which he deals with the nomenclature of Arenaria uliginosa Schleich. This being a British plant, it seems worth while to reprint here Dr. Robinson's remarks, which contain some interesting criticisms of the Index Kewensis and of the practical working of the Madison amendment of the '* Rochester Code." We are entirely at one with Dr. Robinson in his condemnation of this amendment, and in his estimate of the mischievous results which would follow its general adoption. — Ed. JOURN. BoT.] This species, long known, although somewhat local, in alpine and boreal regions of Europe, as well as in Siberia and Greenland, has been collected on slaty detritus near Rama, northern Labrador, at about 300 ^^ altitude, by Mr. J. D. Sornborger, August, 1897. "While the species appears in Watson's Bibliographical Index, under the name A. stricta, it has not, to the knowledge of the writer, been hitherto observed upon continental America, its citation in the hidex being due to the fact that Dr. Watson included Greenland in the territory covered, as well as to the circumstance that he included in his synonymy of the species in question the quite different A. Bossii R. Br. A. uliginosa can readily be distinguished from any of the related North American species by its foliage closely tufted at the base and by its very long and slender almost naked stems and IDeduncles. In these, as in all other observed characters, Mr, 190 THE NOMENCLATURE OF ARENARIA ULIGINOSA. Sornborger'.s specimens correspond exactly with those from the Old World. The nature of the occurrence in Labrador, together with the presence of the species in Greenland, leaves little doubt as to the indigenous character of the Labrador specimens. This species has a rather complicated synonymy, which has led to so much confusion that it will be best to cite its bibliography here in some detail. Its names have been as follows : — • Sperqula stricta Swartz, Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh. 20, 229 (1799) ;' and in Schrad. Journ. 1800^ 256. Arenarid nliijinosa Schleicher, *' Cent. exs. 1, n. 47," ace. to Lam. & DO. Fl. Fr. iv. 786 (1805), where a good description is given; DC. Ic. PL Gal. Rar. 14 (excl. syn. in part), pi. 46 ; and Prodr. i. 407 ; Hook. f. Arct. Pi. 287, 322 ; Gray, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1863, 58 ; Hook. f. Stud. Fl. Brit. Is. ed. 3, 63 ; Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, ii. 37. Alsine stricta Wahlenberg, Fl. Lapponica, 127 (1812) ; Fl. Dan. pi. 2962; Nyman, Conspect. 118; and continental authors generally. Arenaria lapponica Spreng. Syst. ii. 402 (1825) ; Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 179. Sabidina stricta Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 789 (1839). Stellaria stricta Sw. ex Steudel, Nomencl. ed. 2, ii. 637 (1841). Arenaria stricta Wats. Bibliog. Index, 98 (1878), at least as to the first three synonyms. From the above synonymy it is evident that there is a con- siderable choice of names, and that the selection by different authors is likely to vary somewhat according to individual ideas of classifi- cation and nomenclature. It is clear, however, that those who unite Alsine and Arenaria and who also prefer the " first correct combination" must choose Arenaria ulirjinosa, the name current in England, It is to be regretted that the statements made in regard to this species in the Index Kewensis are most conflicting and in- accurate, being as follows : — Under Alsine A. stricta Mert. & Koch, in Roehl. Deutschl. Fl. iii. 278 = Ar. stricta. A. stricta Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 127 = Ar. lapponica. Under Areyiaria A. lapponica Spreng. Syst. ii. 402. — Lappon. (given as a valid species of restricted range). A. ulifjinosa Schleich. ex Schlecht. in Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. Mag. vii. (1813) 207 = Arenaria stricta. Under Sabidina S. stricta Reichenb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 789 = Arenaria stricta. Under Spergula S. stricta Sw. in Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh. xx. (1799) 229 = Arenaria stricta. Now of these six clear references to this well-known European plant all are incorrect. Four refer it to Arenaria stricta, but the THE NOMENCLATURE OF ARENARIA ULIGINOSA. 191 only plant of that name cited by the Index Kewensis is the common and wholly distinct American species of Michaux's Fl. Bor. Am. 1, 274, while the other two references to the plant under discussion maintain for it the name Arenaria lapponica Spreng. (1825), which is much antedated both in Arenaria, Alsine, and Spergula, and is accordingly supported by no code oi- usage whatever. As further incidents in this confusion may be mentioned the neglect of Lamarck & De Candolle's early publication of Arenaria uliginosa, and the omission of Watson's Arenaria stricta, which, as its synonymy clearly shows, was employed in a sense wholly different from A. stricta of Michaux. In 1890 (Mem. Torr. Club, ii. 37) Dr. N. L. Britton exactly expresses the position of the present writer, by his footnote, which runs as follows : — ''Arenaria stricta, S. Wats., Bibliog. Index, Polypet. 98 (1878), is based on Spenjula stricta, Sw. Act. Holm, xx. 229 (1799), which is Alsine stricta', Wahl. Fl. Lapp. 127 (1812), and the oldest name available for it appears to be Arenaria uliginosa Sclileich. Dr. Watson's binomial of 1878 can in no way displace Michaux' of 1803." This position, stated so positively by Dr. Britton in 1890, is of course quite contrary to the unwise Madison rule of 1893, which asserts the immutability of an older specific name even when the species is transferred to a genus already containing an identical specific name of later date. As the writer has elsewhere shown, this provision, together with the dictum of " once a synonym always a synonym," would give a power to any thoughtless worker of dis- placing for ever many valid specific names. Such a rule can certainly never attain general acceptance, and it is a pleasure to see from Dr. Britton's note of 1890 how clearly he sees its disadvantages. Nevertheless it is a matter of surprise to note that he did not feel impelled to follow the Madison rules in the Illustrated Flora, or even in the List of Pteridophyta, &c. (which was expressly prepared to illustrate the nomenclatorial system of the American Association), for in both works Arenaria stricta Michx. is still kept up, although the Madison rule would clearly establish Arenaria stricta (Sw.) Wats, for the European plant, and force the adoption of A. Michauxii Fenzl for the American. Dr. Britton's usage can scarcely be due to oversight, for he had so recently shown a com- plete understanding of the existence and distinctness of the two species concerned. But if, on the other hand, it is to be taken as a very sensible exception to an undesirable rule, it may be asked : What is to become of a rigid system, if even very sensible exceptions are permitted ? 192 BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND lEISH BOTANISTS. By James Britten, F.L.S., and G. S. Boulger, F.L.S,, F.G.S. First Supplement (1893-97). (Continued from p. 149.) Edwards, Thomas (fl. 1597). *' Apothecarie in Excester, learned and skilfiill ... in the knowledge of plants." Introduced Yucca ghriosa. Ger. 89, 143, 1359. Fisher, Henry S. (d. 1881): d. Liverpool, 18 March, 1881. Memb. Bot. Exchange Club. Found (with F. M. Webb) Bosa Jundzilliana. * Flora of Liverpool,' published by Liverpool Nat. Field Club, 1872. Coutrib. papers to Field Club Reports. R.S.C. ii. 627; vii. 668. Forster, George (1754-94) : b. Nassenhuben, near Dantzic, Prussia, 26 Nov. 1754; d. Paris, 11 Jan. 1794. Son of J. R. Forster. Accompanied his father to Russia and England and on Cook's second voyage. Prof. Nat. Hist. Cassel, 1779. President Univ. Meutz. ' Characteres ' . . . (with J. R. Forster), 1776. 'Florala Insularum Australium Prodromus,' 1786. 'Works,' with biogr., Leipsic, 1843. Plants at Brit. Mus. and Kew. Drawings in Bot. Dep. Mus. Brit. Rees ; Pritz. 110 ; Jacks. 547; Lasegue, 365; Journ. Bot. 1885, 360. Forster, John Reinhold (1729-98) : b. Dirschaw, Polish Prussia, 22 Oct., 1729; d. Halle, 9 Dec, 1798. D.C.L. Oxon, 1775. M.D., Halle, 1781. Came to England, 1766. Taught at War- rington Academy. Naturalist to Cook's second voyage, 1772-5. Prof. Nat. Hist, and Inspector Bot. Garden, Halle, 1780. 'Characteres Genera Plantarum,' 1776 (with George Forster). ' Enchiridion,' 1788. Letters in Banks Corresp. Drawings in Bot. Dep. Mus. Brit. PI. in Herb. Mus. Brit, and at Kew. Rees; Pritz. 110; Jacks. 547; Lasegue, 324,365; Journ. Bot. 1885, 360. Forstera, L. fil. Fox, Henry Stephen (1792-1846) : b. Chatham, Kent, 1792 ; d. Washington, U.S.A., October, 1846. Brit. Minister at Buenos Ayres, Rio Janeiro, and Washington. Uncle of Sir C. J. Fox Bunbury. Had a herbarium formed at Rio, Monte Video, Porto Alegre, &c., 1831-3. Plants in Bunbury's Herb, at Cam- bridge. C. J. F. Bunbury's 'Botanical Fragments,' i. 59, 358, &c. Alumn. Oxon. Frampton, Mary (1773-1846): b. Moreton, Dorset, 1773; d. Dorchester, Dorset, 12 Nov., 1846. Five vols, of drawings of Dorset plants in possession of H. Frampton, of Moreton 'Journal of M. F., 1779-1846.' Fl. Dors. 39; Salter, Bot. of Poole, 33. Garth, Richard (d. before 1605). Of Drayton, South Hants. Senior clerk in the Diplomatic Service. " HistoriaB Plantarum, BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 193 cum Indicarum, turn inquilinarum studiosissimus." Lobel, Advers. 469 ; Illust. 85. Gibbes, Rev. Heneage (1802 ?-87) : b. Bath, 1802 ; d. Mutley, Plymouth, 18 March, 1887. M.B., Camb., 1826. L.R.C.P., 1829. Incumbent of All Saints', Sidmouth, 1847. Rector of Bradstone, Devon, 1870-83. MS. Flora of Bath, used by Babington. ' Flora Bathoniensis,' pref. vi. Found Eupliorhia pilosa, 1834, Bab. Fl. Bath, 44. Alumn. Oxon. ' Memorials of C. 0. Babington,' xxii. xxxii ; Munk, iii. 14. Glanville, Bartholomgeus De, alias Bartholomseus Anglus (fi. 1230-1250). Franciscan friar. Belated to the Earls of Suffolk (?). ' De proprietatibus rerum ' (dealing in part with plants), trans. 1398 by John de Trevisa, printed by Wynkyn de Worde. Twelve editions printed between 1479 and 1494. Ames' 'Dibdin,' ii. 310-321; Stephen Robson, 'Brit. Flora,' pref. p. iv; Diet. Nat. Biog. xxi. 409. Gordon, Rev. George (1801-93) : b. Urquhart, 1801 ; d. Brae- birnie, Elgin, 12 Dec, 1893. Minister of Birnie, near Elgin, 1832-89. LL.D. ' Collectanea for a Flora of Moray,' 1839. MS. Flora of Moray in Bot. Dep. Mus. Brit. Discovered PinguicuJa alpina in 1831. Eng. Bot. 2621, 2747. R.S.C. ii. 945 (excl. nos. 3-6) ; vii. 800 ; x. 28. Pritz. 126 ; Jacks. 257; Journ. Bot. 1894, 64, 160; Top. Bot. 546; N. B. G. 498, 508 ; Gard. Ciiron. 1893, ii. 809 ; Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. 1894, 65, with portr. Gosselin, Joshua (1739-1813): b. Guernsey, 6 Nov. 1739; d. Bengeo Hall, Herts, 27 May, 1813 ; bur. Bengeo. ' Flora Sarniensis ' (prepared 1788) in Bury's Hist, of Guernsey (1813). Gough, Thomas (1801-80): b. Middleshaw, Westmoreland, 30 Nov. 1804; d. Kendal? 17 July, 1880. Son of John Gough. Surgeon in Kendal. List of pi. in Nicholson's Annals of Kendal, 1835. Bot. notices in Wordsworth's ' Scenery,' 1842. West- moreland Note-book, 1889, 109, with portr. ; Macpherson's 'Fauna of Lakeland,' 1892, xxii.; 'NaturaHst,' 1894, 295; Alumn. Oxon. Graham, G. J. (d. before 1839). Collected in Mexico and intro- duced many Mexican pL, and sent dried pi. to Kew. ' Plantae Hartwegiange/ pref. iv. ; Bot. Mag. 1356, 1370. Salvia Graliami Benth. Gregg, Mary, nee Kirby (1817-93) : b. Leicester, 27 April, 1817; d. Brooksby, 15 Oct. 1893; bur. Brooksby ; m. Rev. H. Gregg, 1 Aug. 1860. 'Flora of Leicestershire,' 1847, 1850 (notes by Elizabeth Kirby). ' Plants of the Land and Water ' (with E. K.), 1857. ' Chapters on Trees ' (with E. K.), 1873. ' Leaflets from my Life ' (narrative autobiography), 1887. Pritz. 164; Jacks. 566; R.S.C. iii. 658; Phyt. iii. 157, 179. Grigor, James (1811 ?-1848) : b. 1811?; d. Norwich, 22 April, 1848. Nurseryman. ' Eastern Arboretum,' 1841. Diet. Nat. Biog. xxiii. 248. Grindal, Rev. Edmund (1519 ?-83): b. St. Bees, Cumberland, c. 1519; d. Croydon, 6 July, 1583; bur. parish church, Croydon. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [May, 1898.] p 19i BIOGRA.PHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. B.A., Camb., 1538. M.A., 1541. D.D., 1564. Bishop of London, 1559. Archbishop of York, 1570 ; of Canterbury, 1575. Introduced Tamarix circ. 1582. ' Life ' by Strype ; Diet. Nat. Biog. xxiii. 261. Hamerton, Philip Gilbert (1834-94): b. Laneside, Lane, 10 Sept. 1834 ; d. Paris, 4 Nov. 1894. LL.D., Aberdeen, 1894. Artist. Had a herbarium from about 1870. 'Autobiography,' with portr., 1897. Hancorn, Philip (fl. 1797). In the Portuguese navy. Chief of the fleet in Brazil in 1797. " Rerum naturalium studiosus . . . etiam studiosorum fautor," Gomes, Memorias dos Corresp. (1812), 51. Journ. Bot. 1896, 250. Hancomia Gomes. Harker, James Allen (1847-94) : b. 31 July, 1847 ; d. Ciren- cester, Gloucester, 19 Dec. 1894. F.L.S., 1883. Prof. Nat. Hist., Royal Agric. Coll., Cirencester, 1881-94. MS. Flora of Gloucestersh. (with G. S. Boulger). Studied grasses, variation in Ophrys apifera, &c. R.S.C. x. 142 ; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1894-5, 32. Hartweg, Carl Theodore (1812-71) : b. Carlsruhe. 18 June, 1812; d. Swetzmgen, Baden, 3 Feb. 1871. Collector for Hort. Soc. in Mexico, 1836-7 ; in Cahfornia, 1846-7. Director of Grand Ducal Gardens at Swetzingen. ' Journal ' (California), Hort. Soc. Journ. i.-iii. ' Notes ' (Mexico), Trans. Hort. Soc. iii. 115-162. First set of plants at Kew. Jacks. 556 ; Bot. of California, ii. 556 ; Bot. Biol. Centrali-Americana, iv. 126 ; Journ. Bot. 1871, 224; R.S.C. iii. 203. Bentham, 'Plants Hartwegiaiic^,' 1839-57. Hartivegia Lindl. Hassall, Arthur Hill (1817-94): b. Teddington, Middlesex, 13 Dec. 1817; d. San Remo, 9 April, 1894. M.R.C.S., 1839 Public Analyst. Contrib. to Ann. Nat. Hist., 1842. 'History of Brit. Freshwater Algse,' 1845. Pritz. 137; Jacks. 242 R.S.C. in. 208; vii. 918. 'Narrative of a Busy Life,' 1893 Journ. Bot. 1894, 191. Hassallia Berk. = Stigonema. Hawker, Rev. William Henry (fl. 1830-80). Of Petersfield M.A., Camb., 1854. Helped Ardoino in his 'Flore des Alpes Maritimes' (pref. p. xii). Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxx. p. cxx Asjdeniumfontcmum, Phyt. iv. 814. Helms, Richard (d. 1892-3) : b. N. Zealand ; d. Greymouth N. Zealand, 1892-3. Had private museum. Herbarium pur chased by J. C. Melvill. Botanist to Elder Expedition, W Australia, 1891-2. Mosses in Univ. Herbarium, Oxford. Journ, Bot. 1894, 78, 82. Helmsia H. Boswell. Henderson, Frederick (1841 ?-95) : d. 24 Sept. 1895. Lieut.- Colonel, 107th Foot, 1880. F.L.S., 1875. Collected ferns in Nilghiris and at Simla. Had a herbarium. Ferns of Northern India (with C. B. Clarke) in Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd S. (Bot.), i. 425. Proc. Linn. Soc. 1895-6, 37. Polypodium Hendersoni W. S. Atkinson. Hick, Thomas (1840-96): b. Leeds, Yorksh., 5 May, 1840; d. Bradford, Yorksh., 31 July, 1896 ; bur. Undercliffe Cemetery, RECENT LITERATURE ON FRESHWATER ALG^. 195 Bradford. A.L.S., 1894. B.A., B.Sc, Lond. Assistant- Lecturer in Bot., Owens Coll., Manchester, 1885. 'Proto- plasmic continuity in Algae,' Journ. Bot. 1884-85. Collection of fossil pi. in Manchester Museum. E.S.C. x. 223; Journ Bot. 1896, 488; 1897, 193, with portr. Higgins, Rev. Henry Hugh (1814-93) : b. Turvey Abbey, Beds, 28 Jan. 1814 ; d. Liverpool, 2 July, 1893. B.A., Camb., 1836, M.A., 1839, Geologist. Chaplain, Kainhill Asylum, Liverpool, 1853-86. * Fossil Ferns in Ravenhead Colliery' (with F. P. Marrat), 1872. R.S.C. iii. 348; vii. 978 ; x. 226; Jacks. 182- Journ. Bot. 1893, 286; Geol. Mag. 1893, 381. (To be cnntinned.) NOTICES OF BOOKS, Recent Literature on Freshwater ALG-iE. The January part of Flora for this year contains the eighth of a series of papers pubHshed at intervals by Prof. Goebel, entitled " Morphologische und biologische Bemerkungen." This paper, which has for its subject " Fine Siisswasserfloridee aus Ost- Afrika," is a sequel to the sixth of the series, " Ueber einige Siiss- wasserflorideen aus Britisch-Guyana " (Flora, Heft iii. Scbluss, Juni, 1897). In the earlier paper Prof. Goebel deals with previous literature on the subject, and raises biological questions on this group of algae— a group which is specially interesting from a geographical point of view. The genera of FloridecB hitherto known to be represented both in marine and fresh waters are Bostrt/chia, Lomentaria, Chantransia, Delesserla?, and Caloglossa, besides two very doubtful species of Ballia. A freshwater alga is described by Askenasy and Schmidle from a mountain stream in New Guinea under the name of Dasya Lauterbachi [Flora, Heft ii. Feb. 1897), but this plant, according to Prof. Goebel {Flora, Heft iii. 1897, I. c), belongs to Bostrychia, and is nearly allied to B. Moritziana. The genus Dasya can therefore no longer be regarded as having a representative in fresh water. The only freshwater species of Delesseria hitherto recognized is D. amboinensis Karsten (Bot. Zeit. 1891, p. 265), of which the fruit has not yet been seen. The whole structure of the thallus points, however, to its inclusion in Caloglossa rather than in Delesseria. Prof. Goebel now describes a second species of Delesseria from a plant found by him among undetermined mosses in the Hamburg Museum. The "moss" in question was collected by Stuhlmann in Kibaoni stream, north from Kokotoni, Zanzibar, and examina- tion proved it to be no moss, but a freshwater species of Floridem. Prof. Goebel draws a comparison between this alga and Delesseria amboinensis Karst., to which it bears a close resemblance, but shows that sufficient points of difference exist to distinguish them as separate species. He therefore calls the African form ("for p 2 196 RECENT LITERATURE ON FRESHWATER ALGxE. short ") D. Zanzibar ieusis. Authentic specimens of both these plants are in the British Museum Herbarium, and though it is plain that D. amhoinensis and D. Zanzibar iensis are two distinct species, the difference between D. zanzibariensis and Caloglossa Leprieurii is not so obvious. The British Museum has a large series of specimens of the latter plant from many parts of the world : the North and South Atlantic (New York, New Jersey, Florida, Guadeloupe, Cayenne), Cape of Good Hope, Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand, and the Indian Ocean (Mauritms, freshwater and marine, Ceylon, and Calcutta), these including, of course, both marine and freshwater records. The Ceylon specimens are described by Prof. Cramer in his exhaustive paper on C. Lrprienrii (S. A. aus der Festschrift z. Feier d. 50-jahrig. Doctorjub. von Nageli u. Kolliker, Ziirich, 1891). Comparison between these Indian Ocean specimens and D. zanzibariensis point very strongly to the fact of their being one and the sauie species. The position of the tetraspores in the two plants might at first sight seem to argue a possible specific differ- ence, since in C. Leprieurii they grow in lines radiating outwards and upwards from the midrib, the number of sporangia in such lines varying with the width of the plant ; while in D. zanzibariensis they are described as occurring in one or two rows along the mid- rib. But the thallus of D. zanzibariensis is as a rule narrower than the usual form of C. Leprieurii, and the space between the midrib and the edge of the thallus is too limited to allow the growth of more than one or two rows of sporangia. C. Leprieurii is shown by Prof. Cramer (/. c.) to be a very variable plant in respect of size and breadth of the thallus, and it would be difficult, perhaps impossible, to show in what way D. zan- zibariensis can be considered specifically distinct from C. Leprieurii. It is clear therefore that Prof. Goebel ought to reconsider the pro- priety of maintaining his "new species." If it be granted that these two plants belong to the same species, the question of geographical distribution put forward by Prof. Goebel is more easily solved than is otherwise possible. He asks with solemnity what has become of the common marine ancestor of D, zanzibariensis and D. amhoinensis, both found on islands separated by the whole width of the Indian Ocean ? Is this ancestor still living, or has it died out, leaving only freshwater descendants ? Now, allowing D. zanzibariensis to be but a form of Caloglossa Leprieurii, the answer is obvious. Caloglossa occurs throughout the Indian Ocean as a marine and brackish water plant ; in Mauritius, indeed, it grows inland in a mountain stream. What more likely than that a form of this variable plant has become modified to its surroundings in Amboyna, and is regarded as the Delesseria auiboinensis of Karsten ? The finding of the fruit of D. amboinensis will help to deter- mine its true position, but in any case there is a near relationship between it and C. Leprieurii ; and if, as is suggested by Mr. Karsteii, the Amboyna alga, once marine, has accommodated itself to changed conditions consequent on a gradual raising of its habitat RECENT LITERATURE ON FRESHWATER ALG.H. - 197 above the surface of the sea, the presence of C. Lejirieurii at no great distance from the Malay Archipelago points rather signifi- cantly to the ancestor of D. amboinensis. Prof. Goebel remarks that the occurrence of tetraspores iu D. zamihariensis is the only known instance among freshwater Floridea. In the British Museum, however, there are tetraspores on the specimen of C. Leprieiini from the mountain stream of Ponce, Mauritius, mentioned above. If, therefore, D. zanzibariensis and C. Leprieurii were to be regarded as distinct species, this statement could not pass unchallenged ; and if the two plants are allowed to be identical, there still remains Bostnjchia [Dasija) Lauterbachi to be considered, the stichidia of which are described and figured by the authors in their original diagnosis of the plant (/. c). The same part of Flora (Jan. 1898) contains a paper by Dr. Oltmanns on the " Development of the Reproductive Organs in Coleoch(Ete piilvmata.'' He makes some additions to the results published by Dr. Pringsheim (Beitr. z. Morph. u. System, d. Algen, iii. Pringsh. Jahrb. Bd. ii. 1860), but comes to the conclusion that on the whole ColeochcEte is a "quite ordinary" (ganz gewohnliche) plant, and unworthy of holding the important position of con- necting-link between any great groups in the plant world. He adds that Niigeli had, however, come by another road to the same conclusion. It is disappointing to find no observations on the number of the chromosomes in the two generations, a point on which botanists have been waiting for some time for information. A paper entitled '' Observations on the CoujugatcB,'' by Messrs. W. and G. S. West, is published in the Annals of Botany for March, 1898. The authors embody in this paper the results of their investigations, "founded on a prolonged study of freshwater algae from^ all parts of the world." They divide the ConjugatcB into three families — Zygnemace(B, which includes MesocarpacecB, Temno- gametacecB, and Desmidiacece, and each family and subfamily is treated of in turn. Interesting facts are given with regard to the extremes of heat and cold at which these alga3 can live, and speci- mens of Closteiiimi Leihleinii are quoted, which were in "perfectly healthy and normally active condition" after having been frozen in the ice at Frizinghall, West Yorkshire, for over fourteen days. This instance is not exceptional, for the authors record species of Spirogi/ra, Moiigeotia, &c., which have survived in temperatures below freezing-point. These conclusions are the more interesting, as being contrary to those published by Mr. Ewart " On Assimila- tory Inhibition in Plants" (Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xxxi. 1896, p. 395), where he says, speaking of freshwater alg^, " These plants are not very resistant to cold, all those examined being killed by being frozen." It is also shown that direct sunlight "under natural con- ditions " is not only fatal, but tends to the formation of zygospores in Conjugat(B, though, as Mr. Ewart shows {I.e. pp. 439, 440), experiments under artificial conditions give a different result. In conclusion the Messrs. West give a phylogenetic table of the 198 KECENT LITERATURE ON FRESHWATER ALG.E. Conjugat(B, showing that they regard the Zygnemacece (as repre- sented by the Mesocarpem and Pgxisporeai) as the most highly speciaUzed famihes of the group, "the formation of the sporocarp being a faint indication of an alternation of generations." It may be suggested that the use of the terms " carpospores " and " sporocarps " for spores of Mesocarpem requires more justification than is given by the authors. The Botanical Gazette (vol. xxv. Feb. 1898, no. 2) contains "Observations on some West American Thermal Algffi," by Miss Josephine E. Tilden. These observations are based on three collections made by the author in Yellowstone National Park, Salt Lake City and Banff, and on algae found by Mr. W. H. Weed in Yellowstone Park ; and by Prof. F. E. Lloyd in the region of the Cascade Mountains, Oregon. Miss Tilden describes two new species and several new varieties and forms. Microspora Weedii Tild. was found by Mr. Weed in Yellowstone Park, the temperature of the water in which it was growing beiug 49° C. The plant is described as being nearly allied to M. ahbreviata Lagerh., differing from it " in being entirely free from the ferruginous colour, in having a thin membrane, and in its habitat." The other new species is SpiruUna cahlaria, found by Miss Tilden in the Natural Sulphur Springs at Banff, Canada. There are three plates, one being a photograph of Solitary Spring, Upper Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park — a weird-looking place. Here Phormidmm lamiiiosum is said to form " plumy strings," indeed, this species is said by Miss Tilden to be " by far the most widespread and abundant of any alga in the hot waters of the park." She adds that so far as she knows it is the only species, except Spirulina major, that is found in both calcareous and siliceous waters in this region. An interesting account is given by Prof. Dr. G. Ritter Beck von Mannagetta, in the Botanische Zeitschrift (Jahrg. xlviii. no. 3, March, 1898), " Die Sporen von Microchate tenera Thur. und deren Keimung." The plant was noticed by him in a culture-glass con- taining algse from the meadows bordering the Danube near Vienna. Dr. Beck mistook it at first for a species of Lynghija forming arbhrospores, and paid it no further attention at the time : later, however, the doubtfulness of this determination caused him to examine the plant carefully, with the result that he eventually proved it to be MicrochcBte tenera Thur. He describes minutely the formation and subsequent germination of the spores, and figures the plant at all stages during the process. He is inclined to doubt if this species has been rightly placed in the genus Microcha;te, since he has never seen in his plant the " almost whip-like, elongate, persistent, vegetative filaments," as seen in the marine species M. grisea Thur. Dr. Beck considers that it would more properly belong to Kirchner's genus Coleospermum. The first fasciculus of a Prodrome de la Flore Beige, edited by E. de Wildeman and Th. Durand, which has lately appeared, contains, besides the records of Mgcetozoa, the Schizophyta, Flagel- lata, BiatomacecB, Co7ijugatcB (employing the name in the Westian PLANT-BREEDING. — LESSONS WITH PLANTS. 199 sense) and part of the Chlorophycece. Two other fasciculi of the work are to follow shortly. In Botaniser Notiser (Haftet i. Lund. 1898), a list is given by Herman G. Simmons of freshwater alg^e which form the most important of a collection made by himself last summer in South Sweden. Some of these records are new to that region. In each case the locality of the plant is mentioned, and critical remarks follow each record. A few species of FloridecB are given : Hildenbrandtia rivularis J. Ag., known in Mid-Europe, Denmark, and the North of England, and Batrachospermum Dlllenii Bory, recorded as growing plentifully with Lemanea fiuviatilis Ag., and Cha7itransia violacea Kiitz. Swedish specimens of B. Dlllenii have been issued as Nos. 1351 and 1352 in Wittrock and Nordstedt's AI(/(b aqum diilcis exsiccatce. Enteromorpha prolifera J. Ag. and E. intestinalis Link. var. fiuviatilis represent the ChlorophycecB, and the rest of the list consists of Ciicuwpkycem. Scliizothrix pulvinata is recorded as new to Scandinavia, and this holds good also of the preceding species, S. laciistris, which Mr. Simmons found " in little ditches near the shore at Rnigsjon by Rarod." Several common species of Phormidium and of Oscillatoria are included, already known from Sweden, and recorded in Gomont's Monographie des Oscillariees. E. S. Barton. Pla7it- Breeding. Being five Lectures upon the Amelioration of Domestic Plants. By L. H. Bailey. 8vo, pp. xii, 293, with 20 figures. Price 4s. — Lessons with Plants. Suggestions for seeing and interpreting some of the common forms of Vege- tation. By L. H. Bailey. 8vo, pp. xxxi, 491, with 446 figures. 1898. Price 7s. 6d. New York : Macmillan & Co. Under a somewhat modest title Prof. Bailey has given teachers and students of botany an eminently suggestive and useful little book on plant- variation. It is not a dry list of statistics embodying the result of experiments on a few economic plants, or a recapitu- lation of the results of other people's work, or in any way an exhaustive treatise, but a few bright chapters in which the writer first enunciates the principles of the origin of forms, varieties, and species, and then illustrates them by application to some well-known domestic plants. The militant evolutionist will find much to criti- cize, if he thinks it worth his while. The mysticism of Weissmann is dismissed in a couple of short pages. Prof. Bailey is talking to students who are only beginning the study of biology, botany, or horticulture. His aim is to impress upon them the individuality of plants, and the reality of their variation, and to point out some of the causes regulating that variation, and how the knowledge thus gained may be turned to practical account ; and we think he has succeeded. We are convinced that those who heard his lectures went away with certain very clear ideas on the possibilities embraced in the term "a plant," which would add interest and purpose to their further studies in its morphology, anatomy, and physiology. These are the titles of the lectures which now appear collected in book form : — I. The fact and philo- 200 PLANT-BREEDING. LESSONS WITH PLANTS. sopby of variation ; II. The philosophy of the crossing of^ plants, considered in reference to their improvement under cultivation ; III. How domestic varieties originate ; IV. Borrowed opinions ; V. Pollination; or how to cross plants. The author begins by insisting on the fact of individuality — the attribute of every living object. No two plants in a row of lettuce are alike ; that is to say, plants are infinitely variable. This being the case, it is not strange if now and then some departure, more marked than common, is named and becomes a garden variety. Nature knows nothing about species; her concern is with the individual, the ultimate unit. As to what is this unit, Prof. Bailey is happy in his comparison of animal and plant. Every higher animal is itself a unit; the plant has no distinct autonomy. " The ultimate unit or individual in growing plants is the bud and the bit of wood or tissue to which it is attached; for every bud, hke every seed, produces an offspring which can be distinguished from every other offspring whatsoever." Four causes of individual differences are suggested. Fortuitous variation, the expression of the elasticity which is a part of tlie essential constitution of all living beings ; sex, the existence of which is explained by "the need for a constant rejuvenation and modification of the off'spring by uniting the features of two individuals into one"; changes in physical environment; and the struggle for existence, in which " plants have adapted them- selves to other plants as truly as they have adapted themselves to soil or climate." The lecture on plant-breeding comprises fifteen rules which are to be observed if the best results are desired. These rules are an application of the principles laid down and discussed in the previous chapters. Prof. Bailey has a great advantage in being able to illustrate so many of his statements with the results of his own experiments. Those on crossing are especially extensive, and his concluding chapter on the technique of pollination is a useful addition. That it is a subject demanding some patience and perse- verance is evident from the author's remarks on "Uncertainties of Pollination," and the racy account of his own attempt, and failure, to improve the pumpkin with the common little pear-shaped gourd. After reading his book on Plant-Breeding we expect something original from Prof. Bailey, even if it is only a text-book for beginners ; and, fortunately, its very moderate price should ensure as extensive a use of his Lessons uith Plants as we could wish. The book is indeed a very cheap one, for it simply overflows with bold useful drawings made expressly for it by Mr. W. S. Holdsworth, while the print is as large and clear as in a child's reading-book, and the general get-up is worthy of Messrs. Mac- millan. The title aptly expresses the nature of the contents. They are just the kind of Lessons that an ideal teacher would evolve for himself from the plants. But there are so few ideal teachers, and a large majority will welcome Prof. Bailey as a guide, and having first worked out the Lessons for themselves, will find little difficulty in expanding and extending them. And if it should happen that certain specimens are not to be procured or substitutes to be LIFE AND LETTERS OF ALEXANDER GOODMAN MORE. 201 found, the pictures will form a very good last resort. But we hope that they will only be used apart from the specimens as a last resort. Children, before they go to school, have an innate love of natural history. It is all so wonderful. Why do the marguerites disappear and the poppies blaze out in their place, only to be supplanted by something else ? Where do they come from ? Why do they come ? And how many parents trouble to satisfy the little minds ? When they go to school they learn other things, or at best pick to pieces one flower a week and tag the fragments with hard names, and think botany only a trifle less dry than arithmetic or geography. How different this sounds: — ''Let the pupil lie under a dense shade-tree on a summer's day and look up into the dark top. . . . The outside presents a wall of foliage, often so well thatched as to shed the rain like a roof, but the inside is com- paratively bare. . . . The lower leaves have stretched out their stalks in eagerness for the sunlight." The application follows so naturally that the lesson is learnt unconsciously. One of the most obvious facts in nature is the great difference in the growth-form of the various kinds of trees and shrubs. Prof. Bailey begins with a lesson on twigs and buds, in which the reason of the differences gradually appears. In the next chapter, or " part," leaves and foliage are studied ; then flowers, fruits, propagation of plants; then behaviour and habits; and, finally, the kinds of plants, including their preservation, and hints on the way to form a herbarium. The book concludes with a useful appendix entitled " Suggestions and Keviews," in which the teacher will find many useful hints, among others, for the arrangement of the school-house and garden. As necessarily happens with books intended for use in the eastern United States, some of the plants mentioned are unfamiliar to the English teacher. But there should be no difficulty in finding substitutes, for, as we have already hinted, it is in its method that the great value of the book lies, and any teacher who is worthy the name should be able to adapt it to the surroundings among which he has to teach, and from which he must draw the material which is to be the direct means of imparting the lesson. A "R "R Life and Letters of Alexander Goodman More, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., M.R.I.A. ; with Selections from his Zoological and Botanical Writings. Edited by C. B. Moffat, B.A. ; with a preface by Frances M. More. Dublin : Hodges, Figgis & Co. (Ltd.), 104, Grafton Street. 8vo, pp. vii, 642. 1898. It is rather remarkable how few lives of eminent botanists have been written. Of Professor Babington we possess the volume of letters and records recently reviewed in this Journal ; but of a long line of his contemporaries and predecessors, little is known beyond their published work. Of the lives of Eobert Brown and his successor in the British Museum J. J. Bennett, of George Bentham, J. H. Balfour, Wm. Borrer, J. T. I. Boswell (not to go farther into the alphabet), we have few or no memorials; and this lack seems 202 LIFE AND LETTERS OF ALEXANDER GOODMAN MORE. the more remarkable in these days when truly '* of making many books there is no end." To those who knew him, these memorials of Alexander Good- man More will forcibly recall the genial friend whose intense enthusiasm and lively wit were ever tempered by a gentleness which attracted the affectionate regard of all who were brought into personal intercourse with him. A naturalist of the highest order, and with the keenest sense of what genuine and good work in the several branches of science was, he never despised the humblest worker, but was always ready to give cheering yet wise encouragement and counsel. Many probably knew him only from his letters ; and, as this volume will show, his letters reveal the same character, abounding as they do in kindly satire and criticism, as well as in full appreciation of true observation and research. The writer has recently reperused some of the numerous letters which in the halcyon days of long ago, 18G7-1887, he received from Mr. More, and he was astonished to recognize how very much he owed to the stimulus of these letters, full of most sound advice and useful suggestion. Doubtless, to very many in the wide circle of zoologists and botanists who knew him, Mr. More has been a mentor, both enthusiastic and discreet, stirring students to energetic effort, whilst ever inculcating caution and patience. To all lovers of nature this volume will be welcome, containing, as it does, in its fifty-four chapters (pp. 1-398), admirable selections from his correspondence and diaries ; and in the appendices (pp. 399-623) some valuable papers and notes, which are not easily obtainable in their original issue. The whole book reveals a diligent and painstaking worker in many lines of scientific observation and research, who, excellent as he was in the field, was no less so in the study, and whose education and training — though seriously interfered with by a delicate constitution, and by long and frequent periods of ill-health — had fitted him to make the fullest use, for scientific purposes, of the opportunities which as as a botanist and zoologist his life afforded him. It is refreshing in these days of rather over-devotion to athleticism to read in this volume of the Kugby boy who, whilst '*he took to public school-life with gusto" and "was a keen athlete as well as a quick scholar," yet had the observant eye and enquiring mind which even in his nursery had gained for More the sobriquet of " Master Why-why." Whether he ever filled his Kugby study with stinks, as did " Martin " in the days of " Tom Brown," is uncertain, but "Natural History had now become his recognized hobby"; and before he left school he had laid the foundation of both his scientific knowledge and his scientific library, and had contributed his first note to a scientific periodical, The Zoologist, a note which, though it recorded a mistaken iden- tification of a rare bird, yet shows an acquaintance with birds and a close observation of the character of species unusual in one so young. Beginning, as so many have done, with collecting insects and LIFE AND LETTERS OF ALEXANDER GOODMAN MORE. 203 birds, his best known work was, perhaps, done in botany ; but he maintained a firm grasp of a wide range of subjects, ornithology being, next to botany, his chief delight. Ireland and the Isle of Wight were the two districts in which his life was mostly spent— the Isle of Wight in his earher and Ireland in his later years. Though settled in Ireland, as events proved, for life, he at one time looked forward to revisiting the Isle of Wight ; and speaks in one of his letters to the writer of a *' pocket-flora of the island, which I still hope that you and I may undertake some day when I return to spend my declining years in the old hunting-grounds." But, alas, this was not to be. His health, never very strong, had suffered considerably from an expe- rience of which it is strange indeed to read as occurring to a naturahst in the nineteenth century in the British Isles. Visiting, in July, 1873, during a dredging expedition, in company with Mr. (now Sir John) Dillon, Inishkea, an island about eight miles north of Achill, on the west of Ireland, More was mistaken by the islanders for the author of a letter which had lately appeared in print with reference to the supposed idolatrous worship by the islanders of an image, probably the figure-head of a ship, for which they appear to have had great regard as an ancient relic, and which was called the " Neve-ogue." The islanders were " fiercely indignant at the language which (they were assured) had been apphed to them by the writer of the letter," and knowing that the visitors had come from Achill, and that Mr. More had visited the island the previous year, they erroneously inferred that the letter had been written by him. Taking the opportunity of More's being separated from his friend, a group of the islanders surrounded him, and before he could gather the meaning of their anger " a blow from a heavy piece of timber had stretched him, stunned, on the ground. . . . Frequently in later life Mr. More avowed the belief that he owed the preservation of his life at this juncture in no small degree to the promptitude and resolution of his friend Sir John Dillon, who, as he returned through the village, saw the people hastening to the shore, and was horrified to find his companion lying on the ground. Further molestation was plainly promised, for a crowd gathered near the harbour ; and when Mr. More, with his friend's assistance, was able to walk towards the boat a shower of stones assailed them. Verbal remonstrance was useless; and Mr. Dillon raised his breech-loader, warned the people that he meant to protect his comrade, and shot two sea- gulls by way of illustration. The effect of the poor birds' fate was instantaneous. The islanders, who had never seen a breech-loader before, were filled with amazement, and needed no further warning." An incident, this, which (in character) we might have expected to find in Darwin's Voyage of the Beagle, but hardly in the account of a visit to any part of Great Britain. This unfortunate affair was followed by exposure in the boat during the whole night to a gale of wind and pouring rain ; and though he was unwilling to concede that he felt the worse for the adventure, a serious illness overtook him during the autumn ; and 204 FLORE DU NORD-OUEST DE l'aFRIQUE. it seems that from that time ''his intervals of ill-health were much more frequent than before, and he was never ngain equal to the same degree of sustained activity as in former smnmers." And indeed he seems to have sustained permanent injury, as we find ifc stated that, in 1879, " The injuries received six years ago at Inishkea were telling upon him, and coustant pain in the hip- joint, sometimes amounting to acute agony, threatened to render him permanently helpless. On the 17th September [1879] he underwent an operation"; and it was not until the 25th of February, 1880, that a note in his journal records, "leg-wound closed and healed." In both the Isle of Wight and in Ireland, More's work was of a permanent character. In the former district he succeeded, as a resident botanist. Dr. Bromfield, who died whilst travelling in Syria in October, 1851 ; and More much regretted that a projected meeting of the two botanists, before Dr. Bromfield left England, had unfortunately been prevented. Some of Dr. Bromfield's bota- nical apparatus came into Mr. More's hands, and by him was given to the writer when Mr. More finally settled in Ireland. He also set in order and considerably added to the herbarium of Dr. Bromfield's plants, which was, and still is, in the custody of the Philosophical Society at Eyde. The articles on the Zoology and Botany of the Isle of Wight, published in 1860 in Venables' Guide to the Island, and the Supphment to the Flora Vectensis, published in this Journal in 1871, are still the latest collected records published as regards the Isle of Wight as a separate district ; though Mr. Townsend's Flora of Hants contains these and later records. As regards Ireland, his great work is the (Jybele Hihernlca, which Dr. Moore and he published in 1866, and of which Dr. Moore wrote that Mr. More "took even more than his full share in that work." This Cijhele was carried out upon similar lines to those laid down by Mr. Hewett Cottrell Watson for his Ci/hele Britcmnica ; and was followed by a supplement, published in 1872. The new edition of the Cybele, at which he had been working since 1882, he did not live to complete. The Life and Letters, for which we are indebted to his sister Miss Frances M. More, has been very ably edited by Mr. C. B. Moffat, B.A., and forms a handsome volume, well printed, and appropriately bound in green. The likeness of Mr. More, though by no means a flattering one, will yet vividly recall his personal appearance to all who knew him. -ri o ^^ Frederic Stratton. Contributions a la connaissance de la flore du nord-ouest de VAfrique et plus specialement de la Tunisie. I. Ranunculaceae — Cucur- bitace^e. Par Sv. Murbeck. Lund: 4to, pp. vi, 126; tt. vi. [Acta Reg. Soc. Physiogr. Lund, viii.] 1897. As holder of the bursary on the Letterstedt foundation, the author in 1896 made an expedition to Algeria and Tunis for the purposes of collecting seaweeds and of studying the physiognomy FLORE DU NORD-OUEST DE l'aFRIQUE. 205 of the phanerogamic vegetation of the highlands and of the Sahara desert. The heavy and long-continued rains of the previous winter in Algeria made the season very unfavourable for his investigation there on the land plants, and induced him soon to proceed to Tunis, where, favoured with the assistance of the French authorities, he was enabled advantageously to carry out his scientific work. Before returning home he spent some time at the Museum of Natural History in Paris, where he availed himself of the opportunity there offered to determine as precisely as possible the geographical distri- bution of the new or imperfectly known forms of the plants included in his treatise ; an exact knowledge of this distribution, especially in the polymorphous groups of plants, he considers to be one of the essential conditions for properly estimating the affinities and phyto- genetic developments of the types. In the hope that the Compendium Flor(B Atlantic^ begun by Cosson will be continued. Dr. Murbeck omits in general any description of new species and forms contained in the museum, other than those met with in his journey or such as are related more or less closely to his own collections. If sometimes his determinations must be re- garded as more or less approximate, he says that such is a necessary consequence of the richness of the natural materials embraced in the polymorphous groups which as yet are but imperfectly understood. A conspicuous feature of this contribution consists in the numerical statistics in metres, expressing the vertical range of the Tunis plants of the collection ; many of the species and varieties are recorded as extending up to 1300 or 1350 metres ; one, Holosteum umbeUatnm L., a species new to the Tunis flora, to 1375 ; and another, Alsine Alunbyi Boiss., also new to this flora, occurs from 800 to 1400 metres of elevation. The treatise is very carefully elaborated, and the literature of the subject accurately attended to. In the thirty- six natural orders included in this part, there are re- corded 430 species and hybrids distributed amongst 177 genera ; there is one new genus ; and there are fourteen new species, besides ten new subspecies. The sequence of orders is nearly that of Ben- tham and Hooker ; but Cucurbitacea is placed after CampanulaceoB. CarojjhyllacecB is split up into SiienacecB and Alsmacem and counts as two orders, and Paronychiacea is placed next ; similarly the Bosacece in the larger sense is divided into Amy gdalacece, RosacecB in a smaller sense, and Pomacece, and counts as three orders ; and FumariaceeB, in accordance with a prevalent view, is kept distinct from Papaver- acecB. A new grammatical rendering is taken in treating Polygala as neuter in gender, contrary to Pliny and subsequent authors. If it is desirable to give effect to the gender of the Greek derivation of the principal part of the word, it would have been better to have followed the style of Dioscorides and to have written the name in the form Polyyalon. The Polygala of Pliny probably belongs to a different genus from that of the herbs now comprehended under this name ; but this consideration need not affect the question of gender. The plates contain eighty small figures from drawings drawn by the author, and representing the flowers or other parts or dissections of plants, and illustrate thirty-one species. The new genus is 206 LES VEGETAUX ET LES MILIEUX COSMIQUES. Pseudorlaya in Umhelliferm, and is allied to Orlaya and Daiiciis, being diagnosed from them as follows : — Orlaya : prickles of the secondary ridges of the fruit hooked at the apex. Pseudorlaya : prickles of the secondary ridges in two or three rows, straight at the apex. DaucHs : prickles of the secondary ridges in one row, straight at the apex. The naming of the species of the new genus, recorded on p. 86, is not without interest ; the name and synonymy as quoted, with dates, are : — Pseudorlaya maritima. Daucus muricatus, fi. maritimus L. (1753). CaiicaUs puuiila Gouan (1765). C. maritima Gouan (1767). D. maritimus Gaertn. (1788), non Lam. (1789). Orlaya maritima Koch (1824). D. pumilus Ball (1878). The selection by the author of the specific name maritima is quite apt and need not be complained of, although it is clearly a violation of the rule, with which unfortunately many botanists attempt to fetter nomenclature, compelling the adoption of the oldest specific name in all cases, regardless of propriety ; indeed our author, in a note on p. 25, concedes and insists on this principle, and there coins a new name for a species which had already been adequately named in the right genus, in order to include the oldest trivial name. In the case of the Pseudorlaya it appears that muricata is the oldest trivial name. If it is to be contended that, as Linnaeus had confused two different plants under this name, the typical one not being the plant under consideration, muricata cannot be accepted in this case, then the oldest possible trivial name would be jnimila; in no case, how- ever, can maritima claim to accord strictly with the rule, the force of which Murbeck fully admits in principle. Yet the name employed by him is so good and obviously the best one for his purpose, that the departure from the principle appears not even to have occurred to his mind. It is to be hoped there was no intention to extend this objectionable and disturbing rule, so as to compel the adoption of a mere varietal name, even when originally applied to a totally wrong species and in a wrong genus. -^y p ^ Les Veqetaux et les Milieux cosm.iques [Adaptation — Evolution). Par J. Costantin. 8vo, pp. 292, figs. 171. Paris: Bailliere. 1898. Price 6 fr. This volume is the eighty-eighth of the French International Scientific Library, of which M. ^m. Aiglave is editor. It is a good example of the kind of book such a series should contain, in that it gives a readable account of one aspect of a science without attempting too much, or pretending to be a text-book. It is the kind of book which tends to popularize without degrading science. Many of the points raised admit of far wider discussion, and theories are sug- ANATOMIA VEGETALE. FISIOLOGIA VEGETALE. 207 gested which are open to criticism ; but theories after all are only temporary conveniences for arranging and correlating facts, and within limits we may sacrifice much to convenience. We would suggest, however, that the beginning of a book is a more convenient place for a table of contents than the end, and that to publish a work of this kind without an index should be made a criminal offence. The general get-up of the work is useful rather than artistic. The cover is strong but not beautiful, the quality of the paper is moderate, but the type is clear, and the figures, though poor, help to elucidate the author's meaning. The cover and title- page are punched like a tram-car ticket, but this may be only to render the review copy unsaleable. The book comprises an introduction and four parts. The intro- duction is short, and deals almost entirely with Goethe's view on the variation of plants. The four parts are more interesting ; they include twenty-three chapters, and contain a very fair account of the influence of heat, light, gravity, and an aquatic medium as factors of environment in plant-life. For instance, the first part opens with a brief account of the distribution of heat on the surface of the globe, and a contrast of arctic and tropical floras, followed by an attempt to explain the difference. It is shown by examples how the duration of life of a plant varies in different climates, why annuals are unsuited to the brief vegetative season of an arctic zone, how a damp tropical climate may favour a woody habit as a result of an uninterrupted growth-season, and so on. The relation between light and colour in the zonal distribution of seaweeds is explained in the part devoted to light, and chapters are given to its influence on movement and growth, and on the position, form, and structure of plant organs. The characteristics of marsh-plants, amphibious, swimming, and submerged plants are headings for the fourth part, which ends with an unnecessary chapter on the notions of variation of living organisms among the ancients, in which, among other things, the figure of Venus is evolved from a cuttle-fish. The book as a whole will give an intelligent person with a very slight know- ledge of botany a very fair idea of plant physiology. ART? Anatomia vegetale. Del Filippo Tognini. Small 8vo, pp. xv, 274, figs. 141. Price lire 3. — Fisiologia vegetale. Del Luigi Monte- martini. Small 8vo, pp. xv, 230. Price lire 1.50. Milan : Hoepli. 1898. These handy little books form numbers 246-247 and 265 respectively of the Manuali Hoepli, an Italian Scientific Series. The matter is well arranged, and seems very fairly up-to-date, and the text is clear. The most striking feature is, however, the great wealth of illustrations ; the figures, which are far above the average for the style of book, have been freely borrowed from Sachs, De Bary, and other well-known text-books. Others are less familiar, and several are new. An additional advantage from the student's point of view is the small size of the volumes, which renders them eminently suitable for surreptitious use in the examination-room. A R R 208 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dx. The executors of the late Baron von Mueller invite subscriptions (which should be addressed to the Rev. W. Potter, Arnold Street, South Yarra, Melbourne) towards the cost of erecting a monument on his grave. The supplementary volume of the Flora AustraJicnsls, which the Baron was preparing for the press at the time of his death, will shortly be published, as well as an account, in two volumes, of his administration as Director of the Botanic Gardens, which will include a biography and complete bibliography. In The Olieinistnj of the Garden, by Mr. H. H. Cousins (Mac- millan : Is.), the author has rendered a useful service by stating plainly, concisely, and clearly how plants are to be fed if they are to thrive. There is no more important subject for practical gardeners than that of manuring, and yet unfortunately compara- tively few understand it. The gardener must not look upon the soil as a dead mass of dirt, but rather as a kind of cupboard, containing all kinds of food for plants ; and as this is emptied of this food by the absorption of the rootlets, means must be found for replenishing it. An intelligent system of manuring does this. Science and practical experience prove that very few foods are essential for the welfare of plants in general, although some of course prefer a larger quantity of one food than another. By keeping the soil well stocked with nitrates, phosphates, and potash — according to the nature of the crops — the gardener or farmer does all that is necessary ; and he is told how to do this in Mr. Cousins's little work. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on March 17th, Mr. Clement Reid, F.L.S., read a paper on Limnocarpus, a new genus of fossil plants from the tertiary deposits of Hampshire. This new genus occurs in the oligocene strata of the Isle of AVight and the Hampshire coast. It is closely allied to Potamof/eton and to Ruppia, but has a succulent fruit with two deeply-pitted stalked carpels adhering by their ventral edges. The seed is curved round a lateral process from the cell, as in the pondweeds. So few tertiary plants can be proved to belong to extinct generic types, that the discovery of this one is of interest. Though clearly allied to the recent pondweeds, the inclusion of Liianocarpiis will necessitate a modification of the ordinal characters. Dr. Frank Rand, whose '"'wayfaring notes" we published in our last issue, has again left England for Rhodesia, where he hopes to make further collections for the National Herbarium. The Rev. Charles William Perry, M.A., died at Wokingham on March 30, at the age of sixty. Mr. Perry had been for over thirty years bursar and assistant-master at Wellington College, and had for many years taken an interest in the plants of the neigh- bourhood; lists by him were published in the Reports of the' Wellington College Natural History Society for 1869-74, and a useful summary of his botanical work is given by Mr. Druce in his Flora of Berkshire (p. clxxx). Tab 384, ^^M -.-. R.MorfJa-n del etlith. We st , 1^ ewnaaTi. imT S t a.cli"\^s alp in a , L . 209 STACHYS ALPINA IN BRITAIN. (Plate 384.) The accompanying figure of this interesting addition to our Flora, which was announced with full particulars as to locality, etc., in this Journal for 1897 (p. 380), is from specimens sent to the National Herbarium by its discoverer, Mr. Cedric Bucknall. We append the description of the plant given by Grenier & Godron (Fl. de France, ii. 689), who place it with S. germanica L. and 8. heraclea L. in the section Eriostachys, which is characterized by " bracteoles aussi longues ou presque aussi longues que le calice ; tiges herbacees." "S. ALPINA L. sp. 812; Vill. Dauph. 2, jj. 378; DC. fi.fr. 3, p. 548; Lois.! gall. 3, p. 14; Godr. fi. lorr. 2, p. 201; Koch, syn. 652. — Ic. Lapeyr. fi. pyr. tab. 8 ; Echb. exsicc. no. 1448 ! ; Billot, exsicc. no. 613 ! — Fleurs presque sessiles, au nombre de 5 ^ 10 a I'aisselle de chaque feuille florale, formant un epi terminal tres interrompu ; bracteoles lineares-subulees, attenuees a la base, reflechies, plus ou moins velues. Calice muni de longs polls et en outre de polls plus courts et glanduleux, campanula a dents un pen inegales etalees, ovales, acumin^es-mucronees. CoroUe purpurine, tachee de blanc, laineuse exterieurement, plus longue que le calice ; tube muni interieurement d'un anneau de poils oblique; levre superieure porrigee, obovee, obtuse entiere, barbue au sommet ; levre inferieure plus longue que la superieure h, lobe median le plus grand, emargine. Akenes gros, bruns, lisses. Feuilles vertes en dessus, plus pales en dessous, velues sur les deux faces fortement crenelees ; les inferieures longuement petiolees, ovales-en-cmur ; les superieures sessiles, lanceolees, acuminees. Tige dressee, velue, un peu glanduleuse au sommet, simple ou un peu rameuse. — Plante de 3-6 decimetres." Nyman gives the distribution of the species as: *'Hisp. bor., centr., or. Gall. Belg. Germ. occ. Bavar. Helv. Ital. bor., med. (et Lucan. ?). Austr. Hung. Slavon. Trans. Croat. Monten. Herceg. Bosn. Serb. Maced. mont." From this it will be seen that, in spite of its specific name, there is nothing intrinsically improbable in the occurrence of Stachys alpina as a native British plant ; and Mr. Bucknall' s description of the Glou- cestershire locality tends to estabhsh its nativity. As the plant had so long escaped notice in a well-worked district, it seems possible that it may have been similarly overlooked elsewhere, and that the present summer may extend our knowledge of its occurrence in Britain. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [June, 1898.] 210 NEW MALAYAN ORCHIDS. By Henry N. Eidley, M.A., F.L.S. The following new species of Orchids have been obtained since the publication of my paper on the Orchids of the Malay Peninsula in the Journal of the Linnean Society, xxxii. 213-415 (1896), I add a few further notes on already described species, as well as a few novelties of the Malay Archipelago. Oberonia aurantiaca, sp. n. Acaulis, foHa pauca (ad 6) falcata acuminata carnosa atroviridia, 2 pollices longa, ^ pollicis lata vel minora. Spica 4 pollices longa, nutans, basi bracteis lanceolatis acuminatis tecta. Bractese virides anguste lineares acuminatse. Flores minimi verticillati. Sepala ovata aurantiaca patentia. Petala oblonga obtusa apicibus denticulatis multo an- gustiora. Labellum angustum oblongum rufum, lobis lateralibus mediocribus oblongis obtusis quam lobus medius multo brevioribus, lobo medio anguste oblongo apice bifido. Columua pro genere alta rufa, stelidiis nuUis. Authera alba. Selangor, Kajang. Coll. J. Gondenoufjh, 1897. A curious little species allied to 0. riifilahris Lindl., a Burmese plant, from which the short lateral lobes of the lip and the spreading terminal lobes with no intermediate one distinguish it. It is also a more fleshy and stouter plant. Liparis (§ Mollifoli^) pectinifera, sp. n. Terrestris, pseudo- bulbis vetustis cyhndricis, 4^ pollicis longis, ^ |)olhcis crassis, pur- pureis. Folia majora tenuia inEequalia 5, undulata late viridia, inferiora ovata, superiora lanceolata vel ovato-lanceolata acuta, nervis validis elevatis, 6 pollices longa, 3 pollices lata vel minora. Scapus validus tricarinatus basi nudo. Flores mediocres dissiti. Bracteffi ovatffi acut^ undulat^e superiores lanceat^e, ^ pollicis longtis. Pedicelli cum ovariis ^ poUicis longi, graciles. Sepala linearia obtusa voluta, laete viridia, f pollicis longa. Petala anguste linearia breviora. Labellum oblongum apice late quadrato bilobo dentato, linea mediana incrassato, callis nuUis, viride lineis 2 in disco pur- pureis. Columna gracilis curva exalata viridis. Anthera ovata, poUiniis aurantiacis. Southern Perak, Bindings. In woods on the hill Gunong Tungul. I found this plant growing in dense woods on the ground, and, bringing it home, flowered it in the botanic gardens. In habit it resembles Microstylis congesta Lindl., being a stout plant with large pseudo-bulbs and undulate leaves. The pectinate lip and complete absence of calli, represented merely by a thickening at the base of the lip, make it very distinct from any of our native species ; but it is more closely to L. pectinata Ridl., a very little-known plant collected once in the Philippines by Cuming. That species is, however, much smaller, and has a pair of calh at the base of the lip. NEW MALAYAN OECHIDS. 211 Dendbobium supebbum Rchb. fil. This has now been found by Mr. Stephens in Perak, and confirms my opinion that D. Scorteclmiii Hook. fil. is identical with D. superbum, D. AUBEUM var. philippinensis has also been sent me by Mr. Stephens from the Thaiping Hills, Perak. This well-known plant, which appears to be very rare in the peninsula, might well have been expected to occur, as it is found in India, Java, and the Philippines. D. modestum, sp. n. Radices graciles copiosi. Caules pauci graciles, 7 pollices longi, i pollicis longi purpurei superne flexuosi nervis conspicuis albis. Folium singulum (rarius 2) subterminale lanceolato-lineare pollice longum, ^ pollicis latum petiolatum. Flores bini pedunculo brevissimo, pedicellis i pollicis longis. BracteaB minutae. Sepala lanceolata, lateralia basibus latis, f pol- licis longa subobtusa rosea, mento sepali sequali acuminato acuto. Petala linearia oblonga breviora alba. Labellum ovatum acumi- natum sepalis brevius pubescens, album, striis in lateribus violaceis. Columna breviuscula, anthera oblonga elevata alba, punctis duobus violaceis. Stigma oblongo-scutiforme, violaceo-marginatum. Penang Hill ; March, 1896. This elegant little plant I found growing on a bank among grass on the top of Penang Hill, a most unusual habitat for a Dendrohiiim. It is a slender-stemmed plant with but one or two narrow leaves on the top of the stem. The sepals are white, tinted with rose. The lip entire, ovate, the sides elevated and ornamented inside with violet stripes. The affinity of this plant is with D. herco- glossiim Rchb. fil. Bulbophyllum flammuliferum, sp. n. Rhizoma crassum longum ^ pollicis in diametro. Pseudobulbi distantes oblongo- lanceolati complanati s?epe curvi, 2 pollices longi, | pollicis lati, ^ pollicis crassi, olivacei. Folium oblongum lanceolatum coriaceum obtusum basi angustato, 8 pollices longum, pollice latum. Scapus prope basin pseudobulbi exortus sex pollices longus, basi vaginis tenuibus ventricosis viridibus tecto. Flores circiter 25, pro sectione magni. Bracte^e quam pedicelli longiores, }( pollicis longae, lanceo- latge tenues pallide virides, pedicellis tenuibus. Sepala lanceolata acuminata flavescentia apicibus aurautiaco-coccinea. Petala minima oblonga obtusa flavescenti albida. Labellum breve carnosum lingui- forme obtusum minute pustulatum flavescens apice coccineo. Columna brevis stelidiis bifidis lobo postico erecto lanceolato ; antico breviore rotuudato obtuso, per columnaB producta. Selangor, in rupibus cacuminis Gua Batu, 1897 ; fl. Dec. & Jan. This little plant is allied to B. apodum Hook, fil., but has much larger pseudo-bulbs and flowers than those of any of that section. In form and colouring the flowers resemble those of B. capitatum Lindl. and B. coiicinnum Hook. fil. in form and colour, but are very much larger. It grows on the limestone rocks at Gua Batu, near Kwala Lumpur, at an altitude of about 1000 ft. B. MACBANTHUM Liudl. I found this on trees on the Mandau River, Siak, Sumatra. Q 2 212 NEW MALA.YAN ORCHIDS. Cirrhopetalum ochraceum, sp. n. Pseudobiilbi conici 4- angulati, 1^ pollicis longi, f pollicis crassi. Folium subpetiolatum lauceolatum coriaceum obtusum basi carinato, pallide viride, 7 pol- lices longum, pollice latum. Scapus gracilis ruber, 10-pollicaris, vaginis 1-2 albescentibus. Flores 10, mediocres. Bracte^e lanceo- lat^e acuminatissimffi uninervio nervo rubro. Sepalum posticum ovatum acuminatum rubescens trinervium, margine capillis longis rubris munito, lateralia omnino connata oblongo-lanceolata obtusa ochracea dense rubro punctata. Petala lanceata rubra capillis rubris marginata. Labellum linguiforme olivaceum canaliculatum. Selangor, on the Pahang track, on trees ; Aug. 1897. This species is allied to C. Makoyanum Rchb. fil., but is altogether a larger plant, with much broader lateral sepals. The sepals are connate throughout their entire length, and the apex of the connate pair is incTquilateral ; they are 1 in. long and ^ in. wide. The colouring of the flowers is rather dull, the upper sepal and petal reddish, the lateral connate pair an orange-ochre colour with numerous red dots. C. CuRTisn Hook. fil. (Bot. Mag. t. 5774) was collected by Mr. Curtis at Pungah, in Siam, not in Malacca, as suggested in the Botanical Magazine. Eria cymbidifolia, sp. n. Caules compressi baud incrassati, undique foliati breves. Folia 5, rigida linearia recurva apicibus valde incequaliter biloba Ifete virentia, 15 pollices longa, -| pollicis lata. Eacemus nutans ex axilla superioris, 6 pollices lougus, basi nudo glabro. Flores dense congesti patentes, i pollicis lati albi, ferme glabri. Sepalum posticum ovatum oblongum, lateralia multo latiora obliqua subacuta. Petala breviora ovata acuta. Labellum breve saccatum ad basin cymbiforme, lobi laterales breves tri- angulares subacuti, epichilium ovatum acutum, carinis 2 latis in disco, e basi labelli ad basin epichilii. Columna recta pede puberulo purpurascente. Anthera lata rotundata rostrata. Pollinia 8, in fasciculis duobus. Stigma transversim ovale. Borneo, at Pontianak (cult, in Hort. Bot. Singapore). The most striking feature of this plant is the long narrow foliage rising from the base of the stem and recalling the leaves of Cijmhidium aloi/olium, and the absence of any pseudobulbous enlargement of the stem, which indeed is flattened. The flowers are numerous and crowded, borne on a raceme shorter than the leaves, and springing from one of the upper axils. The broad lateral sepals are separated to the base of the lip, spreading widely open. The lip is peculiar in having two broad bars running the whole length of the disc between the lateral wings, and covering a nectary formed by the boat- shaped floor of the lip, the only entrance to which is a space at the extreme base. The whole sac is full of nectar. A somewhat similar arrangement occurs in some Sarcanthea, but I have seen nothing like it in any other Eria. The pollinia are arranged in two masses, each consisting of two unequal pairs of pollinia. E. sumatrensis, sp. n. Pseudobulbi breves congesti crassi conici nodis circiter 5, 1| pollicis longi, f polHcis lati, vaginis NEW MALAYAN ORCHIDS. 213 purpureo-brunneis nervis albis elevatis tecti. Folia 3, lorata vel oblanceolata obtusa tenuiter coriacea ctirinata, et canaliculata, apicibus in^qualiter bilobis, 7 pollices longa, | pollicis lata vel minora. Scapus brevis, 2|- pollices longus, e uodo summo, teres tomento brunneo tectus. Flores parvi, circiter 12, laxe racemosi. Bractese lanceolatfe acurainatse demum reflexse, -^q pollicis long^. Pedicelli | pollicis longi patentes tomentosi. Sepala acuta ovata extus rufo-tomentosa, intus prasina glabra, ^ pollicis longa, mento obtuso lato ^quilongo. Petala linearia oblonga glabra rufo-violacea. Labellum ungue elongate anguste canaliculato virescente, lobis lateralibus oblongis falcatis viridibus. Epichilio decurvo ovato quadrato obtuso albo tenui. Columna alta viridis, basi excavato rubro-marginato. Anthera plana tenuis loculis 8. Pollinia 8, ^equalia anguste pyriformia disco parvo. Eostellum minutum bidentatum. Stigma latum scutiforme. Sumatra, at Jambi (cult, in Horfc. Bot. Singapore, Feb. 1894). Though somewhat aberrant, this plant must be classed with the section MridostacliyecB, and is perhaps as nearly allied to E. dasij- stachys Eidl. as to any species. The short thick bulb wrapped in brownish purple sheaths with raised white nerves is peculiar for this section. The flowers are few and not very woolly. The narrow channelled lip with curious green recurved lateral lobes and ovate white mid-lobe is a very distinctive character. At the foot of the column is a nectary formed by a triangular depression, and below the broad stigma are two raised bosses. E. (§ Trichotosia) pensilis, sp.n. Caules validi ultra pedales. Folia oblonga obliqua acuminata acumine obtuso iusequilatera, nervis pluribus elevatis, superne ferme glabra, subtus pubescentia, 41 pollices longa, 1^ pollicis lata, vaginis poUicaribus pubescentibus. Racemi penduli 1^ pedis longi, rachide rufo-tomeutoso flexuoso, floribus ad dissitis. Bracte^ ovatae, ^ pollicis longed. Flores ferme sessiles rufo-tomentosi, ^ pollicis lati. Sepalum posticum angustum lanceolatum, lateralia triangularia hispida, mento brevi obtuso. Petala linearia curva glabra breviora. Labellum carnosum sepalis brevius angustum, ungue marginibus elevatis lobis lateralibus parvis falcatis, lobo medio ovato cuspidato cuspide decurvo. Co- lumna brevis crassa subquadrata, stelidiis brevibus obtusis. Capsula elliptic, I" pollicis longa, perianthio marcido coronata. Sumatra. On trees on the Mandau river near Siak ; Nov. 1898. Allied to E. vestita Lindl. , but distinct in the shorter and broader flowers, triangular sepals, and short blunt mentum. The lip is also narrower and short, with small falcate lateral lobes, and the column is short and broad. The flowers are very dull greenish white. E. (§ Teichotosia) hispidissima, sp.n. Planta pusilla, radici- bus tenuibus copiosis, caulibus erectis tenuibus ad 6 pollices longis hispidis. Folia linearia acuminata, ^-f pollicis longa vix 1 pollicis lata, dense sericeo-hispido. Eacemi plures graciles, f pollicis longi flexuosi hispidi. Flores parvi, i pollicis longi, 5-6 dissiti sessiles. Bracte^ lanceolatge ovatse. Sepala lanceolata extus hispida. Petala lanceolata glabra minora. Labellum oblongum integrum glabrum. 214 NEW MALAYAN ORCHIDS. Columna crassiuscula. Anthera pro flore magna cordata. Capsula ^ pollicis longa hispida, periantliio marcido coronata. Selaugor, at Ulu Langat (J. Goodenoiujh). This is the smallest species of this section known to me, very distinct in its slender stems with linear leaves and exceedingly small flowers. The whole plant is covered with soft woolly grey hairs, except the petals, lip, and column. The racemes, apparently extra-axillary, are very slender and flexuous, bearing from four to six exceedingly small flowers, which resemble in form those of the other species of the genus, but the mentum formed by the base of the lower sepals is hardly visible, and the lip is quite entire. Claderia viridiflora Hook. fil. I met with this plant in the woods of the Bongaya river, in Labuk Bay, North-east Borneo. This is the most eastern locality for this plant yet known. CcELOGYNE PANDURATA Lindl. I find this very common in Selan- gor, growing on trees overhanging streams at Eawang, Kwala Kubu, and elsewhere. C. ASPERATA Lindl. I saw great plenty of large plants of this in Sumatra on trees by the Mandau river near Siak, Sumatra. Calanthe Cecilia Echb. fil. Abundant in the Avoods at the foot of the limestone rocks at Gua Batu, Selangor. The colouring of the flowers varies from nearly pure white to violet. I have received plants from Indragiri, in Sumatra, exactly similar to those of Selangor, but of a darker violet. C. vESTiTA Lindl. I found a single plant of this in flower in a hole of a tree on the top of the limestone rocks at Gua Batu, Selangor. It was in flower in December. The species, well known from Tenasserim and Borneo, has not hitherto been found in the Malay Peninsula. C. ? GiGANTEA Hook. fil. Flor. Brit. Ind. v. 856. A specimen of this plant, collected by Mr. Wray in Perak and sent me by Dr. King, proves to be Plocoglottis fcetida Ridl. Bromheadia aporoides Rchb. fil. Mandau river, near Siak, Sumatra ; not previously recorded for this island. EuLOPHiA SQUALIDA Lindl. Not uncommon near Sandakan, British North Borneo. SacGolabium Angrsecum, sp. n. Caulis pollicaris. Folia lanceolata falcata obtusa obliqua, coriacea, 2 pollices longa, t pol- licis lata. Eacemus brevis, f pollicis longus, rachide incrassato complanato. Bracteae oppositae ovat^ acutse brevissim^T, circiter 16. Flores singulatim expansi albi, pedicellis ^ pollicis longis. Sepala elliptica acuta mucronulata, ^ pollicis longa. Petala angustiora, basi angustato. Labellum ad basin column^e adnatum ungue brevi, lobis lateralibus oblique obovatis in^quilateralibus minute denticu- latis, lobo medio minimo cordato, calcare pendente clavato ferme, "I pollicis longo. Columna brevis lata apoda. Anthera depressa lata paullo elevata. Pollinia 2, ovoideo-globosa, pedicello tenui, disco parvo scutiformi. Stigma latum transversim ellipticum. NEW MALAYAN OKCHIDS. 215 Rostellum elongatum gracile acuminatum. Capsula triquetra, If pollicis longa. Selangor. On trees at the limestone rocks near Kwala Lumpor. This is a rather remarkable little plant with exactly the habit of a Denclrocolla, but with flowers at first sight resembling those of some AngrcEcum. The lip is very peculiar in having two large spreading lateral lobes, obliquely obovate, between which there is a small ovate inconspicuous terminal lobe. At the base of this is the entrance to the spur, which is edged with an elevated yellow ridge, and at the base are two red dots. The spur is long, narrow, and club-shaped. The column short and broad, with a very large transversely oval stigma. It is difficult to refer the plant to any genus, as it differs in the floral characters from any Saccolabium. known to me, and though the habit is that of Dendrocolla, the absence of any foot to the column and the long spur are against referring it to that genus. At present it is perhaps best placed under Saccolabium. S. secundifloruin, sp. n. Caulis pollicaris. Folia lorata in- sequaliter biloba obtusa coriacea atro-viridia ad 6. Kacemus 2-pol- licaris gracilis. Flores 6, secundi parvi. Sepalum posticum lanceolatum acutum album, lateralia lanceolata obtusa. Petala linearia oblonga, alba apicibus violaceis. Labellum basi saccato, lobis lateralibus oblongis acutis albis flavescentibus, lobo medio basi angustato apice dilatato obtuso, calcare pedicello sequali arcuato obtuso, callo conico in ore. Columna brevis viridis, stelidiis linearibus erectis. Anthera rotundata rostro lineari-lato bifido longe recurvo. Pollinia 2 globosa, pedicello lato-lineari, disco majore oblongo canaliculato. Singapore, at Chua Chu Kang ; Aug. 6. A small plant with dull inconspicuous flowers in a secund raceme. The lip possesses two side lobes, between which is a saccate portion leading to the curved rather thick spur which has a small callus in the mouth. The mid-lobe is narrow at the base, with a thick apex, the sides of which are turned up and papillose ; beneath it is a short blunt process. The anther has a long linear flat beak, notched at the end, very large in proportion to the rest of the anther. The pollinia are chiefly remarkable for the long disc much larger than the pedicel, much after the style of that of S. perpusillum Hook. fil. S. cortinatum, sp. n. Caulis brevis, J-f pollicis longus. Folia 4-7, oblongo-lanceolata obliqua, basi angustato, 2 pol- lices longa, f poll, lata aut minora carinata obtusa. Eacemi graciles 4-pollicares multiflori. Flores parvi dissiti brevissime pedicellati. Bracte^ parvaB lanceolate acuminat^e, -^q pollicis longi. Sepala angusta lanceolata acuminata rubra. Petala latiora obtusa. Labellum saccatum integrum apice acuminato flavum. Columna brevissima. Anthera cordata rostrata, filamento lato. Pollinia non visa. Eostellum grande bidentatum lobis semiovatis acuminatis. Capsula elliptica. 216 NEW MALAYAN ORCHIDS. Selangor ; high up on the hmestone rocks near Kwala Lumpur. Kara. A very curious Httle plant with broad rather fleshy leaves oblique and sometimes almost subspathulate. The flowers are very small, red and yellow, borne in slender racemes. The lip is in the form of a sac ending in a point, resembling that of some Thrixspennuni. It is curved up so as to cover the column. The rostellum is some- what peculiar, the two lobes into which it is split forming an ovate- acuminate body. It is very large in proportion to the column, and nearly closes the mouth of the coalscuttle-shaped hp. It is rather difficult to refer this to the neighbourhood of any species. The form of the lip would naturally induce one to class it as a Thrixspermum, but as in other respects it resembles other Saccolahia, I have referred it to that genus. Dendrocolla carnosa, sp. n. Caulis bipollicaris, radicibus copiosis. Folia plura approximata, anguste lineari-lanceolata acuminata acuta crassa, carnosa superne canaliculata purpuras- centi-atroviridia, 3 pollices longa, ^ pollicis lata, vaginis J pollicis longa costata purpurea. Racemi plures pedunculis gracilibus pur- pureis 3-pollicaribus, paullo incrassati, pollicares. Bracteffi qua- quaversse breves ovatc^ acutae. Flores parvi, pedicellis gracilibus, |- pollicis longis. Sepala oblonga ovata flava. Petala subsimilia. Labellum quam petala breviora, lobis lateralibus longis et latis, disco medio saccato lobo medio carnoso obtuso, pulvino tomentoso ad basin. Penang {Curtis) ; Sept. 1897. Allied to D . iKirdalis Ridl., with shorter peduncles, and differently coloured flowers. The lip is rather peculiar in having the erect lateral lobes meeting in the middle line so as to cover over a saccate nectary formed by the disc. The fleshy tongue-shaped apex (for as in nearly all species the lateral lobes are not distinctly marked off, except by texture) bears a small woolly papilla at its base. Zeuxine clandestina B1. This inconspicuous plant was obtained first by Waitz in Eastern Java, and since then does not appear to have been collected again till last year, when a considerable number of plants appeared in the jungle of the Botanic Gardens in Singapore. CYSTORcms variegata var. purpurea Ridl. A plant of this was brought me by a native on the Bongaya river, Labuk Bay, British North Borneo. It had previously been recorded from Western Java, Sumatra, and Pahang. Lecanorohis malaccensis Ridl. I found fruiting plants of what appeared identical with the Malay Peninsula plant in the forest of Bongaya. It has not previously been recorded from Borneo. Pogonia discolor B1. has been found by Mr. Goodenough in Selangor. This plant has been only previously recorded from Siam (where it is known as the Elephant's Ear) and from Java. 217 MOSSES OF THE WNION VALLEY, MEEIONETHSHIRE. By James E. Bagnall, A.L.S. In the early part of October, 1897, I had the pleasure of spending a few days with some friends at Bont Newydd, and during my stay I spent a few hours with them on the beautiful mountain Aran Mawddwy, which would well repay a more ex- tensive visit than time then allowed. We also spent a morning on the beautiful woody slopes rising from the River Wnion to the Bala Road, above Bont Newydd ; here I saw AndrecBa on boulders at about 400 ft. above sea-level. A morning was given to the lanes leading to the '* Torrent Walk," where the mosses on the walls and roofs and waysides were so abundant that we did not reach the specialty of the neighbourhood. An afternoon was given to a visit to the " Precipice Walk," and the lanes in its vicinity yielded quite a wealth of interesting species. On my last morning we paid a short visit to the Estuary and the interesting neighbourhood of Dolgelly, where on stone walls not more than 30-40 ft. above sea- level I saw AndrecBCi petrophila, and A. Rothii in good fruiting condition. I brought home considerable spoils of mosses and hepatics, and am convinced a longer visit and closer attention would yield a still richer harvest. Sphagnum cymUfoliiim Ehrh. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — 13 squarrosulum N. & H. Aran Mawddwy. — S. papillosum Lindb. Aran Mawddwy. — [3 confertum Lindb. Aran ; Bont Newydd. — S. 7nolle Sull. var. tenerum Braith. Aran Mawddwy. — 8. suh- secundum Nees. Bont Newydd.—^ cojitortum Schp. Bont Newydd. — S. aciitifolium Ehrh. Aran Mawddwy. — fS rubelliim Russ. Aran Mawddwy; Bont Newydd. — i fuscum Schp. Aran Mawddwy. — S. Jimbriatum Wils. Aran Mawddwy. — S. i7itermedium Hoffm. Bont Newydd. — S. cmpidatum Ehrh. Aran Mawddwy. Andrema petropMla 'EAvch. Aran; Bont; Dolgelly. — A. alpina Sm. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd, 400 ft.— ^. Rothii W. & M. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd ; Dolgelly. — ^faJcata Lindb. Aran Mawddwy; woody slopes, Bont Newydd. — A. crassinervia Bruch. Summit of Aran Mawddwy; woody slopes, Bont Newydd. Cathari7iea undidata W. & M. Bont Newydd, &c., frequent. OUgotrichum incurvum Lindb. Aran Mawddwy. — P laxiim Braithw. Aran Mawddwy. Pogonatum aloides Hedw. Bont Newydd, &c. — /3 Dicksoni Walm. Aran Mawddwy. — P. urnigerum L. Walls and rocks, Bont Newydd. Polytrichiim pilifenmi Schreb. Bont Newydd, &e., frequent. — P. jimiperinum Willd. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — P. gracile Dicks. Woody slopes, Bont Newydd. — P. formosum Hedw. Bont Newydd. — P. commune L. Bont Newydd ; Aran Mawddwy. — y minus Weis. Aran Mawddwy. W% Diphyscium foliosum Mohr. Aran Mawddwy ; lane to Precipice Walk. 218 MOSSES OF THE WNION VALLEY, MEKIONETHSHIRE. Ditrichum homomallum Hpe. Lane to Precipice Walk. Ceratodon purpureus Brid. Common. Dichodofitiuiii pellucidiim Schp. Boulders in Wnion. Dicranella heteromalla Schp. Frequent. — I), secunda Lindb. Lane to Precipice Walk. — D. squarrosa Schp. Bank of Wnion, Bont Newydd. Dicranoweissia cirrata Lindb. Woody slopes, Bont Newydd. — D. crispula Lindb. Railway bank, Bont Newydd. Cainpylopus jiexuosus Brid. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — C. pyriformis Brid. Aran Mawddwy. — C. atrovirens De Not. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd ; Dolgelly. Dlcranodontium longirostre B. & S. Aran Mawddwy. — ^ alpimim Schp. Aran Mawddwy. Dlcranum scopariuni. Hedw. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd, &c. — 0 paludoswti Schp. Boggy places, Aran Mawddwy. — y orthophyllum. Brid. Bont Newydd ; lane to Precipice Walk. — D. Bonjeani De Not. Woody slopes, Bont Newydd. — D. majus Turn. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — D. fuscescens Turn. Bont Newydd ; lane to Preci- pice Walk. — y congestiim Husu. Railway cutting, Bont Newydd. Leucohryum glaucum Schp. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. Fissidens virldulus Wahl. Piiver-banks, Bont Newydd. — F. in- cnrvus Starke. Banks, Bont Newydd. — F. hryoides Hedw. Frequent, Bont Newydd, &c. — F. adimitoides Hedw. Bont Newydd ; lane to Precipice Walk; Dolgelly, rich in fruit. — F. decipiens De Not. Piiver-banks and grounds, Bont Newydd. — F. taxifolius Hedw. Bont Newydd, lane to Torrent Walk. Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. Walls and rocks, frequent. — /3 rivu- laris W. & M. Boulders in river, very fine. — • y gracilis W. & M. Walls about Bont Newydd. — G-. incurva Schwgr. Aran Mawddwy. — G. torquata Hornsch. Aran Mawddwy. — G. jmlvinata Sm. Fre- quent through the district. — G. orbimlaris Bruch. Wall-tops, Dolgelly. — G. trichophylla Grev. Aran Mawddwy : Dolgelly. — G. jmtens B. & S. Aran Mawddwy. — G. Doniana Sm. Wall-tops, Dolgelly. — G. ovata Schwgr. Aran Mawddwy. — G. commutata Hiib. Aran Mawddwy. — G. moiitana B. & S. Aran Mawddwy. PJiacomitrium ellipticum B. & S. Aran Mawddwy. — Pi. aciculare Brid. Boulders in River Wnion. — Ji. protensum Braun. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — R. fascicular e Brid. Walls and rocks, Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — R. heterostichum Brid. Walls and rocks, frequent. — (3 alopecumm Hiib. Aran Mawddwy. — y gracilescens B. & S. Aran Mawddwy. — R. sudeticum B. & S. Aran Mawddwy. — Pi, lanuginosum Brid. Walls and rocks, frequent. — Pi. canescens Brid. Walls and rocks, frequent. — i3 ericoides B. & S. Walls, lane to Precipice Walk. Ptychomitrium polyphyllum Fiirn. Walls and rocks, frequent. Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh. Bont Newydd. — y viridis Schp. Railway cutting, Bont Newydd. Pottia truncatula Lindb. Bont Newydd, &c. Tortida marginata Spr. Bont Newydd ; lane to Precipice Walk. — T. muralis Hedw. Common. — ft rupestris Wils. Railway bridge, Bont Newydd. — T. ruralis Ehrh. Bont Newydd. MOSSES OF THE WNION VALLEY, MEKIONETHSHIRE. 219 Barhula rubella Mitt. Bont Newydd; Dolgelly. — B. tophnceum Mitt. Wall-tops, Dolgelly. — B.fallax Hedw. Bont Newydd, &c. — B. cylindrica Schp. Lane to Torrent Walk. — B. vinealis Brid. Lane to Precipice Walk. — B. revoluta Brid. Walls, Bont Newydd; Dolgelly. — B. convoluta Hedw. Eailway bridge, Bont Newydd. — B. unguiculata Hedw. Footways, &c., Bonfc Newydd. Weisia microstuma C. M. Lane to Precipice Walk. — W. viridula Hedw. Frequent, Bont Newydd. — W. rupestris 0. M. Walls, Dol- gelly. TricJwstomuvi miitabile Brncli. Eocks, Bont Newydd. — T. tenul- rostre Lindb. Bont Newydd. Cinclidotus fontinaloides P. B. Boulders in river, Bont Newydd. Encalypta streptocarpa Hedw. Aran Mawddwy, frequent. Ancectangium compactwn Schwg. Bont Newydd. Ulota BnicJni Hornsch. Woody slopes, Bont Newydd ; lane to Precipice Walk. — U. crispa Brid. Bont Newydd; lane to Precipice Walk. — /3 intermedia Dixon. Lane to Precipice Walk. — y crispula Hamm. Lane to Precipice Walk. OrtJwtricInun rupestre Scbleich. Rocks, Bont Newydd. — 0. leio- carpum B. & S. Woody slopes, Bont Newydd. — 0. LyeJlii H. & T. Lane to Precipice Walk. — 0. affine Scbrad. Bont Newydd; lane to Precipice Walk. — 0. straminenm Hornscb. Lane to Precipice Walk. — 0. diaphanum Scbrad. Bont Newydd. Funaria liygrometrica Sibtb. Bont Newydd. — /3 calvescens'B.k^. Grounds, Bont Newydd. Aulacomnium palustre Scbwgr. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — A. androgynum Scbwgr. Bont Newydd. Bartramia CEderi Sw. Rocks, Dolgelly. — B. pomiformis Hedw. Rocks, Dolgelly. — j3 crisjmB. & S. Rocks, Dolgelly. — B. Halleriana Hedw. Rocks, Dolgelly. Philonotis fontana Brid. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — P. calcarea Scbp. Dolgelly. Breutelia arcuata Scbp. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. Wehera polymorpha Scbp. Lane to Precipice Walk. — W. elongata Scbwgr. Lane to Precipice Walk. — W. cruda Scbwgr. Aran Mawddwy. — TF. nutans Hedw. Frequent, Bont Newydd. — W. annoti7ia Scbwgr. Bont Newydd. — W. albicajis Scbp. Lane to Precipice Walk. Br yum inclinatum Bland. Wall, Bont Newydd. — B. pcdlens Sw. Grounds, Bont Newydd. — B. pseudo-triquetrum Scbwg. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — B. ccespiticium L. Common, rocks and walls. — B. capillare'L. Common, walls. — B. erythrocarpum Scbwgr. Railway cutting, Bont Newydd. — B. alpinum Huds. Aran Mawddwy ; Dolgelly. — B. argenteum L. Grounds, Bont Newydd. — /3 7najus B. & S. Grounds, Bont Newydd. — y lanatum B. & S. Grounds, Bont Newydd. Mnium undidatitm L. Frequent. — M. hornum L. Frequent. — M. serratum Scbrad. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — M. punc- tatiim L. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. Fontijialis antipyretica L. Boulders in River Wnion. Pterygophyllum lucens Brid. River-bank, Bont Newydd. 220 MOSSES OF THE WNION VALLEY, MERIONETHSHIRE. Porotrichiim alopecurum Mitt. River-banks, Bont Newydd. Heterocladium heteropterum B. & S. River-banks, Bont Newydd. — ftfallax Milde. On stones, Bont Newydd. Thuidium tamariscinum B. & !S. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — T. delicatulum Mitt. River-bank, Bont Newydd. Climacium dendroides W. & M. Aran Mawddwy; Bont Newydd. Isothecium imjurum Brid. Abundant, Bont Newydd. Pleuropus sericeus Dixon. Walls, Bont Newydd. Brachytlicclwn albicans B. & S. Bont Newydd. — B. rutabulum B. & S. Bont Newydd, &c. — B. velutinum B. & S. Frequent, Bont Newydd. — B. populeuni B. & S. Bont Newydd. — B, plumosiim B. & S. Aran MawddAvy; Bont Newydd. — /3 Jiomo- mallnm. Boulders in River Wnion. — B. inirum Dixon. Frequent, Bont Newydd, &c. Hyocomium fiagellare B. & S. Aran Mawddwy; Bont Newydd. EurhyncJimm pilifenwi B. & S. Railway cutting, Bont Newydd. — E. prcdomimn B. & S. Frequent. — E. Swartzii Hook. Bont Newydd. — E. tenellum Milde. River-banks, Bont Newydd. — E. myosuroides Schp. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — E. striatum B. & S. Woody slopes, Bont Newydd. — E. rusci- forme Milde. River Wnion ; Bont Newydd. — E. confertum Milde. Bont Newydd. Plagiothecium Borrerianum Spr. Banks, Bont Newydd. — P. denticulatum B. & S. Common, Bont Newydd. — P. undidatum B. & S. Aran Mawddwy; Bont Newydd. Amblystegium serpens B. & S. Frequent, Bont Newydd. — A. filici7iuin De Not. Bont Newydd, &c. Hypnum riparium L. River-banks, Bont Newydd. — H. stellatum Schreb. River-banks, Bont Newydd. — H. chrysophyllum Brid. Aran Mawddwy. — H. commutatum. Hedw. River-banks, Bont Newydd. — H. cupressiforme L. Bont Newydd, &c. — ft rcsupinatinn Schpr. Bont Newydd. — ^ minus Wils. Woody slopes, Bont Newydd. — t, ericetorum B. & S. Woody slopes, Bont Newydd. — *j tectorum Brid. Thatched roof, Bont Newydd. — H. molluscum Hedw. Aran Mawddwy. — y fastigiatam Bosw. Aran Mawddwy. — H, palustre L. Boulders in river, Bont Newydd. — H. eugyrium. Schp. Boulders in river, Bont Newydd. — H. ochraceum Turn. Boulders in river, Bont Newydd. — H. sarmentosum Wahl. Aran Mawddwy. — H. cuspidatum L. Frequent, Bont Newydd. — H. Schreberi Willd. Bont Newydd ; Dolgelly. HyloGomium splendens B. & S. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — R. brevirostre B. & S. River-bank, Bont Newydd. — H. loream B. & S. Aran Mawddwy ; Bont Newydd. — H. squarrosum B. & S. Frequent, Bont Newydd. — ^ calvescens Hobk. Near Cader Idris. — H. triqiietrum B. & S. Bont Newydd. 221 TWO NEW QUEENSLAND CYMBIDIUMS. By a. B. Eendle, M.A., F.L.S. Cymbidium Sparkesii, sp. nov. Eximia pseudobulbis mag- nis, foliis hysterantliiis ; peclunculo cylindrico rubro-lurido, in parte inferiore bracteas ovato-triangulas membranaceas gerente, racemo suberecto multifloro, bracteis minutis triangulis ; floribus atrate rubro-luridis ; sepalis lineari-oblongis obtusiusculis, petala lateralia anguste lanceolata paullo superantibus ; labello quam petala minore, pallido cum margiuibus rubro-purpiireis, trilobato, lobo medio magno, elliptico-oblongo, lobis lateralibus perbrevibus cum parte labelli inferiore columnae margines celantibus, hac parte cristis geminis lamelliformibus crassiusculis pubescentibus instructa ; anthera e basi truncata globosa. Hab. North-east Queensland. Sent last autumn by Mr. Arthur 0. Jones, J. P., of Geraldtown, Johnston's Eiver, to Mr. J. Sparkes, by whom it was flowered and shown at the Royal Horticultural Society's meeting on April 26th. It is described as one of the orchids that make the woods black when in flower. A fine species. The single specimen had four pseudo-bulbs, each about 5 in. long and half as broad, and a raceme of 50 flowers, which, with the lower non-floriferous portion of the pedicel, measured 18 in. in length ; raceme 3|- in. in diameter. Bracts 3 mm. long. Pedicels 3*5 cm. long, like the rest of the flower coloured a deep lurid red, by transmitted light a rich deep crimson, the lip paler, the disc and keels a dirty yellowish white, and the margins crimson. Sepals 2 cm. long by 5 mm. broad, petals 16 mm. by 4-5 mm. ; lip 12 mm. by 7 mm.; the pubescence is continued from the parallel median crests of the lower half about a third the way up on the upper portion. Column 7-8 mm. long, 2-5 mm. broad. Near C. canaliculatimi R. Br., but distinguished by its longer perianth-leaves and the uniform deep dark crimson of the flower, which in reflected light appears almost black. Cymbidium Leal, sp. nov. Foliis linearibus obtusis pluri- nervosis, racemum laxum, ut videtur, excedentibus ; bracteis minutis triangulis ; floribus crassiusculis luteo-brunneis ; sepalis elliptico- oblongis obtusis subpatentibus, petala oblanceolata paullo super- antibus ; labello glabro, petala vix gequante, trilobato, lobo medio rhomboideo cum apice rotundato paullo latiore, lobis lateralibus per- brevibus cum parte labelli inferiore columnam subamplectautibus, hac parte inferiore cristis geminis lateralibus humilibus et tuberculo rotundato intermedio instructa ; columna subrobusta. Hab. Sonata, Queensland, Rev. T. S. Lea; Sept. 3rd, 1886. " Brought from hills, and bloomed in verandah." Leaves 20-30 cm. long by 2-2*2 cm. broad. Raceme (cut off at the base) 25 cm. long, bearing about a dozen flowers in the upper two-thirds. Pedicels stoutish, 2 cm. long or a little less. Sepals 12-13 mm. long by 6-7*5 mm. broad, somewhat irregular in shape, varying between almost oblong to elliptical. Petals 11-12 mm. 222 HELLEBOKUS OCCIDENTALIS IN BERKSHIRE. by 4-5 mm. Lip about 10-11 mm. long, fleshy, becoming thinner anteriorly and on the wing-like margins of the lower part ; median lobe about 5 mm. long and nearly as broad at the tip ; side lobes 1 mm. long ; lower part of lip 6 mm. long and nearly as broad, the disc having a long tongue-like depression between the shallow lateral crests, which passes on to the base of the upper half, and bears below the latter a button-like tubercle. Column G mm. long by 3-5 mm. broad. Near C. canaliculatum R. Br., but distinguished by its blunter broader sepals and lip-structure. The types of these species are in the British Museum Herbarium. HELLEBORUS OCCIDENTALIS IN BERKSHIRE. By G. Claridge Druce, M.A., F.L.S. In reviewing my Flora of Berkshire in the Journal of Botany for March, Mr. Britten thought it necessary to say that I had included Hellehoriis occidentalis of Renter and some other forms among the plants of the county on what he is pleased to call insufficient evidence. I propose therefore to discuss the reasons which induced me to identify our Berkshire plant with the H. occidentalis of Renter, which is made a subspecies of the //. viridis of Linu£eus by Prof. Schifiner in his monograph of the genus. As the Catalogue des graines recueillies en 1868 et offertes en echange par le Jardin Botanique de Geneve, in which Renter published his description, is scarce, I give a copy of his diagnosis : — '^Hellehoriis occidentalis Rent. mss. D. H. caule bifido vel sub- dichotomo ramoso foliisque glabris, folio radicali solitario palmati- pedato reticulato-venoso, segmentis lanceolatis simplicibus bi- vel trifidis serrulatis, caulinis trisectis segmentis bi- vel trifidis ; floribus 2-3 ad apices ramorum, sepalis ovatis plus minus inter se imbricatis vel contiguis, apice acutiusculis vel subapiculatis, carpellis trans- verse nervosis, stylo submcurvo bis breviori superatis, seminibus atris subtrigonis reticulato-insculptis nitidulis. Hab. in Gallia occidentali circa Pau (Kiener?), Deux-Sevres (Sauze et Maill.), Agen (Godron) etc., in Pyreuaeis centralibus supra Luchon, Gendre, Gaviare, etc., in Mont. Hispan. boreal, inter Bilbao et Santander, et in Britannia. H. viridis, Bot. Gallic, ex parte. H. viridis, Engl. Bot. t. 200 optime. Difl'ert ab H. viridi, glabritate, floribus minori- bus, 2-3 in unoquoque ramo nee 1-2, sepalis magis ovatis, carpel- lis brevioribus ; stylo incurvo. " Deux plantes ont ete confondues sous lenom deHelleb. viridis; la phrase de Linne etant trop incomplete ne pont trancher la ques- tion ; cependant il indique sa plante a de Vienne et en Suisse ; celle de Willdenow convient tout a fait a notre plante de Suisse, ainsi que les figures de Jacquin, Fl. Austr. 1. 106, et de Reichenbach, Ic. Germ. t. 105. L'espece habite FEurope orientale depuis le HELLEBORUS OCCIDENTALIS IN BERKSHIRE. 223 Daupbine (Persomiat in Bulletin Soc. Bot. de France, voL xiii. p. 135, qui distingue les deux especes, mais qui prend celle-ci pour une espece nouvelle admettant la plante de 1' Quest pour le vrai H. viridis), la Savoie, le Piedmont, I'ltalie septentrionale, la Suisse, I'Allemagne et rAutriche. Les caracteres qui distinguent les deux especes ne sont pas tres absolus et varient chacun dans cer- taines limites, mais le port est tres distinct et se conserve par la culture ; la premiere a les fleurs plus petites et plus nombreuses, 2-4 sur cbaque rameau, quelquefois ne depassant pas la grandeur de celles de H. fcetidus. La deuxieme a les feuilles et la tige fine- ment pubescentes a I'etat jeune, les fleurs 1-2 sur les rameaux d'un vert clair jaunatres a sepales arrondies ordinairement large - ment imbriques entre eux. L'i?. Bocconi Ten., qui babite la Dalmatie et I'ltalie mericlionale, est tres-distincte par ses feuilles multifides, etc." In tbis description it will be noticed tbat Eeuter records bis plant from Britain, and moreover says tbat tbe figure of H. viridis in tbe first edition of English Botany well [optime] represents bis H. occidentalis. Prof. Dr. Victor Scbiffuer, in bis monograpb of tbe genus Helle- borus wbicb appeared in Engler's Botanische Jahrbilcher for 1890 (see p. 118), as I bave said, gives subspecific rank only to H. occi- dentalis. He cites as synonyms not only tbe English Botany plate referred to by Reuter, but also tbe plate numbered 34 in Curtis's Flora Londinensis, and tbe description in Smitb's Flora Britannica, p. 398. He says : — " Differt ab H. viridi Linn, foliorum radicalium segmentis pro more latioribus, grosse serratis, subtus giabris (vel j iiventute inconspicue pilosis) liete viridibus baud pruinosis ; scapo graciliore ; foliis caulinis maximis 3-5-fidis, inferioribus ssepius longius vaginato-petiolatis, marginibus grosse fere inciso-dentatis ; floribus paulum minoribus, sepalis angustioribus baud pruinosis eoque plus minus l^te viridibus ; carpellis brevioribus. Geogr. Verbreitung : H. occidentalis gebort dem westlicben und sud-west- licben Europa an, wo er auf Kalkboden verbreitet und stellenweise baufig ist'''. . . Ebenso durcb England, feblt aber in Scbottland." In tbe clavis Prof. Scbiffner separates tbe two subspecies as follows : — " Bl. kabl, Segmente grob geziibnt ; Hocbbl. sebr gross, sebr grob gezabnt ; Bit. gelblicbgriin, klein oder mittelgross (west- europaiscbe Pflanze) = H. occidentalis. Bl. etwas bebaart mit unter- seits vortretenden Nerven, mattgriin, etwas bereift, Segmente mittelmassig fein gezabnt ; Bit. mittelgross ; Sepalen breit grlin etwas bereift ; Narben aufrecbt = ii/^. viridis.'' I bave no besitation in stating our Berkshire plant is well represented in tbe plate of H. viridis in Curtis's Flora Londinensis, and in tbat of English Botany, botli of wbicb are identified as H. occidentalis by Prof. Scbiffuer. I bave collected tbe restricted H. viridis in Austria, Switzerland, Italy, and France, and I bave gatbered H. occidentalis in tbe Pyrenees. Tbis was tbe evidence on wbicb I based my statement (wbicb Mr. Britten lias not cor- * I omit the continental distribution. 224 HELLEBORUS OCCIDENTALIS IN BERKSHIRE. rectly quoted) that H. occidentalis is the Berkshire plant ; I did not say "appears to be," but I said it "appears to be the common western form." Mr. Britten taunts me with using the phrase, " It appears to be the common western form, chiefly differing from the type in being glabrous." It would have been more satisfactory if Mr. Britten had brought some evidence on which we could rely rather than his own ipse dixit. We have the definite statement by Prof. Schiffuer, which I have quoted, that H. occidentalis is the " westlichen und sud-westlichen" plant. Now as to my use of the term " chiefly differing from the type in being glabrous." As any unprejudiced reader will see, my reference was necessarily as brief as possible, and I chose the most striking character which could be readily grasped by the reader. To show that this character was appreciated by one eminent botanist, I may say that in the her- barium of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, Dr. Grenier has written on an abnormal specimen that he refers it to H. occidentalis because H. viridis Linn, is a hairy plant ("qui est poilue"). Prof. Schiffner, in the clavis, also uses the term "behaart" for H. viridis. Doubtless there are other characters, and I place considerable stress on the more deeply-cut serrations of the leaves ; but I see no reason for altering in the slightest degree the statement in my Flora which Mr. Britten criticises. In the excellent Flore de France, by Rouy and Foucaud (which unfortunately I did not see till after my Flora of Berkshire was printed), and in which I am glad to find great attention is paid to critical forms, the authors say of the aggregate H. viridis : — " Plante variable a laquelle nous attribuons les varietes suivantes pour la flore francaise ; ses varietes du reste passent souveut de I'une a I'autre, surtout dans les regions montagnes du sud-est." They say that " Des plantes du Calvados, de I'Orne, des Hautes-Pyrenees, et des Alpes-Marit. reunissent les var. occidentalis et viridis," &c. Like myself, they call Eeuter's plant var. occidentalis, and do not take up var. Smitliiana A. Br. They diagnose the true H. viridis thus : — " Feuilles radicales a segments oblongs lanceoles, a dentelure fine et reguliere, dressee, a pubescence assez fournie a leur base, a polls pluricellulaires ; sepales larges, suborbiculaires, verdatres. Var. occidentalis Reut. pro specie. Feuilles radicales a segments lanceoles assez profondement et irregulierement dentes, a dents etalees ou dressees, a pointe souvent dejetee ; pubescence nulle a la base des segments ou a polls uuicellulaires rares ; sepales ovales ou ovales-oblougues, plus ou moins attenuees a la base, acutiuscules et subcuculles au sommet, verdatres." Rouy and Foucaud cite Schultz, Herb. Normale, n. s. no. 2106, for their H. viridis. This plant is labelled II. occidentalis by Schultz, but I pointed out to the curator of the herbarium at the Jardin des Plantes at Paris that it was not our Berkshire H. occi- dentalis, but H. viridis; this was before I had seen Eouy and Foucaud's reference. In case there should be still any doubt in the mind of any unprejudiced reader respecting my statement that our Berkshire (and I add Oxfordshire and Buckinghamshire) plant is H. viridis SHORT NOTES. 225 var. occidentalis, I may state that a specimen of our Hellebore from Basildon was submitted to Prof. Scbiffner recently. He replied to my query, '* Your plant is undoubtedly occidentalis y I first pointed out that our Oxfordshire plant was H. viridisYSiY. occidentalis in the Journal of Botany for 1890, p. 227. In fact, therefore, instead of having insufficient evidence to call our plant by the name occidentalis, I think I have amply made good my statement ; and now I ask Mr. Britten to produce evidence of the occurrence of the restricted H. viridis, although I must not be made to say that it does not occur, in Britain. [Although I regret the acrimonious expressions which Mr. Druce has introduced into the foregoing note, I gladly print it in full, as it supplies the evidence on which he bases the determination of Hellehorns occidentalis as a British plant. That evidence, which has hitherto been lacking — including, as it does. Prof. Schiffner's identi- fication— is, I readily admit, amply sufficient to justify the intro- duction of the plant into our lists ; and if as much can be said for the other varieties which Mr. Druce has recorded in the Berkshire Flora, I will readily withdraw my criticisms. ; Mr. Druce says that he "pointed out that our Oxfordshire plant was H. viridis var. occideyitalis in Journ. Bot. 1890, p. 227." This is hardly correct : what he there said was that it "appears to be " that plant; and he now says it "appears to be the common western form." When I spoke of "our plant," I referred to the British, not especially to the Berkshire, form. Mr. Druce seems to think I have controverted his identification, for he speaks of my ^^ ipse dixit,'' and asks me " to produce evidence of the occurrence of the restricted H. viridis in Britain." But I have pronounced no ipse dixit, nor have I have formed any opinion on this point ; so I cannot comply with Mr. Druce's request. — James Britten.] SHORT NOTES. Fragaria muricata (p. 127). — I think any unprejudiced reader of my Berkshire Flora will perceive that I felt the citation of the Species Plafitarwn for F. muricata was not satisfactory, for I added immediately after it "Miller, Gard. Diet. ed. 8 (1768), 'The Hautbois Strawberry'" — a plan I have followed when there has been some doubt as to the correctness or completeness of the reference. The citation of the Species Plantarum was given because the Kew Index says: "F. muricata Ij. = F. elatior, vesca," and doubtless the authors of that work had some reasons for their statement. I did not select the name F. moschata Duchesne because Beck, in the Flora Xieder Oesterreich, queries it as being identical with F. elatior, and Grenier and Godron selected F. elatior Ehrh. in preference. — G. Claridge Druce. [I print Mr. Druce's note, but I fail to see how it affects the point in question. Mr. Druce printed: " Fragaria muricata, Linn. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [June, 1898.] r 226 SHORT NOTES. Sp. PI. 495 (1753). Mill. Gard. Diet. ed. 8 (1768)." If by this he meant to say that he considered Miller's plant different from that of Linnffius (as I have shown it to be), he chose a very unusual way of doing so. I have already pointed out at some length (Journ. Bot. 1896, 271) the dangers which result from a misuse of the Index Keivensis. Mr. Druce is in error in saying that Grenier and Godron " selected F. elatior Ehrh. in preference," for the name they employ is F. magna Thuill., which, as I have already shown (Journ. Bot. 1898, 129) antedates Ehrhart's elatior. I am glad Mr. Druce has called my attention to Grenier and Godron, for I am now able to explain what had hitherto puzzled me. Mr. Druce cited "i^. inoschata et dioica Duchesne, Hist. Nat. Frais. 145"; but no such combination exists in Duchesne's book, nor does the name dioica appear in his list. But I now find that Grenier and Godron cite '' F. dioica et moschata Duch. diet. enc. 2, p. 536," and I have little doubt that this is the source of Mr. Druce's citation. But if he had looked up the Encychqjedie Methodique, he would have found that Grenier and Godron had quoted incorrectly, for Duchesne there gives Fragaria moschata and Fragaria moschata dioica, but has no F. dioica. — James Britten.] Basidiomycetes new to Britain. — The following species, I think, have not hitherto been pubhshed as British. Materials either in the form of drawings or examples, or both, are preserved in the Herbarium of the British Museum. They are illustrated on the coloured sheets of Basidiomycetes now in course of execution : — Agaricus [Amatiita) aridus Fr. — A. (Fluteus) umhrinellus Sommerf. — A. {Entoloma) pluteoides Fr. — A. {Crepidotus) prohoscideus ¥v. — A. [PsaUiota) dulcidulus Schulz. — A. (Psalliota) callosus Fr. — A. [Psathyra) Loscosii Rabh. — Coprhius tuberostis Quel. This was given as the "first British record" by Mr. George Massee in the Kew Bulletin for "April" [published August or September] , 1897, but the drawing has been exhibited in the Public Gallery since 1894. — Cortinarius [Phlegmaciimi) vespertinus Fr. — C. [Phlegmacium) olivascens Fr. — C. (Inoloma) argutus Fr. — Leuzites Jieteromorpha Fr. — Boletus rutilans Fr. — B. candicans Fr. — Polyporus osseus Kalch. — P. imhricatus Fr. — P. corticola Fr. The drawings are now complete to the end of the genus PoJyporus. A considerable number of other Basidiomycetes new to Britain have been found whilst the drawings have been in hand — too late for illustration on the sheets. Some of these, to the end of the AgaricinecE, are : — Agaricus [Amanita) reciititus Fr. — A. {Lejuota) nympharum Fr. — A. (Tricholoma) coryphceus Fr. — A. (Tricholoma) hordiis Fr. — A. [Tricholoma) elytroides Fr. — A. [Tricholoma) amicus Fr. — A. [Entoloma) porphyrophceus Fr. — Cortinarius [Hygrocyhe) sciophyllus Fr. The following species of Polyporece and Hydnece new to Britain have been sketched: — Dcedalea polyzona P. — Merulius aureus Fr. — M, squalidus Fr. — Hydnum J'usipes P. — H. multiplex Fr. — H. pinastri Fr. — H. pulcherrimum B. & Curt. — Odontia cristulata Fr. WoRTmNGTON G. SmiTH. RECENT LITERATURE ON MARINE ALGiE. 227 Leucobryum glaucum in Fruit. — The fruit of this moss was found on April 12 by Mr. D. H. Jones and myself in the greatest abundance in a fertile valley about twelve miles from Harlech, Merionethshire (v.-c. 48). The fruit was in splendid condition, the calyptra being in many cases still present, and the fertile plants covered the ground for many square yards. Mr. Jones has also found Fissidens polyphyllus growing abundantly in Wilson's original locality near Aberglaslyn, Carnarvonshire (v.-c. 49). In September of last year I found Tortula pruiceps in some quantity on Moel-yr-dyd, Carnarvonshire, at an elevation of about 1500 ft., and Mr. Jones, who went last week to get me a further supply, informs me that he came across it in several places high up on the same mountain. T. prmceps has not been previously recorded, I think, for Wales. I shall be glad to send specimens of any of the above to anyone desirous of obtaining them, if they will address me at 44, Brompton Square, London, S.W. — E. Chas. Horrell. PoA flexuosa Wahl. in Britain. — Last August, during my search for Carex helvola, I found a Poa in small quantity on the south-west cliffs of Ben Lawers, which was new to me. Prof. Hackel writes to me, in a letter received this day (14th March), that it is identical with specimens from the Dovrefield of Poa flexuosa Wahl. — the Poa arctica Brown, which is put by Nyman as a subspecies of Poa cenma of Allioni. It has not been previously recorded for Great Britain. — G. Claridge Druce in Ann. Scottish Nat. Hist, for April. Veronica polita. — About 100 yards of roadside near Welwyn were noticed covered with Veronica polita, the flowers having com- monly five petals — apparently by the splitting of the lower petal to its base. Abundance of such flowers were to be found. Has this been noticed elsewhere ? — G. L. Bruce. NOTICES OF BOOKS. Recent Literature on Marine Ai.gm. The number (tom. iv. nos. 1-6) of the Ayinales cles Sciences Naturelles, published in November, 1897, contains two papers on marine algae : " Sur deux Floridees nouvelles pour la flore des Canaries," by Miss Karsakoff; and a "Contribution a la flore algologique des Canaries," by Miss Vickers. Miss Karsakoff's paper consists of a minute description of two interesting alg^e, found by Miss Vickers in Grand Canary. Upon one of them the author bases a new genus of Cera7ni(B, named after the finder of the plant, Vickersia. A comparison is made with the neighbouring genera Callithumnion, in its wide sense, and Griffithsia, to both of which Vickersia canariensis bears resemblances. But the limits of neither of these genera are wide enough to admit the new plant, if only on account of the some- what peculiar mode of attachment of the tetraspores, the only fruit known at present for the new genus. The nearest ally of R 2 228 RECENT LITERATURE ON MARINE ALG.E. V. ca7iariensis is Callithamion haccatiim J. Ag., which occurs at the Azores. The fruit of this plant has never been described, and till this is found it is, of course, not possible to be quite certain as to its affinities. However, the resemblance between F. canariensis and C. haccatnm is too marked, as regards their vegetative characters, to allow of the two species being separated, and Miss Karsakoff has therefore placed C. baccatum, with a query, as a second species in her genus Vickersia. The second alga described in this paper is Phyllophora geUdi- oicles Crouan MS. This plant (no. 499 of Maze and Schramm's Algiies de la Guadeloupe) was first placed by Crouan in Gelidium, and later in Phyllophora, where Miss Karsakoff retains it. No descrip- tion was ever given by Crouan, the name and locality only being published under Gelidium ligulato-nervosum in Algues de la Guade- loupe, p. 200. Miss Karsakoff shows that Phyllophora gelidioides is not identical with no. 1084 of the same collection, Phyllophora [Phyllotylus) siculus Kiitz., with which it has been classed by Crouan in Herb. Thuret. From material of Phyllophora gelidioides collected by Miss Vickers at the Grand Canary, and from an examination of the original Crouan specimens, Miss Karsakoff has been able to draw up a diagnosis of the plant, and to draw com- parisons between it and P. siculus. The plate, which contains two figures by M. Bornet, and several by the author, reminds one of the beautiful plates in the the Notes Algologiques. Miss Vickers' paper consists of a list of 136 algae, collected by her during a five or six months' stay in Grand Canary. Of these, thirty-five are new to the Canaries, and one, the Vickersia canariensis, mentioned above, is new to science. After each record the locality is given, and in most cases the month of gathering. Among other interesting finds are a distichous form of Caulerpa Webbiana ; Grijfithsia barbata, of which a unique specimen was dredged in the port of Luz ; and Sarcomenia miniata, which finds a resting-place at the Canaries, being recorded from Cadiz and S. Africa. The collection is mainly the result of shore collecting, for Miss Vickers found that dredging was extremely laborious and difficult, on account of the heavy seas, and the large quantity of Cystoseira abies-marina, which choked the dredge. A graphic de- scription of the coast is given, together with valuable information as to good localities for special i^lants and how to reach these. Altogether this paper gives one the breezy sensation of being on the shore, which makes the reading of it a pleasure ; and it is a guide to all future algological work done in that region. Major Eeinbold publishes {Nuova Notarisia, ser. ix. April, 1898) the second part of his " Algen der Lacipede und Guichen Bay und deren naherer Umgebung." The first part, containing a list of 141 alg», was published in Xuova Notarisia, ser. viii. April, 1897, and this addition brings the number to 272. The plants were collected and sent to Major Eeinbold by Dr. Engelhart, who also presented a small collection to the British Museum. Though the coasts of S. and W. Australia have been well worked for algae from RECENT LITERATURE ON MARINE ALG^. 229 the time of Harvey onwards, Major Keinbold in this last paper is able to describe two new species, Cladophora confoniiis and Deles- seria Lacepedeana, as well as a new form of Ceramium pubemlum, which he calls spiiwsissima. The receipt of further specimens of GloiophylUs Engelharti has enabled Major Reinbold to draw up a more complete diagnosis of this plant, which was described in the first part of this list [1. c.) ; and Ectocarpus Sandrianus is recorded, which has hitherto only been known from European waters. An interesting com- parison is drawn between the vegetative structure of Erythroclonium Mulleri and that of Rhabdonia verticillata, a comparison which will be found most useful by anyone attempting to name young and sterile plants of these puzzling species. Thamnocarpus glomuliferus has again been found, and again without fruit. Neither the cystocarps nor tetraspores of this alga have ever been seen, though the plant is well represented in the Bracebridge Wilson Herbarium, now in the British Museum, and specimens of it have been sent to the same institution from South Africa. It is strange that so many specimens, though collected in different localities and at different times of the year, should all be sterile. A contribution to our knowledge of the genus Bangla, '' Ueber Bangia pumila Aresch.," by Dr. 0. V. Darbishire, is pubUshed by the kommission zur wissenschaftl. Untersuch. d. deutschen Meere, Bd. iii. Heft 2. Tthe author rightly says this genus is in much need of revision, a work which can only be undertaken on fresh material ; and it is to be hoped that Dr. Darbishire may see his way to undertaking this work himself. The species dealt with in the present paper, Bangia pumila Aresch., has been described and issued in exsiccate under other specific names, as is shown by the list of synonymy which follows the diagnosis of the plant. It is found on the eastern shores of the Baltic, in brackish or salt water, and Dr. Darbishire has been able to make a study of the plant in its natural conditions. He figures the vegetative and fruiting portions of the thallus in various stages, and shows the differences between this and other nearly allied species. A paper '* On the Classification of the Tilopteridacem " (Bristol Naturahsts' Society's Proceedings, vol. viii. pt. ii. 1896-97) em- bodies the result of an investigation on this order by Mr. George Brebner. The author has made a careful study of the genera Haplo- spora and Scaphospora, specimens of which he obtained at Cumbrae. Though Dr. Reinke had suggested the identity of R. globosa and S. speciosa, the question remained unsolved until Mr. Brebner was so fortunate as to find a plant of H. globosa bearing sporangia, oogonia, and antheridia. This united the two genera in an un- mistakable manner, and Scaphospora speciosa is sunk into Haplo- sjmra globo'ia, which has priority. Mr. Brebner draws up a modified diagnosis of the genus Haplospora and the species H. globosa. H. Vidovickii Born., which is made the foundation of a new genus 230 RECENT LITERATURE ON MARINK ALG.E. Heterospora by Kuckuck, is shown by Mr. Brebner to be distinct in several points from the TilopteridaceiB, and he suggests placing it either in a suborder of EctocarpacecB, HeterosporecB, or in a separate order by itself, "as it differs from all the true Ectocarpacece in having monospores." The removal of Choristocarpus tenellus from Tilopteridacece also seems advisable to the author, and the order is thus reduced to the two genera Tiloptens Kiitz., and Haplospora (Kjellm.) limit, mutat., which have for species T. Mertensii Kiitz., H. globosa (Kjellm.) limit, mutat., H. arctica Kjellm. ?, and H. Kingii Farlow ? The two latter species are queried on account of their possible identity with H. globosa. Five conditions of R. globosa are given with regard to the reproductive organs: (1) Sporo-hermaphrodite ; (2) Herma- phrodite; (3) Sporo-antheridic; (4) Sporo-oogonous; (5) Non- sexual; the second and fifth of these conditions being most common. Although the actual process of fertilization has not been ob- served, Mr. Brebner shows that this does not take place through a cell-membrane, as "it is only the non-sexual spores that have the sporangium invested by a wall, the ova being uni-nucleate naked bodies." There is one plate, showing figures of Haplospora globosa and Scaphospora speciosa, which abundantly justify the author's conclusions. The first part of a memoir by M. Sauvaugeau entitled " Sur quelques Myriouemacees " fills two numbers of vol. v. of the Annales des Sciences Xaturelles, April, 1898. The date of the cover is 1897, but to prevent possible mistakes the editor has inserted a remark below, stating that the numbers were published in April, 1898. Discrepancies of this kind are, however, habitual to this publication, and have already been pointed out in this Journal. M. Sauvageau deals firstly with the history of the various genera and species of this group, one which is, perhaps, more generally recognized as a suborder in Chordariace^e. The genus Elachistea is here spelt accurately. Harvey cites it correctly in Phi/cologia Britannica, but later in the Synopsis gives it as FJachista, and in this he has been generally followed. The rest of the paper is devoted to an exposition of M. Sauvageau's views on the morpho- logy and classification of Myrionema and the allied genera. The first impression in glancing at this is one of utter con- fusion. The author reduces the genus Myrionema to one species, M. vulgare Thur., under which he places thirteen others from this and other genera, — a welcome relief after the somewhat profuse species-making indulged in by some botanists. But M. Sauvageau then proceeds to make three new species of Myrionema, and two new genera in MyrionemacecB, reserving, however, all diagnoses both of genera and species for the second and still unpublished part of his memoir. It is to be regretted that M. Sauvageau should have decided to withhold these diagnoses, instead of publishing them together with the first mention of the new names. The new species of Myrionema are M. polycladnm, which was found at Gijon, growing on the thallus of Fucus serratus near the RECENT LITERATURE ON MARINE ALG^. 231 receptacles ; M. Gorunncr, recorded on Laminaria pallida at Corunna, and on L. flexicaulis at Croisic ; and M. papillosum on L. saccharlna collected at Croisic and St. Vaast-la-Hougue. The name of this last species is peculiarly apt, since the upright filaments have a very papillose appearance as the result of abortive outgrowths which form lateral protuberances. M. Sauvageau deals with Ulonema rhizophorum Foslie, and points out the strong resemblance between it and Mijrionema vulgar e, but for the present at least he maintains it as an indepen- dent species, while waiting for further opportunity of investigating the plant. The morphology of Myrionema vulgare is exhaustively dealt with by M. Sauvageau and accompanied, as indeed are all the species dealt with in this paper, by illustrations of the various points touched on. He deals at length with the growth of the basal portion, showing that in young plants the whole under surface adheres to the substratum while, as the plant grows the centre becomes detached, and rhizoids are formed to hold it fast. Instances are given of the power of the plant to repair injury from outside and an interesting section deals with the secretive apparatus of Myrionema which has never till now been noted. M. Sauvageau has also new facts to show with regard to that most interesting growth in the FhaopliycecB, viz. the hairs. He finds that in Myriojiema, as well as in certain species of other genera, the hairs have an endogenous growth, shooting up inside a short filament of cells, which persists to form a sheath round the base of the mature hair. The fact of the growing portion of these hairs being situated near their base would lead us to infer that their importance to the plant has caused this protection of the growing portion. Theories on the function of the hairs are not wanting, and that one which receives most support, and towards which M. Sauvageau himself leans, is that the thin walls and large surface area increase the power of the plant to absorb salts and gases from the sea-water. This fact of the differentiation of hair and sheath is, in M. Sauvageau's opinion, of sufficient importance to become a possible assistance in determining the affinities of the Ph(Eospore(B. As regards the reproductive organs of Myrionema vulgare Thur. the author finds that besides the unilocular sporangia there are two kinds of plurilocular sporangia which he calls mega- and micro-sporangia, considering them the homologues of those of Ectocarpiis virescens. He discusses them at length, and describes also the germination of the spores, which, he says, do not fuse. The examination of M. vulgare concludes with an interesting section on the power of the plant to resist death after the breaking up of its host plant, the result of experiments carried out by M. Sauvageau under artificial conditions. It is to be hoped that he may fulfil his intention of carrying out further experiments of a like nature on other genera of epiphytic algte, and thus arrive at a solution of the question as to what becomes of them on the "seasonal dis- appearance " of their hosts. The first of the new genera, Hecatoneina, is founded on Phyco- 232 AFRICAN BOTANY. cells maculans Collius, which M. Sauvageau has found under three different forms. He considers that these are probably three succes- sive conditions, but to faciUtate the determination of specimens he describes each form separately and in detail. Pending the publica- tion of the generic diagnoses, however, his reasons for the separa- tion off of P. maculans to form a new genus are only to be gathered from a careful perusal of the text. The advisability of placing Ascocyclus reptans Kke. in Hecatonema is considered, but the point is not finally decided. The second of the new genera is Chilionema, containing two new species, C. NathaVxE, found by Miss Karsakoff growing on Rhody- menia ijahnata at Roscoff; and C. reptayis, founded on Ectocarpus reptans Crn. ; and Mijrionema reptans Foslie. M. Sauvageau has been able to examine an authentic specimen of E. reptans Crn. in Herb. Thuret, and this he describes and figures. As the result of this examination he points out the differences which exist between this plant and the allied genera, justifying his formation of a new genus for its reception. Ascocyclus ocellatus Rke. is placed pro- visionally under Chilionema. The author then treats of the genus Ascocyclus. He gives the name of " ascocystes " to the large hyaline cells characteristic of this genus, considering that they differ from the paraphyses of M^?vo»e»m and allied genera. Both the terms "paraphyses" and "assimilative filaments" are used somewhat loosely by phycolo- gists in the genera of Chordariacece,, and the latter term — a transla- tion of the German " assimilationsfaden " — is never an entirely satisfactory one, especially when applied to the cells forming the periphery of such alg», as for instance, Chordaria and Soranthera. M. Sauvageau removes from Ascocyclus all the species hitherto placed in it except the one on which the genus was founded by M. Magnus, A. orbicularis. He describes, however, two new species, A. hispayiicus, which grows on Saccorhiza Imlbosa, Fucus serratus, and Himanthalia lorea, at Rivadeo, in Spain ; and A. sphfrrophorus, found by various collectors on French and Belgian coasts. The examination of A. hispanicus is rendered more than usually difficult by the presence of a minute species of Ectocarpus which grows intermixed with it, often adhering by means of rhizoids to the Ascocyclus. A full bibliography concludes the first part of this interesting memoir. -r^ o t> Ethel b. Barton. African Botany. Catalogue of the African Plants collected by Dr. Friedrich Wehvitsch in 1858-61. Dicotyledons, Part II. Combretacecse to RubiacefB. By WiLLiAJi Philip Hiern, M.A., F.L.S. London: British Museum (Natural History) ; Dulau & Co. [April] 1898. 8vo, pp. 337-508. Price 4s. Flora of Tropiad Africa. By various Botanists. Edited by W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, C.M.G., etc.. Director, Royal Gardens, Kew. London: L. Reeve & Co. 8vo, vol. vii. part i. pp. iv, 192. 1897. Part ii. pp. 193-384, 1898. Price 8s. net each. AFRICAN BOTANY. 233 Flora Capensis : being a systematic desciiption of the plants of the Cape Colony, Caffraria, and Port Nat((l. By various Botanists. Edited by W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, C.M.G., etc. London: L. Reeve & Co. 1897. Vol. vii. part i. 8vo, pp. 1-192. Price 7s. 6d. net. The steady progress of two long- suspended works which deal systematically with African plants is a matter for congratulation ; and the various agencies which have brought pressure to bear in order to produce this effect may feel that they have not protested in vain against the delay which had for so long a period obstructed our knowledge of African botany. We have never hesitated to point out the unreasonableness of this delay, and we gladly welcome a return to a more satisfactory state of things. The continuation of the Tropical African Flora, like that of the Flora Capensis, begins with the Monocotyledons, three volumes being left for the completion of the Dicutyledons. Dr. Dyer's name ap- pears as editor of the work, as it does on the title-page of the Cape Flora : it is to be hoped that, when the work is completed, some steps will be taken to put this more correctly, as of course in each case the first three volumes of the work appeared very many years before any outcome of Dr. Dyer's superintendence. It is not, indeed, as we remarked on a former occasion, easy to see in what Dr. Dyer's share in the two Floras consists ; in the instalments before us, for example, it seems limited to a note of ten lines on the cover of the Cape Flora and an introduction of two short pages to the first part of the Flora of Tropical Africa. We should have been glad if, in the exercise of his editorial capacity, he had prohibited the eccentricity which has lately characterized Kew nomenclature — we mean the spelling of the adjectival form of proper names with a small initial. This is not only contrary to general practice and the Berlin rules, but, as it seems to us, is also obnoxious to common sense. It is also to be regretted that in two Floras so much akin as those of the Cape and of Tropical Africa, an entirely different arrangement of printing the names of species should be adopted. In the former we have ^^ Hypodisciis Willdenovia (Mast, in Journ. Linn. Soc. x. 259) "; in the latter ^^ Calathea conferta, Benth. Gen. Plant, iii. 653." It is true that in each case the method of printing adopted in the earlier volumes of each work has been followed ; but so many other changes have been introduced, that this might well have been made. The bulk of these two parts in the Tropical African Flora is con- tributed by Mr. Rolfe, who has monographed the Orchidecs, with the exception of Disa and Brownleea, which are by Mr. N. E. Brown. Of the other orders, the Rydrocharidece and Bariuanniacece are under- taken by Mr. C. H. Wright ; the Scitaminece, Iridece, and Aiiiaryllidece fall to Mr. Baker. Mr. Kolfe, whose monograph appears to be very carefully done, describes a large number of new species and estab- lishes a new genus, Fodandria, for llabemiria uiacrandra Lindl. — a 234 AFRICAN BOTANY. plant " remarkable for its enormously elongated anthers and long narrow segments." More than half of the new part of the Flora Capensis is occupied by Dr. Masters's monograph of the liestiacecE — an order on which he has long been the recognized authority: we note that in the clavis of the order, Camncunois is printed for Caunom.uis. Mr. Clarke begins his enumeration of the CyperaceiE, in which the synonymy and the number of localities cited seem greatly in excess of the other orders; a curious inequality in the spaces left between the species — e.g. on pp. 159 and 165 — gives a somewhat untidy appearance to this part of the work. Mr. C. B. Clarke also contributes the Commelinace(B. Mr. Baker deals with the JuncacefB, and Mr. N. E. Brown undertakes the Aroidea, Eriocaulecc, and several small orders. We are glad to find that Mr. Arthur Bennett's help has been secured for the XaiadacecB, an order which he has to a great extent made his own. The preface to this part, like that to the part of the Flora of 'Tropical Africa, is dated December, 1897 ; the second part of the latter is merely dated 1898 on the cover. In view of the too well- known inconvenience that has arisen from the inaccurate or indefinite dating of books which have appeared in parts, we would suggest to Dr. Dyer the desirability of indicating clearly and un- mistakably on each part of these Floras the exact date of its publication. It sometimes happens that copies are distributed privately before a book is actually published ; and a preface dated December suggests that the actual printing-ofl'and publishing of the work may not have taken place until the following January. The matter is the more important in view of the number of botanists who are now publishing descriptions of African plants ; and the singular laxity which unfortunately prevails in the dating of the Kew Bulletin seems to render this caution the more necessary. Perhaps Dr. Dyer might be induced to extend the precaution we have suggested to the Icones, of which his name also stands as editor. The continuation of Mr. Hiern's Catalor/ue of Welwitsch's plants, which was published in April, although smaller than its predecessor, contains a larger proportion of novelties, for the most part among FiuhiacecB of which more than a third are new. Among them are four genera — Campylochiton Welw., a Combretaceous genus which Mr. Hemsley had united with Cacoucia; and three Rubiaceous genera [Pentacarpa^a, Justenia, and Chalazocarpus. A new name for the order OliniacecB — Plectroniacece — is of necessity introduced, as Mr. Hiern, for reasons which appear conclusive, retains Linngeus's name Flectronia for the genus which coustitutes the order. He says :^" There seems little doubt but that Linn^Tsus had a specimen of the genus under consideration when he described Plcctronia for the Mantissa (1767), for his description and the specimen in his herbarium, subscribed in his own writing with the name Plectronia veittdsa, now at the Linnean Society, both establish this view ; he, however, complicated the matter by quoting a plate from Burmann of a plant in fruit which appears to belong to Canthinm in Fiuhiacece, though he implied that he had not seen the plant figured in Bur- ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 235 mann. In this way some authors have sunk the name of Cantliiwn and substituted for it that of Plectronia for the Rubiaceous genus, while Olinia of Thunberg has been generally used for the true Plectronia L." For an appreciation of Mr. Hiern's work, we must refer to our notice of the first portion of the Welwitsch Catalogue (Journ. Bot. 1897, 23-26) ; the part now before us is carried on on the same lines and with the same care which marked its predecessor. Certain changes in the nomenclature generally received will be noted: thus, Adenia Forsk. (1775) replaces Modecca Lam. (1797) ; ColoGijnthis " Tourn. ex Quer, Fl. Espan. (1764) " supersedes CltruUus Forsk. (1775) ; Harlota Adans. (1763) supplants RldpsaUs Gaertn. (1788). Other changes are: Halimuin Loefl. (1758) for Sesiiviwn L. (1759); B'ranchetella 0. Kunze for Heteromorpha Cham. & Schlecht. non Cass. ; Mamboga Blanco (1837) for Stephegyne Korth. (1840 ?) ; Ouroupana Aubl. (1775) for Uncaria Schreb. (1789); NeurocarpcEa Br. (1814) for Pentas Benth. (1844); Sher- bournia G. Don (1855) for Amamlia Welw. (1873) ; My r slip] ly Hum P. Br. (1756) for Chasalia DC. (1830); Onmqoga L. (1774) for Gephaelis Sw. (1788) ; Tardavel Adans. (1763) for Borreria G. F. W. Meyer (1818). As has already been noted (p. 157), the Catalogue is making steady and rapid progress at the hands of the various botanists who, with Mr. Hiern, are engaged on its completion, and already forms an important addition to our knowledge of the Flora of West Africa. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS^ Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. (April).— S. M. Macvicar, 'Flora of Tiree' (cont.). — J. W. H. Trail, ' Topographical Botany of Scotland ' ([cont.). Bot. Centralblatt (No. 13). — Z. Kamerling, ' Oberflachenspan- nung und Cohasion.' — (No, 14). B. Nermer, ' Ueber die Aus- bildung der achromatischer Kerntheilungsfigur.' — 0. Loew, 'Ueber Protoplasma und actives Eiweiss.' — (Nos. 15-18). A. Fleroff, ' Pflanzengeographische Skizzen.' — (No. 15). P. Knuth, ' Wie locken die Blumen die Insekten an?' — (Nos. 17-18). W. Schmidle, 'Ueber Cyanothrix und Mastigocladus.' — (No. 19). P. Knuth, ' Beitrage zur Biologic der Bliiten.' — P. Magnus, ' Bemerkungen zu P. Dietels Bearbeitung der Heiiiibasidii und Uredmales.' — (Nos. 20, 21). F. Brand, ' Cultarversuche mit zwei Rhizoclonium- Arten ' (1 pi.). — (No. 20). 0. L(3ew, ' Vertretbarkeit von Kalium- salen durcli Rubidiumsalze bei niederen Pilzon.' — (Nos. 22, 23). Id., ' Ueber die physiologischen Functionem der Calciumsalze.' — F. W. E. Roth, 'Hieronymus Bock, genannt Tragus (1498-1554).' * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. 236 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. Bot. Giizette (18 Mar.). — J. Doniiell Smith, ' Undescribed plants from Guatemala' {ProstliecidUciis, gen. nov. Asclepiad. : 1 pi.). — L. Guignard, ' Centrosomes in plants.' — B.L.Robinson, *N. American Caryophyllacea;' (1 pi.). — E. A. Burt, 'Collecting and preparing fleshy Fungi ' (1 pi.). — W. C. Sturgis, ' Some aspects of vegetable pathology.' — E. J. Hill, Potamogeto7i Rohbinsil (1 pL). — A. Nelson, ' Wyoming Junipers.' — (15 April). W. F. Ganong, ' Polyembryony in Opuntla vulgaris ' (1 pi.). — C. Robertson, ' Flowers and Insects.' — T. Holm, Pgrola aphi/lla (1 pi.). — J. H. Schaffner, ' Salt-marsh plants of N. Kansas.' — J. M. Greenman, 'Noteworthy plants of the Northwest.' — L. H. Bailey, ' Notes on Carex.' — D. H. Campbell, * Systematic position of Morioclea.' — A. Nelson, ' Rocky Mountain species of Thermopds ' (1 pi.). — C. D. Beadle, ' Botany of South- eastern States.' — L. Lutz, ' Gum of Canna.' Bot. Zeitung (16 April). — 0. Spanger, ' Untersuchungen liber die Wasserapparate der Gefasspflanzen.' Bull, de VHerh. Boissier (April-May). — H. Hallier, * Neue und bemerkenswerte Pflanzen aus dem malaiisch-papuanischen Insel- meer' (7 pi.). — P. Stephani, 'Species Hepaticarum.' — T. de Heldreich, ♦ Flore de I'ile d'Egine.' — (April). R. Keller, ' Ueber die central- und siidamerikanischen Hgperlca des Herbarium Han- niense.' — M. T. Masters, ' De Coniferis.' — A. Chaubut, ' De I'abus de la Nomenclature.' — W. Barbey, Stenibergia cokhicijiora (1 pi.). — R. Chodat, ' Plantae Hasslerianf^e ' (Paraguay). Bidl. Torreg Bot. Club (19 March). — E. L. Greene, 'Composite from New Mexico' (5 plates: Wootonia, gen. nov.). — L. M. Under- wood, ' Selrigluflla rupcstris and allies.' — J. K. Small, ' Botany of Southern United States' {Forcipella, gen. noY. ( ParonychiacecB) = Siphonychia Rugelii Chapm.). — E. 0. Wooton, Piosa stellata, sp. n. (1 pi.). — F. V. CoviUe, ' Marcey's Report on Red River of Louisiana.' — B. D. Halsted, ' Mycological Notes,' — (12 April). A. M. Vail, ' Studies in Asclepiadacea.' — M. A. Howe, 'New American Hepatiae' (2 pL). — A. A. Heller, 'New plants from Western N. America' (3 pi.). — A. Nelson, ' New plants from Wyoming.' — G. E. Oster- hout, Atriplex fruticulosa, sp. n.* — (12 May). A. J. Grout, 'Revision of N. American Eurhynchia.' — E. 0. Wooton, 'New plants from N. Mexico.' — A. A. Heller, 'New plants from Western N. America.' — G. Macloskie, 'Heat of imbibition by seeds.' — A. Nelson, 'New plants from Wyoming.' Erythea (10 April). — C. V. Piper, ' New Washington Plants.' irardeners' Chvonicle (2 April). — J. Lowrie, ' Home of Caryota urens.' — Aloe Schweinfnrtldi (fig. 76). Euloph'uila Pectersiana (fig. 76 & plate). — (21 Mayj. Passijhra Imthuniii Masters, sp. n. (fig. 114). Journal de Botanique (16 Feb.). — A. de Coincy, 'Flore de I'Espagne.' — M. Mirande, ' Malate et malophosphate de calcium dans les vegetaux ' (concl.). — (16 Feb., 1 March). P. de Sveschni- * This name is corrected in the May Bulletin to A. eremicola, A. fruticulosa being preoccupied. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 237 kow, ' Hepatiques recueillies dans le sud de la Riissie.' — (1 Mar.). M. Boudier, Chitonia Gennadii, sp. n. — A. Franchet, Souliea, gen. nov. (Ranunculacese). — (1 & 16 Mar.). M. Mirande, ' Sur les latici- feres et les tubes cribles des Cuscutes monogynees.' — (16 Mar. & 1 April). — E.G. Camus, ' Plantes hybrides spontanees de la flore europeenne.' — ("1 April") (received 25 May). P. Van Tiegbem, * Sur le genre Sijumondsia.' Joiirn. Limi. Sue. (Bot.). — (1 April). Sir J. Lubbock, 'Attraction of flowers for insects.' — W. & G. S. West, ' Desmids of United States ' (3 pi.). Malpighia (*'fasc. i., ii." : not dated). — C. Avetta, 'Flora critto- gamica della Provincia di Parma.' — C. Massalongo, 'Le Galle nell' Anatome Plantarurn di Malpighi.' — L. Buscalioni & D. Casagrandi, Saccharomytes guttidatus (1 pi.). — E. Chiovenda, Andropogon condylo- trichus. — L. Montemartini, Polygonum Sieholdii. Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. (April). — G. Fatta, ' Sui fiori di Dehe- rainia smnragdina ' (1 pi.). — C. M tiller, ' BryologiaProvinciae Schen-si ' (cont.). — G. Pons, ' Rivista delle specie italiane del Ranunculus.' — C. Massalongo, Ascidwta & Hariotella (gen. nov. Hepaticarum: 1 pL). Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (April). — A. v. Degen, ' Ueber einige orientaliscbe Pflanzenarten.' — S. Murbeck, Gentimia chrysoneura, sp. n. (1 pi.). — 0. Gelert, 'Die Uubus-Hyhnden.'' — J. v. Hasslinger, 'Variationem in den Bliiten von Papaver liheeas.' — (May). F. Buchenau, ^ Luzula cioiipestris und vernandte Arten.' — K. Fritzsch, ' Zur Systematik der Gattung Sorbiis.' — T. T. v. Heldreich, 'Ex- cursion auf die Cykladen, 1897.' BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, <&c. At the meeting of the Linnean Society on April 21st, Prof. Douglas Campbell communicated a paper, which was demonstrated by Mr. A. Gepp, F.L.S., "On the Structure of Dendroceros.'' The chief conclusions arrived at were as follows: — (1) In its apical growth and the form of the thallus, Dendroceros differs decidedly from other genera of the order Hepaticae. The type of apical cell is that found in Pellia epiphylla and in the homosporous Ferns, especially Osmunda, where the prothallium resembles the thallus of Dendroceros also in the definite midrib and the occasional develop- ment of leaf-like lobes. (2) The archegonium corresponds in its structure to that of the other Anthocerotacem, and is intermediate in character between Notothylas and Anthoceros. (3) The antheridium is solitary, and arises, as in the others of the order, endogenously. (4) The first wall in the embryo is longitudinal, as in Anthoceros, but the first transverse wall determines the limits of the foot, as in Notothylas. (5) The origin of the archesporium is from the amphi- thecium, as in the other genera, but it is less massive than in either of these. (6) The division of the archesporial cells into sporogenous and sterile ones is less regular than in either of the other genera, 238 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. and the primary archesporial cells may be transformed directly into sporo:Tenons ones without any further division. (7) In I). Breutelii the spores remain undivided, but in D. crispns{?) they germinate within the capsale and are discharged as multicellular bodies. (8) Leitgeb's statement as to the absence of stomata from the capsule was confirmed. At a meeting of the Linnean Society on May 5th, Miss Ethel Barton, by permission of the President and Council, read a paper " On the Structure and Development of Soranthera," a genus of brown Algas [PlicEophycea) containing a single species, S. alvoidea. The structure of the young plant consists of filaments radiating from the base, the cells at the surface bearing free assimilative filaments, like those in Chordaria. With the growth of the plant the internal structure is stretched and torn apart, leaving the centre empty. The assimilative filaments are shed, and the cells which bear them connect up to form a peripheral layer. Out- growths which resemble plurilocular sporangia are associated wdth the assimilative filaments ; and unilocular sporangia, together with paraphyses, surround crytostoniata in the later stages of the plant. The systematic position of Soranthera remains at present uncertain, since different stages of its life-history correspond both with CJior- dariacea and Enccdiacem. A main point of interest in Sorantltem is its true parasitism on liJiodum.ela Lariv. Rhizoids grow out from the base of the plant and penetrate the host. We have received a "Catalogue of Plants growing in the Sed- bergh District, including the Lune basin, from Middleton to Tebay," by Mr. John Handley (Leeds, Jackson : pp. 48). It seems carefully done, so far as it goes, but would have been the better for a more thorough reading of the proofs. There is no attempt to enumerate the forms of critical genera, with the exception of Hieracium.. Several local names are given, and there is considerable evidence of personal observation. The last part of the Icones Flmitarum (April) is remarkable in that it is considerably taller and broader than any of its pre- decessors. The introduction of this change in size in the middle of a volume is on the face of it so exceedingly inconvenient that we can only suppose the editor (Dr. Dyer) has some very good reason for the alteration which does not ap]3ear on the surface. The text of the number, including the description of a new genus of Eu- 2)horhiace(B [PhijUantliodejidron = Phyllaiithus mirabilis Muell. Arg.), is almost entirely by Mr. Hemsley, Messrs. Stapf, Burkill, and Bolus each contributing a species. We are glad to see that, notwithstanding an amusing wail on the matter from the Gardeners' Chronicle, it has been decided to open Kew Gardens to the public at 10 a.m. Twenty years ago this Journal advocated the reasonableness of this concession, and we congratulate those who have continuously urged the matter upon the attention of the authorities upon the success of their agitation. It is to be hoped that the general Guide to the Gardens, which has been out of print for ten years or more, will not be much longer delayed. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 239 The awakening of the Kew Bulletin after its usual period of hybernation enables us to give a list of the dates of publication of the numbers which purport to have been issued in 1897, so far as dates are supplied by the Stationery Office stamp. Unfortunately even these cannot be altogether relied on ; the number for December last and that for "January & February" are dated on the first page " 3/98," but we believe they did not appear until May. Date on wrapper and front page. Stationery Office date. January . . . January. Feb. & March . . August. April .... August. May & June . . . September. July .... August. Aug. & September . . September. October .... September. November . . . September. December . . . March, 1898. From this it appears that during the twelve months only one number has been pubUshed during the month which appears on both wrapper and first page as the date of publication ! A further eccentricity is shown in the dates of the Appendices for 1898 : the first of these bears the Stationery Office date "10/97," the second, "1/98." We note that Punch criticizes with some severity the statistics published in the Bulletin — " an official publication promulgated for the benefit of the few, not the many" — as to the number of visitors to the Gardens, and appeals to Dr. Dyer — "an acknowledged apostle of culture, especially Haughty-culture" — for an explanation. Prof. Saccardo's Sylloge Fungorum has received an important addition in the first instalment (pp. 624) of an "Index universalis et locupletissimus nominum plantarum hospitum specierumque omnium fungorum has in colentum quae usque ad finem 1897 excerpsit P. Sydow" (Berlin: Borntraeger). In a paper on "A Study of the Phyto-Plankton of the Atlantic," read before the Royal Society on May 12, Messrs. George Murray and V. H. Blackman recorded their observations on a year's work in collecting phyto-plankton along a track from the Channel to Panama carried out by Captains Milner and Rudge, and also during one voyage to Brazil by Captain Tindall. They also gave the results of their own observations on living material at sea. The material was obtained by the pumping method. One of the objects of their work was to determine, if possible, the nature of the Coccospheres and Rhabdospheres. They describe the minute structure of the cal- careous plates or coccoliths and rhabdoliths, and record the ex- istence in the Coccospheres of a single central green chromatophore, separating into two on the division of the cell. They regard Cocco- sphcBvacecE as a group of Unicellular Alg^e, and they define the group, the limits of the genera and species. The Coccospheres and Rhabdo- spheres from the surface are compared with those of the deep-sea deposits and their identity established. They are also compared with geological coccoliths and rhabdoliths from various beds, and many 240 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC, objects regarded by geologists as true coccoliths and rhabdolitbs are rejected. A large number of new PeridiniacecE were discovered, and are formally described and figured. No specific diagnoses of marine PerUUniaccm have previously been published, authors of species having depended on figures, and, at most, a few words of description. It is hoped that the present systematic treatment of the subject will conduce to greater order in the group. The authors record the occurrence of all the forms in seven tabular statements, one for each collecting voyage. Observations of the diatoms and Ciicmophijcem were also made, and are briefly treated. A study was also made of Pyrocystis, of which they describe a new species. The facts they record tend, in their opinion, to confirm the view originally ex- pressed of it by Dr. John Murray, its describer, that it is an unicellular alga, although doubts have been entertained of the accuracy of this opinion by several biologists. The London County Council has adopted a recommendation of the Parks Committee to the effect " that, as an experiment, and at a cost to the Technical Education Board, beds be planted in Battersea, Kavenscroft, and Victoria Parks with suitable specimen plants which could be utilized in the teaching of botany, and that a botanical guide be published. The object in view is to afford assistance to scholars in elementary and secondary schools in the study of prac- tical botany." We await with interest and some trepidation the result of this experiment, especially the "botanical guide." It seems to us that the L.C.C. would be better employed in keeping its gardens — e.(i. those on the Victoria Embankment, which have for many years been disgracefully neglected — in a state of efficiency; and the following paragraph, which we clip from the Daily Chronicle just as we go to press, shows that Hampstead Heath, which the Council have already spoilt by unsuitable planting, needs further pro- tection : — " The hawthorn bushes on Hampstead and in Parliament- hill Fields is now in full bloom, and every day visitors, both adults and children, are seen carrying away large bunches of the " May" as souvenirs of their visit. Notices warning people against com- mitting such depredations are fixed in many prominent positions, but these are totally ineffective unless some of the London County Council's officers are near at hand. There are, however, very few of these officials about, and these open spaces are very inadequately protected. For some reason, probably that of economy, the number of these officers on duty has been reduced by six, as compared with the number on duty at this time last year." We are glad to see that Dr. Buchanan White's Flora of Perth- shire, edited by Prof. Trail, has made its appearance. We hope to notice it in our next issue. Mr. Arthur Lister and Mr. A. C. Seward have been elected Fellows of the Royal Society. Errata. — In the last paragraph on p. 208, for ** Perry" read " Penny." On p. 189, line 2 from top, for *' cm." read " mm." Jourii3ot. A^- I / kJ Ta"b 387. i\ .\ f«% ) w^. ■^ If^l iJSp'J' H"M.D=oii del. Ti 'Mcrgan Htti. West, Newman imp. Plagio'thecnam Mulleria.nuir:. Sckanp. 241 PLAGIOTHECIUM MULLERIANUM Schimp. IN BRITAIN. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate 387.) In July, 1897, I gathered a Plaglothecium on the side of Craig Chailleach, near Killin, Perthshire, which had somewhat the ap- pearance of P. pulchellum var. nitididum (Wahl.) Husn., but which I was unable to determine without closer examination than could be given at the time. Shortly after returning home, and before I had found the opportunity of further studying this plant, I received from Mr. James Murray two fragments of a Plagiothecium, both evidently belonging to one and the same species, one labelled ^^ Flag. Mullerianum, in rupium fissuris, Ben Wyvis, Aug. 1867, N. Suther- land & A. McKinlay"; the other unnamed, from Ben Narnain, Arrochar, 18 July, 1896, gathered by Mr. Murray himself. The general appearance of these plants was that of P. Borrerianum Spr., being fully as robust as that species in its ordinary form, but with a somewhat more rigid habit, and even more highly glossy and shining, the leaves complanate, of almost exactly the same form as in P. Borrerianum, somewhat abruptly ending in a moderately long, fine, perfectly entire acumen. On consulting the description of P. Mullerianum Schp. in the 2nd ed. of the Synopsis, I saw at once that it would not agree ; such characters, for instance, as " minutulum, PL imlchello vix majus," ''Folia .... elongato- lanceolata sensim in apiculum longum sub-piliformem attenuata," being quite inconsistent with the plants before me. Besides which, Schimper's note to the effect that it " differs from P. pulchellwu in the longer, highly glossy leaves, complanately spreading, the dioicous inflorescence, the incurved, cylindraceous capsule and rostrate lid/' certainly leads one to conclude that it practically only differs from the var. nitididum of that species in the dioicous, not autoicous inflorescence. I therefore referred the plants with some hesitation to P. Bor- rerianum. Mr. Murray concurred with my view as regards P. Mullerianum, but pointed out a very marked character in the large cortical cells of the stem, clearly separating the plants in question from P. Borrerianum, in which the cortical cells are narrow and obscure. The matter was left in this unsatisfactory position until on examining my plant from Killin, referred to above, I at once perceived that I had there the same species as the two plants sub judice. What was most marked in the Killin plant was the great variety in the size of the stems and leaves, varying from shoots as robust as in P. Borrerianum to the most slender, almost filiform flagellae. The resemblance here to the P. Mullerianum of Schimper's Synopsis became at once apparent, and on comparison of my plant with authentic specimens in the Journal of Botany. — Vol. 3Q. [July, 1898.] s 242 PLAGIOTHECIUM MULLERIANUM IN BRITAIN. British Museum collection, its identity, as well as that of the two earlier Scotch specimens, was at once established beyond doubt. "'^ The addition of P. Milllerlanum to our list of recognized British mosses is in itself of some interest, as the plant, a high alpine one, is rare upon the continent. It has, moreover, certainly been mis- understood hitherto ; Kindberg, for instance, makes it a variety of P. 7iitidulum {= P. pulcliellum var. nitldulum), an arrangement quite inconsistent with the actual facts; and I have received specimens, named P. MilUerianimi on very good authority, from North America, which proved to be autoicous and to belong to P. pulchcllum. And as most of the works accessible to the ordinary student give inadequate and even misleading descriptions of the species, I have thought a full description would not be without value. As far as I am aware, P. Mailer ianiim has only twice been figured, by Husnot, in the Muscolo(jLa Gallica (Tab. c), and by SuUivant (Icon. Muse, Suppl., Tab. 66). The former does not give sufficient details to be of service in distinguishing the plant from the allied species, and the latter, while giving an excellent figure, is a scarce and highly expensive work, and one to which few students could obtain access. It has seemed desirable, therefore, to give a figure of the plant, which will, I believe, assist in rendering its identification fairly easy. The only British species of Plagiothecium with which P. M'ld- lerianum is liable to be confused are P. Borrerianiuii Spr.f and P. pulchelliwi var. nitidulum Husn. (The continental P. inliferum B. & S. is easily distinguished by the recurved leaf-margin, the longer subfiliform acumen, and enlarged cells at the basal angles.) P. Borrerianum usually grows in neater dense tufts, with very little variation (in the same tuft) in the size of the leaves or branches. The leaves are usually, though by no means always, decurved at the tips, principally at the apex of the branches, which then present a somewhat convex appearance from above. The acumen of the leaves is almost always, perhaps invariably, more or less denticulate. In P. MallenaniDii the habit of growth is much more irregular and straggling, the branching irregular, and the branches themselves of very different degrees of robustness. Schimper describes the plant as minute, hardly larger than P. nitidulum, and most authors follow him in this comparison. Limpricht, for example, whose diagnosis is by far the fullest and most descriptive that I have seen, remarks of it: "not distinguishable from P. pulchellum in size." This * I subsequently ascertained that a specimen of P. MUllerianum, labelled " Ben Wyvis, Eoss-shire, Aug. 1867, A. McKinlay," exists in Schimper's Herbarium at Kew ; I have not examined it, but there can be no doubt that this is the same plant as that sent mo by Mr. Murray, and that its identification as P. MUllerianum originally was by Schimper himself. It is remarkable that uuder these circumstances it should have remained so long without recognition as a British species. t The subsequent remarks apply equally to P. elejans (Hook.\ whether or not that is identical with P. Borrerianum, PLAGIOTHECIUM MULLERIANUM IN BRITAIN. 243 statement, and the measurements which he gives — e.g. -18 mm. for the thickness of the stem, which I have fomid as much as •27 mm. in the Scotch plants — with the similar remarks of Schimper and other writers, show, I think, clearly that the more robust and without doubt typical form of the plant has rarely come under notice ; the plant of most authors being the slender delicate form which often accompanies and sometimes replaces the typical growth. This comparatively robust plant, which resembles P. ~Bor- reriamim far more closely than it does P. jyulchellum, may, however, be readily recognized by the more exactly complanate rigid expansion of the leaves, frequently pointing forward in a way very unusual in this genus (and reminding one of some species of Fissidens), so as to make an angle of about 22|-° with the stem, instead of, as is usual, about 45°. The plant is remarkable, too, for the very highly polished shining leaves, much more markedly so than in P. Dorreri- anum. Under the microscope, moreover, they will be seen to be perfectly entire at the apex. It will be clear from what has been said, that in its typical form our species need not be confused with F. jndchellitm var. nitidulum Husn., but in its slender states it so nearly resembles that plant that it is very difficult or even impossible to distinguish it with the eye or lens. It is therefore necessary to rely upon microscopical characters. (The type of P. pidchelkim is at once distinguished by its small, secund, not complanate leaves.) In the first place P. pidcheUum var. nitidulum is autoicous, while P. Milllerianum is dioicous. This, though evidently a character of importance in the genus, is by no means always easy to verify ; for though in P. -pul- chellum and its var. the male flowers are usually readily to be found clustered about the base of the seta, still, being always at the lower part of the stem, they are frequently mixed up with earth and debris, and in old plants especially they may easily escape detection. In F. Midlerianum, however, the flowers on the female plants are in my experience much more numerous, and scattered along the whole length of the stem, instead of being, as is usually the case with the autoicous species, confined to a comparatively limited region towards the base of the stem and the point of origin of the principal branches. I have for instance counted twenty-eight perichsetia on one stem of P. Midlerianum, taken at random, and less than an inch in length. With the exception of the quite entire apex in P. Midlerianum, by which it may probably be confidently separated from P. Borreri- anum, there is little in the leaf-character to distinguish it, on the one hand, from that species, and on the other, in its more slender forms, from P. imlchellum var. nitidulum, except the areolation. This is constantly, though slightly, narrower in our plant than in either of its allies ; it exhibits, in fact, the narrowest cells of any British species of Plagiothecium. In P. Borrericmum the cells from the median part of the leaf average from 5 to 7 /x, in P. pulchellum and its variety from 5 to 8 /x, while in P. Midlerianum they vary from 3 to 5 /x, rarely, as far as I have observed, being found beyond s 2 244 PLAGIOTHECIUM MULLEPJANUM IN BRITAIN. the latter dimensions. (Limpriclit, however, gives the measurement as 5-6 /x.) But it is in the appearance and structure of the stem that the most sahent characters are found by which P. Mullerianwn may be distinguished with ease from the alhed species. If a moderately robust branch of P. Mi'dlcrianum be laid side by side with branches of the two other species, and viewed under the microscope or with a lens, it is at once noticeable that the stem of the former is much stouter than in either of the two latter. The actual thickness of the normal stem in P. pulchellum var. nitididum may be put at about 80-120 /x, attaining a maximum of 150 /x, that of P. Borrerianum being about the same. In P. Mulleriaimm an ordinarily robust stem ranges in thickness from 150 to 200 /x, frequently exceeding this, while it occasionally attains a thickness of 2G0 /x. (In slender forms of the plant, however, as in the flagelliform branches often produced, the thickness is much less.) This marked difference in the thickness of the stem affords a character by which one accustomed to the plant could distinguish it, when typical, from the other two, even with a lens; but there is a still more important and constant character by which under the microscope it may be at once recognized even in its most attenuated forms : this is the structure of the stem tissue. A transverse section of the stem of P. imlchellum shows a faint central strand, which is wanting in P. Mullerianum, and the cortical cells in the former species as well as in P. Borrerianum. are narrow, with the walls slightly thickened, while in P. MuUerianum they are large, loose, and thin- walled. Limpricht italicizes the description of these "sphagnum-like" cortical cells as a distinguishing cha- racter, but makes no further reference to them ; Sullivant, too, gives a figure of a transverse section of the stem showing them, but makes no mention of them whatever in his description; and neither author points out the fact that the character is easily observed without making a section of the stem, and is one by which P. Mill- lerianum may be at once separated from either of the two species with which it is likely to be confused. If a stem of P. pidcheUmn or P. Borrerianum, partially denuded of leaves, be placed under the microscope, the cortical cells are seen to be narrow and obscure, measuring abouc 6-8 /x in width, thus being practically about the same width as the lower cells of the leaf, narrower indeed than the extreme basal cells at the line of insertion. In P. Mullerianum, on the other hand, the cortical cells range from about 14 /x in width to as much as 28 /x, averaging about 20 /x; thus measuring about four times the width of the lower leaf-cells, and two or three times the width of even the widest extreme basal cells. A reference to the plate (figs. 4, 5) will show more clearly than any description the ready character which this affords to distinguish P. Mullerianum. In its fruiting characters P. Milllerianum appears to differ but little from P. jnilcJiellum., though Limpricht points out one or two minor points of difference. PLAGIOTHECIUM MULLERIANUM IN BRITAIN. 245 Plagiothecium Mullerianum Schp. (Synopsis, ed. 1, I860).* Syn. Flag, rostellatum Mol. in Sched. 1861. Hypnum Mullerianum Hook, fil., New Zealand Fl. (nomen solum), 1867. Isopterijfjium Borrcrl Lindb. Notis. Sallsk. Faun, et Fl. fennica, 1874. Flag. Molendoi Lorentz in Sched. Isoptenjqium Mullerianum Lindb. in Meddel. Soc. Faun, et FlV fennica, 1887. Type in Schimper's Herbarium at Kew. In loose irregular tufts or patches, pale bright or yellowish green, highly glossy. Stems short, prostrate and often rooting at intervals, irregularly branched in a complanate manner. Branches 5-15 mm. long, moderately robust and resembling those of P. Borrerianum, or more frequently slender and similar to those of P. 2)ulchellum. var. nitidulum ; often producing numerous extremely slender small-leaved flagelliform shoots. Stems stout, 150-220 fx or more in thickness, without a distinct central strand ; cortical cells large, lax, thin-walled, usually 16-22 /x in width. Leaves rather close, exactly and rigidly comjylanate, so as to appear distichous, usually less widely divergent from the stem than in the allied species ; from a somewhat narrowed not decurrent base ovate-lanceolate, concave, gradually narrowed upwards and then somewhat rapidly long apiculate (in the more slender forms the leaves are narrower, and much more gradually tapering to a fine acumen) ; mdhV gin -plsnae, quite ejit ire ; nerve double, extremely faint and short. Cells very narrow, about thirty times as loug as broad (80-100 /x x 3-5 /x), very little wider towards base and not distinctly enlarged at angles ; at insertion a few very short, irregularly elliptical. Dioicous. Male plant with the perigonia small, scattered along the stem. Fertile j)lant with the perichsetia very numerous along the stem and principal branches. Paraphyses numerous, long (in P. pulchellum few and short). Capsule almost erect, or inclined, lid shortly and bluntly rostellate. Fruit ripe in late summer. Hab. On the ground, stones, and tree-roots in sheltered spots on mountains. Ben Wyvis, 1867 {Sutherland d McKinlay) ; Ben Narnain, Arrochar, 1896 (Murray) ; Craig Chailleach, near Killin, 1897 (Dixon). All female plants, sterile. The locality in which I gathered the plant in 1897 was on the shady bank of a deep ravine by a mountain stream on the side of Craig Chailleach, not far from Lochay Bridge, at an unusually low altitude for the species (the range of which is given by Limpricht as from 2000 to 5500 ft.), being only about 1000 ft. It was, how- ever, growing in company with one or two other alpine species, viz. Cynodontium virens and Hypnum hamulosum. P. Mullerianum has been recorded from a considerable number of localities in the Alps, and also from the Pyrenees, Caucasus, * I have taken the synonymy from Limpricht {Lauhmoose). 246 NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIRE PLANTS. South Norway, and North America. Limpricht cites some half- dozen locahties in which the fruit has been found. Explanation of Plate 387.— Fig. 1. Portion of stem, x 25. 2. Ditto, from slender pLant, x 25. 3. Apex of leaf, x 135. 4. Portion of stem with most of the leaves removed, x 135. 5. Ditto, of P. pnlchellum var, nitidulum, x 135. 6. Cells from upper third of leaf, x 225. 7. Ditto, of P. imlchcllum var. nitid- ulum, X 225. (Figs. 1, 3, 4, 6. Ben Narnain, J. Murray. Fig. 2. Craig Chail- leach, H. N. Dixon.) NOTES ON CAMBRIDGE SHIEE PLANTS. By W. West, Jun., B.A. These notes are the result of observations made while in residence at Cambridge during 1892-6. Since the appearance of Prof. Babington's Flora of Cambridgeshire in 1860, much in- vestigation on the distribution of plants in the county has been carried out; but, apart from Mr. Fryer's extensive researches into Potamogeton, the published records have in the main been isolated ones. The Flora, in the compilation of which the Rev. W. W. Newbould had so large a share, is a most exhaustive catalogue. This is especially true of the southern half of the county, where new stations are seldom discovered. The late Professor kept an annotated copy of the Flora, which, up to the time of his death, was placed (along with the original MS. of the Flora) in the University Herbarium. It was carefully posted up, certainly to 1885, and I believe till a later date. On a recent visit I found that (along with the MS.) it had been removed. The matter is mentioned here because I wish to point out that the records con- tained in the annotated copy must be carefully examined with a view to inclusion in any future Flora of the county. Some of them are now obtainable from no other source ; but the more noteworthy ones were accompanied by specimens which can be seen in the Herbarium at Cambridge. These include such interesting Cam- bridgeshire plants as Lactuca saligna, Veronica sjncata, Teucrium Scordium, &c. That the flora of Cambridgeshire is so interesting is due almost as much to the absence or rarity of many common plants as to the occurrence therein of so many rare species. Digitalis jiurpurea and Latliyrus montanus are absent from the county, as are Chryso- splenium oppositifolium, Vaccinium Myrtillus, Viola pahcstris, Neckeria clavicidata, Scirpiis sylvaticus, &c. The following are markedly rare in the county ; indeed, it is doubtful whether the first five still occur : — Gnaphalium sylvaticum, Erica cinerea, E. Tetralix, J uncus squarrosus, and Lomaria Spicant ; Sisymbrium Thalianum, Montia fontana, Lychnis dioica, Hypericum humifusum, R.pulchrum, Oxalis Acetosella, Ilex Aquifolium,, Trifolium medium, Alchemilla vulgaris, Rubus Idmus, Drosera rotundifolia, Adoxa Moschatellina, Galium saxatile, Asperula odorata, Valerianella olitoria, NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIKE PLANTS. 247 Solidago Virgaurea, Myosotis versicolor, Pedicularis sylvatica, Melam- pyrumpratense, Stachys arvensis, Teucrium Scoroclonia, Allium ursinum, Luzula vernalis, Scirjms ccBspitosus, S. setaceiis, Carex pulicaris, ^ C. echinata, C. ovalis, C. pilidifera, C. pallescens, C. vesicaria, Milium efusum, Holcus mollis, Beschampsia flexuosa, Aira caryophyllea, Sieg- iingia decumheyis, Melica uniflora, Nardiis stricta, Athyrium Filix- fcemina, Lastrma dilatata, Equisetum maximum, and many others. A very unpleasant feature in the Cambridgeshire flora is the large number of extinctions. Except Middlesex, I know_ of no county in which so many are to be recorded. In the following list there are doubtless included some species which will be re-discovered, but the majority are only too surely extinct ; and the probability is that it will be augmented by several of the Gamlmgay plants mentioned below : — Sisymbrium Irio. Lepidium latifolium.. Frankmiia Imvis. Ulex nanus. Vicia sylvatica. Lathy rus Nissolia. Prunus Cerasus. Pyrus torminalis. Sedum Telephium. Drosera inter m edia . D. anglica. Cicuta virosa. Caucalis latifolia. Senecio palustris. Hieracium murorum . R. umbellatum. Sonchus imlustris. Schollera Oxycoccus. Lysiynachia nemorum. Centun cuius minimus. Mentha rotundi folia. M. Pulegium. Littorella juncea. Chenopodium urhicum. Beta maritima. Atriplex pedimculata. Myrica Gale. Ophrys aranifera. Malaxis paludosa. Fritillaria Meleagris. Ornitliogalum pyreyiaicum . Allium oleraceum. Colchicum autumnale. PiUP2n(i rostellata. PiyyicJiospora alba. Carex dioica. C. teretiuscula. C. axillaris. C. curta. C. strigosa. Setaria viridis. Phleum arenarium. Festuca rottbceUioides. Polystichum lobatum. Lastraa Oreopteris. Equisetum sylvaticiwi. E. hyemale. Lycopodium inundatum. L. clavatum. Hall Wood, Wood Ditton, had ceased to be a wood at the time the Flora appeared, the site being under cultivation. It was the only Cambridgeshire locality for Vicia sylvatica, Carex strigosa, C. axillaris, and Lysimachia nemorum. I hesitate to call the latter an extinction, but it has not yet been recorded from any other stations, though careful search has been made. At Gamlingay, in the extreme west of the county, and on the Lower Greensand, there was formerly an extensive heath containing some very productive bogs. In 1860 the bogs had been drained, and the greater part of the heath enclosed. Now the bog-plants have entirely disappeared, and there is none of the original open heath 248 NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIRE PLANTS. left. Of those plants which are unknown elsewhere in the county Solidago Yirgaurea and Trifolium suhterraneum, still occur in some quantity by the roadsides about the site of the former heath ; but recent search for Tcesdalia nudicauUs, Cerastium qiiatenielluw, Hy- 2Jericuiii hiimifiisum, Trifolium Jiliforvie, Feplis Portula, Gnaphalimn si/lvaticum, and for Hypericum elodes, Erica cinerea, E. Tetralix, Narthecium Ossifragum, Jimcus squarrosus, and Lomaria Spicant has been unavailing. It is probable that the last six species at least are extinct in Cambridgeshire. Hypericum pidchrum, Ornithopiis jjer- jmsilhis, Ccdluna Erica, and Potentilla arge7itea, which have been found, though very rarely, elsewhere in the county, still occur at Gamlingay ; but it is improbable that Drosera rotundifulia, Genista anglica, and Potentilla pahistris can now do so. In the Flora many new species are recorded from " the Common at one mile from Cambridge towards London." This locality has been greatly altered, the former bog having entirely disappeared, and the Common being reduced to a small patch of ordinary pasture land. All the plants recorded from here have disappeared, save Sagina nodosa (1895, very sparingly, A. Shruhbs) and Trifolium fragiferum. Stellaria idiginosa (very local in the county) still occurs on the adjoining Sheep's Green, and the submerged form of Hip- puris vulgaris occurs in the conduit by the Trumpington Road. The paucity of Eubi and (as regards numbers) of Carices is worthy of note. Throughout the whole of the southern half, at any rate, the most ordinary sedges are seldom met with ; and the rarity of C. Pseudo-cyperus and C. vesicaria in such a county is as in- explicable as is that of Cardamine amara. In addition to those cases mentioned in the general list, I know of no recent record for the following (among others), and several of them are no doubt extinct : — Rcemeria hybrida. Ajuga Chammpitys. Radiola linoides. Herniaria glabra. Geraninm columbinum. Chenopodium murcde. Galium anglicum. Polygonum Bistort a. Pulicaria vidgaris. Herminium Monorchis. Anthemis nobilis. Luzula maxima. Antennaria dioica. Apera Sjnca-Venti. Arnoseris pusilla. A. interrupta. Hypochwris glabra. Holcus mollis. Lactuca virosa. Glyceria distans. Crepis fcetida. Lastrcea spinulosa. Hieracium boreale. Athyrium Filix-fcemina. Jasione montana. Botrychium Lunaria. Antirrhinum Orontium. Geranium columbinum had no real claim to a place in the Flora ; it was found once only, and then as a casual. Ajuga Chanmpitys and Antirrhinum Orontium may still occur about Odsey , but if the former does so, it is probably on the Hertford side of the boundary. My friend Mr. I. H. Burkill, M.A., of Caius College, very kindly sent me a list of records for inclusion in this paper. Some of them NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIKE PLANTS. 249 (e.g. Germiimn rotunclifolumi and TJtricularia minor) were of great interest. I gratefully thank Mr. Arthur Bennett for much help rendered to me m connection with this paper and with British Botany generally. Mr. Arthur Shrubhs at the University Herbarium kindly gave me information about many Cambridge plants. In the following list any record rests on my personal observation unless otherwise stated. The numbers are those of the districts of the county as defined in the Flora ; an asterisk denotes that the species was not recorded from that district. Records for very many common plants are still wanted for the most northern district (8, Wisbech) ; as it is almost entirely fen-land, the ordinary wood- land species are no doubt really absent. Thalictrum collinmn Wallr. {T. saxatile Bab. Fl. Cambs. p. 1). 1. Fleam Dyke. Several places W. of the Devil's Ditch on New- market Heath ; Beacon Course, &c. — T. jiaviim L. 7. Ditches by road, Chatteris to Mepal. Anemone Pulsatilla L. 1. Fleam Dyke, plentiful. Much more plentiful on that section of the Devil's Ditch included in this district than on that in Dist. 5, where it occurs in limited quantity. liammcuhts circinatits Sibth. 5. Baitsbite. — R. trichoplujllm Chaix. 2. Dernford Fen. — E. Drouetii Godr. 3. Grantchester Meadows. — B. heterojjhyllus Web. ex. p. i. Milton. — R. LiiKjua L. 5. Ditch between Burwell and Wicken Fen, 1893. — Pi. parviflorus L. 3. Still at Gamlingay in 1895; not recorded thence since Relhan. Aqidlegia vulgaris L. 3. Edge of fallow above Harlton chalk- pit, probably adventitious. 5. Chippenham Fen, plentiful and apparently indigenous. Babington distrusted this as a native in the recorded stations. Delphinium Ajacis Eeichb. 2. One plant in a cornfield between Sawston and Dernford Fen; the late J. E. Gray (of King's College). This, which was formerly so plentiful, is now very rarely found. It still occurs near Swaffham Prior (5), where Puemeria hyhrida DC. has not been seen for many years. Castalia speciosa Salisb. 5. Chippenham Fen. Fumaria densijiora DC. 5." Mr. G. C. Druce and myself found this in fields between Fordham and Chippenham Fen in 1893. — F. Vaillantii Loisel. 1. Still in the old locality near the entrance to the Wool-street ; I did not see it elsewhere on the Gogmagogs. — F. parviflora Lam. 1. By the Fleam Dyke near the old railway, very fine. 5. Cornfields S.E. of Chippenham Fen. Nasturtium palustre DC. 1.* Coe Fen, Cambridge. Arabis hirsuta Scop. 5. Plentiful on the black soil of a "drove " between Burwell and Wicken Fen. Cardamine amara L., which is recorded in Top. Bot. ed. 2, but not in the Flora, was found some years ago in very small quantity close to the railway bridge over the Cam at Barnwell. Recent search there has been in vain. The rarity of this plant in the county is quite extraordinary ; it is common in the fenland of W. Suffolk, by the R. Lark. 250 NOTES ON CAMBRIDGE SHIEE PLANTS. CochUaria Armoracia L. 1. Flowering abundantly in an old chalk-pit at Linton, 1895. 3.* Gamlingay to White Wood, in flower, May, 1895. Sisymhrium Sophia L. 2. Between Dernford Mill and the Sawston Road, 1895. 3. By the Barton Road at 1^ miles from Cambridge. Waste ground near the C.U. bathing-sheds. 4. Oj)- posite Upware ; near Milton. 5. Bottisham Lode, 1892 ; /. H. BurldU. 6. Above Roswell Pits, Ely. Dlplotaxh muralis DC. 1. Still in the original locality at the Wort's Causeway gravel-pits. It now occurs in several places about Cambridge and Ely and towards Newmarket, but is not nearly so general as it is further south. Lepidium Draba L. 5." By White Hall, near Ditton, 1894; I. II. BurkilL Thlaspi arvense L. 1.* Abington Park; A. H. Evans. 2.''' Railway embankment, Dernford Fen, 1896 ; I. H. Burkill. These are the only records since Relhan's time. The species is curiously rare in the county, and then more of a casual than a colonist. Dianthiis deltoides L. occurs on both furze-hills at Hildersham (1). Saponaria ojficinalis Ij. 5. Fordham village; I. H, Burkill. Silene anglica L. A very curious mistake occurred in printing the Flora, by which the localities for S. Otites appeared under this species, and S. Otites was omitted altogether. Babington's own locality for S. anglica was " 5. To the east of Chippenham" (Spn. in Herb. Bab. from Chippenham, Cambs., 29 July, 1852). — S. Otites Wibel. 5. Plentiful at the Chippenham gravel-pit, 1894-6 ; and close to the county boundary between Fordham and Freckenham, 1896. — S. noctiflora L. 1. By Borley Wood. 3. By the Barton Road. Lychnis dioica L. In the Flora this is said to be absent from the county. It may be so now, but in the University Herb. I have seen a record of its occurrence close to the Herts and Essex borders about thirty years ago (doubtless that referred to in Top. Bot. ed. 2, p. 67; and in Gibson's Flora of Essex, p. 46). The absence of this plant and of Melica uniflora Retz. and Oxalis AcetoseUa L. from the W. Cambs. woods is remarkable. Stellaria aqiiatica Scop. 2. Dernford Fen, near the railway. 3. Near the bridge, Harston. — S. Holostea L. 1. Lane below "The Rivey," Linton. 4.* Madingley Wood, S.W. corner.— 8. palustris Retz. 4.* Ditch E. of Waterbeach Station, towards the river. Arenaria tenidfolia L. 2. Wall at Sawston ; the var. laxa (Jord.). — A. trinervia L. 2. Sparingly by the railway in Dernford Fen. 3. Lane between Trumpington Church and the river, near the bridge. A rare plant in Cambs. Sagina apetala L. 3. On the churchyard wall, Coton, 1896. — 8. nodosa Fenzl. 2. Dernford Fen, W. of the railway. 7. Pas- tures immediately S.E. of the bridge at Horseway. Mr. Burkill informs me that the Lepigonum medium of the Flora (p. 85) is probably Buda marina Dum. var. neglecta (Kindb.). Hypericum elodes L. grew until recently by the stream near NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIRE PLANTS. 251 the site of the old bog at Gamlmgay (3), but I could not find it in 1894. Linum 'perenne L. 1. Fleam Dyke. On the Gogmagogs, the earliest flowers open about April 28th in an ordinary year. Germiimn pratense L. 5. Eoadside near Barnwell towards Fen Ditton, sparingly, 1895. Very local in Cambs. — G. yyrenaicum Burm. fil. 1. Hedges and borders of a plantation near Dungate Farm, Fleam Dyke, 1895. — G. rotundifoUum L. 3. Eoadside near Selwyn College, Cambridge, 1896; I.H. Burkill. Not recorded for the county since 1820. Surely casual in this station ? PJiamnus catharticus L. 2. Dernford Fen, very sparingly. 6. Hedges a little W. of Quy Fen. — B.. Frangula L. 5.* Wicken Fen, abundant. Genista tiyictoria L. 3. Hedge-bank and copse by the Old North Koad, -| mile S. of the station, 1895. Sarothammis scoparius Koch. 5. Kennet Heath. 6r' Between Ely and Burnt Fen. Very local in this county. Medicago sylvestris Fr., M.falcata L., and M, minima Desv. still occur at Chippenham (5). Trifolium ochroleucum Huds. 1. Babington italicizes Hinton, Eay's locality for the plant. It was plentiful in one corner of the pasture by the Cambridge foot-path opposite Hinton Church in 1894, but I could not find it in the following year. Furze Hills, Hildersham. 3. Fallows S. of the St. Neot's Eoad at 3| miles from Cambridge, with Allium vineale L. ; by Hardwick Wood. 5. Eail- bank 1^ miles from Fordham towards Soham. — T, fragiferum L. 1. Eoad between Brinkley and Dullingham. 4. St. Neot's Eoad, from 1 mile from Cambridge onwards. 5. Stourbridge Fair Green ; by the Quy Eoad ; road between Fen Ditton and Horningsey ; Baitsbite ; S.E. end of Burwell Lode. 6. Above Eoswell Pits, Ely. — T. filiforme L. 7.* Horseway, Chatteris ; see Memorials, Journal, and Bota^iical Correspondence of C. C. Bahington, p. 388. Lotus tenuis Waldst. & Kit. 3. Plentiful in fallows S. of the St. Neot's Eoad at 3|- miles from Cambridge ; it was much infested with Cuscuta Trifolii Bab. Lathyrus Aphaca L. has disappeared from all its localities near Cambridge. Vicia hirsuta Gray. 1. Borley Wood. Very local in Cambs. — V. sepium L. 2."^' Sawston Moor. 3. Gamlingay Wood. Spircea Filipendula L. 2. Sawston Moor. 4. Sparingly in a pasture at King's Hedges. Geum rivale L. 2.* Sparingly at the N. end of Dernford Fen, 1895 ; discovered here by Mr. Shrubbs. Potentilla verna L. 1. Still occurs over a very limited area on the Wool-street ; the growth of the trees has destroyed it in the plantation itself. Poterium officinale Hook. f. 3. Lane between the Old North Eoad and Kingston Wood. Piosa rubiginosa L. 1. Fleam Dyke, near the old railway. Saxifraga granulata L. 2.* Dernford Fen, plentiful ; found by Mr. Shrubbs. 252 NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIRE PLANTS. Parnassia palustris L. has not been recorded from Dernford Fen (Newbonld's " Sawston Moor") nor from elsewhere in the county for forty years. It is probably extinct on Shelford Common and Foulmire Moor and at Triplow. It may still exist in the rough pastures about Quy and Tcversham, but, if so, has eluded vigilant search. Drosera rotimdifolia L. is now extinct in the localities recorded in the Flora, but Mr. Shrubbs iuforms me it grows in Chippenham Fen (5-). Mijriophyllum verticiUatwn L. var. pectmatum DC. 4. Ditch between Milton and the river. — M. spicatum L. 5. Wicken Fen. Ly thrum HyssopifoUa L. is probably extinct in all its recorded localities in Districts 1 and 4. Bupleurum tenuissinium L. was plentiful and very fine on Water- gull Hill, Sutton (C), in Aug. 1895 (see Journ. Bot. 1884, 28). Sium latifoliuin L. 4. Plentiful at intervals in ditches by the railway about 1| miles S.E. of Stretham to within a mile of Waterbeach. 7. Sparingly near Vermuyden's Drain at Horseway. Fcmiculuin vulgare Mill. 1. Entrance to great chalk-pit, Hinton (1892) ; escape. CEnanthefistulosa Jj. 7. Horseway; Old Bedford Barrier Bank, near Sutton Gault. — (E. Fhellandrium Lam. 2.''- Stream S. of Shelford Station. 7. Horseway; "Washes," and by and in the Old Bedford River, Silaiis flavescens Bernh. 2." Dernford Fen, on both sides of the railway. Seiimini Carvifolia L. is fairly plentiful at its locality in Dist. 5. I merely mention it because from the account in the Fieport of the Botanical Locality Piecord Club it would appear that the plant occurred in quantity in several localities over a considerable area. Caucalis daucoides L. 3. Fields by the Old North Road, 1 mile S. of the station. — C. arveyisis Huds. 8.='' Field a little S.W. of Grantchester. Adoxa Moschatellina L. is still plentiful in the lane at the E. end of Chesterton (4), but it does not seem to spread. A remarkable absentee from the wooded districts of Cambs. Viburnum Opidiis Jj. 4. Moor Barns. 5.''' Wicken Sedge Fen ; I. H. Burkill. Galium Cruciata Scop. 3. Hedge-bank near Lord's Bridge. Asperula odorata L. Confirmation of the occurrence of this species in the county is much to be desired. There is no specimen from Gamlingay Wood in Babington's Herbarium. Hall Wood, Wood Ditton, was destroyed before the Flora appeared, and at Fulbourn and Kingston the plant does not seem to have been found since Relhan's time. Dipsacus sylvestris Huds. 5. By Spinny Bank, and at Upware. — D. pilosusJj. 1. WoodatHildersham; I. H. Burkill. 5. Plentiful at Upware, by the road to Wicken. Scabiosa Succisa L. 5. Plentiful in Wicken and Chippenham Fens. Eri(jero7i canadense L. 4." With Onopordon Acayitldum L. on NOTES ON CAMBKIDGESHIRE PLANTS. 253 waste ground at Chesterton, 1894-5. — E. acre L. 1. Abundant on the banks of the railway between Dullingham Station and the Devil's Ditch ; shown me by Mr. I. H. Burkill. 2. W. of the line on Sawston Moor, 1895, plentiful. 5. Open sandy ground adjoining Fordham Station ; gravel-pit at Chippenham. Filago spathulata Presl. 3. With F. apiculata G. E. Sm. at Gamlingay. Achillea Ptarmica L. 7. Sparingly by Vermuyden's Drain, near the bridge at Horseway. Very local in Cambs. Anthemis tinctoria L. 3.* A few plants by the footpath near Gamlingay Wood. — A. arvensis L. 1. Mr. S. Wood and myself noted this in fields on the E. of the Fleam Dyke, near the deserted railway. Chrysantlmmim segetum L. 4. Chesterton ; towing-path near railway bridge, Cambridge, one plant, 1893; I. H. Burkill. 6. Near two windmills to the W. of Ely. Artemisia Absinthium L. 1. The Hinton locality is italicized in the Flora. I have seen it in the large chalk-pit there, where Mr. I. H. Burkill found it. Petasites fragrans Presl. 1.'" Banks of ditch byroad to Hinton, h mile from the village. 4."^' Madiugley Road; /. H. Burkill (see Journ. Bot. 1893, p. 309). Setiecio viscosus L. 4."^' Waste ground at Chesterton, 1894. The only recent record, but no doubt casual here (see Journ. Bot. 1883, pp. 346-7). Cniciis eriophonis Roth. 3. Lane between Old North Road and Kingston Wood. — C. pratensis Willd. 5. Chippenham Fen. Onopordon Aca^ithium L. 1. Roadside near entrance to Wool- street. 4. In quantity on railway embankment near Waterbeach Station, 1896 ; I. H. Burkill. Chesterton. 5." N. side of road to Quy ; near Wicken, 1896 ; I. R. Burkill. Serratula tinctoria L. 5.* Mr. S. Wood and myself found this to be abundant in Chippenham Fen. Centaurea Cyanus L. 1. Coe Fen, 1895. 3. Waste ground opposite New Court of Trinity College, 1895. Picris echioides L. 1. Borley Wood. Hypochceris maculata L. 1. Occurred very sparingly on the Hildersham Furze Hills in 1895. Probably extinct on Littletrees Hill, Gogmagogs. Leontodon hirtus L. 1. Field S. of road to Quy. Lactuca Scariola L. I was unable to find this at the station recorded in Dist. 1. — L. saligna L. still occurs in Dist. 7, at about twenty miles from any tidal waters. Camjmnida Trachelium L. 3. Thickets and hedges by and near the Old North Road at up to a mile from the station. — C. rapuncu- loides L. 1. On a gravelly roadside near West Road, Cambridge. 4. Near the extreme N. end of Middlehill Drove, nearly opposite Upware. Doubtless escapes. Hypopitys Monotropa Crantz. 3. In fair quantity in a plantation by the St. Neot's Road at 3^ miles from Cambridge ; first found by Prof. Cowell. 254 NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIRE PLANTS. Primula acaulis L. 1. Pasture near Fulbourn Station. 3. Whitwell Wood, and in the locality just given for Hypojntys. — F. elatior Jacq. 3. Gamlingay Wood, fruiting freely. Still plentiful between Long Stow and Bourn and in most of the woods in the W. and S.E. of the county, where it quite replaces P. acaulis L. Lysimachia vulgaris L. 5. Burwell Fen ; I. H. Burkill. 7. Ditches by road, Chatteris to Mepal. — L. Nummularia L. 1. Coe Fen, Cambridge; ditch by road to Hinton. 3. Hayley Wood, abundant. 7. Horseway, near Chatteris. This species seems to have taken the place of L. nemornm L. in the woods in W. Cambs. AnayalUs tenella L. 2. Still on Sawston Moor ; extinct in the other locaUties in Districts 1 and 2. 5. Wicken Poors' Fen ; I. H. Burkill. Chippenham Fen, sparingly, 1895. Samolus Valerandi L. 5. Chippenham Fen, with Menyanthes trifoUata L. 6. Eoswell Pits, Ely. Limnanthemum, peltatum S. P. Gmel. is much more widely dis- tributed in Districts 6 and 7 than would appear from the Flora. It is very fine in the wash at the foot of the Old Bedford Barrier Bank, S.W. of Mepal. Sympltytum taiiricum Willd. is now well established in several places near Cambridge. 1. Coe Feu, 1890; A. H. Whipple. 3. Barton Road, 1890, and Grantchester, 1891 ; Z. H. Burkill. Borago officinalis L. 4. St. Neot's Road near foot of Madingley Rise, one plant, 1894. Lithospermum officinale L. 6.''' Roswell Pits, Ely, very local, 1895. Cuscuta E pithy mum Murr. I am afraid that the reclamation of the heath has destroyed this at Gamlingay (3). It should be looked for on Ken net Heath (5), the only suitable locality now left in Cambs. — C. Trifolii Bab. 1. On Lotus in chalk-pit on Little-trees Hill. 2. Clover-field W. of Dernford Fen. 4. Madingley chalk- pit, on Galium verum, Feucedanum sativum, &c. Solanum nigrum L. 5. By the lake, Quy Hall, 1896 ; I. H. Burkill. Atropa Belladonna L. 1. Wood by Pampisford Hall, 1893; I. H. Burkill. Hyoscyamus niger L. cannot now be said to be "not unfrequent by roadsides, but of uncertain locality" in Districts 1-4. Admitting the latter qualification, it is rarely found nowadays. In the S. of the county I have only seen it in Coe Fen, Cambridge (1), on waste ground in 1895 ; and by the Devil's Ditch near Cambridge Gap (5), where Mr. I. H. Burkill found it in 1895. Verhascum Thapsus L. 2. Gravel-pit near Whittlesford Station. 3. Fallow near Kingston Wood. — V. 7iigrum L. 5. Plentiful on the rail-banks near Kennet Station ; also between Kennet and Chippenham, and between Chippenham and the Fen. Linaria FJlatina Mill. 1. With L. spuria Mill, by Borley Wood. — L. viscida Moench. 5. Railway between Soham and Fordham ; /. H. Burkill. Veronica spicata L. 1. Recent search for this in its old station on Newmarket Heath has been fruitless. The character of the NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIRE PLANTS. 255 Beacon Course has changed somewhat, it having become grass- grown in many parts where firm turf was previously found. The last published record is that in Top. Bot. ii. — " Ar. Bennett, 1876." About twenty years ago it was discovered (I think by Mr. R. B. Smart) in another station some miles away. This was in the vicinity of the Fleam Dyke, and, from the nature of the surrounding country, a rather inaccessible locality. Examination of the ground in 1894-5 forced me to the belief that extension of cultivation must have destroyed the habitat. I know nothing concerning the Top. Bot. (Wardale's) Norfolk record ; but the plant still occurs in W. Suffolk, where I saw it in 1895. — F. scutellata L. 1. Between Babraham and Stapleford, 1890 ; and 5. Quy Hall, by the lake, 1896; 1. H. Burkill.— V. Tourneforiii C. Gmel. 3. Grantchester. 4.''' Moor Barns, abundant. Melamjjyrum cristatimi L. 1. Covered acres in Borley Wood, 1894. 3. Frequent in copses and hedgerows about the Old North Road near Kingston Wood, in thickets about Caldecot near Hard wick Wood, &c. ; like Primula elatior Jacq., it is characteristic of the wooded tracts on the boulder clay in the W. and S.E. — M. prate7ise L. is quite replaced by the more showy species. There is no speci- men in Herb. Bab. from White Wood, Gamlingay, from which Prof. Henslow and Mr. Wanton recorded it; and it seems to be extinct in both of Ray's localities. Orohanche major L. has not been seen in the county for many years. The complete reclamation of Gamlingay Heath has probably destroyed it in that station. — 0. elatior Sutt. 1. Mr. I. H. Burkill showed it to me on the rail-banks E. of Dullingham ; Furze Hills, Hildersham. 5.* Devil's Ditch near Reche, 1893. — 0. minor Sm. 5. Dry ground, edge of Chippenham Fen. Utricularia vulgaris L. 5. Chippenham Fen. — U. minor L. 5. Wicken Poors' Fen ; I. H. Burkill. Pinguicula vulgaris L. 2. Still on Sawston Moor ; A. Shrubbs. 5. Chippenham Fen, sparingly, 1893. Now gone from the other localities, except perhaps Bottisham Fen. Verbena officinalis L. 1. By the Fleam Dyke. 2. Hauxton ; Sawston Moor. 3. Lane between Trumpington and the river ; Harston. 4. Near King's Hedges. Nejjeta Cataria L. 1. Roadside between Shelford and Trumping- ton, 1895. Little-trees Hill and other places on the Gogmagogs. Roadside near Six-mile-bottom Station, and a mile S. near Lark's Hall. 2. Sawston Moor ; and roadside near Sawston ; I. H. Burkill. 4. Lane W. of Milton. 5. Plentiful by the Newmarket Road be- tween Barnwell and Quy ; by the Thetford Road within two miles of Newmarket. This is rather frequent in S.E. and E. Cambs. Stachys Betonica Benth. 1. Borley Wood. Local in Cambs, and unrecorded from the northern half of the county. Lamium maculatum L. 3.''' Near Newnham in 1891, now de- stroyed ; I. H. Burkill. Teucrium Scordium L. This is extinct in all the localities recorded in Dist. 4. Such marshy places as still remain by the Histon Road and near King's Hedges are very limited in extent, 256 NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIRE PLANTS. and quite unproductive. In Dist. 6 I have looked for this at Mepal and repeatedly at Eoswell Pits, Ely, but always in vain. Mr. Bennett informed me that he had a specimen gathered some years ago by Mr. Fryer in the Chatteris district ; but in what I (rightly) believed to be the spot there was no trace of the plant in 1895, and I find in Herb. Brit. Mus. a specimen labelled "Pits by Vermuy- den's Drain at Horseway, now destroyed, Sept. 17, 1879, A. Fryer." — T. Scorodonia L. My search for this at Gamlingay was un- successful ; it may still occur in White Wood. Beyond Henslow's specimen nothing seems to be known about the Ely record. Ckenopodium Jicifoliwu Sm. 1. Hinton, 1893 ; I. H. Burkill. 5. Fen Ditton. — C. hyhridum L. 6. Still near Ely, but by no means "common." — C. rubrum L. 1. Barnwell, 1894. Polygonum ampliihium L. var. terrestre Leers. 2. Dernford Fen, sparingly. Ilumex maritimus L. 6. Still at Eoswell Pits and near the river at Ely. — li. pidcher L. 1. Hinton; Dullingham. 3. Harston. 5. Fordham. 6. Above Roswell Pits, Ely. — R. acutuslj. {R. cnspiis L. X ohtusifoUus L.). 6. Near the bridge at Ely. — Fi. Acetosella L. 5. Kennet Heath. Vise um, album h. 1. Borley Wood, on the oak ; A. Shrubbs. 3.''' On lime-trees in various places down "the backs" at Cambridge, pointed out to me by Mr. Shrubbs. Clare Avenue ; I. H. Burkill. Thesium humifusum DO. 5. Newmarket Heath, W. of the ditch. Mercurialis jjerennis L. 1. Borley Wood; lane below "The Eivey," Linton. Not recorded from the northern half of the county. Farietaria officinalis L. 5. Burwell Church, 1893 ; 1. H. Burkill. Salix triandra L. 3. By the Bourn Brook at Toft. 6.* By ditches a little S. of Burwell. — S. aurita L. 2. Dernford Fen. Fopulus tremidus L. 3. Fine in Gamlingay Wood. Ceratophyllum demersum L. 1. Coe Fen, and 3, in the river at Sheep's Green, Cambridge. 6.'^' Eoswell Pits, Ely. Juniperus communis L. 1. Sparingly on the Fleam Dyke. Hydrocharis Morsus-RancB L. 3. Sheep's Green, Cambridge. [Stratiotes aloides L. was introduced from the Botanical Gardens into a pond on Sheep's Green, Cambridge, where it has driven out the other aquatic plants.] Liparis Loeselii Eich. was seen in two localities in Dist. 5 in 1896 ; in one I saw fine fruiting specimens. Neottia Nidus-Avis Eich. 3."^ Kingston Wood, 1894. Ceplialanthera pallens Eich. 1. I have seen fine specimens of this, gathered by Mr. Shrubbs from a wood on the Gogmagogs. This station is quite distinct from that in which Mr. Clarke found the plant in 1859. 5. Mr. Bennett informs me that there is a specimen of this in Hailstone's herbarium at the York Philosophical Society which was gathered in Wanton's station in 1845. Ep)ipactis latifolia All. 3.''^ Kingston Wood, 1894 {teste A. Ben- nett). This is not recorded for Cambs in the Flora. Babington says that the Kingston Wood plant is E. media Fr. ; I have found there two plants of what I take to be that species, but the plant frequent in the wood is certainly true E. latifolia. — E, media Fr. NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIRE PLANTS. 257 1 or 3. ''Robinson Crusoe's Island," 1896; A. Shmbbs, fide I. H. Burkill. — E. palustris Crantz. 1. Coe Fen, Cambridge, 1894 ; /. H. Burkill. Orchis pyramidalis L. 3. With Brachyjjodium pmnatmn Beauv. by the roadside and in adjoining copses, Old North Eoad, near Kingston Wood. 5. Devil's Ditch. — 0. Morio L. 2. Dernford Fen, found by Mr. Shrubbs. 3. Pasture by Kingston Wood. — 0. incarnata L. 5. Chippenham Fen, with Hahenaria conopsea Benth. Aceras anthropophora R. Br. 3. There is a specimen in Herb. Brit. Mus. gathered by Mr. F. A. Hanbury at Haslingfield in May, 1863 ; and I saw it growing there, but very sparingly, in June, 1895. There is no other recent Cambs record, and it is probably extinct both on Hildersham Furze Hills and on Barrington Hill. Ophrijs apifera Huds. 1. Fleam Dyke, in the fen to the N. end, 1894 ; and 2. Dernford Fen, 1891 ; I. H. Burkill. The latter is doubtless Newbould's station. 3. Very plentiful at Haslingfield in 1894 ; none to be seen in 1895. Habenaria chloroleuca Ridley. 1. Borley Wood. Mr. I. H. Burkill found it in the other station given for Paris. ilalanthus nivalis L. 2.* River bank near Whittlesford Station, 1890 ; I. H. Burkill. Allium oleraceum L. 3. With regard to the doubt cast on Mr. Wanton's record on p. 236 of the Flora, I have seen a manuscript note of Prof. Babington's which ran: "Mr. Newbould saw the plant and it was A. oleraceum.'' I could only find A. imiealeh., which is plentiful in the locality. — A. ursinum L. 2.* Wood by the river near Whittlesford Station. A very local and rare plant in the county. Muscari racemosum Mill. 2.* Sparingly by the Royston Road about a mile from Whittlesford Station ; and plentifully by a lane connecting Whittlesford with this Royston Road, 1895. Scilla festalis Salisb. 3. Gamlingay Wood and pastures about the former Heath at Gamlingay ; pastures at Hardwick. This is not recorded from Districts 6, 7, and 8. Paris quadrifolia L. 1. Borley Wood; and near there in a small copse adjoining the Roman Road, with Orchis maculata L. Juncus bufonius L. 4. Chesterton. 6." Near two windmills to the W. of Ely. Liizula erecta Desv. b. congesta Lond. Cat. 5. Chippenham Fen. Tyjjha latifolia L. 6.* Plentifully in ditches by and near road between Sutton and the New Bedford River. 7. Sparingly near the bridge at Horseway and in the wash ditch near Sutton Gault. — T. angustifolia L. 5. Pit near La Hague Hall, S.E. of Chippenham. 6. Sparingly by the line three miles S. of Ely. 7."^' Ditches and ponds near the bridge at Horseway. Sparganium simplex Huds. 3. Sheep's Green, Cambridge. 5. Ditch by river S.W. of Fen Ditton. — S. minimum Fr. 5. Mr. S. Wood and myself found this growing sparingly in Chippenham Fen in 1896. Lemna trisulca L. 1. (N. end of?) Fleam Dyke, 1894; /. H. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [July, 1898.] t 258 NOTES ON CAMBRIDGESHIRE PLANTS. Burkill. — L. polyrrhiza L. 3. Pit near the spriug-head at Hard- wick. Triglochin paliistre L. 2. N.W. end of Dernford Fen, abundant. 5. By ditch near river S.W. of Fen Ditton. Potamogeton naUvns L. 5. Pond S.E. of Kennet Heath; pit near La Hague Hall, S.E. of Chippenham; Chippenham Fen. — P. crispus L. 5.* Ditches near Biggin and White Hall. — P. pusUlus L. 4. With ZcumicheUia palustris L. in a ditch between Milton and the river, E. of the railway. Eleocharis acicularis R. Br. 7.* In 1895 the submerged form was plentiful in the Old Bedford River, S.W. of Mepal. — E. palustris E. Br. 2r' N. end of Dernford Fen, abundant. Scirpus paucifiorus Lightf. 2. I found this growing sparingly on Sawston Moor in 1895. It must now be extinct in all the other localities given in the Flora. — 8. lacustris L. 3. Bourn Brook near Fox's Bridge, Comberton, and above there towards Toft. G/'' Ros- well Pits, Ely. — S. Caricis B,etz. 1. Exterminated through drainage in the Cambridge locality. There is now no recorded station in the county in which the plant is known to exist. Erioplwrum latlfolium Hoppe. This, too, is extinct in both its recorded Cambs localities ; but some years ago Prof. Potter found it in Chippenham Fen (5). Cladium jamaicense Crantz. 5. Still plentiful iu Chippenham Fen — doubtless Relhan's " Chippenham Moor," italicized in the Flora. Carex disticha Huds. 2. Plentiful at the N. end of Dernford Fen. — C. dlvulsa Good. 3. Lane between Trumpington Church and the river. — C. ovalis Good. 1.* Sparingly on one of the Hildersham Furze Hills, 1895. 5.* Wicken Fen. Apparently rare and local in the county ; as yet it is unrecorded from the whole of the northern half. — C. elata All. 2. Very fine near the railway in Dernford Fen. 5. Plentiful in Wicken Fen, and Mr. G. C. Druce and myself noted it in Chippenham Fen. — C. acuta L. 3.* Lord's Bridge, near Barton. — C. ericetorum Poll. 1. I found this in very small quantity on the Gogmagog Hills, 1895-6. The main reason for its diminution was once given by Prof. Babington in this Journal (1877, p. 85). The practice of carrying away the turf of the Roman Road for use in Cambridge gardens still continues, and threatens several of the Wool-street plants with extinction. The only species not affected are Cnicus acaulis, Poterium Sangidsorba, and Linum perenne, the last-named soon forming very fine plants on the bared places. — C. verna Chaix. 2. Whittlesford ; Sawston Moor. 3. Kingston. 4. King's Hedges. Unrecorded from Districts 6, 7, and 8. — C. hmervis Sm. and C.flava L. 2. Dernford Fen. — C. hirta L. 1. Moory pasture at N. end of Fleam Dyke; lane by "The Rivey," Linton. 2.* Dernford Fen. 5. Pasture near Biggin. Phalaris anmdinacea L. 2.* By stream S. of Shelford Station. Milium effusum L. 3. Gamlingay Wood. Very local in Cambs. Phleum phalaroides Koel. 1. Still on the Hildersham Furze Hills, but no longer by the roadside near them. THE NOMENCLATURE OF SOME SENECIOS. 259 Calamar/rostis epigeios Roth. 5/'' Wicken Fen, in great abun- dance. It is a very remarkable fact that neither in the special list of Wicken Fen plants on p. 313 nor in the body of the Flora on p. 270 does Babington record the species for this locality. I con- sider it the most abundant plant in the Fen, more so than the Schcejius, Cladimn, Peucedanum palustre, Agrostis canina, Lastrcea Thelypteris, &c., which are in the Flora marked as being, and which still are, abundant there. On the other hand, Babington does, on both pages, record C. lanceolata Roth, though without the dis- tinguishing mark of abundance in the locality. I have been unable to find C. lanceolata there ; and Prof. Babington's own specimen labelled " C. lajiceolata, Wicken Fen, Cambridgeshire, 20 Sept. 1855 " is certainly C. epigeios, though a rather small specimen thereof. Except in its differently coloured glumes (which have become golden brown, as usual in the autumn), it is quite indistiuguish- able from Newbould's specimens of C. epigeios from Sawston Fen. The plant is still abundant in the latter locality (= Sawston Moor), and is identical with that from Wicken, of which Mr. Arthur Ben- nett wrote, "I suspect the f. you send thence is the var. densifiora Ledebour, Flora Altaica " (vol. i. p. 87). When in flower the panicle is generally streaked with a purplish black, which gives it quite a different appearance from the light green one from the woods of W. Cambs. The latter plant Mr. Bennett thought was "perhaps the var. glauca Rchb." Sieglmgia decambens Bernh. 2. S.E. side of Dernford Fen, sparingly. Very local in the county. Koeleria cristata Pers. 2. Gravel-pit near Whittlesford Station. Moli7iia varia Schrank. 5. Burwell Fen, 1893 ; I. H. Burkill. Lolium temidentum L. 3. Field by Kingston Wood, sparingly, 1895. Scolopendrium vulgare Sym. still grows in Dist. 4. Ophioglossum vulgatum L. 1. Mossy ground by N. end of Fleam Dyke ; A. Shrubbs. 3. With Carex sylvatica Huds. in a thicket on the ridge between Harlton and Haslingfield chalk-pits. 5. Baits- bite, plentiful. THE NOMENCLATURE OF SOME SENECIOS. By James Britten, F.L.S. In so vast a genus as Senecio, any diminution of names is useful: I therefore publish the following reductions, which result from a comparison of the enmneration of species given by Mr. Hemsley in the Botany of the Biologia Ceyitrali- Americana, ii. 235-248 (1881-2), with that of Schultz Bipontinus in Flora, xxviii. 498 (1845) — a list which was unfortunately overlooked by Mr. Hemsley when preparing his work. These reductions are rendered the more desirable because in most cases the two sets of names are retained in the Index Kewensis as if representing different species. There is, however, no question as to their identity in the instances I T 2 260 THE NOMENCLATURE OF SOME SENECIOS. have quoted, as both Schiiltz and Mr. Hemsley cite the same synonymy. The following substitutions must be made : — 8. calophyllus Hemsl. = S. albolutescens Sch. Bip. S. cardiophyllus Hemsl. = S. ovatifolius Sch. Bip. S. cirsioides Hemsl. = S. roseus Sch. Bip. S. desertorum Hemsl. = S. Berlandieri Sch. Bip. S. eximius Hemsl. = S. callosus Sch. Bip. S. sessilifoUus Hemsl. = S. Beecheyanus Sch. Bip. The following should stand on the authority of Schultz Bipon- tinus, not of Hemsley : — S. ampiifolius. S. jatrophoides. S. cervariffifolius. S. napefefolius. S. cirsiifolius. S. radul^efolius. The following instances of substitution are somewhat more complicated : — Senecio calocephahis Hemsl. is forestalled by S. calocephalus Poepp. & Endl. iii. 58 (1845), and must have a new name ; as Ciimingii is preoccupied in Senecio, I propose Senecio Hemsleyi. S. calocephalus Hemsl. /. c. 237, non Poepp. & Endl. Gynoxys Cumingii Benth. in Vidensk. Meddel. 1852, 106, Senecio Farfarus Hemsl. must give way to S. tussilaginoides Sch. Bip. — although the specific name was earlier applied to other species, in connection with which it now ranks as a synonym. The names will stand : Senecio Tussilaginis Less. Syn. Comp. 392 (1832). Cineraria Tussilaginis L'Herit. Sert. Angl. 26 (1788). Senecio tussilaginoides Heynhold, Nomencl. ii. 656 (1856). Senecio tussilaginoides Sch. Bip. I. c. 498. Cineraria tussilaginoides H.B.K. iv. 168 (1820). Senecio farfarus Hemsl. I. c. 239. In the case of Senecio Berlandieri some confusion has arisen owing to the application of the same specific name to two plants, one of which will have to take a new title. The names may stand : Senecio Berlandieri Sch. Bip. in Flora, xxviii. 498 (1845). Cacalia Berlandieri DC. Prodr. vi. 328 (1837). Senecio desertorum Hemsl. Bot. Biol. Centr. Amer. ii. 239 (1881-2). Senecio confusus. Senecio Berlandieri Hemsl. I. c. 236, non Sch. Bip. ; Jacks. Ind. Kew. in part. Gynoxys Berlandieri DC. l. c. 326. Mr. Jackson in the Index Kewensis considers S. Berlandieri Sch. Bip. identical with S. Berlandieri Hemsl. ; but the above synonymy shows that two species are included under the name. 261 SOME COUNTY LISTS OF MOSSES. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. (Continued from p. 188.) South Hants (v.-c. 11). The following list of 121 species and six varieties of S. Hants mosses has been compiled from a set of sixty-six voucher specimens collected and sent in to the Botanical Record Club by Mr. E. D. Marquand, and from a list of ninety-six species and varieties com- municated by the Rev. E. D. Heathcote ; the latter are distinguished here by the initials E. D. H. Mr. Marquand's specimens were collected chiefly in the neigh- bourhood of Brockenhurst and Lymington, and have all been verified by me. Mr. Heathcote's are almost all from the parish of Sparsholt, which is on the extreme northern boundary of Watson's southern division of Hampshire, the Stockbridge road forming his dividing line, and being also for the most part the limit of the parish. It lies wholly on the chalk, but has a good deal of clay in patches, with large woods intersected by broad grass glades and paths that lead on to the downs. The village is 400 ft. above the sea. All his specimens here recorded have been seen either by myself or Mr. E. Charles Horrell. Sphagnum rigidum var. /3 com- pactimi Schpr. (E. D. H.) — sub- secundum Nees. — acutifolium E hrh . — interm ed iiim Hoffm . Tetraphis pellucida Hedw. (Mrs. Lyall, E.D. H.) Catharinea undulata W. & M. (E. D.H.) Polytriclium aloides Hedw. — juni- permum Willd. (E. D.H.)— /or- mosum Hedw. (E.D. H.) — com- mune L. Pleuridium suhulatum Rabenh. Seligeria paucifolia Carr. (E .D.H.) Geratodon purjmreiis Brid. (E.D. H.) Dicranella hetero7nalla Schp. — varia Schp. Dicranoweisia cirrata Lindb. Campylopus subulatus Schp.— -J7^.v- uosus Bvid. (E.D. H.) — pgri- formis Bi'id. (E.D.H.) Dicranum Bojijeani De Not. — sco- parium Hedw. (E. D. H.) — majus Turn. Leucob7'yum glauciim Schp. Cfr. (E.D.H.) Fissidens bryoides Hedw. — [Var. inconstans Schp. (E. D. Yl. fide H. Bos well).] — adiantoidi's Hedw. — taxifolius Hedw. Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. — pulvi- 7iata Sm. (E.D. H.) Ehacomitrium canescens Brid. PhasGum cuspidatum Schreb. (E. D.H.) Pottia recta Mitt. (E. D. H.)— trimcatida hindh. (E. D. H.) Tortida muralis Hedw. — subulata Hedw. (E. D. IL.) — Uvipila Schwgr. — intermedia Berk. — 7'uralisWi\iih. (E.D.H.) — rurali- f or mis Dixon. Barbula rubella Mitt. (E. D.H.) fcdlax Hedw. (Mrs. Lyell, E. D. H.) — co7ivoluta Hedw. (E. D. H.) — unguicidata Hedw. (E.D.H.) Weissia crispa Mitt. (E.D.H.)— microstoma CM. (E.D.H.) — 262 SOME COUNTY LISTS OF MOSSES. viridula Hedw. (E. D. H.) — tenuis CM. (E.D. H.j Zi/godon vindissimiis R. Br. U'tota crispa Bricl. (E. D. H.)— Var. intermedia Dixon. — jdujl- lantlia Bricl. Orthotrichum. anomaliaii var. saxa- tile Milde. — leiocarpum B. & S. — LyelliiH.k T. — affine Schrad. — stramineum Hornsch. (E.D. B..)—tenellum Bruch. (E.D.H.) — diapliannm Schrad. Splachnum ampullacenm L. (Mr. Marryat; E.D.H.) Funarid fasciciilarin Schp. (E.D. H.) — ericetoniniDixon. — hygro- metrica Sibth. Aulacomnium palustre Schwgr. (E. D. H.) — androgijmuu Schwgr. Bartramia pomiformis Hedw. Philojiotis fontanel Brid. — calcarea Schp. Leptobnjwn pyriforme Wils. (E. D.H.) Wehera nutans Hedw. (E. D. H.) Bryum pseudo-triquetrum Schwgr. ccLspitic iiuii L . (E.D.H. ) — cap il- lare L. (E.D. H.) — ohconicnm Hornsch. — alpinum Huds. (H. N. Dixon, leg. E.D. B..) — ar- genteum L. (E. D. H.) Mnium affine Bland. (E. D. H.)— unduleitamlj. (E. D. H.) — hor- 9iM?;iL. (E.D.H.) — punctatum'L. Fonti7ialis antipyretica L. Cryphaa heteromalla Mohr. (E. D.H.) Neckera pumila Hedw. — compla- nata Hiibn. Homalia trichomanoides Brid. Pterygophyllum lucens Brid. Leucodon sciiiroides Schwgr. (E. D.H.) Porotriclium alopecurum Mitt. Anomodon viticulosus H.&T. Leptodon SDiithii Mohr. Thuidium hystricosum Mitt. (E. D. H.) — tamarisci)mm B. & S. (E.D.H.) Climacium dendroides W. & M. Isothecium myiirinn Brid. Pleuropus sericeus Dixon (E.D.H.) Brachytheciiim albicans B. & S. — rutabidum B. & S. (E. D. H.)— rividare B. & S. — veliiti7ium B. & S. (E. D. H.) —popideum B. & S. — illecebnim De Not. — purum Dixon (E. D. H.) Eurhyncliium p)Hifenmi B. & S. — crassinervium'B. & S. (E. D. H.) —prcBlongum B. & S. (E. D. H.) —tenellumMMe (E.D.H.) — Var. scabrellum Dixon (E.D. H.) — myosuroides Schpr. (E. D. R.)— striatum B. & S.' (E. D. H.) — confertum Milde. PlagiotheciuDidenticulatum'B. & S. — sylvaticnm B. & S. (E. D. H.) — undukituiii B. & S. Amblystegium serpens B. & S. Hypmim chrysophyllum Brid. — Jiuitans L. — exeinnulaturn Giimb. — revolvens Sw. — cupres- siforme L. (E. D. H.) — Var. resupinatum Schp. — molluscum Hedw. (E. D. H.) — scorpioides L. — ciispidatum L. (E.D.H.) —Schreberi Willd. (E. D. H.) Hylocomium splendens B. & S. — lor cum B. & S. — squarrosum B. & S. (E. D. B..)—triquetrum B. &S. North Hants (v.-c. 12). This list of ninety-eight species and three varieties has been com- piled from two separate published lists, and from a number of records sent in to the Botanical Eecord Club, which have not previously been published. The earliest list is one in the Flora of Andover, by G. B. Clarke, published in 1866, and which contained fifty-two mosses. The second is contained in an article in vol. i. (1870-71) of the Proceedings of the Newbury District Field Club, by H. Eeeks, "On the Flowering Plants, Ferns, and Mosses observed in the SOME COUNTY LISTS OF MOSSES. 263 Parish of East Woodhay." This contained the names of ninety mosses, many of them confirmed by Braithwaite. The vouchers sent in to the Botanical Record Chib were collected by H. F. Par- sons, and were twenty-six in number. These last have all been examined by me. Sphagnum cymhifolium Ehrh. (H. R.) — suhsecundiun Nees (Miss Armitage). — sgiiarrostun Pers. (C. B. C.) — acutifoliiim Ehrh. (H.E.) Catharinea undulata W. & M. (C.B.C.) Polytrichum nanum Neck. (H. R.) —aloides Hedw. (C. B. C.) — piliferum Schreb. (Miss Armi- tage).— juniperinum Willd. (0. B.C.)— ^raci^e Dicks. (H. R.) — formosum Hedw. (H. R.) — commune L. (H. R.) Pleuridium subidatum Rab. (C. B. C.) CeratodonpurpureusBnd. {C.B.C.) Dicranella heteromalla, Schp. (H. n.)—vaHa Schp. (C. B. C.) Dicranoweisia ci7'rataJjdh. (C.B.C.) Camptjlopus pyriformis Brid. (H. F.P.) Dicraniim Bonjeani De Not. (C. B. C.) — scoparium Hedw. (C. B. C.)—majus Turn. (H. R.) Fissidens virididus Wahl. (C.B.C.) —bryoides Hedw. (C. B. C.)— adiantoides Hedw. (H.R. ) — taxi- folius Hedw. (H. F. P.) GrhnmiaapocarpaJledw. (C.B.C.) — 2mlvinata Sm. (H. R.) Pihacomitrium lanuginosum Brid. (C. B. C.) Acaulon muticuyn C. M. (H. R.) Phascum cuspidatum Schreb. (H. B.) Pottia truncatida Ldb. (H. R.) — Starkeana C. M. (H. 'R.) — lan- ceolataC.M.. (C.B.C.) Tortida pusilla Mitt. (C. B. C.)— muralis Hedw. (C. B. C.) — subu- lata Hedw. (C. B. C.) — ruralis Ehrh. (C. B. C.) Barbula fallax Hedw. (C. B. C.) — sjmdicea Mitt. (H. R.) — un- guicnlata Hedw. (H. R.) Weisia viridula Hedw. (C. B. C.) —curvirostris C. M. (C. B. C.) TricJiostomum mutabile J^iuch. (H. R.) Encalypta vulgaris Hedw. (C.B.C.) Ulota crisp a Brid. (H. R.) Ortlwtriclium cup)ulatuin Hoffm. (H. n.)—Lyellii H. & T. (C. B. C.) — afine Schrad. (C. B. C.) — diaphanum Schrad. (H. R.) Phi/scomitriumpyriforme Brid. (H. R.) Funaria Jiygrometrica Sibth. (C. B.C.) Bartra}nia pomiformis Hedw. (C. B. C.) Philonotis fontana Brid. (C. B. C.) Webera nutans Hedw. (C. B. C.) Bryuminterrnedium Brid. (C.B.C). — ccBspiticium L. (C. B. C.) — capillare L. (0. B. C.) — argen- teum L. (C. B. C.) — roseum Schreb. (H. R.) Mnium affiyie Bland. (C. B. C.) — cuspidatum Hedw. (H. R.) — undulatum L. (C.B. C.) — hor- num L. (H. R.) — stellare Reich. (H. R.) — punctatum L. (H. R.) Fontinalis antipyretica L. (C.B.C.) Homalia trichomanoides Brid. (H. R.) Leucodon sciuroides Schwgr. (H. F. P.) Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt. (C. B.C.) Anomodon viticulosus H. & T. (H. F.P.) Thuidium tainariscinuyn B. & S. (C.B.C.) Isothecium myunun Brid. (C.B.C.) Pleuropus sericeus Dixon (C.B.C.) Camptothecium lutescens B. & S. (C.B.C.) Brachythecium glareosum B. & S. (H. F. P.) — rutabuliim B. & S. (C. B. C.) — velutinwn B. & S. 264 GRONOYIUS'S 'FLORA VIRGINICA.' (C. B. C.) — illecehrum De Not. Amhlystegium serpens (C. B. C.) (H. E.) — puriim'Dixon{G.'B.C.) Hypyium ripariiim L. (H. R.) — Eurhynchium inliferum B. & S. stel}at2imYa>T, protensum ^. & S. (H.F. P.) — crassinerviumld.&^. (H. F. P.) — adunciim var. (Miss Armitage). — pircBlonyum. Kneiffii Schp. (H. F. P.) — B. & S. (C. B. C.) — Sivartzii cupressiforme L. (C. B. C.) — Hobk. (C. B. C.) — viyosuroides Var. resupinatnm Schp. (C. B. Schp. (C. B. C.) — striatum C.) — inolluscmii Hedw. (C. ^. k '^. {G.Jj.C.] — striatuluin B. C.) — cuspidatum L. (H. B. & S. (C. B. C.) — rusciforme R.) Milde (H. F. P.) — confertum Hijlocomium splendens B. & S. (C. Milde (H.R.) B. C.) — squarrosiim B. & S. Plagiothechim denticulatuw B. &S. (H. R.) — trlquetrum B. & S. (H. R.) — sylvaticum B. & S. (C. B. C.) (C.B.C.) BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES. XV. — Gronovius's 'Flora Virginica.' It has been generally understood that the descriptions of new plants in the Flora Virginica were based, not upon the biblio- graphical references to previous authors, but upon the specimens collected by Clayton. It is true that these are cited after the synonymy, where such exists, but the title of the book seems to make it abundantly clear that Clayton's plants are the types of the descriptions. It runs thus: "Flora Virginica exhibens plantas quas V. c. Johannes Clayton in Virginia observavit atque collegit. Easdem Methodo Sexuali disposuit, ad Genera propria retulit, Nominibus specificis insignivit, et minus cognitas descripsit Joh. Fred. Gronovius." It is of course well known that Clayton's specimens were acquired by Banks — they are entered in Dryander's Catalogue (iii. 186) as "specimina sicca Claytoniana (ex herbario J. F. Gronovii) qu^ adornand?e huic flora9 [i. e. Flora Virginica] inservierunt " — and they are now incorporated with the general herbarium at the British Museum. It would appear, however, that the importance of Clayton's plants as types of many Linnean species is at present in danger of being overlooked by the younger American botanists. Two in- stances of this have just come under my notice ; and I propose to offer a few remarks upon the subject, as at the same time it gives me an opportunity of once more calling attention to other existing early types. 1. ASCLEPIAS verticillata L. Miss A. M. Vail, in the course of her " Studies in the Asclepi- adace^e,"* rightly points out that " this species was based on Asclepias foliis verticillatis lineari-setaceis Gronovius, Virg. 26 (1739)." She proceeds, however, to say that Gronovius's plant was "in its * Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, April, 1898, 174. GRONOVius's 'flora virginica.' 265 turn founded on Apocy^ium Mariammi erectum Linarim angustissimus foliis umbellatum — Apocyno recto 71071 ramoso. Boris viamii foliis umhellis jiorum candidis Plunkenet \_sic\ , Mantissa, 17, pi. 336 (1700)." It is, I think, perfectly clear that Clayton's plant must be re- garded as the type of LinnEens's description. Gronovins's descriptive phrase stands as the first citation in the Species Plantar urn, and this alone, by the American rule of priority in place, would entitle it to be considered as the foundation of the Linnean species. The references to Plukenet and Petiver — the latter author, by the way, is also cited by Gronovius, and has, I think, an equal claim with Plukenet to consideration — are the same (save for slight textual variation) as in the Flora Virgi7iica, but LinnsGUS places them after the Gronovian description. There is in this case no doubt as to the identity of the plant in all three references ; but in the quite possible event of a difference between them, it becomes important to know which is absolutely the type of the species. I would point out incidentally that Miss Vail's citation from the Ma7itissa, although placed in inverted commas, is not an exact quotation, and does not quite accurately represent what Plukenet said. This w^ill be evident if the following transcription of the passage be compared with that quoted above : " Apocynum Maria7ium erectum Linariae angustissimis foliis umbellatum, apud D. Doodij. Apocyno recto non ramoso Eorismarini foliis umbellis florum candidis Almagest. Bot. [36] plurimum convenit." The last four words, which imply a certain doubt as to the identity of the two plants, are omitted by Miss Vail ; but the uncertainty was also expressed by Petiver (Mus. no. 609), who is, equally with Pluke- net, cited by Gronovius and Linnaeus, and who calls the plant "Apocynum Marianum foliis angustissimis stellatis," adding "rtw? A. erect, non ramosum Eorismarini folio," etc. This latter synonym first appears in the list of plants at the end of Bay's Hist. Plant, (pp. 1926 (sphalm. " 1928")-1928), " e Cata- logo hue transmisso Anno 1680, quem composnit eruditissimus Vir et consummatissimus Botanicus D. Johannes Ba7iister Plantarum a seipso in Virginia observatarum." It stands sixth in his list of Apocyni, and is called ''Apoc. erect, non ram. Boris marini foliis umbellis florum candidis." In the collection of plants from Banister in Herb. Sloane xcii (fol. 16) is a specimen with a ticket by Plukenet, ''Apocyn. rect. Virg. Bosmarini fol. D. Banister. Linariae foliis potius" ; and in the same Herbarium (xxxvii. fol. 86) is a Maryland specimen from Krieg or Vernon, to which is appended in Bay's hand a note : "An Apocynu 6tum Banist. Cat." It may be worth while to note that we have also in Herb. Sloane other specimens : from Carolina, Catesby (ccxii. 30) ; Virginia, Mar- shall (clviii. 290) ; Maryland, Jones or Krieg (Ixxiv. 68) and Vernon (ccxlvi. 24). Marshall's specimen bears a note in his hand: — " This is y® Sneak Boot good to expell y^ bite of a Battle Sneak" ; it is identified by Petiver with no. 609 of his Museum. We have also a specimen and drawing in William Young's collection of Carolina plants (1767). 266 GRONOVIUS'S 'FLORA VIRGINICA.' In the Banksian herbarium we have, besides Clayton's Virginia specimen, one in fruit from John Bartram, with a note: "This plant I never observed but upon one hill a days journey beyond y^ blew mountains when I went to find y*" head of sculkill. This is y® state I found it in so I cant tell what flower it bears." Another Banksian specimen is indorsed " Cherrokee countrey, W. V. Turner, 1769. Indian name Chera Notse Younnoste — Pine leav'd plant." Banks had a large number of "Cherrokee" plants from Turner, nearly all of which bear the " Indian name." Miller grew the plant in Chelsea Garden (whence we have it) in 1760, and his herbarium contains specimens sent to him by Houstoun. I have cited these early collections because I do not think it is always sufficiently recognized that our National Herbarium affords a rich store of early American material, which the officials are always wilUug to render accessible, so far as comparison of specimens goes, to transatlantic workers. 2. Antennaria plantaginea Br. Mr. M. L. Fernald* writes: "Linnaeus, in the first edition of the Species Plantar am, founded the species Gnajyltalium plantagini- folium upon the 'White Plantain' of Plukenet's Almagestum Bo- tanicinn. The description by Linnaeus is characteristically short, and without his reference to Plukenet's figure it would be difficult to say just what plant he had in mind, though his note, ' Habitat in Virginia,' is at least a suggestion." Later on, Mr. Fernald says " The first evidence must be looked for in Plukenet's figure." A comparison of Linnaeus' s description with those cited by him from Gronovius and Plukenet makes it even more clear than in the case of the Asclepias that the Linnean plant is based upon Gronovius, and that the reference to Plukenet is merely the citation of a synonym. Here are the three as they stand in Species Plantar urn , 1. 850 :— " Gnaphalium caule simplicissimo, foliis radicalibus ovatis maximis, sarmentis procumbentibus. " Gnaphalium stolonibus reptatricibus longissimis, foliis ovatis, caule capitato. Groji. virg. 95. " Gnaphalium plantaginis folio, virginianum. Pink. aim. 171 t. 348/. 9." How, in the face of this citation from Flora Virginica, Mr. Fer- nald can say that "without his reference to Plukenet's figure, it would be difficult to say just what [Linnaeus] had in his mind," 1 cannot understand. Clayton's specimen, " stolonibus reptatrici- bus longissimis," is sufficient evidence as to what Linnaeus intended, and is far more in accord with his description than is Plukenet's phrase or figure. Although it is, I think, already clear that Linnaeus in these two instances, as in very numerous others, had Gronovius's descriptions in view, it must not be overlooked that he was also in frequent corre- spondence with Gronovius, and that he received from him specimens * Asa Gray Bulletin, v. 91 (Dec. 15, 1897). BIOGEAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 267 of Clayton's plants. Writing to Haller Oct. 8, 1737, he says : " Gronovius will, doubtless, soon publish the plants sent by Clayton from Virginia, unless he considers too long about the matter"; and on Jan. 23, 1738: "I wish [Gronovius] had not so long hesitated to publish his book. He is too timid."* Smith, writing of Gro- novius, says : " Gronovius received from Clayton various specimens of Virginian plants, which he, tdth the assistance of LimicBus, then resident in Holland, arranged according to the sexual system, and with proper specific characters, descriptions, and synonyms, pub- lished under the title of Flora Virginica " ; and again : " He was in frequent correspondence with Linn^us, whom he furnished with numerous si)edmens of American plants sent by Clayton."! Linnasus also acknowledges his indebtedness to Gronovius's Herbarium in the preface to the first edition of the Species Plantarum: it is more- over certain that in some instances at least he had before him the actual specimens from Clayton on which Gronovius based his descrip- tions— as in the case of Dulichos regidaris L. {Galactia glabella Wich.) which bears the Linnean name in Linnaeus 's own hand. James Britten. BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. By James Britten, F.L.S., and G. S. Boulger, F.L.S., F.G.S. First Supplement (1893-97). (Continued from p. 195.) Hind, Rev. William Marsden (1815-94) : b. near Belfast, 21 Feb. 1815; d. Walsham-le- Willows, Suffolk, 13 Sept. 1891; bur. Staplehill. B.A., Dublin, 1839. LL.D., 1870. Curate of Derriaghy, Co. Down, 1839. Perpet. Curate, Pinner, 1861. Rector of Honnington, Suffolk, 1875. Contrib. to Melvill's ' Flora of Harrow,' 1864 ; edited ed. 2, 1876. ' Flora of Suffolk,' 1889. British herbarium at Trin. Coll., Dubhn ; Suffolk her- barium at Ipswich Museum. Jacks. 253; R.S.C. iii. 358; vii, 984 ; Journ. Bot. 1894, 352. Hogg, Robert (1818-97) : b. Coldstream, 1818 ; d. Pimlico, 14 March, 1897. Horticulturist. F.L.S., 1861. LL.D. Editor of Cott. Gardener, afterwards Journal of Horticulture. ' Vegetable Kingdom,' 1858. Edited Miss Plues's ' Eatable Funguses ' (with G. W. Johnson), 1866, and Notcutt's 'Handbook of Brit. PI.,' ed. 2, 1871. 'Wild Flowers of Great Britain' (with G. W. Johnson), 1861-80. Pritz. 147 ; Jacks. 560 ; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1896-7, 57; Gard. Chron. 1897, i. 188 (portr.). Holland, Robert (1829-93) : b. Peckham, Surrey, 2 Aug. 1829 ; d. near Acton Grange, Cheshire, 16 July, 1893. Contrib. to * Correspondence of Linncsus, ii. 300, 314. t Bees, Cyclopcedia, xvii. 268 BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. Grindon's 'Manchester Flora,' 1859. * Dictionary of English Plant-names' (with J. Britten), 1878-86. Jacks. 10; Journ. Bot. 1893, 241; E.S.C. iii. 404; vii. 1006. Home, Sir Everard (1756-1832) : b. Hull, 6 May, 1756 ; d. Chel- sea Hospital, 31 Aug. 1832. Surgeon. P.R.S., 1785. Baronet, 1813. Went to Jamaica, N. Zealand, N. Caledonia, &c. Plants (N. Caledonia, &c.) at Brit. Mus. and Kew. Sent living plants to Kew. Correspondence at Kew. Diet. Nat. Biog. xxvii. 227. R.S.C. iii. 413. Portr. by Sir W. Beechey, engr. in his ' Lectures on Comp. Anatomy. Santalum Homei Seem. Hooper, James (d. 1830) ; d. at sea, Dec. 1830. Kew gardener. Botanic gardener under Abel on Lord Amherst's embassy to China, 1816-7. Hortulanus at Buitenzorg Bot. Garden, 1817-30. Kew Bulletin, 1893, 174. Hopkins, Esther, nee Burton (1815-97): b. 18 Nov. 1815; d. Chester, 27 May, 1897; bur. Bath. Contrib. to Top. Bot. Memb. Bot. Exch. Club. Discovered Fotamogeton decipiens in England. Bot. Exch. Club Eeport, 1866, 13 ; Journ. Bot. 1867, 71. Herbarium in possession of Dr. D. M. Atkinson, Royal Infirmary, Glasgow. Potamogeton Burtoyii Hopkins = P. decipiens Nolte. Houlton, Joseph (1788-1861): b. Saffron Walden, Essex, 29 Feb. 1788; d. London, 14 Jan. 1861. M.R.C.S. M.D., Erlangen. F.L.S., 1823. Surgeon to E. Norfolk militia till 1817. Prac- tised at Saffron Walden and (from 1823) in London. Prof. Bot. to Medico-botanical Society of London. Licensed Lecturer by Society of Apothecaries. 'Esculent qualities of the root-stock of Stachijs palustris,' 1828. Contrib. to Pharm. Journ. R.S.C. iii. 446; 'Medical Times and Gazette,' 1861, 565. How, Rev. William Walsham (1823-97) : b. Shrewsbury, Salop, 13 Dec. 1823 ; d. Leeuane, Connemara, 10 Aug. 1897 ; bur. Whittington, near Oswestry. B.A., Oxon, 1845; M.A., 1847; D.D., 1886. D.D., Lambeth, 1879. Bishop of Bedford, 1879; of Wakefield, 1888. A founder of the Oswestry and Welshpool Field Club, 1857. Pres. Yorksh. Nat. Union, 1890. Had a herbarium. ' Botany of Great Orme's Head,' in Proc. Oswestry and Welshpool Field Club, 1865. PI. list in Roberts's * Gos- siping Guide to Wales.' Naturalist, 1897, 299, with portr. ; Journ. Bot. 1897, 464. Hunter, Rev. Robert (1824 ?-97): d. Eppiug, Essex, 25 Feb. 1897. M.A., Aberdeen. LL.D. Missionary Free Church of Scotland in India. Collected in Bermuda, 1884. ' Bermuda Ferns,' Journ. Bot. 1887, 367. Plants in Herb. Mus. Brit. Journ. Bot. 1897, 158; R.S.C. iii. 476; x. 295. Hunter, Rev. Sylvester Joseph (1829-96) : b. Bath, 13 Sept. 1829 ; d. Stonyhurst College, Blackburn, 20 June, 1896. M.A., Cambridge. S.J. ' Conjugation in Spirogyra,' Journ. Bot. 1885, 185. Stonyhurst Magazine, July, 1896. Huxley, Thomas Henry (1825-95): b. EaUng, Middlesex, 4 May, 1825 ; d. Eastbourne, Sussex, 29 June, 1895 ; bur. Finchley Cemetery. Assistant- Surgeon, R.N., 1846, on H.M.S. 'Ratile- BIOGKAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 269 snake,' 1846-50. D.O.L., Oxen, 1885. F.R.S., 1851. Pres. R.S., 1883. F.L.S., 1858. Prof. Nat. Hist. Royal School of Mines, 1854-85. ' Gentians,' Joiirn. Linn. Soc. xxiv. 101-124 (1887). R.S.C. iii. 482; vii. 1045; x. 302; Proc. Royal Soc. 1895-6, xlvi., with portr. ; Journ. Bot. 1895, 312; 'Times,' 1 July, 1895 ; Alumn. Oxon. Portr. hy Collier at Royal Soc. Inchbald, Peter (1816-96) : b. Adwick Hall, Doncaster, 1816 ; cl. Hornsea, Yorkshire, 13 June, 1896. F.L.S., 1880. Knew British and S.European plants. ' Llandudno Botany,' 1864. Papers on Yorkshire plants in Phyt. iii. (1848-9). Proc. Linn. Soc. 1896-7, 58; Jacks. 255; R.S.C. iii. 493; viii. 3; x. 306. Jenner, Charles (1810-93) : b. Chatham, Kent, 1 Sept. 1810 ; d. Portobello, Edinburgh, 27 Oct. 1893. Draper in Edinburgh from 1830. F.B.S.E., 1851; President, 1867. Algologist. Had a bot. garden at Portobello. Discovered C^iicus Carolorum. Contrib. to Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed. vols, v.-ix. R.S.C. iii. 544; viii. 23; Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed. xx. 23 (with bibl.). Didymodo7i Jeyinerii Schimper. Jenyns. See Blomefield. Johnson, Charles Pierpoint (d. 1893) : d. Camberwell, Surrey, 6 March, 1893. Son of Charles Johnson. 'British Wild Flowers,' 1858-60; ed. 3, 1876. 'British Poisonous Plants,' ed. 2, 1862 (with Charles Johnson). * Useful Plants of Great Britain,' 1861-2; ed. 2, 1863. Pritz. 157; Jacks. 564; Journ. Bot. 1893, 128. Justen, Joseph (1836-65) : b. Bonn, 1836 ; d. London, 1865 ; bur. Highgate. Had collection of woods. ' Notes on Wood,' 1864. Kerr, James (fl. 1779). Surgeon. 'Account of tree producing the Terra Japonica.' Med. Obs. & Liquiries, v. 148 (1779). Kilburn, William (1745-1818) : b. Dublin, 1745; d. Workington, 23 Dec. 1818. Artist and calico-printer. Drew and engraved plates for 'Flora Londinensis.' Diet. Nat. Biogr. xxxi. 101. Indexes to Bot. Mag. (1828), p. ix. King, Thomas (1834-96): b. Lochwinnoch, Renfrew, 14 April, 1834; d. Fochabers, Elgin, 14 Sept. 1896; bur. Paisley Abbey. Mycologist. Prof. Bot. Anderson's Coll. Glasgow, 1889. Presi- dent N. H. Soc. Glasgow, 1893-6; of the Microscop. Soc. Glasgow, 1892-5. Collected at Valparaiso, 1864-73. Edited Hennedy's Clydesdale Flora. Journ. Bot. 1896, 487; Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. 1897, 1 ; Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, 1896-7, with portr. and bibliog. Alstroemeria Kingii Philippi, &c. Kirby, Mary. See Gregg. Kitton, Frederic (1827-95) : b. Cambridge, April, 1827 ; d. West Kensington, 22 July, 1895. Tobacconist. Diatomist and mi- croscopist. Hon. Memb.R.M.S. R.S.C. viii. 83; x. 407; Journ. Bot. 1895, 312 ; Journ. Quekett Micr. Club. Nov. 1895, 152. Knight, Joseph (1781 ?-1855) : b. near Hoghton, Gloucestershire, 270 BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 1781 ? ; d. Bitham House, Banbury, 27 July, 1855. Gardener to Hibbert, and, from about 1809, nurseryman at Chelsea. ' ProteEe,' 1809. ' Coniferous Plants,' 1850. Pritz. 166; Jacks. 141,408; Journ. Bot. 1886, 296; Trans. Hort. See. i. 262; Gillow, Diet. Catholic Biography, vol. iv. Koenig, Johann Gerhard (1728-85): b. Courland?, 1728?; d. Jagrenatx^orum, India, 26 June, 1728. Pupil of Linna3us. In Iceland, 1765, Linn. Mantissa Gen. PI. 13. In India from about 1768. Physician to the Danish settlement in Carnatic. Naturalist to the Nabob of Arcot. On the Madras establishment of the East India Co. in 1778. Bequeathed his plants and MSS. to Banks. Collected in Ceylon, Malacca, Siam. Pritz. 168 ; Roxburgh, Coromandel Plants, pref. ; Banks Corresp. iv. July 9, 1785. Krieg, David (fl. 1699-1703) : b. in Saxony. F.R.S. Physician. Collected in Maryland. Correspondent of Dale. Sent plants to Petiver, Mus. Pet. 45, 95. Plants in Herb. Sloane xxxvii, Ixxiv, xcii ; Pult. ii. 57 ; Ray Hist. PL iii. pref. p. iii. Lawson, George (1828 ?-95): b. Dundee, Scotland, 1828?; d. Halifax, Nova Scotia, 10 Nov. 1895. F.B.S.Edmb. Assistant to J. H. Balfour, 1848. Prof. Nat. Hist., Kingston, Canada, 1858. Prof. Chemistry, Halifax, Nova Scotia. ' Hist, of Water-lilies,' 1850. ' Synopsis of Canadian Ferns,' 1864. Pritz. 177; Jacks. 570; Journ. Bot. 1896, 48; R.S.C. iii. 895; viii. 177; X. 532; AtheucTum, 1895, ii. 722. Lawson, Marmaduke Alexander (1840-96) : b. Seaton Carew, Durham, 20 Jan. 1840; d. Madras, 14 Feb. 1896. M.A., Camb., 1864. F.L.S., 1869. Prof. Bot., Oxon, 1868-82. Director Bot. Dep., Ootacamund, 1882. Contrib. to 'Flora of Trop. Africa ' and ' Flora of British India.' Herb, of Oota- camund pi. at Madras. R.S.C. vii. 178; x. 532; Journ. Bot. 1896, 191, 239; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1895-6, 40; Kew Bull. 1896, 185 ; Druce, Fl. Berks, clxxvii. Leeds, Edward (1802-77) : b. Pendleton, 9 Sept. 1802 ; d. Bow- don, Cheshire, 1877 ; bur. Bowdon. Hybridized Narcissi. Gard. Chron. 1894, ii. 561, 625. Leipner, Adolph (1827-94): b. Dresden, 13 Aug. 1827; d. Chfton, Gloucestersh., 1 April, 1894. Settled at Chfton, 1854. Lecturer on Bot., Univ. Coll., Bristol. Formed bot. garden of the College. A founder of Bristol Naturalists' Society, 1862. ' Silica in Rubiace?e,' Journ. Microscop. Sci. v. (1857), 134. ' Mosses of Bristol,' Proc. Bristol Nat. Hist. Soc. iii. (1868), 21. R.S.S. iii. 944 ; viii. 198; Journ. Bot. 1894, 224. Leitch, John (1859?-1896): b. Monimail, Fife, 1859 ? ; d. Silloth, Cumberland, 22 Dec. 1896. M.B., Edinb., 1871. Had a her- barium; did not publish. Journ. Bot. 1897, 112. Levinge, Harry Corbyn (1831 ?-96) : b. 1831 ? ; d. Knockdrin Castle, Mullmgar, 11 March, 1896. Secretary Bengal Public Works Dept. Collected ferns in Sikkim, Kashmir, and Nil- ghiris. Discovered Ghara denudata in Ireland. Contrib. to JAMES WARD. 271 Irish Naturalist and Journ. Bot. ^ Neotinea intacta,' Journ. Bot. 1892, 194. Brit, herbarium bequeathed to Dublin Mus. Science and Art. Journ. Bot. 1896, 240; Nature, April 23, 1896 ; Irish Naturalist, 1896, 107. Adimitum Levingei Baker. Lloyd, James (1810-96): b. 1810; d. Nantes, May 10, 1896. ' Flore de I'Ouest de la France,' 1854 ; ed. 4, 1886. Comp. Bot. Mag. ii. 265 ; Pritz. 194; R.S.C. iv. 65, viii. 246; Journ. Bot. 1896, 328. Lobb, Thomas (d. 1894): b. Cornwall; d. Devoran, Cornwall, 30 April, 1894. Collector for Veitch in India and Malaysia from 1840. List of his plants (by Planchon) in Journ. Bot. 1847-8. Journ. Bot. 1894, 191; Gard. Chron. 1894, i. 636; Cott. Gard. xiii. 274. Lobbia Planch. Lomax, Alban Edward (1861-94) : b. 1861 ; d. Liverpool, 4 May, 1894. Pharmaceutical Chemist. Described Cerastlum carpetanum, Journ. Bot. 1893, 331. Herb, at Univ. Coll., Liverpool. Journ. Bot. 1894, 384. Lomax, Elizabeth Ann, nee Smithson (1810-95) : b. Ponte- fract, Yorksh., 22 Feb. 1810; d. Torquay, Devon, 16 March, 1895 ; m. Eobert Lomax, 1842. Memb. Bot. Exchange Club. Herbarium at Owens Coll., Manchester. Journ. Bot. 1895, 160. Lousley, Job (1790-1855) : b. Newbury, Berks, 20 Nov. 1790 ; d. Hampstead Norris, Berks, 8 July, 1855 ; bur. Hampstead Norris. Contrib. locaHties to Hewett's Hist, of Compton Hundred, and to Mrs. Anna Russell's Hist, of Newbury. Druce, Fl. Berks, clxviii. Lyall, David (1817-95) : b. Auchinblae, Kincardineshire, 1 June, 1817; d. Cheltenham, Gloucestershire, 2 March, 1895. M.D., Aberdeen. R.N., 1839. F.L.S., 1862. Assistant-surgeon and botanist on H.M.S. 'Terror' in Sir James Ross's Antarctic Voyage, 1839-42. Collected 1500 spp. Surgeon and naturahst on H.M.S. 'Acheron' in New Zealand, 1847. Discovered Ilanuncidus Lyallii. In Arctic Regions with Sir E. Belcher, 1852. On British Columbia Boundary Commission, 1858 ; collections described in Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. (1863), 124-147. R.S.O. iv. 137; Journ. Bot. 1895, 209. Lyallia Hook. f. (To be continued.) JAMES WARD. [The Stonyhurst Magazine for June contains a memoir of James Ward, of whom a short notice appeared in this Journal for July, 1873. As the memoir is not likely to come into the hands of our readers, we reprint such portions of it as relate to Ward's connection with British botany. Edward Forster may be added to the list given of Ward's correspondents (see E. Bot. Suppl. 2737). — Ed. Joukn. Bot.] James Ward was born at Wensley, in Yorkshire, on Christmas Day, 1802. He was the second of seven sons of Robert Ward, of Wensley, whose grandfather, Robert Ward, migrated from Inger- 272 JAMES WARD. thorpe, near Kipon, to Wensley about the year 1720, disposing of his estate in that district to Wilham Wilberforce, of Kiugston- upon-Hull, grandfather of the great philanthropist. There is not much to record of Mr. Ward's early life beyond the fact that he was educated at a school at Leyburn, a small town about two miles distant from Wensley, and one of the most pictur- esque spots in the Yorkshire "dales." At the age of fourteen he went to Richmond to live with his uncles John and Charles Ward, and to learn their business, which was that of chymists and oil merchants. As part of his work he had to study the medicinal virtues of plants ; he had also to help his uncles to cultivate a large garden. In 1821 his uncle, John Ward, started the Richmond Florist Society for the promotion of the cultivation of flowers and fruits. John Ward was a botanist, and had a large number of botanical books. In early life he had gone to London to study for the medical profession, but not caring for the surgical part of it had given it up. He now directed his nephew's studies and fostered his taste for plants, so that the young man commenced to scour the country in search of every kind and variety of plant. The hours of work in those days were very long, being from 7 a.m. until 8 p.m. This left very little time for leisure or for botanizing, and yet, "where there's a will there's a way," and the young botanist rose at four o'clock in the morning, spent three hours in the woods or on the moors, and was back at seven o'clock, ready to begin his daily duties. The work in his uncle's establishment was not of a light nature, for the communications with wholesale houses were not so quick as in these times, and most of their goods came by water from London to Stockton. They, however, manufactured a large number of things on their own premises, so that a distilling of various essences was always going on, besides the constant moving of oil barrels, for the oil department constituted the largest part of the business in the days before gas was introduced. When gas was introduced, Mr. John Ward was the first in Richmond to manu- facture it. Occasionally James would get a day's holiday which he would employ in botanizing, starting at dawn and wandering over the hills and dales for nearly fifty miles, collecting plants all the time, and returning home when he could no longer see. In 1824 James Ward compiled a list of plants growing in North Yorkshire ; the districts to which he chiefly devoted himself were the valleys of the Swale, Yore, and Tees. In 1825 he had collected 66G species. In 1827 he had 830 species; in 1831, 1027 species; in 1836, 1318 species; in 1844, 1454 species; in 1856, 1591 spe- cies ; in 1863, 1642 species ; in 1871 — his last entry— 1753 species. These refer to the British Herbarium alone, which he looked upon as the most valuable, and besides this he had his Exotic Her- barium, containing foreign as well as English plants. In 1833 Mr. Hewett Cottrell Watson published his New Botanist's Guide, containing Mr. Ward's catalogue of North Yorkshire plants. Until Mr. Ward's death in 1873 this veteran botanist corresponded with him as to plants, their varieties and habitats, and his catalogues JAMES WAED. 273 of plants were continually referred to as authorities for North York- shire in Mr. Watson's numerous works on the geographical and topographical distribution of plants. He had also a lifelong friend- ship with the Rev. J. E. Leefe, in connection with whom he published in 1842-3 two volumes of British dried Willows. Besides Willows, Mr. Ward devoted a good deal of attention to the groups of Roses and Hieracia. At first all his specimens were arranged according to the Linnean classification. Later he arranged them according to the natural orders, but his first and best collection, now at Stonyhurst, remains in the Linnean classification. The value of this herbarium is enhanced by the fact that many of its rarer specimens were supplied by the leading botanists of the period, and can therefore be depended upon as accurately named, according to the nomenclature recognized at that time. Mr. J. G. Baker was one of Mr. Ward's friends and correspondents. Amongst his other botanical correspondents may be mentioned Sir W. Hooker, Sir J. D. Hooker, Professors Henslow, Balfour, and Babiugton ; also Dr. Boswell Syme and Dr. Arnold Lees. On the 12th of May, 1886, Ward was chosen a Fellow of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, then but recently established. Li 1847 he became corresponding local secretary to the London Botanical Society. He had an immense number of duplicate specimens to exchange with private correspondents. He not only collected plants and ferns, but mosses, lichens, sea-weeds, confervse, fungi, etc. Later, when he seemed to have collected all the British plants that he could, he made collections of sea and fresh-water shells and minerals. In 1856 Ward withdrew entirely from business and gave himself up to the cultivation of rare plants and choice fruits in his garden. He was especially fond of saxifrages, alpine plants, and ferns. In 1863 Ward visited Ireland, traversing it from north to south, and east to west. In 1864 he paid a visit to Switzerland, during which he gathered sufficient plants to fill three large volumes. In January, 1865, the Richmond and North Riding Naturalists' Field Club was started ; Ward was one of the vice-presidents, and took the lead in the botanical department. He at once set to work to make a herbarium for the Club. In an incredibly short time he collected twelve large volumes of plants, numbering 2000 specimens, to remain for reference in the Club museum. He accompanied the Club on many botanical and geological rambles in the North Riding. He also joined the Tyneside Naturalists' Club. When he reached the age of sixty-seven he began to be greatly troubled with rheumatism. He tried various baths and remedies without any permanent benefit. The disease seemed to be too deeply rooted in the joints to yield to treatment. In search of a milder climate he migrated, in 1871, to Redcliffe House, Barton- upon-Irwell, near Manchester. After two years of gradually de- clining health, he died on the 6th March, 1873, in the seventy-first year of his age, and was buried in the cemetery at Chester. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [July, 1898.] 274 SHORT NOTES. Bibliographical Note on Cape Plants. — I see that Mr. Bolus {Orchids of Cape Peniimda, p. 95 (1888) ) speaks as if there were some doubt as to the authorship of certain papers on Cape Orchids which appeared in the Journal of Science and the Arts, 1818-20. It may be well to point out that the author has been clearly shown (in this Journal for 1884, pp. 145-6, and by Mr. J. J. Bennett (Preface to vol. ii. of Bot. Works of R. Brow^n, p. vi) ) to be John Bellenden Ker, as Mr. Bolus infers. In the same article I have noted that Reichenbach refers the drawing of Pterygodium catholicum (quoted by Mr. Bolus under that species) to P. cruciferum ; that of Satyrium bracteatiim is referred by Reichenbach doubtfully to S. striatum. I note with some surprise that Mr. Bolus [I. c. 90) says that Bowie's " collections do not appear to have been numerous or important." The National Herbarium makes it evident that they were numerous, and I think those who have worked at them recognize their importance. — James Britten. Euphrasia latifolia Pursh in Caithness. — I have found two small specimens of this plant among a gathering of E. foulaensis from low grassy cliffs between Thurso and Scrabster. It will pro- bably prove to be generally distributed over the north coast of Scotland. — Edward S. Marshall. DiANTHus deltoides IN BERKSHIRE. — In the "Additions and Corrections" to the Flora of Berkshire I inserted Dianthus deltoides for the Isis district, on the authority of Miss Niven, "near Cars- well." This record reached me through an indirect source, and I now find it refers to D. Anneria. Quite recently, however, I have seen a specimen of D. deltoides gathered just within Berkshire, near Wasing, on the Hampshire border. The plant was gathered by Mrs. Chorley, and I owe the information and inspection of the specimen to Miss Beales, who rediscovered Herminium in the county. — G. Claridge Druce. Bromus interruptus in Hants. — This interesting grass was found by me on May 30, occurring very sparingly near Winchester in a field sown with Lolium perenne, with which it was probably introduced. I only saw two plants, but did not have an opportunity of thoroughly examining this and adjoining fields, or I might have found further specimens. It was easily recognizable at a consider- able distance by the striking inflorescence. All doubt as to the plant's identity was set at rest by the presence of that peculiar distinguishing characteristic, viz. the split pale, and I may mention that Mr. Druce has seen a specimen. This grass has not, I believe, been previously noted for Hants, and its occurrence at Winchester considerably extends the range of this species. Bromus interruptus is now recorded for some half-dozen counties, and it seems likely that this number will be increased. — A. B. Jackson. Carex stricta in Hants. — During a short stay at Winchester in May last, I collected an interesting sedge from a ditch in a water EECENT LITERATUEE ON ALG^E. 275 meadow bordering the Twyford road. It had a tussocky growth, and I felt much inchned to refer it to the above-mentioned species. Subsequently I gathered specimens with a similar facies in the Winnal meadows. Through the kindness of the Rev. E. S. Mar- shall I was able to submit plants from both localities to Herr Pfarrer Kiikenthal, of Coburg, who says that all the material I sent him belongs to C. stricta Good. This is a new county record for the sedge, and its discovery in Hants is especially gratifying, bearing in mind the fact that in Mr. Townsend's Flora it is included among the list of remarkable absences. — A. B. Jackson. New Pembroke Records. — During a few days' stay at Tenby I gathered the following plants not previously recorded for Pem- broke:— Sacjlna Reuteri Boiss. Gravel walks. — Trifolium striatum L. Growing with T. scahrum on railway. — Orchis latifolia L. Penally. — O. latifolia X maculata. Penally. — Koeleria cristataTers. Between Tenby and Penally. — Richard F. Towndrow. LoNicERA Caprifolium IN Perthsmre. — Durlug a recent visit to Glen Farg, I found Lonicera Caprifolium L. in great abundance and in very fine flower. If we are to judge by the recent Flora of Perthshire, this is new to the county. — A. Craig Christie. Galium Vaillantii DC. in Oxon and Dorset. — The Rev. E. S. Marshall has drawn my attention to a Galium, we gathered together a few years back near Hamworthy Junction, Dorset, and on exami- nation I see it is G. Vaillantii, as he suggested. This discovery led me to study again a plant I gathered near Oxford (Woodstock Road) in 1870, and named G. Vaillantii, but my mentor at that period called it G. Aparine, and it lay unthought of in my herbarium for many years under that name. It is, however, G. Vaillantii, and I think the species has not been reported for either county. — Edward F. Linton. BicHENo's Herbarium. — James Ebenezer Bicheno's herbarium is now in the Swansea Museum. My friend the Rev. H. T. Rid- delsdell has kindly copied the Berkshire localities for me. The specimens were collected between 1810 and 1830. The plants from Surrey include — Mentha rubra, Woking (I have not seen the speci- men) ; Hypochceris glabra and Arnoseris pusilla, from Weybridge ; Alopecurusfulvus, Whitmoor Pond, near Guildford ; Digitaria humi- fusa, Setaria viridis, S. ylauca (1842), Festuca Mijurus (1843), all from Weybridge. There are probably others. — G. Claridoe Druce. [Mr. Druce, in his Flora of Berkshire (pp. clii-clvi), gives an interesting sketch of Bicheno's work. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] NOTICES OF BOOKS. Recent Literature on Alg^e. In the Annals of Botany, March, 1898, Mr. A. H. Church pub^ lishes a paper on "The Polymorphy of Cutleria multifida Giby." He refers to the researches of Crouan, Reinke, and Falkenberg, and u 2 276 RECENT LITEBATURE ON ALGxE. their experiments in the germination of the oospheres, confirming the results obtained by Prof. Falkenberg on the development of the Aglnozo7iia-thdAliis. It is an interesting point that Prof. Falkenberg's experiments of germination were made on fertilized oospheres, while Mr. Church's plants were the result of parthenogenesis. In each case a plant of the Aglaozonia-ty^e was developed, showing the so- called " foot- embryo." From experiments in the germination of the spores of Aylaozonia, Mr. Church shows that these may give rise to a " protonematoid stage of Cutleria, which, on impoverishment and exposure in a sunny window in summer, became precociously antheridial" ; or the Aglaozonia-iovm may again be developed. Attention is drawn to the fact that " polymorphy originates only in the embryonic history, leading to the formation of the embryo, designated the ' foot-embryo ' and the ' protonematoid embryo ' respectively " ; and the author suggests that the cause of this polymorphy may possibly be found in the influence of environment. He then treats of the relation to temperature of Cutleria and Aglaozonia and their consequent geographical distribution. Finally, it is shown that if external conditions are not favourable for the fertilization of the oospheres of Cutleria, the plant is reproduced by parthenogenesis ; and the advance of Cutleria into northern waters is accompanied by a diminution of the antheridia. The paper con- cludes with speculations on the phylogeny of Cutleria, in which com- parisons are drawn between it and Ectocarpus and the TilopteridecB. In Berichte d. deutsch. hot. Gesellschaft, Jahrg. 16, Heft 3, Ap. 27, 1898, Dr. Kuckuck gives a short prehminary notice '' On the copulation of swarmspores in Scytosiphon." He describes shortly his experiments with H. lomentarius, and figures different stages' of the process. This takes place, however, in comparatively few cases, by far the greater number of spores coming to rest without copulation. Dr. Kuckuck promises further details shortly in Beitr. z, Kenntn, d. Meeresalgen. Mr. Herman G. Simmons pubHshes a second number of his Algologiska Notiser in Botaniska Notiser, 1898, Hft. 3. This is entitled " Einige Algenfunde bei Drobak," and forms an addition of twenty algc^ to those already recorded from the Christiania- fiord by Prof. Gran. Among them is a specimen of Phyllit is fascia Kiitz., which resembles in certain points P. zoster ifolia, and appears to unite the two species. Mr. Simmons, however, wisely refrains fi'om making it a new species, and leaves the record under P. fascia. A new JSlonostroma — M. tenue — is described and figured. It most nearly resembles M. Lactuca, from which it is distinguished "by its smallness, the form of the thallus, and the cell-structure." The first distinction can hardly be considered a good one, especially as no fruiting specimen has apparently been found, and the differ- ences of the cell-structure might also be difficult to recognize. Flora^ Bd. 85, Heft ii. Ap. 23, 1898, contains a long and important communication by Mr. Mitzkewitsch " On Cell-division FOSSIL PLANTS FOR STUDENTS OF BOTANY AND GEOLOGY. 277 in Spirogyra.'' It embodies the result of nearly four years' investi- gation, and the author here collects together and amplifies the various short papers on the subject, published by him at intervals during this period. ^^^^ g^ B^^^^^_ Fossil Plants for Students of Botany and Geoloqij. By A. C. Seward, M.A., F.G.S., &c. With [111] illustrations. Vol. I. Cam- bridge : at the University Press. 1898. 8vo, pp. xviii, 152. Price 12s. The author has undertaken a serious task, which the volume before us shows him to have carried out so far with a remarkable degree of success. The work is not a Fossil Flora on the lines of Schimper's Traite, now nearly thirty years old. It is rather modelled on Schimper and Schenk's PalcBophytology and Count Solms-Laubach's Fossil Botany. Mr. Seward presents his subject from the point of view of a botanist. He brings before the student the principal plant forms which have been detected in the earth's strata, and, after narrating the characters of the existing groups to which they belong or are related, he exhibits, often at considerable length, the points of affinity or of difference in the structure and organization of the recent and the fossil plants. The years that have elapsed since the works we have referred to were published have been years of activity in Palaeo-botany, and Mr. Seward, having utilized the published material, as well as included the results of his own researches, has brought his work up to date. In adding some critical remarks, it is not with the view of depreciating the value of Mr. Seward's work, but in the hope that a worker who is likely to add greatly to our knowledge of fossil plants may be induced to lay aside some secondary matters that affect the full value of his work. His language is often somewhat diffuse, and presents repetitions more suited to the lecture-hall than the study. The author cannot fail to rectify this in his second volume if he compresses the remaining groups into less than five hundred pages. Schimper and Schenk require a volume of over nine hundred pages for their exposition of fossil botany, and of these less than one hundred pages are occupied with the plants described by Mr. Seward in his first volume. The author should give definite grounds for differing from previous authors whose names and views he sets aside. It is not sufficient, for example, in transferring a plant to the "non-com- mittal term Muscites,'' which Schimper, as distinguished in Bryology as in Palasontology, had placed in Sphagnum, to say " the evidence is hardly strong enough to justify a generic designation which implies identity with a particular recent genus." The use of "non- committal" genera is a favourite device of the author, but where there are reasonable grounds justifying a definite determination it is a retrograde step to remove it, without reasons stated, to a more vague designation. On the other hand, the use of a " committal term" which does not include all the forms known to belong to that committal is very misleading. Schimper supplanted Brougniart's 278 TEXT-BOOK OF BOTANY. name of Aster ophylUtes by the new generic designation Calamocladns. All the species he included under the new name were species of Aster ophylUtes : his purpose was to show that they were the branch- lets and foliage of Calamites. Annularla was retained as a separate genus of aquatic plants whose leaves floated on the surface of the water. Our knowledge of Annularla has somewhat advanced since Schimper's time. As Mr. Seward says, we now know that the vegeta- tive branches possess the same type of structure as Calamites, and that the strobih are of the Calamostachys type. Nevertheless AiDiularia is retained as a distinct genus from Calamocladns. Only confusion can come from such treatment of genera. But this is a necessary outcome of the author's view of nomenclature. He holds that in determining the name of a genus or species each student must choose for himself what course to follow in each case. It is therefore sufficient to decide which name shall be adopted that it appears to be "convenient," " more euphonious," or "non-com- mittal." Endless confusion must follow such a practice. This it is the object of a right system of nomenclature to avoid. Botanists everywhere accept the Latin binominal introduced by Linnseus. In Russia or Japan, in Germany or England, the same double name is applied to the same species. This can be secured only by following some accepted system of nomenclature. Such a method has been formulated, and has been adopted by all systematic botanists, save a few cranks whose superior wisdom or profound ignorance leads them in other lines. We urgently commend the DeCandollean code to the consideration of Mr. Seward, with the conviction that it will give greater clearness to the presentment of his own views, and an easier apprehension of them by others. W. C. A Text-book of Bota^iy. By Drs. E. Stkasburger, F. Noll, H. ScHENCK, & A. F. W. ScmMPER. Translated from the German by H. C. Porter, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. 632, with 594 illustrations in part coloured. Macmillans: London & New York. 1898. Price IBs. net. Messrs. Macmillan have been well advised to publish an English translation of a text-book of botany the usefulness of which in its original German form is shown by the fact that it has in less than four years reached a third edition. The most striking difference between the original and the translation is in the price, that of the former being 7.5 marks, that of the latter 18s., a remarkable difference which cannot be entirely accounted for by the plain green cloth covers which in the English form replace the paper ones of the German. The paper and printing of the original are quite equal to that of the translation, and the figures distinctly superior. Messrs. Macmillan presumably best know their own business, but we, in our ignorance, would have thought a book at two-thirds the price would have been a better commercial speculation, and from the students' point of view an indubitable advantage. Many, however, of those who can afford to pay the price will be glad to have the opportunity of reading in their mother tongue a text-book of botany which is in TEXT-BOOK OF BOTANY. 279 some respects unique. Morphology, physiology or the principles of classification, are each one man's work, and the subdivision of labour on these lines is the most important characteristic of the book. The name of Strasburger is a household word among botanical students ; in the opinion of many, what was left undone by Sachs was done by Strasburger, and his name on the title-page will be a great attraction. He is responsible for the section on morphology, which is the best introduction to this branch of the science, or to botany as a whole, which could be put before an advanced student. The account, for instance, of the leaf (pp. 28, 29) is remarkably concise and free from technical terms, but never- theless conveys just the right idea of what a leaf really is. The stelar hypothesis is lucidly explained and at sufficient length relative to its importance, but no mention is made of the polystely which has been found to exist in roots of certain palms. The references to phylogeuy and ontogeny and the concluding paragraph on structural deviations, with the salutary warning against accepting malformations as evidence in morphology, are of interest, and help to vivify the oftentimes dry facts of form-study. Dr. Noll's contribution, the section on Physiology, comes next, and is a very fair general account of the life-processes in plants and the relation between the individual and its inorganic environment. It leans rather to the biological than the chemical side, the latter being weak. The equation on page 200, which describes assimi- lation as the union of carbon dioxide and water to form starch with oxygen as a by-product, conveys an idea which is now known to be incorrect. The importance of sugars as a stage in assimilation is scarcely suggested till we come to the next stage, where it figures as a precursor of the proteids. The ascent of water in trees might have been treated at greater length, and in connection therewith is one of those mistakes which seem to be unavoidable : on p. 188 it is stated that "the sap of a Begonia ascends 60-100 metres"; the original reads Wellingtonia. Another instance occurs a little further on (p. 214): the "gall- wasp of the figure" refers to the Fig (Ficus), not a diagram. The portion on Special Botany is the work of Dr. Schenck, who deals with Cryptogams, and Prof. Schimper, who does the Seed- plants. In view of their importance in phylogeny, and the facilities for their study, more space might have been given to the vascular cryptogams and we should have welcomed a wider reference to extinct forms, and the condition of the group in past ages. Prof. Schimper supplies an account of the principal families of seed- plants, which is clear and well arranged on the usual lines. It is based on Eichler's system, which approaches more nearly to a natural arrangement than the one generally adopted in English text-books. A chapter on plant-geography would have been a useful addition, and we should have been glad to see more about the distribution of plants in space in the accounts of the individual famihes. As in the original, some poisonous species are honoured with coloured figures. The selection is somewhat arbitrary, and the pictures are not by any means a success. APR 280 migula's charace^. Rahenhorsfs Kryptogamen- Flora von DeutscJiland, Oesterreich wid der ScJmeiz. Second ed. Vol. v. The Characeae, by Dr. W. MiGULA. Large 8vo. Illustrated by woodcuts. In twelve numbers. Leipzig, 1890-7. Price 28 marks 80 pf. Synopsis Charaeeariim Europccarum. By the same Author. Large 8vo, 176 pages. Woodcuts. Leipzig, 1898. Price 8 marks. The first of these books is the most voluminous work on the CharacecB which has yet appeared, consisting of 778 pages, with 149 illustrations. The earlier portion is devoted to an account of the morphology, position, and distribution of the CharacecB, with a rather indiscriminate and not very accurate bibliography. The remainder consists of an extremely elaborate description of the Characem of Europe, with figures of nearly all the species and many of the varieties. To give some idea of the extent and minuteness of the work, it may be mentioned that Chara fcctida alone occupies fifty-five pages and has seventy named forms or varieties, C. aspera and C. frag His following with forty and thirty- seven varieties respectively, while C. crinita, C. ceratophyUa, C. intermedia, and C. contraria each rejoice in more than twenty ! In a monograph it is certainly desirable to indicate the extent and directions of the variation in each species, and to characterize the well-marked varieties ; but we do not think any useful end is served, especially in dealing with a group of aquatic plants, the vegetative parts of which are subject to great variation, by describing minutely every form of which the author has seen a specimen. In the present work a large number of the varieties are recorded from single localities, and it is fair to suppose in these cases that the de- scriptions are often drawn up from single specimens. The effect of this redundancy of varieties is to make the book needlessly cum- brous, and one cannot help feeling that an immense amount of energy and labour has been expended with but little practical result. The arrangement followed by Dr. Migula is that in Braun's Fragments, except that the anomalous LycJmothamnus stelliger Braun, which has had so many vicissitudes as regards name and position, is made to constitute a new genus — Tolypellopsis Migula {Chara sect. Tolypellopsis Leonh.); and C. rudis, C. horrida, C. crassicaulis, and C. delicatida, which Braun regarded as subspecies, are here treated as full species. In nomenclature also Dr. Migula has closely followed Braun, repeating his eccentricities. For instance, he retains the name C. coronata with the unsatisfactory citation *'C. coronata Ziz. ined. (nach Braun circa annum 1814)" so as to antedate the unimpeachable name C. Braunii Gmelin (1826). Again, C. contraria is cited as of "A. Braun in Schweizer Char. (1847)," actually followed a little lower down by a quotation of " Kiitzing Phyc. german. (1845)." We might multiply instances of this kind, but these will suffice to show how all rules of nomen- clature are set at naught. In the table of distribution of the Characem in Europe we notice that Great Britain is not credited with C. coronata, C. ceratophylla, C. contraria, or C. intermedia. The illustrations are, with one exception, original, and, though ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO THE ROYAL GARDENS, KEW. 281 some of them are somewhat crude and inartistic, they give a very good idea of the plants. Several of the species, especially as regards the magnified parts, are much more fully illustrated than in any previous book. Lamyrothamnus Hausenii is, we believe, figured for the first time. Altogether the book is a valuable addition to (7Art/-a-literature, and will be of great use to those working specially at the order. The Synopsis Characearum EuwpcBarum is an abridgment of the foregoing work, and is much more convenient and get-at-able, con- taining almost all the illustrations of the larger book, with the letterpress much condensed. The specific descriptions; though considerably shorter, will still, we think, be found sufficient for all practical purposes. The descriptions of the multitudinous varieties are in most cases reduced to a few lines. H & T Tr Illustrated Guide to the Royal Gardens, Kew. Edited by Mrs. S. GoLDNEY. London : Dawbarn & Ward [no date] . Price Is. net. We do not know whether a remark we made (p. 35) in noticing what is practically an earlier issue of this little book suggested its appearance in its present form ; but in any case it to some extent remedies the manifest inconvenience caused by the long-continued absence of any official Guide to Kew Gardens. The "poetry" con- tributed by Mrs. Goldney to the former work is here replaced by undoubted prose, written, it would seem from the use of the male pronoun, by some man who desires to remain anonymous, and edited, as we are told, by Mrs. Goldney. The information contained in the Guide is so '' miscellaneous " that it might be worth while for the Kew authorities to include it in the " additional series" of the Bulletin. We learn that ''plants are sent [to Museum No. 17] from all parts of the world, for the pur- pose of being identified and placed in their proper class " ; but as in the Herbarium "names are assigned to the dried plants which arrive from foreign countries," it would seem that an economy of labour might be effected by a union of these two establishments. A window in the Museum traces "the career of the Cotton Plant, from the period of sowing until it reaches the goal of its ambition — the covering of the human frame." Ambition, though a well- known characteristic of the Snark, seems to us new in the cotton plant. " On the second floor we find Sir Joseph Banks, who col- lected rare plants from all parts of the world, and enriched the Kew Museums (!) and Houses with them, notably the Fuchsia and Hy- drangea. Near his bust we find a picture of Captain Cook. Sir Joseph Banks sailed with him to the Pacific, as Botanist, and the two friends largely added to Mr. Alton's Catalogue of Plants." If the Guide has derived the advantage of Mrs. Goldney's editing, the work as it left the writer's hands must have been curious reading. The title-page tells us that the Guide is "illustrated from photographs taken expressly for this work"; but they are the same as appeared in the other work. Any way they are well worth the shilling demanded for the book. 282 MANUAL OF AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. AIDE-MEMOIRE BOTANIQUE. A Manual of Agricultural Botany. From the German of Dr. A. B. Frank, Professor in the Royal Agricultural College, Berlin. Translated by John W. Paterson, Ph.D., &c., Lecturer in Agricultural Chemistry at the Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College, Glasgow. Edinburgh and London : W. Blackwood and Sons. 8vo, pp. x, 199. Price 3s. 6d. 1898. That Professor Frank could write a good book for agricultural students no one doubted. His extensive knowledge, his ample opportunities, his position as a teacher, and his remarkable collec- tions of cultivated plants, in health and disease, fitted him for such a work. That he has produced a Manual of Agricultural Botany is a great gain in this important aspect of applied science. And that it has been carefully and clearly translated, and issued, fully illustrated, at a low imce, must be a boon to students in this country and America. The Manual consists of a systematic portion occupying the first half of the volume, in which the characters of the principal groups are well presented; while the Orders that possess more importance to the agriculturist are more fully treated. The remainder of the volume is devoted to anatomy and physiology, these subjects being treated concurrently, greatly to the interest and the instruction of the student. Everywhere a keen eye is kept by Prof. Frank on those points which are of practical importance to the grower of crops of any kind. If farmers would master the volume — and it would repay them though months were given to the task — they would have a deeper and more intelligent interest in their daily work. A few pages are devoted to the diseases of plants. ^y^ q Aide-memoire de Botanique gSnerale, anatomie et physiologie vegetales. Par le Professeur Henri Girard. 1 vol in-18 de 358 pages, avec 77 figures, cartonne. Paris : BaiUiere et fils. Price 3 fr. 1897. This little book is the ninth of a series of ten natural history manuals compiled by Professor Girard with the object of enabling candidates for examination in the natural sciences to review in a very short time the various questions which might be put before them. The author has included, with the utmost brevity com- patible with the omission of nothing, the subjects of the most recent syllabuses. In plain English, he has produced a series of cram-books, which will doubtless have a large sale, and be as com- mercially profitable to the author and publisher as they will be morally and scientifically injurious to the examinee. Revision of work is necessary on the eve of an examination, but it should be a revision of notes taken by the student himself, supplemented by his drawings of apparatus or the preparations he has made in his practical work. Such a review will bring back by a natural process much of what he has learnt far better than by grinding through the pages of a book hke the one before us, embellished with a few indifferent figures. We trust that no one will translate it into English. ^^ ^^ ^ 283 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS^ Annals of Botany (June). — D. S. Johnson, ' Development of leaf and sporocarp in Marsilia quadrifolia' (3 pi.). — J. Parkin, 'Histology of Monocotyledons' (1 pi.). — P. Magnus, ' ^Ecidium graveolens' (1 pi.). — E. H. Biffen, ' Coagulation of Latex.' — E. W. Phillips, ' Development of cystocarp in Ehodymeniales : II. Delesseriacece ' (2 pL). — W. C. Worsdell, ' Vascular structure of sporophylls of CijcadacecB' (2 pi.). — C. Eeid, ' Geological history of British Flora.' — W. H. Lang, ' Apogamy and development of sporangia on fern- prothalli.' — A. J. Maslen, ' The ligule in Lepidostrohus.' Bot. Centralblatt (Nos. 24-26). — B. Lioforss, ' Ueber einige Inhaltskorper bei Potamogeton prcBlongus.' — (Nos. 24, 25). F. W. E. Eoth, 'Hieronymus Bock, genannt Tragus (1498-1554).'— (No. 26). H. 0. Juel, ' Parthenogenesis bei Antenyiaria alpina.' Bot. Gazette (16 May). — C. MacMillan, * Orientation of the plant egg and its ecological significance.' — W. E. Smith, ' Life-history of PontederiacecB ' (2 pi.). — C. D. Beadle, 'Botany of South-eastern States.' Bot. Notiser (23 May). — L. Gr. Laurell, ' Anmarkningsvardare fanerogamer och karlkryptogamer inom Sorunda pastoratsomrade af Sodertorn uti Sodermanland.' — M. Heeg, ' Ueber einige Arten der Gattung Riccia.' — H. G. Simmons, 'Einige Algenfunde bei Drobak.' — 0. Nordstedt, ' Nagra ord om Nymph^eaceernas utbredniug i Skandinavien samt om preparering af Nymph^a-blommor for herbariet.' — S. Berggren, ' Om Rhynchospora alba och nagra audra svenska Cyperaceers morfologi ' (1 pL). — Id., ' Det uppsvallda internodiet hos Molinia coerulea.' — 0. J. Lindberg, ' Studier ofver skaudinaviska fanerogamer ' [Glyceria, three new species ; Poa Blytti, sp. n. ; Phippsia ; Atriplices). Bot. Zeitung (16 May). — W. Benecke, ' Ueber Oulturbeding- ungen einiger Algen.' Bull, de VHerh. Boissier (June). — G. Gaillard, ' Eoses du Jura.' — P. Culmann, ' Flore bryologique Suisse.' — E. Chodat, 'Les algues perforantes d'eau douce'; 'Les galets sculptes du rivage des lacs jurassiques ' (2 pi.) ; ' Les algues littorales du lac Leman.' — 0. de Candolle, ' Piperaceae Sodiroanse.' — J. Briquet, ' Les hydathodes foliaires des Scolopia.' — A. Pestalozzi, 'Die Gattung Boscia Lam.' Bull. Soc. Bot. France (xliv: Session extraordinaire a Barce- lonnette, 1897). — L. Legre, 'La Botanique en Provence au xvi siecle ; Mathias de Lobel et Pierre Pena.' — L. Lutz, ' Gomme de Canna ' ; A. Lombard-Dumas, ' Bernardin Martin' (1813-1897); G. Barratte, ' Napoleon Doumet-Adanson ' (1834-1897). * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not ahvays be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. 284 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. Bull. Torrey Cliih (8 June). — G. V. Nash, * The genus Sijntlier- isma [Digitaria] in N. America.' — E. 0. Wooton, 'New plants from New Mexico.' — W. W. Eowlee & M. W. Doherty, ' Histology of embryo of Indian Corn' (1 pi.). — J. K. Small, ' N. American plants.' — C. H. Peck, ' New Fungi.'— B. D. Halstecl, * Mycological Notes.' — L. Kadlkofer, ' New Sajmidacece.^ — A. A. Eaton, Spartina ccespitosa, Eriopliorum pauci7iervium, spp. nn. — E. J. Hill, ' Vitis Labrusca.' Gardeners' Chronicle (4 June). — ' Papery-spined Opuntias' (fig. 129).— W. B. Hemsley, ' Sydenham Teaste Edwards.' — (11 June). Senecio Hcmburicmiis Dinter, sp. n. — Tagetes lacera (fig. 135). — Aceras Bolleana Siehe & Hausskn., sp. n. (fig. 138). — (18 June). R. A. Rolfe, ' Nepenthes ventricosa' (fig. 143). Journal de Botanique (16 April). — J. Nadeaud, ' Les Composees arborescentes de Tahiti.' — Pi. Chodat & A. M. Boubier, ' Sur la plasmolyse et la membrane plasmique.' Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (June). — T. Wulff, ' Studien liber ver- stopfte Spaltoffnungen ' (1 pi.). — F. Buchenau, ^Luzula camjjestris und verwandte Arten.' — E. Woloszczak, ' Salices hybrid^e.' — J. Freyn, * Zur Flora von Ober-Steiermark.' — V. v. Cypers, * Zur Flora des Eiesengebirges.' BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc, At a public meeting of friends of Sir George King, K.O.I.E., F.R.S., and Dr. D. D. Cunningham, C.I.E., F.R.S., held on April 5, in the rooms of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, it was resolved to commemorate the scientific labours and official careers of these gentlemen in India by a permanent memorial in the form of medallion portraits of both, to be placed in the Zoological Gardens, with replicas of these portraits in the Asiatic Society's rooms, and, should the funds admit, of a similar portrait of Sir George King in the Eoyal Botanic Garden. J. O'B. Saunders, Esq., 9, Hare Street, Calcutta, has undertaken to act as Honorary Treasurer. One of the more recent contributors to North American sys- tematic botany, Mr. Aven Nelson, has ingeniously introduced a new mode of citing an author's name. In the Botanical Gazette (March & April) he abbreviates his own name as '* Aven N." Mr. Nelson does not even boast a hyphen in partial justification of this method : so that, were it not for the restraining influence of British common sense, we might at any time find " Botting H." or " Claridge D." as the authority for a species. Mr. Nelson, how- ever, is not restricted to one mode of citation, for in the May Torreij Bidletin he appends "A. Nelson " to his species. " Of making of books there is no end." The Bidletin of Miscel- laneous Information has started an "Additional Series," the first BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 285 number of which contains the ''Report on the Economic Resources of the West Indies," by Dr. Morris, which was appended to the report of the West India Commission issued last year. It is edited by Dr. Dyer, who says that "the opportunity has been taken to carefully revise it." There is room, however, for further revision — e. g. we note that Macfadyen's name is always misspelt. The "additional series" follows in the wake of its predecessor in the matter of dates: the Stationery Office date is "11/97"; the title and cover bear "1898"; the preface is dated "January, 1898"; and the book actually appeared in May. Prof. Archevalata publishes in the Anales del Museo nacional de Montevideo (vol. ii. part 8) the first instalment of a Flora Urii- guaya. It is descriptive, and contains the families Ranunculacem to part of CrucifercB. Cultivated plants, such as Mathiola incana and Cheiranthus Cheiri, are included. Prof. Archevalata follows Dr. Kunze in adopting the name Clematitis in place of Clematis, but with this exception the nomenclature presents no remarkable features. The work is written in Spanish throughout, and is expected to extend to two volumes, each of about 600 or 700 pages. No new species are described so far. At the Anniversary Meeting of the Linnean Society on May 24th, a special gold medal was presented to Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker on the occasion of the completion of The Flora of British India, in recog- nition of the eminent services rendered by him to science during sixty years of unremitting labour. In acknowledging the presentation, Sir Joseph thanked the President of the Society, Dr. Giinther, for having coupled his father's name with his own in making the award, and added : — " I inherited from him my love of knowledge for its own sake, but this would have availed me little were it not for the guiding hand of one who had himself attained scientific eminence ; who, by example, precept and encouragement, kept me to the paths which I should follow ; launched me in the fields of exploration and re- search, liberally aided me during his lifetime, and paved for me the way to the position he so long held at Kew with so great credit to himself, and benefit especially to our Indian and Colonial possessions." The gold medal of the Society was awarded to Surgeon-Major George Charles Wallace, M.D., in recognition of his researches into the problems connected with bathybial and pelagic life. At a meeting of the Linnean Society on June 2nd, Mr. E. S. Salmon read a paper entitled "A Revision of the Genus Sym- hlepharis.'" This genus of Mosses, he said, as founded by Montagne in 1839, had proved too narrow, through the limits imposed by certain peristome characters, and he was of opinion that Mitten's later emended description should be accepted. Montagne had founded the genus for the Mexican 8. helicophylla, and to this species Mr. Salmon would refer the Indian moss 8. himalayanwn Mitten (Didymodon vaginatum Hook.), as well as 8. Chrismari C. Miill. and 8, asiatica Besch,, which were found not to possess 286 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. the characters by which they had been separated from S. helico- lihylla Mont. 6'. microcarpa 0. Miill. he considered to be a variety of S. helicophylla Mont., and two new varieties of that species were described — vars. tenuis and macrospora — the latter remarkable for its large spores, 35-45 /x. In the course of his remarks on other species of the genus, Mr. Salmon observed that S.fragilis Mitt, is peculiar in the bistratose structure of the leaf, and S. socotrana Mitt, (doubtfully included in the genus in the absence of fruit), in the papillose cells. S. circinata Besch. and 8. usambarica Broth, he would exclude from the genus, and pointed out that the former species, from Grande Comoro and La Reunion, comprises two distinct mosses. Mr. C. B. Clarke gave a summary of a paper " On the Subdivision of Biological Areas in India," and in the course of his remarks mentioned some interesting facts in con- nection with plant distribution in the Indo-Oriental Eegion. Dr. Stapf, in commenting on the paper, expressed the opinion that the limits of the subdivisions proposed were natural, and might well be accepted by botanists. Mr. a. Somerville sends us a nicely printed sheet from which may be seen at a glance the Comity and Vice-County Divisions of the British Isles (for biological purposes), in accordance with Topo- graphical Botany for England and Scotland, an I for Ireland with Mr. Praeger's divisions as published in this Journal for February, 1896. Mr. Somerville adds some useful notes on the divisions. Copies may be had post-free in millboard tube from A. 0. Burns, 383, Sauchiehall Street, Glasgow, for 4d. Mr. J. B. Carruthers has issued an interesting and important preliminary report on the Cocoa disease, which, at the invitation of the Planters' Association, he has been studying in Ceylon. This report gives the results of his observations on diseased trees, and of his culture and inoculation experiments : although their life- history is not yet fully worked out, he has thrown considerable light on the nature of the fungi causing the Cocoa disease. There seem to be two distinct vegetable parasites which attack the Cocoa plant. One is a fungus which attacks the pods and plays immense havoc, for by its means alone nearly fifty per cent, of the crop is destroyed or reduced very much in value : Mr. Carruthers has succeeded in cultivating this fungus and in discovering its repro- ductive bodies, proving by this means that it belongs to the group typified by the well-known Potato disease. Successful inoculation with this fungus was made from one pod to another. The other fungus attacks the stems, producing canker : in this also repro- ductive bodies (spores) were discovered, and successful inoculation experiments made. As one would expect, moisture is most essential for the growth of both these fungi, as is shown by the fact that to obtain successful inoculation results in dry weather artificial moisture must be supplied ; this suggests that, as far as the canker is con- cerned, shading should be reduced as much as possible. Although this report is only preliminary, Mr. Carruthers shows clearly that the first step has been made towards combatting the Cocoa disease ; BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 287 with a full and complete knowledge of the life-history of the parasites producing the diseased condition, its prevention and cure will, it is hoped, be an easy matter. The Ceyloii Observer of May 24 speaks in very complimentary terms of Mr. Carruthers's work. We are glad to note that the examiners in botany at the London University have recommended Mr. A. B. Reudle for the degree of Doctor of Science. Mr. E. D. Marquand publishes in the Transactions of the Guernsey Society of Natural Science for 1897 an enumeration of " The Fungi of Guernsey." The list contains 456 species, two of which — Clito- pilus sarnicus and Verticilliwn Marquandii — are new to science. These are named by Mr. Massee, to whom "every specimen" in the list has been submitted : unfortunately only the names of these two novelties are published, without any diagnosis. A WORK will shortly be published by Messrs. Chapman & Hall entitled Medical Works of the Fourteenth Century. It consists of transcripts of four MSS. — three in the British Museum and one in the possession of the editor, the Rev. Professor Henslow. These MSS. are apparently miscellaneous collections of prescriptions, including charms, etc., and illustrate the crude ideas of medicine and surgery in the middle ages. The composition of drugs is often remarkable for the number of plants used — from twenty to fifty being not uncommonly employed in the same remedy. Mr. Henslow has received help from Prof. Skeat, who has contributed notes to the work. The "March" number of the Kew Bulletin (published in May) contains a list (by Mr. J. M. Wood) of plants and fruits used by natives of the Ubombo district of Zululand as food during times of scarcity. The new number (the sixth) of the Journal of the Kew Guild has a pleasant portrait of Prof. Daniel Oliver, accompanied by a short biographical sketch by Mr. Hemsley. Messrs. Oolman have issued an advertisement card containing small coloured figures of nearly a hundred British plants. Although some of the figures — e. g. that of lucerne — are far from accurate, the plants as a whole are fairly recognizable, and teachers in ele- mentary schools might do worse than obtain a copy, though by so doing they will of course be advertising the various wares of the proprietors. But it is fair to add that, as things go, the advertise- ment is unobtrusive. Mr. George Allen has issued a pretty little book of plant-gossip under the title of Flower Favourites, by Lizzie Deas (sm. 8vo, pp. 229, price 3s. 6d. net). The author deals with the "legends, symbolism, and significance" of flowers, in the manner familiar to readers and compilers of this kind of book. She quotes as authentic Forster's spurious antique whicli figures in every popular work dealing with flower-lore, and "old legends," whose age is at least doubtful. Nor is her botany beyond reproach; e.g. she speaks of the "red- blossomed sweet-scented clematis fiammula" (p. 145). The author 288 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. seems to have hopelessly cod fused lucerne and saintfoin ; with regard to the latter name she quotes a ridiculous passage from Mr. Hilderic Friend — "who the saint intended, or what the reason for ascribing divine honours (!) to the plant, does not appear": the "early Christian tradition" which Miss Deas cites in connection with Onobrychis is, we believe, of extremely modern growth, as are far too many of the stories in this and other books like it, for which an imaginary antiquity is claimed. The popular rhyme on the daffodil is turned into nonsense by an alteration which speaks of " a yellow petticoat and a red gown"; and the derivations are often absurd, and show want of acquaintance both with plant and legend, as when " bloody man's fingers" is referred to the berries of Arum. There are ridiculous misprints — e.g. "the name myrtle signifies sweet i^uce " (p. 199). The book, in fact, is a worthy companion to the Eev. T. F. Thiselton Dyer's Folk-lore of Plants, noticed in this Journal for 1889 (p. 122) ; but Miss Deas has not 'cribbed' in so barefaced a manner as her reverend predecessor. Dr. Saint-Lager sends us his Notice sur Alexis Jordan (1814- 1897), of which, should our space allow, we hope to give an abstract later. An excellent portrait accompanies the memoir. Dr. G. Beauvisage has lately published (Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon, xxii.) a notice, accompanied by a portrait, of the Eev. Xavier Montrouzier, Marist missionary, who died at Saint Louis, Nomnea, New Caledonia, on May 16, 1897, at the age of seventy-six. Mon- trouzier botanized in Australia in 1845 and 1852 ; in 1857 he collected in the Island of Art, New Caledonia, and published a paper on his collections in the Memoirs of the Lyons Academie des Sciences. Pancher named in his honour the genus Montrouziera. JoHAN Martin Christian Lange, whose name is familiar to all European botanists in connection with the Flora Danica and the Frodromus FlorcB Hispanicm, died on the 3rd of April, at the age of eighty. We have received, too late for notice in this number, the first instalment of Messrs. Fryer and Morgan's important monograph of The Fotamogetons of the British Isles. This includes twelve admn'able quarto plates and twenty-four pages of letterpress, and costs 15s. uncoloured, 21s. coloured, net. Messrs. Lovell Reeve & Co. are the publishers. We are glad to learn that the printing of the third and con- cluding volume of Dr. Britten's Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States has been completed, and that it will be published immediately. A Flora of Co. Donegal, by Mr. H. C. Hart, is announced for immediate publication by Messrs. Sealy, of Dublin. We learn from a correspondent that Dr. Francis Bossey, whom we placed (p. 145) in our supplemental list of deceased botanists, is still alive, and about ninety years old. Jo-urn. Bot. # .^# 0 E -Morgan del etiith. \i D ,/■> 4 %4 Tat. 388 ■ m # J r A West, Nrtrman imp A..PsedTiotncl:iia tenella Hi&rro. B. BotrvchiuTn Tnatricarisefoliuir. A Br C. B. lance olat-uiXL Anjgstr. fa/ter NeMmxaxv.^ 289 TWO NEW GENERA OF COMPOSITE. By W. p. Hiern, M.A., F.L.S. (Plates 388 a, 389.) The plants here dealt with form part of Welwitsch's African collection ; they were obtained in Benguella in 1859-60. The determinations are taken from the forthcoming part of the Wel- witsch Catalogue, which to this extent is thus anticipated, so as to secure early publication and to take advantage of the accompani- ments of the plates here afforded. The material at hand for the former of the two genera is some- what fragmentary, and very small in bulk ; indeed, though the plant does not exceed 4 in. in length, the specimens do not give any adequate idea of the plant as a whole ; fortunately, Welwitsch's notes enable some account to be given of the plant as it appeared to him, including the colour of the florets, and complete heads of flowers were preserved for examination ; thus all the characters essential for the establishment of the genus have been ascertained. The material for the other genus is ample, and the difficulty with it is to assign it to its tribe in the order ; on this point Welwitsch noted as follows : — Habit of Cineraria, but the style and opposite leaves keep it out from this genus and from Senecio ; the elongated style-branches and the opposite leaves, also the large long flower- rays, somewhat correspond with Arnica, a genus, however, which belongs to the northern hemisphere, though A. tahularis Thunb. [Alciope tahularis DC.) more or less agrees, except for the alternate leaves and the absence of the rows of the remarkable oil-glands from the achenes of the latter ; the style-branches are nearly those of the tribes Vernoniacece or EupatoriacecB, and in this respect it may be remembered that DeCandolle and Endlicher placed Alciope in Eu- jMtoriacecB, that Lessing placed it in Seneciojiidece, and Harvey in AsteroidecB; Adenogonum fluctuates between Asteroidea and Seneci- onidecB. Psednotrichia, gen. nov. Capitula homogama, discoidea, multiflora ; floribus omnibus hermaphroditis, fertilibus, tubulosis. Involucrum cum alabastris subglobosum, cum floribus vel fructibus campanulato-hemisph^ri- cum ; bracteis subuniserialibus, sub^qualibus, siccis, margine an- guste membranaceis ; receptaculo nudo, hemisphterico, demum foveolato-areolato. Corolla regularis, semi- vel brevi-quinquefida. Antherse inclusEe vel vix cum corollse lobis sequatae, apice in appendi- cibus lanceolatis brevibus productse, basi obtusaB ecaudatse integrge. Styli rami breves, recti vel leviter curvi, compressiusculi, non attenuati, obtusissimi, cum appendiculo deltoideo-lanceolato vel lanceolato-subulato deciduo mucronulati, in corollas tubo plus minus inclusi, longiores vel cum androecio ^quati. Ach^nium oblongum vel obovoideo-oblongum, parum compressiusculum, costis vel angulis 5 longitudinalibus atque glandulorum breviorum pallidorum plus minus deciduorum in intervallis positis seriebus. Pappus Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [Aug. 1898.] x 290 TWO NEW GENEUA OF COMPOSITE. uniserialis, setosus, citissime caducus; setis pluribus, sub^quali- bus, ovario longioribiis, rectis vel sa^pe flexis, albidis, argute setu- losis, setulis erecto- patentibus. Herba annua subglabra pumila ; cauliculis abbreviatis ; foliis radicalibus, filiformibus, liuearibus, erectis ; scapis digitalibus, aggregatis, tenuibus ; capitulis croceis. P. tenella, sp. unica. Herba fragilis, 3-4-pollicaris ; scapis bracteatis, divisis, glabratis; bracteis lanceolatis, parvulis, sessilibus amplectentibus, interdum teruatis ; capitulis circiter 30-floris, 8~i poll- tliam. ; involucri bracteis s?epius 8, lauceolato-oblongis, ^-^ poll, longis, apice acuminatis, parallele pauci-nervosis, glabri- usculis, dorso minute glandulosis ; floribus ^ poll, vel paulum longioribus ; corolla ^^ poll. long£e tubo subtus angustato, super (interdum abrupte) dilatato, lobis lanceolatis oblongisve, apicibus incrassatis exceptis tenuibus ; acb^enio -J^ poll, longo fuscescente, recto vel curvo, apice in annulo tenui subangulato cartilagineo termiuante ; receptaculo fructifero J^ poll. diam. Habitat in distr. Huilla, ad Humpata in pascuis ; cum fl. et fr., Aprili 1860; legit Fr. Welwitsch, Coll. Carp. 690. This belongs to the tribe Asteroidem, subtribe HomocJiromecB. There are two kinds of flower, slightly differing, one with a less deeply divided corolla than in the other, and with the longer kind of androecium accompanied by the shorter kind of style. The generic name is derived from ^i^voq, rubbed of, and 6pi|, Tpi%o$, hair, with reference to the very early shedding of the pappus. Adenogonum Welw. MS. in herb., gen.nov. Capitula heterogama longe radiata homochroma multiflora ; floribus ligulatis exterioribus uniserialibus fcemineis fertilibus, ligulis conspicuis apice tridentatis ; floribus tubulosis interioribus pluriserialibus hermaphroditis fertilibus pentameris. Involucrum subhemisphaericum ; bracteis pluriserialibus, imbricatis, in^equalibus, demum patentibus vel reflexis, interioribus sublinearibus, acutis, siccis, rigidis, margine scariosis, quam exteriores gradatim angusti- ores minus rigidaB longioribus. Eeceptaculum nudum demum planiusculo-convexum. Auther£e incluScTB, apice in appendicibus lanceolatis productse, basi obtuse ecaudatse ; filamentis prope apicem glandula ceracea aurantiaca auctis. Styli exserti rami elongati, anguste subclavato-incrassati, dense puberuli, arcuato- incurvi, apice obtusi minute apiculati ; styli basi (nectario) bulbosa. Ach^enium obovoideum, compressiusculum, pilosum, secus margines mediamque faciem vel medias facies longitudinaliter costatum ; costis glandorum majusculorum oleosorum serie utrinsecus intra margines et secus medium tuberculatis. Pappus pauciserialis, setosus, persistens ; setis rectis, rigidulis, interioribus subrobustis scabridis ina^quilongis pallide stramineis, exterioribus brevibus srepe parum evolutis pallidioribus planioribus tenuioribus margine subciliatis. Herba rigida ; foHis oppositis vel rarius superioribus alternis, ovatis, dentatis ; capitulis terminalibus subterminalibusque, pedun- culatis, mediocribus ; floribus IsBtissime flavis. BOTRYCHIUM MATRICARI^FOLIUM AND B. LANCEOLATUM. 291 A. decumbens Welw. MS. in herb., sp. unica. Herba ut videtur annua, glabriuscula, nitidula, eximie decorans, habitu CineraricB ; canlibus a basi ramosissimis, decumbentibus, demim ramulisque ascendentibus, teretibus, rigidis, subgracilibus. Miosis, basi fere lignosis ; foliis ovato-cordiformibus, firme membranaceis, in vivo lucido-viridibus, f-1 poll, longis, i-f poll, latis, dentatis, dentibus ovato-deltoideis acutis ; petiolo f-f poll, longo, basi subamplexicauli non vel anguste decurrente, patulo ; capitulis circa f poll, diam., sub-30-floris, pedunculo nudo, i-3 poll, longo suffultis ; involucri bracteis interioribus ^-f poll, longis margine ciliolatis vel minute fimbriatis, extimis parvis mox recurvis ; ligulis subscarioso-per- sistentibus, i poll, longis, ^ poll, latis, subcymbiformibus ; florum discoideorum coroJla J poll, longii, tubo pilosulo, lobis ovato- deltoideis reflexis; antheris i poll, longis; stylo h poU. longo, ramis ^-i poll, longis; achgenio |-i poll, longo; pappo f-J poll, longo ; receptaculo i poll, diam., fructifero punctis elevatis notato. Habitat in distr. Mossamedes, non frequens ad rupes gneissicas juxta ripas superiores fluminis Bero ; cum fl. et fr., Julio 1859; legit Fr. Welwitsch, No. 3999. This plant does not fully accord with any of the recognized tribes of Compositce ; I regard it as an aberrant Senecionidea, and amongst African genera place it next before Gongrothamnus. Wel- witsch, doubtless, derived the name of his genus from u^ijv, a gland, and ywna, an angle, in allusion to the rows of conspicuous oil- glands on or along the ribs of the achenes. Explanation of Plate 388 a. — Psednotrichia tenella. Fig. 1. Capitulum. 2. Corolla. 3. Anclroecium, with the upper part of the style. 4. Ditto, the anther-tube laid open. 5. Two stamens, separated from the others. 6. Upper part of the style. 7. Fruiting receptacle. 8. Two seta3 of the pappus. 9. Kipe achene.— Fig. 1 is slightly enlarged ; the others are more considerably enlarged. Explanation of Plate 389. — Adenogomtm decumbens. Fig. 1. Leaf. 2. Eay- floret. 3. Disk-floret. 1. Two stamens, detached from the rest. 5. Style of a disk-floret.— The principal fig. and 1 are natural size ; the others are more or less enlarged. BOTRYCHIUM MATRICAEI^FOLIUM A. Br.- AND B. LANCEOLATUM Angst. IN BRITAIN. By William Whitwell, F.L.S. (Plate 388 b & c.) Some months ago there was given to me by my friend Dr. Ornano St. Brody, with the name Botrychium riitaceum Swartz as his own identification, a specimen from Ayrshire which has the interest of being the only known British example of the species. It was collected by Dr. St. Brody on the sandy sea- shore of * In view of the uncertainty attaching to B. rutaceum Sw., I follow A. Braun and Luerssen in employing the name B. matricariafolium. X 2 292 EOTEYCHIUM MATRICARI^FOLIUM AND B. LANCEOLATUM. Stevensfcon, Ayrshire, in July, 1887. He was then residing, as tutor, with a Glasgow family who occupied a marine villa at that place. Several other specimens were obtained at the same time. The death of his pupil caused a hurried return to Glasgow, and Dr. St. Brody's own return to London ; and in the confusion the plants were mislaid — the present specimen, however, was un- expectedly found last autumn, inside an old catalogue. Proof of these statements is afforded by recent correspondence (in my possession) between Dr. St. Brody and the lady of the house, recalling the incident of the discovery of the fern. Dr. St. Brody says that he mentioned his "find" subsequently to several gentle- men, but, owing to his loss of the corroborative specimens, the subject was not followed up. The plant is unquestionably BotnjcJimm matrlcaricBfoUum A. Br. It agrees perfectly with the figure of a continental specimen (as rutaceum) given by Newman in the Phytolo/jist (v. 133), and in his History of British Ferns (ed. 3, p. 322). I have compared it with the Brit. Mus. and Kew Botrychiums, and its identification is fully accepted by Mr. J. G. Baker. The bibliographical history of the species is curious. Swartz first clearly distinguished it as a species in 1800, in Schrader's Journal (ii. 110), and included it as such in his Synopsis Filicum, p. 171 (1806) ; and subsequent botanists identified Ray's Lunaria minor foliis dissectis therewith. The first edition of Ray's Synopsis, p. 129 (1690), described three forms of Moonwort, Lunaria, of which this was the third ; and the remark is made that Lawson supposes it to be a variety, not a distinct species. It is, according to Dillenius (R. Syn. ed. 3, p. 129), the same as Plukenet's Lunaria hotrytis vmior pinnulis laciniatis, "of our northern parts" [Almagest. p. 228, 1696). Ray himself {Synopsis, ed. 1 & 2) appears to cite prior authorities, Gerard, Parkinson, I. Bauhin, and C. Bauhin, only for his first form — the ordinary moonwort — and seems to have been the earliest British botanist to separate scientifically the three forms. He gives Westmoreland as the locality of the Lunaria minor foliis dissectis, Dillenius adds Doody's opinion that this is a distinct species, and says : " Mr. Doody received it from Sir Th. Willughby, but hath since seen it several times gathered by our Herb-women." From the time of Ray (1690) up to Withering's ed. 7 (1830), the plant, as variety or species, was acknowledged in British floras. It appeared in Hill's Flora Britannica (1760), in Hudson's Flora Anqlica (1762 & 1778), and in Withering's successive editions (1776-1830). Linnaeus, in Species Flantarmi, ed. 1, p. 1064 (1753), described a var. y of Osmunda Lunaria, with a reference to Breynius (Cent. 183, fig. 93). The same figure is cited in vol. iii. (p. 982) of Withering's ed. 7 (edited by his son) as "var. 3. Leaves cloven into segments," evidently as equivalent to L. minor foliis dissectis. So also is a variety mentioned by ]3olton, L'ilices Britannia, p. 5 (1785), but this, from Bolton's reference to a figure in Gerard, is clearly meant for Ray's second form, L. min. ramosa. Bolton does not allude to BOTRYCHIUM MATRICARI^FOLIUM AND B. LANCEOLATUM. 293 that we are considering. In English Botany, ed. 1, v. 318 (1796), J. E. Smith recognized only B. Luiiaria, with a note that its leaves were rarely bipinnate. But in his Flora Britannica, iii. 1107 (1800-1804), Smith accepts the third form of Ray as his own var. y. Then came (1801 and 1806) the definition of Botnjchiuni rutaceum by Swartz, and his inclusion thereunder of Linn^eus's vars. p and y, without, however, naming Eay or any English authority. Smith's English Flora, iv. 328 (1828), under Botrychium Lu- naria, makes a var. 5 of Eay's third plant, and gives Swartz's and Willdenow's B. rutaceum as the same. The author adds a note : "5 has pinnatifid leaflets and a more spreading habit," and goes on to say: "All these varieties, and perhaps others, are found oc- casionally intermixed here and there with the plant in its proper or common form ; but never, so far as I could learn, so numerously distinct as to have the appearance of a different species." We now come to a period of neglect, dating from the issue of Hooker's British Flora, ed. 1, in 1830. In this Botrychium Lunar ia Sw., without distribution of varieties, is alone given. But the remark is made (p. 451) that forms are found with more than one frond upon a stalk, and with the pinnules laciniated or even pin- natifid. Through all the editions of Hooker to the 5th (1842), and also in Hooker & Arnott (= Hooker, ed. 6, 1850), the exclusion is continued. In English Bota^iy, ed. 2, the species or variety is still unnamed, but the new editor (Chas. Johnson) gives (viii. 28) a fuller recog- nition of the range of departure from the type of B. Lunaria. In 1844 the London Catalogue was first published. Its first four editions (to 1853) recognize only B. Lunaria Sw. Babington's Manual, eds. 1 (1843) to 3 (1851), gives B. Lunaria Sw. without hint of varieties or of another species. In Newman, however, we find an exception to the current dis- regard of the plant. His History of British Feryis was published in 1840, and it quotes (p. 102) the three varieties of B. Lunaria as given in Smith's English Flora. In the second edition, p. 347 (1844), he identifies the L. min. foliis dissectis of Eay with B. ru- taceum of Swartz, though without actually admitting the latter as a species. Then he describes three specimens obtained by Mr. Cruickshanks in August, 1839, at the Sands of Barry, near Dundee, and reproduces a drawing of one of these made by their discoverer. He did not see the originals. At this time — as his ed. 3 shows — Mr. Newman was not yet acquainted with the continental B. rutaceu7n, and he does not at present commit himself to any identification of the Barry plant. Moore's Handbook of British Ferns appeared in 1848. In this (p. 150) B. rutaceum Sw. is made var. fi pinnatifida of B. Lunaria, and the Cruickshanks plant becomes var. y linearis. But in its second edition (1853) no varieties are given, nor any other species than Lunaria (p. 215), and no reference is made to the specimens from Barry. Wood's Tourist's Flora (1850) does not recognize B. rutaceum as 294 BOTRYCHIUM MATKICARI/EFOLIUM AND B. LANCEOLATUM. British, though describing it (p. 426) as continental under the name B. matricarifolium . In 1854 Mr. Newman returned to the subject in a long article in the Phi/tolor/ist (v. pp. 129-134). He now figures B. rutaceum^ from a German specimen sent him by Prof. Al. Braun, and un- hesitatingly treats the Cruickshanks plant as a monstrosity thereof. He writes: — "It would seem .... that paucity of individuals was the only inducing cause with Sir J. E. Smith for rejecting B. rutaceum. as a British plant ; but still he retained it as a variety. The learned authors of the 6th ed. of the British Flora, and the very careful author of the Manual, go a step further : they ignore the existence of such a plant." This challenge called up Professor Babington, who in a letter to Mr. Newman, as President of the Phytologist Club {Phyt. vol. v. pp. 175-6), referred to the article as follows: — "I am in effect blamed for taking no notice of B. rutaceum as a British plant. The fact is, that I had never either seen or heard of a native specimen until the appearance of that number (of the Phytologist) ; and Messrs. Hooker and Arnott seem to be in the same position. Smith's remark led me to believe that it was only some accidental variation that was intended by him In the present state of the question I shall not venture to give any opinion." Later in the year, ed. 3 of Newman's Ferns was issued, con- taining both the Phytologist drawing of B. rutaceum and the Cruick- shanks figure from ed. 2, and specific value was allowed (pp. 320- 323). Babington's Manual, ed. 4, also came out in 1854, with (p. 429) B. rutaceum Sw. doubtfully admitted. Newman's protest in its favour had been partially effectual. Moore's Ferns of Great Britain and Ireland, nature-printed, folio, was published 1855-6, edited by Lindley. It gives (letter- press to pi. 51a) var. rutaceum. "The plant referred to rutaceum has been gathered on the sands of Barry." Further on: "It is reported to have been found near Buxton in Derbyshire Though the B. rutaceum is by no means an unlikely plant to occur in Great Britain, the fact of its occurrence must, as yet, be regarded as doubtful." In 1856 Dr. J. H. Kinahan read a paper before the Dublin Natural History Society {Proceedings, vol. i. pp. 25-28) on the varieties of B. Lnnaria. After describing his var. cristatum, he suggests that this form may be " Doody's old plant recorded by Bay. I am inclined to think it is, though a most competent judge on the matter, Edward Newman, has referred this plant of Doody's to the sipecies rutaceum. Swartz . . . ." After discussing the points of Eay's description. Dr. Kinahan repeats that it in his judgment " more closely agrees with B. Lunaria var. cristatum. Kin. than with B. rutaceum.''' He goes on to say : " Again, the plant seems to have occurred amongst the ordinary form, but sufficiently rarely to call for comments, all rather pointing to a variety than to an undoubted species, which, if it had occurred so frequently as Eay's plant appears to have done, ought to have fallen since then under the notice of some of our botanists, and Smith, from his notice, does BOTRYCHIUM MATRICARIA FOLIUM AND B. LANCEOLATUM. 295 not appear to me to have met the plant, as, had he met only the perfect form of this variety, it is too remarkable to have been passed over without description ; and had he met the intermediate forms, he would certainly have mentioned so strong a proof as they would have afforded of the specific identity of the two forms. I know that these latter objections may also be urged against var. cristatum; but still that Eay actually saw or knew of Doody's plant is unmistakable, and it seems more likely to have been merely a variety of plant known to exist in England in quantity, than a plant of whose occurrence we have no proof, if we except Mr. Cruickshanks' specimen of monstrous growth from Dundee, and these are too much deformed to enable us to form an opinion with any degree of certainty. These arguments are not for one moment to be supposed to be directed against the existence of B, rutaceum as a species, but merely to prove that Doody's plants and these now exhibited [^. e. var. cristatum Kin.] were probably the same." The London Catalogue, ed. 5 (1857), mentions the species for the first time, but only among excluded plants — evidently as " not distinctly ascertained in Britain." Hooker & Arnott's ed. 8, p. 596 (1860), accepts it, but with the reservation — " We have not ourselves seen British specimens It is probable that Smith was correct in referring it to B. Lunaria, none of the varieties he mentions being ' so 7iumeroushj distinct as to have the appearance of a different species': an observation that applies well to this one, only three specimens having been found on the Sands of Barrie, and none elsewhere since the days of Ray." In Hooker's Stiidenfs Flora, p. 469 (1870), the plant is placed under B. Lunaria Sw. as "var. rutaceum: Sands of Barry." Moore's Octavo Nature-jjrinted British Ferns appeared in 1860. It includes (ii. 324-333) rutaceum as a var. of B. Lunaria, equivalent to Smith's var. 5, Swartz's rutaceum in part, Willdenow's riitaceum, and A. Braun's matricaricEfolium; with an admission that it "is perhaps entitled to specific rank." .... "We have not seen a native specimen, but that from Dundee figured by Mr. Newman tolerably well agrees with the European jB. rjiirtc^ziw." .... "Dr. Milde, who has paid much attention to the species of this genus, identifies it with B. rutaceum of Willdenow . . . excluding in part the rutaceum of Swartz. Dr. Milde's own illustrations of B. lanceo- latum are most nearly accordant with the figure of the Dundee plant, which should probably bear the name of var. lanceohtum instead of rutaceum, hitherto applied to it." Under var. 2, tripartituyn (= var. cristatum Kin.), Mr. Moore says that Dr. Kinahan " suggests the possibility of this, instead of rutaceum, being the Lunaria minor foliis dissectis of Ray, but we should rather identify our next variety with Ray's plant." That next variety is 3. incisum, Milde. Dr. Boswell, in English Bota^nj, ed. 3, vol. xii. pp. 27-29 (1877), approves of Moore's views with regard to both Ray's and Cruick- shanks' plants. He places rutaceum Sw. under "excluded," though saying that Smith's var. § is probably that form. B. lanceolatum is also ranked as excluded, with a similar reservation. " I do not 296 BOTRYCHIUM MATRICARI^FOLIUM AND B. LANCEOLATUM. think there can be any doubt that Mr. Newman's figure here referred to represents B. lanceolatum and not B. rutaceum Unfortunately no further information can be obtained about the plant from the Sands of Barry, nor can any of Mr. Cruickshanks' three specimens be traced to their present owners, so far as I can discover. No one else has found it there, still B. lanceolatum. seems to have a better claim to be included in the British lists than B. rutaceum.'' Another change of treatment was thus induced. In the Student's Flora, ed. 3, p. 521 (1884), the distinct recognition of rutaceum of ed. 1 was suppressed, and only the reference sub- stituted— "A form .... found on the Sands of Barry, has been doubtfully referred to B. rutaceum Sw." Mr. Britten (European Ferns, p. 187 (1881-2)) says of the plant, adopting the specific name matricaria folium A. Br.: "Has been reported as a British plant, but its occurrence requires confirmation." The next issue of the London Catalogue (ed. 8, 1886) contains incisum. Milde for the first time, as a var. of B. Lunaria Sw., and B. lanceolatiun Angst, is introduced (as a species) with a ?. Then, in ed. 9 (1895), the latest, lanceolatum is omitted. Babington, however, retained var. rutaceum (Sw.) to his last edition (8, p. 464 : 1881), and withdrew all indications of doubt respecting it. His references are to Newman, Ferns, ed. 3, and Milde, Fil. Europ. 195. Upon the question whether Cruickshanks' drawing in Newman represents, as that author supposed, an aberrant form of B. rutaceum Sw., or, in accordance with Moore's and Boswell's opinion, true B. lanceolatum Angstrom, I may observe that on carefully comparing the figure with the Kew and Brit. Mus. specimens under both names, I am convinced that the latter view is correct. There is a plant at Kew, evidently one of the best in the lanceolatum series, which might easily be supposed the original of the Cruickshanks drawing. Then the reinstallation of B. rutaceum on the strength of the Barry plant becomes erroneous. What of its inclusion on the faith of the identity of Bay's third form with the Swartzian species ? I have not been able as yet to examine this problem to my satisfaction. There is a specimen of Ray's in the Brit. Mus., but that is only the common form of Moonwort. In Sir J. E. Smith's collection there is nothing of which the same may not be said. It is not known that any British representative of Piay's form, Smith's variety, or the Swartz species is anywhere preserved. The Barry specimens have themselves dis- appeared : indeed, they do not appear to have been seen by anyone except their discoverer. Then, if Moore's and Boswell's view is correct, that the old descriptions represent nothing more than the var. incisum of Milde, the present specimen is left in sole but unquestionable possession of the field, as witness to the presence of B. matricaricefolium in Britain. It will be placed in the British collection in the National Herbarium. I submit that good grounds have now been shown for the inclusion, henceforth, of matricarm/olium and lanceolatum in our smith's geokgian plants. 297 British lists, either as two species (" neither have I any doubt that B. Liniaria, rutaceum, and lanceolatum are three distinct species" : Boswell in Eng. Bot.) ; or as one species {matricanqfolmm) and a var. lanceolatum according to Hooker & Baker's Synopsis Filicum, a view which Mr. Baker strongly reasserts. To the British localities named in the course of this paper may be added — to complete the list of those which I have met with — from Turner & Dillwyn's Botanist's Guide, ii. 720 (1805), for var. y of Smith's Flora Britamiica, " Side of the lake at Hornsea " (Hornsea Mere, Yorkshire), " on the authority of Mr. Teesdale." Unfortunately, Dr. St. Brody is unable to revisit Stevenston in further search for the B. matncarimfolium ; but he recollects the precise spot where he obtained his specimens, and will be glad to communicate with any botanist who proposes to investigate the district. Explanation of Plate 388b &c. — b. BotrycMum matricaricefoUum A. By.-. the Stevenston plant, c. B. lanceolatum Angst. : the Sands of Barry plant (after Newman). SMITH'S GEORGIAN PLANTS. By James Britten, F.L.S. A NOTE on a specimen in the Banksian Herbarium called my attention to the descriptions of certain new species in The Natural History of the rarer Lepidopteroiis hisects of Georgia (London, 1797 ; 2 vols. fol. pp. XV. 214, tt. civ), "collected from the observations of Mr. John Abbot, many years resident in that country, by James Edward Smith, M.D., F.R.S." From Smith's preface (which, like the text throughout, is printed both in English and in French), we learn that the excellent figures of insects and plants were drawn by Abbot, but that " the systematic names and definitions " were supplied by Smith : it may be worth while to quote the passage in which the division of labour is recorded : — '' The materials of the following work have been collected on the spot by a faithful observer, Mr. John Abbot, many years resi- dent in Georgia, who, after having previously studied the meta- morphoses of English insects, pursued his enquiries among those of Georgia and the neighbouring parts of North America. The result of his observations he has delineated in a style of beauty and accuracy which can scarcely be excelled, and has accompanied his figures with an account, as well as a representation of the plants on which each insect chiefly feeds, together with many circum- stances of its manners, times of the different metamorphoses, and other interesting particulars. For all such facts recorded in these pages the public are entirely obliged to Mr. Abbot. His memo- randums, not methodized by himself for pubhcation, have merely been digested into some sort of style and order by the editor, who has generally added remarks of his own, in a separate paragraph and different type from the rest ; and who has entirely to answer 298 smith's GEORGIAN PLANTS. for the systematic names and definitions ; that department having been left altogether unattempted by Mr. Abbot." Although the few species of plants here first published have not been altogether overlooked, they have been variously quoted and often at secondhand from the abstract published by Roemer in 1801 (Archiv ii. 400-4). As the types are for the most part in the J3anksian Herbarium, I have looked these up ; and it seems worth while to place on record the results of my investigation. Two species are in the Linnean Herbarium, and I have included references to these, in order that all the novelties in the work cited might be brought together in one paper. I quote under each in the first instance the description given by Smith. ASCLEPIAS AMPLEXICAULIS. " The species of Swallow- wort now before us is, we believe, a nondescript, though formerly cultivated in the Kew Garden, and now preserved in Sir Joseph Banks's Herbarium. It should be in- serted among the first species in the Systema Vegetabilium, and may be denominated Asclepias amplexicaulis, foliis sessilibiis cllipticis undiilatis glaherrimis : hasi cordatis ample xicaulihus, umhellis termi- nalibiis.'^ (Vol. i. t. vii. p. 13.) The specimen in Herb. Banks, leaves no doubt as to the identity of this plant with A, ohtusifoUa Michaux (Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 115 (1803) ). The Index Kewensis refers the later and generally received A. amplexicaulis Mich. (I.e.) to A. humistrata Walt. — a plant to which Michaux (/. c. 116) considered his amplexicaulis allied, and which Asa Gray (Proc. Amer. Acad. xii. 67) apparently regarded as synonymous with it, although he says " floribus rubris exceptis." Unfortunately there is no specimen of Walter's plant in his herbarium, but Miss Vail, the most recent authority on this genus, considers it practically certain that humistrata Walt, must be adopted as the name for the species. A. ohtusifoUa Mich, is considered by Asa Gray [I.e.) as identical with A. yurpurascens of Walter (not of Linnaeus), and Walter's specimen supports this conclusion: A, purpurascens Walt, is thus the earliest name for the plant. A. purpurascens L. is generally considered identical with A. amcena L., which has priority of place both in Hort. Elthamensis (on which the two species are founded) and in the Species Plantarum. Even those who do not attach im- portance to the position of a name upon a page will agree that it is allowable in cases like this to adopt either name, and the creation of new names might be avoided if A. amcena were adopted for the two Linnean plants, taking^, purpurascens Walt, for A. ohtusifoUa Mich. The names would then stand respectively thus : — A. amoena L. Sp. PL 214 (1737). A. jnirpurascens L. Sp. PI. 214, non Herb.,''' and of American authors. * The A. imrimrascens of Linn. Herb., which, as Asa Gray has noted upon the sheet, does not agree with Liunoeus's description, is identified by Miss Vail ith A. incarnata L. smith's geoegian plants. 299 A. puRPURAscENS Walt. Fl. Carol. 105 (1788) and Herb. ! non L. A. amplexicaulis Smith in Georgia Insects, i. 13, t. vii. (1797) and in Herb. Banks. ! A. ohtusifolia Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 115 (1803). If, however, the American rule, " Once a synonym always a synonym," be followed, the name piirpiirascens must entirely dis- appear, and A. amplexicauUs Smith must be retained. The plants will then stand : — A. AMCENA L. Sp. PI. 214 (1737). A. piirpiirascens L. (ut supra). A. AMPLExicAULis Smith (ut supra). A. purpurasce7is Walt, non L. A. ohtusifolia Mich. Glycine elliptica. " This Glycine, received from Kalm, is referred in the Linnean herbarium to comosa, which species Linnaeus took up entirely from Gronovius, without having seen it, and which indeed we believe, on the authority of original specimens in the Gronovian herbarium, to be by no means distinct from G, monoica of Linn^us (bracteata of Sp. PI. ed. i.). As, however, all that Linnaeus has said of this species refers to the plant of Gronovius, and even the short observation in Syst. Veg. is taken from the Flora Virginica, and not from Kalm's specimen, we have thought it best to give a new name to that specimen and our figure, and to define it foliis ternatis : foliis cUipticis siibtus pilosis glands, racemis axillaribus, leguminibus line- aribus.'' (Vol. i. t. xxi. p. 41). This plant — I think in consequence of a misunderstanding of Smith's meaning — has been generally treated (e. g. in S. Watson's Bibliographical hidex and in the Index Kewensis) as a synonym of Amphicarycea monoica. A mere glance at the figure, however, shows that Smith had a very different plant in view ; and Miss Vail, who has examined with me Smith's type in the Linnean Herbarium, agrees in referring it to Galactia glabella Mich. SpERMACOCE HYSSOPIFOLIA. ** The plant here delineated appears to be a new species of Spermacoce, which is preserved, without a name, in the Linnean Herbarium. Mr. Abbot calls it wild thyme, probably from its habit, for it has no other affinity to any plant of the thyme kind. The root is strong and woody, the stem shrubby, and somewhat diffuse. It may be characterized as follows : — " Spermacoce HYSSOPiFOLiA,/oZm lijieari-lanceolatis revolutis ynargine scahris, verticillis paucifloris.'" (Vol. i. t. xxxviii. p. 75.) This name (which is in the hidex Kewensis) was not taken up in the Frodromus; a fuller description of the plant is given in Eees' Cyclopmlia. The plant is in the Linnean Herbarium, but I have not been able to compare it with other species. Quercus lobulata Soland. MSS. '' The species of oak here delineated is unquestionably a new one, and may be characterised foliis subtus pubescentibus duplicato 300 smith's geokgian plants. lobatis scabriusculis lobis lohulisque rotundatis, which are nearly the words of Dr. Solander. The leaves are said to be deciduous. Their rough upper surface is remarkable in the specimens in Sir Joseph Banks's herbarium." (Vol. i. t. xlvii. p. 93.) The specimens referred to are from John Bartram, who sent many North American plants to Banks. This name seems to have escaped the notice of American botanists, but is duly recorded in the hidex Kewensis, where it is referred as a synonym to the later Q. obtusiloba Mich. (1801). Both, however, must give way to Q. stellata Wang. (1787), adopted by Alphonse De Candolle in the Prodromus — to which Dryander in Solander's MSS. subsequently referred Solander's name. Prof. Sargent (Silva .V. Amer. viii. 37) and Dr. Britton (Illustr. Flora, i. 520), in accordance with the newest American rules, raise the varietal name given by Humphrey Marshall in 1785 to specific rank, and call the tree respectively " Quercus minor Sarg." and " Quercus mmor (Marsh.) Sarg." I cannot imagine that botanists generally will assent to the unnecessary confusion which the general adoption of this principle would bring about, and we observe that the Berlin rules sanction no such action. To take an instance : Linnaeus (Species Plant, ed. i. 98) calls the plant figured by Commelin {Hort. Med. Amstel. ii. 185, t. 93) Scabiosa leucantlia ft. spuria. This plant he subsequently {PL rar. Afr. (1760) 8) made the type of his 8. rigida — a name which (under Cephalaria) has been adopted for the same species by all subsequent authors. It thus appears that Linnaeus did not act on any such rule as that recently formulated at Madison, which, if adopted, would necessitate in this case a new combination and needless confusion, for spuria has never been used in connection with the species and has long been forgotten. Moreover, although suitable enough as a varietal name, it is inappropriate for the species, especially when that is put into its right genus and specifically characterized ; in a smaller degree the same objection applies to the adoption of minor, which, although perhaps appropriate to the tree as contrasted by Marshall with Quercus alba, is by no means suitable when the genus at large is considered. The oak figured on t. 50 calls for a note. Smith (p. 99) calls it Quercus rubra Linn., and says : — " This kind of Red Oak is distin- guished in Dr. Solander's manuscripts as a variety by the name of ambigua, but was probably thought not sufficiently marked to deserve a place in the Hortus Kewensis.'' The name as a variety has not been taken up, and might have been allowed to pass unnoticed had it not been published by Roemer as a species : he says {Archiv ii. 104 — misquoted in DC. Prodr. i. 8 as "coll. i.") of the oak on Abbot's plate 50, " diese ist in dem MS. von Solander Quercus ambigua gennant." This indeed is the case ; Solander in his MSS. had first called it rubra, but substituted the name ambigua, with the phrase " foliis cuneiformibus apice trilobis latere integerrimus." Dryander later identified this with Q. nigra L., with a reference to a specimen from Bartram which is doubtless the one written up by him in Herb. smith's GEORGIAN PLANTS. 301 Banks with the same name. Prof. Sargent {Silva N. Amer. viii. p. 147) refers Abbot's figure to Q. cuneata Wang. " Mimosa microphylla Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 ined." " The plant in the plate is a species of Mimosa, which will appear in the second edition of the Hortus Kewensis, and for the following specific character and synonym of which we are obliged to Mr. Dryander. " Mimosa microphylla, undiqiie aculeata , foliis hipinnatis octojiigis : sedecimjugis, capitulis axillaribiis pedunculatis solitariis hinisve. '* M. Intsia. Walt. Flo. Carolin. 252." (Vol. ii. t. Ixii. p. 128.) This name stands in Index Kewensis: ^'Mimosa microphylla Sm. ex Steud. Nom. ed. i. 5S3 = Schra7iJcia imcinata.'" Steudel's identification was arrived at by Dryander after he had communicated the description to Smith : the plant stands in Hort. Kew. (ed. ii. v. 467) as Schrankia uncinata Willd., and that name is substituted for the former by Dryander in the Solander MSS., as well as in Herb. Banks. The supposed new Mimosa was originally based on a speci- men in Herb. Banks, endorsed ''America Septentr. J. Bartram. Cree," to which a specimen from "Hort. Kew. 1789" was subse- quently added by Dryander. An examination of these shows that (as already noted by Mr. Carruthers in the herbarium) both should be referred to *S'. angustata — a species distinguished by Torrey and Gray [Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 400) in 1840 ; and to this the figure should also be referred. Mimosa Intsia Walt, non Linn., which Willdenow, Torrey and Gray, Bentham, and indeed all botanists, down to Dr. Britton and the Index Kewensis, have agreed to refer to S. uncinata, should also, as Walter's type specimen shows, be transferred to S. ayigiistata, in common with most of the synonyms. The Index Kewensis does not include the name 8. reticulata, which is published by Torrey and Gray as a synonym of S. uncinata. The synonymy of the two species will run : — Schrankia uncinata Willd. Sp. PI. iv. 1043 (1805) excl. synonymy ; Torr. & Gray, Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 400 excl. syn. (1840). S. reticulata Pickering ex Torr. & Gray, 1. c, p. 401. Leptoglottis Nuttalii DO. Mon. Leg. 451 (1825). S. ANGUSTATA Torr. & Gray, 1. c. 400. Mimosa Intsia Walt. Fl. Car. 252 (1788) and Herb. ! non Linn. M. microphylla Dryand. ex Smith in Georgia Insects, ii. 123, t. 62 (1797) and in Herb. Banks ! M, horridula Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 254 (1803) ; Ventenat, (Jhoix des Flantes, t. 28 (1803). S. uncinata [Dryand. in] Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. ii. v. 457 (1813) and in Herb. Banks ! auct. plur. non Willd. IplaceMichaux's horridula under this species because, although his description applies equally to either, he cites Walter's plant as a synonym ; Ventenat, in his very full description, makes no reference to the prominent reticulate veins of the leaflets which 302 THE MOSSES OF CHESHIRE. characterize the true unclnata, and says his plaut is certainly identical with Michaux's. De Candolle's description of the leaflets makes it clear that Nuttall's plant from Arkansas, on which he bases his supposed new genus, must be referred to S. uncinata. We have what is no doubt the same gathering from Nuttall ("Arkansa prairies ") which he had first named horndida, then considered a new species which he proposed to call reticulata, and finally referred correctly to uncinata. The Texan plant distributed by Berlandier (no. 1605) as LejUoglottis Nuttalii, although approaching amjustata in general appearance, has the reticulated leaflets which characterize S. uncinata. <' Clematis rosea no v. sp. " Clematis reticulata Walt. Flo. Carol. 156 ? " The Clematis seems to be hitherto nondescript, of which we have seen a specimen from the Kew garden in Sir Joseph Banks's collection. It may be characterized Foliis simplicihus jnnnatisque cirrhosis intetjerrimis, petalis lanceolatis, semi^iibus caudisque gla- hriusculis. " This might certainly be taken for the C. reticulata of Walter's Flora Caroliniana, p. 156, copied into Grmelin's Systema, p. 873, if the last-mentioned writer only were confided in ; for he has omitted a part of [Walter's] character caudis plumosissimis, and the rest ai\fastig latum Wils. Delamere, Holt !! Buxbaumia aphylla L. Ogden Clough, Hannan, Wood, and Whitehead W Archidium alternifolium Schp. Mere, Wilson. Pleuridlum axiUare Ldb. Dukinfield and Werneth Low [W). — P. suhulatum Kab. Godley and Marple (TF). Egremont, Skellon. Bebbington Heath (M). Hattersley!! — P. alternifolium Rab. Mere and Grappenhall, Wilson. Hale, Ashley, and Helsby, Hunt. Storeton {M). Hattersley, Whitehead d ScholeJieldW Ditrichum tenuifolium Ldb. Bowdon, Hunt. — D. homomallum Hpe. Eastham (M). Sale and Alderley Edge!! Wilson.— D. fiexi- caule Hpe. New Brighton, Skellon. Seligeria recurvata B. & S. Marple, Flor. Manch. Brachyodus trichodes Fiirnr. Alderley Edge (TF). Ceratodon purpureus Brid. Hollingworth, ScholeJieldW Very common ! Dichodontlum pellucidum Schp. Staley Brushes (TF). Holling- worth, Scholejield !! — B. Jiavescens Ldb. Staley Brushes and Warren Wood(TF). D ic ranella heteromalla Sch^. Very common. Tintwistle !! Bid- ston!!— *Var. interrupta B. & S. Tintwistle!! — Var. sericea Schp. Alderley Edge, Hu7it. — D. cerviculata Schp. Alderley and Sinks Moss (C). Storeton!! — D. crispa ^dv^. Thelwall, TFi7so;i. Ash- ley [0) !! Alderley (TF) W—B. secunda Ldb. Near Eastham (i¥). THE MOSSES OF CHESHIRE. 305 Staley Brushes, Jethro Tinker (not found recently). — B. rufescens Scbp. Wlialey Reservoir, 5'Pota))wgeton alpinus Balb. and *P. heterophyllus Schreb. Crinan Canal, near Lochgilphead. "^^Rynchospora alba Vahl. Near Loch Errol. Carex dioica L. Near Loch Errol. — *0. QSderi Ehrh. Road- side near Loch Errol. — C. rostrata Stokes. Hills behind Ardrishaig. '''-^^'Isoetes lacustris L. Loch Errol. "^'Chara fragilis Desv. Stream on hills above Ardrishaig ; Loch Errol and stream running from same. — Var. delicatula Braun. Lochan Dobhrain. — Approaching var. barbata Gant. Lochan Taynish; Tayvallich. Messrs. H. and J. Groves kindly named these. I also add a few notes on plants seen near Ardrishaig (chiefly) but on the vice-co. 98 (Argyll) side of the Criuan Canal. \Sayina nodosa Fenzl. Eoadside between Loch Gair and Lochgilphead. ■\Hypericum dubium Leers. By Canal, Ardrishaig ; bank near Kilmichael, Glassary. \ Geranium pratense L. Port Aun. Biibus suberectiis Anders. By Crinan Canal, near Auchin- darroch. — *i?. rhamnifolius, form. Near Port Aun; Lochgilphead. The same remarks that Mr. Rogers made upon the Cairnbaan (Cantire) plant above also apply to the bramble gathered here. — R. dumno7iiensis Bab. Cairnbaan. — R. villicaidis Koehl. var. Selmeri (Lindeb.). Near Port Aun; near Lochgilphead. The Rev. W. Moyle Rogers thought this rightly named, "though unusually weak." — R. mucronatus Blox. Roadside between Colintraive and Loch Riddon. A small neat-leaved form, which the Rev. E. S. Marshall has collected in several N. Scotland counties. \Potentilla palustris Scop. By Crinan Canal, Ardrishaig. j-Carwu verticillatuni Koch. Roadside between Loch Gair and Lochgilphead, and shore between Port Aun and Loch Gair. \CEna7ithe LachenaUi C. Gmel. Port Aun. Achillea Millefolium L. A beautiful, very brilliant, red-flowered form was common at Kilmichael. 340 NEW AND KAKE SCOTTISH HEPATIC^. Gentiana baltica Murb. Near Loch Riddon ; shore near Karnes ; near Loch Gair. 2limulus luteiis L. Well naturalized by a stream at Kilmichael. Euphrasia hrevipila Burn. & Gremli. Near Loch Ridden.* — E. scotica Wettst. Roadside near Port Aim. Both fide F. Townsend. Piijnchospora alba Yahl. Near Kames ; near Loch Gair. Chara fraf/ilis Desv., approaching var. delicata Braun. Stream between Kilmichael and Ford. Fide H. & J. Groves. The plans marked f in above list are recorded in Watson's Top. Bot. without personal authority. NEW AND RARE SCOTTISH HEPATIC^. By W. H. Pearson. Mr. Symers M. Macvicar has recently made the most important additions to the list of Scottish Hepatic^e of recent years, full par- ticulars of which will be given in his forthcoming List of West Inverness Hepatic^ ; meanwhile the following notes record the most remarkable of his discoveries : — Frullania fragilifolia Tayl. New to West Inverness. F. germana Tayl. Confirming it as a Scottish plant. Lejeunea calyptrifolia Hook. New to Scotland. L. hamatifolia Hook. New to West Inverness. L. ovata Tayl. New to West Inverness. L. microscopica Tayl. New to Scotland. Radida CarrhKjtonii Jack. New to Scotland; hitherto only found in the South of Ireland. Porella lavigata Schrad. New to West Inverness. Lepidozia Pearsoni Spruce. First time recorded for Scotland ; I have specimens, however, collected by the late Dr. Carriugton near Loch Maree, and by Mr. James Mc Andrew, New Galloway, but these records have not been published before. Adelanthiis decipiens Hook. New to Scotland. Haiyanthus sciitatus W. & M. New to West Inverness. Mastigophora Woodsii Hook. New to West Inverness. Scapania uimhosa Tayl. New to Scotland. This is one of the most important discoveries Mr. Macvicar has made, the plant having only previously been collected in one station in the South of Ireland, and only a little of this beautiful species is in herbaria. S. planifoUa Hook. New to West Inverness. S. rosacea Corda, var. New to West Inverness. Diplophgllwn Dicksoni Hook. New to West Inverness. D. taxifoliiim Wahlenb. New to West Inverness. Plagiochila tridenticidata Tayl. New to West Inverness. Jamesoniella Carringtoni Balf. New to West Inverness. Jungermania Orcadensia Hook. New to West Inverness. J. Bantriensis Hook. var. Muelleri. New to West Inverness. Metzgeria liamata Lindb. New to Scotland. M. covjugata Lindb. New to West Inverness. 341 CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERA8TIUM. Bx Frederic N. Williams, F.L.S. A MONOGRAPH of the genus Cerastium was published by Charles Grenier in 1841. In this interesting example of Grenier's systematic woik, which consists of ninety-five pages, with nine plates in which fourteen species are figured, forty- eight species are described. The critical acumen which he showed in gauging the relative importance of specific characters is exemplified in his treatment of the genus ; and in a decade in which George Bentham and Jacques Gay repre- sented divergent schools of systematic botanists the mild protest which, in the preface to his work, he addressed to those who encouraged the unnecessary multiplication of species is much to the point, and will well bear repeating at the present time, which has seen the completion of a lithographed presentment of the Flora of Europe elaborated in twenty-seven volumes with the slenderest padding of descriptive detail. Translated, it reads thus : — "According as the bias of synthesis or analysis predominates in the minds of those who are concerned in the study of the fixation of species, you will find their number diminish or increase with the examination of material. From this proceeds two schools, of which one seems to be bent on the multiplication of species, whilst the other, urged by the contrary tendency, seeks to restrict the number. In observing what goes on around us among certain species of animals and plants, in reflecting on the numerous modifications which domestication, climate, the action of the sun, etc., have on species; I have considered that it would be better to err by excess of reduction than of multiplication, persuaded, moreover, that in doing so, one would burden science less, and that there would never fail men who have an opposite tendency to mine. I have always tried to distinguish carefully the forms known to me ; and if in this memoir of mine they are not described as species, they will be found under varieties, so that others, if they have sufficient reason, may raise them to the rank of species." It will be some considerable time before the materials for a revision of the species of Cerastium can be digested and codified ; and meanwhile I offer a few notes on some of the published species, taking the names in strictly alphabetical order, and in collation with the list given in Mr. B. D. Jackson's Index Keivensis. As Mr. J. G. Baker implied in his review of Richter's Plantce EuropecB, the diffi- culty in the grouping of forms lies not so much in the examination and comparison of available material in the shape of specimens, as in the unconscionable amount of overlapping in the more or less detailed descriptions of subordinate forms under specific names associated with the ever more involved and intricate tangle of synonyms ; which makes neither for lucidity of sequence, nor for the adequate expression of deviations from the type within the limits of the genus, by the aid of a Iniear and dichotomous arrange- ment. In other words, the more completely the comparison of specimens is lixiviated from the bibliography of the species, the simpler will be the treatment of the genus. 342 CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM. 1. Cerastium Acherontium Teglas, Eeal. Tudositvanyaib. i. 17 (1872) = G. triuiale Link. Omitted from the Index Kewensis, as the diagnosis is in Hungarian. 2. C. AcuTiFOLiuM Dufour, Lettr. Mont. Maudit. 371 = C. al- pinum L. Mentioned neither by Taufani in Pari. Fl. Ital. ix. (1892), nor by Rouy & Foucaud, Fl. de France, iii. (1896). Type- specimens are not known. 3. C. ACUTIFOLIUM Schur, Enum. pi. Transsilv. 122 (1866). In the Index Kewensis reduced to 0. ovatum. This species, however, does not occur in Transylvania ; and the specimens referred to C. ovatum by Schur belong to a very different species, C. trigijinim. Simonkai refers C. acutifolium to C. alpinum, but Schur's description of the bracts is very precise : he says, " bracteis naviculatis obtusis scariosis, margine ciliatis." Now in all forms of C. alpinum the bracts are herbaceous or only very narrowly scarious at the margin, and acute or acuminate. I would rather refer the plant to C. layii- gerum Clem., of which it may be considered a variety (C. lanigerum var. acutifolium), This last is a species which is found in Bosnia, Herzegovina, Kiistenland, and also in Thessaly, and includes con- necting forms varying in the density of the indumentum, from the light villous hairs found in the Transylvanian plant to the dense woolly covering of 0. lanigerum var. alpicohun Hausskn. (in Mittheil. Thiiring. Bot. Ver. 1893, 55). 4. C. ADHERENS Fisch. in herb. DC, ex Gren. Monogr. Cerast. 70. These are Hungarian specimens of C. arvejise. 5. C. ADscENDENs Wcndcr. ex Steud. Nomencl. Bot. ed. 2, i. 328 (1840). One of the names taken up by Steudel. I can find nothing about the plant, and it is not mentioned in any German flora. Whether type-specimens are among the 'PI. (Jariuthiacese ' in DeCandolle's herbarium at Geneva I do not know. 6. C. AFRicANUM Ollvcr, Fl. Trop. Afr. i. 141 (1868). Var. RuwENZoRiENsis Williams. Folia utrinque pilis longe hir- sutis vestita, acuminata {6r. F. 6'. Elliut, 1893-94, nn. 7569b, 7670). Hab. British East Africa : Mt. Ruwenzori, in Uganda. Var. KiLiMANjARENsis Williams. Folia minora quam in typo, anguste lineari-lanceolata acuta, minus remota. Petala calyce sesquilongiora [Volkens, 1893, n. 792). Hah. German East Africa : Mt. Kilima-njaro. Both these varieties are distinguishable in aspect, rather than by technical characters. The species has a wide range in Africa, and its geographical limits are here given, as verified from specimens exammed : — N. and W. German West Africa ; Gameroons Moun- tains, 20*00-3000 metres [Mann, ex Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. i.). E. German East Africa ; Mt. Kilima-njaro (H. H. Johnston, 1884), and Usambara district [Hoist, 1893, n. 3254). S. Natal ; Drakens- berg Mountains [Cooper, 1873). First described as an Arenaria by Hooker from Mann's speci- mens. In these type-specimens the capsular teeth are distinctly circinato-convolute, an important character which is neither noted by Hooker nor mentioned by Oliver, nor is any clue given as to CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM. 343 whether the plant is annual or perennial. The species is thus readily referred to the subgenus StrepJiodon, and is placed in the group which includes C. perfoliatwn L. Another African species closely allied to it is C. Madagascariense Pax, from which it is dis- tinguished by its glandular surface, quite sessile leaves, and generally retuse petals. In Hildebrandt's specimens of the Madagascar species, as well as in those of Forsyth Major, collected in 1895, the similar character of the capsular teeth is well marked. The Natal specimens satisfactorily match those found further north. 7. C. AGGREGATUM Dur. herb, et in litt. 1839, ap. F. W. Schultz in Flora, 1840, 123, efciam in PI. Gall. Germ. exs. cent. iii. no. 40 = C. densijiorum Guss. While C. aggregatwn is the name taken up by Willkomm & Lange (Prodr. il. Hisp. iii. 634), C. siculum Guss. is that taken up by Tanfani (Fl. Italiana, ix. 484). I prefer to these C. dendjiorum (1832), a plant described on the preceding page of Gussone's work, certainly conspecific with G. siculum, and a much more expressive name, according with that selected by Durieu for his plant. Moreover, the form in which the flowers are disposed in a contracted cyme (or rather dichasium) has a far wider range. 8. C. ALBUM Presl, Fl. Sicula, 167 (1826). Syn. C. CohumKB Tenore, Prodr. fl. Napol. i. 27 (1811), et Fl. Napol. iv. 235 (1830). C. tomentosum var. Columnce. Tenore, Syll. PI. Neap. 221 (1831). In his description Presl says it is near C. tomentosum, "sedtomento albo denso, sepalis capsulaque differt capsula calyce dimidio longior, sepala ovata." This form seems to match (7. tomentosum var. niveum Ledeb. Fl. Eossica, i. 414: "herba tomento crasso adpresso niveo." 9. C. ALPESTRE Schur, in Verb. Naturf. Ver. Briinn, xv. ii. 151 (1877) = G. triviale Link. Subalpine specimens not distinguishable from the type. 10. 0. ALPiGENUM Schur, in Verb. Naturf. Ver. Briinn, xv. ii. 149 (1877) = G. alpinum var. lanatum Lamk. (sp.) Encycl. Meth. i. 680. The specimens so named by Schur in Csato's herbarium were from Pareng, in Transylvania. Similar specimens were subsequently re- ferred by Schur (Phytogr. 149) to G. triviale var. saxigenum. They certainly do not belong to this species, but to G. alpinum. The speci- mens collected in 1876 were referred by Adolf Oborny to C. triviale; and to this species the plant is reduced in the Index Kewensis. 11. C. ALPINUM L. Sp. Plant. 438 (1753) ; Fl. Suecica, ed. 2, n. 418 (1755) ; Eeichb. Ic. Fl. Germ. Helv. 4977. A species of wide distribution in the arctic and north temperate zones. In Europe, under polymorphous forms, it occurs at considerable elevations on alpine pastures, where the soil is of a granitic or gravelly character ; and is generally distributed in such localities on the continent, except perhaps in Greece, Crete, and Sicily. There is no doubt that forms are frequently referred without much discrimination indifferently to G. arvejise, G. latifolium, and G. Garinthiacum; and hence much confusion has arisen in regard to the correct distribution of these species. In Scotland it ascends to 1190 metres in Perthshire, in Spain it reaches 3150 metres on the Sierra Nevada. In N. Asia the species is found in north and east 344 CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM. Siberia and in Japan. Beyond the Arctic Circle it is recorded from Spitzbergen, Bear Island, Grreenland, Novaya Zemlya, Melville Island, North Alaska, and the land of the Tschuktchees in N.E. Siberia. Specimens were long ago collected in Spitzbergen, and were sent to Linn^us by his friend and correspondent Kolander Martin. An interesting series of specimens, both of the type and of aberrant forms, has recently been collected by Colonel Feilden, during a visit to Novaya Zemlya and Vaigatch Island. In North America the species extends from Alaska and Labrador southward to Arizona and California. 12. C. ALsiNiFOLiuM Tausch, in Syll. Ratisb. h. 213 (1828). Not mentioned by Grenier in his monograph of the genus. By Kitaibel referred to C. ovatum, by Bohemian botanists to C. arveiise, and according to Nyman authentic specimens in Schur's herbarium belong to C. alpinum var. (jlahratum Wahlenb. The type-specimens, of which I have no precise information, are in the Prague Herbarium. 13. C. ALSiNoiDES Lois, in Pers. Syn. Plant, i. 521 ; et Fl. Gall, i. 271 (1806) ; Guss. Fl. Sic. Prodr. suppl. 140. [= C. tetrawlmm var. alsinoides Rouy & Fouc. Fl. de France, iii. 217 (1896).] The type-specimens so named by Loiseleur-Deslongchamps in Clarion's herbarium were collected in the dept. of Gironde, near Bordeaux. Mr. Frederick Townsend pointed out (Journ. Bot. 1877, 34) that this plant is not specifically distinct from C. tetrandrum , and at best can only be considered as a variety, and further showed that Grenier's description of C. pumilum in his supplement to the Fl. de la Chaine Jurassique" (1869) in part fits both C. pwnilum and C. tetrandrum, but more particularly the latter. This plant from the neighbour- hood of Bordeaux is distinguishable by its " broad and entirely herbaceous bracts, by its much divaricated stems and panicle, and above all by its flowers, many of which are tetramerous." After carefully considering their claims, I would write up the synonyms of this variety of C. tetrandrum as follows : — C. semidecaiidrum (non L.) Pers. Syn. Plant, i. 521. C. pumilu7n " Auct. gall, plur." var. a genuiyium, et var. ^ inter- medium. C. glutinosum var. bracteatum Westerl. in Bot. Notis. 1869, 145. C. loumihmi Gren. & Godr. ; Willk. & Lge. (fere in toto) ; var. laxum, var. divaricatum. C. gracile Dufour, in Ann. Gen. Sc. Phys. vii. 304 (1820). C. pentandrum (non L.) Moris, Fl. Sardoa, i. 265. 0. suhtetrandrum Murbeck ap. Baenitz, Herb. Europ. anno 1892. This would give its geographical distribution N. and E. of Spain, S. of France, Corsica, and Sardinia. By way of emphasizing its diagnosis from other forms of C. tetrafidrum, a brief Latin descrip- tion will suffice : C. tetrandrum var. alsinoides. — Planta 11-13 centim. alta, pr® caulibus paniculaque irregulariter dichotoma ; bracteae latae foliacege omnino herbaceae basi ad apicem pilosae, ovales vel suborbiculares, acutffi ; pedicelli inferiores calyce 1-3-plo longiores ; flores plerumque pentameri, interdum nonnulli tetrameri. (To be continued.) 345 WAYFARING NOTES IN RHODESIA. By R. Fkank Rand, M.D., F.L.S. (Continued from p. 145.) The last notes were made in December, 1897, these in May, 1898. In this comitry December has the bloom and vigour of youth ; it is May that is sere. It is winter, but, in spite of that, at midday the sun is hot and the glare fierce. There is a cold bite in the wind through all, and at sundown the temperature falls, to reach its lowest before dawn. It is exceptional to have a calm day. Of wintry aspect, such as we associate with the home winter, there is little. Some of the trees, but these are few, have entirely shed their leaves ; others partially. One sees many trees shedding a profusion of dead leaves, and still carrying many that are autumn- tinted or green. Others are in full green leaf. But in the case of the herbaceous plants it is winter indeed. With few exceptions these have bloomed, seeded, and gone, with scarce a twig of them remaining. The grasses have seeded, and the winds have spread their seed broadcast, as one finds to bitter cost, for most of them are barbed, and penetrate clothing and skin to the confusion of all personal comfort until released. The grass, leaf and stalk, is dry and fawn-coloured. It is ripe for the first grass fire that may come along, and these fires have already commenced (end of May). The first fire often rushes through, leaving the larger stalks, which may still retain some succulence, merely charred ; but these are con- sumed in later fires, for the same area is often burned over several times in a dry season. There is little but the dry bones of a season's dead vegetation for the fires to feed upon, so that the havoc wrought is not so great as one might be disposed to expect. That these fires have in the past greatly modified the flora of Africa I think there can be but little doubt, for certainly no herbaceous thing could face them and live. They occasionally kill trees. Bush and shrub escape largely from the fact that the grass lying among them is mostly of sparse growth, so that its burning does them little damage ; further, they are, many of them, at this time in green leaf, and not readily inflammable. In places one sees patches of ground, sometimes many acres in extent, covered with a low turf-like grass, but the grass of the country generally is the strong, coarse, tropical growth which springs in tufts, leaving a bare area of a few inches or so around each tuft. When mature it has much the height of ripe wheat. In some moist localities its growth is so rank and high that one can only see over the top of it from horseback. Among the few herbaceous things that survive, Pretrea is re- markable. It is, of course, well known, but some note of it as seen amid its natural surroundings may be of interest. It was flowering in December, and here and there the last flowers of its indefinite inflorescence may still be seen. The proximal axils of the strag- JouRNAL OF Botany. — Vol. 36. [Sept. 1898.] 2 b 346 WAYFARING NOTES IN RHODESIA. gling procumbent branches are in fruit. The fruit I first saw in the dried state ; it was courteously shown to me by Prof. Macowan, the botanist to the Cape Government. The flower has a pretty pink tint, recalling that of Erica TetraUx. The leaves, prettily cut, have a suggestion of sage-green in their tint, most marked in the younger leaves. The plant delights in a thin sandy soil where other growth is scanty, smiles — if the licence of smiling be permitted in these pages — and is a villain ; for all the cruelty of its fruit can only be guessed at. Its dread cousin, Rarpagophijtnm, which I have only found, so far, in the neighbourhood of the Shashi river, is frankly horrible. Pretrea is more insidious. Each lateral shoot as it trails from one to several feet over the ground may carry up to a dozen or more separate fruits. The general outline of these cap- sular fruits is oval. Undried they average f in. in length by f in. in width. They have much the aspect and contour of some grotesque beetle. The surface to which the stalk is attached is flattened, and lies next to the ground. It is slightly convex, allowing the fruit to work a shallow firm bed for itself in the loose sandy soil. The upper surface of the fruit, distal as regards the point of attachment of the stalk, arches up over the seed chambers, forming a broad firm base for two powerful spikes. These spikes, very sharp and slightly incurved at the ends towards each other, pincer-wise, point directly upwards, and are the weapons which make Pretrea so formidable to any unprotected foot. The inward curve gives them sure grip upon any part they puncture. The average length of the free portion of the spike is, in the fresh specimens, rather more than a quarter of an inch. The plant does not care to be trampled, and favours open sandy tracts where its spikes do not run the risk of being muffled by neighbouring overgrowth. I found it upon one occasion abundant around the holes of jackals, so that possibly the burden and pain of carriage is occasionally laid upon them. The fruit necessarily finds its way into any body, less resistant than itself, that is pressed against it ; that body must usually be an animal foot. What animal, is, to Pretrea, matter of indifference. Had Pretrea been a native of Europe, it would long ago have found its way into proverb and song. BLepharis, which was flowering in December, is so still, an ornament in stony places. Also a second species, only now observed in flower, more spiny than the first, in ground which is marshy during the rainy season. A few Crassulas survive in weather-worn fashion, and in the sandy beds of the rivers and streams a few herbaceous things still linger. The trees and shrubs furnish a more hopeful field to the col- lector. Many of the trees are in fruit. Noteworthy are several species of Acacia, their pods showing great diversities of size and form ; quite a number of different species of Comhretum ; au arborescent Bauhinia, the pods averaging 8 in. in length by 2 in. in breadth ; two species of P'icus ; several species of Rhus ; Zizij- phiis ; and sundry others which I am sending to the British Museum for determination. Thorns are everywhere ; one has to be per- petually on guard against them. WAYFARING NOTES IN RHODESIA. 347 Some shrubby things are in flower. Around a Celastms, a near ally, which was loaded with a small greenish-white blossom, many flies, apparently of the ordinary house-fly type, were swarming. A white Plumbago was found ; it is not so pretty as the ordinary blue species so common in the Gape Colony. _ There are many species of Euphorbia, showing great range in point of size. Among the succulent, fleshy ones, the large, shafted, candelabrum-like one is now in fruit. The trees are very conspicuous, as one of them often tops some rocky knoll, its shafts standing out clearly agamst the sky. One of difterent form and intermediate size has bright rose-coloured bracts ; this I found growing hard by the site of Lobengula's old kraal, now Government House. At the other extreme is a groundling very abundant in stony places around Bulawayo. Its tough fleshy stems are four- angled and notched ; the apices of each projection bear four spines, one pair |- in. in length, the other pair quite short. The flower is bright green in colour, and about ^ in. in diameter. It is very hardy, and when wounded or broken, which often happens hereabouts, a cap of con- gealed latex quickly heals up the exposed surface. Inhabiting the same type of ground as this Euphorbia was an Asclepiad in rarity. If mimicry there be among plants, this may be an instance of it. The Asclepiad is fleshy, and the habit and size much that of the Euphorbia. Its angles are usually four, but occasionally there are six. It is notched, and although the pro- jections appear to be formidable, they are not so, but fleshy, and only slightly resistant at the tips. The juice is abundant and watery. Two species of Loranthus were noticed in flower, and a leafless Viscum.^ They mostly choose the Acacias as hosts. Possibly the protection afforded by the spines of the Acacia may determine this. I have seen Loranthus upon Zizyphus also ; and, among spineless plants, upon Rhus and Combretum. A Protea, of shrubby habit, is in full white flower. Fruit winged for dispersion by the wind, and at the same time very attractive and conspicuous in colouring, is seen in Pterolobium laceram Br. It grows in clusters by the side of streams, and is cruelly hook-thorned. The terminal branchlets are devoted to fruit, and seen en niasse the effect of the dull red, silky, and winged legumes as they glitter and flutter before sun and wind is very striking and beautiful. The winged fruit of a low-growing, dwarf Combretum, which is very common the whole country over, is con- spicuous from its brilliant red colour later in the year. Here and there one sees some shrub carrying its fruit upon branches and twigs entirely destitute of leaves, with rather weird effect. One of the fruits sent — that of a Gymnosporia — is interesting. It loses much of its character in drying. It was growing upon a loose shrub bereft of leaves. The ripe fruit is reddish yellow in colour, and rather smaller than an ordinary marble. The fleshy, outer part easily splits into two nearly equal parts, and, falling off', discloses the dark brown seed held by a fleshy cherry-red arillus, as in a bird's claw. There are four processes to the arillus, and they do not quite reach the apex of the seed. The seed itself is hard as 2 B 2 348 TWO BERKSHIEE VARIETIES. a date-stone, of isoseles triangular section in horizontal plane, the odd side being the longest. lu surface view one side may be re- garded as flat, the other as strongly keeled. One process of the arillus lies along the keel, one along either angle (the basal angles as seen in section), and the fourth lies appressed to the flat side; i. e. the long side as seen in section. A few of these shrubs in the patch were adventuring tufts of tender green leaves, not yet out- spread— a promise of spring. TWO BERKSHIRE VARIETIES. By G. Claridge Bruce, F.L.S. On p. 222 I published a note on Hellehorus occidentaUs, which Mr. Britten, in his review of my Flora of Berkshire, considered I had included on insufficient evidence. I desire now to notice the two other instances which he specified. Iberis amara L. var. ruficaulis (Lej.). With regard to this, I followed the Kew hidex, Koch's Synopsis Flora Germanic(B, and Be Candolle's Systema in treating Lejeune's plant as a species. Not having seen Lejeune's Flore de Spa^ I borrowed the description in Koch's Synopsis (p. 70, 1837), which runs thus: — " b. minor, foliis angustioribus, calyce violaceo et petalis in violaceum vergentibus, et caule purpurascente. 1. ruji- cauHs, Lejeune, Fl. Spa, ii. p. 58. I. amara, b. [Lejeune & Courtois] Comp. Fl. Belg. ii. p. 311. Inter plantam vulgarem occurrit." Mr. Britten noticed that I made no allusion to the clothing of the stem in connection with the word nijicaulis ; neither do Koch, or Rouy and Foucaud, perhaps for the reason which mfluenced myself, viz. that the hairiness of the stem in Iberis amara appears to be very variable and mconstant, as is the colour of the flowers. My notice of the characters of ruficaulis, ** smaller size and purplish flowers," intentionally brief, seems to have misled Mr. Britten to think that I was alluding to the ordinary purple-flowered form of /. amara, which grows frequently with, and gradually merges into, the type, but is not necessarily of smaller size or identical with ruficaulis, nor did I dream of naming it as a variety. It is already made a var. under the name violacea by Be la Croix, and a specimen contributed by A. Beseglise from Berry in 1862 is to be seen in the Herbarium of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris. I inserted var. ruficaulis in my Flora of Berkshire on the ground of the agreement of my plant with Koch's description, and after comparison with a continental specimen ; I have since sub- mitted my plant from Lowbury to M. Rouy, and he considers my determination to be correct. I may observe that I have the same plant from Watlington, in Oxfordshire. Rouy and Foucaud (vol. ii. pp. 135-140) make I. ruficaulis Lej. one of eight forms of I. amara L., and synonymous with I. decipiens TWO BERKSHIRE VARIETIES. 349 of Jordan's Diagnoses, using the word form in a different sense to us, namely, to designate a state of the plant superior to a variety. (See the preface to Flore de France.) Malva moschata L. var. Ramondiana Gren. et Godr. As regards the above variety, I have to say that in my account of M. moschata I followed Grenier and Godron in their Flore de Fraiice, who give three varieties — laciniafa, with " tontes les feuilles divisees en Lmieres etroites," the common plant in Berkshire, often cultivated in the white-flowered form (I am told by a friend that out of two thousand plants which he may have in cultivation in a year, not one will show an undivided leaf) ; intermedia Gren. et Godr., with "feuilles caulinaires divisees en lanieres etroites, les radicales reniforme crenelees," rarer in Berkshire, but seen by myself in several localities; Puimondiana Gren. et Godr., with " feuilles toutes entieres dentees," which I have only seen near Tilehurst. Some of the Tilehurst plants had all the leaves un- divided (that is, typical Bamondiana), but the greater number had the upper leaf or the upper leaves lobed, but not cut into segments; in fact, the leaves, as we should expect, varied as leaves will vary. But, as I have said, I have specimens from the locality which agree with the description of Ramondiana, and M. Rouy, to whom I sent one, accepts my determination. I also contend that it is better to refer to Ramondiana plants which differ only slightly from it than to put them to intermedia, from which they are much more widely separated ; nor did I think it desirable to give a new name to designate a varying series of forms. The above statement, to my mind, meets the reviewer's objection, "That the plant I have called Ramondiana does not agree with the description of the type." Mr. Baker's remark in full was : " A very interesting variety of moschata. This certainly must closely approach var. Fuimondiana, but I only know this from the description. . . . The upper leaves are certainly lobed." To this variety may also belong a plant referred to in Woods' Tourist Flora, p. 62, in the following words: "Mr. Borrer gathered in Somersetshire a variety of M. moschata which had the stem-leaves as well as the radical leaves cordate-subrotund. It has propagated itself in his garden for twenty years without alteration." Woods' description of M. ynoschata would lead us to infer that the plant he describes as the type is the var. ifitermedia, as the root- leaves are said to be cordate-subrotund. It is interesting to find that such "slight and variable characters" as those shown in the cutting of the leaf may remain constant during many years of cultivation. The names heterophylla and integri folia given to the vars. of M, moschata by Lejeune and Courtois in the Cojnpendium FlorcB BelgiccB, vol. iii. p. 14 (1836), and adopted by MM. Rouy and Foucaud, are prior to the names intermedia and Ramondiajia of Grenier and Godron, which only date from 1848. MM. Lejeune and Courtois describe their integrifolia as having "folia omnia rotundata inciso-lobata." MM. Rouy and Foucaud put var. Ra- m,ondiana as synonymous with integrifolia; and their diagnosis allows a much greater range of variation than I have assigned to 350 TWO BERKSHIRE VARIETIES. the plant I have called var. Ramondiana. Their description is as follows : — " Feuilles toutes, a I'exception des ultimas, k limbe orbiculaire siibcorde, dente ou lobule, les ultimes trifides ou tri- partites a lobes inegalement dentes." There is no specimen of Grenier and Godron's Ramondiana in Paris, but a plant with two or three of the upper leaves not only lobed, but cut into segments, coming, I believe, from Normandy (where it is said to be very rare), and labelled with the query, " Is this your Puvmondiana? " is preserved among Dr. Grenier's plants. If I had known of the earlier names given by Lejeune and Courtois when I wrote my Flora, I should have adopted them ; but I think I have shown that I have sufficient evidence for the inclusion of the var. Ramondiana {integri folia) among our Berkshire plants. [With regard to the foregoing, I would say that the fact of other writers having misquoted Lejeune does not justify Mr. Druce in doing so, or in continuing as above to place Lejeune's name in brackets when quoting him as an authority for his variety. I made no reference to the " clothing of the stem," but Lejeune's definition is " Differe de I'espece principale par ses feuilles ciliees, plus etroites, par sa tige velue, et comme chargee d'un tomentum roux, et par son port plus petit": Rouy & Foucaud say, " tige plus ou moins rougeatre, rameaux rougeatres." Mr. Druce inserted the plant in his Flora because he thought it agreed with Koch's description, and "after comparison with a continental specimen" — named we are not told by whom, but clearly not authentic. As to Malva moscJiata var. Ramondia^ia, I confess myself unable to understand clearly what Mr. Druce means, nor does he make matters simpler by omitting from "Mr. Baker's remark in full " words (already printed by me) which complete its sense. Here is the sentence , — the words omitted by Mr. Druce are placed in brackets : — " I only know this from the description [which is 'feuilles toutes entieres, dentees']. The upper leaves [here] are certainly lobed." Mr. Druce has seen no type, but seems to lay stress on a plant sent to Grenier with a note — ^^ 1^ ihi^ yoxxv Puimondiana?'' I fail to see what connection this can have with the point at issue. M. Rouy's confirmation of Mr. Druce's naming, however valu- able, cannot affect the publication of these forms in the Flora of Berkshire, as it was not received until after my criticism appeared. I am therefore still of opinion that both plants were included " on evidence which cannot be considered as sufficient," even if the naming should hereafter prove to have been correct. I print Mr. Dr ace's note in full because he has charged me with having treated him unjustly, and I am therefore anxious to give him every opportunity of stating his case. Had it not been for this, I should in the interests of my readers have declined to print communications which scarcely add to our knowledge and hardly touch the ground of my criticism. I do not, however, propose to publish a further note of similar character which Mr. Druce bas sent me. SHORT NOTES. 851 I may take this opportunity of saying that in his Flora of Berkshire Mr. Druce seems to attribute to me more responsibihty for my little Contributions to the flora of the county than I am disposed to accept. There are no doubt mistakes in it for which I am to blame, but he seems to have overlooked my prefatory caution that, except where a mark of certainty was attached, " the names in the list stand simply on the authority of those who have recorded them." In one instance (Fl. Berks, p. 79) Mr. Druce says he " cannot reconcile " certain of my statements. His difficulty, as I could at once have told him had he asked me, is caused by his having understood "here" in the passage quoted as meaning Buckinghamshire, whereas it referred to the British Museum Her- barium, whence the note was written. — James Britten.] SHORT NOTES. Trifolium Molinerii in Dorset. — Early in June, Mr. H. W. Pugsley found growing near Poole a plant which he and I at once took to be this species. I forwarded a specimen to Mr. Arthur Bennett, who writes : " I think the specimen sent must go to T. Molinerii, though it is difficult to distinguish between white incarnatum and that plant." Mr. Pugsley informs me that there were not more than a dozen specimens of the plant, which was growing on a grassy bank by the road ; but he hesitates to express an opinion as to its indigenity or otherwise. In Herb. Brit. Mus. there is a specimen labelled "Wareham, Dorset, May 1884, H. N. Kidley & W. Fawcett," which I consider identical with the plant found by Mr. Pugsley. — W. West, junr. Plantago media in Antrim. — Plantago media was found by me growing at Benvarden, Dervock, in July last. This, I believe, is the first record for Co. Antrim. I have also found it at Ardhea, Co. Tyrone. — S. A. Brenan. Arenaria serpyllifolia. — In the last edition of the London Catalogue the varieties of Arenaria serpyllifolia L. are given as b. glutinosa Koch, c. leptoclados (Guss.), d. Lloydii (Jordan). It appears that var. viscidula Eoth, Enum. 2, p. 318 (1827), is an earlier name for b. glutinosa (confer Kouy & Foucaud, Fl. de France, iii. 240, where A. splmrocarpa Tenore is considered synonymous with it). The eglandular var. Lloydii (Jordan) occurs in all the counties bordering the Channel, there being specimens in the National Herbarium from Kent, Sussex, Hants, Isle of Wight, Dorset, Devon, and Cornwall. There are also specimens from Ireland, Co. Wexford, collected by Eev. E. S. Marshall. Mr. WilUams, in his monograph (Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xxxiii. 367), retains A. leptoclados Guss. as specifically distinct from A. serpylli- folia L. The forms of this, a scahra Kouy & Foucaud and P viscidula Rouy & Foucaud, corresponding to the two similarly named forms of A. serpyllifolia L., should be looked for in this country. Mr. Williams does not mention A. serpyllifolia L. var. stricta Townsend 352 SHORT NOTES. (Fl. Hampshire, 57), an eglandular plant having short pedicels, and thus approaching var. Lloydii (Jordan). — E. G. Baker. RuMEx AcETosELLA L. var. ANGiocARPUs. — Under this name Dr. Pospichal (Fl. Oesterr. Klistenl. i. 383 (1897)) refers to a plant which was described as a species by Dr. Mnrbeck in 1892. Pospi- chal's character for the form is " Fruchtklappen der Frucht ange- wachsen, Bltiten winzig (1 mm.)." As, however, we find in the very wide distribution which Murbeck assigns to the plant "Irland : Comity Down, 1. Ball," it may be well to transcribe the full description for the benefit of British botanists : — RuMEx ANGIOCARPUS Murbeck, Beitrage Fl. Siidbosn. & Herce- gowina (in Acta Soc. Phys. Lund, xxvii. 1892, p. 46). " Radix perennis, perpendicularis, foliorum fascicules caulisque erectos vel adscendentes, superne vel jam a basi ramosos, 1*5-4 dm. altos emittens. Rami erecti vel suberecti, strict! vel subflexuosi, superi- ores paniculam aphyllam constitnentes. Folia rosularum sterilium cauliiiaeque inferiora nunc hastato-lanceolata, lobis lateralibus tri- angularibus vel linearibus indivisis, nunc omnia vel nonnulla hastato-tripartita lanceolata, lacinia media oblongo-lanceolata apice obtusiuscula vel rotundato-obtusa, lateralibus palmato-2-5-fidis divaricatis ; caulina superiora lanceolato-linearia, hastato-trifida vel integerrima. Folia omnia petiolata, glabra vel infima papillosa, glaucescentia vel cauo-viridia. Verticillastri pauciflori, subdistauces. Flores dioici, pedunculi demum reflexi, apice articulati. Perigonii phylla exteriora oblongo-lanceolata, erecta ; interiora in floribus femineis fructiferis obsolete nervosa, ecallosa, acheuio arete connata eoque nee latiora nee longiora. Achenium acute triquetrum, quam in R. Acetosella plerumque paullo majus. — Fl. & fruct. Jun.-Aug." Gymnadenia conopsea X ALBiDA IN ScoTLAND. — Latc in June two or three specimens of an orchid were forwarded to me from the neighbourhood of Arisaig, West Inverness, which I thought, from description, might be G. odoratissium Rich., or perhaps the above hybrid. I suggested the former name to the sender as a possibility, but through a misinterpretation of my letter a note was unfortu- nately published in the Gardeners' Chronicle of July 23rd that the plant had been identified at Kew. This, however, was not the case, and on my subsequently taking the specimen to Kew, Mr. Rolfe kindly undertook its diagnosis, and pronounced it to he G. conopsea X albida ; he has published a notice thereon in the Orchid Review for August, p. 238. The specimens were gathered by Mr. Dixon, who first noticed the plant, growing very sparingly in the company of its two parents, at about 100 ft. above sea- level. It should be looked for elsewhere, where the two species grow together. It has the general aspect of G. conopsea, but with a much shorter and stouter spur. — A. H. WOLLEY DOD. [Mr. Rolfe's notice, after a paragraph conveying the above information, runs : — " These two species are very dissimilar. G. albida has white flowers, an equally tricuspidate lip, and a short, swollen and obtuse spur, not equalling the lip ; while G. conopsea has rose-purple flowers, an unequally trilobed lip, and a filiform, SHORT NOTES. 353 acute spur many times longer than the lip. The hybrid — for such it evidently is — has rose-purple flowers, but the spur is stout, and only twice as long as the lip, which latter organ is about inter- mediate in shape ; the leaves also are intermediate in shape ; but the spike closely resembles that of G. alhida. Such a hybrid has already been recorded by Hegelmaier in 1864, under the name of Gymnadenia coiiopsea X alhida {^(Esterr. Bot. Zeitschr,, 1864, pp. 102- 104), and by Kerner, a year later, as G. x Schweinfurthii [Verhandl. ZooL-Bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, xv., p. 213, t. 5, fig. 15-16). It was found by Dr. Hegelmaier in July, 1863, in the Austrian Alps, and the Scotch plant is evidently substantially identical. The discovery is very interesting, and it seems probable that it might be found in other localities, where the two species occur intermixed, if searched for."] Lathyrus Aphaca in CAMBRiDGEsmRE. — In Mr. West's notes on Cambridgeshire plants (p. 246), it is stated that Lathi/riis Aphaca has disappeared from its Cambridge localities. Through my friend the Eev. H. P. Reader, I possess a specimen of this plant collected at Hills Road, Cambridge, in July last, by Mr. A. H. Evans. It may of course be only a casual in this station. — A. B. Jackson. An Insufficient Abbreviation. — I have more than once pointed oat that when two contemporary botanists have almost precisely similar names, the only way of avoiding confusion is to write each name in full. Yet our American confreres persist in abbreviating the name of one of their most distinguished botanists in such a manner as to render it indistinguishable from that of one who — if priority is to govern this as it is supposed to do most other matters connected with nomenclature, and especially American nomenclature — may claim to have been first in the field, although he would not presume to enter into competition on any other ground. A recent paper by Dr. Terraciano in the Contribuzioni alia hiologia vegetale (vol. ii. fasc. 2, 1898) gives an excellent example of what is likely to happen if this course is persisted in. Dr. Terraciano cites in his text " Ceiba boliviensis Britt.," and adds in a footnote, " Britt. in Mem. Torrey botanical Club, vi. 1896, p. 11." No one could possibly suppose from these citations that two different botanists were indicated ; but such is the case. Ceiba boliviensis was published in a joint paper by Mr. E. G. Baker and myself, printed in this Journal for 1896 (p. 174) ; but the paper quoted in Dr. Terraciano's footnote is by Dr. N. L. Britton.* The saving of space effected by the omission of two letters is very small, and the resultant gain cannot compensate for the inconvenience which must arise (and has already arisen) from the employment of an abbreviation which applies equally to both names — an abbreviation which, moreover, breaks the only rule laid down by De Candolle on this head,^" and is not countenanced by either of the botanists to whom it equally applies. — James Britten. * Although Dr. Britton cites the species as of " Britten," it should of course be quoted as of "Britten & Baker fil." 354 NOTICES OF BOOKS. The Potamogeto7is ( Pond Weeds) of the British Isles : with descriptions of all the species, varieties, and hi/hrids. By Alfred Fryer, A.L.S. ; illustrated by Robert Morgan, F.L.S. London : L. Reeve & Co. Parts i.-iii. Price 15s. uncoloured, 21s. coloured (net). 4to, pp. 24, tt. 12. We welcome the appearance of the first instalment of this important work, and we trust that it will progress steadily and rapidly towards completion. Undertakings of this kind have a tendency to linger, and the result is a want of unity between the parts of the work, and a consequent depreciation of its value as a whole. When it is finished, we may hope for a detailed review from one of the few botanists competent to deal with the genus ; meanwhile our readers will expect to be told something about it. It is unnecessary to speak of the qualifications either of author or illustrator for the task they have undertaken, especially in this Journal, to which so many communications upon PotamogHon have been contributed by Mr. Fryer with illustrations by Mr. Morgan. That some such monograph was urgently needed, every British botanist knows ; and it is satisfactory to find that we have among us men capable of producing it. The only matter for regret is that such a work is necessarily expensive ; it would be impossible to give adequate illustrations of the species in fewer or smaller plates. Perhaps when it is done Mr. Fryer will give us a brief synopsis of his work, which will serve both as an advertisement of the mono- graph and as a help to those who cannot afford it. Mr. Fryer begins his work with a description of the genus, followed by a statement of his views as to species, and especially as to "hybrid species." As to synonymy, Mr. Fryer is cautious, but we gather that he does not in all cases intend to employ the earliest name, preferring to leave matters of nomenclature somewhat in abeyance until Mr. Arthur Bennett (whose generous help is grate- fully acknowledged) "has published his complete nomenclature of the genus." The present instalment contains descriptions and figures of P. natans L., X fP. crassifolius Fryer, X P. fiuitans Roth, X P. Kirhii Syme, and P. polygonifolius Pourret, with numerous varieties ; P. coloratus Hornem. is partly described. There are numerous synonyms and references, the abbreviations of which might have been better expressed ; it is a matter of satisfaction to find that the communications of various botanists to our pages are so frequently quoted. We regret that Mr. Fryer has not given us a complete account of the distribution of each species in Britain, and we would venture to suggest that this should appear as an appendix. Such a list should correlate the various records in county floras, which at * " Le seule r^gle sur ce point parait etre qu'une abreviation doit se com- prendre facilement.'' — La Ph7jtographie, p. 272. t The sign x is prefixed to what Mr. Fryer calls a "hybrid species." PALMiE MATTOGROSSENSES. 355 present represent very different views of species, and are not always in accordance with Mr. Fryer's conclusions. For example, Mr. Druce (Fl. Berks. 516) records P. fluitans without doubt as a Berk- shire plant, and gives a long account of its collection ; Mr. Fryer, however, says: " Mr. Brace sent me specimens from Berkshire, which probably will be found to belong to the fluitans group, but they are not sufficient to name with certainty"; and he does not include Berkshire among the counties producing it. A little more care should have been exercised in the reading of the proofs, especially as to proper names: " Sculley" and " T. F. Mott," for example, should be " Scully" and " F. T. Mott." It is to be regretted that the publisher has not taken more pains to render his portion of the undertaking worthy of the work ; un- fortunately he has not done so. The plates, for instance, bear no names ; " L. Keeve & Co. London." stands in every case where the name ought to be. This is not only absurd, but extremely in- convenient for reference ; every purchaser of the work will be compelled to supply for himself the publisher's omission, and this will, to some extent, disfigure the plates. The arrangement of the text is equally faulty. In a work of this importance, each species should of course begin on a fresh page ; here, however, everything runs on — the first species begins in the middle of the page where the description of the genus is ended ; the sixth within ten lines of the bottom of a page. Exception might be taken to other details of arrangement, but these are sufficient to show that the author may justly complain of the way in which his work is brought before the public. If Messrs. Lovell Reeve will refer to one of the parts of Mr. Hanbury's beautifully (but slowly) produced Monograph of British Hieracia, they will see how such a work ought to look. We would suggest that the date of future numbers should at least be placed upon the wrapper, and we hope that, when the monograph is completed, an accurate record of the dates of publi- cation will be placed on the back of the title. PalmcB Mattogrossenses novce vel minus cognitm quas collegit descripsit et iconibus illustravit J. Baebosa Eodrigues. Eio de Janeiro : Leuzinger. 1898. 4to, pp. 92, tt. 27. It is now nearly thirty years since Dr. Barbosa Eodrigues first entered the botanical ranks as a describer of the plants of his native country, and since then several meritorious memoirs have appeared from his pen, notably those on the Palms and the Orchids. Dr. Rodrigues has recently availed himself of the facilities now offered for reaching, by a pleasant journey of a few days from Buenos Ayres, the very centre of Matto Grosso, and the handsome memoir now under notice is the first fruit of his expedition. Dr. Eodrigues did not penetrate into the barely known country lying to the north of Cujaba ; but though his explorations were restricted to the neighbourhood of the capital and to places like Corumba and Melga9o on the way up, he succeeded in finding several palms new to science ; species, too, which have never been collected 356 DE GENERE BUNCHOSIA. before, unless possibly by Weddell, that " dark horse" of botanical explorers, whose nondescripts are still awaiting disinterment at Paris. It would savour of presumption were one who has made no special study of Palms to attempt a criticism in every way worthy of the subject of this essay ; but I cannot refrain from the sug- gestion that the author is at times rather too much inclined to "lump" species. A flagrant instance of this is Cocas Romanzoffiana Cham., under which he includes no less than five other names, all maintained as of specific value by Prof. Drnde in his fine monograph in the Flora Brasiliensis. I am myself affected by this description of the Brazilian savant, for he sinks my Dipluthemium jangadense under D. leiicocfth/x of Driule, without showing any appreciation of the important floral differences between the two. Moreover, I do not quite like Dr. Eodrigues's idea of nomenclature. Thus he describes under the name Astrocaryum arenarium Barb. Kod. a palm concerning which he is in doubt whether it may not be the A. Wed- delli of Drude, w^hen he would have been better advised, I think, in not giving a name until the doubt was resolved. And why, in referring the well-known Attalea speciosa Mart, to OrbUjnia, does he add to synonymy by calling the plant 0. Martiana Barb. Rod. ? The author asserts of the Caranda Palm [Copernicia cerifera Mart.), " one may say, as it were, that all the region of the Chaco is ex- clusively occupied by it"; but this is very far indeed from being correct. The memoir is well got up and lavishly illustrated. Dr. Rodrigues promises further contributions to the flora of Matto Grosso, and these will be looked for with much interest. n ^r De Geneve BuncJwsia, By Prof. F. Niedenzu. Brunsberg, 1898. 4to, pp. 17.* As it is about fifty years since M. Adrien de Jussieu monographed MalpighiaceiB, it is quite time some of the genera of this interesting natural order were again revised. M. de Jussieu enumerated twenty- three species of /^^6uc/ios^a; Prof. Niedenzu has thirty-two species, which he has carefully characterized and placed in their correct sequence ; there are also nine species which are unknown to him save by name, making altogether forty-one species. The Professor divides the genus into two subgenera, Ciruela and Malacmaa, founded principally on the size of the flowers. The most important subdivisions of these are based on the colour and shape of the connective and its relation to the loculi. Other divisions are founded on the petals, whether lacerate-dentate, glandular or eglandular, &c. It has been found necessary to make considerable alterations in the species enumerated in Grise- bach's Flora of the British West Indies, as in several cases these were wrongly identified. * Prefixed to " Index Lectionum in Lyceo regio Hosiano Brunsbergensi per biemem a die xv, Octobris 1898 usque ad diem xv. Martii 1899 instituendarum." ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. 357 While frequently agreeing with the writer in the changes he proposes, there are one or two points as to which we are inclined to differ from Prof. Niedenzu, or which seem to call for further explanation. For example, Bitnchosia mollis is described by Bentham (in Hooker's London Journal of Botany, vii. 127), and founded on Schomburgk's no. 742. It is represented by this number of Schom- burgk's in the National Herbarium, and seems indubitably Mr. Bentham's plant ; but Dr. Niedenzu quotes Schomburgk's no. 742 for the preceding species, Bunchosio rhombifolia Turcz., and for B. mollis Benth. he quotes no. 544. Further work seems de- sirable on some of the plants of this genus found in New Granada. Prof. Niedenzu places B. retusa Tr. & PI. among his unknown species, and altogether omits B. deflexa Tr. & PL ; but specimens of both exist in the National Herbarium, and the latter, as well as the former, was published in 1862 (Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 4, xviii. 311). We are not clear where the monographer intends to place the New Granadan plants which Triana & Planchon (/. c.) refer to B. nitida. It ought not to be difficult to obtain information regarding the three *' incognitse " described by Sereno Watson in the Proceedings of the American Academy within the last three years. B. cumanensis Don stands in a different category ; the name appeared in Loudon's Hort. Brit. ed. 2, p. 170, but no adequate description is given, and it is probable no type exists. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS^ Bot. Centralhlatt (Nos. 30-83). — F. Ludwig, * Ueber Variations- curven.' — (Nos. 30, 31). G. Kiikenthal, ' Aufzahlung der von V. F. Brotherus im 1896 in Turkestan gesammelten Cyperaceen.' — E. H. L. Krause, ' Floristische Notizen ' (concl.). — (Nos. 32, 33). P. Knuth, ' Zur Biologic der Bluten.' — M. Britzelmayr, ' Revision der diagnosen zu den von M. Britzelmayr aufgestellten Hymeno- myceten-Arten.' — (No. 34). H. Barth, ' Studien iiber den Nachweiz von Alkaloiden in JDrogen ' (1 pi.). Bot. Gazette (25 June). — R. Pound & F. E. Clements, * Vege- tation regions of Prairie Province.' — J. H. Schaffner, ' Nutation of Helianthus annuus.' — C. J. Peirce, ' Dissemination and reticulations of Ramalina reticulata.' — F. M. Lyon, ' Life-history of Euphorbia corollata ' (3 pi.). — B. L. Robinson, Reasons against the Rochester Nomenclature. — Id., Apios Priceana, sp. u. — E. B. Copeland, ' Size of Evergreen Needles.' — C. D. Beadle, ' Botany of South-eastern States.' — (28 July). D. S. Johnson, ' Leaf and sporangia of Piliilaria ' (3 pL). — F. de F. Heald, ' Germination of fern and moss spores' (1 pi.). — B. L. Robinson, ^ Bartonia.' — F. A. Waugh, ' Sundry American Plums.' — E.J. Hill, ' Two Noteworthy Oaks ' * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. 358 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. (2 pi.). — (15 Aug.). B. Stoneman, 'The Development of some Anthracnoses ' (12 pL). — W. L. Bray, ' Flora of Lower Sonoran and Arid Zones.' Bot. Zeitung (1 Aug.). — F. Oltmanns, ' Zur Entwickelunges- cliiclite der Florideen ' (-l tab.). Bull, de VHeib. Boissier (Aug.). — E. v. Halacsy, 'Die bisher bekannten Centaurea- AYien Griechenlands ' (concl.). — H.deBoissieu, ' Les Legumineuses du Japou d'apres la collections de M. I'Abbe Faure.' — L. Blanc & E. Decrock, ' Distribution geographique des Primulacees.' — A. Pestalozzi, 'Die Gattung Boscia' (cont.). Bull. Soc. Bot. Belgique, xxxvii. fasc. 1 (13 Aug.). — F. Crepin, ' L'anatomie appliquee a la classification.' — A. Tonglet, ' Lichens de Dinant.' — Flore du Congo: M. Micheli, Leguminosffi {Dewevrea, gen. nov.) ; J. Briquet, Labiatae ; H. Hallier, Convolvulacese ; F. Pax, Euphorbiacese ; with additions to other orders. Biill. Soc. Bot. France (xlv. pt. 2 : July). — A. Chatin, ' La gra- dation organique consideree dans les orgaues de la nutrition et de la reproduction.' — P. Candargy, ' Flore de I'ile de Lesbos ' (cont.). — E. Bescherelle, ' Fiorule bryologique de Tahiti' (concl.). Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (15 July).— A. 0. Cook, ' Flora of Canary Islands.' — F. S. Eaiie & C. H. Peck, 'Alabama Fungi.' — A. Nelson, ' New Plants from Wyoming.' — J. H. Lovell, ' Insect- visitors of flowers.' — J. K. Small, 'Abnormal inflorescence in Saxifraga fallax (1 pi.). — E. G. Hill, ^ Eleocharis melanocarpa proliferous' (1 pL). — (^13 Aug.). A. W. Evans, ' Hepaticse of Southern Patagonia ' (4 pi.). — G. V. Nash, ' Eustachys and Chloris in N. America.' — E. 0. Wooton, ' New New Mexican Plants.' — T. D. A. Cockerell, Sophia Judictorum, sp. n. Gardeners' Chronicle (2 July). — Stapelia longidens (fig. 3). — (9 July). Stanhopea Bodigasiana (fig. 9). — (16 July). Fruit of Vinca minor (fig. 14). — (23 July). C. T. Druery, 'Apospory in Ferns.' — ' Welwitschia' (figs. 15, 16). — (20 Aug.). A. Cogniaux, Stanhopea Madouxiana, sp. n. (fig. 34). — H. T. Soppitt, JEcidium GrossularicB (fig. 38). Erythea (31 July). — C. V. Piper, Viola Flettii, sp. n. — A. Davidson, ' Lupines of Los Angelos Country.' — A. Eastwood, • Flora of Marin Country.' Journal de Botanique, " 1 Mai" (received about middle of July). — L. Lutz, ' Origine des canaux gommiferes des Marattiacees.' — E. Bescherelle, ' Enumeration des Hepatiques de Tahiti.' Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. (July). — M. Abbado, ' L'ibridismo nei vegetali' (concl.). — E. Gelmi, 'Aggiunti alia Flora del Trentino.' — G. Pons, ' lUustrazione del Bammculus del Cat. plant, agri jioren- tini di P. A. Micheli.' Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Aug.). — F. Ludwig, ' Biologische Beobachtungen an Helleborus fcetidus.' — F. Buchenau, ' Luzula campestris und verwandte Arten ' (concl.). — T. Wulff, ' Studien iiber verstopfte Spaltoffnungen ' (concl.). 359 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. At the meeting of the Liunean Society held on June 16th, Mr. Miller Christy read a paper entitled "Observations on the seasonal variations of elevation in a branch of Horse- Chestnut." Mr. Christy detailed the results of a series of observations, extending over three years, which he had made on the branch of a certain horse-chestnut tree growing in his garden. Having noticed for some years that the elevation of this branch above the ground was very noticeably greater during winter, when devoid of leaves, than during summer, when the foliage was on the tree, he made a series of careful observations on its various changes in elevation, due to the difference in the weight of the branch at different seasons of the year. The tree in question was a small one, some 40 ft. in height. The branch on which the observations were made was the lowest on the tree, and about 29 ft. in length. Having driven a nail into the side of this branch at a point 16 ft. 3 in. from the bole of the tree, Mr. Christy measured from time to time the distance between this nail and a brick which he had buried in the ground immediately below. This he did on forty-two occasions between April 21st, 1895, and April 25th, 1898, namely, twelve times in 1895, nine times in 1896, fourteen times in 1897, and seven times in 1898, or, on an average, about once monthly during the three years : and the rise and fall of the branch as thus observed was shown diagrammati- cally by means of a chart.- From the results it appeared that during winter little or no change in the elevation of the branch took place. From about the middle of April to the middle of May a rapid descent — the "vernal descent" — took place, coincident with the growth of the leaves. After this ensued a short period of quiescence — the " midsummer rest." Early in August, coincident with the development of the fruit, another and more rapid descent began, which continued during September. Finally, the fall of both leaves and fruit during October was followed by a very rapid rise, the branch almost recovering, during about four weeks, the elevation which it had been gradually losing during the preceding six months or more. In the year 1897 the results were noticeably affected in consequence of the injury caused to the foliage of the tree by the extremely severe hailstorm of June 24th. The extreme range of variation in elevation observed during the three years was about 12^ in. (from 81 to 68|- in.). In addition to this periodic seasonal rise and fall, the branch appeared to be undergoing permanent descent, the maximum and minimum elevation in each succeeding year being less than in the year before. These results were, as Mr. Christy pointed out, exactly what anyone might in advance have expected to have occurred ; but he thought that it might be a matter of some interest to show, as a result of precise observation, that these movements actually did occur, and to what extent. Dr. Morris has resigned the assistant-directorship of Kew Gardens for the new post of " Imperial Commissioner of Agri- culture for the West Indies." Mr. Chamberlain, when announcing 360 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. the appointment in the House of Commons, said that Dr. Morris " not only had all the scientific and other knowledge in the possession of the authorities at Kew, but also special acquaintance with the West Indies." If this be the case, the loss to Kew will be serious, if not irreparable, and we can readily agree with the Secretary for the Colonies that Dr. Morris is " marked out by special qualification for an important position of this kind." Natural Science says : — " We fear that the learned gentleman will not be welcomed with open arms by the many botanists in these parts, which already have an excellent botanical garden and staff in Jamaica." Mr. Fisher Unwin has published in his " Masters of Medicine" series an interesting life (price 3s. 6d.) of Dr. William Stokes (1804-1878), the eminent Dublin physician, by his son, Sir William Stokes. He was the second son of Dr. Whitley Stokes, whose name is familiar to British botanists, and in his younger days frequently accompanied his father (of whom a sympathetic sketch is given in the volume) upon his rambles after plants, though it does not appear that he followed up botanical studies in his later years. The volume is full of interesting reading and of side-lights upon Irish history. The Westminster Gazette informs us that Philip Miller " was the author of the much-admired ' Gardeners' Chronicle ' " ! The German deep-sea expedition sailed from Hamburg on August 1st on board the ' Valdivia,' one of the Hamburg-American liners, chartered for the purpose. The route to be followed is, speaking roughly, round Africa ; but before going south, the expe- dition crossed to Leith, where they were entertained by Sir John Murray, and shown specimens, &c., obtained by the ' Challenger.' The ' Valdivia ' was then to steam round the north of Scotland and test the various nets and apparatus on her way to the Cape de Verde Islands. The scientific staff on board includes a chemist and a navigator, as the work undertaken by the expedition is not ex- clusively biological, but also oceauographical. Besides the study of the plankton and the deep-sea fauna, there will be an investigation of the various chemical constituencies of the sea- water of different depths, and along the whole route soundings and temperatures will be taken. Questions of navigation will be dealt with, and the direction of ocean currents. The expedition expects to return to Hamburg in May, 1899. The last number of the Joimial of the Linnean Society [Botany) contains Mr. Druce's paper " On the occurrence of Carex helvola in Britain," of which a brief summary was given on p. 156; and a short paper by Mr. Clement Reid " On Limnocarpns, a new genus of fossil plants from the tertiary deposits of Hampshire": the Latin diagnosis of the genus requires considerable revision from a literary standpoint. Mr. F. N. Williams's '' Revision of the Genus Arenaria " is a careful and scholarly piece of work ; 168 species and numerous varieties are enumerated and described. The July number of the Kew Bulletin contains a large number of diagnoses of new African plants, and is further noteworthy as having appeared during the month indicated as the date of publication. V 361 NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. By S. Schonland, M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S., & Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S. The following twenty-six species of Crassula from South Africa we believe to be hitherto undescribed ; we have also appended a description of C. peploides Drege, published by Harvey in the Flora Capensis, of which fuller material has now been obtained, the plant having been in cultivation. In order to satisfy ourselves in regard to the identity of certain species, we obtained the loan of a portion of Harvey's CrassulacecB from Dublin, and those of the Sherardian Herbarium, Oxford. We have to return our thanks to Prof. Perceval Wright and Dr. Vines for thus assisting us. Types of the plants described in this paper will be found in the Albany Museum. Herbarium, Grahamstown ; some of them are also in the National Herbarium at South Kensington. We have arranged the species as far as possible according to the sequence of the groups adopted by Harvey in the Flora Capensis. The genus Bulliarda is not now retained as distinct from Crassula, and the species falling under this group will be found at the end. Crassula pallens, sp. nov. Frutex ramosus, iuternodiis + 8 mm. longis. Rami teretes, pallidi, pubescentes, sapissime basin versus efoliati, annulati. Folia crassa, subconnata, ovata vel ovato- lanceolata, sessilia, dorso convexa, supra subconcava, apice acuta vel subobtusa, 7-12 mm. longa, 3-5 mm. lata. Flores in cymos densos et terminales dispositi, pedunculis brevibus vel sub- brevibus, subcrassis, pedunculis pedicellisque setis albidis et brevibus instructis, bracteis oblongis vel oblongo-lanceolatis, acutis. Calycis lobi anguste lanceolati, acuti. Petala alba, ob- longa vel oblongo-oblanceolata, + 5 mm. longa, apice mucronu- lata. Carpella oblique lanceolata, stylis ovariis subaequilongis, squamis clavato-cuneatis, apice subemarginatis. Hab. Kareebergen, alt. 1500 ft. ; R. Schlechter, No. 8310. In flower July 24, 1896. The leaves of C.pallens are generally acute, while those in C. hrevi- folia are blunt, the pedicels stouter, the sepals a different shape, and the stem-branches and pedicels glabrous. C. Macowaniana, sp. nov. Caulis erectus, + 15 cm. altus, crassitie calami, glabriusculus, internodiis + 8 mm. longis. Folia subteretia, subulata, crassa, dorso convexa, supra subplana vel leviter canaliculata, i-Q-^ cm. longa, seusim ad apicem attenuata, subconnata, apice acuta, internodiis multo longiora vel sub^equales. Flores in cymos terminales dispositi, cymis corymbosis, multifloris, ramosis, pedunculatis, bracteis sub pedunculis et pedicellis duabus oppositis, lanceolatis, acuminatis. Pedunculi foliis longiores. Sepala brevia, ovato-lanceolata, subacuta, petalis multo breviora. Petala oblonga, vel oblongo-lanceolata, apice obtusa, basi connata, + 3-5 mm. longa. Carpella oblique obovata, stylis subulatis. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [Oct. 1898.] 2 c 362 NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. sqiiamis rectangulari-cuneatis, apice subemarginatis, submem- branaceis, luteis. Hab. Namaqualand ; W. Scully, Ji^o. 191; Garies, G. Alston. This belongs to Snhulnres, and was doubtfully referred to C. ramosa Dryander in the Albany Museum Herbarium. It differs from this plant in several points, especially in having much longer leaves. We have named this species in honour of Prof. Macowan. As has been already shown (Journ. Bot. 1897, 484), the plant described in the Flora Capensis, ii. 339, under the name C. ramosa cannot be the plant of the Hortus Kewensis : it is probably identical with the plant here described. It is not represented in Harvey's Herbarium. C. punctulata, sp. uov. Suffruticosa divaricata e basi ramosa. Caules et rami efohati, annulati, glabri, minutissime punctulati, internodiis 3-3*5 mm. longis; ramuli ceriferi, graciles, adscendentes, 4-5 cm. longi, e basi ad medium et ultra foliata, internodiis inferioribus c. 2 mm. longis. FoUa glauca, cerifera, lanceo- lata. acuta, basi breviter connata, vaginantia c. 8 mm. longa. Cym^e terminales, pauciflorse, pedunculatae, pedunculis tenuibus, •7-2 cm. longis, 2-4 bracteis sterilibus parvis munitis, floribus campauulatis breviter pedicellatis. Sepala oblongo-ovata obtusa basi subconnata 4 mm. longa. Stamina petalis sub^quilonga, filameutis filiformibus. Carpella gracilia, stylis subulatis ovariis subffiquilongis, squamis minutis, apice emarginatis. Hab. In the mountains behind Vogelgat, at the mouth of the Klyn river, alt. 500 ft. ; R. Schlechter, No. 10403. Allied to C. Harveyi Britten & Bak. til. (= C. alpestris Harvey, non Thunberg). C. Flanagani, sp, nov. Herbacea, c. 25 cm. alta, simplex vel basi ramosa (?). Caulis foliatus, adscendens, infra glabra supra leviter scaber, internodiis 12-15 mm. longis. Folia facie- bus glabris, margine minutissime cartilagineo-ciliata, subplana (?), obovato-spathulata, acuminata vel lanceolata, basi connata, in- feriora c. 5 cm. longa, superiora sensim minora. Infloresceuti^e terminales laxe cymoso-corymbosse, multiflorse, et ex axillis foli- orum superiorum cymoso-corymbos^e, pauciflorge, floribus pedicel- latis, pedicellis l-5-2'5 mm. longis. Sepala subglabra, lanceolata, acuta, basi connata, dorso carinata, c. 1*25 mm. longa. Petala basi connata, oblongo-ovata, apice dorso mucronulata, + 2-25 mm. longa. Stamina c, 2 mm. longa, filamentis subulatis apice attenuatis, antheris subreniformibus. Carpella c. 2 mm. longa, ovariis oblique oblongo-ovatis, stylis brevibus, subulatis, squamis minutis late sub- rectangularibus, versus apicem leviter dilatatis, apice subemarginatis. Hab. East London, among rocks, alt. 100 ft. \ H. G. Flanagan, No. 1272. This species has a superficial resemblance to C. natalensis Schonland (Bull. Herb. Boiss. v. 861), but the latter has larger flowers and broader sepals and petals than C. Fhmagani ; further, its squamgB are cuneate, not broadly subrectangular. On the sheet NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. 363 of this species in Herb. Bolus there is the following remark: ''n. sp. not in Herb. Kew, July 93, near C. inclica.'" C. rubescens, sp. nov. Herbacea perennis, erecta simplex vel apicem versus paullo raraosa, c. 10 cm. alta. Caulis retrorso-albo- hirsutus, basi dense foliatus, supra laxe foliatus, internodiis superiori- bus 8-10 cm. lougis. Folia sessilia, basi coimata, rabescentia, mferi- ora oblongo-ovata, superiora late obovato-cuneata, omnia obtusa vel subobtusa, margine dense sed minute ciliata, faciebus glabris vel superiora ad basin dorso hispida. Cym^ dense multiflor^e, termi- nals, sessiles, subcapitat^e, lioribus breviter pedicellatis, bracteis foliis similibus sed minoribus. Sepala rubescentia, basi connata, lanceolata, dorso carinata, faciebus glabris, margine minutissime et irregulariter cartilagineo-ciliata, 3 mm. longa. Petala alba (?), basi connata, obovato-spathulata, apice dorso mucronulata, 3-5- 4 mm. longa. Stamina petalis subgequilonga. Styli breviter subulati ; squama minutae, subrectangulares, apicem versus dik- tats, rotundatae, apice leviter emarginatas. Hab. Summit of Mont aux Sources, Basutoland, alt. 9500 ft. ; H. G. Flanagan, Is'o. 1834. Very closely allied to C. stachyera E. Z. C. Rudolfi, sp. nov. Perennis. Caulis suffruticosus, erectus, teres, ramulis setis albis et brevibus tectis, internodiis + 7 mm. longis. Folia subconnata, subtrigona, anguste oblongo-lanceolata, subcrassa, margine ciliata, faciebus glabris, apice acutis, 1'2 mm. longa, internodiis longiora. Flores sessiles in cymulos terminates dispositi, cymulis paniculatis, paucifloris, bracteis ovatis, dorso convexis, intus subplanis. Sepala dorso convexa, subglabra, margine ciliata, lanceolata, + 2 mm. longa. Petala apice leviter recurvata, oblongo-spathulata, 3 mm. longa. Carpella oblique lanceolata, apicem versus gradatim attenuata, stylus subnuUus, squamis cuneatim rectangularibus. Hab. Brackdamm, on hills, alt. 1500 ft. ; R. Schlechter, No. 11118. Allied to C. WhiteheadU Harvey. Named in honour of the collector, Herr Rudolf Schlechter. We have compared this plant with C. WhiteheadU Harvey, a specimen of which exists in Harvey's Herbarium. There are several points of difference : the leaves are longer than the inter- nodes, which they are not in C. WhiteheadU, and the styles are not shortly subulate. The cymules in 0. Faidolji are terminal, compact, and usually more than 3-5-flowered; they are pauiculately arranged. C. WhiteheadU Harvey has been gathered by Mr. W. C. Scully in Namaqualand, No. 197. C. cyclophylla, sp. nov. Radix fibrosa. Caulis simplex, herbaceus, glabriusculus, in specimine nostro c. 16 cm. longus, nodiis remotis (internodiis 2-5-3-0 cm. longis). Folia suborbicu- laria vel late ovata, opposita, patentia, viridia, plana, membranacea, apice subacuta, basi rotundata, petiolata, margine graciliter serrata, lamina 1 •8-2-2 cm. longa, 1-5-1 -8 cm. lata ; petioli 3-5 mm. longi. 2 c 2 364 NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. Inflorescentire terminales ramosae. Cym^ pedunculatse paniciilatae, pedicellis gracilibus. Bracteaa sub pedimculis et pedicellis duse opposite, minutissimas. Sepala brevia, lineari-lanceolata, + 1 mm longa, petalis multo breviora, apice subacuta. Petala augusti lanceolata, acuminata, + 4 mm. longa. Carpella oblique lanceo lata, stylis subulatis, petalis brevioribus, squamis subrectaugularibus Hab. Perie bush, King William's Town ; S. Schdnland, No. 847 This plant is allied to C'. spathulata Thunberg and C. iielJucida L. (= C.centauroides'Li.). The round shortly-petioled leaves serrate at the margin, not broadly cordate, but rounded at the base, at once distinguish this plant from its near allies. The inflorescence is sub- similar to that of C. spathulata Thunb., but in this case distinctly terminal, not at all lateral, and apparently not so consistently divaricate. C. latispathulata, sp. nov. Caulis in specimine nostro 16- 20 cm. longus, internodiis c. 1*8 cm. longis, inferne efoliatus ad nodos radicans. Folia opposita, plana, glabra, internodiis longiora, ovata vel elliptica, margiue crenata vel crenato-serrata, ad basin in petiolum gradatim attenuata, apice acuta, cum petiolis 3-3-3 cm. longa, 1'2-1'5 cm. lata. Flores in cymos terminales et paniculatos dispositi. Bracte^ sub pedanculis pedicellisque duae oppositse, minutae vel minutissimae. Sepala oblonga, obtusa, petalis multo breviora. Petala angusti-lanceolata-acuminata, alba, c. 3*5 mm. longa. Carpella oblique lanceolata, stylis filiformibus, squamis brevibus subrectangularibus. Hab. Zuurberg, alt. 3000 ft. ; J. M. Wood, No. 457. Herb. Mus. Brit. Allied to C. cyclophylla and C. Inandensis. This plant differs from C. cyclophylla in the shape of the lamina of the leaf, which is considerably longer than broad, and at the base tapers gradually to the petiole. The shape of the leaves is very similar in C. Inandensis, but the branching of the inflorescence is entirely different, the peduncles ni C. latisjjathulata being dichotomously branched. The leaves and flowers are smaller in C. latispathulata than in C. Inan- densis. C. Inandensis, sp. nov. Caulis procumbens, ad nodos inferi- ores radicans, in specimine nostro 30 cm. longus, internodiis 3-4*7 cm. longis. Folia opposita minute squamulosa, internodiis breviora vel interdum longiora, ovata vel elliptica, margine denticu- lata vel subdenticulata, ad basin in petiolum gradatmi attenuata, plana, apice acuta, cum petiolis 4-6 cm. longa, l'5-2-8 cm. lata. Flores in cymos trichotomos et terminales dispositi. Bracteae sub pedunculis pedicellisque duae opposite, minutissimae. Sepala ob- longa, obtusa, petalis multo breviora. Petala alba, concava, angusti-lanceolata, acuminata, c. 4 mm. longa. Carpella oblique lanceolata, stylis filiformibus, squamis subrectangularibus. Hab. Natal: Inanda ; J. M. Wood, No. 764. In flower, Dec. 1880. Herb. Mus. Brit. This plant is allied to C. sarmentosa Harvey, and, like that plant, roots at the lower nodes. The stem is not so stout as in C. sarme^i- NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. 365 tosa, and the leaves are different, the base in the present species gradually tapering to the petiole and not rounded. The flowers are in a terminal trichotomously branched cyme ; the petals narrow and acuminate, and smaller than in C. sarmentosa. It is also allied to C. cyclophylla Schoul. & Bak. fil. It differs from this species markedly in the shape of the lamina of the leaves. C. hirsuta, sp. nov. Kadix fibrosa, annua. Caulis filiformis, volubilis, erectus vel adscendens, teretiusculus, pubescens, ramosus, 4-7 cm. longus. Eami nunc erecto-patentes, nunc adscendentes, teretes, subbrunnei vel rubescentes. Folia lanceolata vel lineari- lanceolata, hirsuta, acuta, sessilia, 4-8 mm. longa. Flores minuti, pentameri, cymoso-paniculati, interdum axillis dichotomis floriferis, omnes breviter pedicellati. Calycis lobi oblongi, obtusi, hirsuti, vix 1 mm. longi. Petala + '75 mm. longa, subovata, basi connata. Ovarium papillosum, oblique ovatum, stylis subulatis, brevibus, squamis spathulatis. Hab. Messklip, on hills, alt. 2000 ft. ; E. ScJilechter. No. 11283. In flower Sept. 16, 1897. This plant belongs to the Glome^'atm, and is allied to C. glabra Haworth, a type of which exists in the National Herbarium at South Kensington. The future monographer of this group will find that the question of the identity of Crassula muscosa Linn. PI. Afr. Ear. 10 (1760), with C. glabra Haworth will have to be considered, C. muscosa L. is of course much the earlier ; the only specimens we have seen bearing this name are in the Sherardian Herbarium, Oxford.* C. glomerata Berg, Descr. PI. 85 & 86 (1767), will also require attention, as one of the plants on which this is founded is in Plukenet's Herbarium, and is C. decumbens E. & Z. C. hirsuta seems easily distinguishable from the other members of this group — one very obvious character being the character of the indumentum. C. oblanceolata, sp.nov. Annua. Eadix filiformis descendens. Caules multi ex eadem radice orti, adscendentes, herbacei, ssepe trichotomi, ramosi. Folia oblanceolata vel oblongo-obovata, 5-7 mm. longa, sessilia, margine integra, plerumque patentia, opposita, ob- tusiuscula, basi cuneata. Flores pentameri, axillares et terminales, pedicellis filiformibus. Sepala obtusa, oblonga, corollam sub- sequantia. Petala oblongo-ovata, subacuta, circiter 1-5 mm. longa, alba. Stamina petalis breviora. Styli breviter subulati, squamis e basi cuneata abrupte et latissime sed breviter transversim dilatatis. Hab. Kareebergen, alt. 1800 ft. ; R, Schlechter, No. 8306. In flower July 24, 1896. This plant belongs to the GlomeratcB, and has been referred to C. albicaulis Harvey ; but we have compared it with the type in Harvey's Herbarium, and it is quite distinct. It is a much more slender plant than C. albicaulis^ but, like that species, it has many * In the original description of G. muscosa L., Ficoides africana annua minima muscosa, Hermann, Par. 170, is quoted as a synonym. The value of the Sherardian specimen is perhaps not apparent until one remembers that Hermann's Paradisus Batavus was a posthumous work, and was edited with a preface by W. Sherard. 866 NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. stems from the crown which spread on all sides, but they are only at most 4-5 cm. long, whereas in C. albicaulis they are 15 cm. or more. Another difference is that in albicaulis the sepals are about two-thirds of the length of the corolla, whereas in the present species the sepals and petals are nearly the same length. The sqnamge are rather noticeable on account of their somewhat peculiar shape — the short stipe is abruptly transversely dilated, and subsimilar in outline to the section of an Agaricus. A plant gathered by R. Schlechter, No. 4920, at Piquenierskloof, alt. 850 ft., may be the same as above. C. Promontorii, sp. nov. Radix tuberosa. Caulis herbaceus, ssepissime simplex, + 4 cm. altus, interdum altior. Folia opposita, patentia vel erecto-patentia, petiolata, membranacea, glabra, lamina rotunda, ovata, vel late ovata, vel elliptica, basi cuneata, margine crenata, vel crenato-serrata, 1-2-2-0 cm. lata, cumpetiolis 2-2*8 cm. longa. Flores cymosi, pedicellis gracilibus. Calycis lobi lanceolati, acuti. Petala ovata, acuta, 5 mm. longa. Carpella petalis breviora, stylis subulatis, sqiiamis rectangulari-cuneatis. Hab. Table Mountain, Kasteelspoort, on rocks ; Capt. Wolley Dod, No. 1624. Belongs to Crenato-lobatw. This seems almost certainly the plant Harvey took for C. dentata Thunberg (see specimens in his herbarium). C. dentata Thunberg, var. a, minor Herb. Harvey, is a more slender plant. Petrogeton typicum E. Z. (— C. Petrogeton Walpers) belongs to this variety. We have carefully compared Thunberg's description of his dentata [Flora Capensis, 293) with the present species, and as there are several points of dift'erence, we have ventured to describe the latter. The stem in the present species is about 4 cm. high, the plants in the Harveian Herbarium being rather more, and the leaves are not cordate, the original description (of C. dentata) describing the stem as " vix ullus vel brevissimus," and the leaves as " cordata." Harvey remarks C. dentata Thunb. has " something the habit of Chrysosplenimn oppositi folium,'' a remark which is applicable to the present species. The two plants in Harvey's Herbarium referable to C. Pro- montorii were collected, one by Harvey himself, the other by C. Wright, No. 558, both without definite locality. C. confusa, sp. nov. Planta omnino glabra. Caulis herbaceus, + 4 cm. altus. Folia subreniformia, in statu siccitatis, membran- acea, petiolata, basi truncata, margine Integra vel subintegra, viridia, lamina 1-2-1 -8 cm. lata, 7-9 mm. longa, petioli 5-8 mm. longi, patentia vel erecto-patentia. Flores cymosi, pedicellis gracili- bus. Calycis lobi petalis triplo breviores. Petala ovato-acuminata, 2-2-5 mm. longa. Carpella oblique obovata, stylis subulatis, tenuiter recnrvis, squamis ovatis, apice obtusis. Hab. Koudeberg, alt. 2400 ft. ; B. Schlechter, No. 8727. In flower Aug. 28, 1896. This plant belongs to the Crenato-lohatcB, and is closely allied to C. nemorosa Endlicher. It may be well to contrast the differences these species exhibit : — NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. 367 C. NEMOROSA Endl. C. CONFUSA. Flowers in interrupted racemose Flowers in complicated cymose panicle. Pedicels thread-like. inflorescence ?ioi an interrupted racemose panicle, smaller than in C. nemorosa Endl., and with shorter pedicels. Calyx-lobes ovate, subacute, two- Calyx-lobes ovate, obtuse, one- thirds of corolla. third of corolla. Petals lanceolate, acute, or acu- Petals ovate-acuminate. minate. Styles shortly subulate. Styles subulate. The styles are slender and recurved — the connectives are com- paratively broad, as in the other species of the section. C. pachystemon, sp. nov. Perennis. Caulis erectus, ramosus ; rami adscendentes, herbacei, pubescentes, + 15 cm. longi, inter- nodiis l'7-2-0 cm. longis. Foha lauceolata vel oblanceolata, sessilia, basi connata, subcrassa, erecto-patentia, utrinque pubes- centia, margine ciliata, Integra, apice acuta, 2-2-5 cm. longa, 5-6 mm. lata, internodiis longiora. Flores in cymos terminales dispositi. Cymffi pauciflorfe, compactae, paniculatim disposit^, pedunculis pedicellisque pubescentibus, bracteis sub pedunculis et pedicellis duabus oppositis, foliis subsimilibus sed multo minoribus, lanceolatis, sessilibus, acutis. Sepala dorso convexa, intus sub- plana, lanceolata, basi connata, hispida, margine ciliata, petalis fere ^quilongia. Petala alba, minutissime papillosa, c. 2-5 mm. longa, oblonga vel oblongo-oblanceolata, apice subumbonata. Car- pella oblique lanceolata, apicem versus gradatim attenuata, squamis ovato-rectangularibus, apice emarginatis. Hab. Kocky hillsides near Graff Reinet, alt. 2600 ft. ; H. Bolus, No. 437. Windvogelberg, near Cathcart ; J. Ft. Sim. Allied to C. mollis Thunberg in Nova Acta Acad. Leopoldino- Carolinse, vi. 340 (1778) ; see also Journ. Bot. 1897, 480. Differs from this species in several pomts, the leaves of C. mollis being terete, triquetrous, and generally glabrous, and the inflorescence much more branched. The inflorescence in C. fachystemon is ter- minal, the flowers being in compact few-flowered cymes. The cymes are paniculately arranged ; the peduncles are fairly stout, and, together with the pedicels, are rufous pubescent. The sepals are not quite as long as the petals — the filaments are remarkably thick — the styles are not subulate, but the carpel tapers gradually from the base upwards. Though nearly allied to some species of § Sph(2ritis, it has the petals of Eucrassula. C. namaquensis, sp. nov. Perennis e basi rarnosa, caulibus brevibus, dense foliatis, radice lignosa, 9-12 cm. longa, descendente. Folia subrosulata, csespitosa, semiteretia, dorso convexa, supra sub- plana, oblonga vel oblongo-lanceolata, apice acuta, setis albidis et brevibus utrinque instructa, 2-2-8 cm. longa, + 7 mm. lata. In- florescentia c. 3 cm. longa terminalis, pedunculata, cymis paucifloris capitatis compositis, laxe paniculata vel corymbosa, pedunculo 6-7 cm. longo, 2-4-foliis parvis ovatis hirsutis connato-vaginatis 368 NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. bracteis similibus miinito, pilis albis retrorsis tecto, floribus sessili- bus. Sepala basi coDuata, ovata, + 1 mm. longa, dorso convexa, hirsuta. Petala pallide Intescentia, basi connata, ovata, apicem versus subulata, canaliculata, 3 mm. longa. Stamina c. 1-5 mm. longa, filamentis subulatis, antberis ovatis. Carpella qnam stamina paullo breviora, oblique oblonga, stylis subnullis, stigmatibus pone carpelli apicem dorsaliter impositis, squamis membranaceis, trun- catis, cimeatis. Hab. Namaqnaland : Garies ; Mr. G. Alston. I'aus, on bills, alt. 2300 ft. ; R. Schlechter, No. 11210. Belongs to SphcBritis. Tbis is a densely caespitose species allied to C. clavifolia E. Meyer. The leaves are hairy and thick. The peduncles are dark red, with whitish hairs, bearing bracts about the middle which are connate and subvaginate, hairy and acute, and also similar bracts below the branching. The petals are creamy white. The stamens are shorter than the petals, the anthers dorsi- fixed. The stigma is decidedly dorsal ; the squamae are rectangular- cuneate, membranous, and orange-coloured. C. (§ Sph^ritis) hispida, sp. nov. Suffruticosa e basi ramo- sissima. Rami graciles basi lignosi dense foliati retrorso hispidi ad 20 cm. longi, internodiis c. 4 mm. longis. Folia ovato-lanceo- lata acuta, facie sparse hispida, dorso hispida, margine ciliata, basi subconnata, inferiora c. 1 cm. longa, superiora sensim minora. Inflorescentiae terminales subsessiles capitate diam. 5-15 mm., bracteis ovato-lanceolatis dorso scabridis margine ciliatis, floribus subsessilibus. Sepala linearia subacuta serrulata intus concava glabra, dorso scabrida subcarinata sublibera c. 3 mm. longa. Petala sepalis subeequilonga subpanduriformia apice sensim con- tracta caualicalata. Stamina c. 1-5 mm. longa, filamentis fili- formibus antberis late ovatis. Carpella staminis subaequilouga, stylis subnullis, squamis cuneatis apice rotundatis c. 0*8 mm. longis. Described from specimens in Herb. Bolus. "In coUibus saxosis prope thermas Montagu, alt. 800 ft. leg. H. Bolus (No. 6704), Dec, 1892." C. (§ Sph^ritis) multiflora, sp. nov. Sujffruticosa ramosa vel subsimplex robusta. Caulis ramulique teretes glabri, inter- nodiis inferioribus c. 4 mm. longis superioribus sensim minori- bus. Folia perfoliata lanceolata acuta, faciebus glabris, margine cartilagiueo-ciliata, inferiora c, 7 cm. longa superiora sensim minora. luflorescentiae terminales vel ex axillis foliorum supe- riorum laterales, dense multiflor^e cymoso-corymbos^e, bracteis foliis similibus sed minoribus, floribus pedicellatis. Sepala sub- libera serrulata, dorso carinata lanceolata obtusiuscula c. 3 mm. longa. Petala basi connata medio panduriformia apice sensim contracta canaliculata 4 mm. longa. Stamina c. 2*5 mm. longa filamentis filiformibus antberis ovatis. Carpella staminis sub- sequilonga stylis brevissimis ovariis subovatis, squamis cuneatis apice submarginatis c. 0*8 mm. longis. Described from specimens in Herb. Bolus. " In convalle inter saxa prope thermas, alt. 800 ft. leg. H. Bolus (No. 6702), Dec, 1892." NEW SPECIES OF CKASSULA. 369 In Herb. Bolus there are two specimens, the largest of which is about 45 cm. long, but both are only portions of a plaint or plants which, even if only shghtly larger, must belong to a very hand- some and striking species. One of these specimens is branched 16 cm. below the top, the other is simple except that one of the uppermost nodes bears a small inflorescence. The habit of the plant as preserved in these specimens is somewhat similar to that of C. vaginata and C. rubicnnda. C. scalaris, sp. nov. Perennis. Caulis erectus, simplex, ad basin dense foliosus, teres, + 20 cm. altus, pubescens, crassitie quam penna minor. Folia radicalia cuneatim obovata, vel late obovata, basi in petiolum attenuata, apice rotundata, praesertim subtus hirsuta, margine ciliata, cum petiolis + 3 cm. longa, 2-2-5 cm. lata ; caulniorum duo infima obovata sessilia, foliis radicalibus cousimilia, superiora oblonga, basi connata. Cymuli ad nodos sessiles. Sepala lanceolata, hirsuta et ciliata, petalis multo breviora. Petala circiter 4 mm. longa, inferne coalita, superne in apicem longam et canaliculatam attenuata. Carpella oblique obovata, squamis cuneatis, apice emarginatis. Hab. Bullhoek, alt. 700 ft. ; B. Schlechter, No. 8382. This plant is allied to C. tomentosa Thunberg, C. interrupta E. Meyer, and C. (jlahrifolia Harv., and therefore belongs to Sph(Eritis. Stem densely leafy at the base, with distant leaf-pairs above. The radical leaves are cuneate, obovate, hairy, and ciliate, while those of tomentosa are described by Thunberg as lanceolate. The cauline leaves vary in shape according to their position on the stem — the lowest are very similar to the radical leaves, those higher up are oblong or oblanceolate, and shorter than the internodes. The cymules of flowers are capitate and sessile, or subsessile, at the nodes, forming an interrupted spiked thyrsus or spike. The clusters of flowers are 1*2-1 -8 cm. apart. The thyrsus in the specimen before us consists of eight verticillasters. C. interrupta E. Meyer seems quite distinct, though certainly allied ; it is a smaller, hoary species with much shorter leaves. As has been previously stated, it is somewhat doubtful whether the plants in Harvey's Her- barium under C. tomentosa are Thunberg' s species (see Journ. Bot 1897, 481). C. leucantha, sp. nov. Perennis ramis foliatis virgatis glabris basi lignosis, internodiis inferioribus c. 4 mm. longis, superioribus sensim longioribus ad 15 mm. longis ; folia oblonga vel oblongo-obovata sparse pubescentia vel glabra, margine breviter cartilagineo-ciliata breviter connato-vaginata, inferiora c. 25 mm. longa, superiora sensim minora. Inflorescentia termi- nalis capitata vel subcorymbosa breviter pedunculata floribus breviter pedicellatis bracteis bracteolisque lanceolatis margine cartilagineo-ciliatis ; sepala oblongo-linearia basi connata lobis c. 2 mm. longis dorso carinatis margine minute cartilagineo ciliatis ; petala alba basi ovata versus apicem subulata canaliculata c. 4 mm. longa, stamina carpellseque brevia antheris ovatis, ovariis oblique ovatis styhs brevioribus, squamis subrectangularibus truncatis, apice leviter dilatatis. 370 NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. Described from two branches in Herb. Alb. Mns. Hab. Howhoek, 2000 ft. ; i?. 8chlechUr, 7378, Feb. 1896. The two brancbes in Herb. Albany Museum are respectively 21 and 23 cm. long. The diameter of the inflorescence is in both cases 2-5 cm. C. anomala, sp. nov. Perennis ramis virgatis basi dense foliatis supra subscapiformibus internodis inf. c. 1 cm. longis, superioribus ad 6 cm. longis pubescentibus ; folia inferiora connata vel subconnata suborbicularia cuneata vel late obovato-cuneata 2-2-5 cm. longa, 1-5-2 cm. lata omnia utrinque pubescentia margine breviter ciliata, 2-4 superiora sterilia depauperata sub- ovata 5-7 mm. longa. Inflorescentia paniculata vel subspicata. Flores breviter pedicellati in cymas subcapitatas conferti, cymis lateralibus et terminalibus pedunculatis pedunculis 3-23 mm. longis. Sepala basi connata oblongo-linearia apice obtusa lobis c. 2 mm. longis dorso carinatis pubescentibus margine ciliatis intus concavis glabris, petala 2-5-3 mm. longa pallide lutea (?) bracteis bracteolisque foliis depauperatis similibus sed minoribus panduri- formia basi connata supra more sect. 8ph(Britidis subulata canalicu- lata dorso apice more sect. Globules globulifera ; filamenta brevia, antherae ovataB ; carpella oblique oblonga, stigmatis subsessilibus, squamis subrectangularibus apice rotundatis subemarginatis. Described from two branches in Herb. Alb. Museum. Hab. French hoek in montibus, 2000 ft., by R. Schlechter, 9317, Nov. 1896. This plant combines to a certain extent the floral characters of Spharitis and Glnhulea, though it seems to me more nearly allied to the species placed under the former section. The two branches I have seen are respectively 32 and 23-5 cm. long. In the former the lov/er densely foliate region is 9 cm. long; then follows a portion with one pair of depauperated leaves 12 mm. long, and the inflorescence is 11 mm. long. The corresponding measurements of the other branch are 5 cm., 13-5 cm., 5 cm. Here the second region has two pairs of depauperated leaves. C. subacaulis, sp. nov. Acaulis vel subacaulis. Folia omnia radicalia, adscendeutia, imbricantia, basi connata, oblonga vel oblongo-lanceolata, apice acuta vel subacuta, crassa, 2-5-3*8 cm. longa, margine subserrata, glabra vel glabriuscula. Pedunculus herbaceus, simplex, scapiformis, + 20 cm. altus, bracteis mem- branaceis basi connatis. Cymuli giobosi, dense fasciculati, sessiles, vel pedicellati. Sepala oblonga, ciliata, obtusa, petalis breviora. Petala + 3 mm. longa. Carpella 2-5 mm. longa, stigmate dorsali, squamis rectangulari-cuneatis. Hab. Steinkopf , on hiUs, alt. 2900 ft. ; B. Schlechter, No. 11498. In flower Oct. 4, 1897. This plant belongs to § GJohulea. The leaves are all radical or subradical, and in this respect resembles C. nudicaulis L. The peduncle is scape-like, the dense globose cymules of flowers being capitate, the lower ones being sessile or shortly stalked. This plant is also closely allied to C. obvallata L. I have compared it NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. 371 with Harvey's specimens, and find the leaves in C. siibacaulis are narrower, and not cartilagineo-cihate, as in that species. C. (Bulliarda) aphylla, sp. nov. Annua glabra pusilla, c. 1-5-2 cm. alta. Caulis inferne simplex supra parum ramosus, erectus, internodiis basi subteretis apicem versus inflatis applanatis summo excavatis. Flores 4-meri (vel rare 3-meri ?), terminales sessiles. Calycis lobi minuti subtrigoni. Petala late ovata c. 2 mm. longa. Stamina petalis sub^equilongis filamentis basi linearibus apice constrictis, antheris late ovatis. Styli breves subulati, ovaria lata, ovula 2-4, squamae .... Hab. Brontjes river, alt. 2300 ft., Aug. 8, 1896 ; leg. R. Schlechter, No. 8664. "Amongst crassulaceous plants this tiny species is perhaps Mr. Schlechter's most interesting discovery, owing to the complete absence of leaves. Their physiological functions are evidently entirely undertaken by the stem, in which the upper parts of the internodes are swollen, thus giving the plant the aspect of a miniature Opuntia. I could not demonstrate to my satisfaction that squamae were present in the flowers, as I did not wish to sacrifice too much of the material at my disposal." — S. S. C. Lambertiana, sp. nov. "Annua pusilla glabra 2-5 cm. alta, caulis dichotome ramosus subpellucidus filiformis sparse foliatus, internodiis inferioribus 1-1*8 cm. longis. Folia plana (?) obovata lanceolata basi attenuata subpetiolata inferiora 1-2 cm. longa, superiora sensim minora. Flores tetrameri vel rare penta- meri in ramulis terminales, pedicellis tenuissimis, inferioribus ad 1"3 cm. longis superioribus 3-5 mm. longis. Sepala obovata lanceolata sublibera 2-2*5 mm. longa. Petala ovata obtusa sublibera alba c. 1-1-2 mm. longa. Stamina petalis subsequilonga, filamentis linearibus apice constrictis, antheris late ovatis. Carpella petalis subsequilonga, ovulis 5-6, stylis brevissimis, squamis quam carpellis triplo brevioribus e basi linearibus sursum dilatatis subbilobis, rotundatis. Hab. Lamberts Bay, alt. 10 ft., Aug. 16, 1896; leg. R. Schlechter, No. 8539. " G. Lambertiana is nearly allied to C. trichotoma Schonland. Our species is chiefly distinguished by its broader leaves and the comparative length of the petals, which here are only about half the length of the sepals. I may mention that it appeared to me that the anthers in this species open by means of longitudinal valves. My material was, however, not sufficient to decide this point. If confirmed, it would be advisable to make C. Lainhertiana the type of a new genus." — S. S. C. papulosa, sp. nov. Annua ? Oaules tenues, herbacei, e nodis radicantes, 4-6 cm. longi. Folia circiter 4 mm. longa, inter- nodiis breviora oblique ovata in petiolum brevem attenuata, basi connata apice subacuta, lamina cartilagineo ciliata. Flores termi- nales solitarii, breviter pedicellata, tetrameri. Sepala oblonga vel oblongo-ovata, apice obtusa, basi parum connata, circiter 1*5 mm. longa, e basi glabra, sursum dorse marginibusque minute papillosa. 372 NEW SPECIES OF CRASSULA. Petala basi parum connata, circiter 2 mm. longa, ovato-lanceolata. Ovaria oblique ovata, sty lis subulatis, squamis incudiformibus. Hab. Matroosberg ; Marloth, No. 1999. Allied to C. alpina Endliciier. C. Dodii, sp. nov. Annua radice tenuissima descendente. Caules plures ex eadem radice orti, adscendentes, filiformes sub- simplex vel parum ramosi, 2-3 cm. longi. Folia radicalia spathu- lata vel ovata, caulina spathulata vel oblanceolata, membranacea, apice obtusa, basi + gradatim in petiolum attenuata, margine Integra cum petiolis 4-8 mm. louga, internodiis breviora. Flores pentameri caulium apices versus + aggregati, pedunculi pedi- cellique gracillimi. Sepala ovata vel oblongo-ovata. Petala ob- longo-ovata, 1*5 mm. loiiga. Carpella oblique obovata, stylis brevibus, tenuibus, squamis apicem versum dilatatis, apice truncatis. Hab. Vanrhynsdorp, on bills, alt. 300 ft. ; R. Schlechter, No. 10994. In flower and fruit Aug. 26, 1897. Named in honour of Capt. Wolley Dod, who has recently made considerable collections at the Cape. There seems some confusion in regard to Bulliarda brevifolia E. & Z. in Harvey & Sonder, Fl. Cap. (ii. 330). There are certainly two plants under this name in Harvey's Herbarium, the true plant of Ecklon and Zeyher, and a plant represented by Wright, No. 549, from Simons Bay, which is either identical with or very closely allied to 0. Dodii. The present species is a slender flliform- stemmed little annual, difl'eriug in both leaves and flowers from B. brevi/olia E. & Z. C. nana, sp. nov. Omnium specierum hucusque cognitarum haec est minutissima. Eadix brevis tenuissima descendens. Planta vix 1 cm. alta. Folia obovata, 3 mm. louga, crassiuscula, caulina late obovata, basi angustata. Dichasium pauciflorum subumbel- latum. Bracteffi foliis similes, inferiores vix minores. Flores tetrameri. Sepala oblongo-obovata, dorso pubescentia. Petala triangularia. Sepala petalaque circiter 1 mm. longa. Carpella oblique ovata, stylis brevibus tenuibus, squamis spathulatis. Hab. Zuur Fontein, alt. 150 ft.; R. Schlechter, No. 8560. In flower and fruit Aug. 17, 1896. This interesting little plant is, so far as we know, the smallest representative of the genus. The sepals and petals are approxi- mately the same length, the sepals being dorsally pubescent and blunt. It is allied to C. a^nna Endlicher (= Bulliarda alpina E. & Z.). C. PEPLoiDEs Harvey, Fl. Cap. ii. 355. The following notes are from a plant received in June, 1897, from Mr. J. R. Sim, and col- lected on the Windvogelberg, near Cathcart ; it was grown at Grahamstown, and flowered in December, 1897. The leaves agreed at first with the description, but under cultivation became longer than in the type (length 17 mm. as against 11 mm.). The stem is very pale, almost white, nearly terete, with two opposite shallow grooves just above each pair of leaves; leaves slightly lounded on back, almost flat above, also with shahow median grooves both DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 373 above and below. Calyx-lobes oblong-obovate, blunt, rounded at the back with obtuse interspaces. Petals oblong-ovate, white, strongly 8-nerved above, filaments and carpels white, pollen pale yellow. Stamens and carpels almost the length of the petals; filaments subulate, attenuated ; anthers ovate ; styles subulate, nearly size of ovary ; squamae rectangular, apex emarginate. DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO- AFRICANARUM. AUCTORE R. SCHLECHTER. (Continued from p. 318.) DEGAS IX. 81. Hermannia asbestina, sp. n. Fruticulus humihs 1-2- pedalis, ramosus, rigidus ; ramulis erecto-patentibus primum dense stellato-pubescentibus demum lignescentibus glabratis ; foliis par- vulis obovato-ellipticis, basi in petiolum brevem angustatis dimidio superiore 5-7-dentatis, utrinque dense pilis stellatis miuutis ob- tectis, 0-5-0-8 cm. longis, medio fere 0-3-0-5 cm. latis ; stipulis minutis deciduis ; floribus axillaribus singulis, nutantibus, roseis ; pedicello filiform! stellato-pubescente, 1-1-2 cm. longo ; calyce campanulato late aperto, 0-6 cm. longo, stellato puberulo mox membranescente, reticulato-nervoso, segmentis tubo fere asqiii- longis, lanceolatis acutis, erecto-patentibus ; petalis oblanceolato- spathulatis obtusis, utrinque glaberrimis, calyci fere duplo longiori- bus ; filamentis e basi lineari-cuneata planis, setis sparsis margine ciliatis, valde acuminatis, 0-4 cm. longis, antheris angustis, elongatis, apice bifidis, margine ciliatis filamentorum longitudine ; stylo fili- formi acuto, dimidio inferiore hispidulo, dimidio superiore glaber- rimo, 0-5 cm. longo ; ovario stipitato, granuloso-punctato, 10- cornuto, cornubus obtusis subbarbatis. In regione Kalaharica : In lapidosis montium "Asbestos Bergen," Dec. 1894 ; Dr. R. Marloth, No. 2057. A near ally to H. spinosa E. Mey., from the Niewe Veld, but with less rigid habit, pedicels not transformed into divergent spines, a stellate calyx, filaments of the same length as the anthers, and a glabrescent ovary which is covered with scale-like grains and bears ten barbate horns. The highly-stipitate ovary is remarkable. I do not know whether this is so or not in H. spinosa. 82. Lotononis macra, sp. n. Suffrutex pereunis adscendens, 20-25 cm. alta ; caule simplici vel subsimphci filiformi, gracili, tereti, piloso, laxe foliato, apice nudo ; foliis 3-foliolatis, erecto- patentibus, foliolis linearibus acutis, pilosis, 1*5-2 cm. longis, lateralibus subfalcatis, petiolo piloso, 1 cm. longo ; stipulis bmis erectis, linearibus acutis, pilosis, petiolo paulo longioribus ; pedun- culo (si licet appellare) terminali filiformi piloso, 4-5-6 cm. longo, umbellatim pauci(l-3)-floro bracteis stipulis omnino conformibus, 374 DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. pilosis, pedicello piloso paulo longioribus; floribus aiireis pro genere magnis ; calyce campanulato-piloso, fere 0*8 cm. longo, segmentis lineari-lanceolatis tnbo longioribus ; vexillo unguiculato, lamina suborbiculari, imgue incluso 1-6 cm. longo, 1 cm. lato, extus medio apicem versus pilosulo cnsterum giabro, alis carinae paulo longiori- bus, ungue lineari lamina oblique falcato-oblonga obtusa glaberrima, basi margine superiore breviter auriculata, 1-8 cm. longis ; carina glaberruiia, obtusa, apice breviter excisa 1-6 cm. longa ; ovario sericeo-piloso, pluriovulato, stylo filiformi glaberrimo. In regione austro-occidentali : In clivo argillaceo prope Wup- perthal, in ditione Clanwilliam, alt. c. 3500 ped., Sept. 1896; R. Schlechter. This belongs to the section Telina in the neighbourhood of J J. varia Steud., and L. macrocarpa E. & Z. It is easily dis- tinguished by the habit, the narrow pilose leaves, the stipules, and the pilose vexiUum and ovary. It is evidently a rare plant, as I could only find two specimens, in spite of careful searching. It was growmg in clayey soil amongst Ehjtropappus Rhinocerotis Less. 83. Vernonia collina, sp. n. Herba perennis plantaginea, c. 10 cm. alta ; I'oliis radicalibus, rosulatis obovato-spathulatis obtusis, dimidio inferiore integris, dimidio superiore irregulariter crenulato- dentatis, subcoriaceis, superne glabris, subtus minute (tamen dense) impresso-punctatis, 1-5-2-5 cm. longis, supra medium 1-1-6 cm. latis; scapo (si licet appellare) stricto puberulo, apice pauci-capitato; capitulis 1-2-1 -3 cm. diametientibus, breviter pedunculatis, pedun- culis puberulis, involucre vix sequilongis ; involucro campanulato, 0-8 cm. alto, foliolis linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis acutis vel acuminatis, dorso puberulis ; floribus tubulosis e basi anguste cylindrica dimidio superiore dilatatis, extus granulis albidis ornatis, segmentis oblongis vel Inieari-oblongis obtusis, erecto-patentibus in^quilougis, involucrum superantibus ; antheris anguste linearibus glabris, basi breviter sagittatis, 0-3 cm. longis, stylo filiformi giabro, brachiis hispidulis filiformibus tubum antherarum bene exceden- tibus, divaricatis, acheniis cylindrico-oblongis hispidulis, pappo biseriato, serie interiore pilorum asperum, serie exteriore squamel- larum minutarum subpiliformium. In regione austro-orientali : In clivo graminoso in sum.mo monte "Little Noodsberg" (Nataliae), alt. c. 3800 ped., Oct. 1894; J. T/iode, No. 150. This rare little plant should be placed next to V. Dregeana Schulz Bip., of which it has the habit, differing from it, however, by its stouter growth, larger heads on short pedicels, the different indument, and the achenes. I have seen it as yet only in Mr. Thode's collection, who kindly gave me a specimen. 84. Felicia amelloides, sp. n. Fruticulus erectus ramosus, 20-30 cm. altus, ramulis teretibus, dense foliatis, demum glabres- centibus ; foliis oppositis erectis anguste linearibus obtusis hispid- uUs, crassiusculis, 0-5-1 cm. longis ; pedunculis terminalibus medio bracteolatis vel subnudis, hispidulis, 1*5-2 cm. longis ; capitulis c. 2-5 cm. diametientibus, singulis ; involucri foliolis subuniseriatis c. 12 DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. 375 linearibiis lanceolatisve acntis, hispidulis, 0*6 cm. longis ; floribus radii c. 12 cyaneis ligulatis anguste oblongis glabris, involucrum duplo excedeiitibus, apice minute S-dentatis, 5-nerviis, stylo fiiiformi brachiis filiformibus exsertis, acheniis oblongis compressis, hispid- ulis, pappi setis asperis ; floribas disci tubulosis, 0-4 cm. longis, subcylindricis, dimidio superiore paulo ampliato, medio fere extus setis sparsis hispidulis, segmentis ovatis obtusiusculis extus setis sparsis ornatis, intus glabris ; antheris anguste linearibus sub- acutis, vix 0*2 cm. longis, filamentis filiformibus, antheris breviori- bus ; stylo fiiiformi glabro, brachiis filiformibus antherarum apices paulo excedentibus ; acheniis hispidulis compressis, pappi setis asperis coroUse asquilongis. In regione austro-orientali : In clivis arenosis lapidosisque in cacumine montium Drakensbergen, " Mont aux Sources," alt. c. 10,000 ped., Jan. 1896; J. Thode. This must be a fine plant with its large blue rays. It is allied to F. harbata Schltr. [Aster harbatus Harv.) from the south-western region of the Cape Colony, but has larger flower heads and smaller leaves with a different iiidument. 85. Senecio subcoriaceus, sp. n. Herba perennis, erecta, 25-30 cm. alta ; foliis radicahbus rosulatis subcoriaceis obovatis obtusissimis, basi valde angustatis superne sparsim hispidulis, subtus glabris, 4-5 cm. longis, supra medium 2-5-8 cm. latis, margine nunc integris, nunc obscure creuulato-dentatis ; caule erecto e basi adscendente dense gianduloso-puberule, parum ramoso, dimidio inferiore simplici foliis parvulis 3-4, linearibus ^landuloso- puberulis ornato, ramulis paucis filiformibus erectis infra capitulum squamulis minutis laxis donatis, laxe glauduloso puberulis ; involucro campanulato, 0-8 cm. diametiente, foliis 12-15 subuniseriatis linearibus acutis, margine hyalinis, c. 0*6 cm. longis, dorso sparsim hispidulis, apice breviter subbarbato-ciliatis ; capitulis ad apicem ramulorum singulis, laxe subcorymbosis, discoideis ; floribus tubu- losis, 0-7 cm. longis, tubi dimidio inferiore cylindrico glaberrimo, dimidio superiore ampliato, segmentis ovatis, erectis, apice incras- sata subincurvis ; antheris anguste linearibus obtusis, 0*2 cm. longis, filamentis filiformibus glabris, antheris brevioribus ; stylo fiiiformi glabro, brachiis apice truncatis, antherarum apices exce- dentibus ; acheniis cylindricis glabris, apice margine ampliatis subhyalinis, quasi pappum exteriorem annularem formantibus ; pappi setis tenuibus corollae fere sequilongis. In regione austro-orientali : In collibus prope Newcastle (Natalia), alt. c. 3900 ped., 17 Dec. 1895 ; J. M, Wood, No. 5980. In the section '^ FlantaglneV our plant should rank next to S. petiolaris Thbg., from the Bockland, from which it is easily to be recognized by the branched stem, the leaves, and the glabrous achenes. The colour of the flowers is light yellow, often with reddish tips to the lobes. I remember having collected S. sub- coriaceus at Volksrust, in the Transvaal, in October, 1893. 86. Hemimeris gracilis, sp. n. Herba annua, erecta, tenuis, simplex vel parum ramosa; caule stricto vel subflexuoso, 15-25 cm. 376 DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARU.M AUSTRO-AFRICANARUM. alto, laxe foliato, tereti, glanduloso-puberulo, foliis pro genere bene petiolatis ovatis vel ovato-ellipticis obtusis pariim grosse dentatis vel crenato-dentatis, 0"7-l cm. longisj 0-5-0-7 cm. latis, petiolo gracili 0-4-0'7 cm. longo ; floribus ad apicem cauiis in axillis foliorum singulis ; pedicellis filiformibus glanduloso-puberulis, folia excedeiitibus, post anthesin elongatis, decurvis; calycis segmentis linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis obtusis, glanduloso-puberulis, 0-3- 0*4 cm. longis ; corolla c. 0*5 cm. diametiente, aurea, labio posteri- ore anteriori multo minore, concavo, obtuso, rotundato, anteriore subquadrato obtusissimo glabro, bifossulato, calcaribus duobus di- vergentibus 0-5 cm. longis obtusis glabris ; stylo lineari brevi, utrinque hyalino-alato, glabro, 0-1 cm. longo, stigmati latiore ; capsula subglobosa glabra, calycem paulo excedente, c. 0-4 cm. diametiente, seminibus pallide brunneis subglobosis, granuloso- punctatis. In regione austro-occidentali : In arenosis lapidosisque juxta viam magnam in valle fluminis Hex River, prope " Hex Eiver Station," in ditione Worcester, 14 Aug. 1897; Capt. Wolley Dod. At once separable from all the other species of the genus by the two distinct divergent spurs of the corolla. In habit it resembles slender specimens of H. sabulosa Benth. As with the flowers of the other species, they are here yellow. On my last journey to Little Namaqualand I discovered two more spurred species of Hemimens, both of which will be published shortly. 87. Loranthus Pentheri, sp. n. Planta habitu L. olei folio Ch. et Schltd. simillima, ramulis teretiusculis laxe foliatis, elongatis, glabris ; foliis oppositis vel suboppositis anguste oblongis obtusis, glabris perbreviter petiolatis, basi vulgo obliquis, 4-7 cm. longis, 1-1-5 cm. latis; umbellis paucifloribus axillaribus, pedunculo per- brevi glabro, 0-5-1 cm. longo ; pedicellis glabris apice incrassatis calycem disciformem formantibus, pedunculo vulgo lougioribus nunc ^quilongis, c. 0-8 cm. longis ; calyce obconico basi truucato, apice integerrimo, 0-6 cm. longo, basi 0-3 cm. diametiente, apice 0-6 cm. diametiente; petalis 5, usque ad basin liberis, e basi incrassata anguste linearibus tertia parte superiore paulo dilatatis, utrinque glabris, c. 5-5 cm. longis, medio fere latitudine vix O'l cm. excedentibus, flexuoso-recurvis, lateralibus basi obliquis; staminibus petalis ^quilongis, filamentis filiformibus glabris, tertia parte inferiore petalis adnatis, antheris porrecto-incurvis angustis, obtusis, 1-4 cm. longis, basi sursum dilatata plicato-rugosis ; stylo filiformi glabro, staminibus ^quilongo vel parum longius ; stigmata capitato. • In regione tropico-orientali : in arboribus prope Ligombwe, in terra Matabeleland, 26 Jun. 1895 ; Dr. A. Penther. Although allied to L. oleifolius Cham, et Sehlect., our species differs so considerably from it that no doubt about their differences can possibly arise. The flowers seem to have been purplish. 88. Thesium Sonderianum, sp. n. Fruticulus adscendens e basi ramosus ; ramis irregulariter striatis, subteretibus, elongatis, DECADES PLANTARUM NOVARUM AUSTRO- AFRICAN ARUM. 377 dense foliatis, mox lignescentibns, glabris ; foliis erecto-patentibus demum vulgo falcato-recurvis, filiformi-subulatis, acutis, glabris, dorso carinaque, imprimis superioribus, minute graniilato-serriilatis, 0- 3-0-7 cm. longis ; spicis terminalibus ovoideis cylindricisve, 1-1*8 cm. longis, c. 0-8 cm. diametientibus ; bracteis foliaceis foliis latioribiis lineari-lanceolatis acutis, margine pellucido tenuissime ciliolatis, florem aequantibus vel paulo brevioribiis, bracteolis bractese similibus, paulo angustioribus brevioribusque, acute carinatis ; perigonio tubuloso extus glaberrimo, 0-8 cm. longo, 0*3 cm. diametro, segmentis suberectis lanceolato-oblongis subacutis, 0-3 cm. longis, intus margine dense niveo-barbatis, basi medio fasciculo pilorum ad antheras tendentium ornatis ; stamini- bus tubum perigonii vix excedentibus, filamentis subulatis brevibus, antheris oblongis filamento bene longioribus, 0*1 cm. longis ; stylo filiformi erecto, basin antherarum paulo excedente. In regione austro-orientali : Ad margines lapidosos planitiei, supra Grabamstown, in ditione Albany, Jul. 1865, alt. c. 2200 ped. ; P. Macowan, No. 804. In regione Carrooidea : In lapidosis mentis "Cave Mountain," prope Graaff Reinet, alt. c. 4500 ped., Nov. 1866; H. Bolus, 526. The plant collected by MacOwan has been named T. scahrum by Sender, whereas Bolus considers it a variety of T.funale L. Neither of the two, however, can possibly be applied ; our plant is quite distinct from both, but nearer allied to T. scabrum L. than T.fimale L., next to the former of which I place it. 89. Morsea macra, sp. n. Perennis, gracilis, 20-30 cm. alta ; cormo ovoideo, tunica rigida reticulata apice fissa vestito ; folio radicali singulo, filiformi, glaberrmio, rigidiusculo, basi scapum arete amplectente, vulgo flores superante ; scapo glaberrimo supra basin vulgo subgenuflexo, plerumque plus minusve ramoso; bracteis exterioribus foliaceis, more generis pedicellos amplectentibus, acutis, interioribus membranaceis occultis ; pedicellis filiformibus, glabris ; perigonii segmentis exterioribus unguiculatis, lamina ovata sub- acuta, 2 cm. longis ; interioribus lineari-spathulatis ungui fere SBquilongis, 0*8 cm. longis ; columna staminea basi connata ; antheris linearibus, 0-7 cm. longis, filamentis filiformibus, antheris duplo brevioribus ; ovario glaberrimo, capsula oblonga utrinque obtusa, 1-1*2 cm. longa, c. 0-5 cm. diametiente. In regione austro-orientali : In planitiebus graminosis prope Queenstown, alt. 3600-3800 ped., No^. 1396 ; E. E. Galpin, No. 2193. The species is certainly allied to M. tripetala Ker, but at once can be easily distinguished by its ramification and the larger inner perigon-segments. The colour of the flower is said to be "lilac with yellow spots," whereas in M. tripetala Ker we have cyaneous flowers. The stigma appendages are rather short. 90. Romulea longipes, sp. n. Herba perennis, 20-45 cm. alta ; cormo subgloboso, basi breviter truucato, tunica rigida, lucida basi breviter fissa vestito ; foliis radicalibus (in specimiuibus visis 2), filiformibus rigidis erectis, basi vaginantibus, glaberrimis, caule Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [Oct. 1898.] 2 d 378 MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA. elongato, erecto, filiform! glabro, apice vagina erecta, rigidiiiscula e basi lanceolata filiformi ornata ; lioribus fide collectoris albis, breviter pedicellatis ; pedicellis filiformibus, flori brevioribiis ; spathae valvis ffiqnalibus, ovato-lanceolatis acutis, membranaceo- marginatis, perigonio brevioribus ; perigonio campannlato, seg- mentis connatis, lanceolatis acntis, utrinque glabris, 1-5-2 cm. longis, tube dimidium perigoni vix asquante ; staminibus segmentis brevioribus, filamentis angastissime Imearibus, 0-7 cm. longis, glabris ; antheris lineari-oblongis, apice glandula parvula ornatis, 0-4 cm. longis ; stylo filiformi glabro, brachiis antberas baud excedentibus. In regione austro-orientali : In gramiuosis prope Port Alfred, in ditione Bathurst, Coloniae Capensis, alt. c. 200 ped., Nov. 1895 ; E. E. GaJpin, No. 3023. A species well distinguisbed from its allies by tbe elongate stem. Tlie colour of tbe flowers, if any value may be attached to it, brings it to the neighbourhood of R. chloroleuca Baker, a very different stemless plant. MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA. By Arthur Lister, F.R.S. In the number of this Journal for April, 1898, a record was given of fifty -three species of Mycetozoa obtained by Mr. William Gran from the islands of Antigua and Dominica. Examples of six additional species collected in Antigua have since been received from him, and the whole of his gatherings are now represented in the British Museum Collection. We are fortunate in obtaining fifty-nine species of these interesting organisms from a part of the world where they have been so little investigated by former naturalists. Mr. Cran has now left Antigua, and resides in Scotland ; and we cannot but regret that his work in the West Indies has been brought to a close, for it was an unusual privilege to have a man with accurate discrimination living on the spot, who, besides collecting the specimens, could observe their life-history. A striking feature in these gatherings is the entire absence of any species of Trichia, which is a remarkably cosmopolitan genus; but as the plasmodium almost always inhabits the substance of rotten wood, it seems probable that the rapid destruction of exo- genous timber by white ants, described by Mr. Cran,* may account for his finding no species of Triclda in the island. The following is a list of the new specimens : — Physarum nucleatum Rex. On dead leaves. This species is not uncommon in the United States of America, and has also been ob- tained from Borneo and Java. It nearly resembles Physarum compactum (Wing.) List, in the character of the capillitium ; but * Journ. Bot. 1898, 111. MYCETOZOA OF ANTIGUA. 379 in all the specimens of P. 7iucleatum we have examined the small angular lime-knots contain strikingly large and round lime-granules, which are more loosely arranged than in P. compacUim ; these granules often fuse together, so as to form a vitreous nodule. The dense deposit of lime in the stalk and the usually well-defined spots of lime in the sporangium-wall afford the most distinct specific features of P. compactum, as contrasted with the absence of lime in the stalk and the crowded calcareous deposits in the sporangium-wall of P. nucleatnm. Physarum in^quale Peck. The specimen from Antigua, on dead wood, is the small compressed form obtained by Count Solms Laubach in Java in 1884, preserved in the Strassburg collection, and by Prof. 0. Penzig in the same island in 1896.* It is closely allied to P. virescens. Chondrioderma reticulatum Rost. On dead leaves. Effused or elongate plasmodiocarps, with typical capillitium and spores. Chondrioderma rugosum Rex. This Antigua gathering is repre- sented by a number of sporangia mounted in glycerine-jelly. The capillitium is darker than described by Dr. Rex, but examination of the original type shows considerable colour in some sporangia. The stalks are longer than in the Dominica specimen (Journ. Bot. 1898, 118), and the spores measure 8-9 fx. DiACH^A suBSESsiLis Pcck. Mr. Cran obtained a fair supply of this species in Antigua, but it was unfortunately lost at the time of his leaving the island, with the exception of a mounting in glycerine-jelly of several sporangia. These are quite typical, the spores having precisely the same sculpture as those from FJitwick (figured in Journ. Bot. May, 1898, tab. 386, fig. 9). Further British gatherings have been secured since the first discovery in this country in Sept. 1896 (/. c. 1897, 213). It was found in con- siderable abundance by Mr. Crouch in Flitwick Wood, in October, 1897, and by Mr. Saunders in the same month at Holt, Norfolk, in Mr. Gurney's woods. DiDYMiuM FARiNACEUM Schrad. var. minus. There are two speci- mens from Antigua of this species. One is of the usual form, with dark rugose stalks. In the other the stalks are white, and densely charged with crystals of lime below the almost black columella. A gathering from Lyme Regis with half the stalk white and similarly charged with lime connects this specmien with the type, but it is a striking and instructive form. The spores measure 8 /x. DiDYMiuM NiGRiPES Fr. var. a. On dead leaf. This is a typical specimen with tlie dark columella. That recorded from Antigua in the former notice was var. y xanthopus with a white columella. CoMATRicHA OBTUSATA Preuss. On dead wood. A small form with globose sporangium, and slender capillitium forming a loose superficial net. Spores nearly smooth, 7 /x diam. * Die Myxomyceten der Flora von Buitenzorg, Dr. Penzig, Leiden, 1898, p. 34. 2 D 2 380 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF SHROPSHIRE. By Arthur Bennett, F.L.S. I LEARN from Science Gossip that the members of the Caradoc and Severn Valley Field Club are engaged upon a new Shropshire Flora, and that Mr. W. P. Hamilton, of Shrewsbury, will be glad to receive records or other information. The late Mr. Beckwith, of Ironbridge, had hoped to have brought out a flora of the county and sent me many specnnens, and we had much correspondence on the subject. It is for that reason that I make a few observations on some plants of the county; if any reader of this Journal can supply any information, I trust they will send it to Mr. Hamilton. Elatine Jiexandra DC. (Leighton's Flora, 173). I have this from '* Mere near Ellesmere, 1871, Fred. Stratton," and also received it from Mr. Beckwith. Salix pyatensis h. {Flora, 504). Mr. Watson places Shropshire among doubtful counties for this plant, and thinks S. Verbenaca may have been mistaken for it; but Mr. Leighton put a " !" to one locality, and he was too good a botanist not to distinguish the two. In one of the localities the plant may have been an intro- duction, but in the other, "Oakley Park, near Ludlow," it may be native. Actinocarpus Daniasonium. Br. [Flora, 157). A western locality for an eastern species in Britain ; the Cornish one seems to have been an error. It was "abundant at Ellesmere Mere " ; a specimen thence is in the British Museum Herbarium, gathered by H. Bidwell in 1843. This seems a decreasing species in Britain. Alisiiia nataiis L. [Flora, 158). I liave received the true plant from Mr. Beckwith. This seems to require continuation from several counties ; I have it from Salop, Montgomery, Carnarvon, Chester, and have seen it from Anglesea. In addition to those named in Top. Bot. ed. 2, it is reported from Cardigan in this Journal for 1864, p. 8. Scheachzeria palustris L. This seems to be one of our decreasing species, and I have noted the dates, so far as my material will allow, of the various counties for which this species is reported. In Salop it was discovered in 1824 by Mr. J. Jendwine ; it was also gathered in 1831 by Prof. Babmgton ; both of these gathered it at Bomere, and Mr. Jendwine also at Shomere. In 1866 the Rev. 0. M. Fielden found three specimens on Welsh Hampton Moss."*" In June, 1884, Mr. Beckwith found it at Ellesmere. In 1892 the Rev. E. F. Linton told me that he had searched unsuccessfully for it both at Bomere and Ellesmere, and remarked that Mr. Phillips thought it was extinct at Bomere : the latest specimen I possess from Bomere is July, 1870. There is some discrepancy as to its first discovery in England, In this Journal [I. c.) Mr. Leighton says it was first found in Lakeby Car, near Boroughbridge, York, * Journ. Bot. 1866, 306. NOTES ON THE FLOEA OF SHROPSHIRE. 881 by the Rev. J. Dalton in 1787, and figured in Eng. Bot. t. 1801, in 1807. But on Sowerby's drawing at the British Museum the date of its finding is given as " 1807." I have been unable to discover on what Mr. Leighton based his statement, but on an original specimen in the Yorkshire Philosophical Museum Herbarium the label has " Lakeby Carr, Boro-Bridge, 1.6.1807. Rev. James Dalton"; but unfortunately this was transcribed by the Rev. W. Hincks, and the original label is wanting. The latest specimen I have hence is from Mr. G. Webster, 1871. Dr. Lees, in his West Yorkshire Flora, gives the date of its discovery on Thorne Moor, near Doncaster, Yorkshire, as " S. Appleby, 1832, in Mag. Nat. Hist. V. 558," and says that, in company with Mr. W. Todd, he found one specimen "by a well" in 1870. In the British Museum there are specimens from " Thorne Moors," from Mrs. Robinson's herb., 1847. In 1833 Mr. Duff* discovered it in the White Myre of Methven, generally called Methven Bog. In this locality (Journ. Bot. 1884, 274; 1889, 363; Flora of Perthshire, 306) Dr. Buchanan White says it is probably extinct — probably in con- sequence of the settlement there of ''a colony of about three thousand black-headed gulls." But another cause may have helped its extinction, for Mr. John Sim says (Phytol. ii. 576 (1858) ) that he gathered above three hundred plants there : "it is nearly done"! I have specimens gathered by Mr. Sim in this locality, gathered " June-Aug. 1860," in flower and fruit; it is last known to have been gathered there by Sim in 1874. In 1849 the Rev. G. Pinder found it in Wynbury Bog, Cheshire ; f Mr. Watson says that the Rev. M. J. Berkeley had sent him a note of it from the " north of Notts " : I have no recent knowledge of the species from either of these counties. Rynchofipora fusca Sm. is recorded from Bomere Pool in Leigh- ton's Flora (p. 36), on the authority of the Rev. E. Williams; unfortunately the specimens (if such) could not be traced, and Mr. Leighton says he searched for it in vain. From the geographical standpoint there is no reason why it may not have occurred. Carex extensa Good. [Flora, 458). Watson excluded this as from an inland county ; and Mr. Leighton does not put the sign " ! " after the locality, but remarks : " The form of the nut, inde- pendently of any other differences, essentially distinguishes this from every modification of Jiava." Could this have been C. Mairii Coss. & Germ. (Obs. PI. Crit. 18, t. 1 et 2, 1840) ? Mr. Leighton did not include the Characem in his Flora. Among a quantity of submerged material from a pool in Salop, sent me by Mr. Beckwith, I found some small scraps of Chara gracilis. * Hooker, Brit. Flora, 176 (1835). t H. C. Watson, Cyb. Brit. ii. 480. 382 CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM. By Frederic N. Williams, F.L.S. (Continued from p. 344.) 14. C. AMBiGUUM Fisch. in litt. ex Ser. in DC. Prodr. i. 419. This plant has never been described. Fischer appears to have sent specimens to Seringe, who referred them to C. strictum var. com- mune. In Herb. Kew. there is a specimen apparently authenticated imder this name proposed by Fischer, which was collected by Turczaninow in 1830. It is labelled "in siccis ad Angaram " : which I presume to refer to the River Angara, m the Siberian province of Irkutzk. It consists of a single flowering stem 15 centim. long, with basal leaves attached. From the number of leaves at- tached to the base of this single stem, it may be inferred that the plant is more than usually caespitose. The stem is almost glabrous, and the leaves are provided with a few short hairs of a non- glandular character. The dichasium has six flowers somewhat smaller than those in typical specimens of C. arvense, supported on pedicels rather shorter than the calyx. There are no capsules on the specimen, but, as the ovary is very short, probably the capsule would be short as in C. arvense. The brief diagnosis which follows serves to indicate the characters which distinguish it from normal forms of the species : — C. ARVENSE var. AMBIGUUM Wllliams. — Plusminus csespitosum subglabratum vel parce puberulum, eglandulosum, clarescenti viridalum, 15 centim. Folia basilaria approximata, caulina re mota. Dichasium 6-florum ; flores breviter pedicellati ; pedicelli floriferi calyce pauUum breviores, fructiferi baud visi (longiores?) bracteffi lanceolato-lineares. Ovarium ovale. Hab. Siberia ; in dry places near the River Angara, in the province of Irkutzk, long. 103° (^Turczaninow). 15. C. AMBLYODONTUM Colenso, in Trans. New Zeal. Instit. xxvii. 384 (1894). So named from the structure of the capsular teeth. Not very different from the same botanist's C. tnincatidiim. Judging from the specimens in Herb. Kew., it seems to belong to the C. pu- miliim group of species. 16. C. AMPLExicAULE Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1789 (1816) = C. da- vuricum, Fisch. (1815). — Sims's plant is not referred to by Ledebour (Fl. Ross, i.) ; but both authors cite the same figure in J. G. Gmelin's Fl. Sibirica, iv. 148, t. 62, f. 1 (1769), where it is described under the name of "Alsine Cerastium foliis connatis." The leaves are connate at the base rather than amplexicaul, as the figure shows distinctly, so that the name of C. connatum for the plant proposed by S. G-. Gmelin in the second volume of his Fieise durch Russland (1774-1783) is a better one, and is the name attached to the speci- mens in Willdenow's herbarium, no. 9055. C. amplexicaule was raised in Lambert's garden at Boyton, in Wiltshire, from seeds sent by Fischer from the Botanic Garden at Gorenki, near Moscow. Biras in the course of his description says that in Gmelin's figure CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM. 383 the peduncle of the fruit is upright, as distinguished from his specimens in which the peduncle is bent downwards at its junction with the stem. This is probably due to the aesthetic sense of symmetry evinced by the draughtsman, who forbore to represent the central peduncle as crooked while the alar peduncles were straight. 17. C. ANDiNUM Benth. Plant. Hartweg. 162 (1839-57) = C. moJIissimnm Poir. In the Index Keivensis the habitat of this plant is stated to be the republic of Colombia, but I find that Hartweg's specimens (no. 907) were from Mt. Antisana, in the Andes of Ecuador. These specimens differ from those of typical C. mollissi- mum in the sepals being thickly covered with woolly hairs. 18. 0. ANDINUM Peyritsch, in LinncBa, xxx. 59 (1860), [= C. iiiolle Bartl.] . Hab, Mexico ; volcano of Toluca, at 4100 metres. 19. C. ANDINUM Phil, in Anal. Univ. Chil. (1862) ii. 318, et in Linnaea, xxxiii. 21 (1864) = 0. triviaU var. andinum, Wilhams. Nanum condensatum vix glandulosum ; folia oblongo-linearia ; petala calyce paullo breviora. — The specimens are not to be dis- tinguished from those of 0. vulqatiini var. andinum (A. Gray, in U. S. Explor. Exped. Bot. i. 120). 20. C. ANDRosACEUM Ser. in DC. Prodr. i. 416 (1824) = C. Illyncum Ard. (1763-64). Seringe founded the species (so named from its superficial resemblance to Androsace villosa) on Castagne's specimens from the neighbourhood of Constantinople. In Nue's herbarium in the Nancy Museum there are specimens from the same locality labelled "Constantinople, 1844, n. 148," which exactly agree with Castagne's specimens. It may be noted that Boissier cites this same number in the same series of plants for Delpliinium persicwn var. assijriacum Boiss. Seringe's somewhat meagre description is — " pusillam pilosissimum, foliis ovatis, caule dichotomo, floribus subcapitatis ternis, pedunculatis basi involu- cratis, sepalis angustis acutissimis." The specimens which Castagne sent to Seringe were labelled '' Cerastiuni pilosuin.'' Castagne pro- bably compared them with the description and plate in the Flom GrcEca (t. 454), which, however, undoubtedly refer to C. lllyricum. True C. pilosum is a Siberian plant. 21. C. ANGusTiFOLiuM Vitm. Summa Plant, iii. 137 (1789) = C. strictitm L. Sp. Plant. 439 (1753) ; C. arvense L. j3. strictum Lee. & Lamot. Cat. PI. Vase. Centr. France, 108 (1847). Syn. Centuncubis au(/mtifolius Scop. Fl. Carniolica, ed. 2, 322, t. 19 (1772). C. rigidus Scop. I.e. Cerastliun serpyllifollum W. Enum. hort. Beroliu. suppl. 26. C. mutahile var. strictiun Gren. Monogr. 69. C. arvense var. alpicolum Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Rossica,i.413. Centuncuhis is one of Adanson's genera, taken up by Scopoli, who describes five species, all referable to Cerastium. The pre- Linnean synonyms for this plant cited by Scopoli are^ 384 CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM. CaryophylUis Jwlosteus alpiims gramineus, Bauhin, Prodr. 104 (1671). Myosotis caule hirsiito, foliis perangustis glabris, /lore calycem exce- dente, Haller, Enum. pi. Helv. 384, t. 5, f. 1. Both these names are mentioned by Linnaeus under Cerastium strlctmn, so that there can be no doubt about the identity of the plant. Vitman's description is so much more lucid than that of Linn^us that I here transcribe it: — " Caules digitales foliosi, floriferi. Folia lineari-lanceolata, mollia. Calyx laciniis carinatis, acuminatis, villosis. Petala non profunde bifida, calyce longiora. Capsula calyce brevior, 10-valvis." Linn^us, however, says of the leaves : " folia linearia, acuminatissima, stricta, glabra," and bases the ''nomen triviale" on this character. This discrepancy is probably due to the fact that the difference between the radical and cauline leaves is not noted : the cauline leaves (in Austrian specimens) are oblong or lanceolate, the radical leaves much nar- rower and recurved somewhat, resembling those of 0. alpinum. 22. C. ANOMALUM Waldst. & Kit. ex W. Sp. Plant, ii. 812 (1799) ; et PI. rar. Hung. i. 21, t. 22 (1802). At the time when Willdenow was occupied in re-editing Linnseus's Species Plantanim and bringing it up to date, Kitaibel was engaged on his monumental work, and knowing probably that Willdenow was about to publish the new edition, he communicated to him the description of this Hungarian plant. The authority as given by Willdenow is " Waldstein et Kitaibel, PI. rar. Hung." On the other hand, when this latter work was subsequently published, the reference to Willdenow was full and explicit. There is therefore no ambiguity about the date. The species is widely distributed, and occurs in Europe, Asia, and N. Africa, growing on damp pastures. Geogr. limits : — N. : Germany ; on the banks of the Oder at Steinau, in the province of Silesia. S. : Syria ; between Tripoli and Hamah (Blanche ex Boiss. Fl. Orient, i. 715). E. : Russian Turkestan ; east shore of the Caspian Sea (Karelin ex Ledeb. Fl. Rossica, i. 398). W. : France ; dept. of Loire-inferieure (Rouy et Fouc. Fl. de France, iii. 225). 23. C. APETALUM Dumort. Obs. Bot. 47 (1822) = C. glomeratum var. apetalum Rouy & Fouc. Fl. de France, iii. 213 (0. viscosiim var. apetalum Fenzl). If the rule of priority in names were as generally applicable to varieties as it is to species, the name of this plant should be C. glomeratum var. rotundifolium, as Dumortier's plant (which is not mentioned in Grenier's monograph) is identical with C. rotundifolium Fisch. (1812). This, however, would not be such an appropriate name. The flowers are usually apetalous, though the uppermost flowers on the stem bear sometimes 2-4 small petals. I have seen specimens from Thirsk, in Yorkshire. Dumortier's work is usually wrongly cited as " Comm. Bot.," e.g. in hidex Kewensis. 24. C. APRicuM Schlechtendal in Linn^a, xii. 208 (1838) : = C. rattans var. apricum Rohrb. in Linnaea, xxxvii. 290 (1872-73). Pedicelli crassi ; calyx 4 mm. ; petala calycem aequantia. Variat CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM. 385 foliis angustioribus longioribus et latioribus magisqiie spathulatis ac turn capsulis subbrevioribus. Semina dorso leviter sulcata, faciebus leviter depressa. The specimens I examined were Liebmann's PI. Mexic. n. 1, collected in the Chinantla district of prov. of Puebla in May, 1841. The type-specimens were collected by Schiede at San Salvador, near Jalapa, in the prov. of Vera Cruz. Liebmann's specimens are 20-22 centim. high, and a medium-sized capsule contained thirty- five seeds. By Grenier (Monogr. Cerast. 83) placed among the doubtful and obscure species. In the original description Schlech- tendal says: " habitu ad C. vuh/atum (sen triviale) accedit sed folia longiora angustiora, inflorescentia laxior, attamen ut jam prius diximus affine quoque C. 7iutanti Americse septentrionalis." This earlier reference to the plant is in Linniiea, v. 233 (1830). Specimens were subsequently distributed under the name of C. mexicanum by Schaffner, Coll. PI. Mexic. n. 301. 25. C. Apuanum Pari, in Nuov. Giorn. Bot. vii. 69 (1875). Parlatore says : " immerito ab auctoribus cum C. alpino Linn, quod ab Apenninis omnino exul, et C. arvensi Linn., a quibus satis differt, confusum." By Nyman the plant is placed under 0. Thomasii. Syn. C. (ilphiwn Bertol. Fl. Alp. Apuan. in Amoen. Ital. 368, et Fl. Italica, iv. 762 (as to the plant from the Apuan Alps). Hab. Italy ; several localities in the Apuan Alps, in the prov. of Massa-Carrara. 26. C. ARABicuM Fisch. & Mey. ex Heynh. Nomencl. Bot. ii. 133 (1840). I can find nothing about this plant. It is mentioned neither by Fresenius (Beitr. fl. ^Egypt. Arab.) nor by Deflers (Voyage au Yemen). From the cliaracter of the work in which it occurs, it may be only a garden form. 27. C. Arabidis E. Mey. ex Fenzl in Ann. Wien. Mus. i. 340 (1836); Harv. & Sond. Fl. Capensis, i. 130 (1858). A species founded on Drege's specimens n. 3557, collected at 2200-2400 metres on the Witte-berg, in Cape Colony. So named by Meyer from its lanceolate leaves resembling those of Arabis hirsuta. Sender describes a ^^ \SiY. glitti7iosum" from Tambu-land, which is scarcely more than a form with somewhat weaker stems covered with short glandular hairs, instead of with long hairs towards the base as in the type. The species is also recorded from Queenstown District (Cole, 1860, Cooper, n. 393); Mt. Currie, in Griqualand East, at 1600 metres [Tyson, 1883, n. 1365); and Faku's territory {Sutherland, 1864). All these specimens match those collected by Drege. 28. C. Araraticum Eupr. Fl. Caucasi, 234 (1869) = C. alpinum var. Araraticum Williams. — Ruprecht says that this plant is nearest C. gtiaphalodes, from which it differs in " foliis turionum radicalium non fasciculiferis, apice haud congestis subrosulatis, oblongo- linearibus, similibus caulinis, nee rotundato-spathulatis hetero- morphis, sepalis ssepe minoribus, vix ultra 6 mm., petalis calyce duplo majoribus." In the seeds, however, the nucellus is closely invested with the testa, as in all forms of C, alpinum. In Moritz's 386 CRITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM. specimens the flowering stems are 5-10 centim. high, with short hiiear-hinceolate leaves, and terminating in few- flowered dichasia. The specimens collected on Mt. Ararat at 3050 metres seem to be identical with those of Kotschy (It. Cilicico-Kiird. 1859, n. 524) from Bitlis, in the vilayet of Musch, referred to (J. gwiphalodes (Boiss. Fl. Orient, i. 728), and with those of Aucher-Eloy from Mt. Athos, in Eumelia (Herb. d'Orient, n. 624), which were referred to C. (jrandifionim by Boissier, and to C. arvense by Grisebach. This variety of C. alpinum seems, therefore, to have a wide range. 29. C. ARCTicuM Lanfjje in Fl. Danica, t. 2963 ; et in Overs. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 119 (1880). From an examination of authentic specimens, I believe this to be an hybrid between two forms of G. alpinum. At Am Binnein, in Perthshire, the plant is associated as on Ben Lawers with forms of 0. nlpiniDii. In Greenland and Lapland, and wherever else the plant has been found, one or other of the forms of 0. alpinum occurs, and intermediate and connecting forms are frequent. Mr. N. A. Svensson collected specimens in the Lapmark district of Northern Sweden, which he considers hybrid between C. alpinum var. (jhibrum and C. arcticwn. C. arcticum var. Ednwnstonei is another obscure form from Unst, one of the Shet- land islands. Mr. J. M. Norman records connecting forms from the island of East Vagoen and from Finmark, in Arctic Norway; though ni a letter I recently received from him he expresses un- certainty as to the status of 0. arcticum. In his lucid notes on the flora of Arctic Norway he writes : " non dubito, quin proles hybrida sit, etsi una parentum, Cerastium Jatifolium, in tractu natali ejus hactenus non inventa est, tamen in districtu vicino Ofoten pro- veniens." The form has been found as far south as Caernarvon- shire. 30. C. ARENARiuM Teuore, Fl. Napolitana, iv. 232 (1830). I have examined the authentic specimens in Gay's herbarium which were sent to him by Tenore, who collected them at Castellamare, to the south of Naples. The plant has been so shuttlecocked from one species to another, that I have here described it from these speci- mens as if they represented the type of a species, though I believe it should be united with C. jjellucidum (1821). Whether the latter be considered as a variety or as a species, it should certainly be placed in the same small group with C. semidecandnun. Radix annua, fibrillosa. Caules erecti basi conferti, cum ramis diffusis adscendentes, villoso-hirsuti, virescentes, glanduloso-viscosi aliquando autem non viscosi, crassiores quam in C. semidecandro, in dichasium laxum soluti. Folia basilaria spathulata pedolata, superiora ovale-lanceolata vel late linearia. Dichasium multoties dichotomum ; pedicelli inferiores calyce 2|-4-plo longiores (in descriptione originali Tenore " piu corti" scripsit, i.e. paullum breviores) ; flores micropetali ; bracteae late scariosse oblongo- lineares acuminatae. Sepala lanceolata acuta, interiora paullo angustiora. Petala emarginato-biloba calyce breviora, unguibus glabris. Stamina 5 ; filamenta glabra. Capsula ovato-cylmdrica, apice leviter incurvata, calyce duplo longior. Semina rulescentia, CKITICAL NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF CERASTIUM. 387 faciebns depressa, dorso sulcata. — Planta 12 centim. vel plus minus ultra, tota pilis transversis villoso-hirsutis obsita. Tenore says that his plant is very near C. obscuriim Chaub., " sed folia in nostro obovata nee lanceolato-oblonga, et pedunculi breviores." Both C. obscurum and C. pellncidum are accorded specific rank in St. Amans' Fl. Agenaise. The plant is certainly identical with C. se)nidecandniin (vix Linn.) Desf. Fl. Atlantica, i. 306 (1798). C. arenarium is kept up as a species by Lojacono (Fl. Sicula, 179), specimens being recorded from Mt. Etna and Catania. C. senudecandnim var. arenarium. AYillk. & Lange, Prodr. fl. Hisp. iii. 632, is quite a different plant — " petalis minimis (non nisi sub lente conspicuis), saspe circacircum denticulatis." 31. C. ARENosuM Kit. Addit. fl. Hung, in lAmifBa, xxxii. 518 (1863). So named by Kitaibel from the specimens occurring in " graminosis arenosis." This very doubtful plant cannot stand as a species or even as a problematical variety. The enigmatical diagnosis is — " descriptum sub nom. C. oialis, a quo vero secundum descriptionem Smithii, cui hoc C. vulgatwn est, differt. Proximum C. viscoso, a quo distinguendum." 32. C. AROiEUM Boiss, & Bal. Diagn. PI. Or. nov. Ser. ii. vi. 38 (1859) ; Boiss. Fl. Orient, i. 715. a. tijpicum mihi. Tota planta pubescenti-viscida. /?. glahratuui Haussk. ined. in exs. Sintenis, It. Orient. 1894, n. 6089. Tota planta glabrata. Hah. Gumuchkhane, in prov. of Trebizond. Species facie C. Kazbek, hujusdem foliis oblongo-spathulatis, petalis semi-bifidis et stylis 5, distincti. The teeth of the capsule are circinate-convolute, and not revolute at the margins : I have therefore transferred the species from the subgenus Dichodon to the subgenus Strephodou. 33. C. Argentinum Williams. — Syn. C. nutans var. Argentinuyn Pax in Engl. Jahrb. xviii. 25 (1893). A typo C. nntantis toto coelo differt, — planta 50 centim. alta, radice perenni, caulibus ramosis, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis obtusis, potius C, crassipedi Bartl. affinis. 34. C. armeniacum Gren. Monogr. Cerast. 19, t. 1 (1841) ; Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Kossica, i. 400 (1842) ; Boiss. Fl. Orient, i. 719. Type-specimens, Aucher-Eloy, Herb. d'Orient, n. 614, in Herb. DC, at Geneva. Hab. Turkish Armenia ; at Haho and Gumuchkhane, in prov. of Trebizond. Though included by Ledebour, it is not a[species of the Russian flora, and does not occur in Russian Armenia. The plant is distinguished from all the other species of the sub- genus Strephodon by its remarkably curved capsule, which is more than half exserted from the calyx. Grenier says of the calyx, '' sepala anguste scariosa," but Boissier states " sepalis late scari- osis." An examination of the type-specimens shows that the former character applies to the outer sepals, and theUatter to the overlapped sepals. (To be continued.) THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, Etc. By Colonel H. W. Feilden. This paper gives the botanical results of two visits to Novaya Zemlya and adjacent regions during the summers of 1895 and 1897. During the summer of 1895 I passed ten days on Novaya Zemlya ; my investigations that season were confined to the shores and inlands of Kostin Shar, and on the mainland around Rogatchiva Bay, Neckwatova, aud South Goose Land. The excursion of 1897 was on a more extended scale. Dolgoi Island, a very inaccessible spot, and, as far as I know, not hitherto botanized over, was visited. More than a fortnight was passed on the island of Waigats ; its northern, southern, and eastern areas were examined. The neigh- bourhood of Habarova, on the Russian mainland of the Yugor Straits, received some attention. In Novaya Zemlya proper. South Goose Land was revisited ; Besemannya or Nameless Bay on its western coast was examined ; the Matyushin Shar separating Novaya Zemlya from the North Island, or Lutke Land, was traversed ; considerable botanical collections were made from various stations on both sides of that strait, and finally, favoured by an exceptional open ice-season, the Kara Sea was entered, and the eastern shores of Lutke Land examined as far north as the Pachtussow Islands. To save repetition of latitudes in the notes that accompany this paper, I give the parallels of the different stations where botanical collections were made. It may be borne in mind that several days were passed at many of these stations, and the sur- rounding country botanized over : so that the latitudes given are not absolutely correct, but are intended to convey only an approxi- mation of .the localities from whence collections were derived : — Dolgoi Island . Habarova South shores of Waigats . Cape Greben ,, Cape Matmsela ,, Dolga Bay „ Cape Voronoff ,, Islands in Kostin Shar Neckwatova Rogatchiva Bay Beluga Bay, South Goose Land South Goose Land . Besemannya Bay (Nameless Bay) Cairn Harbour (Pomorsky Bay) Farassowa Valley, Matyushin Shar Gubina Bay ,, Beluga Bay, Lutke Land Silver Bay ,, Pachtussow Islands Ziwolka Fiord N. lat. 69° 69° 69° 15' 40' 40' 69° 41' 70° 7' 70° 15' 70° 20' 71° 15' 71° 15' 71° 24' 71° 71° 72° 73° 30' 30' 55' 15' 73° 11' 73° 12' 73° 15' 73° 25' 74° 24' 74° 25' THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 389 The botanical literature relating to Nova}^^ Zemlya, Waigats, and the shores of Yugor Straits is extensive. It commences with the researches of the celebrated Von Baer in 1837, and has been continued by many eminent botanists to the present time. Few arctic lands have received greater attention from distinguished botanists than Novaya Zemlya. We may, I think, conclude that our knowledge of the species that compose its phanerogamic vegetation is practically complete. Further investigations may add a few species to the list, and will of course increase our acquaintance with the geographical range of species in the North Island. It is, however, tolerably well accepted that the arctic flora is divided into three groups — Asiatic, European, and American — that differ shghtly from one another, and the limits of these groups are well known. There is, however, a point in connection with the dispersal and spread of these groups over the polar area deserving of consideration, and one which I shall refer to subsequently in greater detail. Is the generally accepted assumption correct that during the so-called glacial epoch an ice-cap over the polar area obliterated phanerogamic and all other vegetation, and that the entire present polar flora is due to subsequent immigration from the south ? It appears to me that there is evidence at our command which may induce us to pause before accepting this theory as an unquestionable fact, and there certainly are peculiarities in the distribution of the existing polar flora that point to the survival and subsequent extension of what may be called a palsearctic flora. The already recorded spe- cies of phanerogamic plants and vascular cryptogams from Novaya Zemlya and Waigats amount to about 200 ; my collections of 1895 and 1897 embrace about five-sixths of that flora. Of these only seven are additions ; they are — Ranunculus auricomus L. Empetrum nigrum L. Alsi7ie imhricata C. A. M. Veratrum album L. Potent ilia nivea L. Koeleria cristata Gaud. Gentiana tejiella Fr. I have included in this paper a series of field notes, giving some information in regard to distribution, relative abundance, and other particulars about the various plants met with, and also a brief sketch of the topographical features of the different islands and places visited. It is my pleasant duty to render sincere thanks to several distinguished botanists for the assistance given me in identifying my arctic collections of 1895 and 1897, which amounted to several thousand specimens. Especially to Professor Eugene Warming, and Mr. 0. Gelert, of the Eoyal Botanical Museum, Copenhagen ; to Mr. Theodor Holm, the botanist to the Danish " Dijmphna " Expedition ; to Mr. Arthur Bennett, Mr. H. D. Geldart, and to Mr. H. Chichester Hart, my colleague in the British Polar Expedition of 1875-76 ; to the members of the staff of the Department of Botany, British Museum, and of the Kew Herbarium, especially to Mr. I. H. Burkiil, who examined the whole of my plants. 390 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. DoLGOi Island Lies between 69° 4' and 69° 20' N. lat. ; it is about seventeen miles in length from north to south, and in width from a mile and a half to two miles. It is five miles due north from Cape Medinsky Zavarot, of the mainland of Russia. The island is flat, the greatest elevation not rising more than fifty feet above the sea. The rock exposures, which are visible all round the shores of the island, consist of finely crystalline, hard unfossiliferous dolomitic limestones, probably of palaeozoic age. The surface is covered with marine boreal deposits ; in many parts these are overlain by modern peat deposits, and a network of shallow lakes and meres occupies at least one-half of the island, which, viewed from the sea, looks like a piece of the adjoining mainland tundra surrounded by the ocean. The proofs of recent emergence are strikingly apparent, and the natural surmise is that we should find the flora of the island simply an extension of that of the neighbouring mainland. An examination of its flora shows this to be the case, for, out of seventy-three phanerogams and two vascular cryptogams found on the island, all but one, Tojieldia jmlustris, are recorded from the shores of Yugor Straits, or the great tundra of the Samoyeds, in Eastern Europe. The most striking characteristic of the flora of Dolgoi Island is the abundance of two species of EricacecB, namely, Cassiopeia tetragona and Andromeda Poli/olia, and likewise of Empetrum nigrum.. In a hasty examination, extending over a few hours, of an island as large as Dolgoi, the list of its plants cannot have been exhausted ; but there is no reason to suppose that future investi- gation will alter the conclusion here arrived at, that the flora of Dolgoi Island is a reduced representation of that of the adjacent mainland. The following is a list of the plants obtained on Dolgoi Island, 20th July, 1897:— Rannncidus Pallasii Schl. Hedysarum ohscurum L. Fi. sulphureus Sol. Eiibus ChamcBmorus L. R. hyperboreus Roth, f. Samoy- Comarum palustre Li. edorum Rupn. Dryas octopetala L. Caltha palustris L. Hippuris vulgaris L. Papaver nudicaule L. Saxifraga oppositifulia L. Cardaminc pratensis L. 8. Hirculus L. Eutrema Edwardsii R. Br. S. aizoides L. Cochlearia feyiestrata R. Br. 8. coinosa Poir. Draba alpina L. 8. ccespitosalj. f. decipiens Ehrh. D. Fladnizensis Wulf. 8. cernua L. D. repens Bieb. 8. hieraciifolia Wald. & Kit. 8ilene acaulis L. Chrysospleuium alternifoliuin L. 8tellaria. humifusa Rottb. Parnassia palustris L. f. alpina 8. loiigipes Goldie. Drude. Cerastium alpinum L. f. Jiirsutum 8edum Rhodiola DC. Koch. Epilobium palustre L. Arenaria ciliata L. Valeriana capitata Pall. THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 391 Senecio campestris DC. var. in- tegrifolia Hook. Petasites frigida Fries. Cassiopeia tetragofia L. Andromeda Poli folia L. Vaccinium Vitis-ida^a L. f. j^umila Horn. Primula stricta Horn. Armeria sihirica Turcz. Polemonium. ccerideum, L. f. acuti- folia Willd. Myosotis alpestris Kocb. Gentiana tenella Fr. Pedicular is sudetica Willd. P. lajipcyiica L. Plantago maritima L. Polygonum Bistorta L. P. viviparum L. Empetrum nigrum L. Betula nana L. Salix Myrsinites L. 8. arctica Pall. S. rotundifolia Trautv. [Kjellm. f. puniila S. reticulata L. Tojieldia palustris Huds. Allium sibiricum L. J uncus biglumis L. Luzula W ahlenhergii Rupr. L. arctica Blytt. PJriojjJioium ScJieuchzeri Hoppe. R. callithrix Cham. E. russeolum. Fr. E. angustifolium. Roth. Carex rariflora, Sm. C. rigida Good. C. fuiiginosa Schk. C. glareosa Wahlenb. C. rotundata Wahlenb. Dupontia Fischeri R. Br. Arctophila fulva Nym. Poa alpina L. P. cenisia All. Deschampsia caspitosa Beauv. f. brevifolia Trautv. Equisetum arvense L. Lycojjodium Selago L. Waigats. This island, which is separated by the narrow Straits of Yugor from the mainland of Arctic Russia, lies between the parallels of 69° 40' and 70° 25' N. lat. It is about sixty miles in length and about twenty in width. The southern end of the island is generally low and swampy, the knolls and eminences rising not more than fifty feet above the level of the sea. Looking at it from the Yugor Straits, it appears as a reflection of the opposite mainland. A few miles inland, from its southern end, the country becomes hilly, and when we examine its topographical features with more care we find that these hills associate themselves into series of ridges, with a general trend from north-west to south-east, and running parallel to one another. These ridges do not anywhere exceed a height of 300 ft., as a rule they are considerably lower, and, roughly speaking, average from 70 to 100 ft. The rock formations of Waigats consist chiefly of slates, shales, limestones, and dolomitic limestones ; all have undergone great upheaval and subsequent denudation. They are nearly vertical, and their strike is from north-west to south-east. Consequently the ridges are formed by the lines of strike, and run in the same direction. The troughs or valleys between the ridges, and all the level or tundra land, are covered with a thick layer of marine boreal clay containing the shells of mollusca now occurring abundantly in the surrounding sea. Everywhere around we can trace the proofs of recent emergence from the ocean. The present island of Waigats is, geologically, an upheaval of yesterday. Tins clay deposit in the valleys and troughs is dotted over with meres and lakes. Many of 392 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. these are surrounded with peaty growths. Waigats has uo glaciers, and no attempt indeed at any permanent snow deposit. In June and July, as I saw it, the snow had generally disappeared, and only remained in scattered patches on northern slopes or in hollows ; it was then difficult to realize what severe winter conditions obtain there. Thus we have in Waigats three distinct areas for the growth of plants — the disintegrated rock ridges, the predominant marine boreal clay, and the more local peat formations resting on the clay. To each of these areas certain plants appear to be restricted, whilst others are spread broadcast. Later on, under the heading of the various species obtained, are remarks as to the localities they chiefly affect. There are no trees, in the ordinary acceptance of the word, growing on Waigats, but several species of Salix are abundant ; they are, however, only stunted bushes, not growing higher than a foot to a foot and a lialf. Betula nana appears as a procumbent plant. Viewed in summer, the surface of Waigats does not present an extreme boreal aspect. There is a good carpeting over the valleys and flats of GraminecB, Juncacece, Carices, and Mosses, which gives a verdant colouring to the landscape. In some spots bright flowering plants are met with in great profusion, so that Waigats does not by any means give the impression of a bleak sterile arctic land, but rather of one where domesticated reindeer might thrive and multiply. NoVAYA ZeMLYA AND LuTKE LaND. Viewed from seaward, the southern and south-western portions of Novaya Zemlya, though rising in parts to a considerably greater altitude than W^aigats, present a gloomy and uninteresting appear- ance. In summer the snow is removed from the mountains, only remaining in patches, and there are no glaciers or mer-de-glace. The flat island of Meshdusharsky and low-lying Goose Land extend as wide breadths of tundra between the inland ranges and the sea, so that the mountains of the interior, probably some 2000 ft. high in that latitude, are dwarfed by distance. The flora of Goose Land has the same general character as that of Waigats, but one speedily realizes that it is far poorer. We notice a great falling off in the number of Composite; especially Senecio campestris and S.fri;fidus, which brighten the peaty land of Waigats ; Rnbus ChamcEmorus, which in Waigats covers acres with large white blossoms, is there dwarfed and stunted; Androsace Chammjasme, which speckles leagues of Waigats with its small flowers, is absent; and Primula far inosa, so abundant in that island, is hardly met with in Goose Land ; whilst Lloi/dia serotina and Allium sihiricum, conspicuous plants of Waigits, seem altogether absent from Novaya Zemlya. As we proceed northward the mountains increase in height, until in the neighbourhood of the Matyushiu Shar the ranges of Novaya Zemlya rise in series of bold and lofty peaks, snow-clad, and entwined by glaciers. Phanerogamic vegetation in that alpine region is conse- quently restricted to the shore line, the valleys, and the uncovered slopes ; I cannot say with absolute exactness at what altitude phanero- gamic vegetation ceases, but at 1000 ft. it is there very scarce. The THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 393 same majestic scenery appears in Lutke Land, the interior mountains rising from seas of ice, with glaciers descending to the ocean, but tliere is very little difference between the floras on the north and south shores of tiie Matyushin Shar. Farther north, on the Pach- tussow Islands and the mainland m the zone of 74-75°, I gathered some fifty phanerogamic plants, a serious falling off from the number recorded from the shores of the Matyushin 81iar, in the zone of 73-74'\ There now remains for the botanical explorer the examination of the shores of Barents Land, in the zone of 75-77°, which, so far, has only been credited with some sixteen species. I will now give a few details in regard to the flora. 1. Ranunculus Pallasii Schl. Eare on Dolgoi Island ; found in one lake only. Common in lakes around Habarova. Abundant in lakes and meres all over Waigats, perfuming the air in their vicinity with its delicious scent. Not met with by me in Novaya Zemlya proper, but abundant near the Notschujew River, Lutke Land, north side of the Matyushin Shar, near entrance to the Kara Sea. 2. R. LAPpoNicus L. Only met with by me at Cape Matiusela, island of Waigats, where it grew in abundance on sphagnum-covered swamps. 3. R. HYPERBOREus Rotli. A vcry common plant growing in swamps. Found on Dolgoi Island, in the neighbourhood of Habarova, all over Waigats, in Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land; specimens from Beluga Bay, 73° 20' N., being of the same character as the plant in North Russia. After an examination of scores of specimens, I cannot separate R. ScDuojedorum Rupr. from this species. Plants agreeing in every respect with Ruprecht's description of R. Samojedorunr' were brought from Dolgoi Island ; and Cape Greben, Waigats. 4. R. PYGM^us Wahlenb. Avery generally dispersed plant, and variable in growth ; on bleak and exposed situations the blossoms are minute and resting on the ground ; in sheltered and moist spots this plant attains a height of 4 in. Cape Greben ; south shores of Waigats ; Cape Matiusela ; Dolga Bay, 150 ft. ; Neckwatowa ; Islands Kostin Shar ; Nameless Bay ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land. Ziwolka Fiord, 74° 25'. 5. R. NIVALIS L. A common species, extending from the shores of the Russian mainland to the extreme point visited in Lutke Land. Still, out of more than a hundred examples of this and the following plant gathered at many stations, R. sulphiireus appears in the col- lection in the proportion of five to one. Habarova ; south shores of Waigats ; Dolga Bay ; Neckwatowa ; Islands, Kostin Shar ; Gubina Bay ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; Ziwolka Fiord ; Pach- tussow Islands. * Symb. Hist. Plant. Boss., F. J. Euprecbt, St. Petersburg, 1846, p. 18. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [Oct. 1898.] 2 e 394 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 6. E. suLPHUREus Sol. As a rule this is a finer and more showy plant than R. nivalis. There are specimens from Cape Matiusela seven inches in height, with blossoms over an inch in diameter. The range and distribution of this species coincides with that of H. nivalis. Dolgoi Island ; south shores of Waigats ; Cape Matiusela ; DolgaBay; Neckwatowa ; Nameless Bay ; Gubina Bay ; Goose Land ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; Pachtussow Islands ; Ziwolka Fiord. 7. R. ACRis L. f, BOREALis Trautv. The commonest buttercup throughout the regions visited. Extending from the sea-shore to altitudes of two hundred feet and more. This is a most variable plant, and without the connecting links it would puzzle the ordinary observer to decide that the extremes belong to the same species. There are in the collection specimens from Waigats, and Lutke Land as well, with stalks over eight inches in length, and blossoms an inch and a quarter in diameter ; and from the same localities specimens with stalks of not more than half an inch, and blossoms three-quarters of an inch in diameter. Habarova ; south shores of Waigats ; Cape Matiusela ; Dolga Bay ; Islands Kostin Shar ; Neckwatowa ; Goose Land ; Nameless Bay ; Gubina Bay ; Silver Bay ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land. 8. R. AURicoMus L. Found at Cape Voronoff, 2nd of July, 1897, where it grew in beds on sandy hillocks close to the sea-shore. It was not uncommon around Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, reaching an altitude of one hundred feet. It does not appear in the collec- tions from any of the other stations. It is just possible that this may be the R. affinis recorded by other botanists from Novaya Zemlya, but after a careful comparison with specimens of Pi. affinis from many quarters, including Robert Brown's type in the herbarium of the British Museum (Natural History), I cannot assign these plants to anything but true H. auricomiis L. Mr. Burkill attached the following note to the specimens of this plant submitted to him : — " R. affinis R. Br., a North American plant — perhaps a confusion of two or three forms specifically distinct — is in its arctic type difficult to distinguish from R. auricomus L. Types of the original plant so named by Robert Brown exist at Kew and at the British Museum, and may be, as Lange points out, distinguished from Pi. auricomus by the longer head of fruit. To R. auricomus I refer the plant from Waigats collected on the Nordenskiold Expedition, and named R. affinis, a specimen of which exists at Kew. Fellmann (PlantcB ArcticcB, no. 5) has distributed a very similar plant from Eastern Lapland. You were fortunate or careful enough to collect the round head of fruits, which is that of R. auricomus, and not of R. affinis. The latter therefore is apparently to be removed from the Novaya Zemlya list (Waigats zone), and to be replaced by R. auricomus.'' 9. Caltha palustris L. An extremely common plant through- out the regions visited, growing round lakes and meres, in bogs, and by the banks of rivulets. It shows great variations according to locality. In favoured spots the plants are as large, and with as fine THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 395 blossoms, as typical specimens from an English meadow, whilst at high altitudes, for instance at three hundred feet in Lutke Land, we find the plant degenerated to an almost leafless stem, showing only a small blossom of a quarter of an inch diameter just protruding above the damp moss, in which the stalk lies hidden. There are specimens in tlie collection from Waigats with flowers two inches in diameter. Dolgoi Island ; Habarova ; Cape Greben ; south shores of Waigats ; Cape Matiusela ; Dolga Bay ; Neckwatowa ; Kostin Shar ; Goose Land ; Gubina Bay ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; Pachtussow Islands ; Ziwolka Fiord. 10. Thalictrum alpinum L. Is not uncommon from the shores of the mainland of Kussia to Lutke Land. It affects protected spots, growing under the sides of runnels, on sheltered banks, or in the clefts of rock exposures. Habarova ; south shores of Waigats ; Dolga Bay ; Neckwatowa ; Islands Kostin Shar ; Gubina Bay ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; and many other localities. 11. Papaver nudicaule L. — Of the entire flora in the polar and arctic regions, no flower is dearer to the explorer than the arctic poppy. Its beauty, its delightful shades of colour from white to bright yellow and delicate pink, charm the eye. Its abundance and vitality under apparently the most adverse circum- stances make a deep impression. On the bleakest and most exposed surfaces, as far north as the explorer has reached on land, this remarkable flower has been met with. Cold, snow, and tempest seem to make no impression on it. Habarova ; Dolgoi Island ; Waigats ; Novaya Zemlya generally ; Lutke Land generally ; Pach- tussow Islands ; Ziwolka Fiord. Seeds of this plant gathered in Novaya Zemlya, sown in the end of May, 1898, came up strongly in fourteen days, and one blossomed (white) first week of July. 12. Mathiola nudigaulis Trautv. Is extremely abundant over Waigats and Novaya Zemlya, decreasing, however, as we cross Matyushin Shar and enter Lutke Land. Its beautiful pink blos- soms (sometimes pure white) are a distinct feature in the floral display. This plant especially affects areas covered by marine boreal clay, its strong roots penetrating several inches into the ground. Habarova ; Waigats generally ; Novaya Zemlya gener- ally ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land; Pachtussow Islands; Ziwolka Fiord. 13. Cardamine pratensis L. Generally distributed in suitable places from the shores of the Russian mainland to Lutke Land, where it was found in flower on the Pachtussow Islands, 74° 24' N. Dolgoi Island ; Habarova ; Waigats ; Novaya Zemlya ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; and Ziwolka Fiord. The depth of the tubular part of the flower, i.e. length of claw of petal, may be worth men- tion, for it is found to be a very variable feature, longer in some localities than in others, but probably having a definite relation to the tongues of the insects which fertilise the flower. 14. C. bellidifolia L. Not met with by me on Dolgoi Island, but extremely common all over Waigats, the same in Novaya Zemyla, and was found in flower at an altitude of 1000 ft. in the neighbourhood of Ziwolka Fiord, Lutke Land, 74° 25' N. It 2 E 2 396 THE FLOWEEING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. attains the highest altitude of any plant I have observed in Novaya Zemlya. 15. Arabis alpina L. Found in the neighbourhood of Haba- rova ; on Waigats, but not common ; at Neckwatowa, Novaya Zemlya ; rare. Not found or overlooked in Lutke Land. 16. A. PETR^A Lam. Found in considerable quantity growing in clefts of a cliff at the head of Dolga Bay, Waigats ; at Neckwa- towa, at Nameless Bay, and Gubina Bay, where it grew in clumps on the gravel terraces a few feet above tide-level. Not found or overlooked in Lutke Land. This plant has in some instances a delicate perfume. 17. EuTEEMA Edwardsii E. Br. A very common and generally distributed plant over the tundra land of Waigats ; common on Dolgoi Island ; abundant on Novaya Zemlya ; common around Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, but not observed by me farther north than 73° 25'. 18. Braya ALPINA Koch. Avery common and very pretty plant, growing all over the island of Waigats, especially affectnig areas covered by marine boreal clay ; into this its strong roots descend perpendicularly to as much as seven or eight inches. It is common around Habarova, but not met with or overlooked by me on Dolgoi Island. Common over Novaya Zemlya, and met with in flower at Beluga Bay and Silver Bay of Lutke Land. 19. Cheieanthus pygm^us Adams. Only met with 31st July at one station, Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, where a small number of plants were grownig together at an altitude of 100 ft. The largest plant stood some seven inches above the ground ; its seed-pods, some three inches in length, were so ripe that on gathering the plant they opened and the mature seed fell out. The impression given me was that the smaller plants surrounding it were seedlings of a prior season. 20. Cochlearia fenestrata R. Br. Many specimens of scurvy- grass were brought back from various locahties, but all have been pronounced by competent authorities C. fenestrata. On Dolgoi Island ; around Habarova, all over Waigats ; Novaya Zemlya, and in Lutke Land it is a common plant. It is noticeable that when growing close to the shore it is generally a close-leaved procumbent herb, becoming more luxuriant at higher altitudes. On Waigats, at an elevation of 250 ft., it grew as a straggling plant with stalks seven to eight inches high. It was growing abundantly from shore- Une to summits of the Pachtussow Islands ; hkewise m Ziwolka Fiord. 21. Schivereckia podolica Andrz. Only met with by me at Neckwatowa, Novaya Zemlya, in July, 1895. 22. Draba alpina L. Is the commonest and most widely dis- tributed of the l)mb(B over Dolgoi Island, Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land. It extends from the sea-snore to elevations of 400 ft. As a rule the blossom is of a bright yellow. (io be contiuued.) 397 BIBLIOGEAPHICAL NOTES. XVI. — Fabkicius' 'Enumeratio Plantarum Horti Helmstadiensis.' The names published by Heister in his Systema Plantarmn (1748) are of course not taken up by those who adopt 1753 as the starting-point of nomenclature. It seems, however, to have been overlooked by many workers that Heister's names were brought into use by Fabricius, his successor in the care of the Helmstadt Garden, who published two editions of an Knmneratio Methodica Plantarum Horti Medici Helimtadiensis, dated respectively 1759 and 1763. A " third edition " issued in 1776 after his death is a mere reprint, to which a supplement of twenty-four pages is added ; to this no author's name is appended, but it is of no importance, being merely of such plants in Linn. Sp. PI. ed. 2 as had been added to the Garden. In his preface Fabricius pays a high and well-deserved tribute to Heister, whose Systema is an interesting and suggestive little volume. Not only are the names published by Fabricius to a considerable extent ignored in the Index Kewensis, but they seem to have escaped the notice of nomenclaturists at home and abroad. The transatlantic reformers to whom we owe the American Check-list, and their chief, Dr. Britton, in his Illustrated Flora, make, so far as I have consulted them, no reference to the Enumeratio; and while they rightly disqualify Heister's names on account of their date, it does not seem to have occurred to them that these names might have obtained currency after 1753. The Berlin rales doubtless exclude such names ; but both American and English systematists must take note of them, and I suspect that a careful investigation of the two editions of Fabricius will result in a good many changes iu the American Check-list and elsewhere. Some of these will result in the retention of well-known names which the application of the time-limit of 1753 has seemed to exclude ; others show that the introducers of new and strange names on the score of priority have not arrived at finality in their researches, although they have added considerably to the stock of useless and unneces- sary synonymy. The authority for certain names will also have to be changed ; thus Meihomia, which appears in the Check-list as of " Adans. Fam. PL ii. 509 (1763)," should stand, as cited by Mr. Hiern in the Welwitsch Catalogue, "Heister ex Fabric. Enum. PI. Hort. Helmstad. ed. i. 168 (1759)." One or two examples will show the kind of change which may be expected when the claims of Fabricius have been duly con- sidered, and for this purpose I have chosen names which appear in our British floras. The name Specnlaria, published by Heister in 1748, was taken up by Alphonse De CandoUe in 1830 — a publication which is antedated (Heister's name being disqualified by time-limit) by Legousia of Durande, Fl. Bourgogne, i. 371 (1782). This was taken up by S. F. Gray (Nat. Arr. ii. 110 (1821) ), and is adopted (misspelt Legouzia) by Dr. Britton both in the Check-list and in his 398 FABRICIUS' ' ENUMERATIO PLANTARUM HORTI HELMSTADIENSIS. Flora. But the name SpecuJuria appears in Fabricius, ed. 1, 121, with synonymy, and with diagnosis in ed. 2, 225 : tlie synonymy therefore stands : Specularia Heist, ex Fabr. Enum. PL Hort. Helmst. ed. 1, 121 (1759), ed. 2, 225 (1768). Legousia Diir. Fl. Boiirgogne, i. 37 (1782). Under Leijiiuzia Dr. Britton gives three new combinations which will have at once to be relegated to that limbo of unnecessary nomenclature already so largely peopled by transatlantic creations. Mr. Druce (Fl. Beri^s. 328), who had previously called attention to the genus,* gives Legousia Durandi Delarbre (1800) as the name under this genus for Campanula Speculum L. ; but this can in no case be maintained, for Durandi is neither the oldest specific name nor the earliest under the genus, that being L. arvensis Dur. (1782), which is rightly adopted by S. F. Gray. The name of our British plant will remain Specularia hyhrida A. DC, as it stands now in the London Catalogue. By the help of Fabricius, the absurd name Gouringia, which, owing to Adanson's misprint, has been establishing itself in our lists, may entirely disappear : it stands as Conringia in Fabr. Enumeratio, ed. 1, 160 (1759). This happily disposes of Mr. Druce's note on the genus (Fl. Berks. 58) : the two new synonyms which he (/. c.) proposes for C. austriaca Sweet, an exotic species "found on waste ground," may join Dr. Britton's names under Legousia. Among the names not in the Index Kewensis is Umhilicaria Heist, ex Fabricius, op. cit. ed. 1, 42 (1759), ed. 2, 76 (1763), which must replace Omphalodes Moench. Meth. 419 (1794). Both genera are based upon the same two Linnean species, which are indicated by their Linnean numbers and diagnoses in the second edition of Fabricius. This raises an interesting point as to whether such indication by number will be considered as entitling Fabricius to be considered the author of the names Umhilicaria linifolia and U. Omphalodes, which these two species should take. The genus of lichens bearing the same name is of much later date (1789), and will have to be abandoned by those who object to a similar name being employed in phanerogams and in cryptogams. Another instance of a name which seems to have been entirely overlooked — it is neither in the Index Kewensis, nor in Pfeiffer's Nomenclator, nor in any of the books cited above — may be found in Sphmrocarpiis, the earliest name for the genus which American botanists retain as Neslia, and for which Mr. Druce (Fl. Berks. 69+) revives Medik's Vogelia (1792). Exception may be taken to the adoption of the name SpJmrocarjms on the ground that Adanson used it in the same year for a genus of cryptogams — whether earlier in the year 1 do not know. I am inclined, however, to think * In Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. 1896, 38-53— a Eafinesquian paper which is likely to give trouble to future nomenclaturists. t He gives among the synonymy " V.paniculata, leges " ; for an explanation of this authority see Journ. Bot. 1898, 106. The name, however, is given by Hornemann, Hort. Hafn. 594 (1815) as cited in the Index Kewensis, SHORT NOTES. 399 that even then the name may stand, for it is quoted by Fabricius in his first edition (1759), p. 28, as a synonym under " Eapistrum arvense folio auriculato T." as " Spharocarjms Heister." In any case, it must be cited as a synonym. As an example of a name which concerns both British and American botanists, I will cite Salomonia (Heister ex Fabricius, L c. ed. 1, 20, 1759), which not only supersedes Polygonatum of Adanson (1763), but displaces Salomonia of Loureiro (1790), for which a new name will have to be found. The synonymy quoted by Fabricius (in part identical with that of Linn^us) precludes any possibility of doubt as to what plant is intended, and Salomonia Polygonatum is the type of the genus. I do not propose to go further into an investigation of Fabricius's work, but I have said enough to show that it has been generally overlooked. To some the discovery will form an argument in favour of the adoption of the " fifty years' limit " advocated by the Berlin botanists : others will revel in the abundant possibilities it affords for the creation of new combinations — to each of which may be added " mihi," after the style with which we have recently been made familiar. j^^^^ BmT^^^. SHOET NOTES. Carex pulicaris on chalk. — A recent record of Car ex 'puHcaris in Bedfordshire has been a desideratum. On July 16th I found a quantity in fine condition on a dry chalk bank at Streatley, mixed up with Carex prfBCox, Pingidcula vulgaris, Parnassia ijaliistris, Ono- brychis sativa, Hippocrepis caniosa, and the usual chalk plants. Pinguicula vulgaris was recorded by Mr. J. Pollard (Journ. Bot. 1875, 211) in a similar site at Pegsdon, some four miles east of Streatley. Pinguicula and Parnassia have already been recorded at Streatley; but Carex pulicaris is an addition. It would appear that these three bog plants are survivals of a bog which has long since been washed away down the valley. The only other recent record of Pinguicula in Beds was in a bog resting on chalk marl at Totternhoe ; this bog has lately been drained and cultivated. The Streatley and Pegsdon sites are at a very much higher level than the chalk marl, with no spring and no stagnant surface water. — C. Crouch. PoLYPORus uMBELLATus Fries. — I wish to place on record another locality for this rare and interesting fungus, hitherto only recorded from Epping Forest. A few days ago I received a specimen gathered from a wood at Inval, near Haslemere. This species is allied to P. intybaceus, and differs in the numerous much-branched pileoli being circular and depressed ; in P. intybaceus they are dimidiate. E. W. SWANTON. Dedication of Jacksonia Raf. — In this Journal for 1886, p. 139, I quoted Pfeifter as the authority for supposing that in this genus Bafinesque intended to commemorate the English botanist George 400 SHORT NOTES. Jackson. It seems, however, that this was not the case ; Asa Gray (Amer. Journ. Sci. xl. 228 (1841)) Avrites : '' J/icksonia, Eafinesque changed m 1819 to Polauida, probably on account of the Jacksonia of Brown, 1812, bi/ ivhich General Jackson lost a f/eiius.'' — James Britten. Elatine Hydropiper L. in Surrey. — When visiting Cutmill Pond, near Godahning, Surrey, in company with Miss M. Phear, on August 31st, we found a considerable abundance of Elatine he.ranclra in full flower growing both in and out of the water amidst the turf of Kleocharis acicnlaris that bordered the pond. We also found E. Hi/dropiper, but more sparingly : the flowers were over, and the characteristic hooked seeds well formed. Owing to the dry season, the water was at a lower level than usual, and this may have favoured the growth of the waterworts. We are not aware that E. Hydropiper has been recorded hitherto from any English locality except Frensham Pond, near Farnham, quoted by Hooker and others in their manuals of British Botany. — G. Lister. Plantago media in Antrim (p. 351). — If Mr. Brenan will look at Irish Naturalist, v. 311 (1896), he will find two Antrim stations mentioned in Mr. J. H. Davies's "Notes on some Casuals in County Antrim." — R. Lloyd Praeger. Lathyrus Aphaca in Cambridgeshire (p. 353). — Soon after the publication of my note, Mr. Reader informed me that Mr. Evans rediscovered Lathyrus Aphaca in an old locality. Mr. H. N. Dixon writes to confirm this, saying that he gathered it on the Hills Road, a little outside Cambridge, in 1878 or 1879. This goes to show that it is permanent there. Mr. Dixon also informs me that he has a specimen from Stapleford, collected in 1878. — A. B. Jackson. Cambridgeshire Plants (p. 246). — To those unacquainted with the flora of Cambridgeshire the formidable list of " extinctions " given by Mr. W. West, jun., on p. 247 may seem appalhng. In his opinion Middlesex is the only county which rivals ours in this un- enviable distinction. To avoid misapprehension it seems desirable to point out that, of the forty-nine species given in the list, no fewer than thirty-four are inserted in Prof. Babington's Elora solely on the testimony of botanists termed by him " ancient authorities " — ranging from 1685 to 1820 — most of these species for a single station only; and, as he remarks, " the localities have not been con- firmed by recent observers." Of the remainder, five occurred only on a piece of boggy heath at Gamlingay, the drainage of which had, as Prof. Babington observes, been destructive to some plants even before the Elora was issued. We must inevitably suffer, as other counties do, from the drainage and cultivation of many hitherto neglected spots, but I trust our plants are not disappearing so rapidly as Mr. West would lead us to believe. I may remark that Lathyrus Afhaca has not " disa})peared from all its localities near Cambridge"; this year there are five distinct patclies of it at a station not far from the town, where I have known it for fifteen years. The locality is possibly one of those intended in the Elora, but for obvious reasons I forbear giving more precise details, SHORT NOTES. 401 Parnassia palustris it is stated " has not been recorded in the county for forty years." I first saw it on Chippenham Fen in 1890 ; it is still plentiful there, and is spread over a considerable area. Two other plants, Chnisanthemum segetum and Allium ursinum, are not so rare as would be imagined from Mr. West's notes ; the former I have seen brought in large bunches by children from corn- fields at Histon for sale in the town, and the latter, though very local, is so abundant in one part of Hardwick Wood — apparently an unknown locality for it — that the plants certainly number many thousands. — Gr. Goode. LopHocoLEA spicATA Tayl. IN Scotland. — Mr. Symers M. Mac- vicar has sent me for confirmation specimens of this rare species, collected by him in shallow narrow crevices of rock just above high- water mark at Moidart, West Inverness. First record for Scotland. — W. H. Pearson. Lancashire and Cheshire Rubi. — Having collected a number of the Rubi of this district at the request of the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers, who kindly undertook to name them for me, I am able to give the following list of localities additional to those already published. New county records are indicated by an asterisk. Mr. Wilson, of Ilkley, obliged me with a number of West Lancashire specimens which he had collected this year ; these are distinguished by (W) following the locality. All the specimens have been seen by Mr. Rogers, except those marked f : — Ruhmfissus Lindl. Barnacher Moor, near Garstang, 60 (W). — Pi. "^Lindleianus Lees. Scorton and Garstang, 60 (W). Longridget and Ribchester,t 60. Walton, 59. — Pi. rhamnifolius W. & N. (sp. coll.). Garstang, 60 (W). Walton, 6d. — R.^ '^'ScJmitzii Lindeb. Near Catshaw, Wyresdale, alt. 600 ft., 60 (W). — R. "^yukherrimus Neum. Silverdale and Yealand Conyers, 60. Eastham, 58. Very frequent in West Lanes. — R. mercicus var. *hracteatus Bagnall. W^alton, 59. Mr. Bagnall says this exactly resembles the form it assumes in quarries and rocky places in Warwickshire. In these places it is weaker, and grows with an arcuate prostrate habit (Exch. Club Rep. 1894, 440). At the foot of Longridge Fell, 60.— R. villicaulis var. "^'Selmeri Lindeb. Pilling, 60 (W). Simmonswood Moss, 59. Longridge f and Stonyhurst,! 60. — R. -''gratus Focke. Common in S. Lanes, 59 [vide Exch. Club Rep. 1894, 440), and in the Ribble and Hodder district, 60. — Pi. '''rustica7ius Merc. Scot- forth, 60 (W). Abundant in 58 and 60, less common in 59. — R. -'iejitiginosiis Lees, a form with longer petals and untypical foliage, approaching R. Questierii Lefv. & Muell. Walton, 59. — R. Sprengelii Weihe. Eastham, 58. Walton, 59. Ashton,t 59. Preston f and Longridge,! 60. — R. Heucostachijs Schleich. Silverdale, 60. Wal- ton, 59. — R. wfestus Weihe. Walton and Orrell, 59. Near Preston, 60. — Pi. podophyllus P. J. Muell. Near Ashton-under-Lyne,f 59. Named by Mr. Linton. — R. oigoclados var. -'^yeivhoiildii Bab. Walton, 59. — Pi. rusaceus var. hystrix W. & N. Eastham, 58. Simmonswood Moss, 59. — Var. ^'silvestris R. P. Murr. Eastham, 58. Ince Blundell, 59. — Var. infenindua Rogers. Longridge Fell, 60, — Pi, Koehleri var. paUidm Bab. Grizedale, 60 (W). Very 402 RECENT LITERATURE ON ALG^. common about Yealaud and Silverdale, 60. — R. diimetorwn var. ferox Weihe. Wallasey, 58. Hi^^htown, 59. — Var. '-^concinitiis Warren. Walton, 59. — R. conjlifoUus Sm. var. '''•sublustris Lees. Silverdale, 60. Garstang, 60 (W). Frequent throughout the Mersey province. A curious form with large septenate leaves, and calyx claspmg fruit, is frequent about Walton, 59. — R. casius var. aqitaticus W. c^ N. Hightown and Crosby, 59. — R. rosaceus var. sylve^trh X Spremjelii. Ince Blundell, 59. "A very interesting hybrid, which has every appearance of bemg rightly named" (Mr. Kogers in Exch. Club Eep. 1896, 519). — R. mercicus var. hracteatus X leucostachys. Walton, 59. "These specimens seem rather nearer R. inercicus than to R. leucostachi/s, but Mr. Wheldon is probably right in considering them a hybrid" (Mr. Rogers in Exch. Club Rep. 1896, 519). — R. casius x IdcBus. Fazackerley, 59. Mr. Rogers says: "Looks like the hybrid which Prof. Babington latterly thought his var. intermedins might be" (Exch. Club Rep. 1896, 519).— J. A. Wheldon. Monmouth and West Gloucester Records. — The following species not recorded for v.-cc. 31 and 35 in Top. Bot. have been noticed this year : — Caucalis nodosa Scop. 35. Plentiful on Caldicot and Roggiett Moors. — Galiwii tricome Stokes. 35. Cornfields, Llanmelin. — Specularia hybrida A. DC. 31. Beachley ; queried for v.-c. 34 in Top. Bot. — Veronica scutellata L. 34. Madget. — Orohanche minor L. [eu-minor). 35. Clover crops near Chepstow. — Osmunda regalis L. 35. A solitary plant in a marshy thicket at Shirenewton ; first noticed by Miss Woodall. In the Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1897 Mr. Charles Bailey mentions the following species as " new county records for v.-c. 35": — Polyyala vulgaris L., Arenuria serpyliifolia Pursh, Geranium dissectum, L., Euonymus europaus L., Conium maculatum L., Lamium Galeobdolon Crantz, Salix cinerea L., Potamogeton iJer/oliatus L., and P. crispus L., all of which were recorded from the county in my paper on " Recent Additions to the Flora of West Gloucester and Monmouth " in this Journal for 1894, pp. 263-271, with the exception of Lamium Galeobdolon, which, like the rest, is a very common plant in this district. — W. A. Shoolbred. NOTICES OF BOOKS. Recent Literature on Alg^e. In the Bulletin de V Herbier Boissier for June, 1898, Prof. Chodat publishes a continuation of his "Etudes de Biologie Lacustre." Under the title " Recherches sur les algues littorales " he deals with (a) perforating algaB in freshwater shells, (b) chalk-devouring alg£e which produce markings on pebbles by means of decay, (c) ColeochcBte pnlvinata and the germination of its oospores, (d) littoral algae, more particularly Cladophora glomerata and Batrachospermum den sum. EECENT LITEEATURE ON ALGiE. 403 After some introductory remarks concerning littoral freshwater al2:ae in general, Prof. Giiodat proceeds to the subject of perforating algaB, which he divides into two groups : 1. Perforating algae proper. 2. Carious algae. Of the former group he describes a new genus and species of Chlorophycea, Foreliella perforans. This alga penetrates the living shells of Anodonta anatina var. vycterina Boung., finding its way through the shell to the animal itself. The obvious preference of F. perforans for living rather than dead shells leads Prof. Chodat to indulge in speculations on the possible symbiosis of animal and alga. A new species of Gongrosira, G. cocUolifera, is described as growing on chalk-stones, in or near the water. Its rhizoids penetrate the chalk, and from these there arises either a pseudo- parenchymatous mass of cells, or the ordinary filamentous growth. The peculiarity of Gongrosira codiolifera is the production of swollen cells borne on the filaments, which become detached and form propagules. These are figured in various forms and conditions. Unfortunately no diagnosis of the new species is given. Growing together with G. codiolifera is found an alga which is considered by Prof. Chodat to belong to Hyella, and he describes it as H.jurana, n. sp. The next section of this paper deals with the small furrowed markings on pebbles found on the beach of Jurassic lakes. Various theories have been propounded to account for these markings, but Prof. Chodat agrees with none of them, and attributes the furrows to the action of species of Schizothrix which he finds penetrating the stones. He considers that other Cyanoplujcem follow in the wake of these Schizothrix, but that the actual boring is accom- plished by species of Schizothrix, Plectonema, and Phonnidium. As an explanation of this boring process, he suggests that the algae secrete an acid to dissolve the chalk, but he has found no trace of such acid in portions of the stone attacked by the algae. On the contrary, the reaction has often been alkaline. He is therefore led to form theories on the complicated chemical action of Schizothrix on the chalk, which has marvellous results " selon le temps et les circonstances." He acknowledges however that the origin of these markings is still far from being completely understood. The old discussion of alternation of generations in Coleochcete pulvinata is next dealt with, and the systematic position of the genus. Prof. Chodat maintains that Aphanochmte, by reason of its heterogamy, forms a link between C oleo chcete a,nd the Chcetophoraceoi; and he believes that CoUochate forms the end of a series of branched algae which are provided with hairs. He will have nothing to do with the idea that this genus forms the starting-point of the Arche- goniatm ; it belongs to the heterogamous Chcetophora, and the germination of its oospore takes place under special conditions. That is all. He speaks of Prof. Oltmanns' paper, "Die Ent- wickelung der Sexualorgane bei Coleochate pulvinata," in Flora, 1898, pp. 1-14, and points out that this author agrees with him in rejecting the idea of homology between the oogonium of Coleochate and that of Floridece and MiiscinecB, On the other hand, he refuses 404 SYLLABUS DER PFLANZENFA:MILIEN. to accept the parallel drawn by Prof. Oltmanns between the oogonium of ColocluEte, together with the cells immediately pro- duced by it, and the spore of MarcJiantia with the thallus arising therefrom. Prof. Oltmanns is apt to bring forward somewhat strained instances of alternation of generation. A short list is next given of the shore alg^e of the Lake of Geneva, with remarks on some of the genera, and a short account of the escape and subsequent development of zoospores in Clado- joJiora glomerata. The cultivation of this alga in nutritious solu- tions is said to lead to the swelling of certain cells of the thallus, which then bud off, and so closely resemble the CentrosphtEra of Borzi, that Prof. Chodat considers these two forms identical. A note on Batrachospemmm densiim describes its growth from the creeping thallus, without the intervention of the Chantransia-\ike form. The author regards the hairs of this plant as respiratory organs, establishing a communication through the surrounding mucus with the outer air. But in the same line he points out that when cultivated in nutritive solutions, these hairs diminish or disappear. Does he consider that an extra food-supply does away with the necessity of breathing ? It is to be regretted that throughout the whole paper no measurements are given, either in the text or the figures. Major Reinbold gives in Hedwigia, Bd. xxxvii. 1898, a short list of thirty-eight marine alg^ collected by Herr Nemetz in the Island of Rhodes. Two of these are new species of Siphoiiocladus, S. Fikodensis and S. concrescens. The western shores of the Medi- terranean have been so well examined that it is interesting to have a record of algas from one of the eastern islands. The list includes Hijpnea V(denticB Mont., a common form in the Indian Ocean, and recorded from the West Indies by Maze and Schramm. Ethel S. Barton. Syllabus der PfianzenfamiUen. Von Dr. Adolf Engler. Zweite umgearbeitete Ausgabe. Pp. xii, 214. Berlin: Borntraeger. 1898. Price 3 M. 80 Pf. As the principal editor of, and one of the chief contributors to the NaturUchen PflanzenfamiUen, which after a busy ten years is now all but completed. Prof. Engler speaks with authority on the systematic arrangement of plants. Hence the Syllabus — presenting in a concise form the recent views of the German school of syste- matists which has arisen under the energetic tutelage of the Director of the Berlin Gardens and Museums — will be welcomed by the increasing number of botanists who are interested in the study of plant relationships and distribution. It may be useful to review briefly the plan of arrangement adopted. The plant-world is divided into four sections (Abteilung). Section I. Myxothallo- PHYTA are of course the Myxomycetes, which form a very distinct group on the borderland between plants and animals. Section II. EuTHALLOPHYTA includcs four subsections, of which the first, Schizophyta, comprises two classes, Schkomycetes or Bacteria in SYLLABUS DER PFLANZENFAMILIEN. 405 general, and ScJiizophycecB or the simple blue-green algae {Ci/ano- phycecB) of most text-books. The second subsection is the Flagel- latm ; the third, EuphijcecB, comprises the remaining algae (eight classes) ; and the fourth, Eumi/cetes, the Fungi in four classes, Phycomycetes, Basidiomycetes, Ascomycetes, with a * nebenklasse ' Lichenes, and Laboulbeniomycetes. Section III. Embryophyta ZoiDioGAMA, the archegoniate plants, has the two subsections Bryophyta and Pteridophyta with the usual subdivisions ; and Section IV. Embryophyta Siphonogama, are the seed-plants with the old subsections, indicated by Robert Brown, of GymnospermcB and AngiospermcB. The generally recognized orders of Gymnosperms figure as classes, comparable with the two great classes of Angiosperms. Thus the former comprise six classes, Cycadales, Bennettitales, Cordaitales, Ginkgoales, Coniferae, and Gnetales ; the latter two, Monocotyledonae, and Dicotyledonae. This view emphasizes the striking differences between the known types of Gymnosperms as compared with Angiosperms. The arrangement of the latter is based on that of Eichler, with certain modifications, many of which are the outcome of the work of the last ten years represented in the Pflanzevfamilien. Class I. Monocotyledons is arranged in eleven series as follows : — 1. Pandanales (Typhaceae, Pandanaceae, Sparganiaceae). 2. Helobm (Fluviales) (Potamogetonaceae and allied orders, Alis- maceae, Hydrocharideae). 3. Triuridales. 4. GliiimfiorcB (Gramineae, Cyperace^). 5. Pr'incipes (Palmae). 6. Synantha, (Cyclanthacese). 7. SpathiflorcB (Araceae, Lemnaceae). 8. Farinosm (Restiaceae, Eriocaulaceae, &c. ; Bromeliace^, Com- melinacese, Pontederiaceae, &c.). 9. Liliifiora (Juncaceae, Liliace^e, Amaryllidace^, Taccacese, Dioscoreaceae, Iridaceae). 10. ScitaiuinecB. 11. Microspermm (Burmanniacese, Orchidaceae). We see here an attempt to arrange as far as possible in linear series the orders of Monocotyledons, starting with those in which the flowers are extremely simple and irregular or indefinite in the number of their parts, as is generally the case in the first three series. In Glumifiorae the number of parts is generally small and definite, with the flowers naked. The next three series form a group in which a simple perianth is the rule, or its absence may be explained by redaction, while there is also a marked tendency to fixity of number of the stamens and carpels. The remaining four series are characterized by the pentacyclic trimeroas flowers, which we have learnt to regard as the "typical" monocotyledons. In series 8 and 9 hypogyny and actinomorphy prevail; in series 10 and 11 epigyny and zygomorphy. Dicotyledons are arranged in two sub- classes : Archichlamyde* with twenty-six series, andMetachlamyde^ or Sympetalae with eight. In the former, Casuarina stands first as 406 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. series Verticillatm, cut off from the rest of the subclass by its numerous macrospores and the other well-known characters which distinguish the course of development in the ovules. In the other twenty-five series an attempt is again made at an arrangement as far as is possible in linear series, from the typically simple naked flowers like those of SalicinecB, through the typically apetalous (UrticaceiE, &c.), polypetalous and thalamifloral (Ranales), poly- petalous and calycifloral, to the polypetalous and epigynous, series 26 being the Umbellifiorm. The arrangement of Synipetalcs is in eight series — 1. Ericales. 2. Primulales. 3. Ehenales. 4. ContortcB (Oleaceae, Gentianace^, &c.). 0. TuhijiorcB (Convolvulace^, Polemoniaceae, Boragineae, Scro- phulariace^, Labiatae, &c.). 6. PlantcKjinales. 7. Rubiales (Rubiace?e, Caprifoliace^, Valerianace^e, Dipsacese). 8. Campanulat(B (Cucurbitaceae, Campanulace^, Compositfe). In series 1 and 2 polypetaly sometimes appears ; the flowers are geujrally hypogynous. In series 3 sympetaly is a fixed character, but the number of stamens is sometimes very large. Hypogyny is the rule. Series 4 differs in haviug only one staminal whorl. The remaining four are exclusively sympetalous and haplostemonous, with generally two carpels, which are completely united. The flowers are frequently zygomorphic. In 5 and 6 the corolla is hypogynous, in 7 and 8 epigynous. CompositcE ends the series as the acme of simplification by reduction and union of parts. The position assigned to Cucurbitacea next to Campanulacem, though strange to English systems of classification, is not new to Con- tinental arrangements. It seems a more natural one than its place towards the end of Pohjpetalm. Under each natural order (family) is a concise diagnosis, followed in most cases by equally concise descriptions of subfamilies and other divisions, with mention of the most commonly occurring geuera, or those of im- portance from some economic point of view. A. B. Rendle. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS^ Annals of Botany (Sept.). — W. R. Shaw, ' Fertilization of Onoclea' (1 pi.).— H. M. Ward, ' Some Thames Bacteria ' (2pl.).— T. Gr. Hill, ' Roots of Biynonia ' (1 pi.). — C. A. Barber, ' Capressi- noxylon vectense' (2 pi.). — A. J. Ewart, 'Action of Cold and of Sun- light on aquatic plants.' — R. Scott & E. Sargant, 'Development of Arum maculatum from seed ' (1 pL). * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appearon their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 407 Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. (July).— J. W. H. Trail, 'Topographical Botany of Scotland ' (cont. : Rosacea! — Compositor). Bot. CentralbJatt (Nos. 36-89). — H. Bartb, ' Uber den mikro- cliemischen Nacliweis von Alkaloidenin pharmaceutischverwendeten Drogen.' — (No. 36). W. Susuki, ' Die Assimilation der Nitrate in Dunkelheit durch Phanerogamer.' — (No. 37). V. F. Brotherus, ' Indusiella, eine neue Laubmoos-Gattung aus Central-Asien.' — G. S. Wallin, ' Ueber gerbstoflabnliclie Tropfchen im Zellsafte der Bromeliaceen-Blatter.' — (No. 37). E. H. Krause, ' Floristische Notizen.' Bull, de VHerb. Boissier (14 Sept.). — L. Blanc & E. Decrock, ' Distribution geographique des Primulacees ' (2 pi.). — H. Hallier, 'Bausteine zu einer Monographic der Convolvulaceen ' (1 pi.). — F. Crepin, 'Rosa stellata Wooton.'— H. Schinz, ' Beitrage zur Kenntnis der africanischen Flora' [Euplwyhiacece, F. Pax & H. Schinz ; AnacardiacecB & Sterculiacea, H. Schinz ; Lythracea, E. Koehne; CompositcB, 0. Hoffmann). — E. A. Wainio, ' Clathrinse herbarii Mulleri.' — E. Chodat & N. 0. Hofman-Bang, ' Sur les microphytes qui produisent la maturation du fromage.' — J. Born- miiller, ' Onobnjchis Bellevii.'—k. Pestalozzi, ' Die Gattung Boscia ' (concl.). Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (10 Sept.). — J. K. Small, 'Botany of Southeastern U. S.'— T. C. Porter, ' Flora of Lower Susquehanna.' — H. H. Busby, 'Plants collected in S. America, 1885-6' {Vailia, gen. nov. Asclepiadarum). — J. B. Ellis & B. M. Everhardt, ' New Fungi.' — J. H. Barnhart, Utncularia macrorhyncha, sp. n. Gardeners' Chronicle (27 Aug.). — C. T. Druery, ' Dimorphic Ferns ' (fig. 42). — (3 Sept.). ' Cereiis peruvianus moiistrosiis ' (fig. 46). Enjthea (31 Aug.). — J. G. Lemmon, ' Notes on West- American Conifer^e.' Journal de Botanique (" 16 Mai," received 3 Sept.). — E. Bescherelle, 'Enumeration des Hepatiques de Tahiti' (concl.). — P. van Tieghem, ' Sur le genre Penthorum.' — (" 1 Juin," received 3 Sept.). E. G. Camus, ' Plantes hybrides spontanees de la flora europeenne ' (cont.). — E. Drake del Castillo, ' De la veritable place du genre Fitchia' (2 pi.). . Hue, ' Causerie sur les Parmelia.' Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Aug.). — L. Lammermayr, ^ Ueber eigenthiimlich ausgebildete innere Vorsprungsbildungen in den Ehizoiden von Marchantiaceen.' — A. Fuchs, ' Ueber den Bau der Raphidenzelle.' — F. Ludwig, ' Biologische Beobachtungen an Helleborus fS'. M. Macvicar ; Mid Ebudes (Coll and Tiree), 1896-7, S. M. Macvicar; Tipperary S., 1897, R. LI. Praeger; Wexford, 1896, E. 8. Marshall; King's Co. (1896), Leitrim (1897), Eos- common (1897), and Cavan (1896), R. LI. Praeger ; Donegal, 1898, H. C. Hart. Var. LONGiBRACTEATA. — Hants N., 1895, C. E. Salmon; Nor- folk W., 1897, G. R. Bullock Webster; Argyll (Lismore), 1898, S. M. Macvicar; Queen's Co. (1897), Kildare (1896), and Meath (1896), R. LI. Praeger; Clare, 1895, N. Colgan ; Westmeath, 1895, E. S. Marshall. Var. PAPiLLATA. — Mid Ebudes, Tiree, 1896, S. M. Macvicar. C. CANESCENS, Loisel. — Suffolk E., near Southwold, 1896, E. S. d C. E. Salmon; Wexford, large lagoon N. of Wexford Harbour, 1896, E. S. Marshall. Both of these records represent important extensions in the distribution in this country of this species, which had hitherto only been found in W. Cornwall, Dorset, and N. Kerry. ToLYPELLA GLOMERATA, Lconh. — Wexford, large lagoon N. of Wexford Harbour, 1896, E. S. Marshall; Galway E. and Tip- perary N., L. Derg, 1896, N. Colgan. T. PROLiFERA, Leonh. — Berks, E. Isis near Oxford, 1896, G. C. Druce; Oxford, Kidhngton, 1896, G. R. Bullock Webster; Norfolk E., near Gillingham Marsh, Beccles, 1897, G. R. Bullock W^ebster ; Norfolk W., Little Ouse, near Brandon Creek and St. John's, Southery Drain, &c., 1897, G. R. Bullock Webster. NiTELLA HYALiNA, Agardh, Systema Algarum (1824), p. 126 {ex parte). Kuetzing, Phyc. Germ. (1845) p. 256; Sp. Alg. (1849) p. 516; Tab. Phyc. vii. (1857) p. 14, tab. 35, fig. 2. Braun, Schweiz. Char. (1847) p. 10; Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1867 (1868), p. 817; Fragm. Monog. Char. (1882) p. 78. Eabenh. Deutsch. Krypt. Flor. (1847) p. 196 . Wallm. Act. Acad. Stockh. 1852 (1854) p. 244. Nordstedt, Bot. Notiser, 1863, p. 39. Leonhardi, Oesterr. Arml. Gewachse (1864), p. 55. Wahlst. Mon. Sver. & Norg. Char. (1875) p. 20. Sydow, Europ. Char. (1882) p. 31, Migula in Eabenh. Krypt.-fl. ed. ii. vol. v. part 3 (1890) p. 190. fig. 55-57; Syn. Char. Europ. (1898) p. 49, fig. 43-45. Chara hgalina, DC. Flore Fran^aise (1815), vol. vi. p. 247 {ex parte). Braun, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1834, p. 351 ; Eegensb. Bot. Zeit. 1835, i. p. 54. C. condensata and C. interrupta, Eupr. Symb. ad Hist. PI. Eoss. 1845, p. 78 {Jide Braun). ExsiccATA :— Braun, E. & S. Char. Europ. 21, 31, 107. Nordst. & Wahlst. Skand. Char. 18. Eabenh. Alg. Sachs. 419. Desmaz. 2 F 2 412 NOTES ON BRITISH CHAEACE^. PI. Crypt. Fr. ii. 324. Lloyd, Alg. Quest Fr. 401. Wartm. & Schenk, Schweiz. Krypt. 250. Jack, Lein. & Stizenb. Krypt. Bad. 205. A rather small plant. Stem about •30--48 mm. thick. Inter- nodes 2-4 times the length of the branchlets. Whorls of usually 8 primary branchlets with about double that number of smaller secondary branchlets in two series, the one above and the other beiOW the primary branchlets. Primary branchlets 2-3 times divided, the primary rays -^-f the total length of the branchlets. Rays at the first forking 7-10 (of which 1-3 are usually simple) ; at the second forking 4-7, of which 0-2 are again divided into 4-5 quaternary rays. Ultimate rays 2-celled, apical cell •09-*14 mm. long, •03--045 broad at the base. Secondary branchlets usually one above and one below each primary branchlet, those of the lower series usually once or twice divided into 4-6 rays, those of the upper usually once divided into 5 rays, or simple. Fruits solitary, occurring on the primary branchlets at the second and third and more rarely at the first forkings, sometimes on the secondary branchlets also, •5--62 mm. long, •38--41 thick, showing 9-10 striae; coronula •075 mm. broad, -045 high ; oospore (unripe) brown, decidedly flattened, about -28 mm. long, -26 thick in the broader diameter, •18 in the narrower. Antheridia occurring at all the forkings, though less commonly at the first, •35-^42 in diameter. Monoecious. An extremely beautiful plant, at once distinguished from all the other British species by the presence of the secondary branchlets, being the only European representative of Braun's section Diarthro- dactylcB, heterophyllce. The English plant is a large lax form, which would be included in Braun's var. maxima, though more slender than the Bayonne plant. The species is world-wide in its distri- bution, occurring almost throughout Europe, in Asia, Africa (N, and S.), N. America, and Australasia. It was discovered in Britain in August of the present year by the Rev. G. R. Bullock Webster, growing in some quantity on thick mud in 4-5 feet of water, in The Loe, a lake separated from the sea by a narrow sand- bar, near Helston, West Cornwall. Tab. 392. N. TENUissiMA, Kuetz. — Norfolk E., Lopham Great Fen, 1897, G. R. Bullock Webster. This is a very satisfactory record, Lopham being in the same group of fens as Roydon Fen, and we think there is little doubt that Borrer's specimen labelled Roydon Fen, Cambs, was really collected in East Norfolk. N. MUCRONATA, Kuctz. — Norfolk W., Little Ouse, near St. John's, 1897, and Cambs, Roswell Clay-pits. Ely, 1895, G. R. Bullock Web- ster; Beds, R. Ivel, near Sandy, 1891, J. Saunders. N. TRANSLucENS, Agardh. — Bucks, Burnham Beeches, 1897, G. C. Druce; Mid Ebudes, Loch-na-Gile, Tn-ee, 1896, S. M. Mac- vicar; Cork S., Shepperton Lakes, 1896, J. G. N. FLExiLis, Agardh. — Hants S., Darkwater, near Exbury, 1895, J. G.; Bucks, Brickhill, 1897, G. C. Druce; Salop, Long- mynd, 1897, W. Hunt Painter. NOTES ON HOYA. 413 N. OPACA, Agardh.— Worcester, 1897, R. F. Toivndroiv ; Lin- coln N., 1895, Maso7i d Peacock; Mid Ebudes (Tiree), 1896 S M Macvicar; Carlow (1897) and King's Co. (1896), R. LI. Praeqer ; Westmeatb, 1895, H. C. Levinge ; Mayo E., 1895, E. 8. Marshall; Galway E., 1896, D. McArdle d R. LI. Praeger ; Eoscommon (1897) and Cavan (1896), R. LI. Praeger. Explanation of Plate 391.— a. Ghara aspera, Willcl., subsp. desmacantha, H. & J. Groves, from Brittas Lake, Westmeath : plant natural size. b. Portion fern with node x 15. c. Cortex showing oblique joinings of secondary cells X 60. d. Clusters of spme-cells x 15. e. Node of branchlet with antheridium X 15. /•. Ditto, with fruit x 15. g. Fruit x 30. h. Oospore x 30. i. Group ot spme-cells on specimen from Money Lake, Downpatrick x 15. k. Portion of stem of C. aspera type, from Frensham, Surrey x 15. Explanation of Plate 392. — a. Nitella Mjalina, Agardh, from The Loe, West Cornwall ; plant natural size. b. Portion of whorl showing a primary and upper and lower secondary branchlets x 7^. c. Apices of terminal rays X bO. d. Young ditto X 60. e. Node of branchlet with antheridium x 30. f. Plates of antheridium x 60. g. Fruit x 30. h. Unripe oospore, broadest view X 30. t. Ditto, narrowest view x 30. k. Apex of fruit, showing coronula NOTES ON HOYA. By James Bkitten, F.L.S. The following notes were made during a revision of the genns Ho2ja as represented in the National Herbarium, and may be worth placmg on record. They show, what by this time should need no demonstration, that those engaged in colonial floras or other systematic work would find it to the interests of science and to tlieir own advantage to consult the material preserved in the British Museum. -^^ HoYA ACUTA Haworth. This plant stands in the Index Kewensis and in the Flora of British India as H. parasitica Wall. ; but the synonymy given by James Traill (who first published Wallich's name, under which he had sent the plant to Kew, in his important paper on the genus in Trans. Hort. Soc. vii. 16-30 (1827) )t makes it evident that Haworth s name must stand, unless the permanence of the first specific name be maintained. Traill's synonymy, to which I have added dates, runs thus : — *'H. acuta, Haicorth Rev. Plant. Slice, p. 4 [1821] . H. lanceolata, Lindley in Don's Cat. edit. ii. p. 92 [1826] . H. pallida, Lindley in Bot. Reg. vol. 11, folio 951 [Feb. 1826] H. albens? [John] Miller's {Bristol) Cat. 1826." * Thus in the next genus to this in Fl. Brit. Ind., Sir Joseph Hooker says • Dischidia clavata, Wall. Cat. 4209, is unknown to me ; I have not found it in Walhch s Herbarium at the Linnean Society." But the number is in the British Museum Herbarium. t This paper is cited as of 1830 in Ind. Kewensis, but the part of the volume which contains it was published in 1827, ^ vuiumc 414 NOTES ON HOYA. Traill's note upon these names, which it seems hardly necessary to reproduce, makes it clear that Haworth's name was given to the actual plant sent by Wallich. Mr. Jackson cites John Miller's name as '' albens Millers, ex Steud. Nom. ed. ii. i. 177 [777]" (1841), but it should stand as above, on Traill's authority, and dates from 1826. HoYA AUSTRALIS Br. This name, first published by James Traill in Trans. Hort. Soc. vii. 28 (1827), was (as there stated) referred by Brown in Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 27, and subsequently in his Prodrumus, to H. carnosa. In each case, however, Brown expressed his opinion that his carnosa probably included several species ; it appears from his MSS. that he grouped under that name all the specimens he had seen that did not belong to viridijlora (= Dregea volubiiis) — the second species of the genus as originally constituted by him. Subsequently the Australian plant was named by him in Herb. Banks. U. australis, and as his ticket upon the same sheet bears the name H. carnosa, the doubt expressed by Bentham (Fl. Austr. iv. 347) as to the identity of the two plants may be removed. The plant does not seem to have been collected by Brown, as stated by Bentham, but only by Banks, at Cape Grafton, Endeavour River, in 1770. It was named and fully described in MS. by Solander, and we have also a sketch by Sydney Parkinson, from which James Miller subsequently prepared a finished drawing which was engraved but not published. To the same species (under its synonym H. bicarinata A. Gr.) Seemann (Fl. Vit. 163) correctly referred ^Isc/^'j^/V/s volubiiis oi George Forster's Prodromus (p. 21, excluding the synonymy) from Tanna, on the faith of his sketch (dated "Tanna, August 12th, 1774") and finished drawing. There is a Tanna specimen in the Banksian Herbarium from Captain Cook, collected during the same voyage, to which Seemann makes no reference, though it is obvious that he saw it. ^ To H. carnosa Brown also (Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 27) referred a plant of Loureiro's which he cites as *' Stapelia Chinensis, Lour. Cochin, i. p. 205, fide specim. ab auctore missi in Herb. Banks." The only specimen of " Stapelia" from Loureiro in Herb. Banks, is named iS. cochinchinensis, so it seemed clear that this was the name Brown had intended to cite. Having arrived at this conclusion, I found I had been anticipated by Traill (/. c. 20), who gives a very careful note, based on an examination by Brown, showing that Loureiro's specimen cannot be identified, save in part, with either of his descriptions, and that both remain obscure. HoYA NICOBARICA Br. Sir Joseph Hooker (Fl. Brit. Ind. iv. 62) places this among his •' doubtful and excluded species " with the following note : ^^ H. ni- cobarica Br. in Wight Contrib. 36 (note under H. p^ndiila W. & A.) — Nothing is known of this." This statement is the more remark- able because it is distinctly stated in Wight's ContributLns that a NOTES ON HOYA. 415 specimen named by Brown was then in the Banksian Herbarium, where it is still to be found. It appears to be different from any species included in Fl. Brit. Ind., and as only Traill's brief characterization (l. c. 28) has hitherto appeared, it may be well to append the following full description, which has been drawn up by Mr. Hiern from Brown's specimen and from his MSS. : — HoYA NicoBARicA R. Br. ex Traill in Trans. Hort. Soc. vii. part 1, p. 28 (1827), and in Herb. Banks ! Stem rather slender, suffruticose, rooting, obtusely quadrangular, glabrous ; leaves oval-ovate, pointed or acuminate at the apex, obtuse or nearly rounded at the base, glabrous, glaucescent, fleshy-coriaceous, 2-4 in. long by 1-2 in. broad, the margins narrowly revolute, the lateral veins slender, 5-7 on each side of the less slender midrib, the base not conspicuously trinerved ; petiole stout, glabrous, ^-i in. long, usually bent at or near the apex ; flowers about i in. in diameter when fully expanded, arranged in "beautiful globose umbels" of 1^-2 in. in dian:ieter ; axillary peduncles about 1 in. long, nearly glabrous, persistently thickened towards the bracteolate apex, where they give off a suc- cession of numerous pedicels ; the terminal peduncles abbreviated, with similar tips; pedicels slender, nearly glabrous, about | in. long; bracteoles very short, somewhat puberulous, numerous; calyx 5-partite, short ; the segments equal, ovate-oval, obtuse, minutely apiculate, slightly glandular-puberulous on the back, ciliolate, J^ in. long, membranous, flat ; corolla 5-cleft, the tube scarcely longer than the calyx, cyathiform ; the lobes triangular- ovate, reflected, -jL in. long, very shortly puberulous outside, glandular-puberulous inside ; corona inserted at the apex of the tube of filaments ; the scales 5, divaricate, a httle ascending, ■^^ in. long, rather thick, cartilaginous-fleshy, lanceolate, marked down the lower part of the back with a longitudinal furrow, angular towards the subacute not sphtting apex, furnished inside near the base with a short spur ; staminal tube short ; filaments closely connate; anthers connivent, concealed by the corona, the apical membranous appendages exserted. " Nicobar Isles ? Soc. unitat. Fratr., 1785," n. 136. There is also in Herb. Banks, a specimen labelled "Malacca, Mr. Robertson, gathered Sept. 1772," of which Brown in his MSS. says, " Flos omnino ut in planta nicobarica." The specimen is poor, but Mr. Hiern has examined a flower, and considers it allied to, if not identical with, H. 7iicobarica Br. HoYA PENDULA. Sir Joseph Hooker retains this name for the plant figured in Wight's Ico7ies (vol. ii. t. 474),* in favour of which he rejects the earlier H. pendiila of Wight's Contributions, p. 36 (not later than 1834), to which he gives the name H. Wightii. There has un- doubtedly been confusion with regard to these plants, and it may * The title-page of this volume bears the date 1843, but there is reason to believe that the part containing the plate did not appear later than 1841, 416 NOTES ON HOYA. be worth while to put on record the conclusions at which Mr. Hiern and I have arrived. The name originated with the Asclepias jjendula of Roxburgh, who published it in Hortiis Bengahmis, p. 85 (1814), and (with description) in Fl. Indica, ii. 36 (1832)/'' There is in the National Herbarium a specimen named by Roxburgh and sent by him to Banks in 1813, which J. J. Bennett considered identical with H. nicoharica ; from which it differs by large flowers with the scales of the staminal corona rather obtuse and splitting at the tip, thinly pubescent pedicels, and somewhat larger leaves which are rather conspicuously three-nerved at the base. This agrees with the description in the Contributions, as well as with that of the Icoues, which seems mainly a transcription, but it is not the plant there figured (from a Roxburgh drawing). The only specimen seen by Sir Joseph Hooker which he refers to H. pendula was '''an unnamed one in Wight's Herbarium." which, being unnamed, is not typical for Wight's species. It is evident from the date of publication that the plant of the Co7itribiitions must retain the naine pejid^da, and that this, in spite of Sir Joseph Hooker, must be the 'pendula of the Fl. Brit. India, for it certainly is that of Roxburgh's Fl. Indica. The figure in Wight's Icones should, it seems to us, be referred to H. Wightii — a name now to be retained for this and for the "Hoya No. 27" of the Hooker & Thomson distribution, on which the description seems to be based. The synonymy of the two species will stand as follows : — HoYA PENDULA W. & A., Contrib. p. 36 (1834), and Wight Ic. ii. part ii. p. 4, excl. tab. Asclepias pendula Roxb. Fl. Ind. ii. 36, and in Herb. Banks. HoYA Wightii Hook. f. in Fl. Brit. Ind. iv. 59, quoad " Hoya n. 27, Herb. Ind. Or. H. f. & T.," excl. syn. Hoya pendula Wight Ic. t. 474, excl. descript. ; Hook. f. in Fl. Brit. Ind. iv. 61. Asclepias pendula Roxb. Ic. ex Wight & Hook, f., 11. cc. Sir Joseph places the vars. Rheedei and NeeJgherrense of H. pen- dida W. & A. under H. Wightii, and says that they are " not distinguishable." The former, however, is based by Wight on A. pendula Roxb. and upon Rheede's plant, and so far as the former goes must be regarded as the type of the species. The latter is identified by Wight himself (/.c.) with '^ H. revoluta Wight ! in Wall. Herb. Soc. Linn.," which Sir Joseph retains as a distinct species, citing it as of "Wight MSS." The reference to the name in Contributions seems to have been overlooked in Index Kewensis, where it stands as of "Wight ex Decne. in DC. Prod, viii. 636." Hoya crassifolia Haw. Suppl. PI. Succ. p. 8 (1819). Sir Joseph Hooker (/. c. 62) says that this name " would supersede " * The figure cited by him from Rheede (Hort. Malab. ix. t. 13) and by subsequent authors does not seem to belong to this species. NOTES ON HOYA. 417 H. carnosa Br. if the two plants were identical, but this can in no sense be accurate, inasmuch as H. carnosa was the first species placed by Brown in his genus Hoy a, and is the Asclepias carnosa of Linn. fil. (Suppl. 170 (1781) ). Traill {I. c. 2^) considers Haworth's plant different from H. carnosa (the Schollera crassifolia of Jacquin, EclogcB, p. 5, t. 2), but flowers were not known, and it is no doubt correctly referred to H. carnosa. HoYA puKPURAscENS stauds in Ind. Kew. as of " Teijsm. & Binn. Cat. Hort. Bog. 385 (nomen)." But it was previously described by the same authors in Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xxv. 408 (1863). The word "nomen" should be added to the Ind. Kew. citation from Cat. Hort. Bog. for H, ciliata T. & B. H. CuNNiGHAMi {sic) is giveu by Teijsmann & Binnendyck (in Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xxv. 408, and in Cat. Hort. Bogor. 130) as a name under which H. excavata had been cultivated in the Utrecht Garden. It is not in Ind. Kew. H. piLosA Seem, is retained in Ind. Kew. as a species, but can hardly be said to have any claim to that position. It first appeared in Bonplandia, ix. 257, as a nomen nudnm, and in Fl. Vit. 163, Seemann says it was ♦• probably only a young state " of E. hi- carinata {australis), ''having the leaves more hairy below." It may be well to append to these notes a full description — drawn up by Mr. Hiern from a series of specimens which form part of the collection lately made in Christmas Island for the British Museum by Mr. C. W. Andrews— of the plant briefly diagnosed by Mr. Hemsley in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxv. 355, as Hoya ALDRicmi :— '' Frutex volubihs, totus fere glaber atque carnosiusculus; caule elongato, m vivo terete, tenaci, parce ramoso ; ramis tenuibus, interdum intertextis ; succo copioso, lacteo ; foliis oppositis, ovatis, apice acuminatis cuspidatisve, basi subrotundatis, glabris, carnoso- coriaceis, planis vel prope apicem decurvis, 8-12 cm. longis, 4-5-5 cm. latis, super Isete viridibus, infra admodiim pallidis, basi 5-nerviis, nervis lateralibus minus conspicuis ; petiolo crasso, patulo, 6-12 mm. longo, plus minus curvo, laminae perpendiculari ; pedunculis uniaxialibus, rectis, firmis, 2-5-11 cm. longis, prope basim ssepe quasi-articulatis, nonnunquam puberuhs, apice um- belliferis; pedicelhs numerosis, ad 50 in umbella globosa, 12- 25_ mm. longis, rectis vel prope basim flexis, secus pedunculi apicem subelongantem dispositis ; floribus pentameris ; calyce pro- fundelobato, 5 mm. diam., ad corollse basim appresso; lobis ovatis, obtusi, valde ciliatis ; corolla alba vel pallide violacea, carnosa,' sub anthesin recurva ; lobis ovato-deltoideis, acutis vel apiculatis, super pubescentibus, infra glabris, minute ciholatis, 5-6 mm. longis ; corona pallide violacea vel purpurascente colore quam is corollae intensiore, prominente, carnosa, 6 mm. diam. ; segmentis substellatis, glabris, oblique ovoideo-conicis ; carpellis fructiferis solitariis, tenuibus, subglabris, 12-17 cm. longis, basi calyce immutato suffultis; seminibus numerosis, apice in coma albida C. 2-5 cm, longa disinentibus. 418 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. " Habitat in Oceani Indiani insula Christmas, frequens supra rupes et in arbores reptans vel subscandens, dein in sertis floridis densis pendens ; legit C. W. Andrews, No. 1293, Dec. 1897 et Jan. 1898 cum floribus et fructibus." The following is a revision of the nomenclature in Index Kewensis, so far as the species referred to in these notes are con- cerned : — acuta Haw. Eev. PL Succ. 4 (1821). albeyis John Miller ex Traill in Trans. Hort. Soc. vii. 23 (1827) = acuta, carnosa Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 27 (1809). carnosa Br. Z. c, in part ; Prodr. 460 (1810) = australis. chinensis Traill, I. c. 27, pi. dub. cochinchinensis Schult. Syst. vi. 52 (1820), pi. dub. crassifolia Jacq. ex Traill, I. c. p. 23 = carnosa. Cunnighami Teijsm. & Binn. in Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xxv. 408 (1863) = excavata. lajiceolata Lindl. in Donn Cat. Hort. Cantab, ed. xi. 92 (1826) = acuta. pallida Lindl. in Bot. Keg. xi. 951 (1826) = acuta. 'parasitica Wall, ex Traill, I. c. 28 = acuta, pendula Wight & Arn. Coutrib. 36 (1834). pendula Weight Ic. 474 (excl. descript.) — Wightii. / j)ilosa Seem, in Bonplandia, ix. 257 (1861) & Fl. Vit. 163 (nomen) ^ australis. purpurasceus Teijsm. & Binn. in Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xxv. 408 (1863). THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, etc. By Colonel H. W. Feilden. (Continued from p. 39U,) 23. D. REPENs Bieb. Is common around Habarova, on Dolgoi Island, and widely dispersed over Waigats ; not observed by me on Novaya Zemlya, though found on the south end of that island by Mr. Theodor Holm. Apparently it does not extend beyond 71°. Its manner of growth is singular — always in moss ; the flower and leaves appear through the moss, but the plant stems ramify hori- zontally as runners for a great length. 24. D. HiRTA L., type, and its var. rupestris Hart. Around Habarova, abundant over Waigats, common on Novaya Zemlya, but not included in my collections from Lutke Land. 25. D. FLADNizENsis Wulf. A wldcly spread species from the mainland of Arctic Russia, to 74° 25' N. Dolgoi Island ; Haba- rova ; Dolga Bay ; north end of Waigats ; Kostiu Shar ; South Goose Land ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; and Ziwolka Fiord. 26. D. MURicELLA Walilcnb. Apparently a scarce plant, for it is not easy to confound this with any other species of Draba. Only THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 419 found by me on the north end of Waigats at an elevation of 200 ft.j where it was growing abundantly on the summit of a range of hills. In Novaya Zemlya, at Neckwatowa. Not found or over- looked by me in Lutke Land. 27. Viola biflora L. Only met with in one locality — the east side of Dolga Bay, island of Waigats, on the 8th July, 1897. It was growing in peaty soil in great abundance and in full flower. 28. Silene acaulis L. Universally distributed, from the main- land of Arctic Kussia to Lutke Land, as far as explored in lat. 74° 25' N. ; Habarova ; Dolgoi Island ; Waigats ; Novaya Zemlya ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; Pachtussow Islands. 29. Wahlenbergia apetala Fries. Scores of specimens of this plant were gathered from various localities, with the object of elucidating the intergrading of this species with the next. The conclusion I arrived at is that W. ajMala is distinctly a plant of the damp tundra-ground, affecting wet peaty ridges and bogs, IV. affiyiis the plant of the dry or rocky ground. W. apetala is an abundant species around Habarova, on Dolgoi Island, all over Waigats, and Novaya Zemlya, in suitable localities, growing freely in Lutke Land ; at Beluga Bay specimens were gathered in flower ten inches in height. It was common on the Pachtussow Islands and in Ziwolka Fiord. 30. W. AFFiNis Vahl. As already mentioned, this plant, as far as my observation goes, is confined to dry situations, and grows even in the clefts of rocks. By no means so common as IF. apetala, its areal distribution is much the same. There are specimens in the collection from Dolga Bay ; Cape Greben, islands in Kostin Shar, and from Ziwolka Fiord, 74° 25', a very considerable extension of its previously recorded northern range in this area. 31. Stellaria longipes Goldie. A very common plant over the entire area visited. Habarova ; Dolgoi Island ; Cape Greben ; Cape Matiusela ; Neckwatowa ; Goose Land ; Nameless Bay ; Gubina Bay ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; Ziwolka Fiord. 32. S. HUMiFusA Eottb. This appears to be entirely a maritime plant, growing in spots where there is a suspicion of sea- water rising over the land at times. I found it not uncommon on Dolgoi Island, the shores of Waigats, and Goose Land of Novaya Zemlya ; not extending to or overlooked by me in Lutke Land. 33. Cerastium alpinum L. formae lanatum, hirsutum et cmpitosum. An abundant and generally dispersed plant, from the mainland of Arctic Russia to the northernmost point visited in Lutke Land. The three tolerably distinct forms, to which the many specimens brought back are referred, are not confined to any particular area, but intermingle ; it would be difficult to decide which is the pre- dominant type. Specimens from Dolgoi Island are considered f. hirsutum Koch, from Habarova f. ccespitosum Malmgren ; whilst from the Pachtussow Islands we get f. hirsutum, and from Ziwolka Fiord, _ 74° 25', both ccespitosum and lanatum Wg. The various localities on Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land, from which 420 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. specimens of the different forms were brought, are too numerous to record. 34. Alsine biflora L. Eare or else overlooked by me. In my collection it appears only from tlie south coast of Waigats, from Neckwatowa, and from Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, at an altitude of 100 ft. 35. A. imbricata C. A. M. An addition to the flora of the Novaya Zemlya group. Found in only one locality, but there in consider- able quantity — the east side of Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, in a broad watercourse at an altitude of 100 ft. This plant has long fibrous roots, stretching several feet amongst the sand and under the stones, and without this faculty of anchoring itself the plant could not exist where we found it, for in the first ^Dart of the thaw the flat of the watercourse must be covered with a deluge of snow and water and hurtling rocks. I noticed that many of the plants had been washed out, in spite of their immense development of root. The flower measures three-quarters of an inch across. 36. A. RUBELLA Wahlenb. [Arenaria verna L.). A not un- common plant, generally growing on dry and exposed spots. Cape Greben ; Dolga Bay ; Nameless Bay, 200 ft. ; and Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, 100 ft. 37. Arenaria ciliata L. A common plant on Dolgoi Island, around Habarova, and near the sea-shores of Waigats, especially affecting the summits of wind-tortured islets, where amongst the splintered slates it grows in little bosses covered with white bloom, along with a few scattered plants of Cerastium, Artemisia borealis, Papaver, and Eritricliiiuu. Found on Goose Land of Novaya Zemlya, but not included in my collections from Lutke Land. 38. A. PEPLOiDEs L. On the sea-shore in the neighbourhood of Habarova, and at Cape Yoronoff, on the north of Waigats. Not included in my collections from Novaya Zemlya or Lutke Land, though found by Mr. Theodor Holm on the south coast of Meshdvsharsky Island. 39. Sagina nivalis Fries. Only brought by me from one locality* Nameless Bay, 100 ft. ; probably overlooked at other stations. 40. Hedysarum obscurum L. An abundant plant on Dolgoi Island, equally so on the tundra around Habarova ; generally dis- tributed over Waigats in suitable spots, preferring dry ground and sheltered places under the lee of rocks. Islands in the lake of Neckwatowa ; islands in Kostin Shar. On Aug. 10th I found it growing abundantly and in full flower at Silver Bay, Lutke Land. 41. Astragalus alpinus L. A very commonly dispersed plant over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land. In flower at Ziwolka Fiord, 74° 25' N., on Aug. 7th, 1897. 42. A. FRiGiDus A. Gray {PhacafriyidaLi.), forma littoralis Hook. Not rare around Habarova, but not met with on Dolgoi Island. Abundant on Waigats, where it grows in dry and sheltered spots from the sea-shore to the summit of the ridges, 250 ft. In Novaya Zemlya, common around the lake of Neckwatowa, and on islands in THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 421 Kostin Shar. In Lutke Land, around Beluga Bay, from shore-line to 100 ft. 43. OxYTROPis CAMPESTRis D.C. var. sordida Willd. A uni- versally distributed plant over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land. It affects dry situations. Plentiful and in flower on the Pachtussow Islands, Aug. 6th; and in Ziwolka Fiord, Aug. 7th. 44. EuBus Cham^morus L. Common on peaty soil around Habarova, also on Dolgoi Island. Grows in profusion in peaty ground on the tundra of Waigats. Obtained in South Goose Land, but not observed by me in Lutke Land. 45. CoMARUM PALusTRE L. Neighbourhood of Habarova. Com- mon around meres on the island of Dolgoi ; also on Waigats, but not observed by me in Novaya Zemlya or Lutke Land. 46. PoTENTiLLA FRAGiFORMis Willd. TMs is a widely spread and common plant, extending from the shores of the mainland of Arctic Russia to the farthest north reached in Lutke Land. Habarova ; Dolga Bay ; Neckwatowa ; Rogatcheva Bay ; islands in Kostin Shar ; Nameless Bay ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; and Ziwolka Fiord. 47. P. PULCHELLA R. Br. (P. sericea Graham non L.). Only appears in the collection from Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; altitude 100 ft. 48. P. NivEA L. An addition to the flora of Novaya Zemlya ; only identified and gathered at one station, namely, Gubina Bay, where it grew abundantly at an altitude of 300 ft., the plants attaining a height of eight inches. 49. Dryas octopetala L. One of the most common of plants, and generally distributed. Very abundant on Dolgoi Island ; all over Waigats, from the sea-shore to the highest ridges ; common around Habarova ; all over Novaya Zemlya and Lutke Land ; found flowering on the Pachtussow Islands, 74° 24' N., on Aug. 6th, 1897. 50. HippuRis VULGARIS L. Commou in meres on Dolgoi Island ; also at Cape Voronoff, Waigats, but not observed by me in Novaya Zemyla or Lutke Land. 51. Saxifraga oppositifolia L. This universally distributed arctic plant is not so abundant as in some parts of the Polar world, notably Grinnell Land. However, it shares with three other plants, viz. Papaver niidicaule, Cerastium alpinum, and Dryas octopetala var. integrifulia, the position of growing in the most northern land yet reached by man, having been obtained at Lockwood Island, 83° 24' N., by Lieut. Lockwood, of the Greely Expedition. By no means common on Dolgoi Island ; found in the neighbourhood of Haba- rova ; generally distributed over Waigats, among rocky areas ; the same in Novaya Zemlya ; not uncommon about Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, where it reached an altitude of 850 ft. ; on the Pachtussow Islands, 74° 24' N. 52. S. flagellaris Willd. Not observed on Dolgoi Island, nor on the tundra of the mainland of Russia around Habarova. Though carefully looked for, not observed by me on the island of Waigats. In Novaya Zemlya it is a commonly distributed plant, likewise over 422 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. Lutke Land. In the neighbourhood of Beluga Bay, 73° 20' N., this plant grew with great vigour on gravel beaches at 100 ft. altitude, the diameter covered by the radiating stolons of individual plants measuring as much as nine and ten inches. It grows abundantly on the Pachtussow Islands, 74° 24^ It is among the plants that extend their range nearest to the Pole, and I found it to be one of the commonest in Grinnell Land between the 82° and 83° N. lat. 53. S. AizoiDEs L. Common on Dolgoi Island, found in the neighbourhood of Habarova, local but abundant on Waigats, the same in Novaya Zemlya and Lutke Land. Habarova ; Dolgoi Island ; south shore of Waigats ; Nameless Bay ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land ; and Silver Bay. 54. S. HmcuLus L. This is the most widely distributed and commonest plant of the regions visited. On Dolgoi Island it is so abundant as to give a yellow tinge to the tundra-land ; plentiful around Habarova ; the greater part of the island of Waigats is dotted over with it, and this is often the case in Novaya Zemlya and Lutke Land. It was found in flower and very abundant on the Pachtussow Islands and in Ziwolka Fiord. 55. S. sTELLARis L. fomia comosa Poir. Common on Dolgoi Island and around Habarova ; generally distributed over Waigats, from the shore to the highest ridges ; very common in Novaya Zemlya and Lutke Land ; abundant on the Pachtussow Islands. 56. S. NIVALIS L. Not observed by me on Dolgoi Island. May have been overlooked. It is common around Habarova, generally distributed over Waigats and Novaya Zemlya ; also in Lutke Laud, where it grows up to elevations of over 800 ft. It was found growing vigorously on the Pachtussow Islands. 57. S. HiERAciiFOLiA W. et K. This plant is by no means so abundant as several of the other Saxifrages. It is seldom if ever met with in beds, but springs up in individual stems at intervals ; it is, however, very extensively distributed. Met with on Dolgoi Island, around Habarova, over Waigats (where plants were gathered up to twelve inches in height), over Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land; the most northerly station where it was observed being Ziwolka Fiord, 74° 25' N. 58. S. CERNUA L. A widely distributed plant over the entire area under review. Common on Dolgoi Island, the same over the tundra around Habarova ; on Waigats, from the shore-line to 200 ft. ; all over Novaya Zemlya. Remarkably fine specimens were met with at Glubina Bay, at an altitude of 100 ft., the blossoms measuring IJ in. in diameter. It was found on the Pachtussow Islands, and in flower and growing luxuriantly in Ziwolka Fiord. 59. S. RivuLARisL. Dispersed over Waigats and Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land; found in flower at Ziwolka Fiord. This herb varies much in growth. In suitable localities by the side of rills it attains to a height of two or three inches, but by the sea-shore it contracts to diminutive proportions, almost microscopic ; under the lens, however, they show themselves to be mature flowering plants. THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 423 The root-growth of this variety likewise differs from the normal plant. 60. S. c^spiTOSA L. forma decipiens Ehrb. Common on Dolgoi Island and around Habarova. A conspicuous plant in Waigats, especially near the sea-shore and on the deltas at the mouths of streams ; there it may be seen growing in bosses, with hundreds of blooms springing up together to a height of 2| in. to 3 in., the colour of the flowers varying from white to rich lemon-yellow. It is generally distributed over Novaya Zemlya ; at Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, it was found growing at an altitude of 850 ft., but in a diminutive form ; likewise obtained on the Pachtussow Islands. 61. Chrysosplenium alternifolium L. a common plant in swampy places on Dolgoi Island ; the same around Habarova ; like- wise over Waigats and Novaya Zemlya. The most northern station where it was observed by me is Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, where it grew up to an elevation of 300 ft. 62. Parnassia palustris L. var. alpina Drude. I met with this plant in some abundance on the west shore of Dolgoi Island, and again on the south shore of Waigats, to the east of Cape Greben. In both places the plants grew in peaty soil. 63. Sedum Ehodiola D.C. Common on rocks near the sea- shore on Dolgoi Island. The same on Waigats, extending from the shore-line to the highest elevations. Found on islands in Kostin Shar, Neckwatowa, Besemennaya Bay, Silver Bay, Beluga Bay, Matyushin Shar. 64. Epilobium palustre L. Common in the neighbourhood of Habarova, in marshy spots on the island of Dolgoi, and in Waigats. 65. E. ALPiNUM L. South side of the Matyushin Shar in the Farrasowa Valley, at an elevation of 250 ft. 66. E. LATiFOLiuM L. I did not find this plant in Waigats, but it is common enough in Novaya Zemlya. I found it on islands in the lake of Neckwatowa. It is extremely abundant in some of the valleys descending on both sides to the Matyushin Shar. It seems to flourish in dry watercourses, its roots bedding deeply amongst the stones and boulders. It must needs have a very secure root-hold, for when the snow first melts these watercourses are filled with raging torrents, which sweep over the plants. I noticed a cliff in the valley of Gubina Bay clad with this Epilobium to a height of 100 ft. It was growing by the acre round Beluga Bay of Lutke Land, and in full flower by July 31st, 1897. 67. Pachypleurum alpinum Ledeb. Common around Habarova, widespread over Waigats, but seeking shelter under the lee of rocks. On Novaya Zemlya, at Neckwatowa, and islands in Kostin Shar. Not observed by me in Lutke Land. 68. Valeriana capitata Pall. Is a common plant on the tundra around Habarova. I found it rare on Dolgoi Island, generally dispersed over Waigats, common in Novaya Zemlya ; at Neckwa- towa, over Goose Land at Besemennaya Bay, where I gathered examples nine inches in height ; and, though growing in profusion 424 THE FLOWEKING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. at various localities on the south shore of Matyushin Shar, I do not remember meeting with it on the north side of that strait. Anyhow, there is no example in my collections from Lutke Land. 69. Pyrethrum bipinnatum Willd. Not uncommon around Habarova. On Waigats, growing in sand near the sea ; at Cape Voronoff ; and at Cape Matiusela, on the east coast. Not met with by me in Novaya Zemlya. 70. Matricaria inodora L. var. phiEocephala Rupr. Grows near the sea-shore at Habarova ; in great profusion on Waigats ; around Dolga Bay of that island the strand just above high-water line was carpeted with this plant ; abundant at Cape Greben. In Novaya Zemlya met with at Neckwatowa. 71. Artemisia borealis Pall. I did not observe this plant on the mainland around Habarova, but it is common on Waigats, from the shore-line to 100 ft. ; it grows in the most exposed situations. It is common enough in Novaya Zemlya, where I found it at Neckwatowa, and Besemannaya Bay. At Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, it was likewise abundant. 72. A. VULGARIS L. var. Tilesii Ledeb. A common enough plant on the mainland around Habarova. All over Waigats, common in Novaya Zemlya, and at Beluga Bay of Lutke Land. 73. Senecio resedifolius Less. Not uncommon on the main- land around Habarova. Met with on Waigats near Cape Greben, and at Dolga Bay. Not observed by me in Novaya Zemlya. 74. S. FRiGiDus Less. Common around Habarova. Very abundant on peaty lands all over Waigats, its bright large yellow blossoms being quite a feature. I did not observe it in Novaya Zemlya. 75. S. CAMPESTRis D.C. var. integnfolius Hook. Not uncommon on Dolgoi Island, the same around Habarova, and quite common over the south part of Waigats. I did not come across it in Novaya Zemlya. 76. Antennaria carpathica Br. Met with around Habarova and sparsely both at the north and south of Waigats. 77. Erigeron uNiFLORus L. Though hardly to be termed a common plant, it is to be found here and there on Waigats, where it affects sheltered ledges amongst rocks. I found it on islands in the lake of Neckwatowa, at Gubina Bay, and not uncommonly around Beluga Bay of Lutke Land. 78. Petasites frigida Fr. Met with in considerable quantity on Dolgoi Island, where the stalks of the plant were over a foot high ; at the time of my visit (July 20th) it was out of flower. Abundant around Habarova. It is a common enough plant in suitable localities, namely, wet bogs over Novaya Zemlya ; gathered it in flower on Goose Land, July 26th, 1895. North of the Matyushin bhar, in Lutke Land, though I frequently met the plant, I never found it with the least sign of inflorescence. THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 425 79. Taraxacum officinale Web. Met with around Habarova. Common over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land. 80. T. phymatocarpum J. Valil. Is a much scarcer plant than the preceding, and markedly different ; its petals are delicately suffused with pink. I found it at Neckwatowa, and on islands in Kostin Shar, at Gubina Bay, and in Lutke Land as far north as Ziwolka Fiord in 74° 25' N. 81. Campanula uniflora L. On Waigats I found it growing in considerable quantity on a rocky slope some 50 ft. above sea-level at Dolga Bay. It was in flower on July 8th. I met with it after- wards at Besemannya Bay, and at Beluga Bay of Lutke Land ; also at other stations on the north side of Matyushin Shar. 82. Pyrola grandiflora Raddi. During the first week of July a Pyrola not in flower was common around Dolga Bay of Waigats. In the middle of July I found more in the same condition at Beluga Bay of South Goose Land ; but on July 31st I was fortunate enough to obtain a Pyrola, at Beluga Bay of Lutke Land, coming into flower. This has been pronounced to be P. grandijiora without doubt. (Mr. I. H. Burkill remarks : "On dissecting a bud the stigma will be found to be that of this species.") 83. Arctostaphylos alpina L. I met with it at an elevation of 150 ft. at the north end of Waigats. Though recorded from Novaya Zemlya, from between the parallels of 72° and 73°, it is an addition to the flora of Waigats. 84. Vaccinium Vitis-id^a L. forma pumila Horn. Common on Dolgoi Island, the same on the mainland around Habarova. Spread all over Waigats, from an altitude of 50 ft. to highest points ; in flower end of June and beginning of July. Met with at Neckwatowa and Beluga Bay of South Goose Land, but not observed by me in Lutke Land. 85. V. uLiGiNosuM L. Met with at the north end of Waigats, at an elevation of 150 ft. In Novaya Zemlya it only occurred to me at Gubina Bay, Matyushin Shar, at an elevation of 200 ft. 86. Cassiopeia tetragona L. I was interested in finding this plant, one of the commonest on the island of Dolgoi. It has not been met with on Waigats or Novaya Zemlya, but as Schrenk found it on the Great Tundra of the Samoyeds, almost at the nearest point to Dolgoi Island, its extension thereto was to be expected. 87. Andromeda Polifolia L. Very common on dry peaty knolls over the island of Dolgoi. The remarks on distribution of the preceding species apply equally to A. Polifolia. 88. Primula stricta Horn. The Primula I found on Dolgoi Island belongs to this species. 89. P. FARiNosA L. This is a very common plant on Waigats, from south to north ; always found near the sea-shore in peaty soil. It is such a pretty flower, and so attractive, that I gathered hundreds of the blooms, and brought back scores of dried specimens, but all seem to be P.farinosa. In Novaya Zemlya 1 met with it at Journal of Botany. — Vol. 86. [Nov. 1898.] 2 g 426 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. Neckwatowa, and Beluga Bay of Goose Land. I did not meet with it north of the Matyushin Sbar. 90. Androsace Cham^jasme Koch. Common on the mainland around Habaiova. All over Waigats, from the sea- shore to the highest summits. I did not meet with it in Novaya Zemlya. 91. A. TRiFLORA Adams. I found this plant at Neckwatowa in July, 1895, and growing abundantly at an elevation of some 500 ft. at Besemannya Bay, in August, 1897. I submitted specimens to Mr. 0. Gelert, of the Koyal Botanical Museum, Copenhagen, and he informed me: — "The Androsace you kindly sent is A. trijiora Adams ; specimens in a young flowering state are in our arctic herbarium from Besemannaya Bay, collected by Kjellman and Lindstrom, and are exactly the same as your plant." 92. CoRTusA Matthioli L. This lovely little flower I only found at one spot on Waigats, namely, at the head of Dolga Bay, on July 4th, 1897. 93. Armeria sibirica Turcz. Common on dry knolls over the island of Dolgoi. On the mainland around Habarova. Frequently met with on Waigats, from Cape Greben, and Dolga Bay. I found it in profusion and in beautiful bloom at Silver Bay, Lutke Land, on Aug. 10th, 1897. 94. PoLEMONiuM c^ruleum L. fomia AcuTiFOLiA Wllld. Perhaps the most beautiful of all the flowers of these regions. The lovely cerulean blue of the blossoms and its tall growth and abundance in certain spots make it a very attractive plant. On Dolgoi Island it is abundant, growing in damp spots by sides of runnels. It is equally abundant on the mainland around Habarova. All over Waigats. At Dolga Bay it grew in suitable damp localities from the sea-shore to 100 ft. of altitude ; very abundant at Cape Greben, and on the east coast at Cape Matiusela. At Cairn Harbour (Pomorsky Bay) it grew luxuriantly, specimens attaining a height of a foot or more, and the same around Beluga Bay of Lutke Land. 95. P. PULCHELLUM Buugo. I have some doubt whether this plant is specifically distinct from P. cceriileiim. I have examined hundreds of specimens from the same cluster of plants. Typical P. cmiUeum would be found growing a foot high, with its roots in the water of some rill ; as the plants spread upwards, where the banks are higher and drier, the plants changed into what we call P. pulcJieliuDi, but with every phase of intergrading. The following appeared to me the fact : that P. cmruleiim always grows in wet and damp spots, P. pulchelliun on dry spots. I did not meet with typical P. pulchellum on Waigats, but found it abundantly dispersed ov.r Nuvaya Zemlya, from islands in the lake of Neckwatowa, South Goose Land, Besemannya Bay, and Gubina Bay ; on Lutke Land, at Beluga Bay, and as far north as Ziwolka Fiord, 74° 25^ 96. Myosotis alpestris Koch. Occurs on Dolgoi Island, and on the mainland around Habarova. Abundantly dispersed all over Waigats. The flowers are of many shades of blue, sometimes pink, more rarely white. It is equally common all over Novaya Zemlya. THE FLOWERING PLANTS OP NOVAYA ZEMLVA, ETC. 427 On Lutke Land I found it common, and as far north as the Pach- tussow Islands, and Ziwolka Fiord. 97. Eritrichium villosum Bunge. Abundant over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land. Found on the Pachtussow Islands and Ziwolka Fiord. It seems to flourish best upon the bleakest islets near the shore ; there this plant appears in little bosses of the most brilliant turquoise-blue, offering a most astonishing contrast to the shattered brown stones which form the surface. This plant is gynodioecious in Novaya Zemlya, the her- maphrodite flowers being considerably larger than the female. 98. Gentiana tenella Fries. Quite typical. Met with in con- siderable quantity growing in peaty soil on the west side of Dolgoi Island. Found on the south side of Besemannya Bay, at an elevation of 150 ft. This plant is an interesting addition to the flora of Novaya Zemlya. It is recorded from Spitsbergen. 99. Veronica alpina L. It was somewhat of a surprise to find this alpine plant growing in close proximity to the sea, at about 20 ft. elevation, some three miles to the west of Habarova. It has not hitherto been recorded from Yugor Straits, or the north coast of Sibea-ia. 100. Pedicularis lapponica L. On Dolgoi Island I found it growing sparingly on dry hillocks. Did not observe it in the neighbourhood of Habarova. On Waigats I met with it near Cape Greben, and also at the north end of the island, where it grows on the higher ridges. It is an addition to the flora of Waigats. 101. P. Oederi Vahl. I met with this plant only at Dolga Bay, island of Waigats, where it grew in great profusion over the tundra swamps, its large citron-yellow blossoms being very conspicuous and effective. Personally I have found little variation in the colour of the blossoms, but the experience of others is decidedly contrary to mine. Mr. Burkill has drawn my attention to the following. Wahlenberg, in proposing the name versicolor, does so in the following words (De Veget. et dim. Helvetiae septentr. p. 118) : — " Galea tantum sub apice coccineo-maculata, macula exsiccando evanescente. . . . Nomine supra dato colorem fugacem simulque duplicem indicare volui." Thus he gives the name because the colour in Swiss specimens changes to pink below the top of the hood, and also fades in drying. But the plant varies in different localities, so that Bentham (DC. Prod. x. 578) says : — " Flores citrini vel unicolores vel galea sub apice rubra vel purpurea." My plants are of the first alternative. Bentham also adds that the proportional size of the hood varies in Arctic, Siberian, and European examples. 102. P. hirsuta L. This small lousewort is extremely common all over Waigats, growing in dry spots from the shore-line to the highest ridges, say, 250 ft. I met with it in abundance at Neck- watowa, over Goose Land, and many other stations. It is common enough on Lutke Land, in the neighbourhood of Beluga Bay, and the Matyushin Shar ; it was common on the Pachtussow Islands, 2 G 2 428 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. and found sparingly in Ziwolka Fiord. The plants which I have gathered in Spitsbergen agree precisely with Novaya Zemlya specimens. 103. P. suDETicA Willd. There are two very distinct forms included under this name. Both affect the same localities — damp, water-sodden tundra ; they both abound on Waigats, and give a bright appearance to the areas over which they are spread. One form has a deep pink blossom and a dark stem, with very little wool about the blossom-head. The other form has blossoms of a very delicate pink shade, the stem light green, and a great deal of wool at the base of the blossom. The deep pink form with little wool I met with on Dolgoi Island, around Habarova, commonly on Waigats, and over Novaya Zemlya, and at Beluga Bay of Lutke Land. The light pink form with much wool I gathered on Waigats, Goose Land, and likewise on Lutke Land, at Beluga Bay. I presume these are the forms of P. sudetica described as formae gymnocephala Trautv. and Janata Walp. 104. P. LANATA Willd. f. DASYANTHA Trautv. THs plant grows in the wet tundra alongside of P. sudetica ; the blossoms are of a bright rosy hue, and the flowering head is thickly clad with wool. I met with it in abundance on Waigats, and around Neckwatowa, in Novaya Zemlya. 105. Plantago maritima L. f. pumila Kjellm. Met with in some abundance on Dolgoi Island, and near Cape Greben, Waigats. 106. Polygonum Bistorta L. A common plant on Dolgoi Island, around Habarova, and spread over AVaigats from north to south. Not observed by me in Novaya Zemlya. 107. P. viviPARUM L. A ubiquitous plant. Abundant on Dolgoi Island, and around Habarova, all over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land, along the shores of Matyushin Shar, Beluga Bay, the Pachtussow Islands, and Ziwolka Fiord, where I met with specimens five inches in height. 108. KuMEX AECTicus Trautv. I only found this plant on the south shore of Waigats, and at Cape Matiusela, on the east coast of that island. 109. R. AGETOSA L. South shores of Waigats, Goose Land, and Besemannya Bay of Novaya Zemlya. 110. Oxyria digyna Hill. Universally distributed over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land, as far north as reached by me, viz. 74° 25^ on the east coast. 111. KoENiGiA isLANDicA L. Tlio ouly auuual of these regions. Found it in considerable abundance at various stations around Beluga Bay of Lutke Land, and along the north side of the Matyushin Shar ; at Besemannya Bay, Novaya Zemlya. 112. Empetrum NIGRUM L. Coiumon on Dolgoi Island. Met with at Cape Matiusela, east coast of Waigats ; an addition to the flora of that island. 113. Betula NANA L. Common on Dolgoi Island ; the same over Waigats ; rarer in Novaya Zemlya. I do not remember THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 429 observing it north of the Matyushin Shar ; anyhow, there is no example of it from Lutke Land in my collection. The stem of an apparently old plant from Waigats shows sixty annual rings. 114. Salix POLARIS Wahlenb. Abundant over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Laud, where it was obtained as far north as the Pachtussow Islands. 115. S. ROTUNDiFOLiA Trautv. Dolgoi Island ; Cape Matiusela, Waigats ; Silver Bay, Lutke Land. 116. S. RETICULATA L. Dolgoi Islaud ; Habarova ; Waigats ; Novaya Zemlya ; Silver Bay, Lutke Land. 117. S. ARCTicA Pall, type, and var. Brownei Anderss. Dolgoi Island ; all over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land, ex- tending to the Pachtussow Islands. A stem of this plant from Lutke Land shows twenty-nine annual rings, but one which I gathered in Grinnell Land in 82° 45' N. lat., the most northern latitude from which a willow has been recorded, has forty annual rings. 118. S. GLAucA L., with var. suBARCTicALundstr. Only appears in the collection from Waigats, where it is quite common. 119. S. REPTANS Lundstr. From the south shore of Waigats. 120. S. TAjMYRENsis Trautv. From Beluga Bay and Silver Bay of Lutke Land. 121. S. LANATA L. X S. GLAUCA L. Dolga Bay, Waigats. (Ap- parently a hybrid of these two species, with which it was f^rowing, I. H. BiirkilL). 122. S. MYRSiNiTES L. Dolgoi Island, and Dolga Bay, Waigats. 123. ToFiELDiA PALusTRis Huds. Dolgol Islaud. 124. Allium sibiricum L. Common on Dolgoi Island, around Habarova, and at Cape Greben, and along the south shores of Waigats. 125. Lloydia serotina Keichenb. An abundant plant from north to south of Waigats, Cape Greben, Cape Matiusela, Dolga Bay. In flower last week of June, 1897. 126. Veratrum album L. Common along the banks of the Nikolski river, and in dry-stream beds around Habarova. I found it growing in abundance at the head of a bay on the east of Cape Greben, on the south shore of Waigats. It there attained a height of three feet, and was in flower on July 12th, 1897. An addition to the flora of Waigats. 127. JuNcus cASTANEus Sin. Habarova ; Cape Greben, Waigats ; and Neckwatowa, Novaya Zemlya. 128. J. BiGLUMis L. Generally distributed. Dolgoi Island, Habarova, Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and over Lutke Land as far as the Pachtussow Islands. A very variable plant in size ; there are specimens in the collection from Silver Bay eight inches in height. 129. LuzuLA Wahlenbergii Rupr. Dolgoi Island, and Haba- rova, Cape Greben, Dolga Bay, Goose Land, 430 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 130. L. coNFusA Lindeb. Cape Matiusela ; Dolga Bay, Waigats ; Rogatchiva Bay ; Neckwatowa ; Goose Land ; Pomorsky Bay ; Gubina Bay ; Beluga Bay of Lutke Land, up to 850 ft. altitude ; Pachtussow Islands and Ziwolka Fiord. 131. L. AECTicA Blytt. Dolgoi Island ; Habarova ; Besemannya Bay. 132. Eriophorum ANGusTiFOLiuMRotb. Dolgoi Island; Habarova; south shores of Waigats; Neckwatowa; Beluga Bay of Lutke Land. 133. E. vAGiNATUM L. Cape Matiusela; Neckwatowa; Goose Land ; Pomorsky Bay ; Gubina Bay ; Beluga Bay of Lutke Land. 134. E. ScHEucHZERi Hoppe. Dolgoi Island ; Cape Matiusela ; Dolga Bay ; Neckwatowa ; Besemannya Bay ; Beluga Bay of Lutke Land. 135. E. Callithrix Cham. Dolgoi Island; Habarova; Cape Greben ; south shores of Waigats ; Beluga Bay of Lutke Laud. 136. E. RussEOLUM Fries. Dolgoi Island ; Habarova ; south shores of Waigats. 137. Carex pulla Good. Habarova ; Dolga Bay ; Silver Bay. 138. C. ROTUNDATA Wahleub. Dolgoi Island ; Habarova ; south shores of Waigats. 139. C. FULiGiNosA Schk. (C. mlsandra R. Br.). Dolgoi Island ; Habarova ; Dolga Bay ; Besemannya Bay ; south side, Matyushin Shar ; Beluga Bay of Lutke Land ; Silver Bay. 140. C. RARiFLORA Sm. Dolgoi Island ; Habarova ; south shores of Waigats ; islands in Kostin Shar. 141. C. SALiNA Wahlenb. f. subspathacea Wormskj. South shores of Waigats ; Pomorsky Bay ; Matyushin Shar. 142. C. AQUATiLis Wahlenb. Habarova ; south shore of Waigats ; Cape Greben ; Dolga Bay ; Gubina Bay ; Neckwatowa ; Beluga Bay of Lutke Land. 143. C. RiGiDA Good. Dolgoi Island ; south shores of Waigats ; Dolga Bay ; Kostin Shar ; Besemannya Bay ; Pomorsky Bay ; north side Matyushin Shar ; Beluga Bay, Lutke Land. 144. C. GLAREosA Walileub. Dolgoi Island ; Habarova. 145. C. LAGOPiNA Wahlenb. South shores of Waigats. 146. HiERocHLOE ALPiNA R. & S. This is a common grass scattered over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land. It generally occurs in tufts and bunches on dry ground, and from its straw colour and the glistening of the glumes attracts attention. Dolga Bay, Rogatchiva Bay, Beluga Bay, Matyushin Shar, and common at Ziwolka Fiord, 74° 25' N. 147. H. PAuciFLORA R. Br. I find it common in the collection from South Goose Land and Neckwatowa. Probably overlooked by me at other stations. 148. Alopecurus alpinus Sm. Not very common ; obtained at Habarova, Cape Matiusela, Besemannya Bay, Gubina Bay, Pach- tussow Islands, THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 431 149. A. PRATENsis L. var. alpestris Wahlenb. Waigats. 150. AiRA c^spiTOSABeauv. With its YSi,YS. a I pinasmd brevi folia is widely distributed over Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land. I found it not uncommon on the Pachtussow Islands. 151. Calamagrostis neglecta Gaertn. Common along the south shore of Waigats. I gathered it again in Pomorsky Bay, Matyushin Shar. Mr. Burkill writes :—" With regard to the Calamagrostis, I have come to the following conclusions : that habit and acuteness of the glumes are the characters on which mainly to rely. I cannot separate Calamagrostis Holmii specifically from C. ?z^^/6cirt, and should place the arctic forms as follows: — C. neglecta [Deyeuxia neglecta Kunth). The type is the well-known plant of North-western and Central Europe and Siberia. It is a plant from two to three feet high. Var. borealis Laestad., Lange, Co7ispectus Fl. Groetilandica;, p. 161 : a low plant with acute glumes. Var. Holmii {Calamagrostis Holmii Lange) : of the same habit as the last, but perhaps more densely tufted, differing chiefly in its somewhat acuminate glumes. This last we have from Spitsbergen, Axel Island (A. Trevor-Battye). The character which Lange drew from the position of the awn becomes useless, for, though in his type it is situate above the middle of the glume, in your specimens, which I am now quite satisfied are identical, it is sometimes at the middle, but more often below it." On the other hand, I submitted specimens from Waigats to Mr. Th. Holm, and he writes me from Washington, U.S.A., that he does not hesitate to identify the plant as G. Holmii. He remarks that the details of the spikelet and the characteristic coloration of the empty glumes in C. Holmii are also present in the specimen sent by me. C. Holmii as described by Lange was obtained originally by Mr. Holm on the mainland of Yugor Straits. 152. Trisetum subspicatum Beauv. Waigats, South Goose Land, Besemannya Bay, south shores of Matyushin Shar. 153. DupoNTiA FiscHERi R. Br. A widely distributed grass; com- mon on Dolgoi Island, around Habarova, Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land. 154. CoLPODiuM LATiFOLiuM R. Br. A Avidely distributed plant. Habarova, Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land. 155. Phippsia ALGmA Br. and var. P. concinna Fries. There is a large series of this grass in my collection, all in flower, from \Vaigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land, varying from a plant nine inches in height to a dwarf form of less than an inch. The tallest examples, var. cnncinna, come from Cape Matiusela, Waigats, the more dwarf from Lutke Land. It is not uncommon on the Pachtussow Islands and Ziwolka Fiord. 156. Pleuropogon Sabinh R. Br. The known distribution of this grass is very remarkable. So far it has not been met with on the mainlands of the Old or New Worlds, but is confined to the islands of the polar and arctic regions and Greenland. First discovered by Sabine on Melville Island, 1819 ; it was subsequently met with by 432 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. our arctic explorers in several localities amongst the American Arctic Archipelago, notably by Dr. Walker, at Bellot Straits ; by Dr. Lyall, at Powell Creek; and by Admiral Markham, at Fmy Beach. It is apparently a common plant on the western side of Davis Strait, for Mr. James Taylor remarks (Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. vii. p. 333) that it grows from the coast-line to 200 ft. in pools of water, on any kind of soil. It is perhaps the finest of arctic grasses ; its leaves float on the sm-face, the culm rising from nine inches to one foot above the water, bearing its beautiful purple florets. Found at Cumberland Gulf, Cape Searle, Scott's Bay, Cape Adair. Prof. Nathorst discovered it at Cape York, in North Greenland. It appears to be absent from Grinnell Land, for Mr. H. C. Hart failed to find it around Discovery Bay, or on the opposite Greenland shore of Smith Sound in 1875-76 ; and I was equally unsuccessful in finding any trace of it in Grinnell Land, between the eighty-second and eighty-third degrees ; whilst the members of the Greely Expedition were not more fortunate. Turning to the eastern hemisphere, it was first recorded by Von Baer from Novaya Zemlya, 1837, and subsequently by various other botanists from that group. The botanists of the Vega Expedition found it in Actinia Bay, Taimur Island, off the coast of Siberia ; and Mr. H. Fisher has recently discovered it in the Franz Josex^h Land group, but only at one spot, a small pond on Mabel Island. I found it growing abundantly in pools of water and damp situations on the western shores of Beluga Bay of South Goose Laud, at Pomorsky Bay, abun- dantly at Silver Bay, at Gubina Bay, at many places on both sides of the Matyushin Shar, all around Beluga Bay of Lutke Land, where it grows from the shore-line to a height of 750 ft., and I met with it, but in a somewhat stunted form, at Ziwolka Fiord, 74° 25' N. P. Sahinii is distinctly a water-growing grass ; its long roots are firmly attached in the soil or mud, the leaves float on the water, and, as Mr. Taylor remarks, its purple inflorescence makes it quite conspicuous ; it is certainly the most beautiful of all the arctic grasses. It seems somewhat singular that such a common and generally dispersed plant over Novaya Zemlya and Lutke Land should have attracted so little attention. Can it be that the exceptionally fine summer of 1897 caused it to bloom more freely than usual ? The tallest plants I gathered were from Pomorsky Bay, and are over a foot in length. Pleiiropogon Sahinii is one of about half a dozen species not found outside the Arctic Circle. It was formerly held to be the only genus confined to arctic limits, but three others of the genus have since been found in America. 157. KoELERiA cRisTATA Gaud. Capc Greben and Cape Matiu- sela, Waigats. 158. Glyceria Vahliana Fries. Only appears in my collection from Beluga Bay and Lutke Land, at an elevation of 100 ft. 159. ARCTOPmLA FULVA Nym. This is the tallest and most striking grass of the regions visited. On Dolgoi Island very abun- dant in meres and ponds, standing two and three feet above water, affording shelter for broods of ducklings, and phalaropes and water, THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 433 loving species of birds. On the mainland tundra around Habarova very common ; shallow meres and ponds scattered over the tundra are in July given a lively verdant green colour from the dense beds of this grass, and looking over the dull grey tundra from some slight elevation these bands and circles of green look like oases in the desert, and are quite a relief to the eye tired of gazing on a sad brown landscape. Common all over Waigats from Cape Greben to Dolga Bay ; common at Pomorsky Bay, south side of the Matyushin Shar, but I did not come across it in Lutke Land. With reference to the nomenclature of this plant, I add the following note from Mr. I. H. Burkill, from which it appears that the Arctophila, so abundant on the Arctic Russian tundras, Waigats, Dolgoi, and likewise in Novaya Zemlya, is, in his opinion, A. fulva Nym. :— ''Arctophila effusa Lange twice figured in the Flora Danica (tab. 2343 and tab. Suppl. 126), is not the common Arctic European plant which has sometimes passed with this name. The European plant, A. fulva Nym., does not deserve the name of ejfusa at all, and IS fairly easily distinguished from the Greenland form in the greater density of its panicle. It also occurs in North America. At Kew we have your grass as A. fulva, collected by Kriwoscheja, and named as A. effusa, collected by Kjellman and Lundstrom." 160. PoA PRATENsis L. Thcro are specimens in the collection from Waigats, and likewise from Ziwolka Fiord, Lutke Land. 161. P. ABBREviATA R. Br. Mr. Burkill determines this species from specimens obtained from various localities around Beluga Bay and Lutke Land ; one of the stations is 800 ft. in altitude. 162. P. ALPiNA L. I am greatly indebted to Mr. Burkill for the nnmense trouble he has taken in working out the GraminecE in my collection, consisting of many hundreds of specimens ; according to his determinations, this species occurs on Dolgoi Island, common around Habarova, all over Waigats, over Novaya Zemlya and Lutke Land. 163. P. ARCTicA Br. Mr. Burkill unites P. cenisea All. and P. stricta Lindeb. with this species ; according to his determinations P. cejiisea is the prevailing form ; it occurs in my collections from Dolgoi Island; on Waigats plentiful from shore-line to 100 ft • Cape Greben; south shores of Waigats; Cape Matiusela ; DoW Bay, and northern shores. From Novaya Zemlya, South Goose Land, Kostm Shar, Besemannya Bay, Pomorsky Bay, Gubina Bay all the south shores of Matyushin Shar, over Lutke Land as far north as the Pachtussow Islands and Ziwolka Fiord. P. stricta seems to be a far less common form. 164. Festuca rubra L. var. arenaria Osb. Gubina Bay Besemannya Bay, and Pachtussow Islands. ' 165. F. oviNA L. Habarova. — Subspecies F. brevifolia R. Br. Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, and Ziwolka Fiord. 166. Equisetum arvense L. Dolgoi Island; Habarova- all over Waigats in suitable localities; all over Novaya Zemlya in suitable localities ; Beluga Bay and Lutke Land. 434 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 167. Lycopodium Selago L. Met with on Dolgoi Island, and common on Waigats. 168. Cystopteris fragilis Bernh. Dolga Bay, Waigats, Bese- mannya Bay, and head of Beluga Bay, Lutke Land, at an elevation of 500 ft. Conclusions. I venture to offer a few remarks based upon my observations of plant-growth over the areas referred to in the preceding pages. Sir Joseph Hooker has long since pointed out that Lapland is by far the richest province of the Arctic regions, whilst Arctic Asia from the Gulf of Obi to Bering's Straits contains by far the poorest flora of any on the globe. That great authority, though including Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, and the arctic countries west of the river Ob in the Lapland province, has shown that in that area there are two floras corresponding to the Arctic-Norwegian and Arctic- Russian, the latter commencing at the White Sea, and comparatively exceedingly poor in species, though containing some twenty that are not Lapponian. Mr. Philip Sewell has given us an excellent treatise on this subject'-' in his paper on the Flora of Lapland and the Yu.s;or Straits, in which he vividly depicts the poverty of the Arctic-Russian province in comparison with the Lapponian, and he expresses the opinion that the low-lying land eastward from the White Sea affords no suitable foothold which would allow of east- ward distribution along the same line of latitude, and that the difference in the physical nature of the region of the Yugor Straits and the greater cold thereabouts are evidently the chief causes which restrict the distribution. This no doubt is correct as far as it goes, but it may not be amiss to enter more fully into the physical differences which characterize the two regions of Lapponia and Arctic Russia. Lapland and the Kola Peninsula are mountainous or elevated regions bearing on their surfaces the impress of glacio- terrene action. They appear to me as areas from which an ice-cap, or mer-de-glace, has but recently been removed, and we may assume that during the period of maximum Scandinavian glaciation Lap- land and the Kola Peninsula were heavily clad with ice, and con- siderably raised above sea-level. Judging from what we now see in Greenland, Grinnell Land, Spitsbergen, and Franz Josef Land, we may reasonably infer that phanerogamic vegetation was not actually extirpated throughout Scandinavia and Lapland during the period of maximum ice accumulation. The theory that a huge ice-cap at one period covered the entire polar area entirely rests on assumption and hypothesis. If, as I surmise, Lapland during its ice-period retained a flora, even as much as now exists in Grinnell Land and the north of Greenland between the parallels of 82^^ and 83"^, that would on the retirement of the ice become an important factor in the dissemination of a flora over an area recently released from ice, whilst m [ill probability * "Flora of Lapland and Yugor Straits," Trans, Edinb. Bot. Soc. xvii. 444-481. THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLAA, ETC. 345 a more extensive flora lived through the Scandinavian ice-age than we now find in Grinnell Land. On the other hand, from the eastern side of the White Sea, as far at least as the bases of the Urals and Paechoi Mountains, between the arctic circle and the seventieth parallel, we see evidences of recent emergence from an ice-laden sea. Whether this marine trans- gression over a considerable part of Arctic Russia was contempo- raneous with, or later than, the period of maximum ice-development in Scandinavia and Lapland, does not affect the conclusion that the emergence of this extensive area has been very recent, and this with severe climatic conditions must have greatly restricted the incoming of a migrating flora. I assume that in Lapland, on the retirement of the ice, many nuclei of vegetation were at hand ; in Arctic Eussia the recent floor of a retiring ocean offered a most inimical soil to an invading flora. The evidences''' at our command seem to be convincing that the tundra of Arctic Russia, and the islands of Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land were in recent times submerged many hundreds of feet below their level of to-day. Great as this submergence was, it does not follow that the higher mountains of Novaya Zemlya or of the North Island were involved, and if we discard the theory of a universal ice-cap, there is no reason to deny the possibility of survival of some ancient arctic flora on those lands. That the floras of Kolguev Island, Dolgoi Island, Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke Land are in their main features identical with that of the adjacent Russian mainland is undoubted, and that the spread of their vegetation has been chiefly longitudinal from the southward seems to be true. But how are such pecu- liarities in dispersal as the following to be accounted for ? Saxifraga flagellaris, a plant widely distributed over the polar area, and other- wise restricted to the high mountain regions of the Himalaya, Altai, and Caucasus. Still more remarkable is the distribution of the arctic grass Pleuropogon Sabhiii : so far it has not been met with on the mainlands of the Old or New World, and yet it is a widely dispersed plant throughout the polar regions. If the vegetation now existing in the polar area be due solely to immigration from the south since the withdrawal of a glacial epoch, it is certainly strange why P. Sahinii has got back there without leaving a trace of its existence south of the arctic circle. It may not be out of place to draw a comparison between the plants growing in the most northern known parts of the earth and the floras of Spitsbergen and Novaya Zemlya. The following thirty- two plants! represent the flora of Grinnell Land and islands to the north of Greenland between 82° and 83° 24' N. It is the flora growing nearest the Pole, all other flowering plants having been gathered south of the eighty-second parallel : — * Feilden, Geographical Journal, xi. 357. t They were gathered by the officers of the British Polar Expedition, 1875-76, and the late Lieut, Lockwood, United States Army. 436 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. Ranunculus afjinis. Saxifraga fiagellaris. R. nivalis. S. caspitosa. Papaver nudicaule. S. tricuspidata . Cochlearia fenestrata. S. nivalis. Braija alpina. Epilohiam latifolium. Draba alpina. Taraxacum officinale. D. hirta. Salix arctica. D. riipestris. Polygonum viviparum. Wahlenbergia apetala. Oxgria digyna. Arenaria rubella, Alopecurus alpinus, Cerastiwn alpinum,, and Poa abbreviata. var. caspitosum. Festuca ovi7ia. Dry as i7itegrifolia. Eriophorum angustifolium. Potentilla nivea. Juncus biglumis. Saxifraga oppositifolia. Carex nardina. S. cernua. C. fuliginosa. Of these all but three — Dryas integrifolia, Saxifraga tricuspidata, and Salix arctica — occur in Spitsbergen, whilst only two are absent from Novaya Zemlya, namely, Dryas integrifulia (and in both countries the nearly allied Dryas octopetala takes its place), and Saxifraga tricuspidata . If the lines of plant migration towards the Pole emanate entirely from Europe, Asia, and America since the close of the glacial epoch, it is a remarkable coincidence that as these routes converge around the Pole from different sides of the hemisphere, the more charac- teristic plants of those regions of the earth become eliminated, and a nearly homogeneous flora is to be found on the lands nearest to the northern apex of the globe. Does not this give some colour to the hypothesis that a remnant of a palfearctic flora has been spared, and is represented by this more or less identical flora in the highest latitudes on different sides of the Pole ? It may be urged, on the contrary, that the coincidence arises merely from these plants being better able to withstand severe climatic conditions. I am satisfied that a large number of the plants of Waigats and Novaya Zemlya propagate from seed, so often did I meet with old plants surrounded by groups, to my mind, of undoubted seedlings ; this is notable with Cochlearia, Draba, Taraxacu)ii, Papaver, and a number of other species. This does not, however, invalidate the opinion that the flowering plants of Grinnell Land, some thirteen degrees nearer the Pole than Waigats Island, are not reproduced by seed, but that their extension is due to the creeping and spreading powers of the individual plants. This view has been forcibly advocated by Mr. H. C. Hart,"- and my own observations in the same regions as he refers to lead me to embrace similar conclusions. (To be continued.) * " Botany of British Polar Expedition," in Journ. Bot. 1880. 437 HABENARIA VIRIDIS var. BRACTEATA. By James Britten, F.L.S. In the Botanical Exchange Chih Report for 1896 (issued 31 Aug. 1898) Mr. Druce has a note headed " Hahenaria viridis R. Br. in Aiton, Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 192, var. hacteata mihi." This name he gives to "the more frequent form in mountainous districts of Scotland " — a form to which he had previously referred in his Berkshire Flora as having "frequently the bracts longer than the flowers." He gives no description, so that the name is entitled to no consideration, and might be tacitly ignored, were it not that it had been previously employed by other authors. There is nothing in Mr. Druce's note to lead to the conclusion that he had the earlier var. bracteata in view : he cites none of the synonymy belonging to that variety, and his plant seems to stand on the same footing as his "var. bracteata " of Scilla festal is, of which the sole character is that " the bracts are often so much developed as to considerably exceed the flowers." Everyone knows that the length of the bracts in Rabenaria viridis is extremely variable; thus Parlatore (Fl. Ital. iii. 409) writes : " Questa specie varia molto per la lunghezza delle brattee che ora sono soltanto piu lunghe dell' ovario, ora due o tre volte piu lunghe dell' ovario e del fiore : pero si trovano tutte le forme intermedie," and it seems undesirable to base a variety on a character of so little importance. But the name has, as I have said, already been employed for a plant which many recent botanists regard as a distinct species— the Orchis bracteata of Will- denow {Habenaria bracteata R. Br.) to which the name H. viridis var. bracteata is applied as a synonym by Morong in the American Check-list. It is true that both here and in Dr. Britton's Illustrated Flora (iii. 463) this name is inaccurately cited from " Reich. Ic. Fl. Germ. xiii. 130," where it appears as Flatanthera viridis var. bracteata ; and it may be added that Parlatore (/. c.) considered that Reichenbach had confused a form of H. viridis with long bracts with the plant of Willdenow, Brown, and Lindley. But the last- named (Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 299) doubts whether the plant of the two former authors is really distinct from P. viridis; " at least," he says, "I can find no mark of distinction beyond the length of the bracts." I have seen no British specimens agreeing withReichen- bach's figure, but it agrees sufficiently well with North American specimens of H. bracteata and with the figure in Dr. Britton's Flora ; and Richter (PI. Europ. i. 279) places it with the rest under his Cceloglossum viride /S bracteatum.-'' It may be worth while for British botanists to look into the matter, and ascertain whether we have any plant corresponding with Reichenbach's, or with H. bracteata Br., should these two * He also places here Orchis viridis /3 Vaillantil Ten. Syll. 629 (1831), but I think incorrectly. 438 SIXTY YEARS OF BRITISH MYCOLOGY. prove distinct. Meanwhile it may be well to put on record that the first publication of the name Habenaria viridis var. bracteata should stand as " Morong in American Check-list, p. 121 (1894)." SIXTY YEAKS OF BRITISH MYCOLOGY. [A PAPER bearing the above title was read by Dr. M. C. Cooke at a meeting of the Essex Field Club on Oct. 16, 1897, and is printed in full in The Essex Naturalist, vol. x. pp. 216-223 (pub- lished March, 1898). We extract from it the following interesting statistics. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] The Supi^lement to Smith's Flora, by M. J. Berkeley, in 1836, inaugurated the special study of Fungi. Hooker remarks in his preface that " notwithstanding all that has been done by Withering, Sowerby, Purton, Carmichael, and Greville, the Fungi must yet be acknowledged as the least understood of all our British Flora." If we allow our imagination to revert to this period we can soon discover from the local floras — Abbot's Flora Bedfordiensis (1798), Jones and Kingston's Flora Devoniensis (1829), Greville's Flora Edinensis (1824), Hooker's Flora Scotica (1821), Hudson's Flora Anplica (1778), Johnston's Flora of Berwick-on-Tweed (1829) Light- foot's Flora Scotica (1777), Mackay's Flora Hibernica (1836), Burton's Midland Flora (1817), Relhan's Flora Cantabrigiensis (1820), Sibthorp's Flora Oxoniensis (1794), to which may be added Withering's Arrangement 3rd edition (1796), and Gray's Natural Arrangement (1821) — the extent of knowledge possessed by botanists of the fungi of their localities. From these sources we discover that the total number of fungi known for the localities determined were : — khhoi's Flora Bedfordiensis {lim) 284 Jones and Kingston's Flora Devoniensis (1829) 145 Greville's Flora Edinensis (1824) 410 Hooker's F/om 5'coimi (1821) 212 Hudi^on's Flora Anglica illlQ) 126 ^olm^ion's Flora of Berwick ... ... ... 336 Lightfoot's Flora Scotica (1777) 73 Mackay's Flora Hibeniica (1836) ... ... none Burton's Midland Flora (1817-1821) ... 395 Relhan's Flora Cantabrigiensis ... ... 254 Sibthorp's Flora Oxoniensis (1794) ... ... 232 Withering's Arrangement 3rd edition (1796) 555 To which we may add for comparison — Gv&y's Natural Arrangement {1821) ... ... 803 Berkeley, in Smith's English Flora (1836) .. 1390 Hence we learn that the total of British Fungi known previous to her Majesty's accession were — 1836 Bevkeley's Supplement 1390 SIXTY YEAES OF BRITISH MYCOLOGY. 439 and afterwards — 1860 Berkeley's Outlmes of Fungology ••• 1450 1871 Cooke's Handbook 2810 It is only by comparison of statistics that we can realize the progress which has been made in sixty years. From investigations made about two years ago it became manifest that the total number of species of Fungi recorded for the British Islands had advanced from the 1390 of 1836 to no less than 5200 in 1896, or nearly four times the original number. In the previous fifty years the total had only advanced from 555 in 1796 to 1390 in 1836. Hence the increase in the number of recorded species was nearly double the ratio of increase in the preceding half century. This fact leads us to a second enquiry and that is, to ascertain in what section of that particular study was the increase the most remarkable. By comparison of the same authorities we can learn that the number of species of larger fungi, determinable by the naked eye, principally the Basidiomycetes, were recorded in 1836 as about 570 species, whereas in 1896 the same group was repre- sented by 2030 species. Passing from the Hymenomycetal Fungi, and all or almost all those of conspicuous size, we must turn to those which require the use of the microscope for their discrimination and determination. Here it would be well to distinguish two or three large groups as a sample of the whole. If we take the Discomycetes, or fungi of the Peziza type, we find some of them of a large size, but the majority are very minute and scarcely visible to the naked eye. If we take for comparison the list of species from Berkeley's Suppleuiejit we shall find that 154 species were recognized in 1836, whilst Mr. Phillips enumerated 607 in 1887, or just four times as many in fifty years. This marvellous increase in the number of known species must be attributed partly to the increased number of observers, partly to the energy and application of a limited number of workers, and partly to the improved condition of the microscope and the methods of microscopical manipulation. Any way it represents an important fact in the history of British mycology in the past^ sixty years. Another important group are the Sphaeriaceous Fungi, or technically the Pyrenomycetes, but it would be a question of time to analyze the lists of 1836 and compare them with those of 1896. We may suggest that whilst the whole of the microscopical fungi, except the Discomycetes, which were enumerated in 1836, was only 665, the number in 1896 had risen to 2550. One other group need be only briefly alluded to, and that is the group which contains the pests which infest garden and field crops. Some call them the Hypodermsei, but they are popularly the '* Rusts " and " Smuts" so destructive to vegetation. A difference in the methods of classification would interfere with a satisfactory comparison of numbers at remote periods, but it may be taken for granted that in this department also important numerical results have been obtained in sixty years. 440 SHORT NOTES. Cerastium arcticum Lange. — On p. 386 Mr. F. N. Williams expresses the opinion that this is a hybrid between two forms of 0. alpiniun. I do not believe that British botanists will endorse this theory. The plant certainly grows associated with our two varieties (a. lanatum, and b. pubescem) in some of its stations ; but it is not intermediate between them, being of a brighter and deeper green than either, less shaggy in pubescence, with different seeds, and a rather different habit. It also occurs alone, as on Cairntoul and Ben More of Assynt. Our C. arcticum appears to be accepted by Mr. Williams, as it was by Dr. Lange himself. Having collected it in more than half a dozen stations, and also cultivated it for a time, I am disposed to consider it as a distinct, though of course closely allied, species. Why var. Edmonstonii should be termed an " obscure" form, I cannot imagine ; it clearly belongs to 0. arcticum, and Mr. Beeby informed me (in 1894) that it extends "over acres in profusion" in Unst. C. alpinum does not appear to occur in Shetland. The true C. latifolium is absent from Britain, so that Norman's solution can hardly be correct. — Edward S. Marshall. Elatine Hydropiper L. (p. 400). — If Miss Lister means that Elatine Hydropiper had not been gathered at Cut Mills before she found it there, it is a mistake. The locality is well known, and was discovered by the late W. W. Reeves. It has also been gathered in Worcestershire, whence there is a specimen in Mr. H. C. Watson's Herbarium at Kew, gathered by Mr. Irvine ; and in Staffordshire (Journ. Bot. 1895, 283), where it was found by Mr. J. E. Bagnall. Mr. Watson's note in his MSS. in the Department of Botany, British Museum, runs: "In a mill pond near Churchill Station, 3 or 4 miles from Kidderminster, A. Irvine in letter of 27 Nov. 1855, with specimen." In this Journal for 1884, p. 41, Mr. W. Mathews says that every mill-pond in the neighbourhood of Churchill, Worcester, had been examined, but no trace of any Elatine had been found. This would be the year to look for it. — Arthur Bennett. In his Flora of Anglesey and Carnarvonshire Mr. J. E. Griffith observes (p. 26) under E, Hydropiper: "I have seen this growing with the above [i. e. E. hexandra] in Llyn Coron, but of late the place where it used to grow is covered with Chara.'' It may there- fore be worth while to record that, in company with my brother G. S. West, I saw it growing there on the E. side on Aug. 10, 1888. On Aug. 1, 1891, we could not find it there, but a fortnight later my father found it in small quantity on the other side of the lake. I have twice seen E. Hydropiper at the Cutmill station, and found it quite easy to distinguish, while still in situ, from the E. hexandra with which it grows. E. Jiexandra forms small compact mats, the leaves being more or less adpressed to the ground ; but the plants of E. Hydropiper are more straggling, of a paler green, and especially the pairs of leaves are markedly suberect. It is worthy of mention that the Cutmill and Anglesey specimens are much less in size than SHORT NOTES. 441 some from Frensham gathered by Messrs. H. & J. Groves on Sept. 10, 1883. Mr. Druce records the species from Berkshire (Flora of Berkshire, p. 105). He says the plant is " very minute." — W. West, Jun. Bibliographical Note. — Referring to Mr. Williams's note on p. 384, line five from bottom, I do not agree with him in thinking the Index Kewensis is incorrect in the instance cited. Dumortier's title-page runs thus: — " Gomineutationes botanic^. Observations botaniques, dediees a la Societe d'Horticulture de Tournay." The half-title has only these words: " Commentationes botauicse." Pritzel puts "Observations botaniques" in parentheses. From the foregoing it seems clear that Dumortier intended the Latin phrase to be his title for citation, and appended the French one to amplify it. The whole matter is very trifling, bat many who have not Dumortier's tract to consult might be led to think that I arbitrarily altered the title of the work, which is not the case. — B. Daydon Jackson. Melampyrum cristatum L. in Hants.—Iu Mr. Townsend's Flora of Hampshire, p. 238, two stations are given in the county for the above species, but it does not seem that the author had seen specimens. It may therefore be worth recording that there are specimens in the Cardiff Museum Herbarium, gathered by Mr. Pamplin in 1828 at the place named in the Flora. Verhascuyn Lydmitis is excluded from the Hants Flora and from Top. Botany. In the eighth edition of Hooker and Arnott's British Flora, p. 320 (1860), they remark, "Often yellow in the Isle of Wight." Are there any specimens in Arnott's Herbarium at Glasgow ? — Arthur Bennett. Scalia Hookeri in West Inverness. — Mr. Symers M. Macvicar has recently collected this extremely rare Hepatic near Inver- moidart, and has kindly sent me specimens for confirmation. The only other Scottish record that I am aware of is that given in Hooker's Brit. JungermannicE : — " In the moss of Kinnordy, Kerrie- muir, Mr. Lyell, August, 1813." I am afraid it is now extinct in the recorded Enghsh stations, — New Forest, C. Lyell, 1812 ; Barnaby Moor, near York, R. Spruce, 1842 ; and Penzance, W. Curnow, 1844. It has been found in one locality in Ireland, — Connor Hill, Prof. Lindberg, — and in a few stations on the Continent. — W. H. Pearson. Isle of Man Plants (see Journ. Bot. 1896, 448 ; 1897, 11, 75). — The Rev. E. M. Savage, of St. Thomas's Vicarage, Douglas, has called my attention to Thwaites's Directory of the Isle of Man, 1863, where a list of Manx plants is given by the Rev. H. A. Stowell. Collating this with the records in Top. Bot. and this Journal, the following occur which are not given in either: — Coryclalis claviculata, Viola lactea, Epilobium alsinefolium, Saxifraga tridactyles, Linaria Elatiyie, Galeopsis versicolor, Stachys ambigua, Solanum 7iigrum. It will be well that these should be confirmed before they are admitted to the Manx flora. In Science Gossip, 1886, p. 69, Mr. Moffat Journal of Botany.— Vol. 36. [Nov. 1898.] 2 h 442 SHORT NOTES. records Dlanthus Armeria from "two places near Castleton twelve years ago, but one is now destroyed." Mr. P. Kalfe, of Laxey, has sent me Manx specimens of the following, which are so far new records for the isle : — Hypericum perforatum, Geum urbanum, Epilo- hium hirsutmn, Veronica Anagallis, Leontodon aiitumnale. There are still a good many common plants to be recorded for the island. I am glad to say that some residents are showing an interest in the Manx flora. — Arthur Bennett. SisYRiNCHiuM ANGusTiFOLiuM IN Co. CoRK. — In June of tliis year, while staying at Coesheen, near Schull, Co. Cork, I found a small colony of this species. The plants were growing a few inches from the side of a very wild country road, on the margin of a bit of waste land which sloped down to a stream ; they were few in number, and almost hidden by a spray of bramble which drooped over them. It is highly improbable that the plant can have been other than wild, as the district is mountainous, very desolate, and sparsely inhabited ; while the by-road beside which it grew is little used, and quite remote from cultivation, even the nearest cottage being at a considerable distance. As the plants were few, it is probable that ^S'. an gusti folium may only recently be located there, a view which is rendered the more likely by my failing to find any other specimens, although we searched the neighbourhood. We carefully left the colony undisturbed, and hope to find it increased on our next visit. As this station is a considerable distance from the two other spots in Ireland in which the plant has been recorded, its occurrence at Coesheen is of interest. The plant was identified for me by Prof. Johnson, of Dublin. — Lilian M. Swan. Carex Sadleri Linton in North Uist. — On a low ledge of rock at the base of the North Lee Hill, on the side facing northwards towards Lochmaddy Bay, I gathered on July 22nd last a Carex which by its characters at once recalled to my mind the Rev. E. F. Linton's description of his C. Sadleri in Journ. Bot. 1898, p. 41, &c. Typical C. binervis was growing within a foot or two of the spot, and though the two were very similar in habit and in most of their characters, the dark brown spikelets and much narrower perigynium of the one seemed to indicate at least a varietal difference between the two plants. Mr. Linton, who has kindly examined the speci- mens, writes, "without doubt C. Sadleri; a good extension." I had no aneroid with me at the time, but the altitude could not have been greater than 250 ft., and was probably less. After searching about for a considerable time, the original tuft of eight or ten specimens was all that I could find, though the plant is conspicuous at some little distance by the rich dark colour of its spikelets. It may probably grow in more abundance on some of the higher ledges. — W. A. Shoolbred. 443 BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. By James Britten, F.L.S., and G. S. Boulger, F.L.S., F.G.S. First Supplement (1893-97). (Continued from p. 271.) Lymburn, Robert (d. 1843): d. Kilmarnock, 31 Oct. 1843. Physiologist. Contrib. to Gard. Chron. and Loudon, Gard. Mag. Loud. Gard. Mag. xix. 677 (1843). MacEncroe, Demetrius, alias De la Croix (fl. 1728) : b. Ireland. M.D. ' Connubia Florum,' Paris, 1728 ; edited by Sir Richard Clayton, Bath, 1791. Pritz. 173; Jacks. 212; Atterbury's Correspondence, iv. 167. MacGillivray, Paul Howard (1834-95) : b. Aberdeen, 1834 ; d. Beudigo, Victoria, 9 July, 1895. Son of Prof. William Mac- Gillivray. M.R.C.S. F.L.S., 1880. In Australia from 1855. ' Catalogue of Aberdeen pi.,' 1853. Journ. Bot. 1895, 383; Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. 1895, 262; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1895-6, 42. Malleson, Rev. Frederic Amadeus (1819-97) : b. London, 19 June, 1819 ; d. Broughton-in-Furness, 14 Nov. 1897. Edu- cated ac Yverdon, Switzerland. B.A., Dublin, 1853: M.A., Dublin, 1860. Vicar of Broughton-in-Furness, 1870. Friend of Borrer. MS. ' Flora of Sussex.' Nature Notes, 1898, 54. Mason, A. (1826-88): d. Grange-over- Sands, Lane, 1888 ; bur. Cartmel Priory, Lancashire. Vet. Surgeon, of Grange, Lanca- shire. Once in army. List of pi. in Aspland's ' Guide to Grange,' 1869. Nat. 1894, 123. Mason, Samuel (fl. 1800). Of Yarmouth. Collected and drew Seaweeds. 3 vols, of drawings at Kew. Journ. Bot. 1893, 281. Mayo, Herbert (c. 1792-1852) : b. London ? circ. 1792 : d. Bad- Weilbach, near Mayence, 15 Aug. 1852. M.R.G.S., 1819. M.D., Leyden. F.R.S., 1828. Prof. Anat. and Physiology, King's Coll., London, 1830. ' Observations on motion of . . . Mimosa,' Quart. Journ. Sci. ii. 1827, 76-83. Sachs, 550; R.S.C. iv. 313 ; ' Genealog. Account of Mayo and Elton Fami- hes,' 109, with portr. Mezzotint by David Lucas from painting by J. Lonsdale in Hope Collection, Oxford. More, Alexander Goodman (1830-95): b. London, 5 Sept. 1830; d. Dublin, 22 March, 1895. F.L.S., 1856. F.R.S.E. M.R.I.A. Asst. Nat. Hist. Mus. Dublin, 1867 ; Curator, 1881-7. Contrib. to Phytologist, 1860-1 ; to Journ. Bot., 1864-93. Critical on Viola, Batrachium, &c. ' Cybele Hibernica ' (with David Moore), 1864. 'Life and Letters,' by C. B. Moffat, 1898. R.S.C. iv. 416; viii. 435; x. 845; Jacks. 583; Journ. Bot. 1895, 225, with portr. ; Irish Naturahst, May, 1895 ; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1894-5, 36. Moseley, Henry Nottidge (1844-91): b. Wandsworth, Surrey, 14 Nov. 1844; d. Parkstone, Dorset, 10 Nov. 1891. M.A., 2 H 2 444 BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. Oxon, 1872. F.L.S., 1880. F.E.S., 1877. Linacre Prof., 1881. Naturalist, 'Challenger' Expedition, 1872, and collected plants. Memoir in liis ' Notes by a Naturalist,' ed. 2, with portr. R.S.C. viii. 445 ; x. 859 ; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1890-92, 72; Boase; Diet. Nat. Biogr. xxxix. 176 ; Alumni Oxon. Mueller, Sir Ferdinand Jacob Heinrich von (1825-96) : b. Rostock, Germany, 30 June, 1825 ; d. South Yarra, Melbourne, 10 Oct. 1896; bur. St. Kilda Cemetery, Victoria. F.R.S. F.L.S., 1859. Baron (Wurtemberg), 1871. K.C.M.G. To Australia, 1847 ; appointed Govt. Botanist, 1853. Director Melbourne Bot. Garden, 1857-73. ' Eucalyptographia,' 1879. 'Fragmenta phytographise Australise,' 11 vols., 1858-81. Her- barium at Melbourne. Pritz. 226 ; Jacks. 684 ; Journ. Bot. 1897, 272 (portr.); R.S.C. iv. 515; viii. 459; x. 874; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1896-7, 60; Kew Bull. 1896, 218; Athenseum, 1896, ii. 530. Mundy, Henry (1627 ?-82): b. Henley, Oxford, 1627?; d. Henley, 28 June, 1682. B.A., Oxon, 1647. Master of Henley Grammar School, 1656. 'Commentarii de Aere vitali, Esculentis . . .' Oxford, 1680; ed. 2, 1685; London, 1681; Frankfort, 1685; Leyden, 1685 ; Hanover, 1687. Wood's Athene, ed. Bliss, iv. 49 ; Alumn. Oxon. ; Journ. Bot. 1894, 109. Miindia Kunth. Murton, Henry James (1855 ?-81) : b. Cornwall, c. 1855; d. Bangkok, 1881. To Kew, 1872-3 ; Supt. Singapore Gardens, 1875-80 ; then with King of Siam at Bangkok. MS. Flora of Singapore (lost). ' Cat. Bot. Garden, Singapore,' 1879. Jacks. 452. Nasmyth, Sir James (d. 1779) : d. Philiphaugh, Peeblesshire, 4 Feb. 1779. Studied under Linnaeus in Sweden. '* Said to have made extensive collections." Diet. Nat. Biogr. xl. 115. Nasmythia Huds. = Eriocaidoji. Neckam, or Necham, Rev. Alexander (1157-1217) : b. St. Al- ban's, Herts, Sept. 1157; d. Kempsey, Worcestersh., 1217; bur. Worcester. Master at Dunstable. Taught in Paris, 1180. Abbot of Augustinians, Cirencester, 1213. ' De Naturis Rerum,' in Latin elegiacs, dealing, ijiter alia, with plants, in Rolls Series. Diet. Nat. Biogr. xl. 154. Needham, Rev. John Turberville (1713-81) : b. London, 10 Sept. 1713 ; d. Brussels, 30 Dec. 1781 ; bur. Abbey of Condenberg. Educated at Douay ; ordained priest, 1738. Microscopist. F.R.S., 1746-7. Pritz. 231; Jacks. 67, 219; Papers in Phil. Trans. Diet. Nat. Biogr. xl. 157; Life in Mem. Acad. Bruxelles (1783), iv. introd. xxxiii. ; Nich. Illust. viii. 605 ; Anec. vii. 283, 635. Owen, F. W. (fl. 1824). Captain R.N. In East Africa. " In- numeras plantas detexit," Bojer in Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 Ser. iv. 267. Owenia Hilsenb. = Ceratogonum Meissner. Packe, Charles (1826-96) : b. Prestwold, Leicestersh., 1826 ; d. Stretton Hall, Leicestershire, 16 July, 1896. B.A., Oxon, 1849. BIOGEAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 445 F.L.S., 1870. Botanized in Pyrenees. ' Guide to Pyrenees,' 1862 ; ed. 1867, with bot. notes, especially on ferns. Herbarium at Cambridge. Jacks. 278 ; Alpine Journal, xviii. 236 (1896) ; Journ. Bot. 1897, 415 ; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1896-7, 66 ; Alumn. Oxon. Parfitt, Edward (1820-93) : b. East Tuddenham, Norfolk, 17 Oct. 1820 ; d. Exeter, 15 Jan. 1893. Gardener, afterwards Librarian, Devon and Exeter Institution, 1861-93. ' Devon Fungi,' in 12 vols., with 1530 col. drawings by himself, unpublished. E.S.C. iv. 756; viii. 561; x. 989; Journ. Bot. 1893, 160; Natural Science, 1893 ; Diet. Nat. Biogr. xliii. 205. Parish, Rev. Charles Samuel Pollock (18229-97): b. Dumdum, Calcutta, c. 1822; d. Roughmoor, Somerset, 18 Oct. 1897. B.A., Oxon, 1841. Chaplain at Moulmein, Burma, 1852-78. Orchidist. Contributed bot. papers to Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal. E.S.C. iv. 757 ; viii. 562; Journ. Bot. 1897, 464; Alumn. Oxon. Dendrobium Farishii Bateman. Pascoe, Francis Polkinghorne (1813-93) : b. Penzance, 1 Sept. 1813; d. Brighton, 20 June, 1893. F.L.S., 1852. M.R.C.S., 1835. Surgeon R.N. till 1843. Entomologist. Memb. Bot. Soc. London. 'Cornish PI.,' Bot. Gazette, 1850. Correspondent of H. C. Watson. R.S.C. iv. 769 ; viii. 566 ; x. 996 ; Diet. Nat. Biogr. xliii. 435; Journ. Bot. 1893, 287; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1893-4, 33 ; Boase. Pearless, Anne, nee Pratt (1806-93) : b. Strood, Kent, 5 Dec. 1806; d. Shepherd's Bush, London, 27 July, 1893; bur. East Grinstead Cemetery, Sussex ; m. John Pearless, 1866. * Flowers and their associations,' 1828. ' Field, Garden, and Woodland,' 1838 (anon.). ' Wild Flowers,' 1852, 2 vols. ' Flowering Plants of Great Britain,' 5 vols., 1855. Pritz. 252 ; Jacks. 594 ; Journ. Bot. 1893, 288; 1894, 205; Women's Penny Paper, 9 Nov. 1889, with portr. ; Diet. Nat. Biogr. xlvi. 284 ; Boase. Penny, Rev. Charles William (1838-98) : b. West Ilsley, Berks, 1838 ; d. Wokingham, Berks, 30 March, 1898. M.A., Oxon, 1863. Assistant Master, Wellington College, 1861. 'Flora Wellingtonensis,' 1868. Contrib. to Journ. Bot. Journ. Bot. 1898, 208 ; Fl. Berks, clxxx. ; Alumn. Oxon. Pentland, Joseph Barclay (1797-1873) : b. Ireland, 1797 ; d. London, 12 July, 1873; bur. Brompton Cemetery. Secretary to Consulate-general in Peru, 1827 ; Consul-general in Bolivia, 1836-9. Sent plants from Peru. R.S.C. iv. 820 ; Bot. Reg. 1839, t. 68 ; Diet. Nat. Biogr. xliv. 350 ; Boase. Pentlandia Herb. = Urceolina. Perry, William Wykeham (1846 ?-1894) : b. 1846?; d. 14 June, 1894. Commander R.N. Collected at Amsterdam Island, 1873 ; in Socotra, 1876 ; in Corea, &c., 1883. Plants at Kew. Kew Bulletin, 1894, 397. Aloe Perryi Baker. Pope, Clara Maria (d. 1838) : d. London, 24 Dec. 1838. Flower- painter to Horticultural Soc. Drawings of PcEonia (1821) in Bot. Dept. Brit. Mus. Diet. Nat. Biogr. xlvi. 130. Porter, George (fl. 1800-34). Head-master Penang Free School, 446 BIOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF BRITISH AND IRISH BOTANISTS. 1822. Superintendent of Government Bot. Garden, Ayer Hitam, till 1834. Collector for Wallich. Curtis Cat. PI. of Penang, 1892, 99. Dracana Ported Baker. Pratt, Anne. [See Pearless.] Pursh, Friedrich Traugott (1774-1820) : b. Tobolsk, Siberia, 4 Feb. 1774; d. Montreal, 11 July, 1820; bur. Montreal. Travelled twelve years in United States (1799-1811), and after- wards in Canada. In England, 1811-15. ' Verzeicbniss der . . . Pflanzen,' 1799. ' Flora America septentrionalis,' 1814. "Arranged materials for a Flora Canadensis." Edited ed. viii. and ix. of Bonn's ' Hortus Cantabrigiensis,' 1815, 1819. Her- barium purchased by Lambert. D. Don, Account of Lambert Herb. 17 ; Sargent, ' Silva N. America,' ii. 39 ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1898, 13; Pritz. 254; Jacks. 594. Purshia, DC. Quekett, Eliza Catherine. [See White.] Rae, John (1813-93) : b. Clestrain, Stromness, Orkneys, 30 Sept. 1813; d. Kensington, 22 July, 1893; bur. Kirkwall. M.D., Edinb., 1833. LL.D. M.D., Montreal, 1880. F.R.S., 1880. Arctic explorer. ' Narrative of Arctic Expedition in 1846-7,' 1850. Portr. by S. Hodges in Museum, Stromness; bust by G. Maccallum in Edinb. Univ. Canadian Record of Science, v. 484 ; Diet. Nat. Biogr. xlvii. 152 ; Appleton, Cyclop. Americ. Biog., with portr. Raffles, Sir Thomas Stamford (1781-1826): b. at sea, off Jamaica, 5 July, 1781 ; d. Highwood Hill, Middlesex, 4 July, 1826. Under-Secretary, Pulo Penang, 1805 ; Lieutenant- Governor of Java, 1811-16. ' History of Java,' 1817. Large collections lost at sea. Founded Zoological Society. Life, by D. C. Boulger, with portraits, 1898 ; D. Don, Account of Lam- bert Herb. 22 ; Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. 228. Portr. Nat. Port. Gall, by Joseph. Eafflesia R. Br. Ralph, Thomas Shearman (d. 1892?): d. Melbourne, 1892? A.L.S., 1842. M.R.C.S. Practised in Melbourne. ' Ele- mentary Bot.,' 1849 : ed. ii. 1862. * Icones Carpologicae,' 1849. Edited ' Opuscula Botauica ' of Thomas Johnson, 1847. ' The Young Botanist,' 1865. R.S.C. v. 81 ; viii. 689; xi. 96; Pritz. 256 ; Jacks. 595. Ramsay, Christina, Countess of Dalhousie {nee Broun) (fl. 1805-33) : m. George Ramsay, 9th Earl of Dalhousie, 1805. In Nova Scotia, 1816-28 ; in India, 1829-32. Hon. Member Bot. Soc. Ed. Collected extensively in Nova Scotia and Canada, and in Simla and Penang. Sent plants to Sir W. J. Hooker. *' Rendered essential service to botany" (Dedication of vol. Ix. Bot. Mag.). Herbarium of about 1200 species presented to Bot. Soc. Edmburgh. Fl. Indica, 70 ; Loud. Gard. Mag. i. 255 ; Proc. Bot. Soc. Ed. 1836-7, 50 ; 1838-9, 52. Dalhousiea Grab. (To be continued.) 447 NOTICES OF BOOKS. The Fertilization and Development of Floride^. The Botanische Zeitung, for August, 1898, contains the results of an interesting investigation by Prof. Oltmanns, entitled " Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Florideen, " with four plates. The Schmitzian theory — we may even say assertion — of a second act of fertilization in the development of the Floridean cystocarp has never been accepted with the same faith as the other conclusions of this lamented phycologist. This is only natural, since, as Prof. Oltmanns says, " If a double fertilization took place, what would become of all the theories of heredity &c. " ? These considerations led Prof. Oltmanns to re-examine some of the alg^ described by Prof. Schmitz, and his results show that in no case does any double act of fertilization take place. The first alga described in this paper is Dadresnaya purpurifera, as being a well-known example of those algae which produce ooblastema-filaments ; and the development of the fruit is followed from the earliest stages. This has of course been described and figured by Messrs. Bornet and Thuret and others, but till now the further conduct of the sporogenous nucleus has never been accurately followed. By the term "sporogenous nucleus" (sporogener Kern) Prof. Oltmanns designates the nucleus which is the result of the fusion between the male nucleus of the spermatium and the female nucleus of the carpogonium. On the behaviour of this sporogenous nucleus hangs the decision whether or no a secondary act of fertilization takes place— provided always, that *' fertilization " is understood to involve a fusion of nuclei. The fertilized carpogonium of Dudresnaya purpurifera begins to swell, and to produce certain outgrowths which are called by Prof. Schmitz '' ooblastema-filaments." This term is discarded by Prof. Oltmanns, as indicating the idea of fertilization, and his own new term " sporogenous-filaments " is used instead. From the fertilized carpogonium there grow out then 2-3 sporogenous-filaments, one at each side and sometimes a third in the middle. These grow downwards towards the terminal cells of the small Callithaimiion- like_ branches, which have grown out from the axis of the carpo- gonial branch. Fusion takes place between the sporogenous branch and the terminal, as well as the subterminal, cells of these branches — the auxiliary- cells. As is shown by the figures, that portion of the sporogenous-filament which fuses with the auxiliary-cell is cut off by a cell wall. The protoplasm of the sporogenous cell fuses with that of the auxiliary-cell, but so far from there being any fusion of the two nuclei, there appears to be a desire on the part of the auxiUary-cell nucleus to shrink away as far as possible from the sporogenous nucleus. Before the cell fusion takes place, the nuclei of the auxiliary-cells are in the middle of their respective cells ; but so soon as the dividing walls are broken down, the auxiliary nucleus (if one may use the term) flees before the sporogenous nucleus to the most distant corner of its cell. This was found to occur in every specimen examined by Prof. Oltmanns, 448 THE FERTILIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT OP FLORIDE^E. The sporogenous nucleus, after remaining for a while in the centre of the fused cell, moves outwards towards the sporogenous half of the cell, which at the same time begins to grow out into a slight protuberance. Here the protoplasm then congregates, leaving the auxiliary nucleus almost bare at the far end of the cell. This protuberance grows out into the new sporogenous-filament, which then works its way between the vegetative branches of the thallus. This is the order of growth for the two outer sporogenous-filaments, arising from the fertilized carpogonium ; the middle filament, when present, fuses with cells which lie in the middle of the carpogonial branch and also with cells which arise as off-shoots from the pinn^ described above. This shows, as Prof. Oltmanns points out, that though the terminal cells of the pinnas are more especially adapted to form auxiliary-cells, almost all the cells of the carpogonial branch are capable of taking on this character, although the terminal cells appear to possess a special quantity of food material. Now to follow the farther development of the sporogenous- filaments. They grow out, as is well known, towards the terminal cells of side-branches which arise at the base of the ordinary vegetative branches. The terminal cells of these side-branches are slightly different in appearance from the other cells of the same branch and the sporogenous-filament works its way towards this terminal cell and fuses with it. Division of the sporogenous nucleus has previously taken place, and while one sister-nucleus is carried on by further growth of the sporogenous-filament to other auxiliary- cells, the other remains in the fused cell which is now cut off from the sporogenous-filament by a cell-wall. The behaviour of the two nuclei, that from the sporogenous-filament and that of the original auxiliary-cell, now together in the fused cell, is exactly the same as that described above in the fusion of the sporogenous- filament and the auxiliary-cell of the carpogonial branch. The sporogenous nucleus remains where it was left after subdivision, that is, at the junction of the sporogenous-filament and the auxiliary- cell, while the auxiliary nucleus gives the idea of being driven back against the further wall of the auxiliary-cell. As the fused cell increases in size, so the auxiliary nucleus decreases. Again, as before, the protoplasm of the fused cell gathers round the sporo- genous nucleus, which then divides into two. Immediately cell- division takes place across the fused cell, between the two sporo- genous sister-nuclei ; and while one nucleus wanders to any part of the fused cell, the other departs to the furthest end of the cell which is cut off from the main mass of the fused cell. This newly formed cell, of purely sporogenous origin, except for any protoplasm which may possibly have entered from the auxiliary-cell, divides up and forms the spores. The development of these is of course well-known. It is seen therefore that though there is absolutely no fusion of nuclei after the first act of fertilization, yet no further development takes place from the junction of the sporogenous-filament and the auxiliary-cell, unless a sporogenous nucleus is left behind in the auxiliary-cell. Prof. Oltmanns points out that according to Prof. THE FERTILIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF FLOKIDEJE. 449 Schmitz the fusion is confined to the two masses of protoplasm, while the nuclei remain separate ; but from his writings and drawings it can be seen that he overlooked the auxiliary nucleus m later stages and confused it with that of the sporogeuous- filaments. The next plant examined in the same minute manner is Dudresnmja coccinea. The general development of the fruit is well- known, but the behaviour of the nuclei is here clearly explained for the first time. It differs from that of D. purpiirifera in several details, such as the division of the auxiliary-cell nuclei, which does not occur in D. purpurifera. The same extraordinary influence however appears to be exercised in these auxiliary nuclei, by the sporogenous nucleus, for both auxiliary nuclei are found after fusion, even mdeed in the oldest cystocarps, closely pressed together and hardly movmg from their position at the far end of the cell. The auxihary nuclei in D. coccinea do not diminish in size as in Z). purpurifera. The formation of the " gonimo-lobes " is described! The sporogenous nucleus divides twice to form the two lobes, but though there always remains a sporogenous nucleus in the auxiliary- cell which bears, and gives rise to, these two gonimo-lobes, Prof. Oltmanns has never seen more than two lobes in each fruit. This is more or less the same result at which Prof. Schmitz arrived, but his description of the behaviour of the nuclei was not clear, and it may be doubted if he had fully grasped the details of the subject. The next plant examined by Prof. Oltmanns is Glceosiphonia capillaris, of which Prof. Schmitz wrote: " It may well be main- tained that the nucleus of the ooblastema-cell fuses with that of the auxihary-cell, since after the emptying of the ooblastema-cell only a single nucleus is present in the auxiliary-cell." Prof. Oltmanns shows that this statement is incorrect. After fusion of the sporo- genous-filament and the auxihary-cell, the auxiliary nucleus divides mto two, and these two sister-nuclei move later towards the centre of the fused cell, where they may be found close to the sporogenous nucleus. Thus in every case there are at least two nuclei in the cell which results from the fusion of the sporogenous-filament and auxihary-cell. The only instance of a single nucleus being found in an auxihary-cell, after contact with the sporogenous-filament is after so-called '' blind fusion," where the sporogenous nucleus does not enter the auxiliary-cell, and consequently no further develop- ment or growth takes place. This has been seen by Prof. Oltmanns in Dudresnaya and Glceosiphonia. In such cases the contents of the auxihary-cell nucleus are denser than usual, and the sporo- genous-filament after leaving the auxihary-cell is as a rule much branched. Prof. Oltmanns maintains with decision that in Glceosiphonia, as m Dudresnaya, there is absolutely nothing to justify the theory of a second act of fertihzation, so far as fusion of nuclei goes. An interesting point occurs in connection with the outgrowth of tlie auxihary-cell after fusion with the sporogenous-filament. in Dudresnaya this cell begins to swell out at the point where the 450 THE FERTILIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF FLORIDE^. sporogenous-filament came into contact with the auxiliary-cell, and Prof. Oltmanns draws a comparison between this and the forced growth of cells resulting from the invasion of a fungal energid. He recommends further investigation of this point. Callithamnion conjmbosum and Dasya elegans are then described as regards the development of their fruit. The auxiliary-cell nucleus of D. elegans shows no such desire to flee from the sporogenous nucleus as in the case of Biulresnaya ; the two nuclei remaining contentedly near each other as in Glceosiphonia. It is pointed out that there is a striking resemblance between the fusion of the sporogenous-filameuts and the auxiliary-cell on the one hand, and the behaviour of the pericentral cells of Poli/sipho7iia, described by Prof. Rosenvinge, on the other (Bot. Tidsskrift, xiv. 11 (^1884) ; xvii, 10 (1888) ). The nuclei of the pericentral cells, situated at some distance from the apex, divide, and a small cell is cut off at the outer corner. This small cell then fuses with the pericentral cell immediately below it, and the nucleus of the small cell passes over into the pericentral cell. After describing the five different types mentioned above and the behaviour of the nuclei in the formation of their fruit, Prof. Oltmanns proceeds to draw up a table showing the order of classi- fication of the FloridecB. As he says himself, this does not differ materially from that of Prof. Schmitz. His points of difference with that author, as well as with Prof. Hauptfleisch and Prof. Bradley Davis, are dealt with, and a fall explanation is given of his systematic table. This table only takes into consideration the sporogenous-filaments, cells and nuclei, without equal regard to the manifold varieties in origin and position of the auxiliary-cells. If this side of the question were taken into account, a new system of classification would be rendered necessary. The present system is therefore one-sided. Prof. Oltmanns' own feeling about the matter is, that the position and development of the auxiliary-cells differ according to the needs and peculiarities of various species ; and this view seems to him to be all the more likely considering the tendency to fusion throughout all the Florideae. This tendency arises possibly from the necessity of facilitating transmission of food-material more thoroughly than could take place through the cell-membrane; though the fusion may also act in some cases as a convenient form of anchorage. The systematic classification of Prof. Oltmanns is founded, as said above, on the sporogenous threads and their development, if one may use the term development for a growth which works back- ward. At the bottom of the system the sporogenous-filaments are longer and wander farther than in the more highly developed groups such as PihodomelecB, where the auxiliary- cells are so closely connected with the carpogonial branch as to be only separated from it after fertilization has taken place. Thus the sporogenous-filament is so shortened that it is hardly possible to apply the term to the short outgrowth which fuses with the auxiliary-cell. Prof. Oltmanns likens the fusion of sporogenous-filament and auxiliary-cell to the parasitism of many fungi. The sporogenous ORCHIDACEARUM GENERA ET SPECIES. 451 energid invades a cell, forces the nucleus of that cell to retire, draws to itself the protoplasm of the host-cell, and finally subdivides to form new cells in which it makes use of the cell- wall of the host. This is best seen in GlceosipJwnia, where the sporogenous energid takes full possession of the auxiliary-cell, so as to render the original cell-contents unrecognisable ; at the same time causing protube- rances to swell out in the wall of the host. Prof. Oltmanns concludes his paper with a comparison between FloridecB and other plant groups, founded on the theory of alter- nation of generations. He likens this parasitism on the part of the sporogenous-filaments to the apparent parasitism of the non- sexual on the sexual generation of mosses ; and draws attention to the fact that the sporogonia of MuscinecB and the sporogenous-filaments of FloridecB are in part able to support themselves. Prof. Oltmanns adds that he does not hold with any sharp distinction between the two generations since fresh investigations may shortly cause bota- nists to change their views on this point ; but he is anxious to show that comparisons may be drawn between the higher groups of Thallophytes and the Muscinece. This does not necessarily mean a relationship, but rather a development on parallel lines. The views of Profs. Nageli and Pringsheim are given on this point, and then the likeness to the Ascomycetes is shown, with references to some of the many writers on the subject. Prof. Oltmanns says : " If a relationship between the FloridecB and the Ascomycetes should ever be proved, that does not in any way remove the difficulty of linking the FloridecB with lower groups of alg?e. That ColeochcEte can scarcely be considered such a link, I have lately tried to show ; and also among other algae I can find no satisfactory connection ; the Floridem must therefore remain for the present as an archetype, using the word in the Sachsian sense." Finally, after a very short summary, Prof. Oltmanns winds up his paper with the words : " A double fertilization such as Prof. Schmitz wished to prove does not therefore occur in the Floridese." E. S. B. Orchidacearum Genera et Species. Exposuit Fritz Kraenzlin. Vol. i. Fasc. 4-8. 8vo, pp. 193-512. Berlin : Mayer & Miiller. 1897— July, 1898. Fascicles 1-3 of this work were reviewed in this Journal for 1897, pp. 493-495, where we drew attention to the unsatisfactory character of the literary side of the work, and other signs of too hasty production. A similar criticism may be made on the parts now before us. We fear that Dr. Kraenzlin has undertaken a task for which, however competent he may be, he has not sufficient leisure to carry through successfully. Orchids are a large family, the genera need careful consideration, and we think Dr. Kraenzlin would have done better to have followed the example which has proved so successful in Engler & Prantl's PJianzenfamilien, and have sought the aid of other botanists. By a judicious distribution of 452 OECHIDACEARUM GENERA ET SPECIES. the tribes or genera the work might have been done better and in reasonable time. Except for new species and a few trifling alterations in arrange- ment, there is little of novelty to call for remark in the fascicles now mider review. They are almost exclusively devoted to the genus Hahenaria, which the author has recently monographed, and which would presumably not need much revision. The sections pro- posed are, with small differences, those under which Dr. Kraenzlin arranged the species in Engler's Jahrbiich, xvi. (1892). The thirty- four sections are reduced to thirty-two by the union of RepUcatm (4) and Bilabrella (6), and of SeticaiidcB (B2) and StenochilcB [S3) ', the section Acuifera, also disappears, while Hooker's Plectoylossa is adopted from the Flora of British India for the Indian species H. Perottetiana. The section CeratopetalcB might also have been xxnitedi \Yith. EeplicatcB ; the diagnosis of each is exactly the same, and they contain identical species. For instance, Haheyiaria Wei- ivitschii [CeratopetalcB) and H. cataphysema [PieplicatcB) of Eeichen- bacli fil. are indistinguishable. The sections as a whole seem too artificial, and other instances of wide separation of nearly allied plants might be mentioned. Thus the South African H. foliosa and the Angolan epipactidea, both of Eeichenbach fil., are hardly specifically distinct, the tropical plant being smaller, with laxer habit, less blunt leaves, and smaller bracts ; the floral structure is identical, except for the slightly narrower, more oblong lateral petals of H. epipactidea. But while the latter comes in Section 20 [Chlorinm), H. foliosa is found in SeticaudcB, which is No. 31 in the clavis, but 30 in the text, from having changed places with Odontopetalm. It is matter for regret that so many of the Brazilian species published by Sr. Barbosa Kodrigues in his Gen. & Sp. Orch. Nov. should, owing to absence of material and insufficient diagnosis, have to be considered apocryphal. Besides the completion of Hahenaria, the last fascicle includes the small Indian genus Dlplomeris, Cynosorchis, Barlcea (5. calcarata Bchb. f.), and part of Peristylus. As the date 1897 is printed on the cover of each part, and as some confusion has arisen in the issue of parts 7 and 8, future systematists will be glad to find a record of the dates on which the Department of Botany received each fascicle ; these dates probably fairly coincide with the exact date of issue : — Fascicle 1, received Aug. 24, 1897. 2, ,, Sept. 15, 1897. 3, „ Nov. 9, 1897. 4, „ Dec. 14, 1897. 5, „ Jan. 19, 1898. 6, „ April 19, 1898. ,, 8 (issued in error as 7), received June 28, 1898. „ 7 ( „ „ 8), „ July 12, 1898. A. B. Rendle. 453 Studien uher die Protoplasmastromung bei den Characeen. Von Dr. Georg Hormann. Jena. Gustav Fischer, 1898. Dr. Hormann gives us in this memoir the results of a number of observations he has made upon rotation in the cells of the CharacecB. So far as concerns the group in question, he accepts De Vries's view that protoplasmic movement is a means whereby mingling and transport of substauces is brought about. The effect of streaming upon the development of organs, he maintains, con- trary in part to A. Braun's conclusion, to be as follows : — that the same relation holds in the case of both leaves and rhizoids, the earliest developed cells in both cases being those arising at a point towards which the stream is directed. Tiie direction of streaming is held to be in close connection with nutrition : thus the stream mounts along the outer (abaxial) side of the young leaf-cell, and by this means nutritive matters are most quickly conveyed to that part of the cell {i. e. the better illuminated) where they are principally required ; as the leaf expands, the inner (axial) side of the cell becomes in turn the better illuminated, and the cell being by this time able to contribute its quota of elaborated matters, the streaming favours transport of such matters out of the cell by the shortest possible route. Moreover the direction of streaming — from end to end — in the elongated cortical cells affords the most favourable means for the products of katabolism to pass from the internal cells and escape into the surrounding water. Velten's doctrine, that the rotating protoplasm always takes the path of least resistance, is one which has found general acceptance. Dr. Hormann, however, endeavours to show that this doctrine does not apply to all cells of the Cliarace(E. In long cells, circular in section, movement in the direction of least resistance should, he argues, be circular movement and not longitudinal ; and this is correct if the friction generated by contact between the moving and the stationary protoplasm be alone taken into account. The point overlooked by Dr. Hormann is the greater momentum acquired by a rectilinear streaming as contrasted with tbat acquired by a curvi- linear one ; and if this difference in momentum exceeds in amount the extra retardation due to friction experienced by the stream when flowing over angular portions of the cell, the path of least resistance will lie from end to end of the cell. Moreover, we do not see why there should be any necessary antagonism between Velten's doctrine of " least resistance," and Dr. Hermann's of " shortest way" ; for, though inclined to accept them both, we do not think that the physiological advantage would be gained in any way not involving the least expenditure of force. Dr. Hormann agrees with those who consider the movements of such chlorophyll corpuscles as happen to fall into the stream to be " active" movements, and he claims to have set the question definitely at rest. But to us the two cases he cites do not seem at all conclusive. The best one, namely, three rotating corpuscles enclosed in a large clump of plasma, might be explained on the supposition that a small quantity of protoplasm, not yet deprived 454 MYKOLOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUNGEN AUS DEN TROPES. of motility, had become enclosed in the clump, a supposition rendered probable by Dr. Hermann's admission that streaming had not yet ceased in the cell mider examination. Moreover, the nature of the movement exhibited by these corpuscles, namely, a changeable plane of rotation but a constant direction, is precisely that of bodies moving passively in a stream of varying volume but fixed direction — such a stream, in fact, as one sees in the cells of the Characem. The latter part of the memoir is devoted to a study of the effect of mechanical, thermal, imbibitional, and electrical stimuli upon the streaming movement. Undoubtedly the most valuable portion of this part, and indeed of the whole memoir, is that dealing with electrical stimulation. By a series of delicate experiments, reveal- ing in unmistakable fashion Dr. Hormann's gift as a skilful mani- pulator, phenomena similar to those exhibited by nervous and muscular tissues were obtained with Nitella cells, including a latent period, electrotonus, continued excitation through katelectrotonus, cumulative effect of inefficient stimuli, and negative variation of the current. Dr. Hormann regards the two layers of the proto- plasm as endowed with opposite electrical qualities, the resting layer being positive, the streaming layer negative ; the two layers do not form a continuously electrified surface, but areas electromo- torically effective alternate with others electromotorically in- different, and the whole apparatus may be viewed as forming a series of small galvanic elements ranged side by side. The con- clusion is that a nerve fibre, a muscle fibre, and a Nitella cell agree in possessing an irritable substance, to which is added, in the case of the muscle fibre, a substance giving the phenomenon of con- traction, and in the Nitella cell that of streaming. S. M. Mykolof/ische Untersuchungen aus den Tropen. Von Dr. Carl HoLTERMANN. Pp. viii, 122, tab. xii. Berlin : Borntraeger. 1898. Price 25 Mark. The chief value of this painstaking and excellent work is the criticism it furnishes of the Brefeldian system. The author states quite frankly, and I fancy most people will agree with him, that, in spite of the enormous accumulation of material since De Bary's time, we have yet made no advance on his system of classification. His journey to the tropics, extending to fourteen months in Ceylon, Java, Borneo, and the Straits Settlements, has furnished him with a large amount of material for work which engaged him in inter- esting and prolonged cultural experiments. A selection from these results has been made, and published in this well-printed and illustrated memoir. It would take too much space to give anything like an adequate account of the details of his researches, but there are conclusions to which he comes that are of general interest. During the forty years in which the artificial culture of fungi has been practised with success by such masters as De Bary, Tulasne, Brefeld, and others, much, as everyone knows, has been done in MONOGRAPHIE DES CAULERPES. 455 laying bare life -histories of the different types, but the method has done very little towards settling questions of wide bearing on the relationships of the groups of fungi to each other. It remains exceedingly improbable that much will ever be discovered in this direction, since we cannot penetrate the remote past, and Dr. Meschinelli's labours in collecting the evidence of fossil fungi show us how blighted must be any hopes in that field. The most interesting part of the memoir relates to the author's evidence on the relationships of the resupinate forms of Polyporei to the typical forms and indeed of the groups of Basidiornycetes, especially the AuriculariecB, Tremellini, and Dacryomycetes. He has exceedingly interesting remarks on the comparison of tropical and temperate fungi, the large number common to both climes, the relative abundance of species and of individuals. His methods of culture and improvements (for the tropics) on those already well known are of no less help and interest. By this excellent and sound piece of work Dr. Holtermann steps at once into a high place among investigators of fungi, though whether the Brefeldian school will accept some of his dicta gratefully is much to be doubted, and on this account he may have less honour in his own country for a season — a short one, we hope. G. M. Monographie cles Caulerpes. Par Madame Weber van Bosse. Extr. des ' Annales du Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg,' vol. xv., pp. 243-401, plates xx.-xxxiv. It would be hard to conceive of anything better done than this admirable monograph of one of the most interesting of plant genera. While the limits of the genus are marked by its unique vegetative structure, the species are in many cases hard to dis- criminate. There is probably not another case among plants at all comparable with that of Caulerpa. A large genus of wide distri- bution in the warm shore waters right round the tropical and subtropical belt, varying in its forms, which markedly recall the outward appearances of such diverse land plants as cacti, Naias, cypress, heaths, clubmosses, mosses, &c. and of most plentiful occur- rence, we yet know absolutely nothing of any reproduction except by probable vegetative proliferations. The authoress's method has been on the whole guided by a laudable tendency to reduce the species by clubbing them, either on the head, or together, and in almost all cases they (or their authors) have deserved the treatment. I cannot help thinking (apart from personal feelings) that she has carried her method rather far in the case of G. paspaloides, into which she has reduced my C. phyllaphlaston. An inspection of plate XXX. shows at a glance the method by which she has established the links to her satisfaction. I am not convinced. The only omission is a grave one, viz. that of an index, which I hope will be supplied with the complete volume of the Annales. Finally, I have nothing but praise for the admirably thorough manner in which Madame Weber van Bosse has worked her way 456 EL^IMENTS DE BOTANIQUE. steadily through the genus. Her plates are excellently rendered, and illustrate the striking points of structure in a carefully selected style. G. M. Elements de Botanique, Par Ph. Van Tieghem. Troisieme edition revue et augmentee. 8vo. Vol. i. — Botanique generale, pp. 559, figs. 235 ; vol. ii. — Botanique speciale, pp. 612, figs. 345. Paris : Masson & Cie. 1898. Teachers and students of botany in this country will find much to interest them in Prof. Van Tieghem's text-book, as well as a considerable diversity from the method of treatment of the subject to which they have become accustomed. The book is issued in two neat and handy volumes, a practice which we would recommend to English publishers, who do not always realize what a comfort it is to have books light enough to hold in the hand whilst reading. At the same time we would criticise severely a practice which no respectable publisher should tolerate, we mean that of borrowing figures without acknowledgment. In the present case the author has borrowed extensively, but there is nowhere any indication that the illustrations are not original. The first volume is a general account of the morphology and physiology of plants, in which the most striking feature is the joint consideration of the two aspects. Thus Chapter I., "The Plant- body," falls into two sections — the first a general morphological review of the plant, its external and internal differentiation into members and tissues, and its modes of reproduction ; the second an introduction to the study of functions and relation to environ- ment, or physiology. The next chapters deal successively with root, stem, leaf, and flower, in each case from first a morphological, secondly a physiological, point of view. In Chapters VI., VII., VIII., and IX., the course of development in Phanerogams, Vascular Cryptogams, Muscine^e, and Thallophytes is successively treated ; while the tenth and last chapter is entitled "Development of the Race." The whole forms a concise and well-arranged introduction to the study of plants. It is in the second volume that one finds the most striking departures from generally received views. The four usual groups, Thallophytes, Muscinese, Vascular Cryptogams, and Phanerogams, are recognised, and there is little to call for remark in the sub- divisions of the first three. We may note that the Myxomycetes form the first order of Fungi ; and Oomycetes, Basidiomycetes, and Ascomycetes the other three. Bacteria are found with the Algae as a family of Cymiophycem. Without doubt they are thus placed with their nearest allies, but there is something to be said for the separation of these lowly organised plants, with and without chlorophyll, as a distinct group — Schizophyta—&t the bottom of the series, to be followed by the Algse proper, and then their derivatives the Fungi. The subdivision of Group IV., on the other hand, calls for some criticism. The two primary divisions — owed to Eobert Brown — into Gymnosperms and Angiosperms are too fundamental to be tinkered with. The insertion of an alternative, " Astigmatees" EL]&MENTS DE BOTANIQUE. 457 and " Stigmatees," is to insist unnecessarily on an obvious but minor point of detail ; and a similar criticism will apply to a character by aid of which the Angiosperms are separated into three classes, even though that character should prove to be general. The three classes are entitled " Liorhizes Monocotylees ou Mono- cotyledones," " Liorhizes Dicotylees," and " Climacorhizes ou Dicotyledones." That is to say, the primary character is taken from the manner in which the young root loses its root-cap, whether the latter comes off clean (Liorhizes), leaving the functions of piliferous layer to be performed by the outer layer of the cortex, as in Monocotyledons and most NymphaacecE, or whether, as in the rest of the Dicotyledons, the most internal layer of the epidermis remains to produce the root-hairs after the exfoliation of the outer layers as the root-cap. The term "climacorhizes" refers to the step-hke appearance at the root-tip, resulting from the peeling off of a gradually lessening number of layers of root -cap from below upwards, and will be understood on reference to a figure of the growing-point. The result is to separate the grasses from the Monocotyledons, and the NymplmaceijB from the Dicotyledons, and unite the two families into an intermediate class. The second cotyledon of the grasses is found in the projection which sometimes occurs on the axis on the outer side of the embryo. Such an arrangement might provide excellent material for discussion at an evening meeting of a scientific club or society, but is distinctly out of place in a comparatively elementary text-book. Graminece form a well-defined and natural family, which is perhaps less_ closely allied to the CypemcecB than a student would be led to imagine from their close approximation in a systematic arrangement, but to remove them completely from Monocotyledons and to unite them with the polypetalous acyclic-flowered water-lilies is to ignore floral and other characters which have been held to be among the highest in value. The author shows a similar want of appreciation of relative value of characters in making four orders of Monocotyle- dons and placing JuncacecB, Lillaceai, and Amaryllidacem in separate orders. Similar criticism will apply to the subdivision of Dicoty- ledons, which depends entirely on degrees of differentiation of the ovule. Five orders, including a large number of small families, the names of many of which will sound strange to English teachers and students, but among which will be found Lormithacece, SantalacecBf and Balanophorea, are separated as Sub-class I. — " Inseminees." The great majority are considered to have seeds, and form Sub- class II. — " Seminees " — which fall into two orders, according to the presence of a single or double integument in the ovule. The result is that while the smaller groups are generally fairly natural in themselves, nearly allied families are often widely separated, as, for instance, Castanacem (including oak and sweet chestnut) from Corylacem and Betidacem. It is as if an attempt had been made to arrange the different famiUes in a scheme of three dimensions, which by a process of flattening and reduction to a linear series has become egregiously distorted. ^^ ^ Rendle. Journal of Botany.— Vol. 36. [Nov. 1898.] 2 i 458 A TEXT-BOOK OF GENERAL BOTANY. A Text-book of General Botany. By Carlton 0. Curtis, A.M., Ph.D., Tutor iu Botany in Columbia University. New York and London : Longmans, Green & Co. The present age is verily one of text-books, some bad, very few good, and the vast proportion merely mediocre. There are many points in Dr. Curtis' s book which raise it above the dead level of the ordinary productions of its class; its plan is good, the insistence on, and directions for, laboratory practice are admirable, and the numerous illustrations are for the most part excellent. In the preface the author expressly states that the book is intended to be used in conjunction with lectures, and this forestalls a criticism which would naturally occur to anyone glancing over its pages, viz. that a considerable range of knowledge on the part of the student is taken for granted — much more indeed than the character of the book would appear at first sight to warrant. We have come across some misleading statements here and there. Thus Robert Hooke did not, at any rate at first, discover his cells in charcoal, but in bottle cork ; it was not to Von Mohl, but to Cohn Briicke and M. Schultze, that we are indebted for the recognition of the identity and importance of protoplasm in both animals and plants. To Von Mohl, it is true, belongs the credit of having first recognised in plants the formative nature of proto- plasm, but the name had been used some years before by Purkinje. It is not, we think, desirable to ticket off so important a discovery as that of the existence and significance of protoplasm (as is so often done) under "Von Mohl, 1816." Like ail other great dis- coveries, it was the work of many investigators; and others, e.g. Du Jardin, had already before 1816 apprehended its nature amongst animals in the substance he termed sarcode. And the plea for a more adequate treatment of this particular discovery may be the more reasonably urged inasmuch as the main threads are compara- tively easy to trace, and the student is furnished with an admirable example of the origin and growth of a scientific discovery, the importance of which it is hardly possible to exaggerate. On the whole, we are not much impressed with the chapter on the cell. It seems to have been compiled iu rather a hurry, and the some- what frequent misprints (not always the fault of the printer) point in the same direction. It is a matter for regret that in this, as in so many modern text-books, the external morphology of the plant meets with such scanty recognition. The student is invited to a feast of pickles and physiology — very good in their way — whilst he is allowed to neglect the weighty matters of habit, adaptation, and variation of plants. And this in spite of the truth that it is in the philosophy of form that one can often read most clearly the reason of that minute internal structure so dear to the heart of the microscopist. The systematic part of the book occupies about three-quarters of the whole. It is this portion which especially requires extensive subsidies at the hands of the teacher. The Floridem, for example, cannot possibly be treated intelligibly within a space of six pages, even when illustrated by several excellent figures. FUNGOEUM FOSSILIUM OMNIUM, ICONOGRAPHIA. 459 The tables of relationship of the various groups of Fungi strike us as exceedingly artificial, e. g, the important position assigned to the ChmtocladiacecB. Of course the tables are not insisted on as indicating more than possible affinities, often based on the most superficial resemblances, as, for example, when the ColeochcetacecB figure as the starting-point for the whole of the Bryophyta, but they have a mischievous tendency to mean a good deal more to students than they often do to their authors. But they are after all perhaps necessary evils ; the danger is that they too often prove whited sepulchres also. The treatment of Angiosperms, somewhat on the type-system, is brief but rather good, and might perhaps with advantage be extended in dealing with the unwieldly mass of forms included in this group. On the whole, the book is one to which it is possible to extend a welcome. No one can hope to write within the limits of three hundred and forty-seven pages a text-book on so extensive a subject as botany which will please everybody ; but Dr. Curtis has at any rate succeeded in performing his self-imposed task better than many others before him have done. J. J3. r . Fungorum Fossilium Omnium, &c. Icojiographia Doct. Aloysius MEscmNELLi. Sump. Auct. typis Aloysii Fabris & C. Viceti^e. 1898. Pp. XX, 144, tab. xxxi. Price 24s. net. We gravely doubt whether this work was worth doing in such an elaborate way as the author has chosen. By far the greater part of these so-called fossil fungi are mere markings on fossil leaves, and nothing more. To take them so seriously as to illustrate them in a number of expensive plates is surely an error of judgment. There is not only no evidence that a large number of these forms are, or have been, fungi ; there is at least a strong presumption in some cases that the markings are due to other causes. For example, Sclerotites SalishuricB Mass., figured on plate xxviii., is most probably only impressions of glands in the leaf of Salisburia, if we may bring the evidence of living Salisburia to their interpretation. The author has displayed so much ingenuity and perseverance in col- lecting this mass of rubbish, that we wish him a more fortunate task next time. ^ , , (j. M. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS ^ Bot. Centralhlatt (Nos. 40-43). — B. Schmid, ' Bau und Fun- tionen der Grannen unserer Getreidearten ' (2 pi.). — (No. 41). P. Knuth, * Beitrage zur Biologie der Bliiten.' — (Nos. 42-3). A. C. Hof, ' Histologische Studien an Vegetationspunkten ' (2 tab.). — * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be in-ferred that this is the actual date of publication. 460 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. (No. 42). P. Knuth, ' Ueber den Nachweis von Nektarien auf chemischem Wege.' — N. C. Kindberg, 'Ueber die Systematik der pleurocarpischen Laubmoose.' Bot. Gazette (17 Sept.). — J. M. Coulter, 'Origin of Gymno- sperms and tbe seed habit.' — F. De F. Heald, ' Regeneration as exhibited by Mosses' (2 pi.). — F. C. Harrison, 'Bacterial contents of hailstones.' Bot. Zeitung (1 Oct.). — W. Belajeff, ' Ueber die mannUchen ProthaUien der Wasserfarne (Hydropterides) ' (2 pi.). Bull, de VHerh. Boissier (8 Oct.). — F. Stephani, ' Species Hepaticarum.' — R. Schlechter, ' Monographie der Disperideae.' — A. deCoiucy, ' Burgos au point de vue botanique.' — G. Gaillard, 'Rosa pimpmella'folia X rubrifolia.' — H. Christ, ' Filices novse.' — R. Chodat, PohjgaJa Cabra, sp. n. Erythea (22 Sept.).— S. B. Parish, ' Plants of S. California.' Gardeners' Chronicle (8 Oct.). — G. Massee, Puccinia Hieracii (fig. 77). — W. B. Hemsley, ' Cactacece, of Galapago Islands' (fig. 75). Journal de Botanique (" 16 Juin," received 13 Oct.). . Hue, ' Causerie sur les P armelia ' {Qoni.). — A. Franchet, ' Plantarum sinensium ecloge secunda.' — (" 1-16 Juillet," received 21 Oct.). P. Van Tieghem, ' Structure de quelques ovules.' — A. Franchet, 'Plantarum sinensium' (cont.). MalpigJiia (fasc. v.-viii. ; received 22 Oct.). — A. Colozza, ' Con- tributo air anatomia delle Alstroemeriee ' (2 pi.). — D. Saccardo, < Contribuzione alia micologia Veneta e Modenese ' (2 pi.). — C. Avetta, Char a Pelosiana, sp. n. Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Oct.). — F. Czafek, 'Ueber einen inter- essanten Fall von Arbeitstheilung an Laubblattern.' — J. Cela- kovsky, ' Ueber petaloide ..Staubgefiisse von Philadelphus und Deutzia.' — W. Lipsky, ' Uber Seseli Lehmanni.' — K. Fritsch, 'Ueber einige hybride Caryophyllaceen.' — V. Schiffner, ' Neue Moose der bohmischen Flora.' — J. Rick, ' Zur Pilzkunde Vorarl- bergs' (concl.). — J. Murr, 'Die Piloselloiden Oberosterreichs ' (concL). BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. At a recent botanical examination of the Civil Service Com- mission the following appeared among the questions : " Give a brief account of the general influence of Kew on the development of botany." It seems to us that such a question was out of place, as it presupposed an extensive knowledge of matters which hardly come within the limits of a simple botanical examination. We assume, of course, that only the Royal Gardens are intended, but it would be difficult to give, in the limits of an ordinary answer, anything like a full account of their influence on botany, from the days of the Aitons to the culminating period of the Hookers, BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 461 We fancy, however, that it must be one of the candidates at this examination who contributes a letter to the Gardeners' Chronicle for Sept. 24. " These beautiful gardens," he says, " are a credit to the nation and to those who manage them, and are also a boon to the general public, making Kew and the neighbourhood an attractive residential district. As a pubhc park for the masses, Kew is un- rivalled. As a botanical college for students and scientific gardeners, it cannot be surpassed. The question, however, to ventilate is, does it spread among intellectual people generally as much botanical knowledge as it might be made to do ? " This question the writer answers in the negative, mainly, it would seem, because, "if an enquirer wants to know the habitat of an English plant, so as to gather it," he cannot obtain "such simple information" at the Gardens. It certainly seems odd that " a gentleman in authority " should have suggested that the enquirer should go to the British Museum for botanical books, which Mr. Watts figuratively says " was like pumping at a dry well" ; but we doubt whether the Kew authorities will see their way to estabhsh "a small reference library of botanical books for the use of the general public, where one of the advanced students in turn could officiate." We are glad to announce the completion of vol. vii. of the Flo7\i of Tropical Africa, the concluding part of which, save for the addenda, is written entirely by Mr. J. G. Baker, and comprises DioscoreaceiB, LiliacecB, and the completion of AmaryUidacecB. The addenda to various orders are presumably contributed by those to whom the orders were originally entrusted, and bring the work up to date : it is to be regretted that each is not accompanied with a reference to the page where it should be inserted. Dr. Dyer con- tributes a preface, from which it would seem that the regrettable delay which occurred in the continuation of the work (which had been for twenty years in abeyance) was largely due to the fact that the Welwitsch collections "were no longer available for study at Kew." This, however, is somewhat misleading, for Welwitsch's plants were by no means always included in the earlier volumes e. g. of the 250 species of Compositce collected by him only one is included in the Flora. In this new volume, owing to the increase of botanical know- ledge, Dr. Dyer has found it necessary "to more clearly define " the regions into which Prof. Oliver divided the whole area : he also gives a list of the more important (and some of the less important) collections which have reached Kew since 1868. We are sorry to note an indication that another hitch may possibly take place in the publication of the work. Dr. Dyer says that " the printing of this volume has been attended with very considerable difficulties," and adds, "whether it is followed by any other volumes will largely depend on the extent to which these difficulties are removed." But as these difficulties only attend the printing, it would appear that their existence cannot be ascertained until the work is actually in progress. Should they occur, we trust that, in the interests of science, they may be speedily overcome. 462 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. The Sun- Children'' s Budget is a new sixpenny "Botanical Quarterly," under the editorsliip of (Miss?) Phoebe Allen and Dr. Henry W. Godfrey. Miss Allen is anxious "to kindle a spirit of good fellowship between its readers and the Sun-Children — i.e. Flowers," and it is further intended to serve "as a vehicle for conveying botanical instruction in fancy dress." Miss Allen, we note, is already known to fame as the "Author of * Playing at Botany.'" "Besides Papers suitable for Readers from Six to Sixteen (in which they are invited to compete for prizes), the Magazine contains Serial Articles for Adults," to be contributed by "well-known Writers," the first two of whom, Dr. Dyer and Mr. Francis George Heath, are better entitled to the qualifying adjective than some of the others mentioned. Judging from the October number, there is some room for improvement in matters botanical. " Alba Lawsonia" is new to us, and "Euphorbia Cypressia" is not the usual Latin equivalent for the Cypress Spurge ; nor are we familiar with the " yellow arsenic daisies," which appear to be common in Guernsey ; the "Alg^Nostoc" is also odd. We should hardly have thought it necessary to take "spud in hand" for the purpose of collecting sundews, which Miss (?) Allen was fortunate enough to find "each bearing its crown of white flowers." The " Sun-Childreu," like other children, indulge in chat, as well as in very weak jokes, and " Calluna vulgaris " writes her history. We have received the " Report and Transactions of the South Eastern Union of Scientific Societies for 1898," which contains, among other interesting papers, a presidential address by Mr. G. S. Boulger, a paper by Dr. H. F. Parsons "on the nature of the soil in relation to the distribution of plants and animals," and a sug- gestive article by Mr. E. M. Holmes on " Botanical work wanting workers " : this last includes a list of mosses and scale-mosses which should be looked for in Kent, and should stimulate local research. The Union has a "Botanical Research Committee," from which much useful work may be expected. Attention was called in this Journal (1895, p. 26) to the appearance of Part I. of General Paris's Index Bnjologicus (Paris : Klincksieck, Dec. 1894), and reference was made to the widely felt want of some such work, by the help of which the existing genera and species of Mosses might readily be ascertained, and their descriptions found and synonyms traced. For our synopses were published so long ago, and the descriptions of new species created in the meantime are so numerous and so widely scattered, that it had become a task of infinite labour to gather together all the recognized constituents of a given country's moss-flora, or, indeed, to turn up the description of a given species. In his Index Bnjologicus, General Paris has made a courageous and industrious attempt to extricate us from our difficulties, and to supply a ready guide to the literature of all known Mosses, and a clue to lead us through the perplexing and tortuous mazes of BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 463 synonymy. The arrangement is alphabetical ; and in the recently issued Part V. (pp. 1285-1380 ; price 4 francs) the work appears to have reached its proper end in the letter Z. This, however, is not really the case. The Index is not complete. It contains, indeed, nearly 12,000 species ; bat there remain some 2000 species more to be pubhshed. This remainder is of twofold origin. In the first place, some rare or little known papers, overlooked by General Paris, were brought to his attention. In the second, some bryologists, stmiulated by the Index, have been hastily flooding the market with their wares. In particular, the veteran Karl Mliller has placed before the public a host of new species— probably upwards of a thousand ; and it is unlikely that the sound of chippmg will yet cease in his workshop. Well, General Paris holds an evergrowing reserve of 2000 species ; and it was naturally expected that these would appear as a supplement to the present part. But, alas I Part V. contains no Supplement ; and, indeed, if a current rumour may be believed, the Linnean Society of Bordeaux, under whose auspices the work has been pubhshed, finding the cost of publi- cation to be in excess of the original estimate, have declined to carry the venture further. If this be the case, it will cause very grievous and widespread dissatisfaction, and will seriously impair the value of the Index. It is essential that the Index, if it is to acquire the full confidence of bryologists, should be made as com- plete a record of moss-references as possible. A Supplement is indispensable ; and if the society is debarred by lack of funds at present from completing the undertaking, if also there is no rich member of the society who is willing to devote some of his super- fluous wealth to the rescue of the society from an awkward position, and, again, if no provision is made by the French Government for aiding the publication of meritorious scientific works, cannot the society be induced to make a special effort to complete General Paris's Index during the year of the great International Exposition, thereby conferring upon the botanists of the world an act of courtesy which will be most thankfully received ? — A. G. We regret to record the death of Dr. James Edward Tierney AiTCHisoN, which took place at Kew on Sept. 30th. He was born m India on 28th October, 1836, graduated at Edinburgh and entered the Bengal Medical Service in 1858. He soon^'became interested in the Indian flora, and his collections provided material for numerous important papers in the Journal of the Linnean Society, of which body he became a Fellow in 1863. His most important collections were those made in the Kuram Valley in 1878-80, and those made in connection with the Afghan Dehmita- tion Committee in 1884. Dr. Aitchison was elected F.R.S. in 1883 : he is commemorated by Mr. Hemsley— who collaborated with him in much of his work, and who contributes an obituary notice to Nature of Oct. 13th— in the Rubiaceous genus Aitchisonia. Messrs. Duckworth announce for publication ' A Glossary of Botanic Terms,' by Mr. B. Daydon Jackson, and « A Text-book of Agricultural Botany, by Mr. John Percival. 464 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. We have received, too late for notice in the present number, the new edition of the Cijhele Bibemica, issued under the editorship of Messrs. R. W. Scully and N. Colgan. It seems to be admirably done. Dk. Otto Kuntze has issued another volume of his Revisio Genera Flantuniiii, which contains much interesting and important material. Dr. Kuntze's labours, as it seems to us, meet with some- what insufficient appreciation among English botanists , we hope to publish next month a review by Mr. Hiern of this instalment. Oddly enough, the book seems to have attracted the attention of the Dailij Chronicle, which entirely misapprehends Dr. Kuntze — whom it calls " Kurtze " — and finds in his work only "a curious display of spiteful jocularity." Dr. Kuntze, however, is not re- sponsible for "Mr. Ascherson, of England," of whom the Chronicle speaks. Of the five Latinised names cited by the Chronicle, four are given inaccurately ! Newspapers, one cannot help thinking, would do well to leave botany alone, or to take a botanist into their counsel. The Daily Telegraph of Oct. 12th, in the course of an article in the very best telegraphese on "The Rainbow Wonders of Windermere," has the following gem: — "It was rainbows, rainbows, all the way! and what was the cause of this October glory of rainbow flood ? It was nothing in the world but a smooth lake surface, and the fine dust of the pollen of a humble water-plant — some say the pollen of the American water-weed Vallisneria, others aver it is the gold dust of the water-lobelia, which, floating upward through the tranquil water on a calm October day, lies on the surface of the polished lake-mirror with power to change the face of the water into such a refracting and dilfracting medium as to splinter all the sun into irridescence {sic), and unravel the beam of white light into the colours of the prism. It would seem that the water must be of certain temperature to encourage the plant to send forth its prism- makers to the surface." We commend this phenomenon to the notice of Mr. Grant Allen, but we can assure the Daily Telegraph that those who say it is due to " the American water- weed Vallisneria " are hopelessly out of it, if only for the reason that no such plant grows in the lake, or indeed in England out of culti- vation. Mr. C. a. Barber has been appointed to the Directorship of the Government Gardens at Madras. It may be well to note that the earlier opening of Kew Gardens, which came into force for the summer months, has been suspended, and that the Gardens are now closed until noon. The first meeting of the Linnean Society for the forthcoming session will be held on the 3rd of November, when a paper will be read by Prof. H. Marshall Ward on Craterostigma puinilum Hochst., and Messrs. H. and J. Groves will exhibit Nitella hyalina kg., of which an account appears in our present issue. OTirn.Bot. Tab. 393. -# -i., j^' / ^KodPOw^ o^ri! u OJffi ^>=s( S,. S. Salmon del. ■R. Morgan lilh West, Newman imp . Cathciriiiea ten ell a, Rohi 465 OATHIRINEA TENELLA Rohl. IN BRITAIN. By Ernest S. Salmon. (Plate 393.) In May last Sir James Stirling showed me the locality in Bedg- bury Wood, near Goudhurst, Kent, for Catharinea angastata Brid., lately discovered there by Mr. W. E. Nicholson. Amongst the G. angiistata we found another species of Catharinea , which, as noted in this Journal for August last, proved to be C. tenella RohL, a new moss for Britain. Last October, Sir James Stirling, Mr. W. E. Nicholson, and myself visited the locality, and found a few fruiting plants. I have compared these with authentic continental speci- mens of C. tenella, and find that the British plants agree well with them in all characters. I propose to give a description of G. tenella, so as to direct the attention of British bryologists to this plant, which miy certainly be expected to occur in other localities. The most detailed description is that of Limpricht in Raben- horst's Gnjptogameii -Flora, Band iv. Abth. ii. p. 598. As this work may not be generally accessible, I will quote the synonymy and diagnosis (in translation) given there : — *' 0. TENELLA Rohl. in Ann. Wett. iii. 234 (1814). Mnium orthorrhynchum Brid. Spec. Muse. iii. 45 (1817). Polgtrichwn undu- latum ft minus Funck, Moost. 70 (1820). Bryum Polla orthoryncha Brid. Bryol. univ. ii. [i.] 691 (1827) [1826]. Atrichum tenellum Bryol. Eur. fasc. 21, 22, Monogr. p. 9, t. 4 (1844). " Dioicous. Tufts lax, i to 2, rarely 3 cm. high, dirty yellowish green. Stem slender, simple, yellowish green, densely leaved, in transverse section angular, central strand ill-defined, nut poly- trichoid, all the cells thin-walled. Lower leaves small and squami- form, above quickly becoming larger, soft, erecto-patent, when dry curled and crisped at the margins, oblong to elongate-lanceolate, 3-41 mm. long, and 1 mm. broad, keeled, scarcely undulate ; lamina smooth at back, or in the upper leaves with a few distant spines, bordered with a narrow bistratose margin, spinose with single or double teeth from the apex to below the middle. Nerve with 2-4 lamellae, spinose at back towards the apex, biconvex, two rows of Deuter cells, one row of central cells, the upper stereid band rudimentary. Leaf cells rounded-hexagonal, 0-018-0-024 mm., basal rectangular (1:2 to 4). Seta -|- to 2 cm. high, slender, yellowish, becoming flesh-coloured, above slightly turned to the right, with a cylindrical cavity in the foot ; vaginula with a delicate laciniate ochrea. Capsula slightly inclined, about 2 mm. long, I mm. thick, obovuid to oblong and urn-shaped, dirty yellowish brown. Galyptra almost sm.ooth, often remaining behind on the seta. Lid as long as the capsule, rostrate from a hemispherical shining Journal of Botany. — Vol. 36. [Dec. 1898.] 2 k 466 CATHARINEA TENELLA ROHL. IN BRITAIN. dark reddish brown base. Cells of the exothecium for the most part quadrate, with strongly thickened longitudinal walls. Peristome teeth large (0-35 mm.), minutely papillose, basal membrane (0-03 mm.) and axils of the teeth yellowish. Spores 0*014 to 0-021 mm., yellowish, almost smooth. Fruit, August and September." C. tenella occurs in Scandinavia, Germany, Belgium, Austro- Hungary, Switzerland, and France, and so might have been expected to occur in Britain. It has, in fact, been already recorded as British from three localities : Strensall Moor, Yorkshire, Loch Goil Head, and between Ben Lawers and Killin ; but all the speci- mens from these places are, according to Dr. Braithwaite, only forms of C. undulata (L.) Web. Mohr., or C. undulata var. minor (Hedw.) Web. Mohr. (see Braithw. Brit. Moss Flora, i. 41). The distinguishing characters of C. tenella are the dioicous in- florescence, in which it is essentially distinct from C. undulata, from the ordinary form of which it differs ixi the oblong-lanceolate (not longly Ungulate) leaves, not or only slightly undulate, and nearly smooth at back, the few often interrupted lamellae, and the short oblong slightly inclined but not arcuate capsule. C. angustata differs conspicuously in the numerous lamella, smaller leaf-cells, &c. C. crispa has taller stems, and distant broader leaves, with laxer areolation. It may be mentioned here that the character emphasized by Limpricht {loc. cit. 593) as separating C. crispa from C. tenella and C. angustata does not always hold good. C. crispa is stated to have the nerve smooth at back, the other species to have it spinose towards the apex. In the specimens, however, of C. crisjm that I have examined — Mr. Dixon tells me that the same is also his experience — the nerve frequently bears towards the apex, at back, a few distant spines, just as is the case in C. tenella and C. angustata. Although the ordinary form of C. undulata is very different from C. tenella, the var. minor approaches the latter species so closely at times that the difference in inflorescence seems to be the only character separating them. As a rule, however, C. tenella has more oblong leaves, fewer lamella, and lamina smoother at back ; while the var. minor generally shows here and there signs of the leaves becoming elongate and more undulate, and capsule arcuate, &c. I have, however, seen leaves on some specimens of the var. minor {e.g. the specimen of McKinlay's Ben Lawers plant in the Kew Herbarium) which are identical in shape, areolation, the very few low lamellaB, and absence of spines at the back of the lamina with those of C. teyieUa, and the capsule very similarly shaped. C. undulata var. minor certainly wants further study, and observa- tions on growing plants with reference to the inflorescence would be extremely valuable. The first specimens (fig. 1) collected of the Bedgbury Wood C. tenella attracted attention by the short stems, terminating in a female flower (without any appearance of having proliferated from CATHARINEA TENELLA ROHL. IN BRITAIN. 467 a male inflorescence), the wider scarcely undulated leaves, and the very few and inconspicuous interrupted lamellae. A certain character sometimes occurs in the growth of the stems of C. tenella which may easily give rise to a misconception. In some specimens the stems of the fertile plants have a comal-like tuft of leaves about half-way down (see fig. 11 x); these, however (unlike C. undulata), are not the old leaves of the male inflorescence from which the female stem has proliferated, but are the leaves of an old female flower, and in the axils of these leaves withered archegonia can be found. In such cases, apparently, the first- formed archegonia have not been fertilized, and the axis of the stem has grown on. and produced another female flower in the following season. C. tenella has a laxer areolation than the ordinary form of C. undulata. This is especially the case in the lower ovate-oblong leaves, which with the few low lamellae much recall those of C. crispa. C. undulata var. minor, however, as mentioned above, some- times presents the same characters ; and in C. tenella itself the areolation of the uppermost leaves becomes smaller. C. te7ieUa was found sparingly, in company with C. undtilata and C. angustata, by a sandy roadside and in "drives"; in the former place with Eadiola linoides. On the Continent it prefers damp clayey or loamy places, but sometimes occurs on damp sand. In the Kew Herbarium there are specimens collected by Bruch near Berlin *'on damp sand, with Fuidiola linoides,'' which are quite similar in habit, &c., to the British plants. I have placed a specimen of the Goudhurst C. tenella in the Kew Herbarium for reference. Explanation of Plate 393.— Figs. 1-10. G. tenella Rohl. from Bedgbury Wood, near Goudhurst, Kent. 1. Female plant, nat. size. 2. Male plant, nat. size. 3. Two fruiting plants, nat. size. 4. Capsules x 12. 5. Upper leaf of fruiting plant x 12. 6. Leaf from middle of stem x 12. 7. Leaf from a barren plant X 12. 8. Areolation of leaf (fig. 6) at one-third from the apex x 255. 9. Ditto (fig. 5), ditto x 255. 10. Transverse section of leaf x 255. 11-13. G. tenella, from a specimen in the Kew Herbarium (Helsingfors, coll. S. 0. Lindberg). 11. Fruiting plant, showing proliferation at x , nat. size. 12. Cap- sule X 12. 13. Areolation at one-third from apex of leaf, x 255. 2 K 2 468 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, etc. By Colonel H. W. Feilden. (Concluded from p. 43t;.) Fam. RANUNCULACEiE. Ranunculus Pallasii Scbl R' lapponicus L. R. hijperboreus Rottb R. jyygmmus Walileub R. nivalis L. R. sulphureus Sol R. acris L. f. borealis Trautv. . R. auricom its L. Caltha imlustris L Thalictrum alpinmn L Fam. Papaverace^. Papaver nudicaule L Fam. CRUciFERiE. Matthiola nudicaulis Trautv. . Cardamine pratensis L C. bellidifoliaJj. Arabis alpina L A. petraa JjQiXn. Eutrema Edwardsii R. Br Bray a alpina Koch Cheiranthus pygmmis Adams Cochlearia feiiestrata R. Br Schivereclda podolica Andrz Draba alpina L. D. repens Bieb. D. arctica J. Vahl D. hirta L. D. fladnizensis Wulf D. muricella Wahlenb Fam. Violace^. Viola biflora L. Fam. Caryophyllace.e Silene acaulis L. Wahlenbergia apetala Fr W. aj/iim Vahl N. L^ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 469 Stellaria longipes Goldie S. humifusa Rottb S. crassifolia Ehrh Cerastium alpinum L C. trigynum Vill Alsine hi flora 1j. A. imbricata C. A. M A. rubella Wahlenb Arenaria ciliata L A . peploides L. Sagina nivalis Fries 8, saxatilis Wimm Fam. Papilionace.t:. Hedysarum obscunmi L Astragalus alpinus L A . frigidus A. Gray Oxytropis oampestris DC Fam. EosACE^. Rubiis ChamcEmoras L Comaruin palustre L Potentilla pulcheUa R. ]^i* P. fragiformis Willd P. nivea L. P. maculata Pourr Dryas octopetala L Fam. Halorage^. Hippuris vulgaris L Fam. Saxifragace/e. Saxifraga oppositifolia L S.fiagellaris Willd S. aizoidesli. S. Hirculus L. S. stellaris L. f. comosa Puir. .. S. nivalis L. S. hieraciifolia Waldst. & Kit... S. cernua L. 8. rivularis L. 8. ccBspitosa L. f. decipiens Elirb Chrysosplenium alter nifoliimi L, N. Lat. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 470 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. Fam. PaKjNassiace^. Parnassia palustris L Fam. Crassulace^. Seduin Rhodiola DC Fam. Umbellifer^. Pachypleunim alpiniwi Ledeb Fam. Onagrace^. Ejnlobium latifolium L E. alpinum L. E. palustre L. Fam. Valerian ace^. Valeriana cajntata Pall Fam. Composite. Pyrethrum hipinnatnm Willd. [Kupr. Matricaria inodora L. v. phcEocephala Artemisia borealis Pall A. vulgaris L. v. Tilesii Ledeb Arnica alpina Olin Senecio palustris L. f. conyesta Hook. S. camp)estris DC. v. i7iteyriJ'olius Hook S. friyidus Less S. resedifolius Less Antennaria carpathica K. Br Erigeron unifiurus L Petasites friyida Fr Taraxacum officinale Web T. p)hymatocarpum J. Vahl Fam. Campanulace/e. Campanula rotundifolia L C. unifiora L. Fam. PyrolacevE. Pyrola yrandijiora Piaddi Fam. Vacciniace^. Arctostaphylos alpina L Vacciniiim Vitis-idcea L. LpumilaHoni. V. uliginosum L N. Lat. + + + + + + + + + + + THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 471 Fam. Peimulace^. Prim ula stricta Horn P. farinosa L. Androsace septentrionalis L. .. A . ChamcBJasme Koch A . trijiora Adams Cortusa Matthioli L Trientalis europcBci L. ? Fam. Plumbaginace^. Armeria sibirica Turcz N. Lat. o I Oi Fam. POLEMONIACEJL. Polemonium cceruleum L. f. acutifolia] WiUd I P. pidchellum Bunge Fam. AspERiFOLi^. Myosotis alpestris Koch Eritrichium villosum Bunge Fam. Gentianace^. Gentiana clirijsoneura Ekstam & Murb G. tenella Fr. Fam. Personate. Pedieularis sudetica Willd P. lanata Willd. f. dasyantha Trautv. P. hirsuta L. P. OederiY&hl P. lapponica L. Fam. Selaginace^. Lagotis glauca Gartn. f. Stelleri (Cham. ] &Schl I Fam. PLANTAGINACEiE. Playitago maritima L. f . piimila Kjellm. Fam. POLYGONACE^. Polygonum Bistorta L P. viviparum L. Bumex arcticus Trautv + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 472 THE FLOWEKING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. Pi. domesticiis Hartm. f. va)ia Hook .. R. Acetosa L Oayria digijna Hill Koenigia islandica L Fam. Empetrace^e. Empetrimi nigrum L Fam. Betulace^. Betida na7ia L. Fam. Salicineac. Scdix jjolaris Wahlenb S. herbacea L. S. rotiindifolia Trautv S. reticulata L. S. arctica Pall, et var. Brownei And S. glauca L. et f. siibarctica Lundstr S. reptans Kiipr S. ovalifolia Trautv 8. taj my resists Trautv ;S'. lanata L. 8. myrsinites L. Fam. LiLiACE^. A Ilium sibiricum L Uoydia serotina Eeichb Veratrum album L Fam. JuNCACE^. Juncus castaneus Sm J. biglumis Li. Luzida Wahlenbergii Eupr L. confusa Lindeb L. arctica Bly tt L. spicata DC. Fam. CypERACEiE. Erioplwrum angustifolium Botij E. vaginatum L E. Callith rix Cham E. russeolum Fr. E, 8cheuchzeri Hopjjc N. Lat. + + oq 1-1 t> t- I I i-H O + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. 473 Carex puJla Good C. rotimdata Walileub C.fiiliginosa Schk. = C. wismidi C. rarijiora Sm C, salijia Wablenb C. aquatUis Wahlenb C. acuta L. C. rigida Good. C. hyperborea Dre j C. lagopina Wahlenb C. glareosa Wahlenb C. Ursina Desv. C. incurva Lightf. C. dioica L. f. parallela Laest. C. rupestris All. R.Br. N. Lat o o CD % t- o o -H CO o •7 0 T— 1 CO c5q 1—1 0 t- 05 CD Fam. Gramine^. Elymiis arena7'ius L Festuca rubra L. f. arenaria Osb. ... F. ovina L. et f. brevifolia R. Br. ... Poa pratensis L. P. alpina L. ... P. arctica R. Br. et f. stricta Lindeb. P. abbreviata R. Br Arctophila fulva Nym Glyceria Kjellma7i7ii J. Lge G. Vahliaiia (Liehm.) Fr G. vilfoidea (Ands.) Th. Fr (t, tenella J. Lge G. vaginata J. Lge Pleuropogon Sahinii R. Br Fhippsia algida R. Br. et coxcinna Fr, Colpodium latifolium R. Br (7. Jiumile Lge. Dupontia Fisheri R. Br Trisetum subspicatum L Aira caspitosa Beauv A, alpina L. Alop)ecurus alpiniis Sm A. pratensis L. f. alpestris Wahlenb... A . ruthenicus Weinm Phleum pratense L Hierochloe alpina R. & S. H. pauciflora R. Br Calamagrostis neglecta Gaertn. = C. stricta P. B.= C. Hohnii Lge. + + + + + + + + + — + + + — + ,+ + + + + + + + + — + + + + + + + + + + + + + + — + -h — + — + + + + + — + — + + + + + + + + + + + + + — + + + + + + — + + + — — + + + + + + + + + — + + + + — — 474 THE FLOWERING PLANTS OF NOVAYA ZEMLYA, ETC. N. Lat. o ^ t- o % tr- ^ t- o 1 CD XO t- ee 1—1 t> o § C. strigosa Bouo" .. + + Koeleria cristata Gaud + Cryptogams Vasculares. Equisetaces. Equisetmn a rvense L E. scirpoides Mich — — — + + + + + + + FiLICES. Custopteris fragilis Bernb _L + + + + Lycopodiaces. 1 Lycoj^odium Selago L — — — ! + + — + + Summary... 4 16 49 134135132 145158 In the above table, 195 phanerogams and four vascular crypto- gams are admitted as the known flora of Waigats, Novaya Zemlya, and Lutke and Barents Lands. In the excellent paper by Herr 0. Ekstam* on the flora of Novaya Zemlya, he includes in his list 200 plants, but I have deemed it expedient to deduct from that enumeration the following, viz. : — Ranunculus affinis, for the reasons advanced in the text ; Fgrola minor, its presence not having been satisfactorily established; Draha oblongata, D. altaica, D. lactea, and D. corymhusa as synonyms (0. Gelert,f "Notes on Arctic Plants ") ; Salix Brownei, which is here included as a variety of S. arctica ; Catabrosa concinna as = Phippsia algida ; and Calama- grostis Holmii, included under the head of C. neglecta. On the other hand, eight names are added to this list : — Ranunculus auricomus. Alsine imbricata. Potentilla nivea. Gentiana tenella. Empetrum nigrum. Veratrum album. Poa abbreviata. Koeleria cristata. Bringing up the number of plants enumerated in the accompanying table to 199. It is to be observed that the zones of 76-77° and 75-76° are in a botanical sense uninvestio-ated. * Botanische Jahrbilcher, xxii. 185, Leipzig, 1896. t Scertryk af Botanisk Tidsskrift, Kjobenhavn, 1898. 475 REVISION OF EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH-AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACEiE. By Rudolf Schlechter. (Concluded from Journ. Bot. 1897, p. 295.) It is with some hesitation that I piibhsh this list of Stapeliem. However, it had to be done. But I hope that, incomplete as it may be, it will at any rate throw some light upon several species. Besides, having begun to pay more attention to this group than I had formerly occasion to do, I hope to find leisure to study them more carefully, and in a future time to give a more full account of them. Unfortunately, my views of species seem to differ widely from those of Mr. N. E. Brown, of Kew ; but although I believe him a most careful worker, I fear that many of his species, when he has seen more material, will have to be united with older ones. XXXIX. HooDiA Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed. 2, 359 (1830) ; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 664 (1844) ; Benth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 783 (1876). Monothijlacium G. Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 116 (1837). Scytanthus Hk. Ic. PI. t. 605 (1844). 1. H. GoRDONi Sweet, I.e. 359 (1830); Dene. I.e. viii. 665 (1841). Scytanthus Gordoni Hk. Ic. PI. t. 625. Stapelia Gordoiii Mass. Stap. 24, t. 40 (1796); Don, Syst. iv. 116 (1837). Mono- thylacium Gordoni Don, I.e. 116 (1837). Little Namaqualand, Clanwilliam, Calvinia, Van Rhynsdorp. 2. H. Barklyi Dyer in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xv. 252, t. 5, f. 3 (1876). Karroo. 8. H. Bainii Dyer in Bot. Mag. t. 6348 (1878). Karroo, Gamka River. XL. Trichocaulon N. E. Br. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvii 164 (1878). 1. T. piLiFERUM N. E. Br. I. e. Stapelia pilifera L. f. Suppl. 171 (1781). Calvinia, Little Namaqualand. 2. T. FLAVUM N. E. Br. I. e. 165. Karroo. 3. T. cACTiFORME N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. sub t. 1905 (1890). Stapelia clavata Willd. Spec. PI. i. 1275 (1797). S. eactiformis Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4127 (1844). Little Namaqualand. 4. T. OFFICINALE N. E. Br. in Kew Bull. 1895, 264. Bechuanaland. 476 REVISION OF EXTRA- TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACEiE. XLI. Decabelone Dene, in Ann. Sc. Nat. Ser. 5, xiii. 407, t. 2 (1870-71) ; Bth. & Hk. f. Gen. PL ii. 784 (1876). 1. D. Barklyi Dyer in Bot. Mag. i. 6203 (1875) ; Journ. Linn. See. Bot. XV. 249, t. 5, f. 4 (1876). Karroo, Little Namaqualand, Calvinia. XLII. HuERNiopsis N. E. Br. in Jouru. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvii. 171 (1878). 1. H. DECiPiENs N. E. Br. /. c. South Africa. XLIII. DuvALiA Haw. Syn. PI. Succ. 44 (1812) ; Benth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 784 (1876). 1. D. RECLiNATA Haw. l,c. 44 (1812); Don, Syst. iv. 121. Stapelia reclinata Mass. Stap. 19, t. 28 (1796) ; Willd. Spec. i. 1282; Schnltz in Koem. & Schult. Syst. vi. 48 (1820) ; Jacq. Stap. t. 14 ; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 662 (1844). Uitenbage, Albany, Queenstown, Somerset East. 2. D. ELEGANS Haw. I.e.; Don, I.e. iv. 121. Stapelia eleqans Mass. I.e. 19, t. 27 (1796); Willd. i.c.i. 1282; Sclmltes /. c'. vi. 44; Bot. Mag. 1184 (1809); Dene. /. c. viii. 662. Little Namaqualand. 3. D. c^spiTOSA Haw. I. e. 45 ; Don, /. c. iv. 121. Stapelia ecBspitosa Mass. /. c. 20, t. 29 (1796) ; Willd. I. e. i. 1282 ; Schultes, I. e. vi. 44 ; Redoute, PI. Grasses, t. 148 ; Dene. /. e. viii. 662. 4. D. RADiATA Haw. I. e. 45 (1812) ; Don, /. c. iv. 122 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab. 831. D. tuhevcuJata Haw. I.e. 46 (1812); Suppl. 13 (1819). Stapelia radiata Jaeq. Stap. t. 12 (1806) ; Bot. Mag. t. 619 ; Dene. /. e. 663. 6\ tuberculata Hort. ex Haw. I. e. 46. South Africa. 5. D. GLOMEEATA Haw. l.c. 46 (1812); Suppl. 14 (1819). Stapelia glomerata Hort. ex Harv. I.e. 46 (1812). South Africa. 6. D. L^viGATA Haw. /. e. 46 (1812) ; Suppl. 14 (1819). Stajjelia lavigata Hort. ex Haw. /. c. 46 (1812). South Africa. 7. D. coMPACTA Don, l.c. iv. 122. Stapelia eomjmcta JisiVY. l.c. 46 ; Schultes, Syst. vi. 46. South Africa. 8. D. HiRTELLA Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed. 1, 276 (1830). Stapelia hirtella Jaeq. I. e. t. 10 ; Willd. Euum. 285 ; Schultes, /. e. vi. 26 ; Dene. I. e. 662. S. cymosa Hort. ex Schult. /. c. vi. 49. S. reclinata Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1397 (1811). South Africa. 9. D. Jacquiniana Sweet, I.e. 276; Schultes, l.c. vi. 45; Dene. I. c. 662. Stapelia radiata Jaeq. I. e. t. 12 ; Bot. Mag. 619. S. Jacquiniana Schultes, I. e, vi. 45. South Africa, REVISION OF EXTRA- TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACExE. 477 10. D. MASTODEs Sweet, I. c. 276 (1830) ; Don, Syst. Gen. iv. 122 (1838). StapeUa mastodes Jacq. l. c. t. 13. S. mastodis St. Lag. in Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon. vii. (1880). South Africa. 11. D. REPLicATA Sweet, Lc. 276 (1830); Don, I.e. iv. 122. StapeUa replicata Jacq. I.e. t. 19; Willd. Enum. 286; Koem. & Schult. I.e. vi. 45; Dene. I.e. viii. 662 (1844). 12. D. poLiTA N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1876, ii. 130; Bot. Mag. t. 6245. South Africa. 13. D. ANGusTiLOBA N.E.Br. I.e. 1883, ii. 230; in Ic. PI. t. 1925. Karroo, Griqualand West. 14.^ D. CoRDEROYi N. E. Br. in Bot. Mag. t. 6082 (1874). StapeUa Corderoyi Hk. f. I. c. Orange River. 15. D. TRANsvAALENSis Schltr. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xx. Beibl. 51, 54 (1895). D.dentata N. E. Br. in Kew Bull. 1895, 265. Transvaal, Bechuanaland. 16. D. coNCOLOR Schltr. StapeUa eoneohr Salm. Dyk. South Africa. XLIV. Caralluma R. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 14 (1809) ; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 647 (1844) ; N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1892, xii. 369. Boueerosia Wight & Arn. Contrib. 34; Dene. I.e. viii. 648 (1844). Oaaqua N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1879, xii. 8. Piaranthus R. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. 23 (1809) ; Dene. /.. e. viii. 650 ; Benth. & Hk. f. Gen. PL ii. 782 (1876). Obesia Haw. Syn. PI. Succ. 42 (1812). 1. C. LUTEA N. E. Br. in Ic. PL xx. t. 1901 (1890). Orange Free State, Griqualand West, Transvaal, Natal. 2. C. ARMATA N. E. Br. I. c. t. 1902. Little Namaqualand. 8. C. MAMMiLLARis N. E. Br. I.e. sub t. 1902. StapeUa mam- millaris L. Mant. ii. 216 (1771). S. pulla Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1, i. 310 (1789) ; Mass. Stap. 21, t. 31 (1796). Boueerosia mammillaris N. E. Br. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvii. 165, t. ii. f. 5-13 (1890). Little Namaqualand. - 4. C. LINEARIS N. E. Br. in Ic. PL xx. t. 1903 (1890). Zwartberg. 5. C. HOTTENTOTTORUM N. E. Br. I. c. sub t. 1903. Ouaqua hottentottorum N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1879, xii. 8, f. 1. Namaqualand. 6. C. RAMosA N. E. Br. in Ic. PL t. 1904 (1890). StapeUa ramosa Mass. I.e. 21, t. 32 (1796) ; Willd. Spec. i. 1288 ; Schultes, Syst. vi. 22; Haw, Syn. PL Succ. 23 (1812); Don, Gen. Syst. Gard. iii. 116; Dene. I.e. viii. 658 (1844). Karroo. 478 REVISION OF EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^. 7. C. APERTA N.E.Br. I.e. t. 1905 (1890). Stapelia aperta Mass. I.e. 23, t. 37 (1796); Willd. Ic. i. 1285; Schultes, /. c. ; Haw. I.e. 23 (1812); Dene. I.e. viii. 658 (1844). Little Namaqualand. 8. 0. ARiDA N. E. Br. in Gard. Cin-on. 1892, xii. 369. Stapelia arida Mass, I.e. 21, t. 33 (1796). Fiarant/ms aridiis Don, I.e. iy. 114; Dene. I.e. viii. 650 (1844). Swellendam. 9. C. iNCARNATA N. E. Br. /. c. Stapelia incarnata L. f. Suppl. 171 (1781); Mass. I.e. 22, t. 34(1796). Piaranthm aridtis Don, I.e. iv. 114; Dene. I.e. viii. 650 (1844). Boucerosia inearnata N. E. Br. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvii. 166, t. 11, f. 14-17 (1878). Saldanha Bay, Hopefield. 10. C. PARviFLORA N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. xii. 370 (1892). Stapelia jmrviflora Mass. I.e. 22, t. 35 (1796); Don, I.e. iv. 113. Fiaranthus parviji.oras Sprgl. Syst. i. 841 ; Dene. I. e. viii. 650 (1844). Caralliima dependens N. E. Br. in le. PI. xx. t. 1903 (1890). Little Namaqualand, Clanwilliani, Van Eliyndorp, Calvinia. 11. C. PRuiNosA N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. xii. 370 (1892). Stapelia pruinosa Mass. I.e. 24, t. 41 (1796); Willd. I.e. i. 1287; Eoem. & Schult. I.e. vi. 35; Dene. I.e. viii. 657 (1844). Tromo- triehe iiruinosa Haw. I.e. 37; Don, I.e. iv. 119. Little Namaqualand. 12. C. CHLORANTHA Schltr. ill Engl. Jahrb. George, Karroo. 13. 0. INTERMEDIA Schltr. Stapelia intermedia N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. XX. t. 1910 (1890). Clanwilliani. 14. C. DECORA Sehltr. Stapelia decora Mass. Stap. 19, t. 20 (1796). Obesia deeora Haw. Syn. PI. Suec. 43 (1812). Fiaranthus deeorus N. E. Br. in Journ. Linn. Soe. Bot. xvii. 163 (1878). Victoria West, Little Namaqualand. 15. C. GEMiNATA Scliltr. Stapelia qeminata Mass. /. e. 18, t. 25 (1796) ; Willd. Spec. i. 1290; Roeni. & Schult. Syst. vi. 42; Bot. Mag. t. 1326; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 661 (1844). Fiaranthus geminatus N. E. Br. I.e. 163. Obesia geminata Haw. Syn. PI. Succ. 42; Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 121. Karroo, Beaufort West. 16. C. SERRULATA Scliltr. Stapelia serrulata Jacq. I. c. t. 17 ; Willd. Enum. 286 ; Roem. & Schult. I. e. 47 ; Dene. I. e. viii. 658 (1844). Fiaranthus serrulatus N. E. Br. I. c. 163. Caruncularia serrata Haw. I. c. ; Don, I. c. iv. 122. South Africa. 17. C. PUNCTATA Sehltr. Stapelia punetata Mass. /. c. 18, t. 24 (1796). Obesia punetata Haw. /. c. 43. Fiaranthus piinetatus .R. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 23 ; Dene. I. c. viii. 650 (1844) ; N. E. Br. I.e. 163 (1878). South Africa. REVISION OF EXTEA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^. 479 18. 0. coMPTA Schltr. Piaranthus compfiis N. E. Br. in Ic. PL t. 1924 (1890). " Karroo." 19._ C. GRivANA Schltr. Piaranthus grivanus N. E. Br. I. c. 1. 1924. Griqualand West. XLV. Stapelia L. Gen. PL 307 ; R. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 23 (1809); EndL Gen. 3524; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 652; Haw. Syn. PL Sncc. 14. Gonostemon Haw. Syn. PL Succ. 27 (1812). Tridentea Haw. /. c. 34. Tromotriche Haw. I.e. 36. Orhea Haw. I. c. 37. Caruncularla, I. c. 33. 1. S. acuminata Mass. Stap. 15, t. 17 (1796) ; Willd. Spec. i. 1281 ; Sclmltes, Syst. vi. 21 ; Haw. /. c. 28 ; Don, Gen. Syst. Gard. iv. 116; Dene. I.e. viii. 654. Namaqualand. 2. S. AMBiGUA Mass. Stap. 13, t. 12 (1796) ; Jaeq. Stap. t. 35 ; Haw. I.e. 17 ; Don, I.e. iv. 114 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 652. Africa australis. 3. S. Asterias Mass. Stap. 14, t. 14 (1796) ; Jacq. Stirp. 47 (1819); Bot. Mag. t. 536; Don, I.e. iv. 115; Willd. I.e. i. 1280; Dene. /. e. viii. 653. Karroo. 4. S. atropurpurea Salm. Dyk. Hort. Dyk. 372 (1834) ; Dene Lc. viii. 659. Karroo. 5. S. Barklyi N. E. Br. in Ic. PL xx. t. 1909 (1890). Little Namaqualand. 6. S. BisuLCA Don, Hort. Cant. ed. 3, 43 (nomen) ; Sehultes, Syst. vi. 37 ; Dene. /. e. viii. 659. Orhea bisulea Don, I. e. 120. South Africa. 7. S. canescens Hort. ex Haw. Syn. PL Succ. 26 (1812). South Africa. 8. S. concinna Mass. Stap. 15, t. 18 (1796); Don, I.e. iv. 116. South Africa. 9. S. coNSPURCATA Willd. Enum. Hort. BeroL 284 ; Sehultes, /. e. vi. 39 ; Don, /. e. 120 ; Dene. /. e. viii. 660. South Africa. 10. S. coRDATA Hort. ex Haw. Syn. PL Succ. 26 (1812). South Africa. 11. S. DEFLEXA Jacq. Stap. t. 20 (1819) ; Sehultes, I. e. vi. 46* Bot. Mag. t. 1890 ; Dene. I. e. viii. 664. South Africa. 12. S. DEJECTA Salm. Dyk. Hort. Dyk. 372 (1834) ; Dene. I c viii. 659. South Africa. 13. S. DISCOLOR Tod. Hort. Bot. Pan. i. 49, t. 12, f. 3 (1878). South Africa. 480 EEVISION OF EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^. 14. S. DivARicATA Mass. Stap. 17, t. 22 (1796) ; Jacq. Stap. t. 22; Bot. Mag. t. 1007 (1807); Don, I.e. iv. 117; Haw. Syn. PL Slice. 27 (1812) ; Willd. Enum. i. 280 (1797) ; Schultes, I. c. vi. 27; Dciie. I.e. viii. 655 (1844). South Africa. 15. S. ERECTiFLORA N. E. Br. iu Gard. Cliron. vi. 650 (1889) ; in Ic. Plant, xx, t. 1921 (1891). Olanwilliam, Karroo. 16. S. FAScicuLATA Thbg. Prodr. PI. Cap. 46; Flor. Cap. 170 (1820). Piaranthus fasciculatus Schultes, Syst. vi. 10 ; Dene. /. c. iii. 650 (1844). Calvinia. 17. S. FissiROSTRis Jacq. Stap. 23 ; Don, /. c. iv. 115 ; Dene. I.e. 654 (1844). South Africa. 18. S. FLAvicoMATA Haw. Syst. PI. Succ. 8 (1812) ; Dene. I. e. viii. 663 (1844). South Africa. 19. S. FuscATA Jacq. Stap. t. 46; Dene. I.e. 657 (1844). S. (jlauea var. ^, Haw. Syn. PI. Succ. 37 (1812). Tromotriehe fascata Haw. I.e. 10 (1812); Don, I.e. iv. 119. South Africa. 20. S. FuscopuRPUREA N. E. Br. in Ic. Plant, xx. t. 1913 (1891). South Africa. 21. S. GEMMiFLORA Mass. 14, t. 15 (1796) ; Willd. Spec. i. 1280 ; Schultes, Syst. vi. 33 ; Bot. Mag. t. 1839 ; Jacq. Stap. t. 24 ; Dene. I.e. viii. 656 (1844). S.gemmifera Hort.exSalm.Dyk.Hort.Dyk.266. "Platte Kloof," Masson. 22. S. GiGANTEA N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1877, i. 684. 8. Plantii McKen. ex N. E. Br. I. e. Natal, Orange Free State, Transvaal. 23. S. GLABRiFLORA N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1876, ii. 809, f. 149. S. depressa Hort. ex N. E. Br. I. e. South Africa. 24. S. GLABRicAULis N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. xx. t. 1917 (1891). S. tsomoensis N. E. Br. I. c. t. 1918. Kaffraria, Queenstown. 25. S. GLANDULiFLORA Mass. Stap. 16, t. 19 ; Jacq. Stap. t. 21 ; Smith, Exot. Bot. t. 71 (1805) ; Willd. Spec. i. 1284 ; Don, /. e. iv. 116; Dene. I.e. viii. 654. S. glandulij'rra Don, I.e. 116 (1887). 8. hispidula Hornem. Hort. Hafu. i. 251. Clanwilliam, Van Rhynsdorp, Namaqualand. 26. S. GRANDiFLORA Mass. Stap. 13, t. 11 (1796) ; Haw. Syn. PI. Succ. 16 (1812) ; Don, I. e. iv. 114 ; Dene. I. e. viii. 652 ; N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1877, vii. 558, f. 85. 8. jlavirostris N. E. Br. I. c. 558. 8. Arnoti N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. xx. t. 1915 (1891). Uitenhage, Albany, Queenstown, Colesberg, Barkly, Somerset East, Griqualand West. KEVISION OF EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^. 481 27. S. HAMATA Jacq. Stap. t. 50; Lodd. Bot. Cab. 242 (1818) ; Dene. /. c. viii. 653. South Africa. 28. S. HiRcosA Jacq. Stap. t. 25 ; Willd. Enum. 281 (1809) ; Dene. I. G. viii. 656. S. moschata J. Don, Hort. Cant. ed. iii. 43 (1804), nomen ; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1051. Tridentea moschata Haw. Sjn. PI. Suec. 35 (1812), nomen. Barkly, Griqualand West, Murraysberg. 29. S. HiRsuTA L. Sp. PI. 217; Jacq. Stap. t. 51, 52; Willd. Spec. i. 1278 (1797) ; Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2, li. 85 (1811 ) ; Mill. Icon. 172, t. 258 (1758) ; Jacq. Misc. i. 28, t. 3 (1778) ; Hook. Exot. Fl. iii. t. 230; Tlibg. Prod. 46 (1794); Lam. 111. t. 178, f. 2; Don, I. c. iv. 115 ; Dene. I. c. viii. 653. S. patiila Willd. Eomn. 281 ; Dene. I.e. viii. 652; N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. xx. t. 1914. S. coinata Jacq. Stap. t. 49 ; Don, I. c. iv. 115 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 653. S. de- pressa Jaeq. I. c. t. 55. -S'. sororia Mass. Stap. 23, t. 39 (1796) ; Jacq. I.e. t. 57, 58; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 94; Dene. I.e. viii. 652. S. unguipetala N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1877, i. 334, f. 54. S. affinis N. E. Br. I. c. t. 1912 (1891). Caledon, Tulbagh, Worcester, Victoria West. 30. S. iNODORA Haw. Suppl. PI. Suec. 12 (1819) ; Dene. I. c. viii. 661. " South Africa." 31. S. LANiFERA Haw. I. c. 8 ; Dene. I. c. viii. 663. 8. jnilvinata Donn, Hort. Contrib. ed. 4, 53 (1807). South Africa. 32. S. LEPiDA Jacq. Stap. t. 43; Willd. Enum. 280; Schultes, /. c. iv. 30 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 661. S. Umosa Hort. ex Salm. Dyk. Hort. Dyk. 266 (1834). Fodanthes lepida Haw. /. e. 34. 0,bea lepida Don, I. c. iv. 121. South Africa. 33. S. LuciDA DO. Cat. Hort. Monsp. 148 (1813) ; Dene. /. c. viii. 652; Don, I. e. iv. 114 ; N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. x. t. 1919 (1890). Caledon, Swellendam, George. 34. S. MacOwani N. E. Br. in le. PI. xx. t. 1920 (1891). Albany, Somerset East. 35. S. maculosa Jacq. Stap. t. 31; Willd. I.e. 282; Roem. & Schult. I. c. vi. 36 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 658. S. mixta Donn, Hort. Cant. ed. 4, 53 (1807), nee Mass. Orbea maculosa Haw. I. e. ; Don, I. c. South Africa. 36. S. MARGiNATA Willd. Enum. Suppl. 13 ; Schultes, I. c. vi. 39 ; Dene. I. c. viii. 659. Orbea marginata Don, /. e. iv. 120. South Africa. 37. S. Massoni Haw. /. c 18; N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1883, ii. 761. South Africa. Journal of Botany.— Vol. 36. [Dec. 1898.] 2 l 482 REVISION OF EXTKA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^. 38. S. MULTiFLORA DC. Cat. Hort. Monsp. 149 (1813) ; Schultes, /. c. vi. 18 ; DC. /. c, viii. 653 (1844). South Africa. 39. !S. MUTABiLis Jacq. Stap. t. 29 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 661 (1844). Oihea niutabilis Don, I.e. iv. 121. *S'. fiiscata Hort. Pan. ex Tod. Hort. Bot. Panorm. i. 47 (1876). .S'. ner/lecta Tod. I.e. S. Pas- serini Tod. /. c. S. umbilicata Tlmret, ex Choix Gr. n. 2, 6 (1869), nomen. South Africa. 40. S. NAMAQUENSis N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1882, ii. 648; in Ic. PI. XX. t. 1908 (1891). Little Namaqnaland. 41. S. oBLiQUA Willd. Enum. Suppl. 13; Schultes, i.e. vi. 35. Tromotriche ohliqua Don, I.e. iv. 119. South Africa. 42. S. oLivACEA N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1875, i. 136; Bot. Mag. t. 6212. S. erueiformis Hort. ex N. E. Br. /. c. South Africa. 43. S. oPHioNcuLA Haw. Suppl. PI. Succ. 27 (1819). South Africa. 44. S. ORBICULARIS Audr. Bot. Rep. 439 (1807); Schultes, /. c. vi. 40; Dene. I.e. viii. 660. ^S'. orhienlata Don, Hort. Cont. ed. 3, 43 (1804), nomen. Orhea orbicularis Harv. I.e. 40. South Africa. 45. S. PALLIDA Wendl. Coll. Bot. 39, t. 51 ; Dene. I.e. viii. 655 (1844). S.pallejis Hort. ex Steud. Norn. ed. 2, ii. 631 (1841). South Africa. 46. S. PANicuLATA Willd. Enum. Suppl. 13; Schultes, I.e. vi. 34; Don, I.e. iv. 118; Dene. I.e. vih. 657. South Africa. 47. S. PAPiLLosA DC. PI. ex Desf. Tabl. ed. 2, 92 (1815), nomen. South Africa. 48. S. PARviPUNCTATA N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. xx. t. 1923 (1891). Nieuwe Veld. 49. S. PATENTiRosTRis N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. 1877, i. 140, f. 21. S. CourceUi Hort. ex N. E. Br. /. c. (Is77). S. sororia Hk.f. Bot. Mag. t. 5953 (1872). South Africa. 50. S. PEDUNCULATA Mass. Stap. 17, t. 21 (1796) ; Willd. I. e. i. 1284 ; Schultes, I. e. vi. 46 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 658. >S'. Iccvis Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 658 (1844). S. pendidijiora Steud. Norn. ed. 2, ii. 631 (1841). Canincularia peduncuhita Haw. I.e. Little Namaqualand. 51. S. PULCHELLA Mass. Stap. 22, t. 36 (1796) ; Poir. Encycl. 388 ; Willd. I. c. i. 1290 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 655. Podanthes irrorata Haw. Lc. 33; Don, /. c. iv. 118. South Africa. REVISION OF EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACEiE. 483 52. S. PULviNATA Mass. Stap. 13, t. 13 (1796); Willd. Lc i. 1279; Bot. Mag. t. 1240 (1815); Don, I.e. iv. 115; Dene. /. c viii. 654. Worcester, Beaufort. _ 53. S. REFLEXA Haw. Suppl. PI. Succ. 18 (1819); Dene. I.e. viii. 652. S. dejiexa Hort. ex Haw. I. c. ; Don, /. c. iv. 114. South Africa. 54. S. RETUSA Sehultes, Syst. vi. 41 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 660. Oi'bea retusa Don, I. c. iv. 120. Soutli Africa. 55. S. REVOLUTA Mass. Stap. 12, t. 10; Wilid. l.c.i. 1277; Jaeq. I. c. t. 45 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 657 ; Bot. Mag. t. 724. S. glauca Jacq. I. c. t. 44 ; Sehultes, I.e. vi. 35 ; Dene. I. c. viii. 657. 8. pro- tensa Hornem. Supp. Hort. Hafn. 30. S. tigridia Dene. /. c. viii. 657. Tromotriche revoluta Haw. /. c. 36; Don, I.e. iv. 119. T. glauea Haw. /. c. 37 ; Don, I. e. iv. 119. Clanwilliam, Van Rhynsdorp, Calvinia. 56. S. RUFA Mass. Stap. 16, t. 20 (1796); Sehultes, I.e. vi. 19- Wdld. /. e. i. 1281 ; Haw. /. e. 20 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab. 239 ; Dene. Lc. viii. 653. South Africa. 57. S. RUFEscENs Salui. Dyk. Hort. Dvk. 373 (1834) ; Dene. L c. viii. 654. " ^ ^ ' South Africa. 58. S. SiMsii Sehultes, Syst. vi. 73 ; Dene. /. e. 656. S. vetula Sims in Bot. Mag. t. 1234, excl. syn. (1809). Tridentea Simsii Don, I.e. iv. 118. South Africa. 59. S. sPECTABiLis Haw. Suppl. PI. Succ. 16 (1819) ; Dene. I. c. vni. 652. 8. grandiflora Curt. Bot. Mag. t. 585. S. Desmetiana N. E. Br. m Gard. Chron. 1889, vi. 684 ; in le. PI. xx. t. 1916 (1891). South Africa. 60. S. sTELLARis Haw. Suppl. PI. Succ. 9 (1819) ; Jacq. Stap. t. 49. South Africa. 61. S. STRicTA Bot. Mag, t. 2037 (1819); Dene. I.e. viii. 655. Gonostemoji strictiim Haw. I.e. Suppl. 12; Don, I.e. iv. 117. South Africa. 62. S. sTYGiA Sehultes, Syst. vi. 32 ; Dene. I. e. viii. 657. Tridentea stggia Haw. I. c. 36 ; Don, I. c. iv. 118. South Africa. 63. S. TRiFiDA Tod. Hort. Bot. Pan. i. 47, t. 2, f. 1 (1876). South Africa. . 64. S. UNciNATA Jacq. Disp. Tab. 8. lunata Sweet, Hort Brit ed. 2, 357 (1830). South Africa. 65. S. VARiEGATA L. Sp. PI. 217; Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 309; Willd. /. e. i. 1292 ; Thbg. Prodr. 46 ; Jacq. I. e. t. 39 ; Dene. I. e. 2 L 2 484 REVISION OF EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACEiE. viii. 659 ; Bot. Mag. t. 26. S. angulata Tod. /. c. i. 54, t. 13, f. 3. ;S'. atrata Tod. I.e. i. 50, t. 13, f. 1. >S'. chjpeata Jacq. l. c. t. 84; Sclmltes, /. c. V. 40 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 660. ^S'. Iwrizontalis N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. t. 1907 (1890). >S'. marmorata Jacq. /. c. t. 38 ; Schultes, I. c. vi. 40 ; Dene. I. c. viii. 660. S. hufonia Jacq. /. c. t. 35 ; Willd. Enum. 283 ; Schultes, /. c. vi. 40 ; Dene. I. c. viii. 660 ; Bot. Mag. t. 1676. .S'. mixta Mass. /. c. 23, t. 38 ; Willd. Spec. i. 1292 ; Schultes, /. c. vi. 6Q ; Dene. /. c. viii. 658. S. normalis Jacq. /. c. t. 42 ; Schultes, I. c. vi. 40 ; Bot. Reg. t. 755 ; Dene. I.e. viii. 660. 8. picta Don, Hort. Cant. ed. 3, 43; Dene. /.c. viii. 661. S. plant- flora Jacq. I. c. t. 40 ; Lodd. Bot. Cah. 191 ; Schultes, I. c. 38 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 659. *S'. rugosa Jacq. I.e. t. 41; Willd. Enum. 284 ; Schultes, I.e. vi. 33; Dene. I.e. viii. 656; Wendl. Coll. ii. 41, t. 52. S. trisulea Donn, /. e. ed. iii. 43 ; Jacq. /. e. t. 33. *S'. Beffoniana Hort. ex Schultes, Syst. vi. 49. S. hidentata Hort. ex Salm. Dyk. Hort. Dyk. 266. S. CurtisH Schultes, /. e. vi. 38 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 659. ^S'. monostrosa Hort. ex Steud. Nom. ed. 2, ii. 631 . S. Wendlandiantiaiia Schultes, /. c. vi. 39 ; Dene. /. c viii. 659. Orbea elypeata Don, /. c. iv. 120. 0. hufimia Haw. I.e. 40; Don, I.e. iv. 120. 0. marmorata Don, I. e. 120. 0. mixta Haw. he. 38. 0. normalis Don, I.e. iv. 120. 0. planiflora Don, /. c. iv. 120. 0. Wendlandiana Don, I. e. iv. 120. Cape Peninsula, Stellenbosch, Malmesbury, Tulbagh, Caledon, Swellendam, Bredasdorp, George, Humausdorp, Uitenhage, Albany. 66. S. VERRUCOSA Mass. i.e. 11, t. viii. (1796) ; Willd. l. e. i. 1291 ; Enum. 284, Jacq. Stap. t. 18; Dene. I.e. viii. 655. S. irrorata Mass. /. c. 12, t. 9 (1796) ; Willd. /. e. i. 1296 ; Poir. Encycl. 388 ; Dene. /. c. viii. 655. Podanthes verrueosa Haw. /. e. 33; Don, I. e. iv. 118. P. irrorata Haw. I. e. 33 ; Don, /. e. iv. 118. Simonstown, Caledon, Riversdale, Uitenhage, Albany, Kaffraria, Queenstown. 67. S. VETULA Mass. Stap. 15, t. 16 (1796); Willd. I.e. i. 1291; Enum. 180 ; Schultes, /. e. vi. 33 ; Dene. /. e. viii. 656. Tridentea vetula Haw. I. c. 35 ; Don, I. c. iv. 118. Karroo. XLVII. HuERNiA R. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 22 (1809) ; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 650 (1844); Benth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 784 (1876). Deeodontia Haw. Syn. PI. Succ. 31 (1812). 1. H. CAMPANULATA R. Br. I.e. 22; Dene. I.e. 651. Stajjelia cam.pa7iulata Mass. Stap. 11, t. 6 (1796) ; Bot. Mag. t. 1227; Jacq. Stap. t. 32 (1806) ; Willd. Spec. i. 1293; Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 96. Albany, Somerset East. 2. H. GUTTATA R. Br. /. c. ; Dene. I. c. Stapelia guttata Mass. I. e. 10, t. 4 ; Willd. Spec. i. 1294 ; Ait. Hort. Kew. ii.' 96. S. lenti- ginosa Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 506 (1801) ; Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 97. Huernia lentiginosa R. Br. I. e. ; Dene. /. e. ; Haw. Syn. PI. Succ. 29 (1812). Clan William, Van Rhynsdorp. REVISION OF EXTRA- TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASOLEPIADACE^. 485 3. H. VENUSTA R. Br. I. c. ; Dene. /. c. StapeUa venusta Mass. I.e. 10, t. 3; Willd. Spec. i. 1294; Ait. I.e. 96 ; Jacq. Stap. t. 23. South Africa. 4. H. BARBATA Haw. I. c. 28 ; Dene. I. c. StapeUa retieuJata Mass. /. e. 9, t. 2 ; WiUd. /. e. 195 ; Ait. /. c. ; Jacq. /. e. t. 20 ; Bot. Mag. t. 1662. Clanwilliam, Calvinia. 5. H. TUBATA Haw. I. c. 30 ; Dene. I.e. H. duodecimfida Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed. 2, 359 (1830). StapeUa tuhata Jacq. Stap. t. 3 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab. 225 ; G. Don, Syst. iv. 113. S. duodecimfida Jacq. I. c. t. 4. S. erassa Donn, Hort. Cant. ed. 3, 43 (1804). S. tubulosa Hort. ex Steud. Norn. ed. 2, 632 (1841). Karroo. 6. H. HUMiLis Haw. /. e. 30 ; Dene. l. c. viii. 651 (1844) ; N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. t. 1905 b (1890). StapeUa humilis Mass. /. c. 10, t. 5 ; Willd. I. c. i. 1294 ; Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 96. Karroo, Nieuweveld, Transvaal. 7. H. BARBATA Haw. I. c. 31 ; Dene. I. c. StapeUa harbata Mass. I. e. 11, t. 7 ; Willd. I. c. 1293 ; Jacq. I. c. t. 46 ; Bot. Mag. t. 2401. South Africa. 8. H. cRisPA Haw. /. c. 31 ; Dene. /. c. South Africa. 9. H. CLAviGERA Haw. /. c. 10 ; Dene. /. c. StapeUa clavigera Jacq. l.e.t.5; Haw. I.e. 26. S. campanulata Sims, Bot. Mao-, t. 1661. S. elavata Dene. /. c. 664. Albany. 10. H. ocELLATA Schultes, Syst. vi. 9 (1820) ; Dene. /. e. StapeUa oeellata Jaeq. I.e. t. 6 ; G. Don, Syst. iv. 113. South Africa. 11. H. Thuretii Cels. ex Henricq. L'Hort. en Franc. 73 (1866). South Africa. 12. H. HYSTRix N. E. Br. in Gard. Chron. i. 795 (1876). StapeUa hijstrix Hk. f. Bot. Mag. t. 5751. Natal, Orange Free State, Transvaal. 13. H. BREviRosTRis N. E. Br. I.e. 780; Bot. Mag. t. 6379. Graaf Reinet 14. H. PRiMULiNA N. E. Br. in Ic. PI. t. 1906 (1890). Albany, Queenstown. 15. H. LoESENERiANA Scliltr. in Engl. Jahrb. xx. Beibl. 51, 55 (1895). Transvaal. 16. H. STAPELioiDEs Scliltr. /. c. Transvaal. XLVIII. DiPLocYATHus N. E. Br. in Journ. Linn. Soe. Bot. xvii, 167 (1878). 1. D. ciLiATUs N. E. Br, /. c. 168 ; Thbg. Calvinia. 486 REVISION OF EXTRA- TROPICAL SOUTH AFRICAN ASCLEPIADACE^. XLIX. Pectinaria Haw. Syn. PI. Succ. Suppl. 14 (1819) ; Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 122. 1. P. articulata Haw. /. c. 14 (1819) ; G. Don, /. c. 122. Stcfpelia articulata Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1, i. 810 (1789) ; Mass. Stap. 20, t. 30 (1794). Karroo. Subtribe VI. Marsdenie^. L. Gymnema E. Br. in Mem. Wern. Soc. i. 33 (1811); Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 621 (1844); Benth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 769 (1876). 1. G. sylvestre Schult. Syst. vi. 57; Dene. I.e. viii. 621. G. subvohwile Dene, in Ann. So. Nat. ix. 277 (1838) ; & DC. Prodr. /. c. Natal, Zulnland, Transvaal, Delagoa Bay. LI. Tylophora R. Br. in Wern. Soc. i. 28 (1811); Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 606 (1844); Benth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 770 (1876). 1. T. sYRiNGiFOLiA E. Mey. Comm. PI. Afr. Austr. 198 (1837) I Dene. ?.c. 611. Albany, Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Pondoland, Natal. 2. T. LYcioiDEs Dene. I.e. 608. Cynoctonum lycioides 'Et. Mej. I.e. 217. Kaffraria, Pondoland, Natal, Zululand. 3. T. Flanaganii Schltr. in Engl. Jahrb. xviii. Beibl. 45,11 (1894). Kaffraria, Natal. 4. T. umbellata Schltr. /. c. Kaffraria. 5. T. Simiana Schltr. I.e. 33. Kaffraria. 6. T. BADiA Schltr. in Engl. Jahrb. xxi. Beibl. 54, 12 (1896). Astephanus badiiis E. Mey. /. c. 224 ; Dene. /. e. 508. Kaffraria. LII. Dregea E. Mey. Comm. PI. Afr. Austr. 199 (1837) ; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 618 (1844) ; Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. PI. ii. 778 (1876). Pterophora Harv. Gen. S. Afr. PI. ed. 1, 223 (1838). 1. D. floribunda E. Mey. I. c. ; Dene. /. c. Humansdorp, Uitenhage, Albany, Kaffraria, East Griqualand, Natal, Transvaal. LIII. Pergularia L. Mant. i. 8 (1767) ; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 618 (1844) ; Benth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 773 (1876). 1. P. AFRicANA N. E. Br. in Kew Bull. 1895, 259. Natal. LIV. FocKEA Endl. Nov. Stirp. Mus. Yind. Icon. t. 91 (1838) ; Dene, in DC. Prodr. viii. 545 (1844) ; Benth. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 773 (1876). Chijmocormus Harv. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. i. 23 (1843). THE HOOKER MEDAL. 487 1. F. EDULis K. Sell, in Eugl. Jahrb. xvii. 146 (1893). Pergu- laria ediilis Thbg. Prodr. 38 (1794) ; Fl. Cap. 233 (1823). Cy- nanchum crispum Jacq. Fragm. t. 34, f. 5 (1809). Brachystelma vmcrorrhizum E. Mey. Comm. 197 (1837); Dene. /. c. 647. Chymo- conims edulis Harv. I. c. Fockea capensis Endl. /. c. t. 91 ; Dene. I .c. 545. F. glabra Dene. I. c. Uitenhage, Albany. 2. F. ANGUSTIFOLIA K. Sch. I. C. West Griqualand, Kenhart. 3. F. SESsiLiFLORA Seliltr. in Engl. Jabrb. xx. Beibl. 51, 44 (1895). F, undulata N. E. Br. in Kew Bull. 1895, 260. Transvaal. LV. Lasiostelma Benth. in Bentb. & Hk. f. Gen. PI. ii. 776 (1876), 1. L. Sandeesonii Oliv. Ic. PI. t. 1449 (1884). Natal. THE HOOKEE MEDAL. By the kindness of the proprietors of the Gardeners' Chronicle, we are enabled to give an illustration of the gold medal presented by the Linnean Society at its last anniversary meeting to Sir Joseph Hooker, on the completion of the Flora of British hidia, and in recognition of his eminent services to biological science during a 488 THE HOOKER MEDAL. period of sixty years. The presentation was made by Dr. Giinther, the President of the Society, and was accompanied by a suitable address ; Sir Joseph's speech acknowledging the presentation is printed in full in tlie recently issued part of the Proceedings of the Society, from which we reprint it. Sir Joseph said : — " 1 cannot express my sense of the great, the exceptionally great honour which your Council has conferred upon me in the founding and awarding of this beautiful medal. In receiving it, let me assure you that I value it as much for the evidence it bears of the friendly regard of my associates as for their all too high estimate of my endeavours towards the promotion of science. Furthermore, let me say that from no scientific body could it be received by me with more cordial welcome than from the Liunean Society, which was the first to which I have the honour of belonging to enrol me amongst its Fellows, and which especially cultivates those branches of knowledge to which I have devoted the best years of my life. To these considerations must be added what you yourself have alluded to, namely, my hereditary interest in a Society of which my father and grandfather were very early Fellows, and both of them contributors to its Transactions. To this latter circumstance it may perhaps be due that I was elected at a very early age, being, I believe, the youngest member of our body with no further scientific claims on the support of my electors than that I was serving as a naturalist in the Antarctic expedition under Captain Eoss, where I happened to be the youngest, as I am now the only surviving officer of those then under the command of that intrepid navigator. I may mention that Captain Ross was himself a Fellow, and had a copy of our Transactions in his cabin, which was a godsend to me. I was in the Falkland Isles when my election took place, and nearly a year and a half elapsed before my captain and I knew that we were fellow Linneans. " In 1842 the Lord Bishop of Norwich was President. He was the first of ten under whom I have been privileged to sit. Had the Society adopted the rule of biennial presidents I should have sat under thirty at least, which, in my estimation, would have detracted greatly from the dignity which I attach to the chair, and I venture to think from its utility also. In the year 1842 there were 610 members of the Society (including fellows, foreign members, and associates), with fully one-fourth of whom I soon became personally acquainted. Twenty-eight years afterwards, that is about midway between the former date and the present time, the number of my personal friends in the Society had risen to one-half of the whole body. Our numbers are now 820, but the proportion of my personal friends among them has inevitably shrunk from my having outlived so many associates of my middle age. And this leads me to ask your indulgence for one more egotistical detail. It is that I am perhaps the only Fellow who personally knew four of the 169 naturalists who, 110 years ago, formed the nucleus of our Society. Of these four I knew two during my later teens : they were the Rev. W. Kirby, the author, with Spence, of the immortal Introduction to Entomology ; and Dr. Heysham, of Carlisle, an excellent entomolo- THOMAS KIRK, F.L.S. 489 gist and ornithologist. The others were Aylmer Bourke Lambert, a former President, and the last, as I have been informed, who wore in the chair the presidential three-cornered hat ; and Archibald Menzies, who as naturahst accompanied Vancouver in his voyage in the Pacific, and who introduced the Araucaria iriibricatn into England. These all died very near the year of my election. " Referring now to the progress of the Society in status and efficiency during the years that have elapsed since 1842, the record cannot but be gratifying to its Fellows. Of this the best proofs are the increment in extent and value of its publications, and the interest taken in its meetings. From its foundation up to the date referred to (fifty-four years) eighteen volumes of the Transactions in quarto had been published. During the succeeding fifty-four years about double that amount have been produced in the same form, besides fifty-eight volumes of the Journal in octavo, which latter was not commenced till 1857. " Then as regards attendance at the meetings, during the first years of my fellowship it was miserably small. If my memory does not deceive me, I recall a night in Soho Square when only five Fellows supported the President and Secretary. There was a dearth of papers too, and the discussion of such as were brought forward was discountenanced by the chair. All this is now happily a thing of the past, and I should not have alluded to those bad times had not the Society given proof of that inherent vitality which supported it under a temporary depression, and subsequently raised it to its present position. " It remains, Sir, to thank you cordially for coupling my father's name with my own in this award, but for which, indeed, I could not have accepted it without a protest. I inherited from him my love of knowledge for its own sake, but this would have availed me little were it not for the guiding hand of one who had himself attained scientific eminence; who by example, precept, and encouragement kept me to the paths which I should follow ; launched me in the fields of exploration and research, liberally aided me during his lifetime, and paved for me the way to the position he so long held at Kew with so great credit to himself, and benefit especially to our Indian and Colonial possessions." THOMAS KIRK, F.L.! The death of Thomas Kirk, a valued contributor to this Journal, was briefly recorded in these pages shortly after its occurrence in March last, and I have delayed further notice in the hope of receiving detailed information from New Zealand as to his work there. This has not arrived, and it does not seem desirable to postpone any longer a brief record of the deceased botanist. Thomas Kirk was born at Coventry in 1828, and during the earlier part of his life was occupied in a timber-mill in that town. At what date he took up the study of botany does not appear. His 490 THOMAS KIEK, F.L.S. first published paper was on the ferns and fern allies of Warwick- shire {Pkytologist, ii. 809), which was followed by another on the rarer flowering plants of the county [I.e. 969); these appeared in 1847. A note on the occurrence of Auacharis in Northamptonshire appeared in the same journal in 1848. About 1858 he communi- cated to Mr. Watson a catalogue of plants seen by him in Warwick- shire, accompanied by specimens. Mr. Bagnall, in his Flora of IVancichshire, says that Kirk paid attention to the mosses as well as to the flowering plants of the county ; " he corresponded with several of the more prominent botanists of that day, such as Borrer, Babington, Bloxam, and W. G. Perry. To the herbarium of the [last-named] botanist he contributed many of the rarer flowering plants and a collection of mosses : these form part of the Perry herbarium in the Warwick Museum." In 1863 Kirk emigrated to New Zealand; his departure, says Mr. Watson, was " a loss to our home botany." It was, however, a gain to New Zealand, for he at once took up the botany of the colony, and from that time until his death devoted himself assidu- ously to it. The first of his very numerous papers on New Zealand plants appeared in 1868 in the first volume of the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, of which body he was then curator and secretary, and in whose Transactions most, of his work was pub- lished. In 187-4 he removed to Wellington, where he was appointed lecturer on natural science at Wellington College, which was affiliated to the New Zealand University. Kirk's largest publication was The Forest Flora of New Zealand — a folio work containing 142 plates, executed under his direction, which was issued by the New Zealand Government in 1889. For a considerable period he had been engaged in the preparation of a " Student's Flora" of the Colony ; this, we regret to learn, although partly in type, is but half finished. We trust that the material for completing it exists in the rough, as it will be difficult to find any one to carry it on who is possessed of the knowledge and experience of the late botanist. In connection with this work his attention was drawn to the unpublished plates prepared for Sir Joseph Banks in connection with Cook's first voyage ; by permission of the British Museum authorities, impressions were taken from these and sent to New Zealand, wdiere the Colonial Government pro- posed to publish them in a reduced form, with Kirk's identifications. The Banks and Solander plants were a source of continual interest to Kirk, and he Avas in frequent correspondence with me about them: one of his latest papers, on the "Botany of the East Cape District" (Trans. N. Z. Institute, xxix. 509 (1896)) is largely con- cerned with their collections. His later letters contained many allusions to his failing health, but the end came somewhat suddenly on the 8th of March last, at Plimmerton, near WelUngton. James Britten. 491 SHORT NOTES. BoTRYCHiUM AUSTRALE Br. — 111 the Bulletin of the Torrty Club for October (p. 532), Prof. L. M. Underwood quotes the description of this plant from Brown's Prodromus, and adds: "This brief de- scription is utterly unsatisfactory, and, were it not for Robert Brown's plant at the Kew Herbarium together with several other plants from the type locality or from other portions of the Australian region, we might very easily unite this species with almost any of the others." Further on he speaks of the Kew plant as "Brown's type." I had imagined it was sufficiently known that the types of Brown's Prodromus, named and numbered by himself in accordance with that work, were in the National Herbarium, whence duplicates were sent to Kew and Edinburgh when Brown's collections were distributed (see Journ. Bot. 1876, 192). In one of the actual types of B. australe the sterile lamina is much larger than in the Kew specimen, being 13 cm. high and 9 broad : the locality of these is given by Brown on the accompanying ticket as " Parramatta, Port Jackson." We have two other sheets, authenticated by Brown, of specimens sent from Paramatta by Caley in 1803 ; in his MSS. the plant is localized — " Campi graminosi or?e orientalis Nov^ Hol- landise, in viciuitate Portus Jackson, Parramatta, &c., et ad liuvium Derwent." — James Britten. Notes on Cambridgeshire Plants (p. 246). — My object in com- piling the tables of Cambridgeshire extinctions (pp. 247-8) was to give a complete list of those plants which have undoubtedly occurred in the county, but which are now, so far as is known, no longer to be found therein. The first table comprised forty-nine species. With the probable exceptions of Sisynibriuin Irio, Mentha rotundi- folia, and Setaria viridis, and possibly that of Hieracium murorum, these have, on excellent authority, at some time occurred as wild plants in the county. Some few, notably Latlnjrus Nissolia (which Mr. Fryer has found near the boundary at Pidley), Carex teretius- cula, and Centunculus minimus, may be rediscovered ; but at least forty are permanently lost. The paragraph which followed dealt with such Gamlingay plants as were not, like Malaxis and Rhyncho- spora alba (which occurred only in the wettest parts), quite extinct in 1860. Several even of these are not now to be found there. The fact that they occurred nowhere else in the county does not render their extinction therein any the less a matter for concern. In the last table I enumerated twenty-seven species for which there are no recent records. It is quite possible that more than half of these do still occur, but having searched carefully but unsuccessfully for some of them, I think it open to doubt. The localities in which Antennaria dioica, Hypochceris glabra, Botrychium Lunaria, Her- minium Monorchis, &c., have occurred (and may still occur) have undergone considerable alteration of late years. Lastrcea spinulosa, Ayera Spica-Venti, Creyis foetida, Glyceria distaiis, and two or three others will very likely be found again. Altogether, however, it is morally certain that fifty-five, and most probable that sixty-five, plants formerly indigenous in Cambridgeshire are now extinct therein . 492 SHORT NOTES. Such a number is unusually large. It is surpassed in Middlesex, but I imagine is not nearly approached in any other fully-investigated county, even if comparable m size with Cambridge. In Surrey the list of extinctions can hardly number twenty-four, and the com- parison with a large county is still more striking. In the whole county of Yorkshire I do not think that there are more than a dozen extinctions ; in the West Riding, itself larger than any other English county, there are not more than half that number. The ■ truth is that quite an exceptional number of destructive factors have been at work in Cambridge. Of the three main physiographical divisions of the county the clay districts (in the south-west and south-east) have hardly suffered at all from the botanical point of view, but it is far otherwise with the fen and chalk districts. More- over, many plants were entitled to a place in the flora owing to their occurrence nowhere but in one of three isolated tracts — the green- sand at Gamlingay, the salt-marshes at Wisbech, and the small patch (resembling the adjoining "breck" country in Suffolk) at Chippenham. Most of the Chippenham plants are still to be found there, but in the two other and more important districts the trans- formation which has taken place has been unusually prejudicial to their special plants, and therefore to the county flora. Concerning my note on Calamagrostis epir/eios (p. 259), Dr. F. Arnold Lees assures me that it was not abundant, " not even obtrusively observable," in Wicken Fen in 1868-1871. He writes : — " Old species have gone or are going, new (natives) are replacing them naturally. Purview of any square mile almost in our last over fifty years will bear this observation out. I know several Lincolnshire tracts, never encroached on by man or his drain-pipe, that were sphagnoas bogs in 1870 that now are covered with Erica cinerea and young Pimis, and have thousands of Gentiana Pneumo- nanthe flowering thereon where not one was twenty-eight years ago." — W. West, Jun. Bucks Plants. — I was fortunate enough this autumn to find the Utricularia in the Burnham Beeches ponds in flower. It was at once evident that Mr. Bruce was right in his opinion that the plant is U. neglecta. Looking over an old collection of Bucks plants, I find specimens of both this and Nitella transUicens, gathered in these ponds many years ago, with a note of the great abundance of the latter in the adjoining upper pool ; also specimens of two plants of Osmunda rq/alis secured the same day in a boggy part of these woods, locally known as " Egypt." Whilst treating of the flora of the neighbourhood, I may add that a bramble of the Suberecti group, which has long been noticed by me growing on the border of Hawk Wood, Alderbourne, near Fulmer, has been identified by Rev. W. Moyle Rogers as Pi. Piogersii Linton. — J. Benbow. A Nomenclature Note. — In the August number of the Kew Bulletin (p. 198) Mr. R. A. Rolfe has described a new genus of orchids from British Guiana under the name Jenmania, a name which in the previous year had been adopted by Herr W. Wachter for a genus of lichens {Flora, 1897, 349). I have studied this lichen from the original specimens, and have pointed out that this SHORT NOTES. 493 genus represents a good new type of the group Gloeolicbenes (Verhandl. k. k. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, xlviii. [289). It is therefore necessary to recognize its priority over the orchid genus, for which latter I propose the name of Rol/ea, and for the species that of Rolfea elata. — A. Zahlbruckner. Arctium nemorosum Lej. in Worcestershire. — In looking over some plants collected in 1885, I find that I have specimens of the above, gathered from three stations in the neighbourhood of Mal- vern. It has not, I believe, hitherto been recorded for this county. KiCHARD F. TOWNDROW. DiANTHus GALLicus IN Jersey. — From Mr. G. C. Druce I have received specimens of a pink, which were sent to him for identifi- cation. They were from St. Ouen's Bay, on the west side of Jersey, and were tentatively labelled " Dianthus ccBsius" by the collector. They certainly do not belong to this species, but almost exactly match specimens of Diaxthus r/allicus which I have examined, and fit in with the descriptions of this plant. D. gallicus is a maritime species, which in France extends from the Gironde to Brest, while D. casius grows on mountain limestone. I am in- formed that it grows under conditions which preclude it from being otherwise than truly wild. — F. N. Williams. Cerastium arcticum Lange (p. 440). — Mr. Marshall's note has prompted me to refer to Mr. N. E. Brown's remarks on C. lati folium as a British plant in the Supplement to English Botany, p. 42 (1891). He says : "On comparing the seeds of typical C. latifolium with those of the British plant that has been so named, including var. Edmo7isto7ii, I do not find any difference of kind, but only a difference of degree ; the seeds of the British plant are smaller than those of typical C. latifolium, although considerably larger than those of C. alpinum, but the testa of thoroughly ripe seeds is loose, although nothing like so inflated as in C. latifolium., ... so that I think our plant is really C. latifolium, but a form with smaller seeds, for which the varietal name, Smithii Syme, may be retained." I have examined the material indicated by Mr. N. E. Brown, and am dis- posed to concur with him in adding C latifolium to the British flora. I do not, however, agree with him in identifying C. arcticum with C. latifolium var. Edmonsto7ii, though there may be some difficulty in distinguishing them (in the dried state). All the more reason is there against according to C. arcticum specific rank. Were the characters adduced by Mr. Marshall to be considered of specific importance, I am afraid that the 123 species enumerated in the November number of the Bulletin de VHerbier Boissier would have to be trebled. — F. N. Williams. Jungermania obtusa in Britain. — Amongst Mr. Symers M. Macvicar's collection of Hepaticae in West Inverness is a species new to Britain — Jungermajiia obtusa Lindb. After examining it, I had no doubt it was that species, but to make quite sure I sub- mitted specimens to Drs. Kaalaas and Jorgensen, who confirm it. Hitherto it has only been found in Northern Europe, Styria, and Switzerland. — W. H. Pearson. 494 NOTICES OF BOOKS. lievisio Generum Plantarum, vascularium omnium atque cellularium multarum secundum leges nomenclaturce internationales cum enumemtione jjlantanim exoticarum. in itineribiis miindi col- lectarum. Pars IIF^. By Dr. Otto Kuntze, Leipzig, 28 Sept. 1898. 8vo, pp. vi, 201, 576. Price 28 marks. As set out in the title, this work deals with two kinds of botanical matter — (1) a revision of the names of genera ; (2) an enumeration of plants collected ; each is full of learned information, and is done in a truly scientific manner. The laws of nomenclature are discussed afresh in detail, and two long sections give an accouut of most of the literature on the subject from 1893 to 1896 ; another section deals with the new code of April, 1897, which was drawn up by Berlin botanists, and signed by Dr. Engler and thh'teen others. This is criticized in a masterly way, and some of its novel proposals are shown to be objectionable ; the fourteen rules of the code are attacked in seventeen annotations. Few will agree with Dr. Kuntze in con- sidering that generic names published prior to the Linnean method of nomenclature (1753) should oust other names then used by Linnasus, or subsequently published by him or other authors. Dr. Kuntze goes back for this purpose to 1735, the date of the first edition of the Si/ste)na Naturce of Linnasus. Bentham and Hooker, in 1862, in the preface to the first part of their Genera Pldutarum, began with the statement — " Linnieus generis inventor fuit"; but on the completion of the first volume in 1867 this statement was changed into "Linnaeus primus Nomenclaturae generum et spe- cierum leges certas pra3scripsit " ; and although in terms they altogether neglect only ante-Linnean names, they do not in general quote Linnean genera earlier than those used in the sixth edition of Linnaeus' Genera Plantarum of 1764. Dr. Kuntze, having in the previous parts of his Fievisio renamed a large number of species in accordance with his prmciples, points out that many more changes must be made if 1753 is taken as the startmg point for genera. The most arbitrary innovation introduced into the Berlin code is Rule 2, which presumes to bar generic names that have not come into general use during fifty years, counting from their establishment, unless they were again taken up in a monograph or large flora in accordance with the laws of nomenclature of 1868. This rale is valiantly resisted by Dr. Kuntze, who, besides arraying powerful arguments of his own against it, quotes adverse opinions of several botanists from widely distributed centres of thought, including that of the Journal of Botanij of August, 1897, and the following of Dr. IS. L. Britton : — "The application of the ideas embodied in this paragraph would lead to great uncertainty in very many cases, and we do not believe that the Berlin botanists will long maintain them. How they can consistently decide on what is ' general use,' as compared with that we may term ' special use,' is kuntze's kevisio generum plantarum. 495 more than we can imagine ; and who is to determine what descriptive volume is a ' monograpli,' or what flora a ' large ' one, is equally difficult to understand; and how are they to determine in many cases whether the author has or has not followed the Paris Code of 1867? or will calling a brochure a 'monograph' make it one ? " Supplementary emendations to the code of botanical nomen- clature are given in three languages, German, English, and French ; also a complete edition of the Paris Code as proposed to be amended is given in Italian. In a very useful section Dr. Kuntze supplies information ad- ditional to what is given in Pritzel's Thesaurus relating to the exact dates of publication of botanical literature. From the nature of the case this is fragmentary, and capable of further additions, which it is to be hoped bibliographers will contribute from time to time. A case in point is that of Palisot de Beauvois' Flore crOware et de Benin. This work consists of two volumes bearing the dates on their titles of 1801 (=12 of the French Republic) and 1807 respectively; and each volume comprises ten parts, which were issued separately, each part containing six plates. It appears from Pritzel that the last part of the second volume did not appear until 1818 or 1821, and from internal evidence it is clear that many parts of the second volume were subsequent to 1807, as Dr. Kuntze points out. It may be mentioned that there exist in the Botanical Depart- ment of the Natural History Museum fronts of the covers of parts vii. and xii., which show that these parts, belonging respectively to plates 37 to 42 and 67 to 72, bore the dates of 1806 and 1810. Some portions of the work were apparently published in advance ; indeed, Napoleoria, tab. 78 in part xiii. (1810), was published as early as 1806 under the name Napoleoncea. From Flora, 1822, i. Beilage i. band 1, p. 4, it appears that part xvii. tt. 97-102, was published in 1818. Dr. Kuntze's reforms and criticism on nomenclature are calcu- lated to disturb the equanimity of many of our most respected and especially of our older botanists, for they involve unexpected and often wholesale changes in nomenclature, and are highly contro- versial in character. It is only fair to bear in mind that, while he is full of deep erudition on the literature of the subject, he is no mere bookman, but also is very well acquainted with plants both in the field and in the herbarium, and he therefore approaches the questions as to the best methods of naming plants adequately armed with the proper weapons for the purpose. In this part of his work he enumerates thousands of plants of his own collection, including some new genera and more than 400 new species of vascular plants, with descriptions, besides numerous varieties ; the chief portion of these was determined by himself, but rather more than one hundred of the new species are due to twenty-one other botanists who have contributed help in special groups. In this way his methods are ex- hibited in a practical form, and such defects as are inherent therein are exposed to public view, and can be condemned where necessary. The collections were made partly in South America and partly in South Africa; the South American journey was taken from 496 kuntze's revisio generum plantarum. December, 1891, to December, 1892, visiting Montevideo, Argentina, Chili, Bolivia, Patagonia, Mattogrosso, Paraguay, Uruguay, and Brazil ; and the South African journey, to the Cape, the Orange Free State, the Transvaal, Natal, Portuguese East Africa, and Zanzibar, was taken from January to April, 1894. Patagonia yielded 32 new species, here described; Chili, 13; Bolivia, 146; Paraguay, 24 ; Uruguay, 2 ; Argentina, 57 ; Brazil (including Mattogrosso, etc.), 27; and South America altogetber, 300; the Cape, 44 ; tlie Orange Free State, 1 ; the Transvaal, 8 ; Natal, 44 ; Portuguese East Africa, 5 ; and South Africa altogether 102 newly described species ; the new species of cellular plants have not been reckoned in this summary. The new genera w^ith descriptions or diagnoses are as follows : — Montiopsis 0. Ktze. (Portulacaceae), from Bolivia. Neocracca 0. Ktze. (Leguminos?e), from Bolivia. Atomo- stigma 0. Ktze. (Rosacese), from Mattogrosso. Anisothrix 0. Hoffm. (Composit^e), from the Cape. tiv(p6q ; on this account Dr. Kuntze has constructed the new name Cyphopsis for the former. It might have been expected that he would not have adopted Diclwndra evolvulacea Britton (1891) for D. rcpens Forst. (1776), and that he would have noticed that the latter name occurs in J. E. & G-. Forst. Char. Gen. p. 40 ; he as well as Britton was pro- bably misled by a slight error in the Kew Index, where p. 39 is quoted for this species, and on that page the genus only is given. D. repeyis was also named in G. Forst. Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. p. 21, n. 134 (1786), and there the original publication was correctly quoted. G. Forster's publication was known to both Dr. Britton and Dr. Kuntze, but they missed the first publication ; and because the above plant has the synonym oi SibtJwrpia evolvulacealt. f. Suppl. PI. p. 288 (1781), they thought it necessary to compound and to retain respectively the new name. From the severely scientific style of his work in nomenclature, sentimental departures from the strict rule of priority of publication would scarcely be looked for, though to some minds such departures may come as a relief ; however, some cases of it occur. In Scro- phulariacem, Nigrina L. (1767) is preferred to Melasma Berg, of the Journal of Botany.— Vol. 36. [Dec. 1898.] 2 xii 498 THE OECHIDS OF THE SIKKIM-HIMALAYA. same year, although it is admitted that Bergius pablished his Plant. Carp, in 1767, some weeks before the appearance of the Mantissa of Linnaeus. There is a scandal in connection with this incident. According to an ex parte statement, the story goes that while the second volume of the twelfth edition of Linnaeus' s System a, to which volume the Mantissa was appended, was being printed, the proof-sheets were corrected by Bergius's brother, and that Bergius saw the printer, and then put his own names to the genera and species of certain plants which were common to the Mantissa and to the collection with which he had to deal, as if he had not seen the former, and without making any acknowledg- ment ; it was suggested that Bergius was too incompetent to assign new genera to their right places in the vegetable kingdom, or even correctly to understand floral organs. See Hall, Epist. ined. C. Linn. (1880), pp. 91, 103. On this account Dr. Kuntze ignores Melasma; Bentham & Hooker, in their Genera Plantariiui (1876), retain it. For the same reason Dr. Kuntze prefers Mannlea L. to Nemia Berg. The convenient practice of printing the trivial parts of new names of species in a different type from those of old names has been followed, with a very few accidental exceptions. The pagina- tion of the preface is given as usual in Koman numerals, but thai of the rest is in two series, each in Arabic numerals, differing only in the thickness of the type ; this small difference is apt to cause confusion, especially for the purpose of the index. The above remarks are not intended appreciably to detract from the sohd value which properly attaches to Dr. Kuntze' s colossal labours, and which any one who seriously studies the book cannot fail to perceive. A correct nomenclature is of primary importance to all botanists, and their thanks are due to the author of this progressive step towards that end. W. P. HiERN. 21ie Orchids of the Sikkim-Himalaya. By Sir George King and Robert Bantling. 4to, pp. 342, tt. 448 (Annals of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta, vol. viii.). London : Quaritch. Price m 6s. Od. plain, £9 9s. Od. half coloured. We have done scant justice in these pages to the important and admirable work which has been published during the last ten years in connection with the Calcutta Gardens, under the capable direc- tion of Sir George King ; but we are anxious to call attention to this latest undertaking, not only because it is the last with which his name will be associated, but on account of its special interest and comprehensiveness. It is fitly dedicated to Sir Joseph Hooker, who monographed the Orchidacea^ for the Flora of British India, prior to the pubhcation of which, as Sir George says in his modest pre- face, our knowledge of the smaller and more obscure species of the order had never been correlated, the descriptions being scattered through periodicals, " many of which were accessible only to botanical experts." THE ORCHIDS OF THE SIKKIM HIMALAYA. 499 In Mr. Eobert Pantling, of the Sikkim Government Cinchona Plantation, Sir George King found an able collaborator. Mr. Pantling had for many years occupied his leisure in making draw- ings of the orchids found on the Plantation, and the appearance of Sir Joseph Hooker's monograph suggested the desirableness of making the series complete ; and this ultimately developed into the present work. Special collectors were sent into little-known dis- tricts, and the Government of Bengal undertook to publish the work. The drawings were put on the stone by natives of Bengal trained at the Government School of Art at Calcutta, and the colouring was done by the sons of Nepalese coolies employed on the •Plantation — "boys who had never until Mr. Pantling took them in hand been accustomed to use any implement more delicate than a hoe." The results are most creditable to the lads, and to their persevering and skilful tutor. Mr. Pantling also assisted in the preparation of the letterpress, and has examined each specimen of the twelve sets of orchids issued to various representative herbaria. The ample tribute paid by Sir George King to the work of his colleague is gratifying evidence of the cordiality of the relations which subsisted between them. In his short introduction Sir George makes some important suggestions as to the structure and classification of Orchids which, did space allow, we should like to reprint at length for the benefit of those who may find the volume difficult of access. The authors are convinced that the fertilization of orchids by insect agency " is by no means so universal as is sometimes supposed. We have found the most unmistakable evidence of self-fertilization in genera far removed from each other in every respect" — such as Eria excavata, Dendrohium crepidatum, Calanthe Mannii, and most of the species in Goodijerece — one of the two tribes into which NeottietE is separated. The separation is based on characters afforded by the pollen, which in the ListerecB is powdery (very rarely granular), while in GoodijerecB it is always granular or sectile. Of the monograph itself it is sufficient to say that it is in every respect most carefully done. Each genus is provided with a clavis of species, and the descriptions are full and clear. Some novelties are described, but their number is small, as might be expected after the " sweeping-up " of the order by Sir Joseph Hooker and the papers published by the authors. Sir George King is to be congratulated not only on this but on the admirable series of publications which have appeared under his directorship, as well as upon the fact that the reins of office so long and so successfully held by him have fallen to Dr. Prain, who may be trusted to carry on the work, in which he has already taken part, in accordance with the example set forth by his predecessor. 2 M 2 500 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS^ Ann. Scottish Nat. Hist. (Oct.). — A. Bennett, ' Eecords of Scottish plants for 1897.' — J. W. H. Trail, ' Topographical Botany of Scotland/ Bot. Notiser (haft 5 ; 1 Nov.). — K. Starback, * Nagra marklika skandinaviska ascomycetfyd.' — 0. Nordstedt, ' Ett par ord om de svenska Odontites-ontevna,.' — 0. R. Holmberg, ' Spergula arvensis var. nov. oUgogdnataS Bot. CentraJhlatt (Nos. 44, 45). — M. Woronin, ' Monilia cinerea & M.friictigena.' — F. Hook, ' Zur Systematik der Kormophyten.' — E. Lemmermaun, ' Zur Keuntniss der Plaukton-algen.' — (Nos. 44- 46). A. C. Hof, ' Histologische Studien an Vegetationspunkten ' (concl.). — (Nos. 44-47). B. Schmid, 'Ban und Functionen der Grannen unserer Getreidearten.' — (No. 46). — G. Klikenthal, 'Neue oder kritische Unciuien ' [U. Wegeri, sp. n.). — (No. 47). C. R. Barnes, 'So-called "Assimilation."' — J. Huber, Hevea hrasiliensis. — (No. 48). R. H. True & C. G. Hunkel, ' The poisonous effect exerted on living plants by phenols.' — F. Ludwig, ' Leuchten uusere Siisswasserperidinien ? ' Bot. Gazette (15 Oct.). — J. H. Schaffner, ' Karyokinesis in root- tips of Allium Cepa ' (2 pi.). — E. L. Fulmer, ' Cell division in pine seedlings' (2 pL). — F.D.Bergen, ' Popular American Plant-names.' — B. D. Halsted, ' The newer Botany.' — C. P. Millspaugh, ' Notes and new species oi Euphorbia.' — J. B. S. Norton, 'Joseph F. Joor' (1848-92; portr.). Bull, de VHerb. Boissier [15 '^OY.). — C. Meylan, ' Nouvelles stations bryologiques pour la chaine du Jura.' — R. Schlechter, ' Monographie der Disperis' (cont.). — H. Christ, ' Fougeres de Mengtze, Yunnan.' — J. Freyn, ' Neue und bemerkenswerthe orien- talische Pflanzenarten.' — F. N. Williams, ' Enumeration provisoire des especes du Cerastium.' Bull. Torreg Bot. Club (15 Oct.). — L. M. Underwood, 'The ternate species of Botrychium.' — H. H. Rusby, ' Plants collected in South America' (cont.). — A. Nelson, 'New plants from Wyoming.' — (7 Nov.). G. V. Nash, 'Revision of Triplasis.' — C. DeCaudoUe, ' Piperace^ Bohvianas.' — B. D. Halsted, ' Starch distribution as affected by fungi.' — A. A. Heller, ' Plants from N. W. America' (cont.). Erythea (24 Oct.). — W. L. Jepson, Beckwithia, gen. nov. ? (= Runiinculus Andersonii A. Gr. ; 1 pL). — Id., 'Henry Nicholas Bolander' (d. 1897; portr.). Gard. Chronicle (22 Oct.). — Linospadix [?) Petrickiana (fig. 87). — (5 Nov.). Ptychosperma Sanderiana Ridley, sp. n. Journal de Botanique (" 1-16 Aout," received 7 Nov.). — A. Franchet, ' Plantarum Sinensium ' (cont.). — M. P. Guerin, ' Sur la presence d'un Champignon dans Lolium temulentum.' . Hue, * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of publicaiion. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 501 ' Causerie sur les Parmelia ' (concl.). — A. de Coincy, Boucerosia Munhijana var. hisjmjiica. — (" 1-16 Sept.," received 19 Nov.). A. Franchet, ' Plantarum Sinensium ' (cont.). — E. G. Camus, ' Plantes hybrides spontanees de la flore europeenne ' (cont.). E. Bescherelle, ' Bryologiae Japonicae Supplementum I.' Journ. Linn. Soc. (Nov. 1).— (No. 234). E. S. Barton, ' Struc- ture and development of Snranthera' (2 pi.). — Id., ' Fruit of Chnoo- f, 284, 358, 407, 460, 500 Journ. Linn. Soc, 71, 158, 237, 501 Journ. Koyal Microscopical Soc, 111 Malpighia, 237, 460 Naturalist, 42 Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital., 110, 237, 358 Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift, 71, 111, 155, 237, 284, 327, 358, 407, 460, 501 Trans. Linn. Soc, 71 Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc Arum maculatum, 408 Asarum macranthum, 98 ; Shuttle- worthii, 98 ; virginicum, 97 Asclepiadaceae, Revision of S. Afri- can, 475 Asclepias amplexicaulis, 298 ; verti- cillata, 264 Ascochyta Spondiacearum,-'= 178 ; Tihacorae,- 178 Ascherson's ' Flora des Nordost- deutschen Flachlandes,' 502 Babington, Memorials of (rev.), 33 Baccharis arborea, 55 Badhamia, 113, 116 Bagnall, J. E., Merionethshire Mos- ses, 217 Bailey's (L. H.) ' Plant-Breeding ' and ' Le.'^sons on Plants' (rev.), 199 ; ' Garden-Making ' (rev.), 326 Baker, E. G., Somali-land Poly- \ etalae, 2 ; ' Le Fumariacee Itali- aue' (rev.), 66; Notes on Asarum, 96 ; Viola palmata, 129 ; Helio- carpus americana, 130 ; Tilia cor- data, 318; Ai-enaria serpyllifolia, 606 INDEX. 351 ; Nieclenzu's Bunchosia (rev.), 356 ; new Crassulas, 361 Barton, E. S., Alijological Litera- ture, 195, 227, 275, 402 ; ' Die nat. Pflanzenfamilien; Algse' (rev.), 64 ; Sor mthera, 238 ; Develop- ment of Fiorideae, 447 Bees and Flowers, 40 Beubow, J., Bucks plants, 492 Bennett, A., Carex frigida, 103 ; Shropshire Plants, 380 ; Elatine Hydropiper, 440; Mela'oipyrum cristatum, 441 ; I. of Man plants, 441 Berardia trigyna/'' 315 ; velutina,-'- 257 Bibliographical Notes, 264, 274, 320, 397, 441 Bicheno's Herbarium, 275 Biographical Index of Botanists, 99, 145, 192, 267, 443 Blackman on Phytoplankton, 239 Blepharonema, 155 Bley's ' Botanisches Bilderbuch,' 40 Botrychium australe, 479 ; matri- cariaefolium and B. lanceolatum (t. 388), 291 Botrytis angularis,''' 181 Boulger, G. S., Biographical Inde-i of Botanists, 99, 145, 192, 267, 443 Braithwaite's Moss-flora, 155 Brenan, S. A., Pluitago media, 351 British Botanists, Index of, 99, 145, 193, 267; Carices, 41, 73, 103; CharaceEe, 182, 409 ; Flora, a New, 94 ; Fungi, 180, 226, 438 ; Willows, set of, 72 ; Mosses, Distribution of, 60, 133.184,217,261,302 Britten, J., Memorials of Babing- ton (rev.), 33 ; Eoyal Gardens, Kew (rev.), 35; Miller's Conyzas, 51; The Fifty Years' Limit in Nomenclature, 90 ; a new British Flora, 94 ; Notes on Asamm, 96 ; Biographical Index of Botanists, 99, l45, 192. 267, 443 ; ' Flora of Berkshire' (rev.), 104, 225, 349; Note on Fragaria, 125, 225 ; Afri- can Botany (rev.), 232; Nomen- clature of Senecios, 259 ; Gro- novius' 'Flora Virginica,' 264; Smith's Georgian Plants, 297 ; Flora of Perthshire (rev.), 321 ; Bibliographical Notes, 274, 320, 397 ; An insufficient Abbreviation, 353 ; Fryer's Potamogetons (rev,), 353 ; Dedication of Jacksonia, 399 ; Notes on Hoya, 413 ; Habenaria viridis var. bracteata, 437 ; T. Kirk, 489 ; Botrychium australe, 491 Bromley, Flora of, 160 Bromus interruptus, 274, 319 Brown's Californian Plants, 38 Bruce, G. L., Veronica polita, 227 Bubani's Flora Pyrent^ea (rev.), 150 Bulbine flexuosa," 27 Balbophyllum flammuliferum,''' 211 Bullock- Webster, G. B., Characese Eecords, 182 Bunchosia, 356 Cactaceae, Orcutt's. 71 Cactus Journal, 159 Calamagrostis neglecta, 431 Calanthe gigantea, 214 Calothrix balearica var. tenuis, =■' 337 Campbell on Soranthera, 237 Carex fi'igida (t. 382), 41, 103 ; chor- dorhiza (t. 383), 73; British spe- cies of, 73 ; helvola, 157 ; Scottish species, 176 ; pulicaris, 399 ; Sad- leri, 442 ; stricta, 274 Carruthers (J. B.) on Cocoa disease, 286 Carruthers, W., Seward's ' Fossil Plants ' (rev.), 277 ; Frank's ' Agri- cultural Botany' (rev.), 282 Catharinea Haussknechtii, 62 ; te- nella, 320, 465 (t. 393) Cerastium, primarj^ characters in, 8; critical note^i on, 341, 382; afticanum vars., ■'■ 342 ; arvense var. ambiguum,'- 382 ; arcticum, 440, 493 Channel Islands, Kubi aurl Kosae of, 85 Chara aspera subsp. desmacantha* (t. 391), 410 Characeffi Eecords, 182 (tt. 391, 392), 409 ; Migula on (rev.), 280 Chenopodium glomerulosum, 149 Chilionema, 232 Christie, A. C, Lonicera Capri- folium, 275 ; Perthshire Note, 319 Christy, M,, on iEsculus, 359 Cirrhopetalum ochraceum,=- 212 Cladostomum, 110 Clark, J. A., 313; Thomas, 311 Clematis rosea, 302 Climatic Zones, Watson's, 82 Clonothrix gracillima,''- 337 Closterium. 332 Cocoa disease, 286 Conyzas of Mill. Gard. Diet., 51 ; Baccharis, 51 ; corymbosa, 51 ; INDEX. 507 pedunculata, 52; salicifolms, 52; scandens, 52 ; spicata, 52 ; sym- phytifolia, 53 ; tomentosns, 53 ; trinervius, 53 ; uniflora, 53 ; vis- cosa, 53 Corbaderia, 70 Cosmarium, 333 ; Heimerlii var. tumidum,* 334 Costantin's'LesVegteaiix' (rev.), 206 County Eecords : — Anglesey, 19, 77, 440 Bedford, 161-5, 399 Berks, 104, 125, 222, 274, 348, 356 Brecon, 7 Bucks, 224, 319, 492 Cambridge, 182-4, 246, 328, 353, 400 Cardigan, 21 Carmarthen, 22 Carvarvon, 19, 440 Chester, 32, 62, 81, 112, 302, 321, 401, 503 Cornwall, 62, 351 Denbigh, 20, 187 Derby, 124 Devon, 45, 62, 63, 127, 351 Dorset, 63, 275, 351 Essex, 185 Flint, 20 Glamorgan, 22 Gloucester, 32, 209, 402 Hants, 32, 124, 208, 261, 274, 320, 441 Hereford, 7 Herts, 227, 321 Isle of Man, 441 Kent, {)3, 75, 158, 160, 319, 320, 351, 462 Lancaster, 32, 133, 321, 401 Leicester, 149 Lincoln, 55, 112 Merioneth, 20, 217, 227 Middlesex, 111, 319 Monmouth, 7, 22, 32, 180, 181, 187, 402 Montgomery, 21 Norfolk, 125, 182 Oxford, 224, 275, 348 Pembroke, 22, 188, 275 Eadnor, 21 Salop, 380 Somerset, 32, 63, 149, 162, 311 Stafford, 440 Suffolk, 182 Surrey, 63, 75, 76, 103, 111, 125, 164, 275, 399, 400, 440 ■c Sussex, 181, 351 ^Vorcester, 40, 76, 440 Yorks, 238, 272, 300-37 See also ' Notes on British Chara- cege,' 409-13 Cousins' ' Chemistry of the Garden,' 208 Crassula anomala,-'= 370; a-hylla,''^ 371; confusa,'- 366; cyclophylla,'- 363 ; Dodii,- 372 ; Flanagani,- 362 ; hirsuta,^'' 365 ; hispida,=- 368 ; inan- densis," 364 ; Larnbertiana," 371 ; latispathulata,'-'' 364; leucantha,''' 369 ; Macowaniana,''' 361 ; multi- flora,* 368; namaquensis,''' 367; oblanceolata,''' 365 ; pachystema,''' 367 ; pallens,* 361 ; papillosa, 371 ; punctulata,* 362 ; Promon- torii,=- 3 '6 ; rubescens,*363; Ru- dolfi," 363 ; scalaris,^'' 369 ; sub- acaulis,''- 370 Craterostigma, 503 Cross-fertilization of Salices, 122 Crouch, C, Carex pulicaris, 399 Curtis's ' Textbook ' (rev.), 458 ' Cybele Hibernica,' new edition, 72 Cycadacese, Anatomy of, 156 Cymbidium Leai,* 221; Sparkesii,''' 221 Dactylococcopsis montana,''' 337 Dactylococcus bicaudatus var. sub- ramosum,-'' 335 Dates of periodicals, 258 Davidson's ' California Plants,' 503 Deas' ' Flower Favourites,' 287 Dendrobium modestum,='= 211 Dendroceros, Structure of, 237 DendrocoUa carnosa,''' 216 Detmer's ' Plant Physiology ' (rev.), 324 Dewevrea, 358 Dianthus deltoides, 274 ; gallicus, 493 Dich^ea bnlbillosa, 165 Didymium Trochus,''= 164 Dixon, H.N., County lists of Mosses, 184, 261 ; Plagiothecium Mulleri- anum (t. 387), 241 Docidium costatum, 333 Dod, A. H. W., Gymnadenia conop- sea X albida, 352 Dothidella Graphis,'^ 179; Wel- witschii,* 179 Druce, G. C, Helleborus occident- alis, 222; Fragaria muricata, 225 ; Poa flexuosa, 227 ; Dianthus del- toides, 274; Bicheno's Herba- rium, 275 ; Bromus interruptus, 319 ; Berkshire Varieties, 275, 508 INDEX. 348 ; his ' Flora of Berkshire ' (rev.), 104 Dunn, S. T., Taraxacum laevigatum, 32 ; t'lantago Forms, 62 ; Mentha notes, 68 ; Sinapis orientalis, 103 ; AVandsworth Ahens, 103 Earle's (Mrs.) ' Potpourri from a Surrey Garden,' 158 Elatine Hydropiper, 400, 440 Engler's ' Syllabus' (rev.j, 404; Afri- can Monographs, 501 Eria cymbidiifolia,- 212 ; hispidis- sima,''' 213 ; pensilis,='' 213; suma- treusis,* 212 Eriospermum patentiflorum,''' 27; Erodium, hygrometer made with, 62 Euastrum, 333 Euphorbia prostrata, 32 Euphrasia canadensis'- (t. 381), 1; foulaensis, 150 ; latifolia, 274 ; Scottish species, 174 Euryops montana," 316 Exosporium celatum, 179 Eyre, W. L. W., Hants Mosses, 320 Fabricius' 'Enumeratio,' 397 Farmer, J. B., Curtis's ' Textbook ' (rev.), 458 Feilden, H. W., Flowering Plants of Novaya Zemlya, 3:8, 418, 468 Felicia amelloides,-'' 26, 374 Ficalhoa laurifoUa," (t. 390j, 329 Florideae, Fertilization of, 447 Forcipella 236 Fossombronia Mittenii--'- (t. 382), 44 Fragaria bercheriensis, 125 ; mos- chata, 129,226; muricata, 127, 225 Frank's 'Agricultural Botany' (rev.), 282 Fryer's Potamogetons (rev.), 354 Fmigi, Welwitsch's African, 177; British, 180 Galium Vaillautii, 275 Gautier's 'Flore des Pyrenees-Ori- entales,' 111 Gilg's African Melastomacese, 501 Gepp, A., Kindberg's European Bryineye (rev.), 37; Paris' 'Index Bryologicus,' 4d3 Giraud's 'Aide-memoire ' (rev.), 282 Glycine elliptica, 298 Goldney's ' Guide to Kew Gardens ' (rev.), 35, 281 Gonatozygon sexspiniferum, 330 Goode,G.,CambridgeshirePlants,400 Gronovius' ' Flora Virginica,' 264 Groom's ' Elementary Botany ' (rev.), 153 Groves, H. & J., Migula's Characeae (rev.), 280 ; Notes on British Characeae, 409 Gymnadenia couopsea x albida, 352 Gymnatocarpus, 72 Habenaria viridis var. bracteata, 437 Hamilton, W. P., Sphagnum Aus- tini, 320 Handley's Sedbergh List, 238 Hebenstreitia macrophylla,=''- 317 Hecatonema, 231 Heliocarpus americana, 130 Heliophila Dodii,''' 314; scabrida,'!^ 314 Helleborus occideutahs, 222 Hemimeris gracilis, -■= 375 Hepaticae, Scottish, 340 Hermannia asbestina,'- 373 Hexagonia Welwitschii,'-'' 177 Hieracium hypochoeroides var. Cya- this,-'' 6 ; poUinarium var. platy- phyllum,='= 7 ; Scottish species, 171 ; Linton's set of, 503 Hiern, W. P., Bubani's Flora Pyren- aea (rev.), 150 ; Murbeck's Flore de la Tunisie (rev.), 204; New Genera of Compositae (tt. 338-9), '289 ; Veronica Anagallis, 321 ; Fi- calhoa,'- (t. 390), 329; Kuntze's 'Eevisio ' (rev.), 494 Holtermanti's ' Mykologische Unter- suchungen' (rev.), 454 Hooker (J. D.) Medal, 487; hs ' Flora of British India,' 39 Hormann's ' Protoplasmastromun bei den Characeen ' (rev.), 453 Hormospora ordinata,'- 330 Horrell, E. C, British Mosses, 60 ; Leucobryum glaucum, 227 Hoya, notes ou, 413; acuta, 413; Aldr'chii, 417 ; australis, 414 ; crassifolia, 416 ; Cunninghami, 417 ; nicobarica, 414 ; pendula, 415 ; pilosa, 417 ; iDurpurascens, 417; Wightii, 416 Hughes-GilDb's ' Making of a Daisy ' (rev.), 325 Hygrometer made with Erodium, 62 Iberis amara var. ruficaulis, 348 ' Icones Bogorienses,' 72 India, Flora of British, 39 Indovethia, 72 Irish Plants, 46, 72, 80, 201, 351, 352, 400, 409-12, 442 INDEX. 509 Jackson, A. B., Tortula intermedia, 149; Bromus interruptus, 274; Carex stricta, 274 ; Latliyrus Apliaca, 353 Jackson, B. D., Bibliographical Note, 441 Jaeksonia, 399 Jatropha Phillipsiae,''' SO Jungermania obtufa, 493 Kelleronia Gillettii,-'' 6 Kew Bulletin, 112, 239, 284, 287, 328, 503 ; Gardens, 460 (rev.), 35, 281 ; opening of, 238, 464 Kiudberg's 'Bryineas' (rev.), 37 King's Sikkim Orchids, 498 Kirchneriella obesa var. pygmgea,='' 336 Kirk, Thomas, 489 Kranzlin's ' Orchidacearmn Genera ' (rev.), 451 Knntze's ' Eevisio,' 464 (rev.), 493 Laboratory Practice (rev.), 36 Lathyrus Aphaca, 353, 400 Leucobryum glaucum, 227 Ley, A., new forms of Hieracium, 6 Limnocarpns, 208, 327, 360 Linnean Society, 156, 157, 208, 237, 238, 285, 359, 360 Linton, E. F., Carex frigida (t. 382), 41 ; Experiments in Cross-ferti- lization, 122 ; Galium Vaillantii, 275 Linton's Set of British Willows, 72 ; of Hieracia, 503 Liparis peetinifera,-'- 210 Lister, A., Mycetozoa of Antigua and Dominica, 113 (t. 385), 378 ; Notes on Mycetozoa, 161 (t. 386) Lister, G , Elatine Hydrupiper, 400 Lonicera Caprifolium, 275 Lophocolea spicata, 401 Loranthus Pentheri,'- 376 Lortia,'- 29 ; erubescens,'- 30 Lotononis macra,-'' 373 Lowe's ' Yew-trees,' 408 Macvicar, S. M., Watson's Cli- matic Zones, 82 ; Mastigophora Woodsii, 103 Malayan Orchids, 210 Malva moschata var. Kamondiana, 349 Marquand's 'Fungi of Guernsey,' 287 Marshall, E. S., Wexford Plants, 46; British Sedges (t. 383), 73; Eanunculus petiolaris, 103 ; Eu- phrasia foulaensis, 150 ; E. lati- folia, 274 ; Scottish Plants, 66 ; Ophys apifera x aranifera, 319 ; Cerastium arcticum, 440 Mastigophora Woodsii, 103 Mathiola dimolehensis,='= 2 Melampyrum cristatum, 441 Melhania Phillipsiae,-'' 4 ; somalen- sis,''= 3 Melvill, J. C, Sisymbriiun strictis- simum, 32 Mentha notes, 63 Meschinelli's ' Iconographia Fun- gorum Fossilium ' (rev.), 459 Mesembryanthemum nubigenum,-'' 316 Mesotaenium purpureum,-'- 332 Microthyrium Millettige,- 179 M'gula's Characeie (rev.), 280 Mimosa microphylla, 301 Missouri Bot. Garden Report, 112 Monkemeyer's ' Die Sumpfplanzen ' (rev.), 68 Montemartini's Fisiologia vegetale (rev.), 207 Moore, Spencer, ' Palmae Matto- grossenses' (rev.), 355; ' Proto- plasmastromung bei den Chara- ceen ' (i ev.), 453 More, A. G., Life of (rev.), 201 Moraea macra,''' 377 ; Randii,* 144 Morris, D., leaving Kew, 359 Mortierella Bainieri var. Jenldni/-' 180; repens,- 180 Mosses, British, 60; S.Lancashire, 133 ; N. Essex, 185 ; Denbigh- shire, 186 ; Monmouth, 187 ; Pem- brokeshire, 188 ; Merionethshire, 217; Hants, 261, 320; Cheshire, 302 [204 Murbeck's Flore de la Tunisie (rev.), Murray (N. G.) on Phyto-plankton, 239 ; Holtermann's ' Mykolo- gische Untersuchungen ' (rev.), 454 ; ' Monographie des Cau- lerpes ' (rev.), 455 ; ' Iconographia Fungorum Fossilium' (rev.), 459 Mycetozoa of Antigua and Domi- nica, 113 (t. 385), 378; Notes on, 161 (t. 386) Nicotra's ' Fumariacee Italiane ' (rev.), 66 Niedenzu's Bunchosia (rev.), 356 Nitella hyalina (t. 392), 411 Nomenclature, Fifty Years' Limit in, 90 Novaya Zemlya, Plants of, 388, 418, 468 510 INDEX. Oberonia aurantiaca/- 210 Obituaky : — Aitchison, J. E. T., 463 Kiik, Thomas, 489 Lange, Julian M. C, 288 Montrouzier, Xavier, 288 Penny, C. W., 208 Odontelytrum, 155 Oltmanns on Florideae (rev.), 447 Oocystis parva,-'' 335 Ophrj'S apifera x ara^)ifera, 319 Orchids, Malayan, 210; Sikkim, 498 Orcutt's Cactaceae, 71 Othoinia patula," 26 Oxalis gracihpes,"- 23 ; Leipokltii,'-- 24 ' Palmae Mattogrossenses' (rev.), 355 Paris's ' Index Bryologicus,' 462 Peacock, E. A. W., Flora of Lin- colnshire, 55 Pearson, W. H., Scottish Hepaticae, 340 ; Lophocolea spicata, 401 ; Scalia Hookeri, 441 ; Jimger- mania ohtusa, 493 Penium cnticulare, 332 Penny, C. W., 208 Pentanopsis,''- 28 ; fragrans,-'' 29 Phyllachora irregularis, 179 ; miuu- tissima, 179 ; repens, 178 Phyllanthodendron, 238 Phyllophora, 228 Phyllosticta Tricalysieae,''' 178 Physiirum, 113 ; Berkeleyi, 114 ; bogoriense, 122 ; didermoides var. lividuui,'- 161; murinum /3 aene- um,-'- 117 ; nncleatnm, 378 ; nu- tans var. leucophteum, 116 ; palli- dum, 117 ; straminipes,"' 163 ; variabile, 113 ; vernum, 165 Phyto-plankton, 239 Plagiothecium Mlillerianum (t. 387), 241 Plantago forms, 62, 321 ; media, 351, 400 Pleurococcus rufescens var. san- guineus,* 336 Pleuropogun Sabinii, 431 Pleurotffinium annulatum, 332 Pluchea odorata, 54 Poa flexuosa, 227 ; palustris, 324 Polygala Dodii,- 24 Polyporus umbellatus, 399 Potamogetons, British (rev.), 354 Poulsenia, 69 Praeger, K. LI., Plantago media, . 400 Pretrea, 345 Prosthecidiscus, 236 Psednotrichia- tenella- (t. 388), 289 Pseudorlaya, 205 Queensland Cymbidiums, 221 Quercus ambigua, 300"; lobulata, 299 Band, K. F., Wayfaring Notes in Khodesia, 141, 345 Kanunculus scotieus,-- 103 Eendle, A. B., New Somali-land Plants, 28 ; Setchell's Laboratory Practice (rev.), 36 ; Darwin and after Darwin (rev.), 67 ; ' Die Sumpf- und Wasserpllanzen ' (rev.) 68 ; Groom's ' Elementary Bo- tany ' (rev.), 153 ; Bailey's ' Pi ant - breeding' and 'Lessons' (rev.), 199 ; Costantin's ' Les Vegetaux ' (rev.), 206 ; Tognini's ' Anatomia ' (rev.), 207 ; Montemartini's ' Fi- siologia ' (rev.), 207; Queensland Cymbidiums, 221 ; ' Text-book of Botany ' (rev.), 278 ; Girard's 'Aide-memoire' (rev.), 282; Det- mer's ' Plant Physiology ' (rev.), 324 ; ' Lehrbuch der Botanik ' (rev.), 325 ; ' Making of a Daisy ' (rev.), 325 ; Engler's ' Syllabus ' (rev.), 404 ; Kriinzlin's Orchidese (rev.), 451 ; Van Tieghem's ' Ele- ments ' (rev.), 456 Eeviews: — Memorials of Babington, 33 Laboratory Practice. W. A. Set- chell, 36 Kew Gardens. Mrs. S. Goldney, 35, 281 Bryineae. N. C. Kindberg, 37 Die Nat. Pflanzenfamilien : Algae, 64 Le Fumariacee Italiane. L. Ni- cotra, 66 Darwin and after Darwiu. G. J. Romanes, 67 Die Sumpf- und Wasserpflanzen. W. Monkemeyer, 68 Flora of Berkshire. G. C. Druce, 104 Flora Pyrenaea. P. Bubani, 150 Elementary Botany. P. Groom, 153 Plant-breeding and Lessons. L. H. Bailey, 199 Life of A. G. More, 201 Flore de la Tunisie. S. Murbeck, 204 INDEX. 511 Les Vegetaux. J. Costantin, 206 Anatomia vegetale. F. Tognini, 207 Fisiulogia vegetale. L. Monte- martini, 207 Welvvitsch's African Plants. W. P. Hiern, 234 Flora of Tropical Africa, 233 Flora Capeusis, 234 Fossil Plants. A. C. Seward, 277 Text-book of Botany. E. Stras- burger, &c., 278, 325 Characea3. W. Migula, 280 Agricultural Botany. A. B. Frank, 282 Aide-memoire. H. Girard, 282 Flora of Perthshire. F. B. W. White, 321 Plant Physiology. W. Detmer, 324 Making of a Daisy. E. Hughes- Gibb, 325 Garden Making. L. H. Bailey, 32G British Potamogetons. Fryer, 354 Palmse Mattogrossenses. J, B. Rodrigues, 355 Buncliosia. F. Niedenzu, 356 Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien. A. Engler, 404 Orchidacearuin Genera. F. Kriinz- lin, 451 Protoplasmastromang bei den Chataceeo. G. Hermann, 453 Mykologische Untersuchungen. C. Holtermann, 454 Caulerpes, Weber van Bosse, 455 Elements de Botanique. P. van Tieghem, 456 Text-book of Botany. C. C. Cur- tis, 458 Fungorum Fossilium Iconogra- phia. A. Meschinelli, 459 Revisio Generum. O. Kuntze, 494 Orchids of Sikkim-Himalaya, G. King and R. Pantling, 498 Rhapidium polymorphum var. spi- rale,''' 335 Rhopalandria, 328 Rhodesia, Wayfaring notes in, 141, 345 Ridley, H. N., New Malayan Or- chids, 210 Robinson's ' English Flower-gar- den,' 408 Eochebrune's ' Toxicologie Africa- ine,' .112 Rodrigues' ' Palmse Mattogrossen- ses,' (rev.), 355 Rogers, W. M. & F. A., ' Rubi and Rosae of Channel Islands', 85 Rolfea,- 493 Romanes' ' Darwin'' and after Dar- win ' (rev.), 67 Romulea longipes,-'' 377 ; Thodei,''= 318 RosEe of Channel Islands, 90 Rowan's (Mrs.) ' Flower-hunter in Queensland,' 159 Rubi of Channel Islands, 85 ; Scot- tish, 338, 339 ; Lancashire, 401 Rumex angiocarpus, 352 Saccardo's ' Index Fungorum,' 239 Saccolabium Angraecum,* 214 ; cor- tiuatum,''- 215 ; secundiflorum,-'- 215 Salices, Cross-fertilization of, 122 Salmon, C. E., Notes from Cantire, 318 Salmon, E. S., Catharinea tenella, 320, 465 (t. 393) ; on Symble- pharis, 285 Salmonia Polygonatum,"-'' 399 Scalia Hookeri, 441 Scargill's Flora of Bromley, 160 Scenedesmus spicatus,* 335 Schlechter, R , Decades Plautarum No varum Austro-Africanarum, 23, 314, 373 ; Revision of S. African AsL-lepiadacese, 475 Schonland, S., New Crassulas, 361 Schrankia, 301 Scottish Plants, 40, 41, 72, 73-82, 103, 110, 166, 180, 227, 235, 274, 275, 291, 319, 321, 338, 340, 343, 401, 407, 440, 441, 442, 504 Senecio, nomenclature of, 259; con- fusus,'-260; Hemsleyi,=''260; sub- coriaceus,''' 375 Sepedonium sepedonioides, 181 Setchell's ' Laboratory Practice ' (rev.), 36 Seward's Fossil Plants (rev.), 277 Shoolbred, W. A., W. Gloucester and Monmouth Plants, 32, 402 ; Scot- tish Plants, 166 ; Carex Sadleri, 442 Sinapis orientalis, 103 Sisymbrium strictissimum, 32 Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 442 Smith's Georgian Plants, 297 Smith, A. L., Underwood's Alabama Fungi, 71 ; Welwitsch's Fungi, 177 ; British Fungi, 180 512 INDEX. Smith, W. G-., Basicliomycetes new to Britain, 226 Somali-land plants, 3, 28 Somerville's ' County Divisions,' 28G Sorantheia, 238 Souliea, 237 Spergularia, 496 Spermacjce hyssopifolia, 299 Sphagnum Austini, 320 Spirotsenia fusiformis,''' 331 ; mi- nuta var. eboracensis,* 226, 331 ; turfosa,='' 331 Spondylosium, 334 Stachys alpina (t. 384), 209 ; lasio- calyx," 317 Staurastrum, 334 Stipitococcus ''- urceolatus,-'- 336 Stokes, William, 360 Strasburger's ' Textbook of Botany ' (re v.), 278, 325 Stratton, F., Life of A. G. More (rev.), 201 Strawberry, the Plymouth, 127 Swan, L. M., S syrinchium angusti- folium, 442 S wanton, E. W., Polyporus umbel- latus, 399 Sydow's ' Botaniker Kalender,' 502 Symblepharis, 285 Taraxacum Isevigatum, 32 Tetraedron floridense/'- 336 Thesium polyanthum," 27 ; Sanderi- anum,='- 376 Thompson, H. S., Th ,mas Clark and Somerset Plants, 311 Tilia cordata, 318 ; Maximowiczii, 319 Tindall, E. M., Fossambronia Mit- tenii (t. 382), 44 Tissa, 496 Tognini's ' Anatomia Vegetale ' (rev.) , 207 Tortula intermedia, 149 Towndrow, E. F., Pembroke Ee- cords, 275 ; Arctium nemorosum, 493 Townsend, F., Euphrasia canaden sis (t. 381), 1 Trifolium Molinerii, 351 Trimen, Dr., memorial to, 160 Umbilicaria linifolia,- 398 ; Ompha- lodes,- 398 Underwood's Alabama Fungi, 71 Vailia, 407 Van Tieghem's 'Elements' (rev.), 456 Vernonia collina/'' 374 Veronica Anagallis, 321 ; polita 227 Vickersia, 227 Viola palmata, 129 Wales, Flora of, 10 ; altitudes in, 82 Ward, James, 271 Watson's Climatic Zones, 82 Weathers, J., Bailey's ' Garden Making ' (rev.), 326 Weber van Bosse's ' Caulerpes ' (rev.), 455 Welwitsch's African Fungi, 177 ; Plants (rev.), 234, 289 West, AV. & G. S., Freshwater Algfce, 111, 330 West, W., Jun., Cambridge Plants, 246, 328, 491 ; Trifolium Molinerii, 351; Elatine Hydropiper, 410 Wexford plants, 403 Wheldon, J. A., Catharinea Haus- knechtii, 62 ; S. Lancashire Mos- ses, 133; Cheshire Mosses, 302; Plantago ceratophyllum, 321 ; Lancashire & Cheshire Eubi, 402 Wiiite's (F. B.) ' Flora of Perth- shire ' (rev.), 321 White, J. W., Chenopodium glome- rulosum, 149 Whitwell, W., Euphorbia prostrata, 32; Botrychium matricaricefolium an. I B. lanceolatum (t. 388), 291 Williams, F. N., Primary Characters in Cerastium, 8 ; Critical Notes on Cerastium, 341, 382 ; Dianthus gallicus, 493; Cerastium arcticum, 493 Wilms's Transvaal Planis, 111 Wood's (J. M.) Natal Plants, 327 Wootonia, 236 Zahlbruckner, A., Nomenclature Note, 492 Zygnema Heydrichii, 330 WEST NE WMAN AND CO., PRINTERS, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E. C. New York Botanical Garden Librar 3 5185 00265 0404